https://www.scribd.com/doc/106415993/0321715284
09/19/2013
text
original
Showing Why Math Matters
Gary Rockswold teaches algebra in context, answering the question, “Why am I learning this?”
Going green
Many activities, such as driving a car, watching television, riding a jet ski, or flying in an airplane, emit carbon dioxide into the air. A commercial airliner, for example, emits 150 pounds of carbon dioxide for each passenger who flies 240 miles. Understanding our environmental impact on the planet is becoming increasingly important. Functions can be used to model and predict carbon emissions. (See the Chapter 2 opener on page 76 and Example 4 from Section 2.1 on page 81.)
How many songs will my iPod hold?
The number of songs that will fit on your iPod depends on the size of its memory. We can use the concept of slope to analyze memory requirements for storing music on iPods. (See Example 2 from Section 1.4 on page 49 to learn more.)
Determining sunset times
Whether we are traveling crosscountry, driving a boat on a lake, or designing a solar power plant, the time of sunset can be important. If we know the sunset time on two different days, can we make predictions about sunset times on other days? Using a linear function, we can often make accurate estimates. (See Example 7 from Section 2.4 on page 139.)
Shooting free throws
Is it better to shoot a free throw overhand or underhand? Mathematics can be used to improve an athlete’s performance. Learn how parabolas, the angle of release, and the velocity of the basketball all play a role in determining whether the ball goes through the hoop. (See the Chapter 3 opener on page 169 to learn more.)
Modeling movement of weather
How do meteorologists know where a cold front will be tomorrow? How do they know that one city will be hit by a blizzard, and a city 100 miles away will get only flurries? Scientists model weather systems and make predictions by translating and transforming graphs on a weather map. (Learn more in Section 3.5 on pages 222 and 238.)
Waiting in line
Have you ever noticed how a slight increase in the number of cars exiting a parking garage or trying to get through a construction zone can make your wait much longer? These long lines of waiting cars are subject to a nonlinear effect. To make predictions about traffic congestion, highway engineers often use rational functions. (See the application and Example 2 in Section 4.6 on page 309 to learn more.)
4th edition
ESSENTIALS OF
C OLLEGE A LGEBRA
with Modeling & Visualization
This page intentionally left blank
4th edition
ESSENTIALS OF
C OLLEGE A LGEBRA
with Modeling & Visualization
Gary K. Rockswold
Minnesota State University, Mankato
AddisonWesley
Boston Columbus Indianapolis New York San Francisco Upper Saddle River Amsterdam Cape Town Dubai London Madrid Milan Munich Paris Montreal Toronto Delhi Mexico City Sao Paulo Sydney Hong Kong Seoul Singapore Taipei Tokyo
Executive Editor Anne Kelly Associate Content Editor Leah Goldberg, Dana Jones Bettez Editorial Assistant Brenden Berger Senior Managing Editor Karen Wernholm Production Project Manager Beth Houston Design Manager Andrea Nix Senior Design Supervisor Heather Scott Senior Media Producer Ceci Fleming Software Development Mary Durnwald, TestGen, and Rebecca Williams, MathXL Executive Marketing Manager Roxanne McCarley Marketing Assistant Katherine Minton Senior Author Support/Technology Specialist Joe Vetere Senior Manufacturing Buyer Carol Melville Text Design, Composition, and Illustrations Nesbitt Graphics, Inc. Cover Designer Nancy Goulet, studio;wink Cover photo: Jim Wehje/Photodisc/Getty Images Photo credits appear on page P1. Many of the designations used by manufacturers and sellers to distinguish their products are claimed as trademarks. Where those designations appear in this book, and Pearson was aware of a trademark claim, the designations have been printed in initial caps or all caps. Library of Congress CataloginginPublication Data Rockswold, Gary K. Essentials of college algebra with modeling and visualization / Gary K. Rockswold.  4th ed. p. cm. ISBN13: 9780321715289 (student edition) ISBN10: 0321715284 (student edition) 1. AlgebraTextbooks. 2. Algebraic functionsTextbooks. 3. Mathematical modelsTextbooks. I. Title. QA154.3.R635 2012 512.9dc22 2010040485 Copyright © 2012, 2008, 2006, 2002 Pearson Education, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the publisher. Printed in the United States of America. For information on obtaining permission for use of material in this work, please submit a written request to Pearson Education, Inc., Rights and Contracts Department, 501 Boylston Street, Suite 900, Boston, MA 02116, fax your request to 6176713447, or email at http://www.pearsoned.com/legal/permissions.htm. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10—WCD—14 13 12 11 10
www.pearsonhighered.com
ISBN10: 0321715284 ISBN13: 9780321715289
In memory of my friend and colleague Larry Pearson, who is deeply missed by many
This page intentionally left blank
Contents
Preface xiii
1
Introduction to Functions and Graphs
Sets of Numbers Problem Solving
■
1
■
1.1 Numbers, Data, and Problem Solving 2
Order of Operations Scientific Notation
■
1.2 Visualizing and Graphing Data
OneVariable Data Midpoint Formula
■ ■
12
TwoVariable Data ■ The Distance Formula ■ The Circles ■ Graphing with a Calculator (Optional)
Checking Basic Concepts for Sections 1.1 and 1.2
28
1.3 Functions and Their Representations 28
Basic Concepts ■ Representations of Functions ■ Formal Definition of a Function ■ Graphing Calculators and Functions (Optional) ■ Identifying Functions ■ Functions Represented by Diagrams and Equations
1.4 Types of Functions
Constant Functions Nonlinear Functions
■
45
■
Linear Functions
Slope as a Rate of Change
■
Checking Basic Concepts for Sections 1.3 and 1.4
55 56
■
1.5 Functions and Their Rates of Change
Increasing and Decreasing Functions Change ■ The Difference Quotient
■
Interval Notation
Average Rate of
Checking Basic Concepts for Section 1.5 67 Chapter 1 Summary 67 Chapter 1 Review Exercises 71 Chapter 1 Extended and Discovery Exercises 74
2
Linear Functions and Equations
76
2.1 Linear Functions and Models 77
Functions as Models ■ Representations of Linear Functions ■ Modeling with Linear Functions ■ PiecewiseDefined Functions ■ The Greatest Integer Function ■ Linear Regression (Optional)
vii
viii
Contents
2.2 Equations of Lines 96
Forms for Equations of Lines ■ Finding Intercepts ■ Horizontal, Vertical, Parallel, and Perpendicular Lines ■ Modeling Data (Optional) ■ Direct Variation
Checking Basic Concepts for Sections 2.1 and 2.2
113
■
2.3 Linear Equations 113
Equations ■ Symbolic Solutions ■ Graphical and Numerical Solutions Solving for a Variable ■ ProblemSolving Strategies
2.4 Linear Inequalities 132
Inequalities
■
Compound Inequalities
Checking Basic Concepts for Sections 2.3 and 2.4
The Absolute Value Function Value Inequalities
■
146
■
2.5 Absolute Value Equations and Inequalities 146
Absolute Value Equations Absolute
Checking Basic Concepts for Section 2.5 157 Chapter 2 Summary 157 Chapter 2 Review Exercises 161 Chapter 2 Extended and Discovery Exercises 164 Chapters 1–2 Cumulative Review Exercises 165
3
Quadratic Functions and Equations
169
3.1 Quadratic Functions and Models 170
Basic Concepts ■ Completing the Square and the Vertex Formula ■ Applications and Models ■ Quadratic Regression (Optional)
3.2 Quadratic Equations and Problem Solving 188
Quadratic Equations ■ Factoring ■ The Square Root Property ■ Completing the Square ■ The Quadratic Formula ■ The Discriminant Problem Solving
■
Checking Basic Concepts for Sections 3.1 and 3.2
204
■
3.3 Complex Numbers 205
Basic Concepts ■ Arithmetic Operations on Complex Numbers Quadratic Equations with Complex Solutions
3.4 Quadratic Inequalities 212
Basic Concepts
■
Graphical and Numerical Solutions
■
Symbolic Solutions
Checking Basic Concepts for Sections 3.3 and 3.4
221
3.5 Transformations of Graphs 222
Vertical and Horizontal Shifts ■ Stretching and Shrinking ■ Reflection of Graphs ■ Combining Transformations ■ Modeling with Transformations (Optional)
Contents Checking Basic Concepts for Section 3.5 239 Chapter 3 Summary 240 Chapter 3 Review Exercises 244 Chapter 3 Extended and Discovery Exercises 246
ix
4
More Nonlinear Functions and Equations
Polynomial Functions
■
248
Symmetry
4.1 More Nonlinear Functions and Their Graphs 249
Identifying Extrema
■
4.2 Polynomial Functions and Models 261
Graphs of Polynomial Functions ■ PiecewiseDefined Polynomial Functions ■ Polynomial Regression (Optional)
Checking Basic Concepts for Sections 4.1 and 4.2
276
■
4.3 Division of Polynomials 277
Division by Monomials
■
Division by Polynomials
Synthetic Division
4.4 Real Zeros of Polynomial Functions 285
Factoring Polynomials ■ Graphs and Multiple Zeros ■ Rational Zeros (Optional) ■ Descartes’ Rule of Signs (Optional) ■ Polynomial Equations ■ Intermediate Value Property (Optional)
Checking Basic Concepts for Sections 4.3 and 4.4
Fundamental Theorem of Algebra Solutions
■
301
4.5 The Fundamental Theorem of Algebra 302
Polynomial Equations with Complex
4.6 Rational Functions and Models 308
Rational Functions ■ Vertical Asymptotes ■ Horizontal Asymptotes ■ Identifying Asymptotes ■ Graphs and Transformations of Rational Functions ■ Graphing Rational Functions by Hand (Optional)
Checking Basic Concepts for Sections 4.5 and 4.6
323
■
4.7 More Equations and Inequalities 323
Rational Equations Inequalities
■
Variation
■
Polynomial Inequalities
Rational
4.8 Radical Equations and Power Functions 340
Rational Exponents and Radical Notation ■ Equations Involving Radicals ■ Power Functions and Models ■ Equations Involving Rational Exponents ■ Power Regression (Optional)
Checking Basic Concepts for Sections 4.7 and 4.8 353 Chapter 4 Summary 354 Chapter 4 Review Exercises 358 Chapter 4 Extended and Discovery Exercises 362 Chapters 1–4 Cumulative Review Exercises 363
x
Contents
5
Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
5.1 Combining Functions 368
Arithmetic Operations on Functions Composition of Functions
■
367
■
Review of Function Notation
5.2 Inverse Functions and Their Representations 385
Inverse Operations and Inverse Functions ■ OnetoOne Functions ■ Symbolic Representations of Inverse Functions ■ Other Representations of Inverse Functions
Checking Basic Concepts for Sections 5.1 and 5.2
401
5.3 Exponential Functions and Models 402
Linear and Exponential Growth ■ Exponential Growth and Decay ■ Compound Interest ■ The Natural Exponential Function ■ Exponential Models
5.4 Logarithmic Functions and Models 421
The Common Logarithmic Function Equations ■ General Equations
■
Logarithms with Other Bases
■
Basic
Checking Basic Concepts for Sections 5.3 and 5.4
437
5.5 Properties of Logarithms 438
Basic Properties of Logarithms ■ Expanding and Combining Logarithmic Expressions ■ Change of Base Formula
5.6 Exponential and Logarithmic Equations 447
Exponential Equations
■
Logarithmic Equations
Checking Basic Concepts for Sections 5.5 and 5.6
460
■
5.7 Constructing Nonlinear Models 460
Exponential Model Selecting a Model
■
Logarithmic Model
■
Logistic Model
Checking Basic Concepts for Section 5.7 469 Chapter 5 Summary 469 Chapter 5 Review Exercises 473 Chapter 5 Extended and Discovery Exercises 476
6
Systems of Equations and Inequalities
478
6.1 Functions and Systems of Equations in Two Variables 479
Functions of Two Variables ■ Systems of Equations in Two Variables ■ Types of Linear Systems in Two Variables ■ The Method of Substitution ■ The Elimination Method ■ Graphical and Numerical Methods ■ Joint Variation
6.2 Systems of Inequalities in Two Variables 499
Systems of Linear and Nonlinear Inequalities
■
Linear Programming
Checking Basic Concepts for Sections 6.1 and 6.2
510
Contents
xi
6.3 Systems of Linear Equations in Three Variables 511
Basic Concepts ■ Solving with Elimination and Substitution No Solutions ■ Systems with Infinitely Many Solutions
■
Systems with
6.4 Solutions to Linear Systems Using Matrices 518
Representing Systems of Linear Equations with Matrices ■ RowEchelon Form ■ Gaussian Elimination ■ Solving Systems of Linear Equations with Technology (Optional)
Checking Basic Concepts for Sections 6.3 and 6.4
Matrix Notation Matrix Products
■ ■
535
■
6.5 Properties and Applications of Matrices 535
Sums, Differences, and Scalar Multiples of Matrices Technology and Matrices (Optional)
6.6 Inverses of Matrices 549
Understanding Matrix Inverses ■ The Identity Matrix ■ Matrix Inverses ■ Finding Inverses Symbolically ■ Representing Linear Systems with Matrix Equations ■ Solving Linear Systems with Inverses
Checking Basic Concepts for Sections 6.5 and 6.6
562
■
6.7 Determinants 563
Definition and Calculation of Determinants
■
Cramer’s Rule
Area of Regions
Checking Basic Concepts for Section 6.7 571 Chapter 6 Summary 571 Chapter 6 Review Exercises 575 Chapter 6 Extended and Discovery Exercises 578 Chapters 1–6 Cumulative Review Exercises 579
R
Reference: Basic Concepts from Algebra and Geometry
R.1 Formulas from Geometry R1
Geometric Shapes in a Plane ■ The Pythagorean Theorem ThreeDimensional Objects ■ Similar Triangles
■
R1
R.2 Integer Exponents R7
Bases and Positive Exponents Quotient, and Power Rules
■
Zero and Negative Exponents
■
Product,
R.3 Polynomial Expressions R13
Addition and Subtraction of Monomials ■ Addition and Subtraction of Polynomials ■ Distributive Properties ■ Multiplying Polynomials ■ Some Special Products
R.4 Factoring Polynomials R20
Common Factors ■ Factoring by Grouping ■ Factoring x2 + bx + c ■ Factoring Trinomials by Grouping ■ Factoring Trinomials with FOIL ■ Difference of Two Squares ■ Perfect Square Trinomials ■ Sum and Difference of Two Cubes
xii
Contents
R.5 Rational Expressions R30
Simplifying Rational Expressions ■ Review of Multiplication and Division of Fractions ■ Multiplication and Division of Rational Expressions ■ Least Common Multiples and Denominators ■ Review of Addition and Subtraction of Fractions ■ Addition and Subtraction of Rational Expressions ■ Clearing Fractions ■ Complex Fractions
R.6 Radical Notation and Rational Exponents R40
Radical Notation
■
Rational Exponents
■
Properties of Rational Exponents
R.7 Radical Expressions R45
Product Rule for Radical Expressions ■ Quotient Rule for Radical Expressions ■ Addition and Subtraction ■ Multiplication ■ Rationalizing the Denominator
Appendix A: Using the Graphing Calculator AP1 Appendix B: A Library of Functions AP19 Appendix C: Partial Fractions AP22 Bibliography B1 Answers to Selected Exercises A1 Photo Credits P1 Index of Applications I1 Index I5
Preface
Essentials of College Algebra with Modeling & Visualization, Fourth Edition, offers an innovative approach that consistently links mathematical concepts to realworld applications by moving from the concrete to the abstract. It demonstrates the relevance of mathematics and answers the question, “When will I ever need to know this?” This text succinctly provides a comprehensive curriculum with the balance and flexibility necessary for today’s college mathematics courses. The early introduction of functions and graphs allows the instructor to use applications and visualization to present mathematical topics. Real data, graphs, and tables play an important role in the course, giving meaning to the numbers and equations that students encounter. This approach increases students’ interest and motivation and their likelihood of success. This streamlined text covers linear, quadratic, nonlinear, exponential, and logarithmic functions and systems of equations and inequalities, to get to the heart of what students need from this course. The vast majority of students who study mathematics in college will not become professional mathematicians. Because the importance of mathematics and its applications is accelerating rapidly, however, essentially all of these students will use mathematics during their lifetimes to a much greater extent than they might anticipate. Mathematics courses must prepare students with a variety of skills and the understanding needed to be productive and informed members of society.
Approach
Instructors are free to strike their own balance of skills, rule of four, applications, modeling, and technology. With a flexible approach to the rule of four (verbal, graphical, numerical, and symbolic methods), instructors can easily emphasize one rule more than another to meet their students’ needs. This approach also extends to modeling and applications. The use of technology, which helps students visualize mathematical concepts, is optional and not a requirement for students to benefit from this approach. Nevertheless, the text still provides a strong option for instructors who wish to implement graphing calculator technology. The text contains numerous applications, including models of realworld data with functions and problemsolving strategies. It is not necessary for an instructor to discuss any particular application; rather, an instructor has the option to choose from a wide variety of topics. The concept of a function is the unifying theme of the text. It is common for students to examine a type of function and its graph and then use this knowledge to solve associated equations and inequalities. For example, students apply their knowledge of quadratic functions and parabolas to solve quadratic equations and inequalities. This visual approach complements the traditional symbolic approach to solving equations and inequalities and allows students to solve a problem by using more than one method. Functions and their graphs are frequently used to solve applications and model realworld data, and students are often asked to interpret their results. Mathematical skills also play an important role in this text. Numerous exercises have been included so that students can practice their skills. When students arrive in a collegelevel mathematics class, they often lack a full mastery of intermediate algebra. Rather than reviewing all of the necessary intermediate algebra skills in the first chapter in hopes that “saying it louder and faster” will help students remember it better, this book integrates them seamlessly throughout the early chapters. In addition, review notes and geometry notes appearing in the margins refer students “just in time” to extra help found in Chapter R: Basic Concepts from Algebra and Geometry. xiii
the change of base formula is now presented in Section 5. The first two sections in Chapter 6 have been reorganized so that systems of equations are discussed in Section 6. students. Each exercise set has been carefully revised to ensure that there are sufficient exercises of various types for each example and mathematical concept. Exercise sets are carefully graded with several levels of difficulty. . smooth look. Circles now appear in Section 1.1. The breadth and depth of several topics have been increased. guideddiscovery projects. has been revised and enhanced. Increasing and decreasing functions.2. Some highlights of this revision include the following: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Hundreds of examples and exercises have been added and revised to meet the needs of students. The following is a partial list of important topics on which discussion has been added or enhanced: Order of operations Modeling real data Rational functions and expressions Graphing rational functions by hand Factoring Concavity Interpolation and extrapolation MathXL® coverage has been significantly increased from the third edition. Substitution and elimination are both presented in Section 6. “Why Math Matters” animations. adding over 700 new exercises. Realworld data have been updated or added to make the text more current and meaningful for students. and equation labels have been added to make these graphs easier to read. Coverage of several topics. Appendix C: Partial Fractions is a new appendix. (See pages 6.2 instead of Chapter R. New chapter and section openers have been written using current data to increase student interest. Greater use has been made of headings and subheadings to add clarity to the text.1 and systems of inequalities and linear programming are discussed in Section 6. This new feature helps students develop an overall problemsolving strategy before they begin writing a detailed solution. Complex numbers have been moved to Chapter 3 as a new section.) Arrows have been added to graphs whenever appropriate. “Getting Started” occurs in selected examples that require multistep solutions. In Chapter 5. and difference quotients are now discussed in Section 1. and reviewers. This text contains six chapters plus a review chapter at the end of the text. Chapter 4 has been expanded and reorganized from seven to eight sections. making it easier to cover one section per class.xiv Preface Content Changes to the Fourth Edition The fourth edition contains several important changes. included for students who need this topic for calculus.5. in Section 2.4 and additional modeling has been included in Section 5. average rates of change.7. such as rational functions. Calculator graphs have a new. Chapter 1 has been expanded from four sections to five. and 225. additional problems involving factoring and rational expressions have been included. Division of polynomials and real zeros of polynomial functions are now in separate sections.1. In Chapter 2. piecewiselinear functions are now discussed earlier. In Chapter R. and interactive discovery exercises have been added to this course. which are the result of the many comments and suggestions made by instructors. 98.
(See pages 125–126. 146. and 253. where important topics in algebra and geometry are reviewed. The exercise sets are graded carefully and categorized according to topic.) Exercise Sets The exercise sets are the heart of any mathematics text. It is given in an easytofollow grid. 50. and 119. (See pages 240–243 and 354–358. and 189. This appendix shows students the keystrokes necessary to complete specific examples from the text. 76. Instructors can use this chapter for extra review or refer students to it as needed.) Making Connections This feature. included in most sections. (See pages 1. 32. It suggests a similar exercise students can work to see if they understand the concept presented in the example. (See pages 124 and 174. and 286. Algebra and Geometry Review Notes. (See pages 107–113 and 200–204. located in the margins. These exercises require about 15 or 20 minutes to complete and can be used for collaborative learning exercises if time permits. and applications.) Calculator Help Notes The Calculator Help Notes in the margins direct students “just in time” to Appendix A: Using the Graphing Calculator.) Now Try This feature occurs after each example. making it easy for an instructor to select appropriate assignments.) Algebra and Geometry Review Notes Throughout the text. and this text includes a large variety of instructive exercises.) Chapter Summaries Chapter summaries are presented in an easytoread grid. (See pages 113. mathematical concepts. 204. Graphical interpretation and tables of data are often used to extend students’ understanding of mathematical concepts. This feature frees instructors from having to frequently review material from intermediate algebra and geometry. (See pages 31. . 22. (See pages 5. To motivate students. which occurs throughout the text. poses a question that can be used for either classroom discussion or homework. (See pages 33. and 276–277. (See pages 71–74 and 358–361). direct students “just in time” to Chapter R. This feature frees instructors from having to teach the specifics of the graphing calculator and gives students a convenient reference written specifically for this text.Preface xv Features ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Chapter and Section Introductions Many college algebra students have little or no understanding of mathematics beyond basic computation.) Putting It All Together This helpful feature at the end of each section summarizes techniques and reinforces the mathematical concepts presented in the section. provides a small set of exercises that can be used for review. and 394–396.) Checking Basic Concepts This feature.) Class Discussion This feature. and 249. Each set of exercises covers skill building. They allow students to quickly review key concepts from the chapter. 115. included after every two sections. These exercises stress different techniques for solving problems and provide students with the review necessary to pass a chapter test. 226. chapter and section introductions explain some of the reasons for studying mathematics. (See pages 6. shows students how concepts covered previously are related to new concepts being presented.) Chapter Review Exercises This exercise set contains both skillbuilding and applied exercises. 348–349.
and administer tests using a computerized bank of questions that cover all the objectives of the text The Pearson Math Adjunct Support Center (www. and 362. They can be used for either collaborative learning or extra homework assignments. are now indicated by a red underline in each endofsection exercise set and may be assigned in MathXL and MyMathLab®.) Cumulative Review Exercises These comprehensive exercise sets.pearsonhighered. including advice on classroom strategies .com/irc PEARSON MATH ADJUNCT SUPPORT CENTER By Vincent McGarry. (See pages 165–168 and 363–366.com/irc TESTGEN® (DOWNLOAD ONLY) ■ Enables instructors to build. Austin Community College Provides prepared tests for each chapter of the text.xvi Preface ■ ■ Extended and Discovery Exercises Extended and Discovery Exercises occur at the end of selected sections and at the end of every chapter. (See pages 74–75.pearsonhighered. excluding Writing about Mathematics ISBN: 0321576977 / 9780321576972 INSTRUCTOR’S TESTING MANUAL (DOWNLOAD ONLY) ■ ■ ■ ■ Classroom presentation software correlated specifically to this textbook sequence Available for download within MyMathLab or at www. which occur after every two chapters. an extra set of examples for instructors to present in class. edit. as well as answers Available for download at www. Rochester Community and Technical College ■ Provides complete solutions to all text exercises. print.pearsontutorservices. Assistance is provided for faculty in the following areas: ■ Suggested syllabus consultation ■ Tips on using materials packed with your book ■ Bookspecific content assistance ■ Teaching suggestions. give students an opportunity to review previous material.com/irc) INSIDER’S GUIDE Includes resources to help faculty with course preparation and classroom management ■ Provides helpful teaching tips correlated to the sections of text. selected by the author. as well as general teaching advice ISBN: 032157706X / 9780321577061 POWERPOINT PRESENTATION (DOWNLOAD ONLY) ■ ■ ■ By David Atwood and Terry Krieger. ■ Includes new Teaching Tips. allows instructors to create multiple but equivalent versions of the same question or test with the click of a button Lets instructors modify test bank questions or add new questions Provides printable or online tests Available for download from Pearson Education’s online catalog (www.html) is staffed by qualified instructors with more than 50 years of combined experience at both the community college and the university level. usually right on the page where the exercise appears ISBN: 0321715640 / 9780321715647 INSTRUCTOR’S SOLUTIONS MANUAL ■ ■ ■ ■ Using algorithmically based questions.com/mathadjunct.) Instructor Supplements ANNOTATED INSTRUCTOR’S EDITION ■ NEW! NEW! A special edition of the text ■ Includes new Teaching Examples. helpful ideas about presenting topics or teaching from the text ■ Includes all of the answers to the exercise sets. 246–247. These exercises are usually more complex and challenging than the rest of the exercises and often require extension of a topic presented or exploration of a new topic.pearsonhighered. doubling the number of examples available for instructors ■ Sample homework assignments.
Instructors can use MyMathLab’s homework and test managers to select and assign . ■ Use the study plan and/or the homework to link directly to tutorial exercises for the objectives they need to study. ■ Maintain records of all student work tracked in MathXL online gradebook. MyMathLab provides a rich and flexible set of course materials. such as video lectures.mathxl. and a multimedia textbook. Florida Community College at Jacksonville ■ Provides additional support for those students needing further algebra review ISBN: 0201773473 / 9780201773477 ■ Technology Resources MathXL® Online Course (access code required) MathXL® is a powerful online homework. featuring freeresponse exercises that are algorithmically generated for unlimited practice and mastery. For more information. and assessment system that accompanies Pearson Education’s textbooks in mathematics or statistics.com. animations. edit. Students can also use online tools. MyMathLab® Online Course (access code required) MyMathLab® is a series of textspecific. whether your students are in a lab or working from home. ■ Create and assign their own online exercises and import TestGen tests for added flexibility. MyMathLab gives you the tools you need to deliver all or a portion of your course online. instructors can: ■ Create. ■ Access supplemental animations and video clips directly from selected exercises. and assign online homework and tests using algorithmically generated exercises correlated at the objective level to the textbook.Preface xvii Student Supplements STUDENT’S SOLUTIONS MANUAL By David Atwood and Terry Krieger. to independently improve their understanding and performance. students can: ■ Take chapter tests in MathXL and receive personalized study plans and/or personalized homework assignments based on their test results. easily customizable online courses for Pearson Education’s textbooks in mathematics and statistics. or contact your Pearson representative. ’s With MathXL. visit our website at www. MathXL is available to qualified adopters. With MathXL. Rochester Community and Technical College ■ Provides complete solutions to all oddnumbered text exercises. excluding Writing about Mathematics and Extended and Discovery Exercises ISBN: 0321577027 / 9780321577023 VIDEOS ON DVD WITH OPTIONAL SUBTITLES ■ ■ Affordable and portable for students Ideal for distance learning or supplemental instruction ■ Include optional subtitles in English and Spanish ISBN: 0321577035 / 9780321577030 ■ ■ A REVIEW OF ALGEBRA DVD format enables students to watch the videos at home or on campus By Heidi Howard. tutorial.
■ Animations were also created by Nolan Mitchell and use GeoGebra. Acknowledgments Many individuals contributed to the development of this textbook. for unlimited practice and mastery. InterAct Math Tutorial Web Site: www. Every exercise is accompanied by an interactive guided solution that provides helpful feedback for incorrect answers. and they can also create and assign their own online exercises and import TestGen® tests for added flexibility. Randy Baker Warren Bernard Connie Buller Beth Burns Rose Cavin Sarah Cook Amy Daniel Ann Darke William Fox John C. These projects can be submitted via digital dropbox and graded by the instructor. and interactive Web sessions. Louis Community College at Florissant Valley Dutchess Community College Middlesex County College . fax. MyMathLab also includes access to the Pearson Tutor Center (www. Answers to the Explorations are posted under Instructor Resources. For more information. and students can also view a workedout sample problem that steps them through an exercise similar to the one they’re working on. These animations are a collection of interactive discovery exercises designed to help students to better understand functions and their graphs. created by Nolan Mitchell (Chemeketa Community College). giving instructors more flexibility when assigning homework and practice. visit our website at www. The Tutor Center is staffed by qualified mathematics instructors who provide textbookspecific tutoring for students via tollfree phone. ■ MathXL and MyMathLab have 65% more exercises than the previous edition. ■ Explorations are guideddiscovery projects (in PDF).xviii Preface online exercises correlated directly to the textbook. You can also add offline (paperandpencil) grades to the gradebook. email. Hake Johanna G. with new values each time.com Get practice and tutorial help online! This interactive tutorial website provides algorithmically generated practice exercises that correlate directly to the exercises in the textbook. and can be assigned as class work or homework. MyMathLab is available to qualified adopters. whose comments and suggestions were invaluable in preparing this and previous editions of the text.interactmath.com or contact your Pearson representative. as well as media related to that textbook. Halsey Robert Hanes Fairmont State College Santa Fe Community College Metropolitan Community College Bowling Green State University Chipola Junior College Washburn University University of New Orleans Bowling Green State University Francis Marion University St. I would like to thank the following reviewers.mymathlab. Students can retry an exercise as many times as they like. ■ “Why Math Matters” Animations accompany select applications to help illustrate these concepts for students.pearsontutorservices. MathXL and MyMathLab have been expanded to provide more support to instructors and students. MyMathLab’s online gradebook—designed specifically for mathematics and statistics—automatically tracks students’ homework and test results and gives you control over how to calculate final grades.com).
Gary Rockswold . Smalling Lorna TenEyck Vanessa White Christine Wise xix Greenville Technical College Georgia Perimeter College Austin Community College. and David Atwood at Rochester Community and Technical College and Janis Cimperman at St. They are. A special thank you goes to the many students and instructors who used the first three editions. Dana Jones Bettez. I would also like to thank Paul Lorczak. Johnson Susan Jones Cheryl Kane Mike Keller Dr. The outstanding contributions of Beth Houston. and Leah Goldberg. Roxanne McCarley. Tom Kelly Mary Kilbride Nancy Kolakowsky Marlene Kovaly Michael Lloyd Judith Maggiore Anne Magnuson Mary Martin Nancy Mauldin Joe May Nolan Mitchell Canda MuellerEngheta Rebecca Muller Stephen Nicoloff Donna Norman Wing Park Nancy Pevey David Platt Joan Raines Laura Ralston Jolene Rhodes Judith D. Without the excellent cooperation from the professional staff at AddisonWesley. this project would have been impossible. who gave advice. the best. assistance. Christine Nguyen. Larimer Middle Tennessee State University Floyd College at North Metro Tech Valencia Community College St. and Joe Vetere are much appreciated. Your opinion is important. support. Minnesota State University. Heather Scott. Their suggestions were insightful. Brenden Berger. Johns River Community College Metropolitan State College of Denver Augustana College Paradise Valley Community College Florida Community College. Thanks go to Wendy Rockswold. Please feel free to contact me at gary. Thanks go to Greg Tobin for his support of this project.rockswold@mnsu. Katherine Minton. and encouragement. Thanks also to Jessica Rockswold for preparing the art manuscript and proofreading the text. MN 56001 with your comments. Marcia Nermoe. Beth Paquin. who gave invaluable assistance and encouragement throughout the project. Cypress Creek Campus Georgia College and State University New Mexico State University Nashville State Technical Institute University of Nebraska St. Particular recognition is due Anne Kelly. Petersburg Junior College Chemeketa Community College Southern University of Shreveport University of Louisiana at Lafayette A special thank you is due Terry Krieger at Rochester Community and Technical College for his exceptional work with the manuscript and answers. Kathleen Pellissier.edu or Department of Mathematics. Kent Campus Henderson State University Holyoke Community College Wake Technical Community College Middle Tennessee State University College of Charleston North Hennepin Community College Chemeketa Community College University of Kansas Southeastern Louisiana University Paradise Valley Community College Jefferson Community College College of Lake County Pellissippi State Community College Front Range Community College. without a doubt. Mankato. Cloud State University for their superb work with proofreading and accuracy checking.Preface Libby Higgins Gloria Hitchcock Mike Huff Peter Jarvis Tuesday J.
This page intentionally left blank .
4th edition ESSENTIALS OF C OLLEGE A LGEBRA with Modeling & Visualization .
This page intentionally left blank .
these numbers can even affect how we feel about ourselves. but to make complicated things simple. grade point averages. but no doubt numbers will be used to make a decision. 2007. it is also used to describe almost every facet of life. Understanding numbers and mathematical concepts is essential to understanding and dealing with the many changes that will occur in our lifetimes. Mathematics is used not only in science and technology. Numbers are part of mathematics.” American Scientist. People are concerned about our environment and how it is changing. March–April. gas mileages. blood pressure. but mathematics is much more than numbers. Mathematics makes life easier! Source: Andrew Frank. Numbers permeate our society. —Stanley Gudder 1 . Hybrid vehicles may be a viable option. consumption. The essence of mathematics is not to make simple things complicated. including consumer behavior and the Internet. “Plugin Hybrid Vehicles for a Sustainable Future. and cholesterol level are. Rates of change. When we are told what our weight. In this chapter we discuss numbers and how functions are used to perform computations with these numbers. body mass index. and pollution levels are all described by numbers. Mathematics also includes techniques to analyze these numbers and to guide our decisions about the future. Do cars and their carbon dioxide emissions contribute to global warming? Conventional cars are inherently inefficient because they burn gasoline when they are not moving. digital televisions. and temperatures are all based on numbers. efficiency.Introduction to Functions and Graphs H 1 ave you ever thought about how we “live by the numbers”? Money. speed limits.
when a person overdraws a personal checking account for the first time. 1 = 0. 1. where q Z 0. It has an 8gigabyte flash drive. a ter3 4 minating decimal. and 1.3166. For example. . negative numbers were not readily accepted. negative numbers quickly take on meaning. Since every rational number has a decimal form. Many societies did not have a zero—for example. For example.6666666. 2. } are a set of numbers that contains the natural numbers. . 1 3 4 2 7 0 Note that 0 and 1. . Sets of Numbers One important set of numbers is the set of natural numbers. This set comprises the counting numbers N = {1. and Problem Solving • Recognize common sets of numbers • Evaluate expressions by applying the order of operations • Learn scientific notation and use it in applications • Apply problemsolving strategies Introduction Because society is becoming more complex and diverse.3. (Source: Apple Corporation. and 0. 1 = 0. there is no Roman numeral for 0. 4. Rational numbers include the integers. some real numbers cannot be expressed as a ratio of two integers. . This symbol is used in place of an equals sign whenever two unequal quantities are close in value. However. They can be represented by the fractions 1 and 12. .2. Numbers are essential to our everyday lives. Á Real numbers can be represented by decimal numbers. Historically. and it can operate at temperatures between 32° and 95°F.4 inches in width. .25 L .3333. 0. The integers I = { .) Mathematics not only provides numbers to describe new products. however.2 are both rational numbers. The numbers 22. and 0.3. Discuss some possible reasons for this. These numbers are called irrational numbers. real numbers include rational numbers. 3 . rational numbers have 10 more than one form. our need for mathematics is increasing dramatically each year.1 Numbers. p A rational number can be expressed as the ratio of two integers q.5 inches in height. .25. 1. a 2megapixel camera. . 225. This section discusses basic sets of numbers and introduces some essential problemsolving strategies. 10. The overbar indicates that 0. For example. Examples of rational numbers are 2 1 1 50 22 . then 2a is an irrational number. 2 = 0. 2. 2.6. Note that for any positive integer a. 2. }. a repeating decimal. and p are examples of irrational numbers. their additive inverses (negatives). and 211 L 3.. Real numbers include both rational and irrational numbers and can be approximated by a terminating decimal. and 480by320pixel screen resolution. There is a significant difference between a positive and a negative balance. the iPhone is 4.46 inch in thickness. .6 = 0. . Today. . .. . 3 NOTE The symbol « means approximately equal. 2. 3. Examples of real numbers include CLASS DISCUSSION The number 0 was invented well after the natural numbers. and 1 = 0. but also gives us problemsolving strategies. A rational number can always be expressed in a decimal form that either repeats or terminates. 3. Because two fractions that look different can be equivalent.25. 131. 4 whereas 1 L 0. . 215. if 2a is not an integer.2361.3337.2 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs 1. Data.2. nonterminating decimals. They can be represented by nonrepeating. Natural numbers can be used when data are positive and not presented in fractional parts. 0.
.ƒ7 . integer. Figure 1. integer.42 (b) 5 .ƒ7 . 1. and absolute value bars and above and below fraction bars.3 # 2 equal 0 or 6? Does .25? Figure 1. or irrational number. rational number.1 Order of Operations Using the following order of operations.25. 3. because exponents are evaluated before performing negation.42 = 3( 4)2 .4 .4 . integer.27: irrational number 12: integer and rational number 216 = 4: natural number. 6 .ƒ5ƒ 5 . Do all multiplication and division from left to right. Because multiplication is performed before subtraction.52 equal 25 or .16.3 SOLUTION (a) 3(1 . SOLUTION 13 .5 = 2 . 12. 5. EXAMPLE 2 Evaluating arithmetic expressions Evaluate each expression by hand. It is essential that algebraic expressions be evaluated consistently.5 = 7 Now Try Exercises 19 and 21 (4)2 = ( 4)( 4) = 16 and 42 = . square roots. first perform all calculations within parentheses. Evaluate all exponents. and rational number 1.1.5)2 .6 . 52 = . and rational number Now Try Exercise 7 Order of Operations 6 3 2 –52 0 –25 Does 6 . so the following rules have been established.16 = 32 NOTE (b) 10 .52 = .1 correctly shows that 6 . Similarly.(4)(4) = .27.16 = 48 . Do all addition and subtraction from left to right.25.4 .42 = 3(16) .5)2 . Then use the same order of operations to perform any remaining calculations.3 2 = 2 . . 1.2ƒ = .2.3 # 2 = 0. 216 7 5: natural number. and Problem Solving EXAMPLE 1 3 Classifying numbers Classify each real number as one or more of the following: natural number. 2. 10 .6 4 .1 Numbers. Data.2ƒ (a) 3(1 .4 . Then do any negation after evaluating exponents.3 # 2 = 0 and that .2: rational number 13 : rational number 7 .
00000538 sec 0. (b) While typing. Someday this technology may use the movement of the human body to power tiny devices such as pacemakers.) (a) Write one billionth in scientific notation. Write this number in standard (decimal) form. Researchers are looking to power tiny devices with energy generated by the human body. the exponent of 10 is 6. An Application Nanotechnology involves extremely small electrical circuits. see Appendix A (page AP2). EXAMPLE 3 Analyzing the energy produced by your body Nanotechnology is a technology of the very small: on the order of one billionth of a meter. a person’s fingers generate about 2.4 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs Scientific Notation Numbers that are large or small in absolute value are often expressed in scientific notation. Wang. Here is a formal definition of scientific notation.00000538 = 5.” Scientific American. January 2008.1 Standard Form 93. 0.000 mi 13. 5. Since the decimal point was moved six places to the right. . where 1 … ƒ c ƒ 6 10 and n is an integer.3 * 10 mi 7 Application Distance to the sun Radio stations in 2005 Estimated world population in 2050 Time for light to travel 1 mile Size of a typical virus 1.000.000.000.38 * 10 sec 5 * 106 cm To write 0. (Source: Z.000 = 109 = 1 * 109.2 * 103 watt of electrical energy.0022. Thus. the exponent of 10 is positive. (b) Move the decimal point in 2. SOLUTION 1 1 (a) One billionth can be written as 1.000. to obtain 5. The next example demonstrates how scientific notation appears in the description of this new technology. Table 1.000 0.00000538 in scientific notation.38. rather than negative. “SelfPowered Nanotech. To display numbers in scientific notation. start by moving the decimal point to the right of the first nonzero digit.3517 * 10 9 * 10 9 6 4 5. Calculator Help Scientific Notation A real number r is in scientific notation when r is written as c * 10n. Table 1.1 lists examples of numbers in standard (decimal) form and in scientific notation.2 * 103 = 0.000.517 9.38 * 106. When the decimal point is moved to the left.2 three places to the left: 2.000005 cm Scientific Notation 9. Now Try Exercise 83 The next two examples illustrate how to evaluate expressions involving scientific notation.
000 5 * 6 * 103 * 105 30 * 102 3 * 103 3000 4. .2 2.18 Figure 1. Scientific notation Standard form Commutative property Add exponents. (6 10^3)/(4 10^6 ) (1. (3 * 103)(2 * 104) = = = = (b) (5 * 103)(6 * 105) = = = = 4.6 * 101 (a) (3 * 103)(2 * 104) (b) (5 * 103)(6 * 105) (c) 2 * 102 SOLUTION Algebra Review To review exponents.8 * 101.6 101 * 2 102 2. in the ratio.59 * 1012. 4. see Appendix A (page AP2).1.2 * 103 might be displayed as 4. Write your result in scientific notation and standard form. 2 E2 ) . On some calculators. and 57 Calculators Calculators often use E to express powers of 10. 4. 103 + 450.2 √ (4500 ) ((103 4 50) / .2.233 SOLUTION (a) The given expression is entered in two ways in Figure 1.233)^3 1.18 ( 6 E3 ) / ( 4 E6 ) ( 1 . Note that in both cases a 6 * 103 b(1. Write your answer in scientific notation. 55.000.18 = 1.2 * 10 ) 4 * 10 0.3 we can see that the result is approximately 1. Scientific notation Standard form Now Try Exercises 53. Scientific notation Standard form Multiplication of fractions Subtract exponents. numbers can be entered in scientific notation with the EE key. Data.6 * 101 (c) = 2 * 102 = = = (a) 3 * 2 * 103 * 104 6 * 103 + 4 6 * 107 60.1 Numbers.58960355 E 12 Figure 1.3 Now Try Exercises 61 and 63 .2 10^2) . 6 * 103 103 + 450 3 2 (a) a (b) 24500pa b 6 b(1.3 * 103 0. EXAMPLE 5 Computing in scientific notation with a calculator Approximate each expression. and Problem Solving EXAMPLE 4 5 Evaluating expressions by hand Evaluate each expression.0023 Commutative property Add exponents. 4 * 106 (b) Be sure to insert parentheses around 4500p and around the numerator. For example. see Chapter R (page R7). From Figure 1.2 * 102) = 0. Calculator Help To enter numbers in scientific notation.3 * 101 . which you can find by pressing 2nd .2E–3.
(a) On some calculators the cube root can be found by using the MATH menu.268. S = T .6 ƒ 3. The circumference of a circle is 2pr.2 2 32. From the first three lines in Figure 1. estimate the orbital speed of Earth in miles per hour.000 miles. From the first two lines in Figure 1. We need to find the Geometry Review number of miles Earth travels in 1 year and then divide it by the number of hours in 1 year.300. Round answers to the nearest thousandth. (c) When evaluating this expression be sure to include parentheses around the numerator and around the denominator. see Chapter R (page R40). p3 + 1.267949192 Figure 1.5 Now Try Exercises 67. In 1 year Earth travels the circumference of a circle with a radius of 93 million miles.7++ 22 L 0.8 (d) The absolute value can be found on some calculators by using the MATH NUM menus.446.14 for the value of p. in this subsection we focus on two important strategies that are used frequently: making a sketch and applying one or more formulas. 9.6 ƒ L 4. 3 √ (131) Calculator Help To enter expressions such as 3 2131 . To find the circumference of a circle. see Appendix A (page AP2). ƒ 23 .44627668 (1 8) √ (2)) / (3. use the builtin key to obtain a more accurate value of p. However. Most calculators have a special square root key that can 1 be used to evaluate 22.078753078 ^3 1. and 73 Figure 1.4.22 L 32.8 Algebra Review SOLUTION To review cube roots. where r is the radius. to complete one orbit.22 (c) 3 (d) ƒ 23 . From the bottom two lines in Figure 1.000) L 584. 3 (b) Do not use 3. 71.7 9. If your calculator does not have a cube root key.5. SOLUTION D Getting Started Speed S equals distance D divided by time T.6. 3. If Earth takes 1 year. EXAMPLE 7 Finding the speed of Earth Earth travels around the sun in an approximately circular orbit with an average radius of 93 million miles.4 Problem Solving Many problemsolving strategies are used in algebra. p. see Chapter R (page R2). 22. These strategies are illustrated in the next three examples. and ƒ 23 . so the distance D is D = 2pr = 2p(93.4.079. .000. or about 365 days. Instead. From the bottom two lines in Figure 1.7 + 9. 69. we see that 2131 L 5. Distance Traveled A sketch of Earth orbiting the sun is shown in Figure 1.1 7 8 8 3 0 6 3 4 2 abs(√ (3) 6) 4.5. enter 131^(1/3). 5. 1 + 22 (a) 2131 (b) p3 + 1.6 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs EXAMPLE 6 Computing with a calculator Use a calculator to evaluate each expression.6 ƒ . .179.
8 * 0.55 fluid ounce. and volume. and Problem Solving Hours in 1 Year The number of hours H in 1 year.6 Earth’s Orbit Many times in geometry we evaluate formulas to determine quantities. A T 35 cm (Not to scale) 15 cm Figure 1.300.1.4 inches and h = 5 inches.55.000. HaberSchaim. 93. In the next example we use a formula to determine the number of fluid ounces in a soda can. such as perimeter. then the thickness of the paint equals 100 inch. For example. find the volume of the can in cubic inches. h 30.) SOLUTION Getting Started Start by making a sketch of a rectangular sheet of aluminum. equals H = 365 * 24 = 8760 hours. Now Try Exercise 93 Figure 1.7 is given by V = pr2h. Introductory Physical Science. it would be difficult to measure the thickness of a sheet of aluminum foil or a coat of paint with a ruler.7 A Soda Can Measuring the thickness of a very thin layer of material can be difficult to do directly. EXAMPLE 8 Finding the volume of a soda can The volume V of the cylindrical soda can in Figure 1. where r is its radius and h is its height. if a volume of 1 cubic inch of paint is spread over an area of 1 100 square inches.94 Yes. Then we can determine the thickness T by using the formula T = V. as shown in Figure 1.8 Aluminum Foil . (Source: U. For example. To complete this problem we need to find the volume V of the aluminum foil and its area A.000 mi Sun Earth 7 Speed of Earth S = D H = 584.55 = 16.4)2(5) = 9.1 Numbers. area.) r SOLUTION (a) V = pr 2h = p(1.8. Data. or 365 days.7 grams.8 cubic inches. it can be done indirectly using the following formula. multiply the number of cubic inches by 0. the thickness of a thin layer equals the volume of the substance divided by the area that it covers. This formula is illustrated in the next example. (a) If r = 1. the can could hold 16 fluid ounces.700 miles per hour. However.8p L 30. (b) To find the number of fluid ounces.4 grams. (b) Could this can hold 16 fluid ounces? (Hint: 1 cubic inch equals 0. EXAMPLE 9 Calculating the thickness of aluminum foil A rectangular sheet of aluminum foil is 15 centimeters by 35 centimeters and weighs 5. Now Try Exercise 85 (Not to scale) Figure 1. Thickness = Volume Area That is. If 1 cubic centimeter of aluminum weighs 2.000 8760 L 66. find the thickness of the aluminum foil.
4 = 2 cubic centimeters. . if a square root of a positive integer is not an integer. ('')''* Area It follows that Thickness = Volume Area . 1.8 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs NOTE For the rectangular box shape shown in Figure 1. 2. Without numbers. . The following table summarizes some of the concepts in this section. 0. 4. nonterminating decimals. To find the volume of a box. . . see Chapter R (page R3). Thickness The thickness of 2 cubic centimeters of aluminum foil with an area of 525 square centimeters is Thickness = Volume 2 = L 0. 0. 5. see Chapter R (page R1). all fractions q. The aluminum foil is rectangular with an area of 15 * 35 = 525 square centimeters. . Comments Examples Concept Natural numbers Integers Rational numbers Sometimes referred to as the counting numbers Include the natural numbers. . 2. all repeating and all terminating decimals p 1. . 2. 1. Geometry Review To find the area of a rectangle.25 = .7 grams equals 1 cubic centimeter. 3. 1 128 . 0. . Volume = Length * Width * Thickness. . 22. and 0 Include integers. . Problemsolving strategies are used in almost every facet of our lives. Area 525 Now Try Exercise 89 1. providing the procedures needed to systematically complete tasks and perform computations. . we could say that the day seems hot but would not be able to give an actual number for the temperature.335. .25. 2.8 on the previous page. For example. .4 grams and each 2. their opposites. p4 3 Irrational numbers Can be written as nonrepeating. Volume Because the aluminum foil weighs 5. data could be described qualitatively but not quantitatively. where p and q are integers with q Z 0. 2 6 1 1 0.33 = 4 3 p. cannot be a rational number. the volume of the aluminum foil is 5. 3. 27.0038 centimeter. 0. it is an irrational number.7 Area Divide weight by density.1 Putting It All Together Numbers play a central role in our society.
1. Do all multiplication and division from left to right. 1.22 . 20.12 * 104 = 31. .7.22 9 8.1. Then do any negation after evaluating exponents.0. Data. 27.45. 1. 9022 (Distance in feet from home plate to second base on a baseball field) 6.16 .5.000.33. or irrational number. 1. 2.000.3#5 .1 Exercises Exercises 7–10: Classify each number as one or more of the following: natural number.24 3 10.2 . Do all addition and subtraction from left to right.10. . rational number.4521 * 102 = . Populations of states 13. A number in the form c * 10n. 0.2 = = = = 2 + 42 = 3 . 2100.237 7 2 0.2 . 7. 3. 215. integers. 5.457. 213.8 (Nielsen rating of the TV show Grey’s Anatomy the week of February 12–18. Evaluate all exponents. 0.5 (Average number of gallons of water used each minute while taking a shower) 4. 2.014521 5 * 109 = 5. 0. rational number. 3.000 1.5. 1. .7. Explain your answer. 1. Shoe sizes 12. state the set of numbers that most appropriately describes it. Speed limits Classifying Numbers Exercises 1–6: Classify the number as one or more of the following: natural number.0000015987 1.15 18 = 12 3 = 2 Order of operations Scientific notation 3.6 . integer.24 2 + 16 3 . Choose from the natural numbers. 103. . and rational numbers. . Gallons of gasoline 14. 21. 11. integer.200 . square roots. 27. 23 25 10 9 Exercises 11–16: For the measured quantity. 2007) 5. 2 .5987 * 106 = 0.6 = . 1.25 3 42 .6 * 103 1 8 9. 7.3. 0. and Problem Solving 9 Concept Comments Examples Real numbers Any number that can be expressed in standard (decimal) form Include the rational numbers and irrational numbers Using the following order of operations. 2 . 3. and absolute value bars and above and below fraction bars. 2.12 .082 (Average cost in dollars of tuition and fees at a private college in 2004) 3. 25.1 Numbers.16 . where 1 … ƒ c ƒ 6 10 and n is an integer Used to represent numbers that are large or small in absolute value 4 p. p. 2. 71 (Wind chill when the temperature is 30°F and the wind speed is 40 mph) .2 . .12 .. 1000. first perform all calculations within parentheses. 5. or real number. 29.1 * 106. Then perform any remaining calculations. . 21 (Fraction of people in the United States completing at 24 least 4 years of high school) 2.
2(1. 2450 35.3 * 102 3 * 101 4 * 103 8 * 101 56.7 ƒ2 26.5 * 103 Applications Exercises 77–80: Percent Change If an amount changes from A to a new amount B.8 # 7 ƒ 18.8 * 107 20. 206.4 * 102 0. 15 + 5 + 25 2 45.32 .3 + 1.5 4 + 23 7 70. 17. .42 . 4. Write your result in scientific notation.1)2 .4(1.(4)3 . 2 * 108 (Years required for the sun to orbit our galaxy) 44.329 6 . (5 * 102)(7 * 104) 57. 3.4)4 8 .5.5 * 107)2 66. 0.00456 38. then the percent change is B . 29.5 * 108) 61. 2(16 .3(2 . 4 + 9 32 # 3 2 + 3 5 27.04361 (Proportion of U.68 * 101 48. (3 * 101)(3 * 104) 55.4 13 .5 * 105)(. 0. 1. (8. 67 * 103 50. Write your result in scientific notation and standard form.52 .1. 8.72 .1) + 2 74. 10 . 2 19. 5. 2 .0.567 * 102 47.2 ƒ 71.000 40.250.0032 * 101 15.5 * 108) + 107 65. 213 .4 * 105 4.5 4 . 6.32 76.12 2 2 Exercises 53–60: Evaluate the expression by hand. 105. 3 .29 + 16 24.3.947 * 107 (4.(4)3 Exercises 61–66: Use a calculator to approximate the expression.53 12 + p .3 # 5) . 8. deaths attributed to accidents in 2004) 32.S. 2(32 + p3) 69.9. .00007 3 64. 0. 184.5 5. (4 . 1. 1. ƒ p . 4 . 53. 5 17 73. (4 * 103)(2 * 105) 54. . 23 22. Numbers of compact disc sales Order of Operations Exercises 17–28: Evaluate by hand. 0.8 34.000 (People worldwide living with HIV) 31. 2p(4. 0.2 28.4 21. 75. 9. 41.02 Exercises 41–52: Write the number in standard form. 2192 68. 3. 60. 0. 0.98 35. 2(2.4 * 105 52. ƒ 5 .10 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs 49.62 (Number of miles in 1 kilometer) 33.800 (New lung cancer cases reported in 2005) 30. 3 67.A * 100. 1 * 106 (Wavelength in meters of visible light) 42.42 Scientific Notation Exercises 29–40: Write the number in scientific notation.56 * 104) + (3.87 * 106)(34 * 1011) 63. A .285. 5 .5 . ƒ 5 . 9 * 10 (Federal debt in dollars in 2007) 12 72. 5. (9. 5 + 10 5 59. 29 .2 1.2 * 102 2 * 102 2.1 * 102) Exercises 67–76: Use a calculator to evaluate the expression. 0.045 * 105 51.20 .56 37. (8 * 103)(7 * 101) 58. Round your result to the nearest thousandth.2 23.6 36.6 + 1. 29. 25. Temperatures in a winter weather forecast in Montana 16.0087 39. 5 * 105 46.5)2 .62 . 0.11 * 1031 (Weight in kilograms of an electron) 43.00095 62. a 101 + 23 2 b + 23.
rectangular sheet of gold foil measures 20 centimeters by 30 centimeters and has a mass of 23. 85.) The planet Mars travels around the sun in a nearly circular orbit with a radius of 141 million miles. Use scientific notation to determine how many kilometers the Pacific plate travels in one million years.14 watt of electrical power.85 80. Size of the Milky Way The speed of light is about 186.3 grams. 77. find the thickness of the gold foil.000. Bureau of the Census.) A drop of oil measuring 0. The oil spreads out in a circular shape having a diameter of 23 centimeters. A = $0.000 miles per second.4. Data. Approximate the thickness of the oil film. (a) If the entire federal debt were converted into a stack of $100 bills. Percent Change Suppose that tuition is initially $100 per credit and increases by 6% from the first year to the second year. Write this number in scientific notation.) 81. (Sources: Department of the Treasury.) During inhalation.000 and the federal debt was $5. January 2008. Find the debt per person. the highest rate of any river in the world. B = 0. average annual tuition and fees at public colleges and universities increased from $433 to $5132. Federal Debt The amount of federal debt changed dramatically during the 30 years from 1970 to 2000. Movement of the Pacific Plate The Pacific plate (the floor of the Pacific Ocean) near Hawaii is moving at about 0. Is tuition equal to $100 per credit the third year? Explain.000 and the federal debt was $370 billion. and Problem Solving Calculate the percent change for the given A and B. B = $13 78. Orbital Speed (Refer to Example 7. Is this more or less than 1 cubic mile of water per day? Explain your calculations.000. 88. Ronan. A = $8. to the nearest thousand.1. 89.47 79. (Source: The Guinness Book of Records 1993. A = 1256. What is the cost of tuition the second year? Now suppose that tuition decreases by 6% from the second to the third year. 83. Nanotechnology (Refer to Example 3.16 grams. Analyzing Debt A 1inchhigh stack of $100 bills contains about 250 bills. estimate the orbital speed of Mars in miles per hour.000 mi 86.12 cubic centimeter is spilled onto a lake. Estimate.) (a) In 1970 the population of the United States was 203. (Source: Scientific American.000. In 2000 the federal debt was approximately 5. The Milky Way galaxy has an approximate diameter of 6 * 1017 miles.54 trillion. B = 1195 11 87. (Source: C.000071 kilometer per year. The Natural History of the Universe.1 Numbers. This is about the speed at which a fingernail grows. Find the debt per person. Introductory Physical Science.) 91. Thickness of Gold Foil (Refer to Example 9. (b) In 2000 the population of the United States was approximately 281. Could this stack of $100 bills reach between these two cities? .000 cubic feet per second. HaberSchaim.200. the typical body generates 0.88 years for Mars to complete one orbit. which could be used to power tiny electrical circuits. Tuition Increases From 1976 to 2004. B = $13.) 84. Discharge of Water The Amazon River discharges water into the Atlantic Ocean at an average rate of 4. 82. Calculate the percent change over this time period. If 1 cubic centimeter of gold has a mass of 19.) (Not to scale) Sun Mars 141. Round your answer to the nearest tenth of a percent when appropriate. Thickness of an Oil Film (Refer to Example 9. If it takes 1. how many feet high would it be? (b) The distance between Los Angeles and New York is approximately 2500 miles.) A flat.90. A = 1. 90.54 trillion dollars. (Source: U. the number of years it takes for light to travel across the Milky Way.
2 Visualizing and Graphing Data • Analyze onevariable data • Find the domain and range of a relation • Graph in the xyplane • Calculate distance • Find the midpoint • Learn the standard equation of a circle • Learn to graph equations with a calculator (optional) Introduction Technology is giving us access to huge amounts of data. 93. Volume of a Sphere The volume of a sphere is given by V = 4pr3. Approximate your answer to the nearest tenth. For example. the only variable is the score.) A 100footlong sidewalk is 5 feet wide. A powerful tool in this step is visualization. space telescopes. (a) If r = 1. The median is equal to the value that is located in the middle of a sorted list.12 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs 95. This section discusses how different types of data can be visualized by using various mathematical techniques. 96. Size of a Soda Can (Refer to Example 8. we add the n numbers and then divide the sum by n. If 125 cubic feet of cement are evenly poured to form the sidewalk. Before conclusions can be drawn. If there is an odd . Round your answer to the nearest hundredth. (b) Could this can hold 12 fluid ounces? (Hint: 1 cubic inch equals about 0. Is heavyduty foil worth the price difference? (Hint: Each 2.5 * 107 square feet and contains 7. data must be analyzed.55 fluid ounce. A list of test scores without names is an example.) 1. where r is the radius of the sphere. are providing a wealth of information about the universe. If the values in a list are unique. where r is its radius and h is its height. Volume of a Cone The volume V of a cone is given by V = 1pr2h. Calculate 3 the volume if the radius is 3 feet. such as the Hubble telescope. find the volume of the can in cubic inches. To calculate the mean (or average) of a set of n numbers. where r is its radius and h is its height. 98. as pictures and graphs are often easier to understand than words. where n is an integer and 1 … b … 10. The challenge is to convert the data into meaningful information that can be used to solve important problems. If you have access to a scale that weighs in grams.3 inches and h = 4.5 * 108 cubic feet of water.) A lake covers 2. find the thickness of regular and heavyduty aluminum foil. EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISE 1.) The volume V of a cylindrical soda can is given by V = pr2h. h 92. Data of this type are referred to as onevariable data.4 inches. Find 3 V when r = 4 inches and h = 1 foot. Thickness of Cement (Refer to Example 9. Depth of a Lake (Refer to Example 9. Suppose that a positive number a is written in scientific notation as a = b * 10n. OneVariable Data Data often occur in the form of a list. they can be represented visually on a number line.) 94. Describe some basic sets of numbers that are used in mathematics.7 grams of aluminum equals 1 cubic centimeter. Means and medians can be found for onevariable data sets. r Writing about Mathematics 97. Find the average depth of the lake. Explain what n indicates about the size of a. find the thickness of the sidewalk.
Table 1. TwoVariable Data Sometimes a relationship exists between two lists of data.2 lists the monthly average temperatures in degrees Fahrenheit at Mould Bay. Interpret this temperature.2 Visualizing and Graphing Data 13 number of data items. If there is an even number of data items. (b) The maximum temperature of 39°F is plotted farthest to the right in Figure 1.4°F.31 .9 2+ 1 = .6°F. and so on.2 12 6. Find the median and interpret the result. Thus the median is .3 Average Precipitation for Portland. the minimum temperature of .2 equals 7. Miller and J. the mean of the temperatures is approximately 0. Oregon.6 10 3. Find the maximum and minimum temperatures. This result means that half the months have an average temperature that is greater than 4°F and half the months have an average Now Try Exercises 1 and 5 temperature that is below 4°F. The mean.5 7 0.31°F is plotted farthest to the left. Determine the mean of these 12 temperatures. EXAMPLE 1 Analyzing a list of data Table 1.2 are plotted on a number line. –40 –30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 40 Figure 1. the median is the average of the two middle items. (d) Because there is an even number of data items. In this table. of these 7 temperatures is 12 L 0. or average.4 . From the number line we see that the middle two values are 9°F and 1°F.1.9 3 3. (c) The sum of the 12 temperatures in Table 1. 2 to February.9 the numbers in Table 1. Thompson.9 Monthly Average Temperatures CLASS DISCUSSION In Example 1(c).6°F.26 9 12 32 39 36 21 1 17 24 Source: A.0 6 1. Table 1.1 11 5. Similarly.27 . Canada Temperature (°F) .2 2 3. until 12 represents December. the median is the middle data item. SOLUTION (a) In Figure 1.6 4 2.3 lists the monthly average precipitation in inches for Portland.9. Oregon Month Precipitation (inches) 1 6.3 5 2. 1 corresponds to January. We show the relationship between a month and its average precipitation by combining the two lists so that corresponding months and precipitations are visually paired. Explain your reasoning.2 Monthly Average Temperatures at Mould Bay. Elements of Meteorology.5 8 1.1 9 1. Canada. (a) (b) (c) (d) Plot these temperatures on a number line. Table 1. the median is the average of the middle two values.
1. 2. Relation A relation is a set of ordered pairs. Since the data in Table 1. or R = {1.2 inches of precipitation is not associated with 1. January is paired with 6.1 inches.9.0 inches. 6.1). yvalues xvalues EXAMPLE 2 Finding the domain and range of a relation A physics class measured the time y that it takes for an object to fall x feet.1. We now define the mathematical concept of a relation.2.5).9) indicates that the average precipitation in February is 3. 1. Instead. 40}. then the ordered pair (x. or xyplane.4 Falling Object x (feet) y (seconds) (a) Express the data as a relation S. SOLUTION 20 1. If we denote the ordered pairs in a relation by (x. 3. 4. 1. or D = {20. 1.6 (a) A relation is a set of ordered pairs.2 20 1. Table 1.3 involve two variables.4. then the set of all xvalues is called the domain of the relation and the set of all yvalues is called the range.0.5. The object was dropped twice from each height. The horizontal axis is the xaxis and the vertical axis is the yaxis. 1.0) indicates that the average precipitation in May is 2. It is important to realize that a relation established by twovariable data is between two lists rather than within a single list. 6. For example. 3. 2. 2.6}. 2. 1.9 inches. 3. and August is paired with 1.2. (40.3. January is not related to August.1. 12} and range R = {0. The relation shown in Table 1. 1. (b) The domain is the set of xvalues of the ordered pairs.2). y).2.4}. 3. 5. the ordered pair (5.1 40 1. 11. whereas the ordered pair (2. The axes . (20.5. 3. 1. Now Try Exercise 47 To visualize a relation. Order is important in an ordered pair.5. y) represents the average amount of precipitation y during month x. 5.5 40 1. 6. we often use the Cartesian (rectangular) coordinate plane.1 inches of precipitation. 7. 9.2 inches. 8. (b) Find the domain and range of S.6)}. and 6.3 has domain D = {1.6. as shown in Table 1.14 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs If x is the month and y is the precipitation. 1. 10.1. (40. The range is the set of yvalues of the ordered pairs. 1. the month and precipitation. so we can write S = {(20.6. we refer to them as twovariable data.
Plot the relation. 0) 1 1 –1 –1 15 Quadrant I x (−4. (5. the x. Complete the following for the relation (a) (b) (c) (d) Find the domain and range of the relation. with each tick mark representing a distance of 5. 10. 10).10 The xyplane EXAMPLE 3 Graphing a relation S = {(5.10 is an example of a scatterplot. numbered I. –10) Figure 1.10.15. II. y y 15 10 5 –15–10 –5 –5 –10 –15 5 10 15 (–10. The point ( . . 10). SOLUTION (a) The elements of the domain correspond to the first number in each ordered pair.3. 5}. whereas the point (0.12 (d) The points (5. 15}. ( . 0) is located on the xaxis. as shown in Figure 1. is called a line graph. and IV counterclockwise.10. 10) x x –15–10 –5 –5 5 10 15 (5. . 10) have been plotted in Figure 1. Label appropriate scales on the xyaxes. 15) (5. 10)}.and yaxes.11 Figure 1. 15). (b) xminimum: 15.20 to 20.10. ( 4. (15. (0. belong to any quadrant. Figure 1. 3) lies on the yaxis. 3) in quadrant II. y) using . xmaximum: 5. The term scatterplot is given to a graph in the xyplane where distinct points are plotted.2. III. and (1.11.1. Thus D = {. 10. 2) is located in quadrant I.15. 0. and ( . the elements of the range correspond to the second number in each ordered pair. 15). ( . 5).5.2 Visualizing and Graphing Data y Quadrant II (−2.10. ( . 2) (−3. yminimum: . −2) (0. (0.12. –5) (–15. . Similarly. Thus R = {10. (5.5). −4) Quadrant III (1. This type of graph. The point (1. This scale is shown in Figure 1. Determine the maximum and minimum of the xvalues and then of the yvalues. 2) in quadrant IV A point lying on a coordinate axis does not . ymaximum: 15 (c) An appropriate scale for both the xaxis and the yaxis might be . 3) (1. We can plot the ordered pair (x. 10). 10). 4) in quadrant III. Now Try Exercise 51 Sometimes it is helpful to connect consecutive data points in a scatterplot with straightline segments. Figure 1. 10) 5 (0. which visually emphasizes changes in the data. −3) Quadrant IV intersect at the origin and determine four regions called quadrants.
y1) and (x2.13. To make a scatterplot. y1) and (x2.0). 1.y1 ƒ . (6. the length of a line segment with endpoints (x1. y Average precipitation (inches) Average precipitation (inches) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 y 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 x x Month Month Geometry Review Figure 1. (4. Because distance is nonnegative.4) in the xyplane. Its length is (4.16 shows a line segment connecting the points ( 1. 3) 1 –1 –1 1 x Figure 1.1). 5.y1)2. Applying the Pythagorean theorem to this triangle gives d 2 = (x2 . 2. The distance d is the hypotenuse of the right triangle. and (12.14. 1. we can solve this equation for d to get d = 2(x2 . as shown in Figure 1. The lengths of the legs of the right triangle are ƒ x2 .2). as shown in Figure 1.y1)2. 6. y2) in the xyplane is d = 2(x2 .2).81. 3) and (4. y1) x1 x2 − x1  x2 y2 y2 − y1 y1 x In the xyplane.(1))2 + ( 3 . Then connect consecutive data points to make a line graph.y1)2. 0.6). (3.x1 ƒ and ƒ y2 . (8.3). simply graph the ordered pairs (1. (5. (11.6). . SOLUTION Use the xaxis for the months and the yaxis for the precipitation amounts. 3.9). Figure 1.3)2 = 261 (exact length) Figure 1. Then make a line graph.14 A Line Graph Now Try Exercise 57 To review the Pythagorean theorem. see Chapter R (page R2).16 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs EXAMPLE 4 Making a scatterplot and a line graph Use Table 1. Oregon.15 Distance Formula y The distance d between the points (x1. (10.13 Monthly Average Precipitation Figure 1. .x1)2 + ( y2 . 3.15. y2) can be calculated by using the Pythagorean theorem.1).16 L 7. –3) d = 2(4 . 3. (7.x1)2 + ( y2 .x1)2 + ( y2 .3 on page 13 to make a scatterplot of average monthly precipitation in Portland. 2.3). (–1. (2. See Figure 1. y The Distance Formula (x2.5).5). y2) d (x1. 6. (9. 1.
y1) be ( 2.M. For example. whereas in 1982 it was $1000. and so it is located 50 miles north of the initial location of car B. let (x1.5 * 40 = 60 miles east. because car A is 80 miles north of car B. EXAMPLE 6 Finding the distance between two moving cars Suppose that at noon car A is traveling south at 20 miles per hour and is located 80 miles north of car B. One might estimate the cost of tuition and fees in 1981 to be $900. Car B is traveling east at 40 miles per hour.4). Note that we would obtain the same answer if we let (x1.18 . 4) and (.3 2+ 5 = 1.x1)2 + (y2 .50)2 L 78. where these points are plotted. y2) be (2. .M. then its midpoint is the unique point on the line segment that is equidistant from the endpoints.17 The Midpoint Formula A common way to make estimations is to average data values.17.M.(. so its coordinates are (60. See Figure 1.5 * 20 = 30 miles south. Simplify.4))2 = 2( . (b) To find the distance between the cars at 1:30 P. Approximate. After 1 hour and 30 minutes.18.2. 7). the midpoint of . 4) and (x2. rounded to the nearest hundredth. 0) be the initial coordinates of car B in the xyplane. 7) Now Try Exercise 15 and (x2. y1) be (3. 50) at 1:30 PM. the midpoint M of two data points x1 and x2 is calculated by averaging their coordinates. is 12. in 1980 the average cost of tuition and fees at public colleges and universities was $800. or 1.3 and 5 is M = . 0) Figure 1. then the initial coordinates of car A are (0. (b) Find the distance between the cars at 1:30 P. 80). and the approximate distance. SOLUTION In the distance formula.5) + 11 2 2 Distance formula Subtract. 7). d = 2(60 .1.3)2 + (7 . 80) Car A (0. 0) S Car B (60.5 hours. In the next example the distance between two moving cars is found. Thus its coordinates are (0.y1)2 = 2( .08. = 2146 L 12. Plot the location of each car at noon and at 1:30 P. This type of averaging is referred to as finding the midpoint. 2(x2 . Then approximate this distance to the nearest hundredth.0)2 + (0 . y2) be (3.08 The exact distance is 2146.2 . where units are in miles. 0). car A has traveled 1.2 Visualizing and Graphing Data EXAMPLE 5 17 Finding the distance between two points Find the exact distance between (3. 0) at 1:30 PM. On a real number line. 50) d W E (a) If the initial coordinates of car B are (0. M= x1 x1 + x2 2 M x2 Figure 1. Car B traveled 1.1 miles Now Try Exercise 31 (0. For example. 0). as shown in Figure 1. If a line segment is drawn between two data points. 50) and (60. we must find the distance d between the points (0. SOLUTION N (0. (a) Let (0.
SOLUTION In the midpoint formula. b = ( 2. 249) does not accurately describe the population over the time period from 1800 to 1990. 2 2 EXAMPLE 7 Finding the midpoint Find the midpoint of the line segment connecting the points (6. The red line segment connecting the points (1800. y1) be (6. Similarly. then the midpoint is computed by a 3 + 1 1 + 3 . the ycoordinate of M is the average of y1 and y2. y1) and (x2.19 shows midpoint M located on the line segment connecting the two data points (x1. except that both coordinates are averaged.20. 7) and (x2. Simplify. 5) and (1990. 3). For example. 7) and (4. y2) be (. y2) M y2 y1 + y2 2 y1 x The midpoint formula in the xyplane is similar to the formula for the real number line. y 300 Population (millions) 250 200 150 100 50 0 (1990. b 2 2 Midpoint formula Substitute. 3). Then the midpoint M can be found as follows. 249) (1800. 2 2 x + x (x1. y1) and (x2. Now Try Exercise 37 = (1. b. M = a = a x1 + x2 y1 + y2 . 2). However. The xcoordinate of the midpoint M is located halfway between x1 and x2 and is 1 2 2. y2) be (1. 5) x 1800 1850 1900 1950 2000 Year Figure 1. b 2 2 6 + (4) 7 + 3 . y2). y2) in the xyplane is a x1 + x2 y1 + y2 . y1) x1 x1 + x2 x2 2 Figure 1. over a shorter time interval this type of line segment may be more accurate. y1) be (. let (x1.19 Midpoint Formula in the xyPlane The midpoint of the line segment with endpoints (x1. Figure 1.19.18 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs y (x2. Population . 1) and (x2.4. 3) in Figure 1.S. 2) The population of the United States from 1800 to 1990 is shown by the blue curve in Figure 1.3.20 U. if we let (x1.
226).1. k) x A circle consists of the set of points in a plane that are equidistant from a fixed point. 203) M (a) The U. 249).) (b) Figure 1. the equation of the circle with center (0. y) and (h.k)2 = r. NOTE EXAMPLE 9 Finding the center and radius of a circle Find the center and radius of the circle with the given equation. populations in 1970 and 1990 are given by the data points (1970. 249) (1970. If we let the center of the circle be (h. the radius be r. 2 2 Population (millions) 250 200 150 100 50 0 1800 1850 1900 1950 2000 x Year The midpoint formula estimates a population of 226 million in 1980.21 shows a blue curve for the U. k). and (x.) (a) Use the midpoint formula to estimate the population in 1980. If the center of a circle is (0.h)2 + ( y . The distance is called the radius of the circle.k)2 = r 2. y) be any point on the circle.2 Visualizing and Graphing Data EXAMPLE 8 19 Using the midpoint formula In 1970 the population of the United States was 203 million. Squaring each side gives (x . The midpoint M of the line segment connecting these points is M = a 1970 + 1990 203 + 249 . y 300 SOLUTION (1990. (a) x2 + y2 = 9 (b) (x . population and a red line segment with midpoint M connecting the data points (1970. For example. (b) Describe this approximation graphically. See Figure 1.21 A Linear Approximation Circles y (x.h)2 + ( y . b = (1980.1)2 + ( y + 2)2 = 4 . 203) and (1990. then the equation simplifies to x2 + y2 = r2. 0). 0) and radius 7 is x2 + y2 = 49. 249). 203) and (1990.22. k) and radius r has equation (x . Figure 1.S. Now Try Exercise 33 Figure 1. y) (h. By the distance formula we have 2(x . (Source: Bureau of the Census. The line segment appears to be an accurate approximation over a relatively short period of 20 years. and the fixed point is called the center.k)2 = r 2. (The actual population was 228 million.22 Standard Equation of a Circle The circle with center (h. and by 1990 it had increased to 249 million. k) must equal r. then the distance between (x.h)2 + ( y . Graph each circle.S.
2) to determine r.24. the equation of the circle is (x .2)2 = 250 L 7.25. . y y 2 1 –2 –1 –1 –2 –1 1 –2 3 x (0. (b) First we must find the distance between the points (6. 2) on the circle SOLUTION (a) Let r = 4 and (h.25 Figure 1. .(.0)2 = 32.3) with the point (1. −3) –8 –6 –4 –2 x –8 Figure 1.26. the center is (0.5)2 = 42 or (x + 3)2 + ( y . The graph of this circle is shown in Figure 1.20 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs SOLUTION (a) Because the equation x 2 + y 2 = 9 can be written as (x .3)) 2 + ( y .3) and (1.5)2 = 16 A graph of the circle is shown in Figure 1.24 Now Try Exercises 59 and 63 EXAMPLE 10 Finding the equation of a circle Find the equation of the circle that satisfies the conditions.6)2 + ( y + 3)2 = 50.2) and the radius is 2.3.23 Figure 1. Graph each circle. 5). y y 4 (1. 5) (b) Center (6.0)2 + ( y . 2) 4 8 (−3. center (. r = 2(6 .1)2 + ( y + 2)2 = 4. k) = (3. (a) Radius 4. 0) 1 2 x (1. Its graph is shown in Figure 1.23. the center is (1. (b) For (x . −2) –4 Figure 1. The equation of this circle is (x . . 5) 4 x (6. 0) and the radius is 3. The graph is shown in Figure 1.1 Since r 2 = 50.1)2 + ( 3 .26 Now Try Exercises 71 and 75 .
scatterplots. We will use the following terminology to describe a viewing rectangle. Ymax = 10. For example. SOLUTION Getting Started First find the center of the circle.2 Visualizing and Graphing Data EXAMPLE 11 21 Finding the equation of a circle The endpoints of a diameter of a circle are (. The viewing rectangle. Ymin is the minimum yvalue and Ymax is the maximum yvalue along the yaxis. The viewing rectangle must be specified by setting minimum and maximum values for both the x. C = a 3 + 5 4 + 6 .1)2 + ( y . b = (1. 1] by [. and Yscl = 1. A camera cannot take a picture of an entire scene. Now Try Exercise 77 Graphing with a Calculator (Optional) Graphing calculators can be used to create tables. Xmax. 10. and the standard equation is (x .1)2 + (6 . or window.1. which is the midpoint of a diameter.5)2 = 217 Thus r 2 equals 17. The distance represented by consecutive tick marks on the xaxis is called Xscl. r = 2(5 . The calculator screen can show only a finite. Xscl = 1.3.10. it must be centered on a portion of the available scenery and then it can capture different views of the same scene by zooming in and out. Yscl]. Graphing calculators have similar capabilities. 5) 2 2 Use the distance formula to find the radius. and the distance represented by consecutive tick marks on the yaxis is called Yscl. This setting is referred to as the standard viewing rectangle. and other types of graphs.5)2 = 17. Xscl] by [Ymin. Then find the radius by calculating the distance between the center and one of the given endpoints of the diameter. which equals the distance from the center (1. Xmin is the minimum xvalue and Xmax is the maximum xvalue along the xaxis. 1] means that Xmin = . 6).27. Similarly.10. on a graphing calculator is similar to the view finder in a camera. 5) to the endpoint (5. Find the center C of the circle by applying the midpoint formula to the endpoints of the diameter (3. Ymax. line graphs. Ymax } Yscl Xmin Xmax } Xscl Ymin Figure 1. rectangular region of the xyplane.and yaxes before a graph can be drawn. which is infinite. 6). 4) and (5. 4) and (5. Most graphs show an xscale and a yscale using tick marks on the respective axes. See Figure 1. Find the standard equation of the circle. Xmax = 10.27 . Ymin = . This information can be written concisely as [Xmin. [10. 6).10. 10.
29. [ 10. 3). 1] Calculator Help To set a viewing rectangle or window. 1] by [10. 10. WINDOW Xmin – 10 Xmax 10 Xscl 1 Ymin – 10 Ymax 10 Yscl 1 Xres 1 Figure 1. 1]. 1] by [10.28–1. ( 2. 800. 7). [ 10. 8) in the standard viewing rectangle. 10] by [.28 Figure 1. 5).32. 10. 3).22 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs EXAMPLE 12 Setting the viewing rectangle Show the standard viewing rectangle and the viewing rectangle given by [ 30. (1. since its length is 10 and the distance between consecutive tick marks is 1. SOLUTION The standard viewing rectangle is given by [. 1] Calculator Help To make the scatterplot in Figure 1. SOLUTION The required window settings and viewing rectangles are displayed in Figures 1. 8) are plotted in Figure 1.400. 5). there are 10 tick marks on the positive xaxis. 7). 1] by [10. Figure 1. and (4.31 Now Try Exercise 81 EXAMPLE 13 Making a scatterplot with a graphing calculator Plot the points (5. 100] WINDOW Xmin – 30 Xmax 40 X s c l 10 Ymin – 400 Ymax 800 Y s c l 100 Xres 1 Figure 1.30 Figure 1. 40. and (4.10. 10. see Appendix A (page AP3). 10. 40. 800. 10] by [400.32.29 [ 30. 100] on your calculator.32 Now Try Exercise 89 . 10. ( 2. (1. see Appendix A (page AP3). Notice that in Figure 1. 10. The points (5.31.
100. 6. 2007. or average To find the mean. 3. SOLUTION Enter the data points (1990. 9 is 3 + 5 + 6 + 9 = 4. (1.1. 4 The median of 2. 9 is the average of the two middle values: 3 and 6. Figure 1.5. and (2005. Make a line graph of these sales in [1988. divide their sum by n.25. A relation is a set of ordered pairs (x. The mean of the four numbers . 2 The relation S = {(1. domain. y). 2007. 6. 5. The graph is shown in Figure 1.3. 5). 31). or average. 90).33 Now Try Exercise 93 1. and range continued on next page . 3. The set of xvalues is called the domain. 9. and half the data are less than or equal to the median. 65). Relation. Therefore the median is 3 + 6 = 4. 6. 6)} has domain D = {1. Half the data are greater than or equal to the median.2 Putting It All Together Concept The following table lists basic concepts in this section. of n numbers. 2] by [0. see Appendix A (page AP3). 89). (2000. 11 is 6. and the set of yvalues is called the range.2 Visualizing and Graphing Data EXAMPLE 14 23 Creating a line graph with a graphing calculator Table 1. Median The median of a sorted list of numbers equals the value that is located in the middle of the list. Table 1. 6}. Explanation Examples Mean. (1995. 3). 100.33. 2] by [0. the middle data item.5 lists the percentage of music sales accounted for by compact discs (CDs) from 1990 to 2005. 20] Calculator Help To make a line graph.5 Year CDs (% share) 1990 31 1995 65 2000 89 2005 90 Source: Recording Industry Association of America. 5. (2. 20]. 2} and range R = {3. The median of 2. A line graph can be created by selecting this option on your graphing calculator. [1988.
1. 3) is d = 2( 1 . 4). 25. 228. y2) is d = 2(x2 . 2 2 Standard equation of a circle The circle with center (h. 22. Computations of the mean and median are performed on onevariable data. 30. 3. line graph or other type of graph in the xyplane Two types of data are related and can be described by using ordered pairs (x. 2. 2p.y1) . 3) and (2.2) 3 + 5 . 5.14. 40. . 4.2)2 + (3 .2 .9. 4.h)2 + ( y . b. scatterplot. The midpoint of the line segment connecting (4. (b) Find the maximum and minimum of the data. 169.5 5 4 0 2 30 2.4. complete the following. 1.5. y2) is M = a x1 + x2 y1 + y2 .2 Exercises Exercises 5–8: Sort the list of numbers from smallest to largest and display the result in a table. 31. Data Involving One Variable Exercises 1–4: For the table of data. Twovariable data Twocolumn or tworow table.1))2 = 5. b = (1. 45. The circle with center (3. p2. (a) Plot the numbers on a number line. 10. y1) and (x2.0 3 7. 2 2 The distance between (2.1. 3.x1) + ( y2 . 19. (b) Calculate the mean and median.25.5 1 6 0 3.0 6 1 20 4. 61.30. 22 7. 15. 4. 2.4)2 = 25.75.75. 3 5 10 0.5 2 3 20 1.24 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs continued from previous page Concept Explanation Examples Distance formula The distance between (x1.5 10 1. The next table summarizes some basic concepts related to onevariable and twovariable data.k)2 = r 2. onecolumn or onerow table The data items are the same type and can be described using xvalues.(. 1.5. 5 6. 4) and radius 5 has the equation (x + 3)2 + ( y .5 3 3. 2 2 Midpoint formula The midpoint of the line segment connecting (x1. 115. 1) and (. y1) and (x2.1 8.3. 5) is M = a 4 + (. 1. k) and radius r has the equation (x . (c) Determine the mean of the data. 55. y). 1. list. Round each result to the nearest hundredth when appropriate.5. Type of Data Methods of Visualization Comments Onevariable data Number line. (a) Determine the maximum and minimum values. 4.
5 years in 2000.3.8. and at 11:00 A. 30). 10. 17) 28. 0).874.M.) (Source: Department of Justice. 2B .892. (2. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.6. y). Estimate the time to run the 100meter dash.S.33). Distance between Ships Two ships leave a harbor at the same time. 0).7. A3. Determine whether the triangle with vertices (0. . (x. 9) 22. 1B 2 2 4 2 3 1 23. 2). 37. (12. Average Life Expectancy The average life expectancy for a female born in the United States was 77.3. (0.0.7). 0) be the initial coordinates of car B in the xyplane. A . 10) 21. 1) is isosceles. Estimate the number of inmates in 1995. 1) 17. Real Numbers Between any two real numbers a and b there is always another real number. where units are in miles. 25. Designing a Data Set Find a set of three numbers with a mean of 20 and a median of 18.) 16. A . (Actual life expectancy was 78. 36.4B 3 3 3 3 24. Designing a Data Set Find a set of five numbers with a mean of 10 and a median of 9. (7.M. . 8. (1.391. A1. (20. 2B . 8) 15. 2) 14. 9. 20. The first ship heads north at 20 miles per hour. Distance between Cars (Refer to Example 6. Geometry An equilateral triangle has sides of equal length.125. ( 6. 23. (50. 6). 4B 5 5 34.5) 18.31. .8.1. Olympic Times In the Olympic Games. (2. ( 3. (5.M. car A is traveling north at 50 miles per hour and is located 50 miles south of car B. ( 8.5. (7. (b) Calculate the mean and median for the set of numbers.9. 12. A2. 9). Estimate the average life expectancy for a female born in 1990. (3.) At 9:00 A. Car B is traveling west at 20 miles per hour. 3).7). (40. 24.919 inmates in state and federal prisons. 7).5B 2 3 3 2 26. (2. A .1. (3. (9. (a) Plot the numbers on a number line. (3. 3) is equilateral. Plot the locations of each car at 9:00 A. 2) 35. 1). (c) Try to identify the geographic feature associated with the largest number in the set.10. 32. and the second ship heads west at 15 miles per hour. A 1. .S.2 Visualizing and Graphing Data Exercises 9 and 10: Geography The set of numbers contains data about geographic features of the world. (0. 33. 4) 39. . How could such a number be found? Exercises 37–46: Find the midpoint of the line segment connecting the points. ( 1. and in 2000 there were 1. 30) 40. (20. 38) .) (Source: Bureau of the Census.1.6. Geometry An isosceles triangle has at least two sides of equal length. 2).) 25 (a) Let (0. 50). (3 . Where appropriate.8. ( . (a.) 11.M.7) 19. A1. 2 ). 5. (Actual number was 1. Write an expression that gives the distance d between the ships after t hours. 90 ) 27.3) 38. U. (30.4 years in 1980 and 79. 18.5. Is your answer unique? Distance Formula Exercises 13–28: Find the exact distance between the two points. also give approximate results to the nearest hundredth. Determine whether the triangle with vertices (1.1. 30. 29. the 200meter dash is run in approximately 20 seconds. State and Federal Inmates In 1990 there were 773. 4). (52.1 . (5. . 13. {19. (28. ( 1.) Midpoint Formula Exercises 33–36: Use the midpoint formula for the following.1B . (1. 6). 26. ( 6. 7. (b) Find the distance d between the cars at 11:00 A. 4 ).3} (Highest elevations of the continents in thousands of feet) (Source: National Geographic Atlas of the World. Interpret your results.2. 10B .0} (Areas of largest freshwater lakes in thousands of square miles) (Source: U. 2. 31. . b ) 29.30. (7. (9.9) 20. 22. Is your answer unique? 12. 22. ( 4. {31.3. 16. 3).
.26 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs 58. 4. 51. {(1. ( a. 3).3)} Exercises 57 and 58: Plotting Real Data Use the table to make a scatterplot and line graph of the data. (b) Find the domain and range of S. 0) 74. ( 7. Atmospheric CO2 levels (parts per million) Year CO2 amounts 1958 315 1975 335 1990 355 2005 380 41. 2. (2. 1). (3. 3)} 53. Cell phone subscribers (millions) Year Subscribers 1990 5 1995 34 2000 109 2005 208 x 69. 50). ( 1. Data Involving Two Variables Exercises 47–50: For the table of data. (.5) 43. . x y 5 2 4 1 5 1 1 2 Circles Exercises 59–66: Find the center and radius of the circle. {(1.0. (0.25.25)} 56. (c) Label appropriate scales on the xyaxes. (. (0. (x + 1)2 + ( y . 4). 3). 2). b) Source: Mauna Loa Observatory.5). ( 12. 1. (3. 1). 55). x2 + ( y + 1)2 = 100 66. 3). x y 49.6) 42. {(2. (2. (1. 45).0. 1). 2). center (1. (x . 313). 5).5).7. b). (3.1).4. center (3. (. 0).0. (7. 25). x2 + y 2 = 7 62. ( 5. 1). 75. (17.5)2 + y2 = 19 Exercises 67–70: Find the standard equation of the circle.5. (9. (0. 2)} 54.2)2 + ( y + 3)2 = 9 64. 5). 15). 5). 3 1 –4 –2 –1 –2 –3 y 70. 47. 1. Radius 8. ( 1. {(1. (a) Find the domain and range of the relation. (8. (.5). 1). (0. Radius 7. (. 57.8. Radius 5. (75. 9. 3b) 46.1. 4) 73. 5) 72. {(10. b).3. 2 1 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 –4 1 2 3 4 x 2 1 –2 –1 –1 –2 1 2 Exercises 51–56: Complete the following. {(0. 71. x2 + y2 = 20 2 0 2 4 5 0 1 1 2 1 5 6 3 3 4 4 4 0 4 6 1 3 5 6 4 1 5 2 5 6 63.9). 13) 45.7. ( 5. Radius 1. 68. (a) Express the data as a relation S. 1) on the circle . ( b) Determine the maximum and minimum of the xvalues and then of the yvalues. 0)} 55. x y 50.15) 44.2. center (0. complete the following.1)2 = 16 65. (a. (35. x2 + y 2 = 25 60. 0) with the point (. ( 1. (1. (d) Plot the relation. 1. Center (0. 0)} 52. (12. (x . (17. x2 + y 2 = 100 61.4. x 1 2 3 5 9 y 48. center (3. (a. (3a. y y 67. 0. 6 2 1 2 y x –4 –2 –6 4 6 x Exercises 71–78: Find the standard equation of a circle that satisfies the conditions. 3.3. 0) Source: CTIA—The Wireless Association. 2). 59.
4.5 Source: Department of Agriculture. 1). Center (3.0 2007 23. Give an example of an ordered pair (x. 3). (4. 98. 2). (2.5). Census Bureau. b. 20). (c) Make a scatterplot of the data. 100. Does the ordered pair (y. Endpoints of a diameter (3. 60).5. 10] 82.1. ( 40. [9. 100] a. 2) on the circle 77. 4).3 2007 19. AsianAmerican population y (in millions) during year x x y 1998 10. Source: Federal Communications Commission.1. [ 4. 2.4)} Exercises 93–96: The table contains real data. (0. 0)} 92.1. [6. (2. Do the mean and median represent the same thing? Explain your answer and give an example. 1] 81. 6). {(10.S. 1) 78. 8.7 Source: Federal Communications Commission. [0. 0. (50. d. (2.5] by [4. 4) 27 91. 50). 1] by [6. {(1. 1000] 84.4.1 2006 17.1. Digital subscriber lines (millions) Year DSL users 2005 19. (4. 1995.2 1970 3. Exercises 89–92: Make a scatterplot of the relation. 85. 5] by [20.7 2008 25. Then show the viewing rectangle on your graphing calculator. 1] by [600.2. Writing about Mathematics 97. 5] Exercises 85–88: Match the settings for a viewing rectangle with the correct figure (a–d). 1] 87. 5] 83. 20. 2000. 16000.7. 50. c. ( 2. Worldwide cigarette sales (trillions) Year Cigarettes 1950 1. {(6. (70. 20] by [5.5 2000 11. 93. 10] by [50. 10). (0. 6. 0.8. 96. 5) with the point (4.4 1990 5. 1. (30. 9.7 2006 22. 80). 95. 7) and (1. Endpoints of a diameter (5. 600. 9. 89. [1800. 0. 1] by [12000. (2. y) that is in your relation.2 Visualizing and Graphing Data 76.6). {(. [4. 20. (b) Use your results from part (a) to find an appropriate viewing rectangle. 8). [1980.0 2004 12.5] 88. 3.2). [30.5. (d) Make a line graph of the data. 5)} . (1.1 1980 4.2 2002 12.4 2000 5. 2) and (1.7 1960 2.0.7. 79. (a) Determine the maximum and minimum values for each variable in the table. x) also have meaning? Explain your answers. [2. 6. 2)} 90. 1] 86. 4. 30. Standard viewing rectangle 80.0 Source: U.8 2006 14.5 2008 21. 94. 1] by [9. 1] by [3. Give an example of a relation that has meaning in the real world.0 Graphing Calculators Exercises 79–84: Predict the number of tick marks on the positive xaxis and the positive yaxis. 0. 0. Cable modems (millions) Year Modems 2005 15.
we sometimes see a flash of lightning before we hear the thunder. The average depths in feet of the four oceans are 13.28 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs CHECKING BASIC CONCEPTS FOR SECTIONS 1.215. 13.500. 2).53) (b) 85. Collectively. and verbal descriptions.1 + 0.1 . Find the standard equation of a circle with center (4. Table 1. 8. we affect the world around us. 3) and (4. The average person uses 2200 paper napkins a year.2. Basic Concepts Although thunder is caused by lightning. All of these representations can be used to analyze the impact of human consumption on the environment and also to describe natural phenomena. tables. Table 1. Evaluate the expression by hand.002. 2). A washing machine uses about 40 gallons of water for each load of clothes.881. See Exercises 99 and 100. (2. and a car puts 19.1. 12. Make a scatterplot and a line graph with the four points (. Write each number using scientific notation. 5) and radius 8.4 (c) 0.00198 4. (a) 5 . Then round this distance to the nearest hundredth. and (3. It follows that the farther away lightning is. going green has become an important social and environmental issue.6 Distance from Lightning x (seconds) y (miles) 5 1 10 2 15 3 20 4 25 5 . 5. 522 + 2 3.1 AND 1.9 2. the greater the time lapse between seeing the flash of lightning and hearing the thunder. .2 1. State the quadrant in which each point lies.000 miles per second. Approximate each expression to the nearest hundredth. ( . 4).2). and 3953. Calculate the mean and median of these depths.6 lists the approximate distance y in miles between a person and a bolt of lightning when there is a time lapse of x seconds between seeing the lightning and hearing the thunder. The mathematical concept of a function includes formulas. 6.3 Functions and Their Representations • Learn function notation • Represent a function four different ways • Define a function formally • Identify the domain and range of a function • Use calculators to represent functions (optional) • Identify functions • Represent functions with diagrams and equations Introduction Because there are more than 300 million people in the United States who consume many natural resources. which is used throughout the course. Note that the value of y can be found by dividing the corresponding value of x by 5.(4)2 # 3 (b) 5 . Find the midpoint of the line segment connecting the points (. Since 1 mile equals 5280 feet. such as lightning.000 (b) 1237. Find the exact distance between the points (3. whereas sound travels at about 1050 feet per second. 23 + 44 (a) 24. 6). graphs. 5). This is because light travels at 186. This section introduces the important concept of a function.5.32. 1.4 pounds of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere every time it burns a gallon of gasoline. (a) 348. sound takes about 5 seconds to travel 1 mile.2(23. 7. 1) and (3.
functions can be used to compute many different types of quantities. suppose that a function ƒ computes the height after x seconds of a ball thrown into the air. and so y is called the dependent variable and x is called the independent variable. we write ƒ(5) = 1 because if there is a 5second delay between a lightning bolt and its thunder. the output is y. A function computes exactly one output for each valid input. Then the domain of ƒ might consist of all times while the ball was in flight. The letters ƒ. For example. such as sales tax or drug dosages. We say that Table 1. (10. g. where y = ƒ(x). ƒ(Input) = Output. 2). the ordered pairs (5.3 Functions and Their Representations 29 This table establishes a special type of relation between two sets of numbers. and h are often used to denote names of functions. Rather. Name T y = ƒ(x) Q a Output Input The variable y is called the dependent variable. called function notation. then the lightning bolt was about 1 mile away. To emphasize that y is a function of x.6 represents or defines a function ƒ. The set of valid or meaningful inputs x is called the domain of the function. 1). the notation y = ƒ(x). . The expression ƒ(5) represents the output from ƒ when the input is 5. and the set of corresponding outputs y is the range. 3) all belong to the relation computed by ƒ. where function ƒ computes the distance between an observer and a lightning bolt. and the name of the function is ƒ. the notation y = ƒ(x) is used. y). The distance y depends on the time x.1. and the range would include all heights attained by the ball. However. That is. Input x in seconds ¡ Compute y = ƒ(x). The expression ƒ(20) = 4 is read “ƒ of 20 equals 4” and indicates that ƒ outputs 4 when the input is 20. NOTE In addition to calculating the distance to a lightning bolt. Similarly. is read “y equals ƒ of x” and denotes that function ƒ with input x produces output y. output). The yvalues depend on the xvalues 5 that we choose. For example. every function is a relation that calculates exactly one output for each valid input. and (15.) (dependent variable) This discussion about function notation is summarized as follows. The expression ƒ(x) does not indicate that ƒ and x are multiplied. ƒ(10) = 2 and ƒ(15) = 3. We can think of these ordered pairs as inputoutput pairs with the form (input. ¡ Output y in miles (independent variable) (Divide x by 5. For example. For example. The input is x. if we pick the independent variable x to be 10 seconds. Note that a function calculates a set of ordered pairs (x. where each valid input x in seconds determines exactly one output y in miles. where the input is in seconds and the output is in miles. and the variable x is called the independent variable. Function Notation The notation y = ƒ(x) is called function notation. then the value of y equals 10 = 2 miles. The following diagram will help you visualize the computation performed by ƒ.
MAKING CONNECTIONS The Expressions ƒ and ƒ(x) The italic letter ƒ represents the name of a function. which would include all elements from the domain of a function. ƒ(x) typically represents a formula for function ƒ that can be used to evaluate ƒ for various values of x.7 Distance from a Bolt of Lightning Numerical Representation (Table of Values) x (seconds) y (miles) 1 0.” We call this a verbal representation of ƒ. For example. Sometimes when the computation performed by a function has meaning. but we evaluate ƒ(3) to be 32 = 9. . A numerical representation is a table of values that lists inputoutput pairs for a function. and graphs. Typically we would not be computing a function. then we can verbally describe ƒ with the following sentence: “Divide x seconds by 5 to obtain y miles.2 2 0. if ƒ represents the name of the squaring function. Verbal Representation (Words) If function ƒ gives the distance between an observer and a bolt of lightning. another verbal representation of function ƒ is “ƒ calculates the number of miles from a lighting bolt when the delay between thunder and lightning is x seconds. Table 1. there would not be a unique output (name) for each input (eye color). Representations of Functions Functions can be represented by verbal descriptions. • Calculating the square of a number x • Finding the sale price when an item with regular price x is discounted 25% • Naming the biological mother of person x Not all computations can be done by functions. For example.7.2 7 1. If. for example. tables. That is. symbols. then ƒ(x) = x2. such as x = 11 or x = 0.6 gave a numerical representation for the function ƒ that calculates the distance between a lightning bolt and an observer. Thus we speak of the graph of ƒ or the domain of ƒ. many valid inputs do not appear in Table 1.75.30 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs The following operations can be carried out by functions because they result in one output for each valid input.0 6 1. A different numerical representation for ƒ is shown in Table 1. For example.7.8 5 1. For this reason we sometimes refer to a table of this type as a partial numerical representation as opposed to a complete numerical representation.4 3 0. whereas the expression ƒ(x) represents the function ƒ evaluated for input x.6 4 0. Suppose that we were given an eye color as an input and asked to output the name of each person in the class having this eye color. we can describe this computation verbally.4 One difficulty with numerical representations is that it is often either inconvenient or impossible to list all possible inputs x.” Table 1. several people in the class had brown eyes.
4 0. visually pairs an xinput with a youtput.4) (6.2.6 1. (6. A graphical representation. 1. 0.4 1. . and (7. 1.4) lies on the graph of ƒ. The ordered pairs (1.6 1.4) from Table 1.0).4.0 0. Table 1. Similarly. He also was the first to allow a function to be represented by a graph.8 0. (2.3 Functions and Their Representations 31 Some tables do not represent a function.6 0. Conversely.8). The computation performed by ƒ is expressed by ƒ(x) = 5. as shown in Figure 1. 0. the point (5. it follows that ƒ(7) = 1. since (7. 0. This scatterplot suggests a line for the graph of ƒ.4 0. (3.2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 y = f (x) x Time (seconds) Time (seconds) Figure 1. rather than only by a formula. but less visual.2 0 1 (7. 1. 0. if a function g computes the square of a number x. Thus each point on the graph of ƒ can be written in the form (a. 0. y) are plotted in the xyplane. or given by ƒ(x) = 5. then the point (a.2 1.35 Note that since ƒ(5) = 1. then ƒ(a) = b.34. In a graph of a function. Similarly.34 Figure 1. and Graphs If ƒ(a) = b.7 are plotted in Figure 1. Symbolic Representation (Formula) A formula gives a symbolic representation of Graphical Representation (Graph) Leonhard Euler (1707–1783) invented the function notation ƒ(x). Table 1.0) (4. For example. A formula is an efficient. We x say that function ƒ is represented by.8 A Relation That Is Not a Function x y 1 3 2 6 3 9 1 12 x a function.8) (3.8 represents a relation but not a function because input 1 produces two outputs.1.2) (5. b) lies on the graph of ƒ. (5.2). b) lies on the graph of ƒ. 0. 1. 0. where y = ƒ(x). 1) lies on the graph of ƒ. defined by. then g is represented by g(x) = x2. y 1.4). or graph. ƒ(a)).2 1. Points. way to define a function.4) (1. (4.6 0. 0. It follows that 6 ƒ(6) = 5 = 1. 1.35.0 0. MAKING CONNECTIONS Functions.6) (2.4 y 1. if the point (a. 1.2). 3 and 12.8 0. the ordered pairs (x.6). 1.2) x 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (miles) Distance (miles) 1.
as shown in Table 1. a good technique to use when graphing by hand is to first make a table of values. when x = . Table 1. 2) in the xyplane. 2) (1. 1) 2 2 1 x f (x) =⏐x⏐ 1 2 –2 –1 –1 –2 x Figure 1.36 Figure 1.1.2. so the point (.37 results if all possible real number ordered pairs (x. and (2.2) = ƒ 2 ƒ = 2. y (–2.9 x 2 1 0 1 2 x 2 1 0 1 2 Start by selecting convenient xvalues and then substitute them into ƒ(x) = ƒ x ƒ . 2) (–1. 2). ƒ x ƒ ) are plotted. as shown in Figure 1.32 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs EXAMPLE 1 Graphing the absolute value function by hand Graph ƒ(x) = ƒ x ƒ by hand. . 2) is located on the graph of y = ƒ(x). 1). 0).9. (0. 1) (0.2. plot the points (2. 0) –2 –1 –1 –2 1 y (2.36. 1). there is no best representation. and the graph of ƒ shown in Figure 1. (. Although there are many ways to represent a function. SOLUTION Getting Started Unless you already know what the graph of a given function looks like. Sometimes a formula works best—other times a graph or a table is preferable. Next.37 Now Try Exercise 13 MAKING CONNECTIONS Four Representations of a Function Symbolic Representation ƒ(x) = x 2 + 1 Numerical Representation x 2 1 0 1 2 y 5 2 1 2 5 –3 –2 –1 –1 5 4 3 Graphical Representation y f (x) = x2 + 1 1 2 3 x Verbal Representation ƒ squares input x and then adds 1 to produce output y. (1. The points appear to be vshaped. Then plot the points in the table and sketch a smooth curve (or line) between these points. then ƒ(. For example.
(b) Give the domain and range of ƒ. 4). B. it is important that we define a function precisely. .277. M} CLASS DISCUSSION and R = {26277.5. (M. Examples include (1. then the distance d that it has fallen in feet after t seconds is given by d(t) = 16t2 and the domain of d must be restricted to 0 … t … 5. (b) The domain D and range R of ƒ are D = {N. and a function is a special type of relation. This definition should allow for all representations of a function. (5. Suppose a golf ball hit into the air reaches a maximum height of 144 feet and strikes the ground after 6 seconds.) (a) Write ƒ as a set of ordered pairs.3 Functions and Their Representations 33 Formal Definition of a Function Because the idea of a function is a fundamental concept in mathematics. The function represented by ƒ = {(1. (c) Discuss the relationship between education and income. EXAMPLE 2 Computing median income as a function of educational attainment The function ƒ computes median 2004 individual annual earnings for males (in dollars) by educational attainment. Let ƒ be a function that computes the height y (in feet) after x seconds. if an object falls for 5 seconds. (B. Unless stated otherwise. the domain of a function ƒ is the set of all real numbers for which its symbolic representation (formula) is defined. Other times the domain of a function must be restricted. The set of ordered pairs for a function can be either finite or infinite. and (2. (Source: Digest of Education Statistics.25). 57220. A relation is a set of ordered pairs. Now Try Exercise 97 (c) In general. Describe the domain and range of ƒ. 6)} is a finite set of ordered pairs. the greater the educational attainment. the function represented by g(x) = x2 with all real numbers as its domain generates an infinite set of ordered pairs (x. ƒ(H ) = 35. H. (2. H a high school diploma. the greater the annual earnings. For example.725. (H. A function has exactly one output for each valid input. 71530}.220. 35725). (3. 71530)}. B a bachelor’s degree. 26277). 6. In contrast. ƒ(B) = 57. 57220). and M a master’s degree. 2).530. The domain can be thought of as the set of all valid inputs that make sense in the expression for ƒ(x). Function A function is a relation in which each element in the domain corresponds to exactly one element in the range. ƒ(M ) = 71. This function is defined by ƒ(N ) = 26.1. 4). x2). SOLUTION (a) ƒ = {(N. where N denotes no diploma. 2005. MAKING CONNECTIONS Relations and Functions Every function is a relation. The commonality among representations is the concept of an ordered pair. 35725. 1). In this case the domain is often referred to as the implied domain. whereas not every relation is a function.
Now Try Exercise 37 g(x) = –3 x2 Figure 1. Thus g(. the domain of ƒ is all real numbers except for 1 and 1. Square the binomial. g(1) = (.2x. x Z 1}. (b) Find the domain of ƒ. (c) Use the graph of g to evaluate g(.1 a + 1 a2 + 2a Let x = (a + 1).1)2 . Thus the implied domain of ƒ is the set of real numbers greater than or equal to 0. substitute 3 for x in the formula: ƒ(3) = 32 3 1 = 3. To square a binomial. Begin by finding x = . x Z 1} is written in setbuilder notation and represents the set of all real numbers x such that x does not equal 1 and x does not equal 1.1) = 3 . Another example is {y ƒ 1 6 y 6 5}. SOLUTION Algebra Review (a) To evaluate ƒ(3).1. see Chapter R (page R18). The domain can be expressed in setbuilder notation as {x  x Z .1).38 y A function g is given by g(x) = x2 . Now Try Exercise 31 SetBuilder Notation y 3 2 The expression {x  x Z . Simplify.1 is 3.1 on the xaxis. 1 3 –3 –2 –1 x –1 –3 –2 g(x) = x2 – 2x EXAMPLE 4 Evaluating a function symbolically and graphically Figure 1.2x includes all real numbers because the formula is defined for all real number inputs x. (b) The expression for ƒ(x) is not defined when the denominator x2 . substitute 1 for x in g(x) = x2 .1).1 a + 1 a2 + 2a + 1 . substitute (a + 1) for x in the formula for ƒ(x).1 = 0 and (1)2 .34 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs NOTE When a function involves a square root.2x.1 = 0.38. (b) To evaluate g(1). we assume that the output must be a real number. Then move across to the yaxis. (a) Evaluate ƒ(3) and ƒ(a + 1). (b) Use g(x) to evaluate g(. EXAMPLE 3 Evaluating a function and determining its domain Let a function ƒ be represented symbolically by ƒ(x) = x 2 x 1.1) = 3 .39. SOLUTION 3 2 –3 –1 1 3 x – 2x (a) The domain for g(x) = x2 . Move upward until the graph of g is reached. (a) Find the domain of g.2( 1) = 1 + 2 = 3 (c) Refer to Figure 1. 8 To evaluate ƒ(a + 1). which represents the set of all real numbers y such that y is greater than 1 and less than 5. and its graph is shown in Figure 1.1. Because (1)2 .39 g( .1 = 0. The yvalue corresponding to an xvalue of . such as ƒ(x) = 2x. ƒ(a + 1) = = = (a + 1) (a + 1)2 . because the square root of a negative number is not a real number.
Next we might connect the points with a smooth curve.40 2 Range f (x) = √x – 2 x 0 SOLUTION The arrow in the graph of ƒ indicates that both the xvalues and the yvalues 2 Domain 4 6 8 –2 Figure 1.2 is shown in Figure 1.44 . In Figure 1. However. For example. such as Table 1.10 x .42 Figure 1.40. y 9 7 5 3 1 –3 –1 1 3 9 7 5 3 1 y [ 5. Table 1. In Figure 1.42. 0). 1] y = x2 1 3 y = x2 x x –3 –1 Figure 1.43.3 Functions and Their Representations EXAMPLE 5 35 Finding the domain and range graphically A graph of ƒ(x) = 2x . a graphing calculator uses the same basic method that we might use to draw a graph. Note that points appear on the graph for all x greater than or equal to 2.41 increase without reaching a maximum value. 5. Now Try Exercise 45 Graphing Calculators and Functions (Optional) Graphing calculators can be used to create graphs and tables of a function—usually more efficiently and reliably than pencilandpaper techniques. a graphing calculator has been used to graph y = x2.10. Find the domain and range of ƒ. y 2 f (x) = √x – 2 0 2 4 6 8 x –2 y Figure 1. one way to sketch a graph of y = x2 is to first make a table of values.41 the domain and range of ƒ have been labeled by an arrow on each axis. A graphing calculator typically plots numerous points and connects them to make a graph. 1] by [1. There is no maximum yvalue on the graph. as shown in Figure 1. The minimum yvalue on the graph of ƒ is 0 and it occurs at the point (2. Thus the domain is D = {x  x Ú 2}. 10. as shown in Figure 1.3 2 1 0 y 9 4 1 0 1 1 2 4 3 9 We can plot these points in the xyplane.1. so the range is R = { y  y Ú 0} .43 Figure 1.44.
48 show how to create a table for Y1 = .45. and ankle problems. 5] Plot1 Calculator Help To enter a formula and create a graph. However. TABLE SETUP TblStart 0 ΔTbl 1 I ndpnt : Auto Ask Depend: Auto Ask Y1 0 – 3. Graph y1 in a viewing rectangle such as [0.48 Now Try Exercise 101 NOTE Each of the four representations presented in Example 6 represent the same func tion f. symbolic. see Appendix A (page AP6). Other values for x in the domain of f are possible.4 – 18 – 21. Symbolic Let ƒ(x) = .6 – 7.8 – 14. see Appendix A (pages AP4 and AP5).6x.47 Figure 1. 6. Let the domain of ƒ be 0 … x … 6.) SOLUTION Verbal Multiply the input x by .2 – 10. graphical.6X Plot2 Plot3 y = –3. Weather in Your Life. 1. as shown in Figure 1. and numerical representations of a function ƒ that computes this change in temperature for an increase in altitude of x thousand feet. Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 – 3. 2. .46. air cools at a rate of 3. 1] by [ 25.6X. since 0 … x … 6. toe. Give verbal.6°F for every 1000foot increase in altitude. 4.6X with x = 0.45 Figure 1. In the next example we use a graphing calculator to evaluate a function that computes the proper crutch length for some of these people. 1] by [ 25.36 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs An Application In the next example we use a graphing calculator to represent a function that computes the decrease in air temperature as altitude increases.6 – 3. Battan.6 to obtain the change y in temperature. 6.46 Numerical It is impossible to list all inputs x.6x. 5.3. 6. X 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Calculator Help To create a table similar to Figure 1. 10. Figures 1. 10. 5]. enter Y1 = . 3.47 and 1. used in Figure 1.48. An Application Each year approximately 15 million people visit the doctor with foot. Graphical Since ƒ(x) = .3. (Source: L. EXAMPLE 6 Representing a function When the relative humidity is less than 100%.6X Y1 Figure 1.6x Figure 1.3.3. [0.3.
64 47.52 f (65) = 48.8 Figure 1. sometimes the result will be an approximation of the true value. SOLUTION (a) Symbolically Since ƒ(x) = 0.72X + 2. . we retain the formula for y1 and specify both the starting value for x (TblStart) and the increment between successive xvalues ( ¢ Tbl). Evaluate ƒ(65).72X 2 Figure 1. ƒ(65) = 0.72x + 2 computes the appropriate crutch length in inches for a person with a height of x inches.53.36 48.8 X 65 Y 48.) Figures 1. (c) Make a table of ƒ starting at x = 60 and incrementing by 1. the results should be equal. 90. 80.8 49.50 and 1. The formula ƒ(x) = 0.72X 2 f (65) = 48. However. Two ways to evaluate a function with a graphing calculator are to use either the “trace” or the “value” utility. 10] To make a graph and evaluate a function graphically. see Appendix A (page AP5).8 Y 1 0. 90. Calculator Help [60.08 48. Use the window [60.72x + 2. In Figures 1. Interpret your result.8. 90. 10] by [40. y = 0. 80. Here we start the table at x = 60 and increment by 1. (There is no viewing rectangle to set. 80. 10] by [40.51 (c) Numerically To create a table on a graphing calculator. (b) Graphically Begin by graphing Y1 = 0.1. as shown in Figure 1.53 illustrate these steps.3 Functions and Their Representations EXAMPLE 7 37 Evaluating representations of a function People who sustain leg injuries often require crutches. so ƒ(65) = 48.) (a) Evaluate ƒ(65) symbolically. (Source: Journal of the American Physical Therapy Association. Calculator Help To create the table in Figure 1. when we estimate from a graph.49.92 46. see Appendix A (page AP6). The “value” utility is sometimes found under the CALCULATE menu.2 45. 10] by [40.49 Figure 1.51 this utility has been used to evaluate the graph at x = 65 to obtain 48.52 and 1.53 Now Try Exercise 57 NOTE Regardless of the representation that we use to evaluate a function. This result means that a person 65 inches tall needs about 49inch crutches.8.8. y = 48. (b) Evaluate ƒ(65) graphically. 10] [60.8. When x = 65. TABLE SETUP TblStart 60 ΔTbl 1 Indpnt : Auto Ask Depend: Auto Ask X 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 Y1 45.50 Y1 0.72x + 2 CALCULATE 1:value 2:zero 3:minimum 4:maximum 5:intersect 6:dy/dx 7: ∫ f(x)dx Figure 1. 10].52 Figure 1.72(65) + 2 = 48.
These two points could not lie on the graph of the same function because input 4 would result in two outputs: 2 and 2. they lie on the same vertical line. When the points (4. Figure 1. 2) are distinct points with the same xcoordinate. then it is a graph of a function. Now Try Exercises 77 and 79 y Vertical Line Test (4. 5). then the graph does not represent a function. For example. A graph passing through these points intersects the line twice. 4)} (b) B = {(1. This procedure is called the vertical line test for a function.2) are plotted.55. If every vertical line intersects a graph at no more than one point.57 . Therefore the graph in Figure 1.55 EXAMPLE 9 Identifying a function graphically y 4 2 1 Use the vertical line test to determine if the graph represents a function. the ordered pairs (4. −2) 7 9 If every vertical line intersects a graph at no more than one point.56 Figure 1. 4). ( 2. EXAMPLE 8 Determining if a set of ordered pairs is a function Determine if each set of ordered pairs represents a function. ( .1. 2) and (4. (b) Inputs 1 and 0 have the same output 4. (a) (b) 3 y x –4 –2 –2 –4 2 4 –3 –1 –3 1 3 x Figure 1. 4). simply visualize vertical lines in the xyplane. 3 1 –1 –3 3 Vertical Line Test (4. We can use this concept to identify functions. then the graph represents a function. (2. (0. . However. as illustrated in Figure 1.55 does not represent a function. (1. NOTE If a vertical line intersects a graph more than once. (0.38 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs Identifying Functions A function is a special type of relation where each valid input (xvalue) produces exactly one output (yvalue).54. To determine if a graph represents a function. as shown in Figure 1. −2) Figure 1. 2). 2) 3 1 x –1 –3 1 3 5 7 9 (4. 3). ( 3. 7). (a) A = {(2. 2) and (4. 2) x (4. 3). we must be convinced that it is impossible for two distinct points with the same xcoordinate to lie on the graph. 4)} SOLUTION (a) Set A does not represent a function because input 2 results in two outputs: 3 and 4.54 y To conclude that a graph represents a function. set B represents a function because each input (xvalue) results in one output ( yvalue).
Diagrammatic Representation (Diagram) Functions are sometimes represented using diagrammatic representations.61 Not a Function . 0) and radius 2.57 does not represent a function because it is possible for a vertical line to intersect the graph more than once.59 shows a relation. y x2 + y2 = 4 y=1–x 1 y 3 x –3 –1 –1 –2 –3 1 3 x –1 –1 Figure 1. there is exactly one y output determined by y = 1 .59 Not a Function NOTE Functions are sometimes referred to as mappings between the domain and the range. For example. Because a circle does not pass the vertical line test. 10. but not a function. or define.x. 20} and range R = {1. then we say that the range value 1 is the image of 5 and that the domain value 5 is the preimage of 1. this equation does not represent a function.58 is a diagram of a function with domain D = {5. Functions Defined by Equations Equations can sometimes define functions. D f 5 10 15 20 1 1 2 3 4 2 6 5 3 R D R Figure 1.60 the graph passes the vertical line test. symbolic. However. An arrow is used to show that input x produces output y. a function are with diagrams and equations.58 Function Figure 1. Notice that for each input x. because input 2 results in two different outputs: 5 and 6. 15. 4}.61. the graph of the equation x2 + y2 = 4 is a circle with center (0. input 5 results in output 1. See Figure 1. where y = ƒ(x). and graphical.3 Functions and Their Representations SOLUTION 39 (a) Note in Figure 1. For example. Therefore the graph represents a function. In Figure 1.1.56 that every vertical line that could be visualized would intersect the graph at most once. the equation x + y = 1 defines a function ƒ given by ƒ(x) = 1 . or ƒ(5) = 1. (b) The graph in Figure 1. or diagrams.x. Figure 1. numerical. Now Try Exercises 65 and 67 Functions Represented by Diagrams and Equations Thus far we have discussed four representations of a function: verbal. If ƒ(5) = 1.60 Function Figure 1. Two other ways that we can represent. 2. Figure 1. 3.
and so y is a function of x. each valid xvalue must result in one yvalue. is the set of all valid inputs (xvalues) that are defined or make sense in the formula.62 Figure 1. (2.40 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs EXAMPLE 10 Identifying a function Determine if y is a function of x. 9. Explanation Examples Function A function is a relation in which each valid input results in one output. A graph of this equation is shown in Figure 1. then y could be either 2 or 2 since 4 = ( 2)2 and 4 = (2)2. 3). 3. Therefore y is not a function of x. Note that this graph fails the vertical line test. The domain of a function is the set of valid inputs (xvalues). 6.3 Putting It All Together Concept The following table summarizes some important topics from this section.2 each xvalue determines exactly one yvalue.2 SOLUTION (a) For y to be a function of x in the equation x = y2. When a function is represented by a formula. A graph of x = y 2 is shown in Figure 1. (b) In the equation y = x2 . ƒ(x) = 1 1x + 4 Domain Domain of ƒ: {x ƒ x 7 . 9). (4. This graph passes the vertical line test. ƒ = {(1.63 Now Try Exercises 83 and 89 1. 2.63. 4}. (a) x = y2 (b) y = x2 . If we let x = 4. 12}. 12)} The domain is D = {1. and the range is the set of resulting outputs ( yvalues). and the range is R = {3.4} . y 4 2 –4 –2 –2 –3 –4 2 4 y x = y2 x 3 1 –3 3 x y = x2 – 2 Figure 1. its domain.62. unless otherwise stated. (3. 6).
ƒ(x) = 2x 9.3 Functions and Their Representations 41 Concept Explanation Examples y Identifying graphs of functions Vertical Line Test: If every vertical line intersects a graph at no more than one point.” The squaring function is given by ƒ(x) = x2.2x Evaluating and Representing Functions 1. 8) lies on the graph of ƒ. then ƒ( 4. ƒ(x) = . identify a point on the graph of ƒ.9. 3. . then the graph represents a function. then ƒ( ) = ) = . If ƒ( 2) = 3.3 Exercises Exercises 5–20: Graph y = ƒ(x) by hand by first plotting points to determine the shape of the graph. If ( 3. 11. 5. 2) lies on the graph of ƒ. (Otherwise the graph does not represent a function. If (7. 2.2 7.x . A verbal representation of ƒ(x) = x2 is “Square the input x to obtain the output. and the square root function is given by g(x) = 1x. If ƒ(3) = .2 2 8. ƒ(x) = 2 . ƒ(x) = 4 . y) that satisfy y = ƒ(x) 0 0 1 3 2 6 3 9 Mathematical formula Table of values Each point on the graph satisfies y = 2x.7. ƒ(x) = 3 + 2x 12. ƒ(x) = 1 x . A partial numerical representation of ƒ(x) = 3x is shown. y 2 1 –2 –1 –2 1 2 x f (x) = 2x 1.1. identify a point on the graph of ƒ. ƒ(x) = 3 6. ƒ(x) = x + 1 10. x f(x) Graphical representation of a function Graph of ordered pairs (x.) x Not a function Verbal representation of a function Symbolic representation of a function Numerical representation of a function Words describe precisely what is computed.
(c) Use the graph of g to evaluate g(. ƒ(x) = ƒ x . 3 2 1 –3 –2 –1 –1 y 40. 21. 3 y g(x) = x3 – 4x 1 2 3 x –3 –1 –1 –3 1 3 x g(x) = x2 – 3 31. ƒ(x) = 1x for x = .1 ƒ 18. 2 1 29. ƒ(x) = 2 for x = .1.2.a + 1 1x . a . ƒ(x) = x2 . ƒ(x) = 1x . 3 1 1 3 y 19. ƒ(x) = 1 for x = 4. 7 x 30. a + 2 12 .1.1. (b) Find the domain of ƒ. 42. (a) Find the domain of g. ƒ(x) = x .3 for x = 4. y y 41. ƒ(x) = 2x . 5 22. a2 . a . ƒ(x) = 11 .1) and g(2). ƒ(x) = 1 for x = 1.1 Exercises 35–40: (Refer to Example 4. Evaluate ƒ(0). ƒ(x) = 1 2 2x 2 35. ƒ(x) = ƒ 0. 3 y 38.1 ƒ 15. a x + 5 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 x –3 –1 –1 –3 1 3 x 27. ƒ(x) = . ƒ(x) = 2 for x = 4. ƒ(x) = 6 . –3 –1 –1 –3 x –3 –1 1 3 x . 3 1 1 1 3 1 34.3x for x = . ƒ(x) = 3x .5 x2 . a + 2 25. (a) Find ƒ(x) for the indicated values of x.1 28.5 for x = . ƒ(x) = x3 for x = .9 1 32.1 for x = 8. ƒ(x) = x + 1 2 –3 13. ƒ(x) = ƒ 2x . a + 1 1 24.2 x –2 1 3 x Exercises 21–34: Complete the following. 3 1 –1 –1 y 36. if possible. ƒ(x) = ƒ 3x ƒ 17.5x ƒ 16.7 for x = 6. ƒ(x) = 2x2 20.) Use the graph to complete the following.x + 1 for x = 1. a + 4 39.2.42 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs 14. a + 1 26.2. g(x) = 2 – x2 y 3 g(x) = 3 – 2⏐x⏐ 1 23.x for x = .x Exercises 41–46: Use the graph of the function ƒ to estimate its domain and range. a + 4 x + 4 33. (b) Use the formula to evaluate g(1) and g(2). ƒ(x) = for x = 0. 1 g(x) = 2x – 1 g (x) = – 1 x – 1 2 37.
25x 2 50. (c) Find the domain and range of ƒ.1. 3. g(8) = 0 45. 2. ƒ(x) = x 2 . (b) Evaluate ƒ(2) symbolically. (b) Give the domain and range of g. For the numerical representation use a table with x = . (a) Use the graph to evaluate ƒ(2). ƒ(x) = 1x + 2 52. 63.1. 2.3. 6. f 1 2 3 8 7 0 2 4 f 64.7. Give a numerical representation (table) of the predicted number of counterfeit bills in a sample of x million bills where x = 0. ƒ(x) = 0.x 59. and numerical representations. g(1) = 2. 66.3 Functions and Their Representations 43. (a) Write g as a set of ordered pairs. 1] by [3. 1]. 3 1 3 1 1 3 1 3 5 Exercises 49–52: Graph y = ƒ(x) in the viewing rectangle [4. y 43 44. and numerical representations of the cost in dollars of driving x miles. ƒ(x) = 5 . 2.4) = 5. For the numerical representation use a table with x = 1.1. (c) Let x = . 53. y 46.3. g(0) = . 1. graphical. 0. ƒ(x) = 8 –2 –1 –3 1 3 x –3 1 1 –3 3 x . 61. (b) Write ƒ as a set of ordered pairs. g(2) = 2 62. Counterfeit Money It is estimated that nine out of every one million bills are counterfeit.2. ƒ(x) = 1x + 1 x 58. 4. 1. 1. 3 and make a table of values for ƒ(x). 48. g(. 5. 1. Evaluate ƒ(2). (a) Evaluate ƒ(2). 1. g(4) = 5.) Exercises 47 and 48: Diagrams Complete the following. y 3 2 1 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 x –3 –1 –1 –2 –3 1 3 x Exercises 63 and 64: Express a function ƒ with the specified representation. g(0) = 4. ƒ(x) = ƒ 1. ƒ(x) = 3 . (Source: Associated Press. 2. ƒ(x) = 2x . Cost of Driving In 2008 the average cost of driving a new car was about 50 cents per mile. ƒ(x) = x 2 54. 47. y y 65.2 ƒ –3 x –1 –3 –3 –1 –3 1 3 x 67. Give symbolic. Á . g(1) = . determine the function’s domain and range.1. 49. ƒ(x) = ƒ 2x + 1 ƒ 56.1 1 –2 –1 –1 –2 1 2 1 x –3 –1 1 3 –3 Exercises 61 and 62: A function g is defined. 2. 6. 4.5.5x 2 51. y 3 1 Exercises 53–60: Use ƒ(x) to determine verbal. 3 y 57.7. 3 y 68. 3. 0.5 55.) Identifying Functions Exercises 65–70: Does the graph represent a function? If so. ƒ(x) = ƒ x ƒ 60. (Source: Department of the Treasury. graphical.6x .
5%. 2)} 80. 100. 91. 5). This function is defined by P(2002) = 0. P(2005) = 5. 98. 7)} 81. Finding the xvalues in the domain of a relation 75. 71. ( 1. x + y = 2 x 88. Then evaluate g(10) and interpret the result. (b. The number of dollars in x quarters 94. Music and Digital Downloads Function P computes the percentage of total music sales that were digital downloads during a selected year.681. The number of feet in x miles Applications 97. 2). S is given by the table. S = {(a.162. (Source: Digest of Education Statistics. (c. Explain your answer. Exercises 77–82: Determine if S is a function. x = y 4 84. 2). 7). The number of inches in x feet 92. I(H ) = 26. 7). 7). (d. S is given by the table. 3)} 78. (b) Give the domain and range of I. Write the formula for a function N that calculates the number of paper napkins that the average person uses in x years. P(2004) = 2. (b. Does this relation typically compute a function? Explain. Evaluate W(30) and interpret your result. Identification Numbers A relation takes a student’s identification number at your college as input and outputs the student’s name. (b. (e.9%. Listing the students who passed a given English exam 74. Calculating the cube root of a number 72. (3. 3). 0)} 79. y 2 = x + 1 85. 3). I(B) = 41. (b) Give the domain and range of P . (Source: Recording Industry Association of America. This function is defined by I(N ) = 19.7 . (10. Going Green The average person uses 2200 paper napkins in one year. S = {(3. x 2 = y . 9). Income and Education (Refer to Example 2. Write the formula for a function W that calculates the number of gallons of water used while washing x loads of clothes.3%. and P(2006) = 9. x 2 + y 2 = 70 89. The number of quarters in x dollars 95. (a.029.316. 99. The number of quarts in x gallons Exercises 71–74: Determine if the following operation describes a function.44 69. 82. 2005. Does this relation compute a function? Explain. 1x + 1 = y 86. y =  x  3 1 –3 –1 –3 1 3 x –4 –4 4 Exercises 91–96: Formulas Write a symbolic representation ( formula) for a function g that calculates the given quantity.) The function I computes median 2004 individual annual earnings for females (in dollars) by educational attainment. (2. 76. The number of seconds in x days 96. 4 y 87.7%.5 3 2 1 0. (x . 3). x y 1 1 2 1 3 1 Exercises 83–90: Determine if y is a function of x. x y 1 10. Heights A relation takes a student’s height rounded to the nearest inch as input and outputs the student’s name with that height. 2).4%. Going Green The average toploading washing machine uses about 40 gallons of water per load of clothes.) (a) Write I as a set of ordered pairs. 3). P(2003) = 1. S = {(1. 83. 5). 77. CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs y 70. Evaluate N(3) and interpret your result. (6.5 93. Calculating your age 73.1)2 + y 2 = 1 90. (1.) (a) Write P as a set of ordered pairs. 3). and I(M ) = 51. (4. S = {(a.
Williams. The months have been assigned the standard numbers. Battan. and nonlinear. 12. population. (11. 7). ƒ is called a discrete function. 9. 11. The output of ƒ never changes. Á .64 A Discrete Constant Model The function ƒ is given by ƒ(x) = 7.S. 8. 7). 10. 7. 6. 7)} 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 x Month Figure 1. y). (Source: L.11. 7. (6. 7).) Determine the crutch length for someone 6 feet 3 inches tall. These data can be described by a set ƒ of ordered pairs (x. 7).4 Types of Functions 101. from May through December are listed in Table 1. 6. We say that ƒ is a constant function and models the data in Table 1. Evaluate ƒ(15) and interpret the result. Give verbal. .64. Constant Functions The monthly average wind speeds in miles per hour at Hilo. (7.) 102. What is the range of your function? (Note that answers may vary. Graph ƒ over the domain that you selected. Crutch Length (Refer to Example 7. 7). Finding new functions—whether to describe the wind speed in Hawaii or to calculate the memory requirements of an iPod—requires creativity. Hawaii. The range of ƒ is R = {7}. (9. and the domain of ƒ is D = {5. or model. air cools 5.1.4 Types of Functions • Identify and use constant and linear functions • Interpret slope as a rate of change • Identify and use nonlinear functions • Recognize linear and nonlinear data Introduction Functions are used to describe. (10. (12. The Weather Almanac. where x is the month and y is the wind speed.” global warming. linear. ƒ = {(5. For each 1inch increase in a person’s height. 7). The graph of a discrete function suggests a scatterplot. Since ƒ is defined only at individual or discrete values of x. as shown in Figure 1. This section discusses three common types of functions: constant. everything from weather to new product “specs. 7). How is a function different from a relation? 1. by how much does the recommended crutch length increase? 103. 45 104.) Writing about Mathematics 105. Explain in your own words what a function is. Distance to Lightning Give a reasonable domain for the function ƒ that you found in Exercise 103. and numerical representations of a function ƒ that computes this change in temperature for an increase in altitude of x miles for 0 … x … 3. 106. graphical. where x = 5. Average wind speed (mph) A Discrete Function It is apparent that the monthly average wind speed is constant between May and December. Explain how you could use a complete numerical representation (table) for a function to determine its domain and range. symbolic. Air Temperature (Refer to Example 6. New functions are created each day in the dynamic field of mathematics. 12}. Distance to Lightning Find a formula for a function ƒ that computes the distance between an observer and a lightning bolt when the speed of sound is 1150 feet per second.11 Month Wind speed (mph) y 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 May 7 June 7 July 7 Aug 7 Sept 7 Oct 7 Nov 7 Dec 7 Source: J.11. and U.) When the relative humidity is 100%. Table 1. (8.8°F for every 1mile increase in altitude.
they occur frequently in applications.12 for various times. There are no breaks in the graph of a continuous function. In both cases the independent variable (input) is time. is a constant function.5) to represent the average wind speed from June 15 to July 15. what does ƒ(6. then ƒ(x) = 55. y 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Average wind speed (mph) f (x) = 7 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 x Month Figure 1. Other interpretations are possible. where b is a constant (fixed number).5. We might interpret ƒ(6. and ƒ(7) gives the average wind speed in July. The distances between the automobile and the border are listed in Table 1. If the cruise control is set at 55 miles per hour. then ƒ(x) = 72. Constant Function A function ƒ represented by ƒ(x) = b. The graph of a continuous function can be sketched without picking up the pencil. Table 1. a horizontal line segment). A formal definition of a constant function is now given. The following are examples of computations that can be described by constant functions. Linear Functions A car is initially located 30 miles north of the Texas border and is traveling north on Interstate 35 at 60 miles per hour. NOTE As simple as constant functions might appear.65.46 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs A Continuous Function Sometimes it is more convenient to describe discrete data with a continuous graph. If the domain of ƒ(x) = 7 is changed to D = {x  5 … x … 12}. • A cruise control in a car computes a constant function by maintaining a fixed speed regardless of the type of road or terrain.65 A Continuous Constant Model If the domain includes x = 6. • A thermostat computes a constant function regardless of the weather outside by maintaining a set temperature. See Figure 1. The graph of a continuous constant function is a horizontal line (or in this case.5) = 7 represent? The expression ƒ(6) computes the average wind speed in June.12 Elapsed time (hours) Distance (miles) 0 30 1 90 2 150 3 210 4 270 5 330 . its graph becomes a continuous horizontal line (segment) without breaks. If the thermostat is set at 72°F.
1.4 Types of Functions
y
350 300
47
The table shows that the distance increases by 60 miles every hour. These data can be given by a set ƒ of ordered pairs (x, y), where x is the elapsed time and y is the distance. ƒ = {(0, 30), (1, 90), (2, 150), (3, 210), (4, 270), (5, 330)} The set ƒ is a function, but not a constant function. A scatterplot of ƒ, shown in Figure 1.66, suggests a line that rises from left to right. If the car travels for x hours, the distance traveled can be found by multiplying 60 times x and adding the initial distance of 30 miles. This computation can be expressed as ƒ(x) = 60x + 30. For example, ƒ(1.5) = 60(1.5) + 30 = 120 means that the car is 120 miles from the border after 1.5 hours. The formula is valid for nonnegative x. The graph of ƒ(x) = 60x + 30 is a line (ray), shown in Figure 1.67. We call f a linear function.
Distance (miles)
250 200 150 100 50 0 1 2 3 4 5
x
Time (hours)
Figure 1.66 A Discrete Linear Model
y
350 300
Linear Function
A function ƒ represented by ƒ(x) = ax + b, where a and b are constants, is a linear function.
Distance (miles)
250 200 150 100 50 0 1
NOTE If a = 0, then ƒ(x) = b, which defines a constant function. Thus every constant function is also a linear function. f (x) = 60x + 30
2 3 4 5
x
Time (hours)
Figure 1.67 A Continuous Linear Model
In the example of the moving car, ƒ(x) = 60x + 30, so a = 60 and b = 30. The value of a represents the speed of the car, and b is the initial distance of the car from the border. Other examples of linear functions include the following.
Recognizing Linear Functions
ƒ(x) = 1.5x  6 g(t) = 8t h(x) = 72 k(t) = 1.9  3t
a = 1.5, a = 8, a = 0, a = 3,
b = 6 b = 0 b = 72 b = 1.9
A distinguishing feature of a linear function ƒ is that each time x increases by one unit, the value of ƒ(x) always changes by an amount equal to a. That is, a linear function has a constant rate of change. (The constant rate of change a is equal to the slope of the graph of ƒ.) The following applications are modeled by linear functions. Try to determine the value of the constant a in each case.
y
• The wages earned by an individual working x hours at $6.25 per hour • The amount of tuition and fees due when registering for x credits if each credit costs $75 and the fees are fixed at $56
m= y y2 – y1 = x x2 – x1 (x2, y2) (x1, y1) x = x2 – x1 x1 x2 x y = y2 – y1
Slope as a Rate of Change
The graph of a (continuous) linear function is a line. Slope is a real number that measures the “tilt” of a line in the xyplane. If the input x to a linear function increases by 1 unit, then the output y changes by a constant amount that is equal to the slope of its graph. In Figure 1.68 a line passes through the points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2). The change in y is y2  y1, and the change in x is x2  x1. The ratio of the change in y to the change in x is called the slope. We sometimes denote the change in y by ¢ y (delta y) and the change in x by ¢ x (delta x). That is, ¢y = y2  y1 and ¢x = x2  x1.
y2 y1
Figure 1.68
48
CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs
Slope
The slope m of the line passing through the points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) is m = ¢y y  y1 , where x1 Z x2. = 2 ¢x x2  x1
If the slope of a line is positive, the line rises from left to right. If the slope is negative, the line falls from left to right. Slope 2 indicates that the line rises 2 units for every unit increase in x, and slope  1 indicates that the line falls 1 unit for every unit increase 2 2 in x. Slope 0 indicates that the line is horizontal. When x1 = x2, the line is vertical and the slope is undefined. Figures 1.69–1.72 illustrate these situations.
y y y y m is undefined
3 2 1 –3 –1 1 3 3 3
m=2>0
3
m= –1 < 0 2 x
–3 –1 –3 1
m =0
1 1 1 3
x
–3
–1 –1 –3
x
–3
–1 –3
1
3
x
Figure 1.69
Figure 1.70
Figure 1.71
Figure 1.72
EXAMPLE 1
Calculating the slope of a line
Find the slope of the line passing through the points (2, 3) and (1,  2). Plot these points together with the line. Interpret the slope.
SOLUTION The slope is
y
m =
2  3 5 y2  y1 = =  . x2  x1 1  ( 2) 3
(–2, 3) y = –5
–3
3 2
–1
1 2 3
x
x=3
(1, –2)
A graph of the line passing through these two points is shown in Figure 1.73. The change in y is ¢y =  5 and the change in x is ¢x = 3, so m = ¢y =  5 indicates that the line ¢x 3 falls 5 units for each unit increase in x, or equivalently, the line falls 5 units for each 3unit 3 Now Try Exercise 7 increase in x.
Slope and the Value of a
Figure 1.73
The graph of ƒ(x) = ax + b is a line. Since ƒ(0) = b and ƒ(1) = a + b, the graph of ƒ passes through the points (0, b) and (1, a + b). The slope of this line is m = y2  y1 a + b  b a = = = a. x2  x1 1  0 1
Interpreting Slope In applications involving linear functions, slope sometimes is
interpreted as a (constant) rate of change. In Example 7 of Section 1.3, the recommended crutch length for a person x inches tall was given by ƒ(x) = 0.72x + 2. The slope of its graph is 0.72. One interpretation of this slope is that for each 1inch increase in the height of a person, the crutch length should be increased by 0.72 inch.
1.4 Types of Functions
y
20,000 15,000
49
EXAMPLE 2
Interpreting slope and iPod memory
10,000 5000
Figure 1.74 shows the (approximate) number of songs that can be stored on x gigabytes of Classic iPod memory. (Source: Apple Corporation.) (a) Why is it reasonable for the graph to pass through the origin? (b) Find the slope of the line segment. (c) Interpret the slope as a rate of change.
SOLUTION
x
0 20 40 60 80
Songs
iPod Memory (gigabytes)
(a) Because 0 songs require no memory, the graph passes through the point (0, 0). (b) The graph passes through the points (0, 0) and (80, 20000). The slope of the line is m = 20,000  0 = 250. 80  0
Now Try Exercise 31
Figure 1.74
(c) An iPod holds 250 songs per gigabyte.
MAKING CONNECTIONS Units for Rates of Change The units for a rate of change can be found from a graph by placing the units from the vertical axis over the units from the horizontal axis. For example, in Figure 1.74 the units on the yaxis are songs and the units on the xaxis are gigabytes. Thus the units for the slope, or rate of change, are songs per gigabyte.
Nonlinear Functions
Table 1.13
Year 1800 1820 1840 1860 1880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000 2020 *Projected
Population (millions) 5 10 17 31 50 76 106
Table 1.13 shows the population of the United States at 20year intervals from 1800 to 2020. Between 1800 and 1820 the population increased by 5 million, between 1820 and 1840 it increased by 7 million, and between 1840 and 1860 the increase was 14 million. Because the increases in population for the 20year periods are not equal or nearly equal, we cannot describe (model) these data with a linear function. We need a nonlinear function instead. The population data from Table 1.13 are shown in Figure 1.75. In Figure 1.76 the data together with a nonlinear function ƒ have been plotted. The graph of ƒ is curved rather than straight.
y U.S. Population (millions) U.S. Population (millions)
y
132 179 226 281 336*
350 300 250 200 150 100 50
350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0
y = f (x)
Source: Bureau of the Census.
x
0 1850 1900 1950 2000
x
1850 1900 1950 2000
Year
Year
Figure 1.75 A Discrete Nonlinear Model
Figure 1.76 A Continuous Nonlinear Model
50
CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs
CLASS DISCUSSION
The time required to drive 100 miles depends on the average speed. Let ƒ(x) compute this time, given the average speed x as input. For example, ƒ(50) = 2, because it would take 2 hours to travel 100 miles at an average speed of 50 miles per hour. Make a table of values for ƒ. Is ƒ linear or nonlinear?
Recognizing Nonlinear Functions If a function is not linear, then it is called a nonlinear function. The graph of a nonlinear function is not a (straight) line. With a nonlinear function, it is possible for the input x to increase by 1 unit and the output y to change by different amounts. Nonlinear functions cannot be written in the form ƒ(x) = ax + b. Realworld phenomena often are modeled by using nonlinear functions. The following are two examples of quantities that can be described by nonlinear functions.
• The monthly average temperature in Chicago (Monthly average temperatures increase and decrease throughout the year.) • The height of a child between the ages of 2 and 18 (A child grows faster at certain ages.)
EXAMPLE 3
Recognizing linear and nonlinear data
For each table decide whether the data are linear or nonlinear. If the data are linear, state the slope of the line that passes through the data points. (a) x y 0 4 5 2 10 0 15 2 20 4 (b) x y 3 5 0 7 3 10 6 14 9 19
(c)
x y
0 11
1 11
2 11
3 11
4 11
(d)
x y
0 3
1 6
3 9
6 12
10 15
SOLUTION
(a) The yvalues increase 2 units for each 5unit increase in x. Therefore the data are linear, but not constant. The slope of the line passing through the points is m = 2. 5 (b) The yvalues do not increase by a constant amount for each 3unit increase in x. The data are nonlinear. (c) These data are linear and constant. The slope of the line passing through these data points is 0. (d) Although the yvalues increase by 3 units between consecutive data points, the data are nonlinear because the corresponding increases in the xvalues are not constant. For example, the slope of the line passing through (0, 3) and (1, 6) is 3, whereas the slope of the line passing through (1, 6) and (3, 9) is 1.5. Now Try Exercises 49 and 51
Graphs of Nonlinear Functions There are many nonlinear functions. In Figures 1.77–1.80 graphs and formulas are given for four common nonlinear functions. Note that each graph is not a line. See Appendix B for more examples of functions.
1.4 Types of Functions
y
3 2 1 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 3 2 1
51
y
y
3 2 1 3 2 1
y
f (x) = x2
1 2 3
f (x) = √x x
–3 –2
f (x) =
1 2 3
x3 x
f (x) =⏐x⏐
1 2 3
x
–3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3
1 2 3
–1 –2 –3
–3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3
x
Figure 1.77 Square Function
Figure 1.78 Square Root Function
Figure 1.79 Cube Function
Figure 1.80 Absolute Value Function
The next example illustrates how to graph a nonlinear function by hand.
EXAMPLE 4
Graphing a nonlinear function
3 Graph ƒ(x) = 2x.
SOLUTION Getting Started Function ƒ is the cube root function. For example, 2  8 = 2, because 3
(2) (2) ( 2) = ( 2)3 =  8. Start by making a table of convenient values. See Table 1.14. Plot the points and then connect them with a smooth curve.
Table 1.14 Cube Root Function
x 2x 3
8 2
1 1
0 0
1 1
8 2
The points ( 8, 2), ( 1, 1), (0, 0), (1, 1), and (8, 2) and a smooth curve connecting them are shown in Figure 1.81. Notice that ƒ is a nonlinear function because its graph is not a line.
y
6 4 2 –8 –4 –6 –8
f (x) = √x
2 4 6
3
x
Figure 1.81 Cube Root Function
Now Try Exercise 45
Sketching a Nonlinear Model
The next example demonstrates how to model a physical situation with a graph of a nonlinear function.
EXAMPLE 5
Sketching a model
A hole is drilled in the bottom of a plastic tank that contains 100 gallons of water. Water begins to leak out, and after 10 minutes the tank is empty. Sketch a graph that shows the amount of water W in the tank after t minutes.
52
W
100
CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs
SOLUTION Getting Started When the tank is full, water will rush out at a faster rate, and then the rate
Water (gallons)
75
will be slower after a while. Because the rate at which water leaks out of the tank is not constant, a nonlinear graph is needed to show this situation.
y = W(t)
50 25
Let W be the number of gallons of water in the tank after t minutes. First plot the points (0, 100) and (10, 0), because 100 gallons of water are in the tank initially and the tank is empty after 10 minutes. Because the water level goes down faster at first, sketch a curve that “slopes” downward more at first and then starts to level off. See Figure 1.82.
t
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Now Try Exercise 61
Time (minutes)
Figure 1.82
1.4 Putting It All Together
Concept
The following table summarizes important concepts from this section.
Formula
Examples
Slope of a line passing through (x1, y1) and (x2, y2)
¢y y  y1 = 2 ¢x x2  x1 ¢y = y2  y1 denotes the change in y. ¢x = x2  x1 denotes the change in x. m = ƒ(x) = b, where b is a fixed number, or constant. ƒ(x) = ax + b, where a and b are constants. The graph of ƒ has slope a. A nonlinear function cannot be expressed in the form ƒ(x) = ax + b.
A line passing through ( 1, 3) and (1, 7) has slope 3 m = 1 7 (  1) = 4 = 2. This slope indicates that 2 the line rises 2 units for each unit increase in x. ƒ(x) = 12, g(x) =  2.5, and h(x) = 0. Every constant function is also linear. ƒ(x) = 3x  1, g(x) =  5, and h(x) = Their graphs have slopes 3, 0, and  3. 4 ƒ(x) = 1x + 1, g(x) = 4x 3, and h(x) = x 1.01 + 2
1 2
Constant function Linear function
 3 x. 4
Nonlinear function
The following table summarizes important concepts related to constant, linear, and nonlinear functions.
Concept Constant Function Linear Function Nonlinear Function
Slope of graph Graph Examples
Always zero Horizontal line
y
Always constant Nonvertical line
y
No notion of one slope Not a line
y
x f (x) = 2
x f (x) = 2x – 2 f (x) = x2
x –3
1.4 Types of Functions
53
1.4
Exercises
y
200 175
Formulas for Linear Functions
Price (dollars)
Exercises 1–6: A linear function ƒ can be written in the form ƒ(x) = ax + b. Identify a and b for the given ƒ(x). 1. ƒ(x) = 5  2x 2. ƒ(x) = 3  4x 3. ƒ(x) =  8x 5. ƒ(x) = 7 4. ƒ(x) = 10x 6. ƒ(x) =  6
150 125 100 75 50 25 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
x
Slope
Exercises 7–22: If possible, find the slope of the line passing through each pair of points. 7. (4, 6), (2, 5) 8. (8, 5), (3,  7) 9. ( 1, 4), (5, 2) 11. (12, 8), (7, 8) 10. (10, 4), ( 15, 7)
Price (dollars)
Carpet (square yards)
32. Landscape Rock The figure shows the price of x tons of landscape rock.
y
150 125 100 75 50 25 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
12. (8, 5), (8, 2)
13. (0.2, 0.1), (0.3, 0.4) 14. (0.3, 0.6), (0.2, 1.1) 15. (0.5, 9.2), (0.3, 7.6) 16. (1.6, 12), (1.6, 5) 17. (1997, 5.6), (1994, 7.9) 18. (1824, 108), (1900, 380) 19. (5, 6), (5, 8)
7 21. A1,  3B , A  5, 10B 3 5 6
x
20. (17, 7), (19, 7)
1 3 22. A  13,  7B , A10, 16B 15 8
Landscape rock (tons)
(a) Why is it reasonable for the graph to pass through the origin? (b) Find the slope of the graph. (c) Interpret the slope as a rate of change. 33. Going Green The function given by P(x) = 19.4x calculates the pounds of CO2 (carbon dioxide) released into the atmosphere by a car burning x gallons of gasoline. (a) Calculate P(20) and interpret the result. (b) Find the slope of the graph of P. Interpret this slope as a rate of change.
Exercises 23–30: State the slope of the graph of f. Interpret this slope. 23. ƒ(x) = 2x + 7 24. ƒ(x) = 6  x 25. ƒ(x) =  3 x 4 27. ƒ(x) =  5 29. ƒ(x) = 9  x 26. ƒ(x) = 2 x 3 28. ƒ(x) = x + 5 30. ƒ(x) = 23
Slope as a Rate of Change
31. Price of Carpet The graph at the top of the next column shows the price of x square yards of carpeting. (a) Why is it reasonable for the graph to pass through the origin? (b) Find the slope of the graph. (c) Interpret the slope as a rate of change.
54
CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs 49. x y 50. x y 51. x y 52. x y 53. x y 54. x y 0 1 4 1 5 5 4 1 4 5 10 40 1 3 2 1 2 3 2 2 1 0 3 20 190 2 7 0 2 1 1 0 1 1
5 2
34. Velocity of a Train The distance D in miles that a train is from a station after x hours is given by the formula D(x) = 150  20x. (a) Calculate D(5) and interpret the result. (b) Find the slope of the graph of D. Interpret this slope as a rate of change. 35. Velocity of a Car A driver’s distance D in miles from a rest stop after x hours is given by D(x) = 75x. (a) How far is the driver from the rest stop after 2 hours? (b) Find the slope of the graph of D. Interpret this slope as a rate of change. 36. Age in the United States The median age of the U.S. population for each year t between 1970 and 2010 can be approximated by the formula A(t) = 0.243t  450.8.
(Source: Bureau of the Census.)
3 11 2 7 2 3 4 2 1 2 2 35 600
4 15 4 5 5 7 4 1 5
1 2
(a) Compute the median ages in 1980 and 2000. (b) What is the slope of the graph of A? Interpret the slope. 37. Velocity A car’s distance from a service center along a straight highway can be described by a constant function of time. What can be said about the car’s velocity? 38. Velocity A car’s distance in miles from a rest stop along a straight stretch of an interstate highway after x hours can be modeled by ƒ(x) = ax. Discuss what can be said about the car’s velocity.
25 300
40 790
Exercises 55–58: Analyzing Real Data For the given data set complete the following. (a) Make a line graph of the data. Let this graph represent a function ƒ. (b) Decide whether ƒ is linear or nonlinear. 55. Toyota vehicles sold in the United States (millions) Year 1998 2000 2002 1.4 1.6 1.8 2004 2.0 Vehicles
Linear and Nonlinear Functions
Exercises 39–48: Determine if ƒ is a linear or nonlinear function. If ƒ is a linear function, determine if ƒ is a constant function. Support your answer by graphing ƒ. 39. ƒ(x) =  2x + 5 40. ƒ(x) = 3x  2 41. ƒ(x) = 1 43. ƒ(x) =  x + 1  45. ƒ(x) = x 2  1 47. ƒ(x) = 22x 42. ƒ(x) =  2 44. ƒ(x) =  2x  1  46. ƒ(x) = x 3 48. ƒ(x) = 2x  1
Source: Autodata.
56. Interest income after 1 year on an investment earning 7% per year Investment Interest $500 $1000 $35 $70 $2000 $3500 $140 $245
57. Median incomes of fulltime female workers Year 1970 1980 1990 2000 Income $5,440 $11,591 $20,591 $32,442
Source: Bureau of the Census, Current Population Reports.
Linear and Nonlinear Data
Exercises 49–54: (Refer to Example 3.) Decide whether the data are linear or nonlinear. If the data are linear, state the slope m of the line passing through the data points.
58. Median incomes of fulltime male workers Year Income 1970 1980 1990 2000 $9,184 $19,173 $28,979 $37,435
Source: Bureau of the Census, Current Population Reports.
1.4 Types of Functions 59. Average Wind Speed The table lists the average wind speed in miles per hour at Myrtle Beach, South Carolina. The months are assigned the standard numbers. Month Wind (mph) Month Wind (mph)
Source: J. Williams.
55
61. A person drives a car away from home for 2 hours at 50 miles per hour and then stops for 1 hour. 62. A person drives to a nearby park at 25 miles per hour for 1 hour, rests at the park for 2 hours, and then drives home at 50 miles per hour. 63. A person walks away from home at 4 miles per hour for 1 hour and then turns around and walks home at the same speed. 64. A person arrives at home after running at 8 miles per hour for 2 hours.
1 7 7 7
2 8 8 7
3 8 9 7
4 8 10 6
5 7 11 6
6 7 12 6
(a) Could these data be modeled exactly by a constant function? (b) Determine a continuous, constant function ƒ that models these data approximately. (c) Graph ƒ and the data. 60. Marriage Rates The table lists the marriages per 1000 residents in Kentucky for selected years. Year Rate 2001 9.0 2002 9.0 2003 9.1 2004 8.9
Writing about Mathematics
65. Describe two methods of determining if a data set can be modeled by a linear function. Create or find a data set that consists of four or more ordered pairs. Can your data set be modeled by a linear function? 66. Suppose you are given a graphical representation of a function ƒ. Explain how you would determine whether ƒ is constant, linear, or nonlinear. How would you determine the type if you were given a numerical or symbolic representation? Give examples.
Source: Bureau of the Census.
(a) Could these data be modeled exactly by a constant function? (b) Determine a constant function ƒ that models these data approximately. (c) Graph ƒ and the data.
EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISE
1. Geometry Suppose that the radius of a circle on a computer monitor is increasing at a constant rate of 1 inch per second. (a) Does the circumference of the circle increase at a constant rate? If it does, find this rate. (b) Does the area of the circle increase at a constant rate? Explain.
Curve Sketching
Exercises 61–64: Sketch a graph that illustrates the motion of the person described. Let the xaxis represent time and the yaxis represent distance from home. Be sure to label each axis.
CHECKING BASIC CONCEPTS FOR SECTIONS 1.3 AND 1.4
1. Create symbolic, numerical, and graphical representations of a function ƒ that computes the number of feet in x miles. For the numerical representation use a table and let x = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. 2. Let ƒ(x) = x 2x 4. (a) Find ƒ(2) and ƒ(a + 4). (b) Find the domain of ƒ. 3. Graph ƒ(x) = x 2  2. Identify the domain and range. 4. Find the slope of the line passing through the points (2, 4) and (4, 5). If the graph of ƒ(x) = ax + b passes through these two points, what is the value of a? 5. Identify each function ƒ as constant, linear, or nonlinear. Support your answer graphically. (a) ƒ(x) =  1.4x + 5.1 (b) ƒ(x) = 25 (c) ƒ(x) = 2x2  5
56
CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs
1.5 Functions and Their Rates of Change
• Identify where a function is increasing or decreasing • Use interval notation • Use and interpret average rate of change • Calculate the difference quotient
Introduction
Sales of rock music have not remained constant during the past two decades. In 1990, rock music accounted for 36% of all U.S. music sales. This percentage decreased to a low of 24% in 2001 and then increased to 34% in 2006. (Source: Recording Industry Association
of America.)
A linear function cannot be used to describe these data because the graph of a (nonconstant) linear function either always rises or always falls. The concepts of increasing and decreasing are important to functions and their rates of change.
Increasing and Decreasing Functions
Figure 1.83 shows sales of rock music modeled by a continuous nonlinear function ƒ. For example, ƒ(1990) = 36 indicates that rock music accounted for 36% of all music sales in 1990. Rock music sales decreased from 1990 to 2001 and then increased from 2001 to 2006. Mathematically, we say that function ƒ decreases for 1990 … x … 2001 and increases for 2001 … x … 2006.
y
50
Sales (percentage)
40 30
(1990, 36) y = f (x)
(2006, 34)
20 10 0 1988
(2001, 24)
1996
2004
x
Year
Figure 1.83 U.S. Rock Music Sales
NOTE
The inequality a … x … b means that x Ú a and x … b.
The concepts of increasing and decreasing are defined as follows.
Increasing and Decreasing Functions
Suppose that a function ƒ is defined over an interval I on the number line. If x1 and x2 are in I, (a) ƒ increases on I if, whenever x1 6 x2, ƒ(x1) 6 ƒ(x2); (b) ƒ decreases on I if, whenever x1 6 x2, ƒ(x1) 7 ƒ(x2). Figures 1.84 and 1.85 illustrate these concepts at the top of the next page. The concepts of increasing and decreasing relate to whether the graph of a function rises or falls. If we could walk from left to right along the graph of an increasing function, it would be uphill. For a decreasing function, we would walk downhill. We speak of a function ƒ increasing or decreasing over an interval of its domain. For example, in Figure 1.86 the function is decreasing (the graph falls) when 2 … x … 0 and increasing (the graph rises) when 0 … x … 2.
1.5 Functions and Their Rates of Change
y y y
2
57
f (x2) f (x1)
0
f (x1)
1
f (x2 ) x1 x2 x
0
x1
x2
x
–2 –1 –1 –2 1 2
x
When x1 < x2, f (x1) < f (x2 ), f is increasing.
When x1 < x2, f (x1) > f (x2 ), f is decreasing.
Figure 1.84
Figure 1.85
Figure 1.86
EXAMPLE 1
Recognizing increasing and decreasing graphs
The graphs of three functions are shown in Figure 1.87. Determine intervals where each function is increasing or decreasing.
y y
3 2 1
y f (x) = √x
3 2 1 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3
f (x) = ⏐x⏐
1 2 3
3 2 1
f (x) = x3
1 2 3
x
–3 –2
x
–1 –2 –3
–3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3
1 2
3
x
(a)
(b)
(c)
Figure 1.87
SOLUTION
(a) Moving from left to right, the graph of ƒ(x) =  x  is decreasing for x … 0 and increasing for x Ú 0. (b) Moving from left to right, the graph of ƒ(x) = x 3 is increasing for all real numbers x. Note that the yvalues always increase as the xvalues increase. (c) The graph of ƒ(x) = 2x is increasing for x Ú 0. Now Try Exercises 17, 18, and 19
NOTE When stating where a function is increasing and where it is decreasing, it is important to give xintervals and not yintervals.
Interval Notation
To describe intervals where functions are increasing or decreasing, a number line graph is sometimes used. The set {x  x 7 2}, which includes all real numbers greater than 2, is graphed in Figure 1.88. Note that a parenthesis at x = 2 indicates that the endpoint is not included. The set {x  1 … x … 4} is shown in Figure 1.89 on the next page, and the set E x   7 6 x 6  1 F is shown in Figure 1.90 on the next page. Note that brackets, either 2 2 [ or ], are used when endpoints are included.
–6
–4
–2
0
2
4
6
Figure 1.88 x 7 2
58
CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs
–6
–4
–2
0
2
4
6
–5
–4
–3
–2
–1
0
1
Figure 1.89  1 … x … 4
Figure 1.90  7 6 x 6  1 2 2
A convenient notation for number line graphs is called interval notation. Instead of drawing the entire number line, as in Figure 1.89, we can express the set as [1, 4]. Because the set includes the endpoints 1 and 4, the interval is a closed interval and brackets are used. A set that included all real numbers satisfying  7 6 x 6  1 would be 2 2 expressed as the open interval A  7,  1B . Parentheses indicate that the endpoints are not 2 2 included in the set. An example of a halfopen interval is [0, 4), which represents the interval 0 … x 6 4. Table 1.15 provides some examples of interval notation. The symbol q refers to infinity; it does not represent a real number. The notation (1, q ) means {x  x 7 1}, or simply x 7 1. Since this interval has no maximum xvalue, q is used in the position of the right endpoint. A similar interpretation holds for the symbol  q , which represents negative infinity.
NOTE An inequality in the form x 6 1 or x 7 3 indicates the set of real numbers that are either less than 1 or greater than 3. The union symbol h can be used to write this inequality in interval notation as ( q , 1) h (3, q ).
Table 1.15 Interval Notation
Inequality 2<x<2 1<x ◊ 3 3 ◊ x ◊ 2 x>3 x ◊ 1 x ◊ 2 or x>1 q 6 x 6 q (entire number line)
Interval Notation (2, 2) open interval (1, 3] halfopen interval [3, 2] closed interval ( 3, q ) infinite interval ( q , 1] infinite interval ( q , 2] h (1, q ) infinite intervals ( q , q ) infinite interval
Graph
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1
0
1
2
3
4
5
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1
0
1
2
3
4
5
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1
0
1
2
3
4
5
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1
0
1
2
3
4
5
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1
0
1
2
3
4
5
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1
0
1
2
3
4
5
MAKING CONNECTIONS Points and Intervals The expression (2, 5) has two possible meanings. It may represent the ordered pair (2, 5), which can be plotted as a point on the xyplane, or it may represent the open interval 2 6 x 6 5. To alleviate confusion, phrases like “the point (2, 5)” or “the interval (2, 5)” may be used.
1.5 Functions and Their Rates of Change
59
Increasing, Decreasing, and Endpoints There can be confusion as to whether to include the endpoints of an interval when stating where a function is increasing or decreasing. For example, is the graph of ƒ(x) = x2, shown in Figure 1.91, increasing on [0, q ) or just on (0, q )? The definition of increasing and decreasing allows us to include 0 as part of the interval I where ƒ is increasing, because if we let x1 = 0, then ƒ(0) 6 ƒ(x2) whenever 0 6 x2. Thus ƒ(x) = x 2 is increasing on [0, q ). Similarly, we can show that ƒ(x) = x 2 is decreasing on ( q , 0] by letting x2 = 0. Do not confuse these concepts by saying that function ƒ both increases and decreases at the point (0, 0). The concepts of increasing and decreasing apply only to intervals of the real number line and not to individual points.
y
3
Decreasing: (– ∞, 0]
2 1 1
f (x) = x2 Increasing: [0, ∞)
2 3
–3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3
x
Figure 1.91
Note that it is not incorrect to say that ƒ(x) = x 2 is increasing on (0, q ) because ƒ(x) = x 2 also increases on [1, q ), (10, q ), and [100, 200]. However, we generally give the largest interval possible, [0, q ), when stating where a function is increasing or decreasing. (Reference: J. Stewart, Essential Calculus, 2007, p. 8.)
NOTE Some definitions of increasing and decreasing functions require that the xinterval be an open interval. An open interval does not include the endpoints. For example, with these definitions, the graph of ƒ(x) = x 2 is decreasing for ( q , 0), not ( q , 0], and increasing for (0, q ), not [0, q ).
EXAMPLE 2
Determining where a function is increasing or decreasing
Use the graph of ƒ(x) = 4x  1x 3 (shown in Figure 1.92) and interval notation to identify 3 where ƒ is increasing or decreasing.
y f (x) = 4x – 1 x3 3
4 2 –4 –2 2 4
x
Figure 1.92 SOLUTION Moving from left to right on the graph of ƒ, the yvalues decrease until
x =  2, increase until x = 2, and decrease thereafter. Thus ƒ(x) = 4x  1x 3 is decreas3 ing on ( q , 2], increasing on [2, 2], and decreasing again on [2, q ). In interval notation ƒ is decreasing on ( q , 2] h [2, q ). Now Try Exercise 21
60
CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs
Average Rate of Change
A nonlinear function can increase on one interval of its domain and decrease on another interval of its domain. The graphs of nonlinear functions are not lines, so there is no notion of a single slope. See Example 2. The slope of the graph of a linear function gives its rate of change. With a nonlinear function we speak of an average rate of change. Suppose that the points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) lie on the graph of a nonlinear function ƒ. See Figure 1.93. The slope of the line L passing through these two points represents the average rate of change of ƒ from x1 to x2. The line L is referred to as a secant line. If different values for x1 and x2 are selected, then a different secant line and a different average rate of change usually result.
y y y = f (x) L Distance (miles)
24 20 16 12 8 4 0
(1, 21) m = 38
y = f (x)
(x2, y2) x (x1, y1)
(0.5, 2) x
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2
Time (hours)
Figure 1.93
Figure 1.94
In applications the average rate of change measures how fast a quantity is changing over an interval of its domain, on average. For example, suppose the graph of the function ƒ in Figure 1.94 represents the distance y in miles that a car has traveled on a straight highway (under construction) after x hours. The points (0.5, 2) and (1, 21) lie on this graph. Thus after 0.5 hour the car has traveled 2 miles and after 1 hour the car has traveled 21 miles. The slope of the line passing through these two points is m = y2  y1 21  2 = = 38. x2  x1 1  0.5
This means that during the half hour from 0.5 to 1 hour the average rate of change, or average velocity, was 38 miles per hour. These ideas lead to the following definition.
Average Rate of Change
Let (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) be distinct points on the graph of a function ƒ. The average rate of change of ƒ from x1 to x2 is y2  y1 . x2  x1 That is, the average rate of change from x1 to x2 equals the slope of the line passing through (x1, y1) and (x2, y2).
ƒ(x2) x2 ƒ(x1) x1 .
NOTE
If y = ƒ(x), then average rate of change equals
1.5 Functions and Their Rates of Change
61
If ƒ is a constant function, its average rate of change is 0. For a linear function defined by ƒ(x) = ax + b, the average rate of change is a, the slope of its graph. The average rate of change for a nonlinear function varies.
Table 1.16
EXAMPLE 3
Calculating and interpreting average rates of change
Year 1800 1840 1900 1940
Population 5 17 76 132
Table 1.16 lists the U.S. population in millions for selected years. (a) Calculate the average rates of change in the U.S. population from 1800 to 1840 and from 1900 to 1940. Interpret the results. (b) Illustrate your results from part (a) graphically.
SOLUTION
(a) In 1800 the population was 5 million, and in 1840 it was 17 million. Therefore the average rate of change in the population from 1800 to 1840 was 17  5 = 0.3. 1840  1800 In 1900 the population was 76 million, and in 1940 it was 132 million. Therefore the average rate of change in the population from 1900 to 1940 was 132  76 = 1.4. 1940  1900
m = 1.4 L2
y
250
Population (millions)
200 150 100 50 0
L1
1800 1880
m = 0.3
1960
x
Year
This means that from 1800 to 1840 the U.S. population increased, on average, by 0.3 million per year and from 1900 to 1940 the U.S. population increased, on average, by 1.4 million per year. (b) These average rates of change can be illustrated graphically by sketching a line L1 through the points (1800, 5) and (1840, 17) and another line L2 through the points (1900, 76) and (1940, 132), as depicted in Figure 1.95. The slope of L1 is 0.3 and the slope of L2 is 1.4. Now Try Exercises 51 and 59
Figure 1.95 EXAMPLE 4
Modeling braking distance for a car
Highway engineers sometimes estimate the braking distance in feet for a car traveling at x miles per hour on wet, level pavement by using the formula ƒ(x) = 1 x2. (Source: 9
L. Haefner, Introduction to Transportation Systems.)
(a) Evaluate ƒ(30) and ƒ(60). Interpret these results. (b) Calculate the average rate of change of ƒ from 30 to 60. Interpret this result.
SOLUTION
(a) ƒ(30) = 1(30)2 = 100 and ƒ(60) = 1(60)2 = 400. At 30 miles per hour the braking 9 9 distance is 100 feet, and at 60 miles per hour the braking distance is 400 feet. (b) The average rate of change of ƒ from 30 to 60 is 400  100 = 10. 60  30 Braking distance increases, on average, by 10 feet for each 1mileperhour increase in speed between 30 and 60 miles per hour. Now Try Exercise 61
62
y
CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs
y = f (x)
f (x + h)
The Difference Quotient
L
(x + h, f ( x + h))
f (x)
(x, f (x)) h x
x x+h
The difference quotient often occurs in calculus. It uses function notation to calculate the average rate of change of a function ƒ in general. Consider the graph of y = ƒ(x) shown in Figure 1.96, and let h be a real number. The points (x, ƒ(x)) and (x + h, ƒ(x + h)) denote the coordinates of two points on this graph. (Figure 1.96 shows h 7 0.) The line L passes through these two points and is a secant line. The slope m of L is m = ƒ(x + h)  ƒ(x) ƒ(x + h)  ƒ(x) = . (x + h)  x h
Figure 1.96
This expression, written in function notation, is called the difference quotient and is equal to the average rate of change of ƒ from x to x + h.
Difference Quotient
The difference quotient of a function ƒ is an expression of the form ƒ(x + h)  ƒ(x) , where h Z 0. h
EXAMPLE 5
Calculating a difference quotient
Let ƒ(x) = x2  2x. (a) Find ƒ(x + h). (b) Find the difference quotient of ƒ and simplify the result.
SOLUTION
Algebra Review
(a) To calculate ƒ(x + h), substitute (x + h) for x in the expression x2  2x. ƒ(x + h) = (x + h)2  2(x + h) = x2 + 2xh + h2  2x  2h
ƒ(x) = x2  2x Square the binomial; apply the distributive property.
To square a binomial, see Chapter R (page R18).
(b) The difference quotient can be calculated as follows. ƒ(x + h)  ƒ(x) x2 + 2xh + h2  2x  2h  (x2  2x) = h h = = 2xh + h2  2h h h(2x + h  2) h
Substitute. Combine like terms. Factor out h. Simplify.
Now Try Exercise 75
= 2x + h  2
EXAMPLE 6
Calculating a difference quotient
Let the distance d in feet that a racehorse runs in t seconds be d(t) = 2t 2 for 0 … t … 10. (a) Find d(t + h). (b) Find the difference quotient of d and simplify the result.
2.2 feet per second. The average rate of change. Distributive property Substitute for d(t + h) and d(t). or average velocity. q ).d(t) 2t 2 + 4th + 2h 2 . Simplify. of the horse from 7 seconds to 7 + 0. 32) and (5.1.1.1 = 7. d(t + h) = 2(t + h)2 = 2(t + 2th + h ) 2 2 Substitute (t + h) for t. Combine like terms. 6]. The second point Now Try Exercise 83 is (5. 50) is m = 18. 32). substitute (t + h) for t in the expression 2t 2.5 Functions and Their Rates of Change 63 (c) Evaluate the difference quotient for t = 7 and h = 0. Thus the slope of the line passing through (4.1) = 28. 200) (c) If t = 7 and h = 0. 5]. then the difference quotient becomes 4t + 2h = 4(7) + 2(0. it follows that t + h = 4 + 1 = 5 so d = 2(5)2 = 50. x 7 3 is equivalent to (3.2t 2 = h h = = 4th + 2h2 h h(4t + 2h) h d = 4t + 2h (10. 2 6 x … 5 is equivalent to (2. 50). then 4t + 2h = 4(4) + 2(1) = 18. 32) (5. Because t = 4 and d = 2(4)2 = 32. the first point is (4. Factor out h.1.97. Square the binomial. (d) Evaluate the difference quotient for t = 4 and h = 1. 2 = 2t + 4th + 2h 2 (b) d(t + h) .97 1. Because t = 4 and h = 1. Then sketch a graph that illustrates the result. 50) t 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Time (seconds) Figure 1. See Figure 1. SOLUTION (a) To calculate d(t + h). NOTE Distance (feet) 200 150 100 50 0 d(t) = 2t2 m = 18 (4.1 seconds is 28.5 Putting It All Together Concept The following table summarizes the basic concepts in this section. Explanation Examples Interval notation An efficient notation for writing inequalities x … 6 is equivalent to (. Interpret your results. (d) If t = 4 and h = 1. continued on next page .q .
1 6. –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 4. –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 15. whenever x1 6 x2. Average rate of change of ƒ from x1 to x2 If (x1. {x  x 6 1 or x Ú 3} 11. x … .3} 8.1 because ƒ(3) = 27 and ƒ(1) = 3.x1 h [2. y1) and (x2. .5 Exercises 12.2x 2h = = 2.37 7. then the average rate of change from x = 1 to x = 3 is 27 . –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 Interval Notation Exercises 1–16: Express each of the following in interval notation. {x  x … .q . –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 13. y2) are distinct points on the graph of ƒ. This means that.y1 . x Ú 5 2. 2 x –2 –2 –4 2 4 ƒ is increasing on (. 4 … x 6 19 5.64 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs continued from previous page Concept Explanation Examples y Increasing and decreasing ƒ increases on an interval if. x 6 100 3. 2]. 1. q ). If ƒ(x) = 3x 2. h h Difference quotient Calculates average rate of change of ƒ from x to x + h.3 = 12 3 . on average. then ƒ(x1) 6 ƒ(x2). x2 . {x  x … . 2] ƒ is decreasing on [. ƒ(x + h) .h Z 0 h 1. ƒ(x) increases by 12 units for each unit increase in x when 1 … x … 3.2 or x Ú 0} 14. –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 16. whenever x1 6 x2. {x  1 … x} 9. 17 7 x Ú . then the difference quotient equals 2(x + h) . If ƒ(x) = 2x. –2 –1 0 1 2 .4 6 x 6 . then the average rate of change from x1 to x2 equals y2 .ƒ(x) .2. ƒ decreases on an interval if. then ƒ(x1) 7 ƒ(x2).3 10.
4) x 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 –2 –1 –2 –3 1 3 x –2 –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 x Time (hours) 45. x hours after midnight on a particular day. Florida. 47. ƒ(x) = 2x 3 + 3x 2 .x 3 + 3x 2 + 9x . ƒ(x) = . ƒ(x) = x3 .3x x 39. 3 2 1 –3 –1 –2 –3 2 3 3 2 1 31.2 28. ƒ(x) = 4 .x 30. ƒ(x) = 5 27. ƒ(x) = 2x .1 35.6) (8.4) (21. 1000 500 –8 8 y 24. ƒ(x) = x2 .1  3 38.4x 3 –3 –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 41. 2.1 and from 1 to 3.5 Functions and Their Rates of Change 65 Increasing and Decreasing Functions Exercises 17–24: Use the graph of ƒ to determine intervals where ƒ is increasing and where ƒ is decreasing.) y 4 1 –2 –1 –2 –3 x –3 –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 x 21.6) (14. y y 17. 18. ƒ(x) = x3 x 32.2x + 1 36. ƒ(x) =  x + 3  37.x2 33. ƒ(x) = . ƒ(x) = x2 . (Source: WWW Tide/Current Predictor. y 20. ƒ(x) = 2x 40. When were water levels decreasing? Average Rates of Change Exercises 47–50: Use the graph and formula for ƒ(x) to find the average rates of change of ƒ from 3 to .7. 2. ƒ(x) = 1x3 . 3 2 y 22.10 19.4. ƒ(x) =  x . 2.4x 34. (Hint: Consider the graph y = ƒ(x).3 26. ƒ(x) = .1. 4 2 y 46. ƒ(x) = .1x2 2 1 –3 –1 –1 1 3 x –6 –2 2 6 x –6 .) 25. ƒ(x) = 2x .1 y 6 3 2 x –4 –2 –4 4 x y Exercises 25–44: Identify where ƒ is increasing and where ƒ is decreasing. 1.12x 42. When were water levels increasing? 23. where 0 … x … 27.2x 2 4 Exercises 45 and 46: The graph gives the tides at Clearwater Beach. ƒ(x) = 4 48. ƒ(x) = 1x 4 . ƒ(x) = 2x . 3 2 y Tides (feet) 3 2 1 (2.7.1 29. ƒ(x) = .6) (27. 1. 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 y 43.1x4 + 1x3 + x2 4 3 44. ƒ(x) = 2x .
68. Interpret your results. (a) Find ƒ(x + h). Curve Sketching Exercises 63–68: Critical Thinking Assume that each function is continuous.5. and x2 = 4 57. . (b) Calculate the average rate of change of D from 2 to 4.) Use the given ƒ(x) to complete the following. ƒ(x) = 2x + 1. Sketch a graph of a function that has only positive average rates of change for x … 0 and only negative average rates of change for x Ú 0. 53. 67. and x2 = 26 3 59. x1 = 1. Falling Object The distance D in feet that an object has fallen after t seconds is given by D(t) = 16t 2.2x.2. 56. Source: Department of Health and Human Services. 62. ƒ(x) = .5x2 . Sketch a graph of a nonlinear function ƒ that has only positive average rates of change. On the same coordinate axes. U.4 y 49. and x2 = 3 58. (b) Are the two average rates of change the same or different? Explain why. ƒ(x) = 0. U.x2 Exercises 53–58: Compute the average rate of change of ƒ from x1 to x2. x1 = 2. (b) Interpret the results. Interpret the result. Round your answer to two decimal places when appropriate.0. Sketch a graph of a function that has only positive average rates of change for x Ú 1 and only negative average rates of change for x … 1. and x2 = 0 55.18 The Difference Quotient Exercises 69–82: (Refer to Example 5.1. 66. (a) Evaluate D(2) and D(4).07 1980 2.56 1960 2.S.3x2 + 4 y (a) Find the average rate of change during each 20year period. 63. (b) Illustrate your result from part (a) graphically.) Complete the following for the given ƒ(x). and x2 = 4 54.8x + 5. x1 = .3x2 . Alcohol Consumption The following table lists the annual average number of gallons of pure alcohol consumed by each person age 15 and older in the United States for selected years.1. ƒ(x) = 22x .5 and from 2 to 2. x1 = 7. (a) Calculate the average rate of change of ƒ from x = 1 to x = 2. Cigarette Consumption The following table lists the number of cigarettes in billions consumed in the United States for selected years. (b) Interpret the results.5. ƒ(x) = x2 52. (a) Find the average rate of change during each time period. x1 = 1. Sketch a graph of a linear function ƒ that intersects a constant function g exactly once. ƒ(x) = 0. Year Cigarettes 1900 3 1940 182 1980 2006 632 371 Source: Department of Health and Human Services. A plug is pulled from the bottom of the tank and the amount of water in gallons remaining in the tank after x minutes is given by A(x) = 100a1 x 2 b . Torricelli’s Law A cylindrical tank contains 100 gallons of water.S. ƒ(x) = 4 . (b) Find the difference quotient of ƒ and simplify.66 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs 50. Year Alcohol 1940 1. Sketch a graph of a nonlinear function ƒ that has only negative average rates of change. 64.2. 5 Exercises 51 and 52: (Refer to Example 3. Interpret your result graphically. 65. Do not use a graphing calculator. 60. sketch the graphs of a constant function ƒ and a nonlinear function g that intersect exactly twice. x1 = . and x2 = 4 3 (a) Calculate the average rate of change of A from 1 to 1.76 2000 2. ƒ(x) = 7x . ƒ(x) = . 51. ƒ(x) = x . 3 1 –1 –3 1 3 3 1 x –1 –3 1 3 x 61.
ƒ(x) = .x2 + 2x 79.3 to x = . Interpret your result. AND PROBLEM SOLVING Sets of Numbers . 1. ƒ(x) = 3 71. 1 CONCEPT Summary EXPLANATION AND EXAMPLES Natural numbers: N = {1.5 72. Find the difference quotient for ƒ(x) = 4x2. ƒ(x) = x2 .4x2 + 1 80. ƒ(x) = 1 . Writing about Mathematics 85. ƒ(x) = x2 + 3x . 83. 86. What does the average rate of change represent for a linear function? What does it represent for a nonlinear function? Explain your answers. 2. ƒ(x) = . What is the formula for the difference quotient? Given a formula for ƒ(x). Give an example.1. Á} Rational numbers: q. nonterminating decimals Real numbers: Any number that can be expressed in decimal form. 4. then the difference quotient for d is 4t + 2h. 88. where p and q are integers with q Z 0. 87. ƒ(x) = .1 NUMBERS. ƒ(x) = x3 70. 3. (a) x … 5 (b) 1 … x 6 6 2. 3. Speed of a Car (Refer to Example 6.05. How could you estimate the velocity of the racehorse at exactly 7 seconds? CHECKING BASIC CONCEPTS FOR SECTION 1. 4]? Make a sketch to support your answer. 4. ƒ(x) = . explain how to find ƒ(x + h).2 78. 3.) Let the distance in feet that a car travels in t seconds be given by d(t) = 8t 2 for 0 … t … 6.2x 73. Draining a Pool Let the number of gallons G of water in a pool after t hours be given by G(t) = 4000 . 1. ƒ(x) = 10x 74.x3 67 (b) Find the difference quotient. If ƒ(x) = ax + b.5 1. what does the difference quotient for function ƒ equal? Explain your reasoning. Velocity (Refer to Example 6.2 82.x + 1 81. ƒ(x) = 2x + 1 75. Á} Integers: I = {Á . (b) Find the difference quotient for d and simplify. DATA.3x + 4 76. Write each expression in interval notation. EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISE 1. ƒ(x) = .) If the distance in feet run by a racehorse in t seconds is given by d(t) = 2t2.100t for 0 … t … 40. 84.3x from x = . 2.CHAPTER 1 Summary 69. 3. ƒ(x) = 3x2 + 1 77.2. 0. Interpret your result. includes rational and irrational numbers p SECTION 1. (a) Find d(t + h). Determine where ƒ(x) = x2 . . includes repeating and terminating decimals Irrational numbers: Includes nonrepeating.2 is increasing and where it is decreasing. Find the average rate of change of ƒ(x) = x2 . Suppose that a function ƒ has a positive average rate of change from 1 to 4. Is it correct to assume that function ƒ only increases on the interval [1. (a) Find G(t + h). ƒ(x) = 2x2 . (c) Evaluate the difference quotient when t = 4 and h = 0.
1 NUMBERS. where 1 … ƒ c ƒ 6 10. 5). 15. (5. Example: Scientific Notation 5 + 3 # 23 = 5 + 3 # 8 = 5 + 24 = 29 A real number r is written as c * 10n. D = {1. 7) is d = 2(2 . square roots. 13. Example: The distance between ( 3. or xyPlane The xyplane has four quadrants and is used to graph ordered pairs. 9} Cartesian (Rectangular) Coordinate System. and the median represents the middle of a sorted list.68 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs CONCEPT EXPLANATION AND EXAMPLES SECTION 1.234 * 103 0. and Range 4.x1)2 + ( y2 . 9. Do all addition and subtraction from left to right. –1) (2.5)2 = 252 + ( 12)2 = 13. Example: S = {( 1. and absolute value bars and above and below fraction bars. 1) (1. Then use the same order of operations to perform any remaining calculations. Median = 9 5 A relation S is a set of ordered pairs. 0) x (–1. Mean = 4 + 6 + 9 + 13 + 15 = 9.4 * 102 SECTION 1. 1. AND PROBLEM SOLVING (CONTINUED) Order of Operations Using the following order of operations.054 = 5. Do all multiplication and division from left to right. . Example: Relation. The domain D is the set of xvalues. 2) (1. y1) and (x2. and the range R is the set of yvalues. 2). Then do any negation after evaluating exponents. –2) Quadrant III Quadrant IV Distance Formula The distance d between the points (x1. first perform all calculations within parentheses. 9)}. y2) is d = 2(x2 . 2. 4. Examples: 1234 = 1. 3.2 VISUALIZING AND GRAPHING DATA Mean (Average) and Median The mean represents the average of a set of numbers.y1)2. 5}. 6.(3))2 + ( 7 . R = {5. 5) and (2. Domain.4. y Quadrant II Quadrant I (–2. 2. Evaluate all exponents. (4. DATA.
4. 6}. Other representations are possible. 2) and (.1.5. Examples: ƒ(x) = 21 . (2.1. 5) and radius 6 has the equation (x + 2)2 + ( y . Example: A circle with center (. 0. SECTION 1.1. y2) is M = a Example: x1 + x2 y1 + y2 . ƒ(3) = 32 .x D = {x ƒ x … 1}.h)2 + ( y . 5) is M = a 1 + ( 3) 2 + 5 7 . The set of valid inputs is called the domain D. 4). and the set of outputs is called the range R. 0.4 = a2 + 2a .3 Representations of Functions A function can be represented symbolically (formula). . b. p.1 Graphical Representation y 3 2 1 x 1 2 f (x) = x2 – 1 Verbal Representation ƒ computes the square of the input x and then subtracts 1. When consecutive points are connected with line segments.k)2 = r 2. Scatterplot and Line Graph A scatterplot consists of a set of ordered pairs plotted in the xyplane. 4). a line graph results. 4} Function Notation Examples: ƒ(x) = x2 . graphically (graph). Symbolic Representation Numerical Representation x 2 1 0 1 2 y 3 0 1 0 3 –2 –1 –2 ƒ(x) = x2 . k) and radius r has the equation (x .4 = 5 ƒ(a + 1) = (a + 1)2 .2 VISUALIZING AND GRAPHING DATA (CONTINUED) Midpoint Formula The midpoint M of the line segment with endpoints (x1. b = a . 2 2 The midpoint of the line segment connecting (1.CHAPTER 1 Summary 69 CONCEPT EXPLANATION AND EXAMPLES SECTION 1. numerically (table of values).2. 2 2 2 Standard Equation of a Circle The circle with center (h. R = {y ƒ y Ú 0} g = {(. 2. R = {0. (6.3. y1) and (x2. b.3 FUNCTIONS AND THEIR REPRESENTATIONS Function A function computes exactly one output for each valid input. (0. p)} D = {.5)2 = 36. and verbally (words).5).
then the data are linear. x … 2 or x Ú 5 is expressed as (.(. y1) and (x2. the slope of its graph is equal to a. then water is leaving the tank at 8 gallons per minute. SECTION 1. 3) is m = 4 3 . 2] h [5.q . q ). the yvalues increase by 10 units.2. Consecutive slopes between points are m = 10 = 5 so the data are linear.8x + 100 has slope 8.3 FUNCTIONS AND THEIR REPRESENTATIONS (CONTINUED) Vertical Line Test If any vertical line intersects a graph at most once.5 FUNCTIONS AND THEIR RATES OF CHANGE Interval Notation A concise way to express intervals on the number line Example: x 6 4 is expressed as (. its graph is a horizontal line. If G(t) = .3 … x 6 1 is expressed as [. y2) is m = Example: y .1) = .. Nonlinear Function The graph of a nonlinear function is not a line and cannot be written as ƒ(x) = ax + b. which is also equal to its constant rate of change. 1 Examples: ƒ(x) = x2 . .y1 ¢y = 2 .1 3 Constant Function Linear Function Given by ƒ(x) = b. Given by ƒ(x) = ax + b. h(t) = 3 t + 1 If the slopes of the lines passing through consecutive data points are always equal (or nearly equal). g(x) = 2x .4 TYPES OF FUNCTIONS Slope The slope m of the line passing through (x1.3. . Example: For each 2unit increase in x. where b is a constant. 1) and (2.70 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs CONCEPT EXPLANATION AND EXAMPLES SECTION 1. 2 2 units 2 units 2 units T x y 2 0 4 10 c T 6 20 c T 8 30 c Linear and Nonlinear Data 10 units 10 units 10 units SECTION 1. its graph is a nonvertical line.4. 2 . 4).q .x1 The slope of the line passing through (1. Otherwise the data are nonlinear. 1).8t + 100 calculates the number of gallons of water in a tank after t minutes. Examples: The graph of ƒ(x) = . ¢x x2 . then the graph represents a function.
2 + p3 3 (b) 7. q) SECTION 1. Evaluate each expression with a calculator.q .3)2 + p .2 + 5. rational number.4 = 5. h Example: Let ƒ(x) = x2.x1 Example: ƒ(x) = x2.9 .2(6. 1000 17 Exercises 3 and 4: Write each number in scientific notation.2 Difference Quotient The difference quotient of a function ƒ is an expression of the form ƒ(x + h) . where h Z 0. 0]. 23. 1. 2.52 * 104 6. 3. 116 2 2. Round answers to the nearest hundredth. Average Rate of Change If (x1. 5. Write your answer in scientific notation and in standard form. 0. 4) and (3.2 * 103 . (a) (4 * 103)(5 * 105) (b) 3 * 105 6 * 102 Exercises 1 and 2: Classify each number listed as one or more of the following: natural number.2 (c) 252 + 2.5 3. 1. 1. 13. 3. ƒ decreases on interval I if.1 (d) 1. 104. whenever x1 6 x2. 1.5 FUNCTIONS AND THEIR RATES OF CHANGE (CONTINUED) Increasing/Decreasing and decreases on ( . x2 .ƒ(x) . 1. because ƒ(2) = 4 and ƒ(3) = 9.5.0001001 Exercises 5 and 6: Write each number in standard form. ƒ(x1) 7 ƒ(x2). or real number.000 4. 3 . whenever x1 6 x2. 17. y1) and (x2.1 8.x 2 x 2 + 2xh + h2 . ƒ(x1) 6 ƒ(x2).23.4. 55. the graph of ƒ passes through the points (2.x 2 = = 2x + h. 0. integer. and the average rate of change from 2 to 3 is given by 9 . Example: ƒ(x) = ƒ x ƒ increases on [0. The difference quotient of ƒ is (x + h)2 .CHAPTER 1 Review Exercises 71 CONCEPT EXPLANATION AND EXAMPLES ƒ increases on interval I if. Evaluate each expression. 9).y1 . 1. 7.891. then the average rate of change from x1 to x2 equals the slope of the line passing through these two points and equals y2 .7 (a) 21. h h 1 Review Exercises 7. y2) are distinct points on the graph of ƒ.
3 40. 19. 3. For the numerical representation. ƒ(x) = 5 for x = . 13. (0. A diameter of a circle has endpoints (2. ƒ(x) = x2 . 40). (Hint: An isosceles triangle has at least two sides with equal measure. (0. a + 1 for x = . 17. 3. 13) 20. 15. ƒ(x) = 1 x2 . 0)} Exercises 17 and 18: Find the distance between the points.2. (10. 24. (a) Determine the maximum and minimum values. 24.5 1.3 43.72 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs (a) 2 1 –1 –1 1 Exercises 9 and 10: Evaluate by hand. Evaluate ƒ(2). 2.x + 1 29.5. ƒ(x) = ƒ x + 3 ƒ 28.1 0.1). (2.10. use a table with x = 0. a . (2. 9. multiply x by 16. 23 12. (20. ƒ(x) = 4 . 2). 35.3.7 Exercises 13 and 14: Complete the following.7. (24. (b) Calculate the mean and median. 5. and numerically. x y 3 10 1 0 1 5 3 20 5 x –2 –3 –4 Exercises 25–32: Graph y = ƒ(x) by first plotting points to determine the shape of the graph. 1. graphically. 5).1 2 32. (1. 25. ƒ(x) = 3x + 2 for 37. 5 x = . 34. Write 5 … x 6 10 in interval notation. ƒ(x) = . (12. To find the area y of a square. Let y = ƒ(x) with 0 … x … 100. (30. (a) Express the data as a relation S.2. 44.3. 3) and radius 9.x 0.8. ƒ(x) = x3 . 3 # 32 . . A 1.5x for 39. 13). ƒ(x) = 3x 27. 4) and (6. 5B . Find the standard equation of a circle with center (5. (3. To convert x pounds to y ounces. 50. and (0. 20)} 16. Use the graph at the top of the next column to determine the domain and range of each function.6 0. 6 x = .32 # 5 3 . (1.2. A 1. 1.3. 11.2 10 20 25 30 80 Exercises 15 and 16: Make a scatterplot of the relation.10. Determine if the relation is a function.5. ( b) Find the domain of ƒ. {(1.3 30. 6 + 2 y (b) 2 1 y y = f (x) x –4 –2 –1 y = f (x) 1 2 Exercises 11 and 12: Sort the list of numbers from smallest to largest and display the result in a table. ƒ(x) = . (25. x 15 y 14. (0.5.4 for for x = . ( 4. 3) 18. ƒ(x) = 23 . 5).2 26.5 10. 8. ƒ(x) = 2x for x = .2x2 31. 2. 22).8. 100.5 x = . 4 .5B 2 4 2 2 21. {(10. 8.1). 23.2 0. ƒ(x) = 2x . ƒ(x) = 1x + 3 for x = 1. (a) Evaluate ƒ(x) at the indicated values of x. (b) Find the domain and range of S.8.8). 1. 33.9. 0. 23).2. Find the standard equation of the circle. a + 1 42. a + 2 38. ƒ(x) = 1 x2 . Exercises 35–42: Complete the following for the function ƒ. Exercises 33 and 34: Use the verbal representation to express the function ƒ symbolically. 75. 25.) 22. 9) is isosceles. 1. 19. ƒ(x) = 4 .3x 41.5).1. Determine if y is a function of x in x = y 2 + 5. 0. 16). 4). multiply the length x of a side by itself. Determine if the triangle with vertices (1. 6). . 6) Exercises 19 and 20: Find the midpoint of the line segment with the given endpoints. 1 3 36.
2). ƒ(x) = 2x 2 . Ronan. ƒ(x) = 5x + 1 64. 4) 54. 4).25 cubic inch of paint is applied to a circular piece of plastic with a diameter of 20 inches. 2B . linear. 68. 4) 52.) 2 1 1 x –4 –3 –1 –2 –3 3 4 –3 –1 –1 –2 1 3 x 66. 62. to reach Mars. (Source: C. ƒ(x) = 8 . Support your answer graphically. . 51. 46. The values listed are the numbers of song sparrows that attain a given age from 100 eggs. Determine if the following data are modeled best by a constant. 3)} Exercises 49 and 50: State the slope of the graph of ƒ. A . (2 . (b) Does this line graph represent a function? (c) Calculate and interpret the average rate of change for each 1year period. 55. Determine where the graph of ƒ(x) =  x . (0. A . or nonlinear. 2)} 48. ƒ(x) = 7 50. Survival Rates The survival rates for song sparrows are shown in the table.2 3 3 Exercises 51–54: If possible. each traveling 60 miles per hour. Interpret the data. For example. 4).5B 3 3 3 6 Exercises 55–58: Decide whether the function ƒ is constant. 63. 10) 53.) Age Number 0 100 1 10 2 6 3 3 4 2 –4 Exercises 47 and 48: Determine if S represents a function. Enclosing a Pool A rectangular swimming pool that is 25 feet by 50 feet has a 6footwide sidewalk around it.3x . ƒ(x) = 3x 2 . 4). Geometry Suppose that 0. find the slope of the line passing through each pair of points. 6 sparrows reach an age of 2 years from 100 eggs laid in the wild.3  is increasing and where it is decreasing. 7).1. (a) How far is the driver from the rest stop after 2 hours? (b) Find the slope of the graph of D. S = {(3. 47. (2. (3. 49. (4. Speed of Light The average distance between the planet Mars and the sun is approximately 228 million kilometers.000 kilometers per second. traveling at 300. Interpret this slope as a rate of change.70t. Exercises 63 and 64: Find the difference quotient for ƒ(x). (1. linear. ƒ(x) = 1x . 60. (3. S = {(1.3x 56. Bird Life.2 . Kress.1. 61. (Source: S. (1. ƒ(x) =  x + 2  58. x y 2 50 0 42 2 34 4 26 (a) Make a line graph of the data. (8. y y 45. 5). (1. Find the average rate of change of ƒ(x) = x2 . (3.CHAPTER 1 Review Exercises Exercises 45 and 46: Determine if the graph represents a function. (1. 7). 2). 5 4 4 73 Applications 65. Sketch a graph for a 2hour period showing the distance between two cars meeting on a straight highway. Distance A driver’s distance D in miles from a rest stop after t hours is given by D(t) = 280 . 67. 3). The Natural History of the Universe. ƒ(x) = 6 59. Estimate the thickness of the paint. (a) How much fencing would be needed to enclose the sidewalk? (b) Find the area of the sidewalk. Assume that the cars are initially 120 miles apart. 69. or nonlinear function.x + 1 from x1 = 1 to x2 = 3.8 57. Estimate the time required for sunlight.
the momentum of the locomotive could cause a derailment. 5. (0. rather than circular.1.M. As the number of segments increases. 0).M.) In order to design a curve and estimate its cost. 2). as shown in the first figure. 0). engineers determine the distance around the curve before it is built. 1). (a) Graph ƒ.4. 2. ƒ(x) = x 2. 22). and (3. (Source: F. If railroad tracks changed abruptly from straight to circular. 1.M. ƒ(x) = 2x.3 to x = 3 by using line segments connecting these points. 1] by [ . 0. curves designed by engineers for highways and railroads frequently have parabolic. 3. 0). 3 3 [ 3.5.1 to x = 2. shapes. Is ƒ linear or nonlinear? (b) Calculate the average rate of change of ƒ from 1 P. Approximate the length of the curve from x = . 72. 1).5).2x 2. 1] 4. [. where 1 … x … 5. . Distance At noon car A is traveling north at 30 miles per hour and is located 20 miles north of car B. (1. 1). Mannering and W.5. 4. The points (3. ƒ(x) = 0. Car B is traveling west at 50 miles per hour. Exercises 2–5: Curve Length Use three line segments connecting the four points to estimate the length of the curve on the graph of ƒ from x = . 1] 3.5. to 4 P. (2. y 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 y x x Tuition (dollars) A Parabolic Curve A Circular Curve y x A C x A B y Credits E D C x 71. Approximate the distance between the cars at 12:45 P. Curve Length Suppose that a curve designed for railroad tracks is represented by the equation y = 0..8) lie on the graph of y = 0. 1. (1. 1. (2. (0. 6. as shown in the fourth figure. (. ( 1.5x2 + 50 represent the outside temperature in degrees Fahrenheit at x P. (a) Why is it reasonable for the graph to pass through the origin? (b) Find the slope of the graph. (c) Interpret the slope as a rate of change. Average Rate of Change Let ƒ(x) = 0.2.45). 1. so does the accuracy of the approximation. (1. (2.5. B An Estimate of Curve Length A Better Estimate A better estimate can be made using four line segments.5x 3 + 2.74 CHAPTER 1 Introduction to Functions and Graphs y 70. The sum of these two lengths gives a crude estimate of the length of the curve. 4. The distance formula can be used to calculate the length of each segment. (c) Interpret this average rate of change verbally and graphically. 1). 1] EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISES Because a parabolic curve becomes sharp gradually. where the units are in kilometers. In the third figure the distance along a parabolic curve from A to C is approximated by two line segments AB and BC.1. (0. 2. Kilareski.45). 1] by [0.2x 2. Cost of Tuition The graph shows the cost of taking x credits at a university.5). Graph ƒ and a line graph of the four points in the indicated viewing rectangle. 0. ( . 6).8). 1] by [1.M. (0.5.5. ( 1. The second figure illustrates straight tracks connecting to a circular curve. [ 4. (1. 4). to the nearest mile. Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis. 2.
7. Global Warming If the global climate were to warm significantly as a result of the greenhouse effect or other climatic change. such as Boston (14 feet). [ 3. Estimate the distance along the curve of y = 1x from (1. the Arctic ice cap would start to melt. 9) to (3. NASA–AMATYC–NSF. (The actual value is approximately 3. (1.5). (b) Find a linear function ƒ that models the data. 1] by [ 1. (a) Make a scatterplot of the data. New Orleans (4 feet). (Sources: Department of the Interior. (2. 0) to (3. Source: Mathematics Explorations II. 2). 0). 1] 6. (c) Discuss the implications of your calculation.5).747. The following table lists their population for selected years. ƒ(x) = 2 . 9) is about 9. 1) to (4.5x 2. 10. where x = 0 corresponds to 1980. (0.000 cubic miles of water in the Antarctic ice cap melted. 1.) (a) Devise a plan to determine how much sea level would rise if the Arctic cap melted. (d) Estimate how much sea level would rise if the 6. Geological Survey. In the United States.x2 from (0.) 8.0.) (b) Use your plan to estimate this rise in sea level. x (1980 4 0) y (population) x (1980 4 0) y (population) 0 3697 11 2100 5 2512 15 1689 9 2176 19 1127 75 (c) Graph the data and ƒ in the same viewing rectangle. (Hint: The radius of Earth is 3960 miles and 71% of its surface is covered by oceans.000 cubic miles of water. x = 1 to 1981. ( 1. 9. Endangered Species The Florida scrubjay is an endangered species that prefers to live in open landscape with short vegetation. . 3. 0).168. 2). several large cities have low average elevations. Use this fact to estimate the distance along the curve of y = 9 . and San Diego (13 feet). The distance along the curve of y = x 2 from (0. Over 200 million people currently live on soil that is less than 3 feet above sea level.300. x = 2 to 1982.CHAPTER 1 Review Exercises 5. and so on. NASA has attempted to create a habitat for these birds near Kennedy Space Center. 1. It is estimated that this ice cap contains the equivalent of 680. Prove that 22 is irrational by assuming that 22 is rational and arriving at a contradiction. (d) Estimate the scrubjay population in 1987 and in 2003. 3.
14) y = 14 y=7 (2006. emissions are expected to decline after 50 years. and the horizontal line y = 14 represents a doubling of carbon emissions. This increase is modeled by a linear function C in the figure on the left below. is called a piecewiselinear function. The horizontal line y = 7 represents the 2006 level of emissions.2 Linear Functions and Equations F The human mind has never invented a laborsaving device greater than algebra. 7) 2000 2050 2100 20 16 12 8 4 0 2000 2050 2100 y = C(t) t t Year Year 76 . —J. y Carbon emissions (billion tons per year) Carbon emissions (billion tons per year) y 20 16 12 8 4 0 y = C(t) (2056. W. the burning of coal. the amount could double to 14 billion tons by 2056. oil. Their points of intersection with the graph of C represent when these levels of emission could occur. The figure on the right illustrates what might happen if levels of carbon emission could be held at the 2006 rate of 7 billion tons per year for the next 50 years. In this case. This graph. Today. If the current rate of growth continues. made up of line segments. and natural gas releases 7 billion tons of carbon into the atmosphere each year. Gibbs or over two centuries people have been transferring carbon from below the surface of the earth into the atmosphere.
A model is based on observations. D(6) = 187. design the shapes of cars. this calculated value is likely to be more accurate than if we used D to estimate the number of downloads many years into the future or the past. A model is able to explain present phenomena.5t + 420 accurately models these known data values because D (0) = 187. Because 2006 is between 2005 and 2007. Models are used in diverse areas such as economics.5(6) + 420 = 1545 D( 4) = 187.5(. and piecewisedefined functions. Functions as Models A function can sometimes be a model.5 million tracks of music were downloaded in 2006.” Scientific American. Source: R. t = 1 to 2006. Regardless of where it is used. describe epidemics. a model is an abstraction with the following two characteristics: 1. Pacala. Mathematical models are used to forecast business trends. without mathematical support. A model is able to make predictions about data or results.5 (2) + 420 = 795. predictions lack credibility. people purchased and downloaded 420 million tracks of music in 2005. we need constant. linear. All of these important concepts are discussed in this chapter. 2. It should not contradict data and information already known to be correct. physics. mathematics plays an essential role in understanding the future of carbon emissions. astronomy. and mathematics.) If t = 0 corresponds to 2005. religion. 2. (Source: International Federation of the Phonographic Industry. Socolow and S. estimate ecological trends. to predict downloads in 2011 we might let t = 6 (2005 + 6 = 2011).5(0) + 420 = 420 and D (2) = 187. chemistry.4 = 2001). It can be a diagram. D(1) = 187.5(1) + 420 = 607. an equation. We might use function D as a model to predict the downloads in 2006 by evaluating D(1).1 Linear Functions and Models 77 Whatever your point of view. a verbal expression. control highway traffic. and to predict downloads in 2001 we might let t = 4 (2005 . a graph.4) + 420 = 330 . Worldwide. It should use current information to forecast phenomena or create new information. and so on. then the linear function D defined by D(t) = 187. To model carbon emissions.2. and this number increased to 795 million in 2007. predict weather. For example. “A Plan to Keep Carbon in Check.1 Linear Functions and Models • Understand how functions can be models • Identify a graph or table of a linear function • Model data with a linear function • Evaluate and graph piecewisedefined functions • Evaluate and graph the greatest integer function • Use linear regression to model data (optional) Introduction Throughout history. or some other form of communication. September. and discover new information when human knowledge is inadequate.5 Thus D estimates that 607. 2006. people have attempted to explain the world around them by creating models.
and when a 6 0 the graph of g is decreasing for all real numbers x. a linear function g. changes by a units.1 Linear Function Any linear function can be written as ƒ(x) = ax + b. or symbolic representation. A zero of a function ƒ corresponds to an xintercept on the graph of ƒ. the change in x is ¢x = 2. then the graph of ƒ has exactly one xintercept. and so the yintercept 2 is 3. We say that the xintercept on the graph of ƒ is 2. 2 yintercept A function can have at most one yintercept because ƒ(0) can have at most one value. it might be reasonable to limit the domain of D to t = 0. of ƒ as ƒ(x) = slope 3 x + 3.1. The graph ƒ intersects the yaxis at the point (0. for a model to be accurate. 2. where a equals the slope of the graph of ƒ. because ƒ(0) = a(0) + b = b. it must have limits on its domain. A table of values.1 intersects the xaxis at the point (2.5 c 2 6 c 1. for each 1unit increase in x. such as for 2006. which may or may not be correct. or numerical representation.5 c 0 3 c 1 4. When we evaluate ƒ( 2). Consider the graph of the linear function ƒ shown in Figure 2. provided a Z 0. 2 An xintercept corresponds to an input that results in an output of 0. is called interpolation. which is clearly incorrect. then g is a constant function.5. Using this information. From the graph we can see that when y increases by 3 units.78 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations This model predicts that 1545 million tracks will be downloaded in 2011. or 1. Linear functions either always increase or always decrease on their domains. the point (0. x increases by 2 units. The graph of ƒ in Figure 2. We also say that 2 is a zero of the function ƒ. for ƒ(x) = 3x + 3 is shown in Table 2. ƒ(x) increases by 3. 3). this model also estimates that 330 million tracks were downloaded in 2001.2) = 3 (.5 1. The graph is a line that intersects each axis once. y 4 Representations of Linear Functions y = f(x) yintercept = 3 1 2 3 4 xintercept = –2 1 –4 x y=3 x=2 Figure 2. such as for 2001 or 2011. and estimating values “outside” of the given data points. or 4. we can write a formula. Estimating values between data points.5 In general. Also.5 1. 2 Note that for every 1unit increase in x.2) + 3 = 0. However. 2 Table 2. Interpolation tends to be more accurate than extrapolation.1. 3. we obtain ƒ(. 1. 0). If a = 0. . units. Typically. given by g(x) = ax + b. and the ¢y slope is ¢x = 3.1 ƒ(x) 3 2x 3 x ƒ(x) 2 0 c 1 1. b) lies on the graph of ƒ and the value of b is the yintercept of the graph of ƒ. For example. is called extrapolation. since ƒ(2) = 0.5 1. Thus the change in y is ¢y = 3. When a 7 0 the graph of g is increasing for all real numbers x. If the slope of the graph of a linear function ƒ is not 0.
so the only zero is 4. (a) In 2006 the average cost of attending a private college was $30. EXAMPLE 2 Writing formulas for functions Write the formula for a linear function that models each situation.000 and the rate of change is $1750 per year.4. (a) Find the slope. we need to find two quantities: the initial amount and the rate of change. and xintercept. Now Try Exercise 13 Modeling with Linear Functions Linear functions can be used to model things that change at a constant rate.1 and the yintercept is 1. yintercept. SOLUTION y = f (x) Figure 2. it follows that 4 1 ƒ(x) = . State what the input variable represents and the domain of the function. and it begins to slow down at a constant rate of 10 miles per hour each second. by $1750 per year until 2010. Modeling with a Linear Function To model a quantity that is changing at a constant rate with ƒ(x) = ax + b. (c) Find any zeros of ƒ.x . Choose both an appropriate name and an appropriate variable for the function. (b) Write a formula for ƒ. and it is projected to increase. In this example the initial amount is $30.1. and the xintercept is . and the initial amount corresponds to the yintercept. .2 to complete the following. For example. SOLUTION (a) Getting Started To model cost with a linear function.2. The graph intersects the yaxis at the point (0.) (b) A car’s speed is 50 miles per hour.2 (a) The line falls 1 unit each time the xvalues increase by 4 units.000. on average. the distance traveled by a car can be modeled by a linear function if the car is traveling at a constant speed. ƒ(x) = (constant rate of change) x + (initial amount) The constant rate of change corresponds to the slope of the graph of ƒ. Therefore the yintercept is 1. 4 (c) Zeros of ƒ correspond to xintercepts. 1) and intersects the xaxis at the 4 point ( 4.1 Linear Functions and Models y 4 3 2 1 –4 –2 –3 –4 1 2 3 4 79 EXAMPLE 1 Finding a formula from a graph x Use the graph of a linear function ƒ in Figure 2. 0).com. (Source: CNNMoney. Therefore the slope is .1. (b) Because the slope is . This method is illustrated in the next two examples. the following formula may be used.
3 If the slopes between consecutive pairs of data points are always the same.5 x + 100 y 125 Water (gallons) 100 75 y = f (x) 50 25 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 (b) After 4 minutes the tank contains ƒ(4) = . Because this projection is valid only until 2010. 21 is not in the domain of ƒ because ƒ(21) = . SOLUTION (a) The amount of water in the tank is decreasing at 5 gallons per minute. initially full of water.1) + 100 = 105.and yintercepts and interpret each.80 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations Let C be the name of the function and x be the number of years after 2006. the car can slow down for at most 5 seconds before it comes to a stop. The initial amount of water is 100 gallons.000 models the cost in dollars of attending a private college x years after 2006. ƒ(x) = (constant rate of change)x + (initial amount) = . as shown in Figure 2. the domain D of function C is D = {x ƒ x = 0. (b) How much water is in the tank after 4 minutes? (c) Graph ƒ. Now Try Exercises 49 and 51 EXAMPLE 3 Finding a symbolic representation A 100gallon tank. 2. so t does not need to be restricted to an integer. or for 4 years past 2006.5(. If the slopes between consecutive pairs of data . Note that t represents time in seconds. Thus the domain D of S is D = {t ƒ 0 … t … 5}. (b) Let S be the name of the function and t be the elapsed time in seconds that the car has been slowing down. which corresponds to the time in minutes that it takes to empty the tank. the data can be modeled exactly by a linear function. 1 is not in the domain of ƒ because ƒ(1) = . 3. Then C(x) = (constant rate of change) x + (initial amount) = 1750x + 30. Identify the x. 1. (c) Since ƒ(x) = . The yintercept corresponds to the gallons of water initially in the tank.5(21) + 100 = . x Now Try Exercise 55 Time (minutes) Figure 2.5. or 4}. the tank cannot hold 5 gallons.5. Similarly. The xintercept is 20.3. (d) From the graph we see that the domain of ƒ must be restricted to 0 … x … 20. Note that x represents a year. the graph has yintercept 100 and slope 5. For example. (a) Write a formula for a linear function ƒ that models the number of gallons of water in the tank after x minutes. Then S(t) = (constant rate of change)t + (initial speed) = 10t + 50 models the speed of the car after an elapsed time of t seconds. Because the car’s initial speed is 50 miles per hour and it slows at 10 miles per hour per second. is being drained at a rate of 5 gallons per minute. so it may be most appropriate to restrict the domain to integer values for x.5(4) + 100 = 80 gallons.5x + 100. so the constant rate of change is . the tank holds at most 100 gallons. (d) Discuss the domain of ƒ.
Kostigen.65. 800 . 0).67. where a = 0.150 L 0.435 L 0. The Green Book. 150).64. m2 = L 0. We need to estimate values for a and b. (c) A graph of the four data points and ƒ(x) = 0. Thus the yintercept is 0 and ƒ(x) = 0. Graph ƒ and the data. see Appendix A (page AP3). then the data can be modeled approximately by a linear function. Table 2. In Example 4 this would have resulted in a = 510 . 0.150 435 .65 and b = 0.63 is 0.240 which compares favorably with our decision to let a = 0. Table 2. Now Try Exercise 61 MAKING CONNECTIONS Slope and Approximately Linear Data Another way to obtain an initial value for a is to calculate the slope between the first and last data point in the table.67. (b) Getting Started A linear function can be written as ƒ(x) = ax + b. see Appendix A (page AP7). (680. and m3.680 m3 = x Distance flown (miles) Figure 2. 0.4 Calculator Help To make a scatterplot.65. Note that answers may vary slightly. The value of b equals the yintercept. on average.360 510 .65x + 0. and (800. The slope of 0. . and 0. Because traveling 0 miles produces 0 pounds of carbon dioxide. 800 .64.230 L 0.63. What does the slope of the graph of ƒ indicate? Calculate ƒ(1000) and interpret the result.4.2 shows the average number y of pounds of carbon dioxide (CO2) emitted by an airliner for each passenger who flies a distance of x miles. thus 650 pounds of carbon dioxide are emitted into the atmosphere. 230).1 Linear Functions and Models 81 points are nearly the same.65(1000) = 650. (360. (d) ƒ(1000) = 0. Find a linear function ƒ that models the data.2. The value for a can then be adjusted visually by graphing ƒ and the data. In the next example we model data approximately. on average. let the graph of ƒ pass through (0. EXAMPLE 4 Modeling airliner CO2 emissions Airliners emit carbon dioxide into the atmosphere when they burn jet fuel. The average of 0. To plot data and graph an equation in the same viewing rectangle. Rogers and T.240 680 . (a) (b) (c) (d) Calculate the slopes of the line segments that connect consecutive data points. rounded to the nearest hundredth.65 pound of carbon dioxide is produced for each mile that a person travels in an airliner. and 360 . when a person flies 1000 miles.64. m2.65 indicates that. 435). SOLUTION y Carbon dioxide (pounds) 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 200 400 600 800 (a) The slopes of the lines passing through the points (240. One possibility for a is to find the average of m1.65x is shown in Figure 2.65x 230 . 510) are as follows: m1 = f (x) = 0.2 Carbon Dioxide Emissions x (miles) y (pounds) 240 150 360 230 680 435 800 510 Source: E.
F(180) = 4 y 5 4 3 2 1 0 50 100 150 200 250 y = F(x) x Tornado wind speed (mph) Figure 2. 112. when x = 0. 8) and (40. water in the pool increased at a constant rate from 2 thousand to 8 thousand gallons. An open circle indicates that the point is not included in the graph of F. there may not be one formula for ƒ(x) that works. the water level was constant. Interpret the results. 8) y = f (x) Figure 2. (b) Discuss how the amount of water in the pool changed. 50]. decreasing. Between 30 and 50 hours. that is. 2). where the input x represents the maximum wind speed of a tornado and the output is the Fscale number from 1 to 5. y = 2. Since there are no breaks in the graph. F is sometimes called a piecewiseconstant function or a step function.6. The Fujita scale is represented by the following function F. it is discontinuous at x = 72. 1) and an open circle occurs at the point (72. 50]? (c) Interpret the slope of each line segment in the graph. there are 2 thousand gallons of water in the pool. 8) (30. the function is a piecewiselinear function. Tornadoes with wind speeds greater than 72 miles per hour but not more than 112 miles per hour are F2 tornadoes. 157 6 180 … 206. You can draw the graph of a continuous function without picking up your pencil. If a tornado has wind speeds between 40 and 72 miles per hour. rather. A solid dot occurs at the point (72. and ƒ(40). SOLUTION x 10 20 30 40 50 60 Time (hours) Figure 2. If each piece is linear. which classifies tornadoes by intensity. and 206. (c) Slope indicates the rate at which water is entering or leaving the pool. 1 2 F(x) = e 3 4 5 if if if if if 40 72 112 157 206 … 6 6 6 6 x x x x x … … … … … 72 112 157 206 260 . Since  . Its slope is m = 20 . It is composed of horizontal line segments. 8). 157.6 depicts a graph of a piecewiselinear function ƒ.5 For example. and after 40 hours there were 4 thousand gallons. (a) Use the graph to evaluate ƒ(0). Initially. ƒ is a continuous function on the interval [0. The points (25. the pool was drained at a constant rate. Because there are breaks in the graph of F. ƒ(25).6 Water in a Pool (a) From Figure 2. A graph of y = F(x) is shown in Figure 2. (b) During the first 20 hours. After 25 hours there were 8 thousand gallons in the pool. not an F2 tornado. For the next 10 hours. because technically a tornado with 72mileperhour winds is an F1 tornado. The first line 8 segment connects the points (0. if the maximum wind speed is 180 miles per hour. EXAMPLE 5 Fujita scale (F1 ↔ F5) Evaluating a graphical representation y 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Gallons (thousands) (20. it is an F1 tornado. Thus a tornado with a maximum wind speed of 180 miles per hour is an F4 tornado.20 = 0. In this case. the function is sometimes defined on pieces of its domain and is therefore called a piecewisedefined function. or constant. Is ƒ a continuous function on the interval [0. Therefore ƒ(25) = 8 and ƒ(40) = 4. so ƒ(0) = 2. 2) and (20.82 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations PiecewiseDefined Functions When a function ƒ models data. It models the amount of water in thousands of gallons in a swimming pool after x hours have elapsed. An example of a piecewisedefined function is the Fujita scale. then F(180) = 4 because 180 is between 157 and 206. (d) Identify where ƒ is increasing.3. function F is not continuous. Because each piece is constant.5. 4) lie on the graph of ƒ.
Œ xœ is the greatest integer less than or equal to x. These intervals correspond to when the water level in the pool is Now Try Exercise 67 increasing. The graph of y = Œ xœ is shown in Figure 2. Water is neither entering nor leaving the pool.0. . or remaining constant. Œ3œ = 3.1 2x if . The slope of the line segment connect0 ing the points (30.8. If x = 2.8 (a) Function ƒ is defined for xvalues satisfying either 4 … x 6 2 or 2 … x … 4. then ƒ(x) = . and if x = 2.4.10.7. if 2 … x … 4. EXAMPLE 6 Evaluating and graphing a piecewisedefined function x . water is entering the pool during this time at 300 gallons per hour. The second piece is y2 = . because (2.2 # 4 = . Plot a solid dot at (4. Plot a solid dot for each and connect these points with a line segment. 0) is m = 50 . Thus the endpoints for the first line segment are (4.7 y 2 –4 –2 2 (2. 1) is not included in this piece of the function. ƒ(x) = x .4. –5) –6 –8 Figure 2.3œ = .3. Similarly. ƒ(4).2.1 Linear Functions and Models 83 the units are thousands of gallons and hours. (b) For xvalues satisfying 4 … x 6 2. as shown in Figure 2.4 … x 6 2 if 2 … x … 4 Use ƒ(x) to complete the following. Thus the domain of ƒ is D = {x  4 … x … 4}. 4]. and if x = 4. 1). 1) 4 x y1 –4 (2. If x = .1 for . 5) and (2.30 leaving the pool at 400 gallons per hour. Œ . ƒ(2).4. denoted ƒ(x) = Œx œ .1 and so ƒ(3) = . (2.4 … x 6 2.9 on the next page. Thus the endpoints are (2. Between 20 and 30 hours the slope of the line segment is 0. Sketch a line segment between these points.2x for 2 … x … 4. Therefore we can find the endpoints of each line segment and then sketch the graph. (d) The function ƒ is not continuous because there is a break in its graph at x = 2. Thus ƒ(2) = .8. then y1 = 1. 5) because ( 4. 8) and (50. –4) y2 (4.8 = . (d) Function ƒ is increasing for 0 … x … 20. and constant for 20 … x … 30. then y2 = 4. and ƒ(5). On this interval water is . 1). The first piece is y1 = x .4 and ƒ(4) = .7œ = 6.3 . 4) and (4. –5) –6 –8 Figure 2.pœ = . –8) (–4.2x.2 # 2 = . (d) Is ƒ a continuous function on its domain? x SOLUTION y1 –4 (–4.8). The expression ƒ(5) is undefined because 5 is not in the domain of ƒ. and Œ . then y2 = . 1) 4 (b) Evaluate ƒ(. then y1 = 5. ƒ(x) = b y 2 –4 –2 2 (a) What is the domain of ƒ? (c) Sketch a graph of ƒ. The greatest integer function is defined as follows. decreasing. The greatest integer function is both a piecewiseconstant function and a step function. decreasing for 30 … x … 50. (c) Getting Started Because each piece of ƒ(x) is linear.8. 5) is included. .10œ = . Now Try Exercise 71 The Greatest Integer Function A common piecewisedefined function used in mathematics is the greatest integer function.3).4. or [4. the graph of y = ƒ(x) consists of two line segments. Some examples of the evaluation of Œ xœ include Œ6. Œ . and an open circle at (2.2.1 = . as shown in Figure 2.
points are plotted but not connected. A person must view the data and adjust the line until it “fits. When determining the leastsquares line.50 per day plus $0. For example.25(100) + 31. 1] by [31.25Œ 100. Figure 2. a graphing calculator may connect points where there should be breaks. where fractions of a mile are ignored. Problems where one variable is used to predict the behavior of a second variable are called regression problems. 1] by [31.4œ + 31. except that it is plotted in connected mode.50 = $56. A graph of Y1 = 0. called .10. Correlation Coefficient Most graphing calculators have the capability to calculate the leastsquares regression line automatically after the data points have been entered. Note that connected mode generates an inaccurate graph of this step function. fractional parts are either not allowed or ignored. calculators often compute a real number r. the cost of driving 100.5 On some calculators and computers. and mileage charges for rental cars may be calculated to the mile. a statistical method used to determine a unique linear function or line is based on least squares. 1] y = 0. The function given by ƒ(x) = 0.4 miles is ƒ(100. this technique has some disadvantages.11 Connected Mode Linear Regression (Optional) We have used linear functions to model data involving the variables x and y. Different people may arrive at different lines to fit the same data. Suppose a car rental company charges $31.5 is shown in Figure 2. We have already solved problems by selecting a line that visually fits the data in a scatterplot.25 x + 31. the line is not determined automatically by a calculator or computer. 10. Figure 2. see Appendix A (pages AP7 and AP8). 1] y = 0.25 x + 31.50. 35. First.25*int(X) + 31.25Œx œ + 31.5 In some applications. Unknown values for y were predicted at given values of x.10 Dot Mode [0. However.50 calculates the cost of driving x miles in one day.9 The Greatest Integer Function o 2 if 2 … x 6 1 if 1 … x 6 Œ xœ = g 0 if 0 … x 6 1 if 1 … x 6 2 if 2 … x 6 o 1 0 1 2 3 [0. 35. then the technique is referred to as linear regression. Figure 2.25 for each mile driven. if a graph has breaks in it.50 = 0.84 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations y y= x 3 1 –3 3 –3 x Calculator Help To access the greatest integer function or to set a calculator in dot mode. 10.4) = 0. MAKING CONNECTIONS Connected and Dot Modes Graphing calculators often connect points to make a graph look continuous.11 is the same graph shown in Figure 2. Second. Framing lumber for houses is measured in 2foot multiples.” By contrast. If a linear function or line is used to approximate the data. Figure 2. it does not produce a unique line. In dot mode. However. the greatest integer function is denoted int(X).10.
there is a positive correlation between years of education x and income y. y x r = 0 There is no correlation. The fit is not exact. More years of education correlate with higher income. Sample Scatterplot y x r = 1 There is an exact linear fit. where . When r is positive and near 1.1 … r … 1. For example. The line passes through all data points and has a positive slope.2. y x 0 6 r 6 1 There is a positive correlation. then there is little or no correlation between the data points. the yvalues decrease. When r is near 1. As the xvalues increase. A regression line predicts poorly. The fit is not exact. If r L 0. Therefore there will be a negative correlation between latitude and average yearly temperature. The line passes through all data points and has a negative slope. the average yearly temperature decreases. low xvalues correspond to low yvalues and high xvalues correspond to high yvalues. In this case. so do the yvalues. The data has no tendency toward being linear. Low xvalues correspond to high yvalues and high xvalues correspond to low yvalues. a linear function does not provide a suitable model. y x 1 6 r 6 0 There is a negative correlation. As latitude increases (moving toward either the north or the south pole).3. y x .3 Correlation Coefficient r ( 1 … r … 1) Value of r r = 1 Comments There is an exact linear fit. Table 2. A summary of these concepts is shown in Table 2. An example is the relation between latitude and average yearly temperature. As the xvalues increase. the reverse is true.1 Linear Functions and Models 85 the correlation coefficient.
airports. (a) Graph the data by using the 2002 data for xvalues and the corresponding 2006 data for yvalues. (c) In 2002 Newark International Airport had 29. In the next example we use a graphing calculator to find the line of leastsquares fit that models three data points.1. It is important to remember that correlation does not always indicate the cause. Refer to Figures 2.15 Now Try Exercise 85 An Application In the next example we use regression to find a linear function that models numbers of airline passengers at some of the largest U.14 y = 3x – 2 1 3 Figure 2. 1).12–2. 5. see Appendix A (page AP8).15. summer is coming and the weather becomes warmer.13 LinReg y ax b a 1. geese flying north clearly does not cause warmer weather. EXAMPLE 8 Predicting airline passengers Table 2.98. Calculator Help To find a line of leastsquares fit. 3). What is the correlation coefficient? Plot the data and graph the line. Select the LinReg(ax + b) option from the STAT CALC menu. Geese flying north correlates with warmer weather.9642857143 r . SOLUTION Begin by entering the three data points into the STAT EDIT menu.86 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations MAKING CONNECTIONS Correlation and Causation When geese begin to fly north. 1] L1 1 2 3 L2 1 3 4 L3 1 L1(1)=1 Figure 2.S.4 lists the numbers in millions of airline passengers at some of the largest airports in the United States during 2002 and 2006. (2. Graph y = ƒ(x) and the data in the same viewing rectangle. . the line does not 2 3 provide an exact model of the data.12 EDIT CALC TESTS 1:1–Var Stats 2:2–Var Stats 3:Med–Med 4:LinReg(ax b) 5:QuadReg 6:CubicReg 7: ↓ QuartReg Figure 2.4. However. 4). The correlation coefficient is r L 0. EXAMPLE 7 Determining a line of leastsquares fit Find the line of leastsquares fit for the data points (1. use your linear function to estimate the number of passengers at Newark International in 2006.0 million passengers. From the home screen we can see that the line (linear function) of leastsquares is given by the formula y = 3x .7 million passengers. [0. (b) Use a calculator to find the linear function ƒ based on leastsquares regression that models the data. Predict whether the correlation coefficient will be positive or negative.9819805061 Figure 2.3333333333 r 2 . Assuming that this airport followed a trend similar to that of the five airports listed in Table 2. and (3. Compare this result to the actual value of 36. Since r Z 1.5 b – . 5. 1] by [0.
(c) We can use ƒ(x) to predict y when x = 29. 10] [30.9850345359 Figure 2.2 47. 10] by [30.9383922335 b 11.9702930369 r .17 y = 0. then it can be modeled by a linear function in the form ƒ(x) = ax + b.3 Source: Airports Association Council International.9098 Figure 2.1 Putting It All Together Concept The following table summarizes important concepts. Description Models Linear model A good model describes and explains current data.0.8 35.0) = 0. the correlation coefficient will be positive. SOLUTION (a) A scatterplot of the data is shown in Figure 2.17.4 Airline Passengers (millions) 87 Airport Atlanta (Hartsfield) Chicago (O’Hare ) Los Angeles (LAX) Dallas/Fort Worth Denver 2002 76. If a quantity experiences a constant rate of change. (b) Because y = ƒ(x). 10] by [30.9384(29.0) + 11.5 56.0 60. See Figure 2.7 2006 84. Graphs of ƒ and the data are shown in Figure 2.0 61.16 LinReg y ax b a . where coefficients have been rounded to four decimal places.9384x + 11. 90.2 52.18.7 million. 90.9384x + 11.9098 L 39. Because increasing xvalues correspond to increasing yvalues. see Appendix A (page AP13).4 77. y = ƒ(29.1 million This value is more than the actual value of 36. ƒ(x) = (constant rate of change) x + (initial value) continued on next page .9 66. It should also make predictions and forecast phenomena. Figure 2. 10] Calculator Help To copy the regression equation directly into Y1.2.1 Linear Functions and Models Table 2.90983951 r 2 .18 Now Try Exercise 93 2.16. [30. the formula for a linear function ƒ that models the data is given by ƒ(x) = 0. 90.9098. 90.
and in 2004 there were 12. and so on. 5 3 and 2.8 million vehicles produced in the United States. where t = 0 corresponds to 2000. 6) is y = 3 x + 2 r L 0.98. U. 3). then the slope equals a and the yintercept equals b. (2. . Correlation coefficient r Leastsquares regression line The values of r satisfy . The formula V(t) = .8 models these data exactly. The domain of ƒ is [3. U. Advertising Expenditures In 2002 $237 billion was spent on advertising in the United States. yintercept 1.S. (a) Verify that A(t) gives the exact values in billions of dollars for 2002 and 2004. (b) Use V(t) to estimate the number of vehicles manufactured in 2002 and 2006.1 … r … 1. Try verifying this with a calculator. (a) Verify that V(t) gives the exact values in millions for 2000 and 2004. and formula 2 ƒ(x) = 1 x + 1. t = 1 to 2001. Do these estimates involve interpolation or extrapolation? (c) The actual value for 2000 was $244 billion and for 2003 was $245 billion. The formula A(t) = 13.2t + 12. Discuss the accuracy of your results from part (b).Vehicle Production In 2000 there were 12.2.1 Exercises 2.88 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations continued from previous page Concept Description Graph of a linear function The graph of a linear function is a line. ƒ(x) = b 2x . 2 y 3 2 y = f (x) –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 x Piecewisedefined function A function is piecewisedefined if it has different formulas on different intervals of its domain. The line of leastsquares fit for the points (1. If ƒ(x) = ax + b.3 … x 6 1 x + 5 if 1 … x … 5 When x = 2 then ƒ(x) = x + 5.3 million.5t + 237 models these data exactly.3 if .3 million and for 2006 was 11.0. . Discuss the accuracy of your results from part (b). The following graph has slope 1. The zero of ƒ is the xintercept. where a line fits the data better if r is near 1 or 1. Do these estimates involve interpolation or extrapolation? (c) The actual value for 2002 was 12. A value near 0 indicates a poor fit.0 million. Functions as Models 1. 5]. 5). (b) Use A(t) to estimate the advertising expenditures in 2000 and 2003. and so on. where t = 0 corresponds to 2002.S. and in 2004 this amount was $264 billion. and (3. so ƒ(2) = 2 + 5 = 7. Many times the domain is restricted. t = 1 to 2003.
g(x) = 1 x 2 29. (a) Identify the slope.5 5 60. (a) The distance traveled by a car moving at 50 miles per hour for x hours (b) The total number of hours in day x (c) The distance in miles between a runner and home after x hours if the runner starts 1 mile from home and jogs away from home at 6 miles per hour (d) A car’s speed in feet per second after x seconds if its tires are 2 feet in diameter and rotating 14 times per second 17. ƒ(x) = 1 x . ƒ(x) = 2 x .7 . 3 1 y x 5.0.1.3 28.7 1 2. x ƒ(x) 4 1 7 3 2 9 1 3 11 10.10 22.2 4.10x 26.2 2 23. 300 200 100 5 10 15 y x x –3 –2 –1 –200 –300 1 3 Exercises 19–32: Graph the linear function by hand. g(x) = 3 30. 150 100 50 –10 –50 y 18.6.x 24. 3 2 1 –3 –2 –1 –1 1 2 3 89 y 14. Determine whether ƒ models the data exactly or approximately. Identify the slope and yintercept.2 25. ƒ(x) = 4 . 7. ƒ(x) = 5x .4 15. 19. ƒ(x) = .3 x 2 21. x 6 0 3 x 2 0 4 ƒ(x) 9. ƒ(x) = 3. ƒ(x) = 3x + 2 20. (d) Is ƒ increasing or decreasing on its domain? .1 6.5x 31.5x x y 6 12.2.7 0 3.1 Linear Functions and Models Exercises 3–6: A function ƒ is given. yintercept. ƒ(x) = 13. g(x) = 5 . 3 1 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 2 3 x Exercises 7–10: Find the formula for a linear function ƒ that models the data in the table exactly.2 4 32. ƒ(x) = 1 .1 x y 1 7. g(x) = 20 .1 x 2 27.3x .50 (d) The cost of skiing x times with a $500 season pass 12. ƒ(x) = 3 . ƒ(x) x ƒ(x) 5 15 40 1 30 30 1 45 20 y 16.2 2 20. and xintercept. 3. 8. (a) The number of pounds in x ounces (b) The number of dimes in x dollars (c) The monthly electric bill in dollars if x kilowatthours are used at 6 cents per kilowatthour and there is a fee of $6. 11. g(x) = 3 x . ƒ(x) = 20x .30x + 20 Graphs of Linear Functions Exercises 13–18: The graph of a linear function ƒ is shown. (c) Estimate the zero of ƒ. (b) Write a formula for ƒ. g(x) = . ƒ(x) = . 2 1 y x –2 –1 –1 –2 –4 1 2 4 x Exercises 11 and 12: Write a symbolic representation (formula) for a function ƒ that computes the following.2x x y 1 3 2 8 3 13 4 18 x y 5 0 10 15 20 1 2 4 13.
yintercept 805 35. Homes with Internet In 2006 about 68% of U. on average. Velocity of a Falling Object A stone is dropped from a water tower and its velocity increases at a rate of 32 feet per second. ƒ(x) = . Slope 15.5) 38. passing through (0. and it decreased.S. 1. A pump is filling the tank at a rate of 6 gallons per minute. by 0.S. 4. (Source: Bureau of the Census. This number was expected to increase. Average cost of a new car from 1980 to 2000 47.S.) 51. 45.1x 4 43. by 5. c. ƒ(x) = 10 41. passing through ( 1. Slope 122. U.32 injury every year until 2001. where x1 Z x2? 39. (Source: 2007 Digital Future Report.81 people every 10 years until 2000. ƒ(x) = 4 . passing through the origin 36. Slope 0. 5) Exercises 39–44: Average Rate of Change Find the average rate of change of ƒ from 2 to 2. y x x . 52. (d) Find the domain of W.5 percentage points per year for the next 4 years. (Source: CTIA Industry Survey. where xvalues represent time. ƒ(x) = 5x 3 44. 33. Slope 1. (b) How much water is in the tank after 7 minutes? x x Exercises 33–38: Write a formula for a linear function ƒ whose graph satisfies the conditions. This percentage was expected to increase.23) 37. Injury Rate In 1992 the number of injury cases recorded in private industry per 100 fulltime workers was 8. (Source: Bureau of Labor Statistics. homes had Internet access. Cell Phones In 2005 there were about 208 million U. Filling a Tank A 500gallon tank initially contains 200 gallons of fuel oil. Draining a Water Tank A 300gallon tank is initially full of water and is being drained at a rate of 10 gallons per minute.90 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations Exercises 49–54: Write a formula for a linear function that models the situation. by 20 million per year for the next 3 years.3. y b. y d. 53. on average.3x 40. and then it begins to slow down at a constant rate of 6 miles per hour every 4 seconds. by 1. Choose both an appropriate name and an appropriate variable for the function. on average. State what the input variable represents and the domain of the function. and it increased.) 54. Height of the Empire State Building from 1990 to 2000 46. Population Density In 1900 the average number of people per square mile in the United States was 21.5 42. ƒ(x) = . yintercept 1 4 3 34.68. The stone hits the ground with a velocity of 96 feet per second. on average. 56. Distance between a runner in a race and the finish line 48. Slope . ƒ(x) = 5x + 1 Modeling with Linear Functions Exercises 45–48: Match the situation with the graph (a–d) that models it best. (a) Write a formula for a linear function ƒ that models the number of gallons of fuel oil in the tank after x minutes. Assume that the domain is an interval of the real numbers. (a) Write a formula for a function W that gives the number of gallons of water in the tank after t minutes. 49.) 50. U. What is the average rate of change of ƒ from x1 to x2.5. y (c) Graph W and identify and interpret the intercepts. Speed of a Car A car is traveling at 30 miles per hour.) 55.5. Amount of money earned after x hours when working at an hourly rate of pay a. passing through (1.3. cell phone subscribers. Slope 2.S.
61. What does the slope indicate? (d) Evaluate ƒ(30) and interpret the result.) (a) Write a formula for a linear function ƒ that models the birth rate x years after 1990. 58. (b) One gallon equals about 231 cubic inches.) 91 downspout that can accommodate 400 gallons of water per hour.5inch layer of ice on it from a previous storm. (d) Does the xintercept of the graph of ƒ have any physical meaning in this problem? Explain. (a) What are the maximum and minimum speed limits along this stretch of highway? (b) Estimate the miles of highway with a speed limit of 55 miles per hour.5hour rain storm? (d) Will one downspout be sufficient to handle this type of rainfall? How many downspouts should there be? (a) Write a formula for a linear function ƒ that models the total number of people in millions who were infected with HIV x years after 2006. Ice Deposits A roof has a 0. HIV Infections In 2006 there were 40 million people worldwide who had been infected with HIV. (b) Estimate the birth rate in 2003 and compare the estimate to the actual value of 14. x (gallons) y (miles) 5 84 5 194 10 169 10 392 15 255 15 580 20 338 20 781 59.25 inch per hour. (a) Determine the number of cubic inches of water falling on the roof in 1 hour. (a) Calculate the slopes of the line segments that connect consecutive points. 57. (Source: National Center for Health Statistics.1 Linear Functions and Models (b) Graph ƒ. The water coming from a circular roof with a radius of 20 feet is running down a PiecewiseDefined Functions 63. Cafe ´ Exercises 61 and 62: Modeling Fuel Consumption The table shows the distance y in miles traveled by a vehicle using x gallons of gasoline. 20 ft. (c) How many gallons of water land on the roof during a 2. (b) Find a linear function that models the data. (b) Estimate the number of people who may have been infected by the year 2012. At that time the infection rate was 4. Birth Rate In 1990 the number of births per 1000 people in the United States was 16. (Source: United Nations AIDS and World Health Organization.21 birth per 1000 people each year. Rainfall Suppose that during a storm rain is falling at a rate of 1 inch per hour. Another ice storm begins to deposit ice at a rate of 0. x (gallons) y (miles) 62.3 million people per year. (c) Graph ƒ and the data together.2. . Write a formula for a function g that computes the gallons of water landing on the roof in x hours. Speed Limits The graph of y = ƒ(x) on the next page gives the speed limit y along a rural highway x miles from its starting point. (b) How thick is the ice after 2. (a) Find a formula for a linear function ƒ that models the thickness of the ice on the roof x hours after the second ice storm started.7 and decreasing at 0. What is an appropriate domain for ƒ? (c) Identify the yintercept and interpret it. See the figure.5 hours? 60.
48 if if if if if 0 1 2 3 4 6 6 6 6 6 x x x x x … … … … … 1 2 3 4 5 40 y = f (x) 30 20 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x Time (hours) . (a) Determine the initial and final amounts of money in the ATM. where x is the number of ounces. the retail flat rate in dollars for firstclass mail weighing up to 5 ounces could be computed by the piecewiseconstant function P. FirstClass Mail In March 2008. (b) Interpret the slope of each line segment. (b) Sketch a graph of P.92 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations (c) Evaluate ƒ(4). 50 Amount (dollars) 10 20 30 40 50 60 Time (minutes) y Distance (miles) 65. (c) Describe the motion of the car.14 1.80 0. The graph shows the driver’s distance from home after x hours. What is the domain of P? (c) Where is P discontinuous on its domain? 66. Swimming Pool Levels The graph of y = ƒ(x) shows the amount of water y in thousands of gallons remaining in a swimming pool after x days.5) and ƒ(4). Is ƒ continuous? (c) How many withdrawals occurred? (d) When did the largest withdrawal occur? How much was it? (e) How much was deposited into the machine? y 1000 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 Gallons (thousands) 40 30 20 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 y = f (x) x Time (days) y = f (x) x Exercises 67 and 68: An individual is driving a car along a straight road.31 1. or constant. (b) Evaluate ƒ(10) and ƒ(50). and ƒ(18). y 60 (a) Evaluate P(1. (a) Use the graph to evaluate ƒ(1. (d) Identify where f is increasing. ƒ(12). 0. (d) At what xvalues is the graph discontinuous? Interpret each discontinuity. Interpret your results. ATM The graph of y = ƒ(x) depicts the amount of money y in dollars in an automatic teller machine (ATM) after x minutes.97 P(x) = e 1. Speed limit (mph) 50 40 30 20 10 0 4 y = f (x) 8 12 16 20 (b) When did the amount of water in the pool remain constant? x (c) Approximate ƒ(2) and ƒ(4). (d) At what rate was water being drained from the pool when 1 … x … 3? y 50 Distance (miles) 64. 67. decreasing.5) and P(3). (a) Estimate the initial and final amounts of water in the pool.
if 4 … x … . ƒ(x) = c 2x 1 2x . (c) Determine the costs of boards with lengths of 8.1 if 1 6 x … 2 if 2 6 x … 4 (a) Evaluate g at x = . For example. (a) Determine the domain of ƒ.x Exercises 75 and 76: Graph ƒ. ƒ(x) = Œx + 1œ 82.7). 125 93 y 77.1œ 81. ƒ(x) = 2Œ xœ + 1 80. (a) Use dot mode to graph the function ƒ in the standard viewing rectangle. ƒ(x) = c 1 2 . If the length of a board is not exactly a multiple of 2 feet. ƒ(x) = c 1 . Is g continuous on its domain? 2x . (b) Graph ƒ. Is ƒ continuous on its domain? 78.3. (a) Suppose that the cost of lumber is $0. ƒ(x) = b x + 1 2 72.x if 5 … x 6 1 if 1 … x … 3 if 3 6 x … 5 (c) Sketch a graph of ƒ.6 g(x) = c x 0. there is often no charge for the additional length.1 if 1 6 x … 5 if 3 … x 6 0 if 0 … x … 3 if 1 … x 6 1 if 1 … x … 2 if 6 … x 6 . Lumber Costs The lumber used to frame walls of houses is frequently sold in multiples of 2 feet. 2. ƒ(x) = Œ . Find a formula for a function ƒ that computes the cost of a board x feet long for 6 … x … 18. 79. (c) Graph ƒ.2 if 2 6 x … 1 if 1 6 x … 4 if 3 … x 6 .8.5 3 2 3 74. ƒ(x) = b x . ƒ(0).1 if 1 6 x 6 1 if 1 … x … 3 if 4 … x … . Use g(x) to complete the following. 1.2 feet.1 if 1 … x … 2 if 2 6 x … 3 .5 feet and 15. 1x + 1 2 75. (d) Is ƒ continuous on its domain? 69.1 ƒ(x) = c 4 6 . ƒ(x) = b 2 x + 3 if 5 … x … .1 Linear Functions and Models 68. then the consumer is charged for only 8 feet. and ƒ(3). Exercises 69–74: Complete the following for ƒ(x).5x 83. ƒ(x) = Œ2x . Use ƒ(x) to complete the following: y = f (x) Distance (miles) 100 75 50 25 0 1 2 3 4 5 (a) Evaluate ƒ at x = . 2.xœ x 73. ƒ(x) = c 0 3x Greatest Integer Function Exercises 79–82: Complete the following.2x 2 4 3x + 3 . and 8. (b) On what interval is ƒ constant? x Time (hours) 3x . if a board measures at least 8 feet but less than 10 feet. and 5. (b) For what xvalues is g increasing? (c) Sketch a graph of g.5x + 1 if .2 if 2 6 x 6 2 if 2 … x … 8 2x + 1 70.2 0.2 if 2 … x 6 0 if 0 … x … 4 if 3 … x … . ƒ(x) = c x .80 for every 2 feet. (b) Evaluate ƒ(3.8 … x … .1x 2 76.2. (b) Evaluate ƒ(2). 2.1 3x 71.1) and ƒ(1.
1000. Linear Regression Exercises 85 and 86: Find the line of leastsquares fit for the given data points.4 Source: A Mehrotra. (c) Use the regression line to predict y when x = 2.7 30 4.2.8 20 3. (1. write a formula for the price P of x feet of carpet. negative.4 60 3. x = 10 to 1980. Edwin Hubble: The Discoverer of the Big Bang Universe.7 1 1. (2.9 2 6.7 35 5. (a) How much does 9 feet 8 inches of carpet from this roll cost? (b) Using the greatest integer function. Four galaxies with their distances in lightyears and velocities in miles per second are listed in the table at the top of the next column. .7 1 27.8 (a) Let x be distance and y be velocity.000 84.94 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations Galaxy Virgo Ursa Minor Corona Borealis Bootes Distance 50 650 950 1700 Velocity 990 9.6 40 2.8 3 16. Source: Department of Transportation. 100] by [.4 3 33.3 5 10.5 2 3. (1. a customer does not pay for the extra amount. One study analyzed this delay. (a) Conjecture whether the correlation coefficient r for the data will be positive. (b) Find the leastsquares regression line. 6) Exercises 87–90: Complete the following.1 91. 85. P (%) D (minutes) 0 1 20 1. Distant Galaxies In the late 1920s the famous observational astronomer Edwin P.8 3 2. (3. 1). where x = 0 corresponds to 1970.2 80 3. if a customer wants 14 feet of carpet and the salesperson cuts off 14 feet 4 inches. Cell Phones One of the early problems with cell phones was the delay involved with placing a call when the system was busy. Cost of Carpet Each foot of carpet purchased from a 12footwide roll costs $36. If a fraction of a foot is purchased.2 10 2. (b) Use a calculator to find the equation of the leastsquares regression line and the value of r. (1.2 1 5. (. the customer does not pay for the extra 4 inches. Plot the data points in [. 1800.8 4 37. Find the leastsquares regression line that models these data.7 7 17. estimate its distance. Cellular Radio: Analog and Digital Systems.100. Passenger Travel The table shows the number of miles (in trillions) traveled by passengers of all types for various years. 0). x y 90. Novikov.4 3 7. For example. Year (1970 4 0) Miles (trillions) 0 2.29.3 4 9. What is the correlation coefficient? Plot the data and graph the line.8 100 4. 92. Sharov and I. x y 88.000 miles per second. x y 89. (a) Let P correspond to xvalues and D to yvalues. 93. (b) Estimate the delay for a 50% increase in the number of calls.2 0 2. 87. x y 1 5.3 5 9.000 25. 28000. Predict whether the correlation coefficient will be positive or negative. or zero.300 15.6 2 2. 4). (c) If the galaxy Hydra is receding at a speed of 37. 2). Hubble (1889–1953) determined both the distance to several galaxies and the velocity at which they were receding from Earth. Plot the data and the regression line. 1000]. 2) 86.7 4 1. The table shows that as the number of calls increased by P percent. and so on.1 10 . Source: A.4.1 0 5. the average delay time D to put through a call also increased. (a) Make a scatterplot of the data.
Height and Shoe Size In this exercise you will determine if there is a relationship between height and shoe size. (c) Try to find a linear function that models each data set. x (year) y (students) 0 13. (c) Graph ƒ and the data. Is there any relationship between height and shoe size? Explain. Give an example of each. Explain how you determine whether a linear function is increasing. Explain what a piecewisedefined function is and why it is used. . A student graphs ƒ(x) = x 2 . Repeat this process on different portions of the graph. How could you convince the student otherwise? 97.8 7 15. 98. x = 1 to 2001. the student decides that ƒ is a linear function.1 million. Describe how the graph appears.9.4 … x … 4.5 3 14. EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISES 1. When you have enough information. 2. ƒ(x) = x 4 . Sketch a graph of a continuous piecewiselinear function ƒ that increases.3. Interpret the slope.1 Linear Functions and Models (b) Use regression to find a formula ƒ(x) = ax + b so that ƒ models the data. complete the following table—one for adult males and one for adult females. Is your model exact or approximate? Explain. or constant. Find a real data set on the Internet that can be modeled by a linear function. shoe size. (a) Choose any curved portion of the graph of ƒ and repeatedly zoom in. Explain how average rate of change relates to a linear function. (b) Graph ƒ and the data. decreases. Find the linear modeling function.S. Height (inches) Shoe size (b) Make a scatterplot of each table. 94.5x 2 Writing about Mathematics 95. ƒ(x) = 4x . Exercises 2 and 3: Linear Approximation Graph the function ƒ in the standard viewing rectangle. Interpret the slope. with height on the xaxis and shoe size on the yaxis. How can you recognize a symbolic representation (formula) of a linear function? How can you recognize a graph or table of values of a linear function? 96.1]. High School Enrollment The table lists the number of students (in millions) attending U.1 95 99. (d) Predict the number of passenger miles in 2010. Let the domain of ƒ be . (a) Use regression to find a formula ƒ(x) = ax + b so that ƒ models the data. 0. 100. public school (grades 9–12) for selected years.01] by [1.x in the viewing rectangle [2. 0.2. and is constant. (a) Have classmates write their sex.3 5 14. and so on.x 3 3. and height in inches on a slip of paper. decreasing. (b) Under what circumstances could a linear function be used to accurately model a nonlinear graph? 2. Source: National Center for Education Statistics. 2. (c) Estimate enrollment in 2002 and compare the estimate to the actual value of 14. where x = 0 corresponds to 2000. Using the graph.1.
the pointslope form of the equation of a line. See Example 4.3) 6 = = 2 1 . If (x. Forms for Equations of Lines PointSlope Form Suppose that a nonvertical line with slope m passes through the point (x1.x1 Slope formula Cross multiply.19 PointSlope Form The line with slope m passing through the point (x1. However. y1). and perpendicular lines • Model data with lines and linear functions (optional) • Use direct variation to solve problems Introduction Apple Corporation sold approximately 4. SOLUTION Begin by finding the slope of the line.x1) + y1. This section discusses how to use data points to find equations of lines. 3) and (1. parallel. (Source: Apple Corporation. Add y1 to each side.96 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations 2.19.x1) is traditionally called the pointslope form of the equation of a line.y1 x . and the slope equals m = ¢x = x .) Can we use this information to make estimates about future sales? Mathematics is often used to analyze data and to make predictions. Figure 2. the equivalent form y = m(x .y1 = m(x . y) (x1.x1) + y1 The equation y . written y = ƒ(x). 3).x1. Plot the points and graph the line by hand.(. y (x. One of the simplest ways to make estimates is to use linear functions and lines. In the next example we find the equation of a line given two points. EXAMPLE 1 Determining a pointslope form Find an equation of the line passing through the points (. as any point on the line can be used for (x1.4 million iPods in fiscal 2004 and 46. 1 as illustrated in Figure 2.( 2) 3 . m = 3 .y y is ¢y = y . y1) x – x1 m= y – y1 x – x1 y – y1 x y .x1.x1). these pointslope forms are equivalent—their graphs are identical.x1) y = m(x .2. or y . y1).2 Equations of Lines • Write the pointslope and slopeintercept forms • Find the intercepts of a line • Write equations for horizontal. vertical. m = y . With this slope formula. then the change in ¢y y .y1 = m(x . the equation of the line can be found.y1. Since we think of y as being a function of x. making the iPod the fastest selling music player in history.y1 = m(x . y1) has an equation y = m(x . the change in x is ¢x = x . The pointslope form is not unique.x1) + y1 will also be referred to as the pointslope form. y) is any point on this nonvertical line with x Z x1.4 million iPods in fiscal 2006.
7) 2 (b) xintercept 4. y1) = (3.2 Equations of Lines y 4 3 2 1 –4 –3 –2 97 Substituting (x1. SlopeIntercept Form The line with slope m and yintercept b is given by y = mx + b. SlopeIntercept Form Figure 2. Now Try Exercise 1 (–2. (1. .1) + 3.21. EXAMPLE 2 Finding equations of lines Find the pointslope form for the line that satisfies the conditions. it is unique. Note that (x . Figure 2. The form y = mx + b is called the slopeintercept form.20 The two pointslope forms found in Example 1 are equivalent. 2 y = m(x .( 2)) = (x + 2).3 y = 2x + 4 . –3) –2 –3 –4 This line and the two points are shown in Figure 2.1 and (x1. y1) = (1. y = 2(x + 2) .x 2 2 Pointslope form Distributive property Slopeintercept form Pointslope form Substitute.20.x1) + y1 1 y = .3 y = 2x + 1 Pointslope form Distributive property Simplify. The real number m represents the slope and the real number b represents the yintercept. Algebra Review y = 2(x . 3) 1 2 3 4 y = m(x .1) + 3 y = 2x .3.(x + 3) ..7 2 1 3 y = .7 2 The slopeintercept form can be found by simplifying.7) in the pointslope form. (a) Slope .x . . yintercept 2 SOLUTION (a) Let m = . Unlike the pointslope form. . see Chapter R (page R15). y y = mx + b b x Both pointslope forms simplify to the same equation.3). the pointslope form is x y = 2(x + 2) .(x + 3) . 1 y = .x1) + y1 If we use the point (2.2.2 + 3 y = 2x + 1 To review the distributive property. as illustrated in Figure 2. Then convert this equation into slopeintercept form.21 the slopeintercept form of the equation of a line.7 2 2 1 17 y = . 3) and m = 2 into the pointslope form results in y = 2(x . passing through the point (3. .1.
98
CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations (b) The line passes through the points ( 4, 0) and (0, 2). Its slope is m = 1 2  0 = . 0  ( 4) 2
Thus a pointslope form for the line is y = 1 (x + 4) + 0, where the point ( 4, 0) is used 2 for (x1, y1). The slopeintercept form is y = 1x + 2. 2
Now Try Exercises 5 and 9
The next example demonstrates how to find the slopeintercept form of a line without first finding the pointslope form.
EXAMPLE 3
Finding slopeintercept form
Find the slopeintercept form of the line passing through the points ( 2, 1) and (2, 3).
SOLUTION Getting Started We need to determine m and b in the slopeintercept form, y = mx + b.
First find the slope m. Then substitute either point into the equation and determine b. m = 3  1 2 1 = = 2  ( 2) 4 2
Thus y = 1 x + b. To find b, we substitute (2, 3) in this equation. 2 3 = 1 (2) + b 2
Let x = 2 and y = 3. Multiply. Determine b.
Now Try Exercise 21
3 = 1 + b 2 = b Thus y = 1 x + 2. 2
An Application In the next example we model the data about iPods discussed in the
introduction to this section.
EXAMPLE 4
Estimating iPod sales
Apple Corporation sold approximately 4.4 million iPods in fiscal 2004 and 46.4 million iPods in fiscal 2006. (a) Find the pointslope form of the line passing through (2004, 4.4) and (2006, 46.4). Interpret the slope of the line as a rate of change. (b) Sketch a graph of the data and the line connecting these points. (c) Estimate sales in 2005 and compare the estimate to the true value of 23 million. Did your estimate involve interpolation or extrapolation? (d) Estimate sales in 2003 and 2008. Discuss the accuracy of your answers.
SOLUTION Getting Started First find the slope m of the line connecting the data points, and then
substitute this value for m and either of the two data points in the pointslope form. We can use this equation to estimate sales by substituting the required year for x in the equation.
2.2 Equations of Lines
y iPod sales (millions) y = 21(x – 2004) + 4.4
80 60 40 20 0
99
(a) The slope of the line passing through (2004, 4.4) and (2006, 46.4) is m = 46.4  4.4 = 21. 2006  2004
(2006, 46.4)
Thus sales of iPods increased, on average, by 21 million iPods per year from 2004 to 2006. If we substitute 21 for m and (2004, 4.4) for (x1, y1), the pointslope form is y = 21(x  2004) + 4.4.
(2004, 4.4)
2004 2006 2008
x
Year
Figure 2.22 iPod Sales
(b) The requested line passing through the data points is shown in Figure 2.22. (c) If x = 2005, then y = 21(2005  2004) + 4.4 = 25.4 million. This value is slightly high; its calculation involves interpolation because 2005 lies between 2004 and 2006. (d) We can use the equation to estimate 2003 and 2008 sales as follows. y = 21(2003  2004) + 4.4 =  16.6 million y = 21(2008  2004) + 4.4 = 88.4 million
Let x = 2003. Let x = 2008.
Both estimates involve extrapolation, because 2003 and 2008 are not between 2004 and 2006. The 2003 value is clearly incorrect because sales cannot be negative. The 2008 value appears to be more reasonable. Now Try Exercise 81
Finding Intercepts
The pointslope form and the slopeintercept form are not the only forms for the equation of a line. An equation of a line is in standard form when it is written as ax + by = c, where a, b, and c are constants. By using standard form, we can write the equation of any line, including vertical lines (which are discussed later in this section). Examples of equations of lines in standard form include 2x  3y =  6, y = 1 , 4 x =  3,
(b = 0)
and
3x + y =
1 . 2
(a = 0)
Standard form is a convenient form for finding the x and yintercepts of a line. Once the intercepts have been found, we can graph the line. For example, to find the xintercept for the line determined by 3x + 4y = 12, we let y = 0 and solve for x to obtain 3x + 4(0) = 12, or x = 4. The xintercept is 4. To find the yintercept, we let x = 0 and solve for y to obtain 3(0) + 4y = 12, or y = 3. The yintercept is 3. Thus the graph of 3x + 4y = 12 passes through the points (4, 0) and (0, 3). Knowing these two points allows us to graph the line. This technique can be used to find intercepts on the graph of any equation, not just lines written in standard form.
Finding Intercepts
To find any xintercepts, let y = 0 in the equation and solve for x. To find any yintercepts, let x = 0 in the equation and solve for y.
100
CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations
NOTE To x = 20 = 5
solve ax = b, divide each side by a to obtain x = b. Thus 5x = 20 implies that a 4. Linear equations are solved in general in the next section.
EXAMPLE 5
Finding intercepts
Locate the x and yintercepts for the line whose equation is 4x + 3y = 6. Use the intercepts to graph the equation.
y
SOLUTION To locate the xintercept, let y = 0 in the equation.
4x + 3(0) = 6
(0, 2)
Let y = 0. Divide by 4.
x = 1.5
x
1 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 1
(1.5, 0)
3
The xintercept is 1.5. Similarly, to find the yintercept, substitute x = 0 into the equation. 4(0) + 3y = 6 y = 2
Let x = 0. Divide by 3.
Figure 2.23
The yintercept is 2. Therefore the line passes through the points (1.5, 0) and (0, 2), as shown in Figure 2.23. Now Try Exercise 57
Horizontal, Vertical, Parallel, and Perpendicular Lines
Horizontal and Vertical Lines The graph of a constant function ƒ, defined by the formula ƒ(x) = b, is a horizontal line having slope 0 and yintercept b. A vertical line cannot be represented by a function because distinct points on a vertical line have the same xcoordinate. In fact, this is the distinguishing feature of points on a vertical line—they all have the same xcoordinate. The vertical line shown in Figure 2.24 is x = 3. The equation of a vertical line with xintercept k is given by x = k, as shown in Figure 2.25. Horizontal lines have slope 0, and vertical lines have an undefined slope.
y
CLASS DISCUSSION
y x=3 (3, 6) (3, 4) x=k
Why do you think that a vertical line sometimes is said to have “infinite slope”? What are some problems with taking this phrase too literally?
2 –2 –2 2
(3, 2) x (3, −2) (3, −4) (3, −6) k x
Figure 2.24
Figure 2.25
Equations of Horizontal and Vertical Lines
An equation of the horizontal line with yintercept b is y = b. An equation of the vertical line with xintercept k is x = k.
EXAMPLE 6
Finding equations of horizontal and vertical lines
Find equations of vertical and horizontal lines passing through the point (8, 5).
2.2 Equations of Lines
101
SOLUTION The xcoordinate of the point (8, 5) is 8. The vertical line x = 8 passes through every point in the xyplane with an xcoordinate of 8, including the point (8, 5). Similarly, the horizontal line y = 5 passes through every point with a ycoordinate of 5, including (8, 5). Now Try Exercises 49 and 51
Parallel Lines Slope is an important concept when determining whether two lines are parallel or perpendicular. Two nonvertical parallel lines have equal slopes.
Parallel Lines
Two lines with slopes m1 and m2, neither of which is vertical, are parallel if and only if their slopes are equal; that is, m1 = m2.
NOTE The phrase “if and only if ” is used when two statements are mathematically equivalent. If two nonvertical lines are parallel, then it is true that m1 = m2. Conversely, if two nonvertical lines have equal slopes, then they are parallel. Either condition implies the other.
EXAMPLE 7
Finding parallel lines
Find the slopeintercept form of a line parallel to y =  2x + 5, passing through (4, 3).
SOLUTION The line y =  2x + 5 has slope 2, so any parallel line also has slope
m =  2. The line passing through (4, 3) with slope 2 is determined as follows. y =  2(x  4) + 3 y =  2x + 8 + 3 y =  2x + 11
Pointslope form Distributive property Slopeintercept form
Now Try Exercise 35
Perpendicular Lines
Two lines with nonzero slopes are perpendicular if and only if the product of their slopes is equal to  1.
Perpendicular Lines
Two lines with nonzero slopes m1 and m2 are perpendicular if and only if their slopes have product 1; that is, m1m2 =  1.
1 For perpendicular lines, m1 and m2 are negative reciprocals. That is, m1 =  m2 and 1 m2 =  m1. Table 2.5 shows examples of values for m1 and m2 that result in perpendicular lines because m1m2 =  1.
Table 2.5 Slopes of Perpendicular Lines
m1 m2 m1m2
1 2
6 5
5 1 5 1
1 1 1
2 3
3 2
2 1
5 6 1
1
102
CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations
EXAMPLE 8
Finding perpendicular lines
Find the slopeintercept form of the line perpendicular to y =  2 x + 2, passing through 3 the point (2, 1). Graph the lines. is m2 = The slopeintercept form of a line having slope can be found as follows. y = m(x  x1) + y1 y =
y
SOLUTION The line y =  3 x + 2 has slope  3. The negative reciprocal of m1 =  3
3 2. 3 2
2
2
2
and passing through ( 2, 1)
Pointslope form Let m = 3, x1 =  2, and y1 = 1. 2 Distributive property Slopeintercept form
Now Try Exercise 41
3 (x + 2) + 1 2 3 x + 3 + 1 2 3 x + 4 2
y =
5 4
y = 3x + 4 2
y =
y = –2x + 2 3
1 2 3
(–2, 1)
1 –2 –1 –1
x
Figure 2.26 shows graphs of these perpendicular lines.
Figure 2.26 Perpendicular Lines
NOTE If a graphing calculator is used to graph these lines, a square viewing rectangle must be used for the lines to appear perpendicular.
EXAMPLE 9
Determining a rectangle
In Figure 2.27 a rectangle is outlined by four lines denoted y1, y2, y3, and y4. Find the equation of each line.
y y4
8 6
SOLUTION
Line y1: This line passes through the points (0, 0) and (5, 3), so m = is 0. Its equation is y1 = 3x. 5
3 5
and the yintercept
(0, 5) (5, 3) (0, 0)
–4 –2 –4 2 4 6 8
Line y2: This line passes through the point (0, 0) and is perpendicular to y1, so its slope is given by m =  5 and the yintercept is 0. Its equation is y2 =  5x. 3 3
x y3
y1
y2
Line y3: This line passes through the point (5, 3) and is parallel to y2, so its slope is given by m =  5. In a pointslope form, its equation is y3 =  5(x  5) + 3, which is 3 3 equivalent to y3 =  5 x + 34 . 3 3 Line y4: This line passes through the point (0, 5) and is parallel to y1, so its slope is given Now Try Exercise 97 by m = 3 . Its equation is y4 = 3 x + 5. 5 5
CLASS DISCUSSION
Figure 2.27
Calculator Help
To set a square viewing rectangle, see Appendix A (page AP6).
Check the results from Example 9 by graphing the four equations in the same viewing rectangle. How does your graph compare with Figure 2.27? Why is it important to use a square viewing rectangle?
Modeling Data (Optional)
Pointslope form can sometimes be useful when modeling real data. In the next example we model the rise in the cost of tuition and fees at private colleges and universities.
2.2 Equations of Lines
EXAMPLE 10
103
Modeling data
Table 2.6 lists the average tuition and fees at private colleges for selected years.
Calculator Help
Table 2.6 Tuition and Fees at Private Colleges
To make a scatterplot, see Appendix A (page AP3). To plot data and graph an equation, see Appendix A (page AP7).
Year Cost
1980 $3617
1985 $6121
1990 $9340
1995 $12,432
2000 $16,233
2005 $21,235
Source: The College Board.
(a) Make a scatterplot of the data. (b) Find a linear function, given by ƒ(x) = m(x  x1) + y1, that models the data. Interpret the slope m. (c) Use ƒ to estimate tuition and fees in 1998. Compare the estimate to the actual value of $14,709. Did your answer involve interpolation or extrapolation?
[1978, 2007, 5] by [0, 25000, 5000]
SOLUTION
(a) See Figure 2.28. (b) The data table contains several points that could be used for (x1, y1). For example, we could choose the first data point, (1980, 3617), and then write ƒ(x) = m(x  1980) + 3617.
Figure 2.28
To estimate a slope m we could choose two points that appear to lie on a line that models the data. For example, if we choose the first data point, (1980, 3617), and the fifth data point, (2000, 16233), then the slope m is m = 16,233  3617 = 630.8. 2000  1980
[1978, 2007, 5] by [0, 25000, 5000] y = 630.8(x – 1980) + 3617
This slope indicates that tuition and fees have risen, on average, $630.80 per year. Figure 2.29 shows the graphs of ƒ(x) = 630.8(x  1980) + 3617 and the data. It is important to realize that answers may vary when modeling real data because if you choose different points, the resulting equation for ƒ(x) will be different. Also, you may choose to adjust the slope or use linear regression to obtain a better fit to the data. (c) To estimate the tuition and fees in 1998, evaluate ƒ(1998). ƒ(1998) = 630.8(1998  1980) + 3617 = $14,971.40
Figure 2.29
This value differs from the actual value by less than $300 and involves interpolation.
Now Try Exercise 85
MAKING CONNECTIONS Modeling and Forms of Equations In Example 10 we modeled college tuition and fees by using the formula ƒ(x) = 630.8(x  1980) + 3617. This pointslope form readily reveals that tuition and fees cost $3617 in 1980 and have risen, on average, $630.80 per year. In slopeintercept form, this formula becomes ƒ(x) = 630.8x  1,245,367. Although the slope is apparent in slopeintercept form, it is less obvious that the actual value of tuition in 1980 was $3617. Which form is more convenient often depends on the problem being solved.
104
CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations
Direct Variation
When a change in one quantity causes a proportional change in another quantity, the two quantities are said to vary directly or to be directly proportional. For example, if we work for $8 per hour, our pay is proportional to the number of hours that we work. Doubling the hours doubles the pay, tripling the hours triples the pay, and so on.
Direct Variation
Let x and y denote two quantities. Then y is directly proportional to x, or y varies directly with x, if there exists a nonzero number k such that y = kx. The number k is called the constant of proportionality or the constant of variation.
If a person earns $57.75 working for 7 hours, the constant of proportionality k is the hourly pay rate. If y represents the pay in dollars and x the hours worked, then k is found by substituting values for x and y into the equation y = kx and solving for k. That is, 57.75 = k (7), or k =
x
57.75 = 8.25, 7
so the hourly pay rate is $8.25 and, in general, y = 8.25x.
F
Figure 2.30 A Spring Being Stretched
An Application Hooke’s law states that the distance that an elastic spring stretches beyond its natural length is directly proportional to the amount of weight hung on the spring, as illustrated in Figure 2.30. This law is valid whether the spring is stretched or compressed. The constant of proportionality is called the spring constant. Thus if a weight or force F is applied and the spring stretches a distance x beyond its natural length, then the equation F = kx models this situation, where k is the spring constant.
EXAMPLE 11
Working with Hooke’s Law
A 12pound weight is hung on a spring, and it stretches 2 inches. (a) Find the spring constant. (b) Determine how far the spring will stretch when a 19pound weight is hung on it.
SOLUTION
(a) Let F = kx, given that F = 12 pounds and x = 2 inches. Thus 12 = k(2), or k = 6,
19 6
and the spring constant equals 6. (b) Thus F = 19 and F = 6x implies that 19 = 6x, or x =
L 3.17 inches.
Now Try Exercise 113
The following fourstep method can often be used to solve variation problems.
2.2 Equations of Lines
105
Solving a Variation Problem
When solving a variation problem, the following steps can be used.
STEP 1: STEP 2: STEP 3: STEP 4:
Write the general equation for the type of variation problem that you are solving. Substitute given values in this equation so the constant of variation k is the only unknown value in the equation. Solve for k. Substitute the value of k in the general equation in Step 1. Use this equation to find the requested quantity.
EXAMPLE 12
Solving a direct variation problem
Let T vary directly with x, and suppose that T = 33 when x = 5. Find T when x = 31.
SOLUTION
STEP 1: STEP 2:
The equation for direct variation is T = kx. Substitute 33 for T and 5 for x. Then solve for k. T = kx 33 = k(5) 33 = k 5
Direct variation equation Let T = 33 and x = 5. Divide each side by 5.
STEP 3: STEP 4:
Thus T =
33 5 x,
or T = 6.6x.
Now Try Exercise 101
y
When x = 31, we have T = 6.6(31) = 204.6.
Suppose that for each point (x, y) in a data set the ratios x are all equal to some constant y k. That is, x = k for each data point. Then y = kx, and so y varies directly with x and the constant of variation is k. In addition, the data points (x, y) all lie on the line y = kx, which has slope k and passes through the origin. These concepts are used in the next example.
EXAMPLE 13
Modeling memory requirements
Table 2.7 lists the megabytes (MB) x needed to record y seconds of music.
Table 2.7 Recording Digital Music
x (MB) y (sec)
y
0.23 10.7
0.49 22.8
1.16 55.2
1.27 60.2
Source: Gateway 2000 System CD.
(a) Compute the ratios x for the four data points. Does y vary directly with x? If it does, what is the constant of variation k? (b) Estimate the seconds of music that can be stored on 5 megabytes. (c) Graph the data in Table 2.7 and the line y = kx.
SOLUTION
y
(a) The four ratios x from Table 2.7 are 10.7 22.8 55.2 L 46.5, L 46.5, L 47.6, and 0.23 0.49 1.16 60.2 L 47.4. 1.27
106
CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations
[0, 1.5, 0.5] by [0, 70, 10]
y = 47x
Because the ratios are nearly equal and these are real data, it is reasonable to say that y is directly proportional to x. The constant of proportionality is about 47, the average of the four ratios. This means that y = 47x and we can store about 47 seconds of music per megabyte. (b) Let x = 5 in the equation y = 47x, to obtain y = 47(5) = 235 seconds. (c) Graphs of the data and the line y = 47x are shown in Figure 2.31.
Now Try Exercise 115
Figure 2.31
2.2 Putting It All Together
Concept
The following table summarizes some important topics.
Comments
Examples
Pointslope form y = m(x  x1) + y1 or y  y1 = m(x  x1) Slopeintercept form y = mx + b Direct variation
Used to find the equation of a line, given two points or one point and the slope
Given two points (5, 1) and (4, 3), first compute m = 3  1 =  2. An equation of this line is 4  5 y =  2(x  5) + 1.
A unique equation for a line, determined by the slope m and the yintercept b The variable y is directly proportional to x or varies directly with x if y = kx for some nonzero constant k. Constant k is the constant of proportionality or the constant of variation.
An equation of the line with slope 5 and yintercept 4 is y = 5x  4. If the sales tax rate is 7%, the sales tax y on a purchase of x dollars is calculated by y = 0.07x, where k = 0.07. The sales tax on a purchase of $125 is y = 0.07(125) = $8.75.
The following table summarizes the important concepts concerning special types of lines.
Concept Equation(s) Examples
Horizontal line Vertical line Parallel lines Perpendicular lines
y = b, where b is a constant x = k, where k is a constant y = m1x + b1 and y = m2x + b2, where m1 = m2 y = m1x + b1 and y = m2x + b2, where m1m2 =  1
A horizontal line with yintercept 7 has the equation y = 7. A vertical line with xintercept 8 has the equation x =  8. The lines given by y =  3x  1 and y =  3x + 5 are parallel because they both have slope  3. The lines y = 2x  5 and y =  1x + 2 are 2 perpendicular because m1m2 = 2 A  1 B =  1. 2
2.2 Equations of Lines
107
2.2
Exercises
16. y = m(x  x1) + y1, m 6 0 17. y = mx, m 7 0 18. y = mx + b, m 6 0 and b 7 0 19. x = k, k 7 0 a.
y
Equations of Lines
Exercises 1–4: Find the pointslope form of the line passing through the given points. Use the first point as (x1, y1). Plot the points and graph the line by hand. 1. (1, 2), (3, 2) 2. (2, 3), (1, 0) 3. ( 3, 1), (1, 2) 4. (1, 2), (2,  3)
20. y = b, b 6 0 b.
y
Exercises 5–10: Find a pointslope form of the line satisfying the conditions. Use the first point given for (x1, y1). Then convert the equation to slopeintercept form. 5. Slope 2.4, passing through (4, 5) 6. Slope 1.7, passing through (8, 10) 7. Passing through (1,  2) and (9, 3) 8. Passing through (6, 10) and (5, 12) 9. xintercept 4, yintercept  3 10. xintercept 2, yintercept 5 Exercises 11–14: Find the slopeintercept form for the line in the figure. y y 11. 12.
3 2 1 –3 –2 –1 –2 –3 2 3 150 100
x
x
c.
y (x1, y1) x
d.
y
x
e.
y
f.
y
x
–100 –100 –150
100
x
x (x1, y1)
x
13.
3 2
y
14.
4 3 2 1
y
Exercises 21–48: Find the slopeintercept form for the line satisfying the conditions. 21. Passing through ( 1, 4) and (1, 2)
(3, 1)
1 2 3 4
(–2, 1.8)
–3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3
22. Passing through ( 1, 6) and (2,  3)
x
(1, 0)
3
x
–4
–2 –2 –4
23. Passing through (4, 5) and (1,  3) 24. Passing through (8,  2) and ( 2, 3) 25. yintercept 5, slope 7.8
(– 4, –2)
Exercises 15–20: Concepts Match the equation to its graph (a–f ) shown in the next column. 15. y = m(x  x1) + y1, m 7 0
26. yintercept 155, slope 5.6 27. yintercept 45, xintercept 90
108
CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations 53. Perpendicular to y = 15, passing through (4,  9) 54. Perpendicular to x = 15, passing through (1.6,  9.5) 55. Parallel to x = 4.5, passing through (19, 5.5) 56. Parallel to y =  2.5, passing through (1985, 67)
28. xintercept 6, yintercept  8 29. Slope 3, passing through (0, 5) 30. Slope 1, passing through A 1, 2B 2 3 31. Passing through (0, 6) and (4, 0) 32. Passing through A 3,  1B and A 5, 7B 4 4 4 4 33. Passing through A 1, 3B and A 1, 2B 2 4 5 3 34. Passing through A  7, 5B and A 5,  7B 3 3 6 6 35. Parallel to y = 4x + 16, passing through ( 4, 7) 36. Parallel to the line y =  3(x  100)  99, 4 passing through (1, 3) 37. Perpendicular to the line y = passing through (1980, 10)  2(x 3  1980) + 5,
Finding Intercepts
Exercises 57–68: Determine the x and yintercepts on the graph of the equation. Graph the equation. 57. 4x  5y = 20 58. 3x  5y = 15 59. x  y = 7 61. 6x  7y =  42 63. y  3x = 7 65. 0.2x + 0.4y = 0.8 67. y = 8x  5 60. 15x  y = 30 62. 5x + 2y =  20 64. 4x  3y = 6 66.
2 3y
38. Perpendicular to y = 6x  10, passing through (15, 7) 39. Parallel to y = 2x + 3, passing through (0, 2.1) 3 40. Parallel to y =  4x  1, passing through (2, 5) 4 41. Perpendicular to y =  2x, passing through (2, 5) 42. Perpendicular to y =  6x + 3, passing through (3, 8) 7 7 43. Perpendicular to x + y = 4, passing through (15, 5) 44. Parallel to 2x  3y =  6, passing through (4, 9) 45. Passing through (5, 7) and parallel to the line passing through (1, 3) and (3, 1) 46. Passing through (1990, 4) and parallel to the line passing through (1980, 3) and (2000, 8) 47. Passing through (2, 4) and perpendicular to the line passing through A 5, 1B and A 3, 2B 2 3 48. Passing through and perpendicular to the line passing through ( 3, 5) and (4, 0) Exercises 49–56: Find an equation of the line satisfying the conditions. 49. Vertical, passing through (5, 6) 50. Vertical, passing through (1.95, 10.7) 51. Horizontal, passing through (5, 6) 52. Horizontal, passing through (1.95, 10.7)
 x = 1
68. y =  1.5x + 15
y
x Exercises 69–72: The intercept form of a line is a + b = 1. Determine the x and yintercepts on the graph of the equation. Draw a conclusion about what the constants a and b represent in this form.
69.
x y + = 1 5 7 2x 4y + = 1 3 5
70.
x y + = 1 2 3 5x y  = 1 6 2
71.
72.
Exercises 73 and 74: (Refer to Exercises 69–72.) Write the intercept form for the line with the given intercepts. 73. xintercept 5, yintercept 9 74. xintercept 2, yintercept  5 3 4
A3, 1B 4 4
Interpolation and Extrapolation
Exercises 75–78: The table lists data that are exactly linear. (a) Find the slopeintercept form of the line that passes through these data points. (b) Predict y when x =  2.7 and 6.3. Decide if these calculations involve interpolation or extrapolation.
2.2 Equations of Lines 75. x y 76. x y 77. x y 78. x y 3 7.7 2 10.2 5 94.7 11 16.1 2 6.2 1 8.5 23 56.9 8 10.4 1 4.7 0 6.8 32 38 7 8.5 0  3.2 1 5.1 55 10.3 3 0.9 1 1.7 2 3.4 61 22.9 2 8.6
Cost ($ thousands)
109
Applications
81. Projected Cost of College In 2003 the average annual cost of attending a private college or university, including tuition, fees, room, and board, was $25,000. This cost is projected to rise to $37,000 in 2010, as illustrated in the figure. (Source: Cerulli Associates.)
y
40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0
2004 2006 2008 2010
x
79. Air Safety Inspectors The number of air safety inspectors for selected years is shown in the table. Year Inspectors 1998 3305 1999 3185 2000 3089
Year
(a) Find a pointslope form of the line passing through the points (2003, 25000) and (2010, 37000). Interpret the slope. (b) Use the equation to estimate the cost of attending a private college in 2007. Did your estimate involve interpolation or extrapolation? (c) Find the slopeintercept form of this line. 82. Distance A person is riding a bicycle along a straight highway. The graph shows the rider’s distance y in miles from an interstate highway after x hours.
y
200 175 150 125 100 75 50 25 0
Source: Federal Aviation Administration.
(a) Find a linear function ƒ that models these data. Is ƒ exact or approximate? (b) Use ƒ to estimate the number of inspectors in 2005. Compare your answer to the actual value of 3450. Did your estimate involve interpolation or extrapolation? (c) Explain the difficulty with trying to model these data with a linear function. 80. Deaths on School Grounds Deaths on school grounds nationwide for school years ending in year x are shown in the table. x (year) y (deaths)
Source: FBI.
Distance (miles)
(4, 161) (1, 128)
1998 43
1999 26
2000 9
1
2
3
4
5
6
x
Time (hours)
(a) Find a linear function ƒ that models these data. Is ƒ exact or approximate? (b) Use ƒ to estimate the number of deaths on school grounds in 2003. Compare your answer to the actual value of 49. Did your estimate involve interpolation or extrapolation? (c) Explain the difficulty with trying to model these data with a linear function.
(a) How fast is the bicyclist traveling? (b) Find the slopeintercept form of the line. (c) How far was the bicyclist from the interstate highway initially? (d) How far was the bicyclist from the interstate highway after 1 hour and 15 minutes?
110
CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations Year Tuition and fees Year Tuition and fees 1980 $804 1995 1985 $1318 2000 1990 $1908 2005 $5491
83. Music on the Internet In 2002 sales of premium online music totaled $1.6 billion. In 2005 this revenue reached $3.6 billion. (Source: Jupiter Research.) (a) Find a pointslope form of the line passing through (2002, 1.6) and (2005, 3.6). Interpret the slope. (b) Use the equation to estimate projected sales in 2008. Did you use interpolation or extrapolation? (c) Find the slopeintercept form of this line. 84. Water in a Tank The graph shows the amount of water in a 100gallon tank after x minutes have elapsed.
y
100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
$2811 $3487
Source: The College Board.
(a) Make a scatterplot of the data. (b) Find a linear function that models the data. Interpret the slope m. (c) Use this function to estimate tuition in 1992. Compare it to the actual value of $2334. (d) Of the six data values, which one would you remove to make the data “more linear”? Explain. 87. Toyota Vehicles Sold The table lists the U.S. sales of Toyota vehicles in millions.
Water (gallons)
x
Year Vehicles
1998 1.4
2000 1.6
2002 1.8
2004 2.0
Time (minutes)
(a) Is water entering or leaving the tank? How much water is in the tank after 3 minutes? (b) Find the x and yintercepts. Interpret each intercept. (c) Find the slopeintercept form of the equation of the line. Interpret the slope. (d) Estimate the xcoordinate of the point (x, 50) that lies on the line. 85. Email Spam The table lists the average number of worldwide spam messages daily in billions for selected years. Year Messages
Source: IDC.
Source: Autodata.
(a) Make a scatterplot of the data. (b) Find ƒ(x) = m(x  x1) + y1 so that ƒ(x) models these data. Interpret the slope m. (c) Is ƒ(x) an exact or approximate model for the data listed in the table? 88. Farm Pollution In 1988 the number of farm pollution incidents reported in England and Wales was 4000. This number had increased at a rate of 280 per year since 1979. (Source: C. Mason, Biology of Freshwater Pollution.) (a) Find an equation y = m(x  x1) + y1 that models these data, where y represents the number of pollution incidents during the year x. (b) Estimate the number of incidents in 1975. 89. Cost of Driving The cost of driving a car includes both fixed costs and mileage costs. Assume that insurance and car payments cost $350 per month and gasoline, oil, and routine maintenance cost $0.29 per mile. (a) Find a linear function ƒ that gives the annual cost of driving this car x miles. (b) What does the yintercept on the graph of ƒ represent?
1999 1.0
2000 2.3
2001 4.0
2002 5.6
2003 7.3
2004 8.8
(a) Make a scatterplot of the data. (b) Find a linear function ƒ that models these data. (Answers may vary.) Interpret the slope m. (c) Use your function to estimate the average number of worldwide spam messages daily during 2007. 86. Tuition and Fees The table in the next column lists average tuition and fees at public 4year colleges.
2.2 Equations of Lines 90. Average Wages The average hourly wage (adjusted to 1982 dollars) was $8.46 in 1970 and $8.18 in 2005.
(Source: Department of Commerce.)
111
(c) Determine the viewing rectangles where perpendicular lines will appear perpendicular. (Answers may vary.) 96. Square Viewing Rectangle Continuing with Exercise 95, make a conjecture about which viewing rectangles result in the graph of a circle with radius 5 and center at the origin appearing circular. i. [ 9, 9, 1] by [6, 6, 1] ii. [ 5, 5, 1] by [ 10, 10, 1] iii. [ 5, 5, 1] by [ 5, 5, 1] iv. [18, 18, 1] by [ 12, 12, 1] Test your conjecture by graphing this circle in each viewing rectangle. (Hint: Graph y1 = 225  x 2 and y2 =  225  x 2 to create the circle.)
(a) Find an equation of a line that passes through the points (1970, 8.46) and (2005, 8.18). (b) Interpret the slope. (c) Approximate the hourly wage in 2000. Compare the estimate to the actual value of $8.04. Exercises 91 and 92: Modeling Real Data The table contains data that can be modeled by a linear function ƒ. (a) Make a scatterplot of the data. (Do not try to plot the undetermined point in the table.) (b) Find a formula for ƒ. Graph ƒ together with the data. (c) Interpret the slope m. (d) Use ƒ to approximate the undetermined value. 91. AsianAmerican population in millions Year Population 1996 9.7 1999 10.9 2002 12.0 2005 13.4 2008 ?
Graphing a Rectangle
Exercises 97–100: (Refer to Example 9.) A rectangle is determined by the stated conditions. Find the slopeintercept form of the four lines that outline the rectangle. 97. Vertices (0, 0), (2, 2), and (1, 3) 98. Vertices (1, 1), (5, 1), and (5, 5) 99. Vertices (4, 0), (0, 4), (0,  4), and (4, 0)
Source: Bureau of the Census.
92. Population of the western states in millions Year Population 1950 20.2 1970 34.8 1990 52.8 2010 ?
100. Vertices (1, 1) and (2, 3); the point (3.5, 1) lies on a side of the rectangle.
Source: Bureau of the Census.
Direct Variation
Exercises 101–104: Let y be directly proportional to x. Complete the following. 101. Find y when x = 5, if y = 7 when x = 14. 102. Find y when x = 2.5, if y = 13 when x = 10. 103. Find y when x = 1, if y = 2
3 2
Perspectives and Viewing Rectangles
93. Graph y = + 1 in [0, 3, 1] by [2, 2, 1]. (a) Is the graph a horizontal line? (b) Why does the calculator screen appear as it does? 94. Graph y = 1000x + 1000 in the standard window. (a) Is the graph a vertical line? (b) Explain why the calculator screen appears as it does. 95. Square Viewing Rectangle Graph the lines y = 2x and y =  1 x in the standard viewing rectangle. 2 (a) Do the lines appear to be perpendicular? (b) Graph the lines in the following viewing rectangles. i. [15, 15, 1] by [10, 10, 1] ii. [10, 10, 1] by [3, 3, 1] iii. [3, 3, 1] by [2, 2, 1] Do the lines appear to be perpendicular in any of these viewing rectangles?
1 1024 x
when x = 2. 3
104. Find y when x = 1.3, if y = 7.2 when x = 5.2. Exercises 105–108: Find the constant of proportionality k and the undetermined value in the table if y is directly proportional to x. Support your answer by graphing the equation y = kx and the data points. 105. x 3 5 6 8 y 106. x y 7.5 1.2 3.96 12.5 4.3 14.19 15 ? 5.7 18.81 ? 23.43
112
CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations (a) Find the spring constant. (b) How far will a 25pound weight stretch this spring? 114. Hooke’s Law If an 80pound force compresses a spring 3 inches, how much force must be applied to compress the spring 7 inches? 115. Force of Friction The table lists the force F needed to push a cargo box weighing x pounds on a wood floor. x (lb) F (lb) 150 26 180 31 210 36 320 54
107. Sales tax y on a purchase of x dollars x y $25 $1.50 $55 $3.30 ? $5.10
108. Cost y of buying x compact discs having the same price x y 3 $41.97 4 $55.96 5 ?
109. Cost of Tuition The cost of tuition is directly proportional to the number of credits taken. If 11 credits cost $720.50, find the cost of taking 16 credits. What is the constant of proportionality? 110. Strength of a Beam The maximum load that a horizontal beam can carry is directly proportional to its width. If a beam 1.5 inches wide can support a load of 250 pounds, find the load that a beam of the same type can support if its width is 3.5 inches. 111. Antarctic Ozone Layer Stratospheric ozone occurs in the atmosphere between altitudes of 12 and 18 miles. Ozone in the stratosphere is frequently measured in Dobson units, where 300 Dobson units corresponds to an ozone layer 3 millimeters thick. In 1991 the reported minimum in the Antarctic ozone hole was about 110 Dobson units. (Source: R. Huffman, Atmospheric Ultraviolet
Remote Sensing.)
(a) Compute the ratio F for each data pair in the table. x Interpret these ratios. (b) Approximate a constant of proportionality k satisfying F = kx. (k is the coefficient of friction.) (c) Graph the data and the equation together. (d) Estimate the force needed to push a 275pound cargo box on the floor. 116. Electrical Resistance The electrical resistance of a wire varies directly with its length. If a 255foot wire has a resistance of 1.2 ohms, find the resistance of 135 feet of the same type of wire. Interpret the constant of proportionality in this situation.
(a) The thickness y of the ozone layer is directly proportional to the number of Dobson units x. Find the constant of proportionality k. (b) How thick was the ozone layer in 1991? 112. Weight on Mars The weight of an object on Earth is directly proportional to the weight of an object on Mars. If a 25pound object on Earth weighs 10 pounds on Mars, how much would a 195pound astronaut weigh on Mars? 113. Hooke’s Law Suppose a 15pound weight stretches a spring 8 inches, as shown in the figure.
Writing about Mathematics
117. Compare the slopeintercept form with the pointslope form. Give examples of each. 118. Give an example of two quantities in real life that vary directly. Explain your answer. Use an equation to describe the relationship between the two quantities. 119. The graph of ƒ(x) = 3  2x passes through (1, 5) and (3, 3). Evaluate ƒ(1) and find the midpoint of the two points. Compare and explain your results. 120. Explain how you would find the equation of a line passing through two points. Give an example.
EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISES
8 in.
15 lb
Exercises 1 and 2: Estimating Populations Biologists sometimes use direct variation to estimate the number of fish in small lakes. They start by tagging a small number of fish and then releasing them. They assume that over a period of time, the tagged fish distribute themselves evenly throughout the lake. Later, they collect a second sample. The total
2.3 Linear Equations number of fish and the number of tagged fish in the second sample are counted. To determine the total population of fish in the lake, biologists assume that the proportion of tagged fish in the second sample is equal to the proportion of tagged fish in the entire lake. This technique can also be used to count other types of animals, such as birds, when they are not migrating.
113
1. Eightyfive fish are tagged and released into a pond. A later sample of 94 fish from the pond contains 13 tagged fish. Estimate the number of fish in the pond. 2. Sixtythree blackbirds are tagged and released. Later it is estimated that out of a sample of 32 blackbirds, only 8 are tagged. Estimate the population of blackbirds in the area.
CHECKING BASIC CONCEPTS FOR SECTIONS 2.1 AND 2.2
1. Graph ƒ(x) = 4  2x by hand. Identify the slope, the xintercept, and the yintercept. 2. The death rate from heart disease for people ages 15 through 24 is 2.7 per 100,000 people. (a) Write a function ƒ that models the number of deaths in a population of x million people 15 to 24 years old. (b) There are about 39 million people in the United States who are 15 to 24 years old. Estimate the number of deaths from heart disease in this age group. 3. A driver of a car is initially 50 miles south of home, driving 60 miles per hour south. Write a function ƒ that models the distance between the driver and home. 4. Find an equation of the line passing through the points (3, 4) and (5, 2). Give equations of lines that are parallel and perpendicular to this line. 5. Find equations of horizontal and vertical lines that pass through the point ( 4, 7). 6. Write the slopeintercept form of the line.
y
3 2
–3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3
1
2
3
x
7. Find the x and yintercepts of the graph of the equation 3x + 2y =  18.
2.3 Linear Equations
• Learn about equations and recognize a linear equation • Solve linear equations symbolically • Solve linear equations graphically and numerically • Solve problems involving percentages • Apply problemsolving strategies
Introduction
In Example 4 of Section 2.2, we modeled iPod sales y in millions during year x with the equation of a line, or linear function, given by ƒ(x) = 21(x  2004) + 4.4. To predict the year when iPod sales might be 130 million, we could set the formula for ƒ(x) equal to 130 and solve the linear equation 130 = 21(x  2004) + 4.4 for x. This section discusses linear equations and their solutions. See Example 4 in this section.
Equations
An equation is a statement that two mathematical expressions are equal. Equations always contain an equals sign. Some examples of equations include x + 15 9x  1, x 2  2x + 1 xy + x
2
2x, z + 5 3.
0,
y + x,
3
and 1 + 2
114
CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations The first three equations have one variable, the fourth equation has two variables, and the fifth equation contains only constants. For now, our discussion concentrates on equations with one variable. To solve an equation means to find all values for the variable that make the equation a true statement. Such values are called solutions. The set of all solutions is the solution set. The solutions to the equation x 2  1 = 0 are 1 or 1, written as x = 1. Either value for x satisfies the equation. The solution set is {1, 1}. Two equations are equivalent if they have the same solution set. For example, the equations x + 2 = 5 and x = 3 are equivalent. If an equation has no solutions, then its solution set is empty and the equation is called a contradiction. The equation x + 2 = x has no solutions and is a contradiction. However, if every (meaningful) value for the variable is a solution, then the equation is an identity. The equation x + x = 2x is an identity because every value for x makes the equation true. Any equation that is satisfied by some, but not all, values of the variable is a conditional equation. The equation x 2  1 = 0 is a conditional equation. Only the values  1 and 1 for x make this equation a true statement. Like functions, equations can be either linear or nonlinear. A linear equation is one of the simplest types of equations.
Linear Equation in One Variable
A linear equation in one variable is an equation that can be written in the form ax + b = 0, where a and b are constants with a Z 0.
If an equation is not linear, then we say that it is a nonlinear equation. The following are examples of linear equations. In each case, rules of algebra could be used to write the equation in the form ax + b = 0 with a Z 0. A linear equation has exactly one solution:  b. a x  12 = 0, 2x  4 =  x, 2(1  4x) = 16, x  5 + 3(x  1) = 0
Symbolic Solutions
Linear equations can be solved symbolically, and the solution is always exact. To solve a linear equation symbolically, we usually apply the properties of equality to the given equation and transform it into an equivalent equation that is simpler.
Properties of Equality
Addition Property of Equality If a, b, and c are real numbers, then a = b is equivalent to a + c = b + c. Multiplication Property of Equality If a, b, and c are real numbers with c Z 0, then a = b is equivalent to ac = bc.
2.3 Linear Equations
115
Loosely speaking, the addition property states that “if equals are added to equals, the results are equal.” For example, if x + 5 = 15, then we can add  5 to each side of the equation, or equivalently subtract 5 from each side, to obtain the following. x + 5 = 15 x + 5 5 = 15 x = 10 5
Given equation Subtract 5 from each side. Simplify.
Similarly, the multiplication property states that “if equals are multiplied by nonzero equals, the results are equal.” For example, if 5x = 20, then we can multiply each side by 1, or equivalently divide each side by 5, to obtain the following. 5 5x = 20 5x 20 = 5 5 x = 4
Given equation Divide each side by 5. Simplify.
These two properties along with the distributive property are applied in the next two examples.
EXAMPLE 1
Solving a linear equation symbolically
Solve the equation 3(x  4) = 2x  1. Check your answer.
SOLUTION Getting Started First we apply the distributive property: a(b  c) = ab  ac. Thus
Algebra Review
To review the distributive properties, see Chapter R (page R15).
3(x  4) = 3 # x  3 # 4 = 3x  12. Solving the given equation results in the following. 3(x  4) = 2x  1 3x  12 = 2x  1 3x 2x  12 12 = 2x x = 11 The solution is 11. We can check our answer as follows. 3(x  4) = 2x  1 3(11  4) 21 = 21 2 # 11  1
Given equation Let x = 11. The answer checks.
Now Try Exercise 23 EXAMPLE 2
Given equation Distributive property
2x  1
12
Subtract 2x and add 12. Simplify. Simplify.
3x  2x = 12  1
Solving a linear equation symbolically
Solve 3(2x  5) = 10  (x + 5). Check your answer.
SOLUTION Getting Started In this problem subtraction must be distributed over the quantity (x + 5).
Thus 10  (x + 5) = 10  1(x + 5) = 10  x  5.
116
CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations Solving the given equation results in the following. 3(2x  5) = 10  (x + 5) 6x  15 = 10  x  5 6x  15 = 5  x 7x  15 = 5 7x = 20 x = 20 7
20 7
Given equation Distributive property Simplify. Add x to each side. Add 15 to each side. Divide each side by 7.
The solution is 20. To check this answer, let x = 7
and simplify.
Given equation Let x = 7 . The answer checks.
Now Try Exercise 27
20
3(2x  5) = 10  (x + 5) 3a2
# 20
7
 5b
10  a
20 + 5b 7
15 15 = 7 7
Fractions and Decimals When fractions or decimals appear in an equation, we sometimes can make our work simpler by multiplying each side of the equation by the least common denominator (LCD) or a common denominator of all fractions in the equation. This method is illustrated in the next example.
EXAMPLE 3
Eliminating fractions and decimals
(b) 0.03(z  3)  0.5(2z + 1) = 0.23
Solve each linear equation. t  2 1 1 (a)  t = 5 (3  t) 4 3 12
Algebra Review
To review least common multiples and least common denominators, see Chapter R (page R32).
SOLUTION
(a) To eliminate fractions, multiply each side (or term in the equation) by the LCD, 12. t  2 1 1  t = 5 (3  t) 4 3 12 12(t  2) 12 12 t = 12(5) (3  t) 4 3 12 3(t  2)  4t = 60  (3  t) 3t  6  4t = 60  3 + t t  6 = 57 + t 2t = 63 t = The solution is  63. 2 63 2
Given equation Multiply each side (term) by 12. Simplify. Distributive property Combine like terms on each side. Add t and 6 to each side. Divide each side by  2.
2.3 Linear Equations (b) To eliminate decimals, multiply each side (or term in the equation) by 100. 0.03(z  3)  0.5(2z + 1) = 0.23 3(z  3)  50(2z + 1) = 23 3z  9  100z  50 = 23  97z  59 = 23 97z = 82 z = The solution is  82 . 97 tion to this section.
EXAMPLE 4
117
Given equation Multiply each side (term) by 100. Distributive property Combine like terms. Add 59 to each side. Divide each side by 97.
Now Try Exercises 33 and 37
82 97
An Application In the next example we solve the equation presented in the introduc
Estimating iPod sales
The linear function defined by ƒ(x) = 21(x  2004) + 4.4 estimates iPod sales (in millions of units) during fiscal year x. Use ƒ(x) to estimate when iPod sales could reach 130 million.
SOLUTION
We need to find x so that ƒ(x) = 130. 21(x  2004) + 4.4 = 130 21(x  2004) = 125.6 21x  42,084 = 125.6 21x = 42,209.6 x = 42,209.6 21
Equation to be solved Subtract 4.4 from each side. Distributive property Add 42,084 to each side. Divide each side by 21. Approximate.
Now Try Exercise 91
x L 2010
This model predicts that iPod sales could reach 130 million units in fiscal 2010.
Contradictions, Identities, and Conditional Equations The next example illustrates how an equation can have no solutions (contradiction), one solution (conditional equation), or infinitely many solutions (identity).
EXAMPLE 5
Identifying contradictions, identities, and conditional equations
Identify each equation as a contradiction, identity, or conditional equation. (a) 7 + 6x = 2(3x + 1) (b) 2x  5 = 3  (1 + 2x) (c) 2(5  x)  25 = 3(x  5)  5x
SOLUTION
(a)
7 + 6x = 2(3x + 1) 7 + 6x = 6x + 2 7 = 2
Given equation Distributive property Subtract 6x from each side.
The statement 7 = 2 is false and there are no solutions. The equation is a contradiction.
118
CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations (b) 2x  5 = 3  (1 + 2x) 2x  5 = 3  1  2x 4x = 7 x = 7 4
Given equation Distributive property Add 2x and 5 to each side. Divide each side by 4.
There is one solution: 7. This is a conditional equation. 4 (c) 2(5  x)  25 = 3(x  5)  5x 10  2x  25 = 3x  15  5x 2x  15 =  2x  15 0 = 0
Given equation Distributive property Simplify each side. Add 2x and 15 to each side.
The statement 0 = 0 is true and the solution set includes all real numbers. The equaNow Try Exercises 39, 41, and 43 tion is an identity.
y
Graphical and Numerical Solutions
y1 = 2x + 1 (1, 3)
2 –2 2 –4 y2 = –x + 4
x
Figure 2.32
Graphical Solutions The equation ƒ(x) = g(x) results whenever the formulas for two functions ƒ and g are set equal to each other. A solution to this equation corresponds to the xcoordinate of a point where the graphs of ƒ and g intersect. This technique is called the intersectionofgraphs method. If the graphs of ƒ and g are lines with different slopes, then their graphs intersect once. For example, if ƒ(x) = 2x + 1 and g(x) =  x + 4, then the equation ƒ(x) = g(x) becomes 2x + 1 =  x + 4. To apply the intersectionofgraphs method, we graph y1 = 2x + 1 and y2 =  x + 4, as shown in Figure 2.32. Their graphs intersect at the point (1, 3). Because the variable in the given equation 2x + 1 =  x + 4 is x, the solution is 1, the xcoordinate of the point of intersection. When x = 1, the functions ƒ and g both assume the value 3—that is, ƒ(1) = 2(1) + 1 = 3 and g(1) =  1 + 4 = 3. The value 3 is the ycoordinate of the point of intersection (1, 3). The intersectionofgraphs method is summarized below.
IntersectionofGraphs Method
The intersectionofgraphs method can be used to solve an equation graphically.
STEP 1: STEP 2: STEP 3:
Set y1 equal to the left side of the equation, and set y2 equal to the right side of the equation. Graph y1 and y2. Locate any points of intersection. The xcoordinates of these points correspond to solutions to the equation.
EXAMPLE 6
Solving an equation graphically and symbolically
Solve 2x  1 = 1x + 2 graphically and symbolically. 2
SOLUTION
Graphical Solution Graph y1 = 2x  1 and y2 = 1x + 2. Their graphs intersect at the 2 point (2, 3), as shown in Figure 2.33, so the solution is 2. Figure 2.34 shows these graphs as created by a graphing calculator.
2.3 Linear Equations
y [ 6, 8, 2] by [6, 8, 2] y2 = 1 x + 2 2 x
119
y2 = 1 x + 2 2
3 1
(2, 3) y1 = 2x – 1
1 2 3
–3 –2 –1 –1 –3
Intersection X 2
y1 = 2x – 1
Y 3
Figure 2.33 Intersection of Graphs
Figure 2.34
Symbolic Solution 2x  1 = 2x =
1 x + 2 2 1 x + 3 2
Given equation Add 1 to each side.
1 Subtract 2x from each side.
2 3
#
3 x = 3 2 2 3 x = 2 3 x = 2
#3
2 Multiply each side by 3.
Multiply fractions.
Now Try Exercise 53
The solution is 2 and agrees with the graphical solution.
EXAMPLE 7
Applying the intersectionofgraphs method
During the 1990s, compact discs were a new technology that replaced cassette tapes. The percentage share of music sales (in dollars) held by compact discs from 1987 to 1998 could be modeled by ƒ(x) = 5.91x + 13.7. During the same time period the percentage share of music sales held by cassette tapes could be modeled by g(x) =  4.71x + 64.7. In these formulas x = 0 corresponds to 1987, x = 1 to 1988, and so on. Use the intersectionofgraphs method to estimate the year when the percentage share of CDs equaled the percentage share of cassettes. (Source: Recording Industry Association of America.)
SOLUTION We must solve the linear equation ƒ(x) = g(x), or equivalently,
5.91x + 13.7 =  4.71x + 64.7. Graph Y1 = 5.91X + 13.7 and Y2 =  4.71X + 64.7, as in Figure 2.35. In Figure 2.36 their graphs intersect near the point (4.8, 42.1). Since x = 0 corresponds to 1987 and 1987 + 4.8 L 1992, it follows that in 1992 sales of CDs and cassette tapes were approximately equal. Each had about 42.1% of the sales in 1992.
Calculator Help
[0, 12, 2] by [0, 100, 10]
CDS
[0, 12, 2] by [0, 100, 10]
To find the point of intersection in Figure 2.36, see Appendix A (page AP8).
TAPES
Intersection X 4.8022599 Y 42.081356
Figure 2.35
Figure 2.36
Now Try Exercise 93
120
CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations
f (1999) ≈ 15,600
X
1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002
Y1 13710 14341 14971 15602 16233 16864 17495
Numerical Solutions Equations can be solved symbolically and graphically, as demonstrated in the previous examples. Sometimes it is also possible to find a numerical solution to an equation by using a table of values. When the solution is an integer or a convenient fraction, we can usually find it by using the table feature on a graphing calculator. However, when the solution is a fraction with a repeating decimal or an irrational number, a numerical method gives only an approximate solution. In Example 10 of Section 2.2, we constructed the formula
ƒ(x) = 630.8(x  1980) + 3617 to model tuition and fees at private colleges and universities during year x. To determine when tuition and fees were about $15,600, we could solve the equation 630.8(x  1980) + 3617 = 15,600 for x by making a table of values for ƒ(x), as shown in Figure 2.37. By scrolling through the xvalues, we can see that tuition and fees at private schools were about $15,600 in 1999. This equation could also be solved symbolically and graphically.
NOTE Regardless of whether we use a symbolic, graphical, or numerical method to solve an equation, we should find the same solution set. However, our answers may differ slightly because of rounding.
X 1999
Figure 2.37
Calculator Help
To make a table of values, see Appendix A (page AP6).
EXAMPLE 8
Solving an equation numerically
Solve 23(2x  p) + 1x = 0 numerically to the nearest tenth. 3
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
X
Y1 – 16.83 – 13.04 – 9.239 – 5.441 – 1.644 2.1535 5.9509
y1 < 0 y1 > 0
X 2
Figure 2.38
SOLUTION Enter Y1 = 2(3)(2X  p) + X>3 and make a table for y1, incrementing by 1, as shown in Figure 2.38. This table shows that when x = 1, y1 6 0, and when x = 2, y1 7 0. Thus the solution is located in the interval 1 6 x 6 2. To obtain a more accurate answer, make a table for y1 starting at 1 and incrementing by 0.1, as shown in Figure 2.39. Now we see that the solution lies in the interval 1.4 6 x 6 1.5. In Figure 2.40, which starts at 1.4 and increments by 0.01, we see that the solution lies in the interval 1.43 6 x 6 1.44. To the nearest tenth, the solution is 1.4. Now Try Exercise 71
X
1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
Y1 – 1.644 – 1.264 – .8845 – .5047 – .125 .25475 .6345
y1 < 0 y1 > 0
X 1.5
Figure 2.39
MAKING CONNECTIONS Symbolic, Graphical, and Numerical Solutions Linear equations can be solved symbolically, graphically, and numerically. Symbolic solutions to linear equations are always exact, whereas graphical and numerical solutions are sometimes approximate. The following example illustrates how to solve the equation 2x  1 = 3 with each method. Symbolic Solution Graphical Solution
y (2, 3) y2 = 3
2 1
Numerical Solution x 0 1 2 3 2x  1 1 1 3 5 Because 2x  1 equals 3 when x = 2, the solution to 2x  1 = 3 is 2.
X
1.4 1.41 1.42 1.43 1.44 1.45 1.46
– .125 – .087 – .049 – .0111 .02691 .06488 .10286
Y1
2x  1 = 3
y1 < 0 y1 > 0
2x = 4 x = 2 Check: 2(2)  1 It checks. 3 3 = 3
y1 = 2x – 1
1 2 3
X 1.44
Figure 2.40
–3 –2 –1 –1 –3
x
The solution is 2.
2.3 Linear Equations
121
Percentages Applications involving percentages often result in linear equations because percentages can be computed by linear functions. A function for taking P percent of x is P P given by ƒ(x) = 100 x, where 100 is the decimal form for P percent. For example, to calculate 35% of x, let ƒ(x) = 0.35x. Then 35% of $150 is ƒ(150) = 0.35(150) = 52.5, or $52.50.
EXAMPLE 9
Solving an application involving percentages
A survey found that 76% of bicycle riders do not wear helmets. (Source: Opinion Research
Corporation for Glaxo Wellcome, Inc.)
(a) Find a formula ƒ(x) for a function that computes the number of people who do not wear helmets among x bicycle riders. (b) There are approximately 38.7 million riders of all ages who do not wear helmets. Find the total number of bicycle riders.
SOLUTION
(a) A function ƒ that computes 76% of x is given by ƒ(x) = 0.76x. (b) We must find the xvalue for which ƒ(x) = 38.7 million, or solve the equation 0.76x = 38.7. Solving gives x = 38.7 L 50.9 million bike riders. 0.76
Now Try Exercise 99
Solving for a Variable
The circumference C of a circle is given by C = 2pr, where r is the radius. This equation is solved for C. That is, given r, we can easily calculate C. For example, if r = 4, then C = 2p(4), or C = 8p. However, if we are given C, then it is more work to calculate r. Solving the equation for r makes it simpler to calculate r. C = 2pr C = r 2p The equation r =
EXAMPLE 10
C 2p
Given equation Divide each side by 2p.
is solved for r.
Solving for a variable
The area of a trapezoid with bases a and b and height h is given by A = 1h(a + b). Solve 2 this equation for b.
SOLUTION Getting Started If we multiply each side by 2 and divide each side by h, the right side of
the equation becomes a + b. Subtracting a from each side isolates b. A = 1 h(a + b) 2
Given equation Multiply each side by 2. Divide each side by h. Subtract a from each side.
Now Try Exercise 85
2A = h(a + b) 2A = a + b h 2A  a = b h The equation b =
2A h
 a is solved for b.
122
CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations
ProblemSolving Strategies
To become more proficient at solving problems, we need to establish a procedure to guide our thinking. The following steps may be helpful in solving application problems.
Solving Application Problems
STEP 1:
Read the problem and make sure you understand it. Assign a variable to what you are being asked to find. If necessary, write other quantities in terms of this variable. Write an equation that relates the quantities described in the problem. You may need to sketch a diagram and refer to known formulas. Solve the equation and determine the solution. Look back and check your solution. Does it seem reasonable?
STEP 2: STEP 3: STEP 4:
These steps are applied in the next four examples.
EXAMPLE 11
Working together
A large pump can empty a tank of gasoline in 5 hours, and a smaller pump can empty the same tank in 9 hours. If both pumps are used to empty the tank, how long will it take?
SOLUTION
STEP 1:
We are asked to find the time it takes for both pumps to empty the tank. Let this time be t. t: Time to empty the tank In 1 hour the large pump will empty 1 of the tank and the smaller pump will empty 5 1 of the tank. The fraction of the tank that they will empty together in 1 hour is 9
2 given by 1 + 1. In 2 hours the large pump will empty 5 of the tank and the smaller 5 9
STEP 2:
pump will empty
together in 2 hours is 2 + 2 . Similarly, in t hours the fraction of the tank that the 5 9 t t two pumps can empty is 5 + 9 . Since the tank is empty when this fraction reaches 1, we must solve the following equation. t t + = 1 5 9
STEP 3:
2 9
of the tank. The fraction of the tank that they will empty
Multiply by the LCD, 45, to eliminate fractions. 45t 45t + = 45 5 9 9t + 5t = 45 14t = 45 t = 45 L 3.21 14
Multiply by LCD. Simplify. Add like terms. Divide by 14 and approximate.
Working together, the two pumps can empty the tank in about 3.21 hours.
2.3 Linear Equations
STEP 4:
123
This sounds reasonable. Working together the two pumps should be able to empty the tank faster than the large pump working alone, but not twice as fast. Note that 3.21 3.21 Now Try Exercise 101 5 + 9 L 1.
EXAMPLE 12
Solving an application involving motion
In 1 hour an athlete traveled 10.1 miles by running first at 8 miles per hour and then at 11 miles per hour. How long did the athlete run at each speed?
SOLUTION
STEP 1:
We are asked to find the time spent running at each speed. If we let x represent the time in hours spent running at 8 miles per hour, then 1  x represents the time spent running at 11 miles per hour because the total running time was 1 hour. x: Time spent running at 8 miles per hour 1  x: Time spent running at 11 miles per hour Distance d equals rate r times time t: that is, d = rt. In this example we have two rates (or speeds) and two times. The total distance must sum to 10.1 miles. d = r1t1 + r2t2 10.1 = 8x + 11(1  x) We can solve this equation symbolically. 10.1 = 8x + 11  11x 10.1 = 11  3x 3x = 0.9 x = 0.3
Distributive property Combine like terms. Add 3x; subtract 10.1. Divide by 3. General equation Substitute.
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
STEP 4:
The athlete runs 0.3 hour (18 minutes) at 8 miles per hour and 0.7 hour (42 minutes) at 11 miles per hour. We can check this solution as follows. 8(0.3) + 11(0.7) = 10.1
It checks.
This sounds reasonable. The runner’s average speed was 10.1 miles per hour so the runner must have run longer at 11 miles per hour than at 8 miles per hour.
Now Try Exercise 103
Similar triangles are often used in applications involving geometry. Similar triangles are used to solve the next application.
EXAMPLE 13
Solving an application involving similar triangles
A person 6 feet tall stands 17 feet from the base of a streetlight, as illustrated in Figure 2.41. If the person’s shadow is 8 feet, estimate the height of the streetlight.
SOLUTION
6 ft 17 ft 8 ft STEP 1:
We are asked to find the height of the streetlight in Figure 2.41. Let x represent this height. x: Height of the streetlight
Figure 2.41
124
A
CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations
STEP 2:
In Figure 2.42, triangle ACD is similar to triangle BCE. Thus ratios of corresponding sides are equal. AD DC = BE EC
x 6 D 17
B
E
8
C STEP 3:
x 17 + 8 = 6 8 We can solve this equation symbolically. x 25 = 6 8 x =
Simplify. Multiply by 6. Simplify.
Figure 2.42
Geometry Review
To review similar triangles, see Chapter R (page R5).
6 # 25 8
x = 18.75
STEP 4:
The height of the streetlight is 18.75 feet. One way to check this answer is to form a different proportion. Note that x is to 17 + 8 in triangle ADC as 6 is to 8 in triangle BEC. If x = 18.75, then 18.75 = 6, 25 8 which is true, and our answer checks. Now Try Exercise 107
EXAMPLE 14
Mixing acid in chemistry
Pure water is being added to 153 milliliters of a 30% solution of hydrochloric acid. How much water should be added to dilute the solution to a 13% mixture?
SOLUTION
STEP 1:
x + 153 ml Acid 153 ml
We are asked to find the amount of water that should be added to 153 milliliters of 30% acid to make a 13% solution. Let this amount of water be equal to x. See Figure 2.43. x: Amount of pure water to be added x + 153: Final volume of 13% solution
STEP 2:
Figure 2.43
Since only water is added, the total amount of acid in the solution after the water is added must equal the amount of acid before the water is added. The volume of pure acid after the water is added equals 13% of x + 153 milliliters, and the volume of pure acid before the water is added equals 30% of 153 milliliters. We must solve the following equation. 0.13(x + 153) = 0.30(153)
STEP 3:
Begin by dividing each side by 0.13. x + 153 = x = 0.30(153) 0.13 0.30(153)  153 0.13
Divide by 0.13. Subtract 153. Approximate.
x L 200.08 We should add about 200 milliliters of pure water.
2.3 Linear Equations
STEP 4:
125
Initially the solution contains 0.30(153) = 45.9 milliliters of pure acid. If we add 200 milliliters of water to the 153 milliliters, the final solution is 353 milliliters, which includes 45.9 milliliters of pure acid. Its concentration is 45.9 L 0.13, or 353 about 13%.
Now Try Exercise 111
2.3 Putting It All Together
Concept
general fourstep procedure for solving applications is found on page 122. The following table summarizes some of the important concepts in this section.
A
Explanation
Examples
Linear equation
A linear equation can be written as ax + b = 0, a Z 0. a = b is equivalent to a + c = b + c.
4x + 5 = 0 3x  1 = x + 2 x  7 = 25 x  7 + 7 = 25 + 7 x = 32
1 2x 1 2x
Addition property
Multiplication property
a = b is equivalent to ac = bc, c Z 0.
2
#
= 4
= 4#2
x = 8 Distributive property a(b + c) = ab + ac a(b  c) = ab  ac Identity An equation that is true for all (meaningful) values of the variable An equation that has no solutions 2(5 + x) = 10 + 2x (2  x) =  1(2  x) =  2 + x 3(x  2) = 3x  6 2x + 3x = (2 + 3) x = 5x x + 5 = x 2x  2x = 5 Conditional equation An equation that is satisfied by some, but not all, of the values of the variable P percent of x equals where is the decimal form for P percent.
P 100 x, P 100
Contradiction
2x  1 = 5 2x = 6 x = 3
Given equation Add 1. Divide by 2.
Percentages
35% of x is calculated by 35 ƒ(x) = 100 x, or ƒ(x) = 0.35x.
continued on next page
126
CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations
continued from previous page
The following example illustrates how to solve 5x  1 = 3 symbolically, graphically, and numerically. Symbolic Solution 5x  1 = 3 5x = 4 x = Check: 5 A4B  1 5 4  1 3 3
4 5 y1 = 5x – 1
Intersection X .8 Y 3
Graphical Solution
[  9, 9, 1] by [ 6, 6, 1] y2 = 3
Numerical Solution
X
.5 .6 .7 .8 .9 1 1.1
Y1
1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5
y1 = 3
X .8
3 = 3
The graphs of y1 = 5x  1 and y2 = 3 intersect at (0.8, 3), so the solution is 0.8.
In the table, y1 = 3 when x = 0.8.
2.3
Exercises
Solving Linear Equations Symbolically
Exercises 13–38: Solve the equation and check your answer. 13. 2x  8 = 0 14. 4x  8 = 0 15.  5x + 3 = 23 17. 4(z  8) = z 19. 5(3  4t) = 65 21. k + 8 = 5k  4 23. 2(1  3x) + 1 = 3x 16. 9x  3 = 24 18. 3(2z  1) = 2z 20. 6(5  3t) = 66 22. 2k  3 = k + 3 24. 5(x  2) =  2(1  x)
Concepts about Linear Equations
1. How many solutions are there to ax + b = 0 with a Z 0? 2. How many times does the graph of y = ax + b with a Z 0 intersect the xaxis?
3. Apply the distributive property to 4  (5  4x). 4. What property is used to solve 15x = 5? 5. If ƒ(x) = ax + b with a Z 0, how are the zero of ƒ and the xintercept of the graph of ƒ related? 6. Distinguish between a contradiction and an identity.
25. 5(3  2x)  (1  x) = 4(x  3) 26.  3(5  x)  (x  2) = 7x  2 27. 4(5x  1) = 8  (x + 2) 28. 6(3  2x) = 1  (2x  1) 29. 2n + 7
1 5
Identifying Linear and Nonlinear Equations
Exercises 7–12: Determine whether the equation is linear or nonlinear by trying to write it in the form ax + b = 0. 7. 3x  1.5 = 7 8. 100  23x = 20x 9. 22x + 2 = 1 11. 7x  5 = 3(x  8) 10. 4x 3  7 = 0 12. 2(x  3) = 4  5x
=
4 7
30.
5 12
6 11

2 33 n
=
5 11 n
31. 1(d  3)  2(2d  5) = 2 3
2.3 Linear Equations 32. 7(2d  1)  2(4  3d) = 1d 3 5 5 x  5 3  2x 5 33. + = 3 2 4 3x  1 2  x 34.  2 = 5 3 35. 0.1z  0.05 =  0.07z 36. 1.1z  2.5 = 0.3(z  2) 37. 0.15t + 0.85(100  t) = 0.45(100) 38. 0.35t + 0.65(10  t) = 0.55(10) Exercises 39–48: Complete the following. (a) Solve the equation symbolically. (b) Classify the equation as a contradiction, an identity, or a conditional equation. 39. 5x  1 = 5x + 4 40. 7  9z = 2(3  4z)  z 41. 3(x  1) = 5 42. 22 =  2(2x + 1.4)
–3 –2 –1
127
Exercises 51 and 52: Use the graph of y = ƒ(x) to solve each equation. (a) ƒ(x) =  1 (b) ƒ(x) = 0 (c) ƒ(x) = 2 51.
3 2
y
52.
3
y
y = f (x)
1 2
2 y = f (x) 1
x
–3 –2 –1 –2 –3
1
2
3
x
–1 –2 –3
Exercises 53–58: Use the intersectionofgraphs method to solve the equation. Then solve symbolically. 53. x + 4 = 1  2x 54. 2x = 3x  1 55.  x + 4 = 3x 57. 2(x  1)  2 = x 56. 1  2x = x + 4 58.  (x + 1)  2 = 2x
43. 0.5(x  2) + 5 = 0.5x + 4 44. 45.
1 2x
 2(x  1) =  3 x + 2 2 46. 2x + 1 2x  1 = 3 3
t + 1 3t  2 = 2 6 1  2x 3x  1.5 = 4 6
Exercises 59–66: Solve the linear equation with the intersectionofgraphs method. Approximate the solution to the nearest thousandth whenever appropriate. 59. 5x  1.5 = 5 60. 8  2x = 1.6 61. 3x  1.7 = 1  x 63. 3.1(x  5) = 1 x  5 5 65. 6  x 2x  3 = 7 3 62. 22x = 4x  6 64. 65 = 8(x  6)  5.5
47.
48. 0.5(3x  1) + 0.5x = 2x  0.5
Solving Linear Equations Graphically
Exercises 49 and 50: A linear equation is solved by using the intersectionofgraphs method. Find the solution by interpreting the graph. Assume that the solution is an integer. y y 49. 50.
6 4 2 2 6
66. p(x  22) = 1.07x  6.1
Solving Linear Equations Numerically
Exercises 67–74: Use tables to solve the equation numerically to the nearest tenth. 67. 2x  7 =  1 68. 1  6x = 7 69. 2x  7.2 = 10 70. 5.8x  8.7 = 0
4 2 –6 –4 –2 –2 –6
x
–6 –4 –4 –6
2 4
6
x
71. 22(4x  1) + px = 0 72. p(0.3x  2) + 22x = 0 73. 0.5  0.1(22  3x) = 0 74. 25  p(p + 0.3x) = 0
128
CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations 93. Vinyl and CD Sales During the 1980s, sales of compact discs surpassed vinyl record sales. From 1985 to 1990, sales of compact discs in millions can be modeled by the formula ƒ(x) = 51.6(x  1985) + 9.1, whereas sales of vinyl LP records in millions can be modeled by g(x) =  31.9(x  1985) + 167.7. Approximate the year x when sales of LP records and compact discs were equal by using the intersectionofgraphs method. (Source: Recording Industry Association of America.) 94. Median Age The median age A in the United States during year x, where 2000 … x … 2050, is projected to be A(x) = 0.07(x  2000) + 35.3. Use A(x) to estimate when the median age may reach 37 years. (Source: Bureau of the Census.)
Solving Linear Equations by More Than One Method
Exercises 75–82: Solve the equation (to the nearest tenth) (a) symbolically, (b) graphically, and (c) numerically. 75. 5  (x + 1) = 3 77. 23(2  px) + x = 0 79. x  3 = 2x + 1 81. 6x  8 =  7x + 18 82. 5  8x = 3(x  7) + 37 76. 7  (3  2x) = 1 78. 3(p  x) + 22 = 0 80. 3(x  1) = 2x  1
Solving for a Variable
Exercises 83–90: Solve the equation for the specified variable. 83. A = LW for W 84. E = IR + 2 for R 85. P = 2L + 2W for L 86. V = 2prh + pr 2 for h 87. 3x + 2y = 8 for y 88. 5x  4y = 20 for y 89. y = 3(x  2) + x for x 90. y = 4  (8  2x) for x 95. Population Density In 1980 the population density of the United States was 64 people per square mile, and in 2000 it was 80 people per square mile. Use a linear function to estimate when the U.S. population density reached 87 people per square mile. 96. Value of a Home In 1999 the value of a house was $180,000, and in 2009 it was $245,000. (a) Find a linear function V that approximates the value of the house during year x. (b) What does the slope of the graph of V represent? (c) Use V to estimate the year when the house was worth $219,000. 97. Sale Price A store is discounting all regularly priced merchandise by 25%. Find a function ƒ that computes the sale price of an item having a regular price of x. If an item normally costs $56.24, what is its sale price? 98. Sale Price Continuing Exercise 97, use ƒ to find the regular price of an item that costs $19.62 on sale.
Applications
91. Income The per capita (per person) income from 1980 to 2006 can be modeled by ƒ(x) = 1000(x  1980) + 10,000, where x is the year. Determine the year when the per capita income was $19,000. (Source: Bureau of the Census.) 92. Tuition and Fees In Example 10 of Section 2.2, we modeled tuition and fees in dollars during year x by ƒ(x) = 630.8(x  1980) + 3617. Use ƒ(x) to determine when tuition and fees reached $13,700.
2.3 Linear Equations 99. Skin Cancer Approximately 4.5% of all cancer cases diagnosed in 2007 were skin cancer. (Source: American Cancer Society.) (a) If x cases of cancer were diagnosed, how many of these were skin cancer? (b) There were 65,000 cases of skin cancer diagnosed in 2007. Find the total number of cancer cases in 2007. 100. Grades In order to receive an A in a college course it is necessary to obtain an average of 90% correct on three 1hour exams of 100 points each and on one final exam of 200 points. If a student scores 82, 88, and 91 on the 1hour exams, what is the minimum score that the person can receive on the final exam and still earn an A? 101. Working Together Suppose that a lawn can be raked by one gardener in 3 hours and by a second gardener in 5 hours. (a) Mentally estimate how long it will take the two gardeners to rake the lawn working together. (b) Solve part (a) symbolically. 102. Pumping Water Suppose that a large pump can empty a swimming pool in 50 hours and a small pump can empty the pool in 80 hours. How long will it take to empty the pool if both pumps are used? 103. Motion A car went 372 miles in 6 hours, traveling part of the time at 55 miles per hour and part of the time at 70 miles per hour. How long did the car travel at each speed? 104. Mixing Candy Two types of candy sell for $2.50 per pound and $4.00 per pound. A store clerk is trying to make a 5pound mixture worth $17.60. How much of each type of candy should be included in the mixture? 105. Running At 2:00 P.M. a runner heads north on a highway, jogging at 10 miles per hour. At 2:30 P.M. a driver heads north on the same highway to pick up the runner. If the car travels at 55 miles per hour, how long will it take the driver to catch the runner? 106. Investments A total of $5000 was invested in two accounts. One pays 5% annual interest, and the second pays 7% annual interest. If the firstyear interest is $325, how much was invested in each account? 107. Shadow Length A person 66 inches tall is standing 15 feet from a streetlight. If the person casts a shadow 84 inches long, how tall is the streetlight?
129
108. Height of a Tree In the accompanying figure, a person 5 feet tall casts a shadow 4 feet long. A nearby tree casts a shadow 33 feet long. Find the height of the tree by solving a linear equation.
5 ft 4 ft 33 ft
109. Conical Water Tank A water tank in the shape of an inverted cone has a height of 11 feet and a radius of 3.5 feet, as illustrated in the figure. If the volume of the cone is V = 1pr 2h, find the volume of the water in the 3 tank when the water is 7 feet deep. (Hint: Consider using similar triangles.)
3.5 ft
11 ft
110. Dimension of a Cone (Refer to Exercise 109.) A conical water tank holds 100 cubic feet of water and has a diameter of 6 feet. Estimate its height to the nearest tenth of a foot. 111. Chemistry Determine how much pure water should be mixed with 5 liters of a 40% solution of sulfuric acid to make a 15% solution of sulfuric acid. 112. Mixing Antifreeze A radiator holds 5 gallons of fluid. If it is full with a 15% solution, how much fluid should be drained and replaced with a 65% antifreeze mixture to result in a 40% antifreeze mixture? 113. Window Dimensions A rectangular window has a length that is 18 inches more than its width. If its perimeter is 180 inches, find its dimensions.
130
CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations of gasoline is computed by ƒ(x) = 0.16x. (Source:
Johnson Outboard Motor Company.)
114. Online Holiday Shopping In 2003 online holiday sales were $17 billion, and in 2006 they were $26 billion.
(Source: Digital Lifestyles.)
(a) Why is it reasonable to expect ƒ to be linear? (b) Evaluate ƒ(3) and interpret the answer. (c) How much gasoline should be mixed with 2 pints of oil? 120. Perimeter Find the length of the longest side of the rectangle if its perimeter is 25 feet.
(a) Find a linear function S that models these data. (b) Interpret the slope of the graph of S. (c) Predict when online holiday sales might reach $41 billion. 115. Sales of CRT and LCD Screens In 2002, 75 million CRT (cathode ray tube) monitors were sold and 29 million flat LCD (liquid crystal display) monitors were sold. In 2006 the numbers were 45 million for CRT monitors and 88 million for LCD monitors. (Source: International Data Corporation.) (a) Find a linear function C that models these data for CRT monitors and another linear function L that models these data for LCD monitors. Let x be the year. (b) Interpret the slopes of the graphs of C and of L. (c) Determine graphically the year when sales of these two types of monitors were equal. (d) Solve part (c) symbolically. (e) Solve part (c) numerically. 116. Geometry A 174footlong fence is being placed around the perimeter of a rectangular swimming pool that has a 3footwide sidewalk around it. The actual swimming pool without the sidewalk is twice as long as it is wide. Find the dimensions of the pool without the sidewalk. 117. Temperature Scales The Celsius and Fahrenheit scales are related by the equation C = 5(F  32). 9 These scales have the same temperature reading at a unique value where F = C. Find this temperature. 118. Business A company manufactures compact discs with recorded music. The master disc costs $2000 to produce and copies cost $0.45 each. If a company spent $2990 producing compact discs, how many copies did the company manufacture? 119. TwoCycle Engines Twocycle engines, used in snowmobiles, chain saws, and outboard motors, require a mixture of gasoline and oil. For certain engines the amount of oil in pints that should be added to x gallons 122.
2x
5x – 1
Modeling Data with Linear Functions
Exercises 121 and 122: The following data can be modeled by a linear function. Estimate the value of x when y = 2.99. 121. x y x y 2 0.51 1 1.66 4 1.23 2 2.06 6 1.95 3 5.78 8 2.67 4 9.50
Linear Regression
123. Ring Size The table lists ring size S for a finger with circumference x in centimeters. x (cm) S (size) 4.65 4 5.40 7 5.66 8 6.41 11
Source: Overstock.
(a) Find a linear function S that models the data. (b) Find the circumference of a finger with a ring size of 6. 124. Hat Size The table lists hat size H for a head with circumference x in inches. x (in.) S (size) 211 8 63 4 217 8 7 225 8 71 4 25 8
Source: Brentblack.
What assumptions have you made about the value of a? EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISES 1. 126. Give examples. (Source: A. 2 125. Describe verbally how to solve ax + b = 0.5 1997 21.6 2004 2. Temperature and Volume The table shows the relationship between the temperature of a sample of helium and its volume. (b) Find the circumference of a head with a hat size of 71. Women in Politics The table lists the percentage P of women in state legislatures during year x.4 75 38.4 2005 22. Describe a basic graphical method used to solve a linear equation.) What will happen to the circumference of a circle if the radius is doubled? What will happen to its area? 3. (c) Find the volume when the temperature is 65°C. Did your answer involve interpolation or extrapolation? Do you believe that your answer is accurate? Writing about Mathematics 127. Find a linear function ƒ that computes the amount of formaldehyde in micrograms that could be emitted in x hours. Try to make a generalization.7 131 (a) Is the perimeter of the first rectangle twice the perimeter of the second rectangle? Explain. Super Bowl Ads The table lists the cost in millions of dollars for a 30second Super Bowl commercial for selected years. Did your estimate involve interpolation or extrapolation? (c) Use P to predict the year when this percentage could reach 25%. Did your estimate involve interpolation or extrapolation? (c) Use ƒ to predict the year when the cost could reach $3. (d) Find the temperature if the volume is 25 cubic inches.2 1998 1. Hines. foam insulation.4%.3 Linear Equations (a) Find a linear function S that models the data. eye irritation can occur.5 Source: National Women’s Political Caucus. (b) The room contains 800 cubic feet of air and has no ventilation. Determine how long it would take for concentrations to reach 33 mg/ft 3. Indoor Air Pollution Formaldehyde is an indoor air pollutant formerly found in plywood. (b) Estimate the cost in 1987 and compare the estimate to the actual value of $0. When concentrations in the air reach 33 micrograms per cubic foot (mg/ft 3). Year Cost 1990 0. Geometry Suppose that two rectangles are similar and the sides of the first rectangle are twice as long as the corresponding sides of the second rectangle. (b) Write a formula for a function ƒ that receives the temperature x as input and outputs the volume y of the helium.8 1994 1. 2. x P 1993 20. . (a) Find a linear function P that models the data. Temperature (°C) Volume (in ) 3 Source: MSNBC. One square foot of new plywood could emit 140 mg per hour. (Hint: The 23 area of an equilateral triangle is A = 4 x 2. Indoor Air Quality & Control.) (a) A room has 100 square feet of new plywood flooring.8 (a) Make a scatterplot of the data.7 2007 23. (b) Is the area of the first rectangle twice the area of the second rectangle? Explain.3 2008 2. 128. 0 30 25 32.2. (b) Estimate this percentage in 2003 and compare the estimate to the actual value of 22.6 2001 22. (a) Find a linear function ƒ that models the data.7 50 35. and carpeting. where x is the length of a side.1 100 40. 4. Geometry Repeat the previous exercise for an equilateral triangle.6 million.2 million.
The first three inequalities have one variable. by subtracting x . and the fifth inequality has only constants. the fourth inequality contains two variables.1. Some examples of inequalities include x + 15<9x . because any weight that is less than the maximum is also safe and allows a greater margin of error. 6. (The symbol 7 may be replaced by Ú. and 2 + 3>1. ax + b Ú 0. x + 6>23. 7x + 5 » x. As with linear equations. 7.132 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations 2. and the set of all solutions is the solution set to the inequality. z + 5>0. and 7x + 2 ◊ 3x + 6. Two inequalities are equivalent if they have the same solution set. our discussion focuses on inequalities with one variable. The solution to an inequality often can be found by first locating where two expressions are equal. or ax + b … 0. The solution set is {x  x 7 1}. it is doubtful that there is one designed exactly for this weight. inequalities in one variable can be classified as linear or nonlinear. we can transform these inequalities into one of the forms ax + b 7 0. However.1 7 0 has infinitely many solutions because any real number x satisfying x 7 1 is a solution.4< 0. many of the techniques used to solve equations also can be applied to inequalities. Inequalities Inequalities result whenever the equals sign in an equation is replaced with any one of the symbols 6. A vest that is approved for weights between 120 and 160 pounds would be appropriate. Life preservers are manufactured to support a range of body weights. or Ú . or … . For instance. For example. 2 3 xy + x ◊ y + x.) Examples of linear inequalities include 3x . Like functions and equations. x 2 . where a Z 0. It is important that this weight limit be accurately determined.4 Linear Inequalities • Understand basic terminology related to inequalities • Solve linear inequalities symbolically • Solve linear inequalities graphically and numerically • Solve compound inequalities Introduction If a person who weighs 143 pounds needs to purchase a life preserver for whitewater rafting. most people feel more comfortable at takeoff if that maximum has not been reached. …. Both of these situations involve the concept of inequality. the inequality x . ax + b 6 0. Using techniques from algebra. In mathematics much effort is expended in solving equations and determining equality. Such values are solutions. One reason is that equality is frequently a boundary between greater than and less than. Since equality and inequality are closely related. It is common for an inequality to have infinitely many solutions.2x + 1 » 2x. Every airplane has a maximum weight allowance. Linear Inequality in One Variable A linear inequality in one variable is an inequality that can be written in the form ax + b 7 0. To solve an inequality means to find all values for the variable that make the inequality a true statement.
) Replacing 6 with … and 7 with Ú results in similar properties. (The same number may be added to or subtracted from each side of an inequality. the interval 3 ◊ x ◊ 5 is written as [3. If c 7 0.3 6 (b) . Equations. 5). (Whenever you multiply or divide an inequality by a negative number. The following examples illustrate each property. is used when an endpoint is not included. (Each side of an inequality may be multiplied or divided by the same negative number provided the inequality symbol is reversed.5 interval notation was introduced as an efficient way to express intervals on the real number line. divide each side by . (Each side of an inequality may be multiplied or divided by the same positive number. a 6 b and a + c 6 b + c are equivalent. a Z 0 NOTE This relationship is used again in the next chapter to define quadratic functions. then a 6 b and ac 7 bc are equivalent. If an inequality is not a linear inequality. The interval x Ú 2 is written as [2. x + 2 (a) 2x .4 Linear Inequalities 133 from each side of 7x + 5 Ú x. If c 6 0. where q denotes infinity. b. add 5 to each side to obtain x 6 11. 2) In the next example we solve linear equalities and express the solution set in both setbuilder and interval notation. [ or ].2. Property 3: To solve 5x 6 10. For example. 5].2. ƒ(x) = ax ax ax b Linear function Linear equation Linear inequality b = 0. Properties of Inequalities Let a. ( or ). whereas the interval 3<x<5 is written as (3.5 to obtain x 7 . Property 1: To solve x . a Z 0 b 7 0.4) Ú 4 .1) 3 . 1.5 6 6. and c be real numbers. and a parenthesis. reverse the inequality symbol. then a 6 b and ac 6 bc are equivalent. divide each side by 5 to obtain x 6 2. q ). A bracket. and Inequalities These concepts are closely related. equations. EXAMPLE 1 Solving linear inequalities symbolically Solve each inequality.q .) Review of Interval Notation In Section 1. is used when an endpoint is included. Property 2: To solve 5x 6 10. and the interval x 6 2 is written as (.3(4z . MAKING CONNECTIONS Linear Functions. and inequalities. Write the solution set in setbuilder and interval notation.) 3.(z . we obtain the equivalent inequality 6x + 5 Ú 0. it is called a nonlinear inequality.) 2.
1) 12z + 12 Ú 4 . 2x . To the right of x = 3 the graph of VA is above the graph of VB.1 by hand. Property 1: Add z and 12. 2 . To the left of x = 3 the graph of VA is below the graph of VB.44 Velocities of Two Cars EXAMPLE 2 Solving a linear inequality graphically Graph y1 = 1 x + 2 and y2 = 2x . 6x + 9>x + 2 9 7 7x + 2 7 7 7x 1 7 x In setbuilder notation the solution set is {x  x 6 1}. Figure 2.z + 1 12z + 12 Ú . (b) Begin by applying the distributive property.3< x + 2 3 Given inequality Property 3: Multiply by 3 and reverse the inequality symbol. Property 1: Add 2 (or subtract 2). The domains of VA and VB are both assumed to be 0 … x … 6.(z .44 shows the velocity of two cars in miles per hour after x minutes. Property 2: Divide by 7. and both cars are traveling at 30 miles per hour. At 3 minutes VA = VB. In setbuilder notation the solution set is E z  z … 7 written as A . Use the graph to solve the linear inequality 2 1 x + 2 7 2x . 3(4z .z + 5 12z + z Ú 5 . Property 1: Add 6x. and in interval notation it is written as (. 7 11 F .4) Ú 4 . so car A is traveling faster than car B. so car A is traveling slower than car B. 11 D . This technique is used in the next example. y 60 50 and in interval notation it is Now Try Exercises 15 and 17 Graphical Solutions The intersectionofgraphs method can be extended to solve VA 40 30 VB 20 10 (3. Time (minutes) Figure 2. 30) VB inequalities. VA denotes the velocity of car A.1. 1). Thus VA 7 VB when 3 6 x … 6.q . and VB denotes the velocity of car B.q .134 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations SOLUTION (a) Use Property 3 by multiplying each side by 3 to clear fractions. Simplify. Thus 6 Velocity (mph) VA 0 1 2 3 4 5 x VA 6 VB when 0 … x 6 3. Property 3: Divide by 11 and reverse inequality symbol. Remember to reverse the inequality symbol when multiplying by a negative number.12 11z » 7 z ◊ 7 11 Given inequality Distributive property Simplify.
8x Intersection X 1. xIntercept Method If a linear inequality can be written as y1 7 0. Thus the solution set to the inequality 1x + 2 7 2x . the air temperature decreases at a faster rate than the dew point. where 7 may be . 3).5151515 Y 46.46 (a) Since T0 = 75 and D0 = 55. 3) x The graphs intersect at the point (2. the slope of the graph of D is 5.q . Explain how these two slopes ensure a strong likelihood of clouds forming. Now Try Exercise 85 replaced by Ú. where the endpoint 1. [0. 10] T = 75 – 19x D = 55 – 5.8.5. Therefore we must solve the inequality T(x) 7 D(x). 1] by [0. 46. Graph T = 75 .52 has been approximated. Miller and R. as shown in Figure 2. The graphs intersect near (1.) T(x) = D(x) T(x) > D(x) SOLUTION Figure 2. (b) The slope of the graph of T is 19. then we can solve this inequality by using the xintercept method.52. 1 y2 = 2x – 1 –4 An Application In the next example we use graphical techniques to solve an application from meteorology. (b) The slopes of the graphs for the functions T and D are called lapse rates. Interpret their meanings. the air temperature decreases by 19°F. graph y1 and find the xintercept.5.8x at an altitude of x miles. Meteorology. If the groundlevel Fahrenheit temperature and dew point are T0 and D0. As the altitude increases. This means that the air temperature and dew point are both 46. 2 Now Try Exercise 39 SOLUTION The graphs of y1 = 2x + 2 and y2 = 2x . or when x 6 2.2. let T(x) = 75 . or when the graph of T is above the graph of D. determine the altitudes where clouds will not form.2).52 miles above ground level.8°F for every 1mile increase in altitude. To apply this method for y1>0.1 is {x  x 6 2}. 5. the air temperature can sometimes be approximated by T(x) = T0 .8x.1 to the left of the point of intersection.19x and D(x) = 55 .45 Using the intersectionofgraphs method When the air temperature reaches the dew point.46. (a) If T0 = 75°F and D0 = 55°F. The solution set is {x  0 … x 6 1. Anthes. See Figure 2.52}. Clouds will not form when the air temperature is greater than the dew point.19x and the dew point by D(x) = D0 .8x.1 are shown in Figure 2. This phenomenon also causes clouds to form.4 Linear Inequalities y 4 3 1 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 135 y1 = 1 x + 2 2 (2. Both the air temperature and the dew point often decrease at a constant rate as the altitude above ground level increases. The graph of y1 = 1x + 2 is above the graph of 2 y2 = 2x . The dew point decreases by 5. 2).5. or 6. or (. ….19x and D = 55 .47 CLASS DISCUSSION How does the difference between the air temperature and the dew point at ground level affect the altitude at which clouds may form? Explain. This means that for each 1mile increase in altitude. (Source: A.2°F at about 1. the air temperature typically cools to the dew point at higher altitudes and clouds may form.47. The solution set includes xvalues where the graph of y1 is above the xaxis. fog may form. 80. EXAMPLE 3 Figure 2.45. Clouds will not form below this altitude. Similarly.212121 Figure 2. As a result.
Then the profit P from selling x pairs of headphones is P = 15x . or (. Symbolic Solution 1 .q . is a line that intersects the xaxis once and slopes either upward (if a 7 0) or downward (if a 6 0).50. Write the solution 2 set in setbuilder and interval notation.200.(X>2 . 1] y1 = 1 – x – Zero X 2 1 x 2 –2 Y 0 Figure 2. as illustrated in Figures 2. If the xintercept is k.x 7 1x . 6. 1 Subtract 2x from each side. or (. Graphical Solution Start by subtracting 1x .(5x + 200) = 10x . A value of x = 20 results in P = 0. a Z 0. Figure 2.2 by using the xintercept method.49 Figure 2. The graph of the equation y = ax + b. (Similar remarks hold for linear inequalities that use the symbol 6 . Then graph Y1 = 1 . 1] by [ 4. as shown in Figure 2. and so x = 20 is called the boundary number because it represents .x .48 Calculator Help 3 .2B 7 0. Then solve the inequality symbolically. To locate a zero or xintercept on the graph of a function.49 and 2.X .) Note that the solution to ax + b = 0 is k and the value of k is that boundary between greater than and less than in either situation. see Appendix A (page AP9).3 2 Given inequality Subtract 1 from each side. 2 where the xintercept is 2. 2).x>. y y = ax + b. 2).3 2 x<2 The solution set is {x  x 6 2}. or Ú.x 7 x 7 1 x .136 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations EXAMPLE 4 Applying the xintercept method Solve the inequality 1 .A 1x . 4.2).q .2 2 1 x . Solutions to ax + b > 0 satisfy x < k when a < 0. a < 0 x k x k y Solutions to ax + b > 0 satisfy x > k when a > 0. Therefore the solution set to y1 7 0 is {x  x 6 2}. The graph of y1 is above the xaxis when x 6 2. then the solution set to ax + b 7 0 satisfies either x 7 k or x 6 k.3.48. …. Now Try Exercise 51 Visualizing Solutions Example 4 suggests a general result about linear inequalities. a > 0 y = ax + b. SOLUTION [ 6.50 Numerical Solutions Inequalities can sometimes be solved by using a table of values. reverse inequality. The following example helps to explain the mathematical concept behind this method. 2 Multiply by . Suppose that it costs a company 5x 200 dollars to produce x pairs of headphones and the company receives 15x dollars for selling x pairs of headphones.2 from each side to obtain the inequality 2 1 .
X) + 5 . Changing the increment from 1 to 0.6. The solution set is {x  x 7 4. and the inequality 10x .7.8 4.5 –1 – 1.6 Figure 2.7 4. and 23 result in a profit. The test values of x = 4.x) + 5 .5 0 – . The table of values for y1 = 10x . Therefore the solution set to 10x .8 x 10x .3 4.2. the inequality y1 6 0 is true.200 7 0 must be satisfied. and 4.52 shows that the boundary number for the inequality is x = 4. The test values of x = 17.5 1 . 4.4 Linear Inequalities 137 the boundary between making money and losing money (the breakeven point). Table 2. Graphical.9 Y1 1.8.(x + 2) 3 Greater than 0 2 1 0 Equal 0 1 Less fthan 0 2 f The graph of y = 3 .6.51.1 in Figure 2. SOLUTION We begin by making a table of Y1 = 3(6 . or numerically. Symbolic Solution Graphical Solution Numerical Solution 3 .51 X 4. as shown in Figure 2. Each method is used in the following example to solve the inequality 3 .2X. . To make money.9 indicate that when x 7 4.52 Now Try Exercise 71 MAKING CONNECTIONS Symbolic. The values of 3 .200 17 30 18 20 19 10 T 20 0 Boundary number 21 22 23 (''')'''* Less than 0 10 20 30 ('')''* Greater than 0 EXAMPLE 5 Solving a linear inequality with test values Solve 3(6 . the profit P must be positive.(x + 2) are greater than 0 when x 6 1. and 19 result in a loss.6 4.(x + 2) 7 0 (x + 2)> 3 x + 2<3 x 6 1 –2 –1 –1 –2 2 1 y y = 3 – (x + 2) 1 2 x x 2 1 0 1 2 3 3 . and Numerical Solutions Linear inequalities can be solved symbolically. 18. graphically.(x + 2) is above the xaxis when x 6 1.5 Greater than 0 Less than 0 X 4 Figure 2.200 in Table 2.2x 6 0 numerically.8 shows the boundary number x = 20 along with several test values.200 7 0 is {x  x 7 20}.5 4.(x + 2) 7 0. We can see that the boundary number for this inequality lies between x = 4 and x = 5.4 4. 22.6}. X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Y1 18 13 8 3 –2 –7 – 12 X Greater than 0 Less than 0 4. The test values of x = 21.
However. or [.1B . Rewrite the inequality.2t (a) 4 … 5x + 1 6 21 (b) 6 6 2 2 4 SOLUTION (a) Use properties of inequalities to simplify the threepart inequality. For example.1 F . then x must satisfy the compound inequality x Ú 40 and x … 70.7 2 Threepart inequalities occur in many applications and can often be solved symbolically and graphically. 2 2 2 2 Now Try Exercises 23 and 35 In Example 6. the previous compound inequality may be written as the threepart inequality 40 … x … 70.1. NOTE or .2t 6 8 1<. 4).2t 6 6 2 2 4 2 6 1 . on a freeway there may be a minimum speed limit of 40 miles per hour and a maximum speed limit of 70 miles per hour. Divide by 2.1 7 t 7 . Write the solution set in setbuilder and interval notation.>t> 2 2 7 1 . (b) Begin by multiplying each part by 4 to clear fractions.7. Compound inequalities involving the word or are discussed in the next section.4 … 5x + 1 6 21 5 … 5x 6 20 1 … x 6 4 Given inequality Add 1 to each part. .2t<7 1 7 .1. reverse inequalities.138 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations Compound Inequalities Sometimes a variable must satisfy two inequalities. Add 1 to each part. we usually write the smaller number on the left side and the 2 larger number on the right side. When the word and connects two inequalities.6 t 6 2 2 Given inequality Multiply each part by 4. .7 2 2 6 t 6 . Divide each part by 5. EXAMPLE 6 Solving a threepart inequality symbolically Solve the inequality. or A . This is demonstrated in the next example. A compound inequality occurs when two inequalities are connected by the word and or or. 1 1 . For example.7 6 t 6 . the two inequalities can sometimes be written as a threepart inequality. . The solution set is {x  . If x represents the speed of a vehicle. 1 1 . it is correct to write a threepart inequality as either . The solution set is E t  .1 … x 6 4}.
The Old Farmer’s 2008 Almanac.25 hours past noon corresponds to 7:15 P.5 … x … 122.) [80. 7. 7) with slope 54 is S(x) = 1 (x .75 54 Given inequality Subtract 7 from each part.25 Y 7.55.75 54 1 (x .5. y 9 Intersection X 95. (Note that the actual days were April 5 and May 1. A different graph showing this solution appears in Figure 2. 7) and (136.M. 7.m.25 … 0.5 and 122.75 90 110 130 150 x Day of the year Figure 2.5.54 Figure 2.782 = 54. Multiply each part by 54. The pointslope form of the line passing through (82.5 … x … 122.M. 54 Pointslope form Now solve the following compound inequality.53 and 2.25 1 (x 54 Figure 2.5 Y 7.25) and (122. from the 96th day (April 5) to the 123rd day (May 2).25 1 Graphical Solution Graph y1 = 7. and 7. find a linear function S whose graph passes through the points (82.M.75. 1] y2 = 1 54 (x – 82) + 7 y3 = 7.) y2 = 8 – 82) + 7 y3 = 7.25 0 Intersection X 122. y2 = 54(x .2. 150. as shown in Figures 2.5.5 95. on the 82nd day (March 22) of 2008 the sun set at 7:00 P. This agrees with the symbolic solution.55 Now Try Exercise 93 . 7.M.5.M. 10] by [6.82) + 7 … 7.75 (122. and y3 = 7.82 … 40. The graph of y2 is between the graphs of y1 and y3 for 95. Use a linear function S to estimate the days when the sun set between 7:15 P. (95.5. 150. Do not consider any days of the year after May 15. 7) and (136.5 y1 = 7.5 … x . (Source: R. Symbolic Solution The slope of the line passing through (82. 1] y2 = 1 54 (x – 82) + 7 y3 = 7.5 up to 96 and 123.5.M.75 hours past noon corresponds to 7:45 P. Note that 7.M.82) + 7.75 7 (95.) SOLUTION Getting Started First.75). 7. 7.75 y1 = 7. Add 82 to each part.4 Linear Inequalities EXAMPLE 7 139 Modeling sunset times In Boston. inclusive.75 and determine their points of intersection.5.25.54.25 … S(x) … 7.53 Sunset times (p. Then solve the compound inequality 7.25 … 1 (x . then this model predicts that the sun set between 7:15 P.. 8) is given 8 1 1 by 136 .5.75) [80. 8. 13..82) + 7. and 7:45 P. and 7:45 P.82) … 0. 8. 10] by [6.5 If we round 95.25) y1 = 7.5. and on the 136th day (May 15) the sun set at 8:00 P. 8). Thomas.M.
Inequalities involving 6.2 x . q ) .4 Putting It All Together Concept ny linear inequality can be written as ax + b 7 0 with a Z 0.2 x 6 28 The solution set is (. and 33 2.2 + 2x 5x .15 6 3x … 11 5 6 x … 11 3 The solution set is A 5.2(1 . 28).1 … 5 2 Given inequality Multiply by 2. The following table includes methods for solving linear inequalities in the form h(x) 7 0 or ƒ(x) 7 g(x). In interval notation the solution set is [4. 8 6 3x . see Section 1. or subtract 1.30 6 2x .30 6 4x . Now Try Exercises 13. Explanation Examples A Interval notation An efficient notation for writing the solution set to inequalities To review interval notation. 16 6 3x . 6. . Reverse the inequality. 27. Given inequality Distributive property Simplify.+ 1 … 3 (b) 8 6 (c) 5(x . 5(x . or …. 4). x + 1 … 3 2 x ◊ 2 2 x » 4 Given inequality Add 1.x) 2 2 SOLUTION (a) Simplify the inequality as follows. 3 (c) Start by applying the distributive property to each side of the inequality. 11 D .6) 6 2x .q . Add 1. (b) The parts of this compound inequality can be solved simultaneously. … . .6) 6 2x . 2) .1 … 10 . Add 30. Divide by 3.q . x 6 2 is equivalent to (. Express the solution set using interval notation.140 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations EXAMPLE 8 Solving inequalities symbolically Solve the linear inequalities symbolically. Multiply by 2.1 … x 6 4 is equivalent to [ 1.2(1 . where 7 can be replaced by Ú. q ). x Ú 1 is equivalent to [1.5. x 3x .1 … 5 (a) .x) 5x . Subtract 4x. and Ú are solved in a similar manner.30 6 .
y 3 2 1 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 y1 2 3 x Numerical method Write the inequality as h(x) 7 0. Find the point of intersection.3xB . Symbolic method Use properties of inequalities to simplify ƒ(x) 7 g(x) to either x 7 k or x 6 k for some real number k.x 2 2 Graph y1 = 1x + 1 and y2 = 3 .3x. Graph y1 = h(x). y 3 2 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 1 y1 x 3 y2 The xintercept method Write the inequality as h(x) 7 0. Create a table for y1 = h(x) and find the boundary number x = k such that h(k) = 0. The 2 2 solution set for y1 7 y2 is {x  x 7 1}.x Given inequality 2 2 2x + 1 7 3 2x 7 2 x 7 1 Add 3x. 1 3 x + 1 7 3 . 1 3 x + 1 7 3 .A3 .3xB . The 2 2 solution set for y1 7 0 is {x  x 7 1}. 1 3 x + 1 7 3 . x y1 1 0 4 . Divide by 2.2.x 2 2 Graph y1 = 1x + 1 . The 2 2 solution set for y1 7 0 is {x  x 7 1}. 2 Subtract 1.A3 . graph y1 = ƒ(x) and y2 = g(x).4 Linear Inequalities 141 Concept Explanation Examples Compound inequality Two inequalities connected by the word and or or x … 4 or x Ú 10 x Ú .3 and x 6 4 x 7 5 and x … 20 can be written as the threepart inequality 5 6 x … 20. Solutions occur where the graph is above the xaxis. 1 3 x + 1 7 3 .x 2 2 Table y1 = 1x + 1 . Intersectionofgraphs method To solve ƒ(x) 7 g(x). The solution set includes xvalues where the graph of y1 is above the graph of y2.2 (')'* Less than 0 1 0 (')'* Greater than 0 2 2 3 4 . Use the test values in the table to determine if the solution set is x 7 k or x 6 k.
5 6 1 .(2 .5 30.x 6 2 46. 2x .3 6 x . . .2) + z 3 4 4 3 5 2z .1 6 16. 2x + 6 Ú 10 10. 1 … 2t … 4 26.1 … 3 45. 8 3 y = 3x + 3 1 1 2 3 Ú 4 3 . 4x .3) + 1 . 4 … 5 .1 … 2x .5 7 .1 … x 41.  2 .1 … 11 25.2t 2 … 6 2 3 3 1 2z Interval Notation Exercises 1–8: Express the following in interval notation. 38. 3x .5 z Ú 3(z . 2x Ú .t 6 0 6 x + 5 7 2x + 3 10 15.) Solve the inequality graphically. Express the solution set in setbuilder or interval notation. x … 7 6. 5 6 4t .3 7 1(x + 1) 2 23.2 6 1 .2 19. (a) ax + b = 0 (b) ax + b 6 0 (c) ax + b Ú 0 47. 3 y 2 1 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 1 3 y = –x + 1 x 2 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 2 3 x 49. x 7 . Use setbuilder notation.5x + 1 3 44. 39.x 3 12. 37. 3 y 29.2 … 2 42.2 z) .4x + 4 3 3 43.3 3. 2x .t 3 3 6 6 4 5 4 + 2(3 .x 2x .1(2z .2x 6 5 Solving Linear Inequalities Symbolically Exercises 9–38: Solve the inequality symbolically. 6 4 3 21.6) + z Ú 5 4 1 .5x 24. {x  x 7 5} 36.2 7 . Write the solution set to each inequality in setbuilder or interval notation.3 6 5 11. .z + z Ú + 1 3 2 6 3 Solving Linear Inequalities Graphically Exercises 39–46: (Refer to Example 2. {x  1 … x 6 8} 7.1 5. 17.2z) 18.(x + 3) Ú 3 4 2 3 x –3 –2 31. 9. 0 6 7x .3(z .1 6 2(x . x Ú .1 … 1 .x … 20 27.3x) … .7 … 1 .2(x + 3) Ú 4 .z) . 2x . t + 2 Ú 5 3 3 . y = –x – 2 3 2 1 –3 y 50. 1. 2 . {x  2 6 x … 4} 8.1 2 (1 . 5x . .4x 6 12 7 x + 2 3x 20. 4x . 3 … 4 . x + 2 Ú 2x 40. 5 7 2(x + 4) .4 Exercises 35.4) Ú 2(1 . . 5 . y 3 3 y = 2x – 3 48.5 … 4 3 Exercises 47–50: Use the given graph of y = ax + b to solve each equation and inequality. . 2(x . x 6 2 2.142 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations 2. 3 … 1x + 2 … 6 32. .3x 34.2x 6 40 28. 1 1 .10) + 1 7 0 13. {x  x … 1} 4.4x 6 6 5 –3 –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 x 33. 3(x + 5) … 0 14. 6 x 4 2 22.
x . . 3 2 .987 . 5.2 52.5. The graphs of two linear functions ƒ and g are shown.4 Linear Inequalities Exercises 51–54: xIntercept Method (Refer to Example 4. x .5. 55. 3 … 5x .23(3. (b) Solve the inequality g(x) 7 ƒ(x).5 6 8 63.) Use the xintercept method to solve the inequality.x 6 3x .12 … 22x . y1 … 0 70. Write the solution set in setbuilder or interval notation.5 … 0 78.2.1 6 15 5 67.4x . 1 2x 143 68. Use setbuilder notation.1990) + 55 Ú 60 58. 5 6 2x . Solve the compound linear inequality graphically.0.6 7 0 72.1) 60.2x Ú 9 73. 3x . 5 6 4x .5 6 6 66.1 .7(x . y 77. 79. y1 6 0.1 y = g(x) y = h(x) Exercises 55–60: Solve the linear inequality graphically.1) 82.1.1. 1 . Then solve the inequality symbolically. 7) x y = f (x) Exercises 79–82: Solve the inequality. 2x . 1.17 6 15 62.1x) Exercises 61–66.0. 71.23x 6 5(x + 1. 1.2 … 10 75. Approximate the endpoints to the nearest thousandth when appropriate.3 … 1x .4 7 10 56. (a) Solve the equation g(x) = ƒ(x).p Ú 23 .238x + 0.2 … 1x 2 3 53.1x .998 … 1.2 54. 3 … 1 .2x 6 3 65.x … 2x 500 400 300 200 100 0 y = f (x) 1 2 3 4 5 6 x Solving Linear Inequalities Numerically Exercises 69 and 70: Assume y1 represents a linear function with the set of real numbers for its domain. and approximate endpoints to the nearest tenth when appropriate.5x 3 6 … 4 3 4 74.8 7 5 80. px .2) .5x … 6.2.5 81. 3x + 6 … 9 57.8 64. 1. and approximate endpoints to the nearest tenth whenever appropriate.2. 0.5 .7) + 1.7x .p)x .7x 59. 69. Use the figure to solve each equation or inequality. 55 . (a) ƒ(x) = g(x) (b) g(x) = h(x) (c) ƒ(x) 6 g(x) 6 h(x) y 700 600 (d) g(x) 7 h(x) + 1 7 3 2x . Write the solution set in setbuilder or interval notation. Approximate endpoints to the nearest hundredth whenever appropriate. Use the table to solve the inequalities.5x 6 1 You Decide the Method y = g(x) –5 –5 5 5 (8. 25(x .1.13. y1 7 0. Write the solution set in setbuilder notation. 51.3. y1 Ú 0 X 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Y1 220 165 110 55 0 – 55 – 110 X 0 X –5 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 X Y1 – 32 – 16 0 16 32 48 64 Exercises 71–78: Solve each inequality numerically. 1 … 3x . x . 5x . 2(x .5. 2 .5 … 9.4 6 2x . 4 6 4 2x .5(x .1 6 15 76.1x 6 17 61. Write the solution set in setbuilder or interval notation. ( 211 . 22x 7 10.
58x . Distance Function ƒ computes the distance y in miles between a car and the city of Omaha after x hours. where 0 … x … 6. Louis after x hours are computed by the functions ƒA and ƒB. where x is the year.) (a) Find a linear function given by B(x) = m(x .19x. Distance between Cars Cars A and B are both traveling in the same direction. 86. (a) Use the intersectionofgraphs method to estimate the altitudes where the temperature is below freezing. (b) How many hours elapse before the two cars are the same distance from St. Clouds and Temperature (Refer to Example 3. Temperature and Altitude Suppose the Fahrenheit temperature x miles above ground level is given by the formula T(x) = 85 .) (a) Interpret the slope of the graph of P.000 to $194.) Suppose the groundlevel temperature is 65°F and the dew point is 50°F. (d) When is the car’s distance from Omaha greater than 100 miles? y 350 Distance (miles) 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 1 y = f (x) y = 200 y = 100 2 3 4 5 6 x (b) Use B(x) to estimate the years when the number of households using broadband Internet connections was 24 million or more. (a) Which car is traveling faster? Explain. 225) x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Time (hours) 84. where x = 0 corresponds to 1990 and x = 15 to 2005. (a) Is the car moving toward or away from Omaha? Explain.000. (b) What does the xintercept on the graph of y = T(x) represent? y = fA(x) Applications 83. Louis when this occurs? (c) During what time interval is car B farther from St. (b) Solve part (a) symbolically.) (a) Interpret the slope of the graph of D. increased from 6 million in 2000 to 30 million in 2004. y = fB (x) (2. Prices of Homes The median prices of a singlefamily home in the United States from 1990 to 2005 can be approximated by the formula P(x) = 8667x + 90. such as cable and DSL. Time (hours) . Broadband Internet Connections The number of households using broadband Internet connections. (b) Estimate when the density varied between 50 and 75 people per square mile. (b) Estimate the years when the median price range was from $142.144 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations 85. 87. Louis? How far are they from St. respectively. (a) Use the intersectionofgraphs method to estimate the altitudes where clouds will not form. Population Density The population density D of the United States in people per square mile during year x from 1900 to 2000 can be approximated by the formula D(x) = 0. (Source: Bureau of the Census.5.1080. The graphs of ƒ and the horizontal lines y = 100 and y = 200 are shown in the figure. 88. (Source: National Association of Realtors. Assume that the domain of B is 2000 to 2006. The graphs of ƒA and ƒB are shown in the figure for 0 … x … 10.x1) + y1 that models these data. Their distances in miles north of St. (Source: eMarketer.000. 89. Louis than car A? y 700 Distance (miles) 600 500 400 300 200 100 (c) Solve part (a) symbolically. (b) Determine the times when the car is 100 miles and 200 miles from Omaha. Assume that the domain of T is 0 … x … 6. (c) Determine when the car is from 100 to 200 miles from Omaha.
(b) Estimate the years when this percentage was from 58% to 60%. homes that are owned by their occupant rather than rented for selected years x. (c) Did your estimate involve interpolation or extrapolation? 100. What range of values is possible for the perimeter P of the picture frame? Express your answer by using a threepart inequality. 93. Use a linear function to estimate the days when the sun rose between 6:10 A. Consumer Spending In 2005 consumers used credit and debit cards to pay for 40% of all purchases. (b) Solve the inequality ƒ(x) 7 2.M.) 94.2. where x is the year.M. Error Tolerances Suppose that an aluminum can is manufactured so that its radius r can vary from 1. Modeling Data The following data are exactly linear.5 4 10. (a) Find a linear function P that models the data. Thomas. (b) Solve the inequality 2 … ƒ(x) … 8. x y 0 1. What range of values is possible for the circumference C of the can? Express your answer by using a threepart inequality. Modeling Data The following data are exactly linear.M. 98.9 inches and 10. (Source: CardWeb.4 2 3. Error Tolerances Suppose that a square picture frame has sides that vary between 9. on the 90th day (March 30) of 2008 the sun rose at 6:30 A. and 6:00 A.S. 96.25. (b) Estimate when this percentage was between 45% and 50%.M. Do not consider days after April 21. Do not consider days after May 8. on the 77th day (March 17) of 2008 the sun rose at 7:00 A.4 Linear Inequalities 90. (b) Estimate when this number was between $450 billion and $540 billion.) r 95. Cell Phone Subscribers The table lists the number N of cell phone subscribers worldwide in millions for selected years x.6 4 9. 91.) (a) Find a linear function P that models the data.M. and on the 112th day (April 21) the sun rose at 6:00 A.5 6 16. This percentage is projected to be 55% in 2011. (b) Estimate the years when this number was from 43 million to 83 million.. and 6:40 A.) (a) Find a linear function given by B(x) = m(x . (Source: R. Modeling Sunrise Times In Denver. (c) Did your estimate involve interpolation or extrapolation? . Modeling Sunrise Times In Boston.01 inches. Linear Regression 99. (Source: Bloomburg.5 (a) Find a linear function ƒ that models the data.5 3 6.) (a) Find a linear function V that models the data.99 inches to 2. Use a linear function to estimate the days when the sun rose between 5:45 A. Assume that the domain of B is 2002 to 2007.M. Thomas.M.M. (b) Use B(x) to estimate the years when consumer losses from online betting were more than $6 billion. 145 97. (Source: R. Home Ownership Rates The table lists the percentage P of U. and on the 129th day (May 8) the sun rose at 5:30 A. x P 1900 47% 1950 55% 1980 64% 2006 69% Source: Bureau of the Census. 92. (Source: Christiansen Capital Advisors.5 2 4. Online Betting Consumer gambling losses from online betting were $4 billion in 2002 and $10 billion in 2005.7 5 12.8 (a) Find a linear function ƒ that models the data.1 inches..x1) + y1 that models these data. VISA Cards Annual transactions on VISA cards increased from $400 billion in 2002 to $635 billion in 2007. x N 2001 128 2002 141 2003 159 2004 182 2005 208 Source: CTIA—The Wireless Association. x y 1 0. (a) Find a linear function N that models the data.
Use properties of inequalities to show that if 0 6 a 6 b. How would the solution sets change if a 6 0? 102.x) .2x … 3. a linear equation.x) . then a 6 2ab 6 b. Suppose the solution to the equation ax + b = 0 with a 7 0 is x = k. (a) 3(2 .x) .146 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations 104. 4. Writing about Mathematics 101. Give an example. what must you make sure to do? Explain by using an example. Geometric Mean The geometric mean of two numbers a and b is given by 2ab. EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISES 1. (a) Graphical (b) Numerical (c) Symbolic 2. Discuss how the value of k can be used to help solve the linear inequalities ax + b 7 0 and ax + b 6 0. The absolute value is necessary because D can be either less than or greater than 180. Solve the inequality 2(x . there is a margin of error of 30 feet. first done by a human in 1875. Use setbuilder or interval notation. If you multiply each part of a threepart inequality by the same negative number. . Explain how a linear function.4 1. That is. the horizontal distance D traveled by the human cannonball can vary between 180 .1x 2 3 2 3 2 y 7 0 … 0 y = –3(2 – x) – 1 x – 2 3 2 x 2. is to land squarely on a net.3 AND 2.x. 2 2. Solve the linear equation 4(x .3 = 0 2 2 6 2 –6 –4 –2 –2 –4 –6 2 4 6 (b) 3(2 . 3.1x 2 (c) 3(2 .4) 7 1 . The most dangerous part of the feat. Compare your results. Solve the compound inequality 2 … 1 . For a human cannonball who wants to fly 180 feet in the air and then land in the center of a net with a 60footlong safe zone.1x . Describe how to numerically solve the linear inequality ax + b … 0. then a 6 a + b 6 b. Then solve each part symbolically.180 ƒ … 30. including being fired out of a cannon. Use setbuilder or interval notation when possible. Use the graph to the right to solve each equation and inequality. Express the solution set in setbuilder notation.3 by using each method.2) = 2(5 . 103.5 Absolute Value Equations and Inequalities • Evaluate and graph the absolute value function • Solve absolute value equations • Solve absolute value inequalities Introduction A margin of error can be very important in many aspects of life. but by not more than 30 feet. CHECKING BASIC CONCEPTS FOR SECTIONS 2. Illustrate this process graphically. Use properties of inequalities 2 to show that if a 6 b. Give an example.) This margin of error can be expressed mathematically by using the absolute value inequality ƒ D . Arithmetic Mean The arithmetic mean of two numbers a and b is given by a + b. and a linear inequality are related.30 = 150 feet and 180 + 30 = 210 feet. (Source: Ontario Science Center.x) .
EXAMPLE 1 Analyzing the graph of y = ƒ ax + b ƒ For each linear function ƒ. That is. However. and the graph of y2 = ƒ ƒ(x) ƒ is the reflection of y1 = ƒ(x) across the xaxis. . respectively.56 The Absolute Value Function There is another formula for ƒ x ƒ . It is Vshaped and cannot be represented by a single linear function.x (when x 6 0). and 2(2x)2 = ƒ 2x ƒ . it can be represented by the lines y = x (when x Ú 0) and y = .2. For x 6 . The graphs are identical for x 7 .56. graph y = ƒ(x) and y = ƒ ƒ(x) ƒ separately. for all real numbers x. 2y 2 = ƒ y ƒ . ƒxƒ = e x x if x 6 0 if x Ú 0 Figure 2. 2( 7)2 = 249 = 7.5 Absolute Value Equations and Inequalities 147 The Absolute Value Function y 6 y =⏐x⏐ 4 2 –6 –4 –2 –2 –4 –6 2 4 6 x The graph of y = ƒ x ƒ is shown in Figure 2. Consider the following examples.2x + 4 SOLUTION (a) The graphs of y1 = x + 2 and y2 = ƒ x + 2 ƒ are shown in Figures 2. Discuss how the absolute value affects the graph of ƒ. The graph of y2 is Vshaped. regardless of whether a real number x is positive or negative. 232 = 29 = 3 272 = 249 = 7 and and 2( 3)2 = 29 = 3. y y =⏐x + 2⏐ y 3 3 1 y=x+2 –5 –4 –3 1 1 –1 –1 –2 –3 x –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 1 x Figure 2. 2(x .2. The graph of y1 is a line with xintercept 2.1)2 = ƒ x . (a) ƒ(x) = x + 2 (b) ƒ(x) = .58 NOTE In general. the expression 2x 2 equals the absolute value of x.57 and 2. The graph of y2 = ƒ ƒ(x) ƒ does not dip below the xaxis because an absolute value is never negative. The absolute value function is decreasing for x … 0 and increasing for x Ú 0.1 ƒ . This statement is summarized by 2x 2 = ƒ x ƒ For example. This suggests that the absolute value function can be defined symbolically using a piecewiselinear function.58.57 Figure 2. the graph of y = ƒ ƒ(x) ƒ is a reflection of the graph of y = ƒ(x) across the xaxis whenever ƒ(x) 6 0. the graph of y1 = ƒ(x) passes below the xaxis.2. Otherwise (whenever ƒ(x) Ú 0). their graphs are identical.
then ƒ ax + b ƒ = k has two solutions given by ax + b = k. Thus there are two solutions to the equation ƒ ax + b ƒ = k. as illustrated in Figure 2. k > 0 x y=0 x x y y = ax + b  y y = ax + b  y = k. y 8 Absolute Value Equations y=5 (5. The graph of y2 = ƒ ƒ(x) ƒ is the reflection of ƒ across the xaxis whenever the graph of y1 = ƒ(x) is below the xaxis. as shown in Figure 2. where the graph of y = ƒ x ƒ intersects the horizontal line y = 5 at the points ( 5. which corresponds to the xintercept. which can be found by solving the linear equation ax + b = 0. The graph of y = ƒ ax + b ƒ with a Z 0 is Vshaped. This fact is shown visually in Figure 2. 5) y =⏐x⏐ 4 8 (−5. k < 0 Figure 2.62. It intersects the horizontal line y = k twice whenever k 7 0.61. Thus the equation ƒ ax + b ƒ = k with k 6 0 has no solutions.63 One Solution Figure 2. The vertex (or point) of the Vshaped graph corresponds to the xintercept. y y Calculator Help To access the absolute value function.148 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations (b) The graphs of y1 = .59 and 2.63.61 The equation ƒ x ƒ = 5 has two solutions: 5.64 No Solutions Absolute Value Equations Let k be a positive number. 5) –8 –4 4 x –4 –8 Figure 2.60 Now Try Exercises 13 and 17 Example 1 illustrates the fact that the graph of y = ƒ ax + b ƒ with a Z 0 is Vshaped and is never located below the xaxis. as shown in Figure 2. the line y = k lies below the xaxis and there are no points of intersection. This Vshaped graph intersects the line y = 0 once. 5). y = –2x + 4 4 2 –6 –4 –2 –2 –4 –6 4 6 4 2 x –6 –4 –2 –2 –4 –6 2 4 6 x y =⏐–2x + 4⏐ Figure 2.2x + 4 and y2 = ƒ 2x + 4 ƒ are shown in Figures 2. These concepts can be illustrated visually. the graph of y2 is Vshaped. equation ƒ ax + b ƒ = 0 has one solution.59 Figure 2. Then ƒ ax + b ƒ = k is equivalent to ax + b = k. the solutions to ƒ x ƒ = k with k 7 0 are given by x = k.60. Thus if y = ax + b. see Appendix A (page AP10).64. Again. In general. When k 6 0. As a result. .62 Two Solutions Figure 2. y y = ax + b  y = k.
29. 6. (a) ƒ 3x .5.3.5.1 x = 1 3 Figure 2.9. The Vshaped graph of y1 intersects the horizontal line at the points (. as shown in Figures 2. Multiply by 3.66 Figure 2. it might appear at first glance that there were no solutions. However. numerically. 1] by [ 6. x ƒ 3x . SOLUTION Graphical Solution Graph Y1 = abs(2X + 5) and Y2 = 2.2x ƒ = .2 ƒ .6 ƒ = 15 is satisfied when 3x . Solve each equation.5 = .1 and 5. 9.66 and 2.2 = 3 or or or 3x = 5 x = 5 3 3 and has two solutions.2 15.5 and 1.6 ƒ = 15 4 SOLUTION (a) The equation ƒ 3x .5 2 –3 1 – 2. and 31 y = –3 3x .6 = 15 3 4x Equations to solve Add 6 to each side. Now Try Exercises 21.2 ƒ . 6.1. and symbolically.6 = 4 4 3 4x .5 and .2 becomes ƒ 3x .5 2 –1 3 Y1 abs(2X To find a point of intersection. The solutions are 3.2. (b) Because an absolute value is never negative.2x ƒ Ú 0 for all x and can never equal 3.2 = 3x . 2).5 Y 2 Intersection X – 1.68. ƒ 1 . 3 3 EXAMPLE 3 Solving an equation with technology Solve the equation ƒ 2x + 5 ƒ = 2 graphically. X Y1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Y2 y1 = y2 y1 = y2 y2 = 2 Intersection X – 3. (c) Because the right side of the equation is a negative number. 1] y1 =⏐2x + 5⏐ [ .67.5. There are no solutions.65. as shown in Figure 2.5 0 –2 1 – 1. Calculator Help [ . This is illustrated graphically in Figure 2. Equations to solve Add 2 to each side.2 ƒ = 3.6 = 15 3 4x or or or 3 4x . 2) and (.5.1.3 (c) ƒ 3x . The solutions to y1 = y2 are 3. see Appendix A (page AP8).68 . Divide by 3.2 = 3 3x = .5 y2 = 2 Y 2 5) Figure 2. 1] by [ . 9.9. if we add 5 to each side of the equation.67 Figure 2.5 Absolute Value Equations and Inequalities EXAMPLE 2 149 Solving absolute value equations (b) ƒ 1 . 4 = 21 = 9 x = 28 y x = .65 No Solutions The solutions are .12 3 1 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 1 y =⏐1 – 2x⏐ 2 3 The solutions are 12 and 28. This equation is equivalent to 3x .6.5 = . Numerical Solution Table Y1 = abs(2X + 5) and Y2 = 2. 1] y1 =⏐2x + 5⏐ –4 3 – 3.
SOLUTION The equation ƒ S .2 = . x . Find the maximum and minimum speed limits by solving the equation ƒ S . An Equation with Two Absolute Values Sometimes more than one absolute value sign occurs in an equation. Divide by 2.3 x = 3 2 or or or 2x + 5 = . ax b d ).55 = 15 S = 70 or or S .2 = .55 = 15. SOLUTION We must solve both of the following equations. EXAMPLE 5 Solving an equation involving two absolute values Solve the equation ƒ x . S . that is.2 = 1 . Now Try Exercise 73 The maximum speed limit is 70 miles per hour and the minimum is 40 miles per hour.2 ƒ = ƒ 1 . or or or x .55 = .55 ƒ = 15 is equivalent to S .15 S = 40 Equations to solve Add 55 to each side.2 2x = . The solution set for the inequality ƒ ax + b ƒ 6 k is green on the xaxis.7 x = 7 2 Equations to solve Subtract 5 from each side. Now Try Exercise 45 2.55 ƒ = 15.2x ƒ .69 the solutions to ƒ ax + b ƒ = k are labeled s1 and s2. The Vshaped graph of y = ƒ ax + b ƒ is below the horizontal line y = k between s1 and s2.70 the Vshaped graph is above the horizontal line y = k left of s1 or right of s2.150 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations Symbolic Solution The equation ƒ 2x + 5 ƒ = 2 is satisfied when 2x + 5 = 2x + 5 = 2 2x = . In Figure 2. The solution set for the inequality ƒ ax + b ƒ 7 k is green on the xaxis. EXAMPLE 4 Describing speed limits with absolute values The lawful speeds S on an interstate highway satisfy ƒ S . or when s1 6 x 6 s2. an equation might be in the form ƒ ax In this case there are two possibilities: either ax b cx bƒ d ƒ cx d ƒ.2x 3x = 3 x = 1 There are two solutions: 1 and 1.2x) x . when x 6 s1 or x 7 s2. For example.1 + 2x 1 = x Now Try Exercise 35 Absolute Value Inequalities In Figure 2.(1 . or (cx This symbolic technique is demonstrated in the next example.55 ƒ … 15. .
1 x = 1 2 The solutions to ƒ 2x . 11 D .5 = 6 2x = . Similar statements can be made for inequalities involving … or Ú .x ƒ 7 3 6. 2) y=2 (1. These graphs intersect at the points ( .5 ƒ … 6 SOLUTION (a) Begin by solving ƒ 2x . The solutions to ƒ x + 1 ƒ 6 2 lie between s1 = . 2 2 . For this reason. 3) ´ (1. 2.2 … x … 2 . The solution set for the inequality 2 2 1 11 ƒ 2x . These results are generalized as follows. q ). It follows that the two solutions to y =  x + 1 ƒx + 1ƒ = 2 are s1 = 3 and s2 = 1. which can be written as 3 6 x 6 1. For example.3 or x 7 1 is written as (.5 ƒ … 6 includes all real numbers x satisfying . Figure 2.3 and s2 = 1. the solutions to ƒ x + 1 ƒ 7 2 lie “outside” s1 = . where s1 6 s2 and k 7 0. EXAMPLE 6 Solving inequalities involving absolute values symbolically (b) ƒ 5 .5 Absolute Value Equations and Inequalities y y = ax + b  y y = ax + b 151 y=k y=k x s1 s2  ax + b < k s1 s2  ax + b > k x y Figure 2. ƒ ax + b ƒ 6 k is equivalent to s1 6 x 6 s2. 3) or (1. 2) and (1. s1 and s2 are called boundary numbers.5 ƒ = 6 are .1.q . 2) 1 3 –3 –1 –1 –3 x Note that in both figures equality (determined by s1 and s2) is the boundary between greater than and less than. 2).5 = 6 2x = 11 x = 11 2 or or or 2x .5 = 2x .1 and 11.70 (–3. the graphs of y = ƒ x + 1 ƒ and y = 2 are shown in Figure 2.q . Solve each inequality symbolically. q ) in interval notation. x 6 . 2x .2. 1. ƒ ax + b ƒ 7 k is equivalent to x 6 s1 or x 7 s2. Furthermore.3.69 Figure 2. (a) ƒ 2x .3 and s2 = 1. Write the solution set in interval notation. This can be written as x 6 . NOTE The union symbol ´ may be used to write x 6 s1 or x 7 s2 in interval notation.3 or x 7 1.71. In interval notation this is written as C .71 Absolute Value Inequalities Let the solutions to ƒ ax + b ƒ = k be s1 and s2.5 ƒ = 6. For example. This indicates that the solution set includes all real numbers in either (. or equivalently.
8 x = 8 3. 20) and (69. Now Try Exercises 55 and 63 EXAMPLE 7 Analyzing the temperature range in Santa Fe The inequality ƒ T . 5] y1 =⏐x – 49⏐ y2 = 20 y2 = 20 Intersection X 29 Y 20 y2 = 20 Intersection X 69 Y 20 Figure 2. New Mexico. 5] y1 =⏐x – 49⏐ [20. 35. Miller and J.q .x ƒ 7 3 is equivalent to x 6 2 or x 7 8.49 ƒ = 20 are 29 and 69.x = 3 x = . The monthly averages are always within 20 degrees of 49°F. Thus the solution set consists of all temperatures T satisfying 29 … T … 69.49) and Y2 = 20. In interval notation this is written as (. 20). T .x ƒ = 3. The solutions to ƒ 5 .49 = .x ƒ = 3 are 2 and 8. . The solution set for ƒ 5 . such as calculus.49 ƒ … 20 is equivalent to 29 … T … 69. (Source: A. 5] by [0. The Vshaped graph of y1 intersects the horizontal line at the points (29. Thompson. It is based on the following two properties. Now Try Exercise 77 An Alternative Method There is a second symbolic method that can be used to solve absolute value inequalities. 5 . 80. q ).74. or equivalently.x = 3 x = 2 x = 2 or or or 5 .x ƒ 7 3 includes all real numbers x left of 2 or right of 8. [20. as in Figure 2.73 and 2. Use this fact to interpret the results from part (a). 80.49 ƒ … 20 describes the range of monthly average temperatures T in degrees Fahrenheit for Santa Fe. Thus ƒ 5 . See Figures 2. 2) ´ (8.49 ƒ = 20. 35.) (a) Solve this inequality graphically and symbolically. This method is often used in advanced mathematics courses. Therefore the monthly average temperatures in Sante Fe vary between a low of 29°F (January) and a high of 69°F (July). 5] by [0.72. (b) The solutions to ƒ T .74 Symbolic Solution First solve the related equation ƒ T . SOLUTION (a) Graphical Solution Graph Y1 = abs(X . 5] y1 =⏐x – 49⏐ [20.73 Figure 2.x = 5 .x ƒ 7 3.152 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations (b) To solve ƒ 5 . 35. Elements of Meteorology.20 T = 29 or or T . begin by solving ƒ 5 .49 = 20 T = 69 Thus by our previous discussion ƒ T . (b) The high and low monthly average temperatures satisfy the absolute value equation ƒ T . 5] by [0. The graph of y1 is below the graph of y2 between these two points.72 Figure 2.49 ƒ = 20. 80.
k.5x ƒ … 3 SOLUTION (a) ƒ 4 . 7 D .2) = ƒ 2 ƒ = 2 y 3 2 1 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 1 f (x) = x  2 3 x continued on next page .6 ƒ 7 2 Solve each absolute value inequality. Sketch the graphs of y = ax + b. y = . 1.5x ƒ … 3 is equivalent to the following threepart inequality. Similar statements can be made for inequalities involving … or Ú. 2.5x … 3 .4x . Divide each by 4.7 ◊ 5x ◊ 1 7 1 » x » 5 5 CLASS DISCUSSION Equivalent inequality Subtract 4 from each part. reverse the inequality. (a) ƒ 4 . ƒ ax + b ƒ 7 k is equivalent to ax + b 6 . 3 … 4 . ƒ ax + b ƒ 6 k is equivalent to k 6 ax + b 6 k. In interval notation the solution is C 1.6 ƒ 7 2 is equivalent to the following compound inequality. Explanation Examples Absolute value function ƒ(x) = ƒ x ƒ : The output from the absolute value function is never negative.2.5 Absolute Value Equations and Inequalities 153 Absolute Value Inequalities (Alternative Method) Let k be a positive number. reverse the inequality. y = ƒ ax + b ƒ . Write your answer in interval notation. ƒ(.q . 4x .5 Putting It All Together Concept The following table summarizes some important concepts from this section.6 6 . In interval notation the solution set is (.2 4x<4 x>. EXAMPLE 8 Using an alternative method (b) ƒ 4x . Now Try Exercises 57 and 61 2. Divide each part by 5. q ).2 Equivalent compound inequality Add 6 to each side. 2) ´ (1. and y = k on one xyplane. Now use these graphs to explain why the alternative method for solving absolute value inequalities is correct.6 7 2 4x>8 x<.1 or or or .k or ax + b 7 k. ƒ(x) = ƒ x ƒ is equivalent to ƒ(x) = 2x 2. 5 5 (b) ƒ 4x .
Absolute Value Graphs Exercises 9–12: Graph by hand. 3. (c) Determine the xintercept for the graph of the equation y = ƒ ƒ(x) ƒ .x ƒ Basic Concepts Exercises 1–8: Let a Z 0. 7. y = ƒ 1 . where s1 6 s2. . Solve ƒ x . Absolute value inequalities To solve ƒ ax + b ƒ 6 k or ƒ ax + b ƒ 7 k with k 7 0. (b) Determine where the graph is increasing and where it is decreasing.5 ƒ 7 4. 3. (a) Find the xintercept. 1.9 ƒ = . 2. 6 x . y = ƒ 2x . y = 3x . y = 2 . Solve ƒ ax + b ƒ … . 3.4 or 3x .4 18. y = 2x .5 = . 1 6 . 6. ƒ ax + b ƒ 7 k is equivalent to x 6 s1 or x 7 s2. first solve ƒ x . then ƒ ax + b ƒ = k has two solutions. then ƒ ax + b ƒ = k has one solution. y = 1x 2 16.5 Exercises 9.5 ƒ 6 4 is equivalent to 1 6 x 6 9. y = ƒ 1x + 1 ƒ 2 Exercises 13–18: (Refer to Example 1. If k = 0. y = 6 . (b) Use the graph of y = ƒ(x) to sketch a graph of the equation y = ƒ ƒ(x) ƒ .2x 14. ƒ ax + b ƒ 6 k is equivalent to s1 6 x 6 s2. Solve  x  = 3.3 ƒ 12.5 ƒ 6 4 or ƒ x .3 17. Alternative method for solving absolute value inequalities 1.5 ƒ = 4. 13. 2.154 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations continued from previous page Concept Explanation Examples Absolute value equations 1. Rewrite 2(ax + b)2 by using an absolute value. 2.5 ƒ 7 4 is equivalent to x 6 1 or x 7 9. To solve ƒ x .1 ƒ 5 4 2.5 ƒ = 4 to obtain the solutions s1 = 1 and s2 = 9. Describe the graph of y = ƒ ax + b ƒ . Solve  x  7 3. 2.5 or x . Solve ƒ 3x . If k 7 0.1 7 5 x 6 . 3x . given by ax + b = k.1 6 5 6 x 6 6 7 5 is solved as follows. ƒ 4x .2. y = ƒ x + 1 ƒ 2.4 or x 7 6 2. 1.4x 10. Let these solutions be s1 and s2.2 has no solutions. Solve  x  … 3. ƒ x . given by ax + b = 0. Solve ƒ ax + b ƒ = 0. If k 6 0. y = 2x 15. x . then ƒ ax + b ƒ = k has no solutions. ƒ x . ƒ ax + b ƒ 6 k with k 7 0 is equivalent to k 6 ax + b 6 k. 5. (a) Graph y = ƒ(x). ƒ ax + b ƒ 7 k with k 7 0 is equivalent to ax + b 6 .) Do the following.1 ƒ = 0.5 = 4 3x = 1 or 3x = 9 x = 1 or x = 3 3 2.1 = 0 implies x = 1 . 1. 1. ƒ x . first solve ƒ ax + b ƒ = k.1 ƒ x 6 5 is solved as follows. ƒ x . 4. 11.k or ax + b 7 k. 1. Rewrite 236a 2 by using an absolute value. 8.
ƒ 3x ƒ = .x ƒ = 2 (b) ƒ 5 . what is the value of  ƒ(k)  ? 68. The graphs oƒ f and g are shown. (a) ƒ 2x . ƒ 6x . ƒ 1x 2 3 4 ƒ = 7 4. ƒ 4x . 53.9 ƒ = 0 28. ƒ 15x .7 Exercises 45–48: Solve the equation (a) graphically.7 ƒ . ƒ 3x . ƒ 15 .2 = 2 33.4.4x ƒ = 5 25.5 . 0]. Then solve the related inequality. ƒ 7 . 45. Then solve the related inequality.3x ƒ = 1 26.q .11 ƒ = . Solve each equation and inequality. ƒ 2.25x .2 ƒ = 0 27. 48.7 ƒ = 2 23. ƒ 0.4 ƒ = 8. Write the solution in interval notation.0.3 ƒ Ú 5 66.5x . ƒ 2.0.3x ƒ 7 2 ƒ 4x .7 ƒ = 5. ƒ 2x ƒ = 4 20.3 ƒ 7 1 63.6 ƒ = . ƒ 5x . ƒ 6x . 52.4 ƒ … 8 ƒ 5 . 47. ƒ 5x .4 You Decide the Method Exercises 55–66: Solve the inequality.1x . ƒ 1x + 2 3 2 3 ƒ = ƒ 2x 7 2 Exercises 49–54: Solve the equation symbolically.20 ƒ Exercises 41 and 42. (a) ƒ(x) = g(x) (b) ƒ(x) 6 g(x) (c) ƒ(x) 7 g(x) 10 6 4 2 –2 –2 2 4 6 8 10 54. what is the value of  ƒ(k)  ? 69. what is the domain of  ƒ(x)  ? 70.1 = 3 32.7 ƒ 7 2 64. (a) ƒ 5 . ƒ 3x . ƒ 0. ƒ 5 . ƒ 2x .4 50. If ƒ(k) = 17. what is the domain of  ƒ(x)  ? –4 –2 –1 Exercises 43 and 44: Solve each equation or inequality.5x ƒ 40.3x ƒ = 2.5 ƒ = 10. ƒ 3x + 1 ƒ … 5 60. ƒ 4.7 36. ƒ x . ƒ 5x . ƒ 3x ƒ + 5 = 6.0.1x .1.3x ƒ .x ƒ Ú 2 .2 ƒ = 5 24.5 ƒ … 8 62.1 ƒ 7 3 x Domain and Range 67. ƒ 3x .7 ƒ = 2.2x ƒ + 1.x ƒ … 2 (c) ƒ 5 . ƒ 3x .7 ƒ Ú 2.4 ƒ = 0 30. ƒ 2x .3 ƒ 6 1 (c) ƒ 2x . 4].9 ƒ = ƒ 8 .40 ƒ = ƒ 80x .10 6 25 2 ƒ 3x 1 2 1 ƒ … 4 39.5 ƒ = ƒ 35 .4.6 21. ƒ 3x 4 1 4 3 1 ƒ = ƒ 4 . ƒ 3x ƒ + 5 7 6 ƒ x ƒ .4x ƒ 34. ƒ 3 .4.5 ƒ + 3 = 2 35. ƒ 17x .5 Absolute Value Equations and Inequalities 155 Absolute Value Equations and Inequalities Exercises 19–40: Solve the absolute value equation. ƒ 3 . ƒ 1. ƒ 5x . (a) ƒ(x) = g(x) (b) ƒ(x) … g(x) (c) ƒ(x) Ú g(x) 5 4 2 y y = g (x) y = f (x) 2 4 6 8 65. ƒ 2x .4x ƒ … 11 58.10 = 25.2. 55. y 41. ƒ 20x .5x + 5 ƒ Ú 4 y = g (x) y = f (x) x 59.3 ƒ = .1 ƒ 6 8 56.x ƒ 38. If the domain of ƒ(x) is given by [ 2.2x .6. 43. ƒ x ƒ . ƒ 2.3 22. 49. ƒ 2 .x ƒ 6 7 57. If the domain of ƒ(x) is given by (. 1 ƒ 2x  3 4 ƒ … 7 4 ƒ 51. 19. If ƒ(k) = . ƒ 3x + 8 ƒ Ú 3 42. (b) numerically.0. ƒ x . ƒ 4x .3x ƒ 37.16x ƒ = 0 29.0.75 ƒ 6 2 61. ƒ 0.1x .7 ƒ Ú 5 31.5 ƒ 6 10 46. ƒ 2x . ƒ 2x 3 1 2 1 ƒ = .3 ƒ 7 1 44.3 ƒ = 1 (b) ƒ 2x . and (c) symbolically. ƒ 7 . ƒ 8x .3 ƒ = ƒ 8 .3 ƒ 7 .1 = 9. ƒ 7x .
then d must satisfy the absolute value inequality  d . Punta Arenas.5.62  … 19.5  … 8. (a) Solve the inequality. interpret the inequality. Write an absolute value inequality that expresses that the distance between x and c on the number line is less than d. For instance.  T . L be a real number. Explain how you can use the solutions to  ax + b  = k with k 7 0 to solve the inequalities  ax + b  6 k and  ax + b  7 k.50  … 22. (a) Determine the altitudes x where the air temperature T is between 0°F and 32°F. If the range of ƒ(x) is given by (. what values for Q are possible? 71. What measured lengths are possible for the side S of the square to have relative error in the perimeter that is less than or equal to 0.) The inequality describes the range of monthly average temperatures T in degrees Fahrenheit at a certain location.01 inches might be acceptable. If the maximum error in the diameter d of a can is limited to 0. EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISES 1. Explain how to solve  ax + b  = k with k 7 0 symbolically. 5 (a) Determine the altitudes x where the dew point D is between 50°F and 60°F. either 2. If the range of ƒ(x) is given by (. 85. Let d be a positive number and let x and c be real numbers. Write an absolute value inequality that expresses that the distance between ƒ(x) and L on the number line is less than P.004 inch.57.A `. Massachusetts 80.19x. 0].  T . Speed Limits The lawful speeds S on an interstate highway satisfy  S .  T . 74. 88.5. Let P be a positive number. Chile 83. Buenos Aires. 77. if an aluminum can is supposed to have a diameter of 3 inches.29x.) The exact perimeter P of a square is 50 feet.99 inches or 3. Relative Error If a quantity is measured to be Q and its exact value is A.61.004. (a) Write an absolute value inequality for L that describes this requirement.  T . Marquette. what is the range of  ƒ(x)  ? Applications 73. If the ground temperature is 80°F. what is the range of  ƒ(x)  ? 72. Give an example.3  … 0.43. Tennessee 79. 2.5. Temperature and Altitude Air temperature decreases as altitude increases. 5).5  … 12. A If the exact value is A = 35 and you want the relative error in Q to be less than or equal to 0. Memphis. . and ƒ be a function. Relative Error (Refer to Exercise 85. Canada 81.) Suppose that a 12inch ruler must have the correct length L to within 0.156 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations 82.5.  T . Solve this inequality and interpret the results.0002 inch.57. (b) If the high and low monthly average temperatures satisfy equality. (b) Use an absolute value inequality to describe these altitudes. (b) Solve this inequality and interpret the results. Error in Measurements (Refer to Exercise 83.5  … 17.10  … 36. (b) Use an absolute value inequality to describe these altitudes. Dew Point and Altitude The dew point decreases as altitude increases. 75. 76. Error in Measurements Products are often manufactured to be within a specified tolerance of a given size. 84. (a) What distances D can this performer travel and still land safely on the net? (b) Use an absolute value inequality to describe the restrictions on D. Argentina ` 86.43  … 24. Boston. If the ground temperature is 80°F. inclusive. then the air temperature x miles high is T = 80 .4. Michigan 78. then the dew point x miles high is D = 80 .04 (or 4%)? Writing about Mathematics 87. inclusive.q .5  = 17.02 (or 2%). Chesterfield. Exercises 77–82: Average Temperatures (Refer to Example 7.  T . Give an example. Find the maximum and minimum speed limits by solving the absolute value equation  S . then the relative error in Q is Q . Human Cannonball A human cannonball plans to travel 180 feet and land squarely on a net with a 70footlong safe zone.
714.643x . . greatest integer function. then A(t) = 100 . 3. Example: The line of least squares modeling the data (1. slope = . 1).7t gives the gallons of water in the tank after t minutes. and (4. 2 CONCEPT Summary EXPLANATION AND EXAMPLES A linear function can be written as ƒ(x) = ax + b.1 ƒ 7 5. then it can be modeled by a linear function given by ƒ(x) = (constant rate of change)x + (initial amount).4.3 ƒ 7 5 2 5. This method determines a unique line that can be found with a calculator.997. 4. with r L 0. yintercept = 5 SECTION 2. Its graph is a line. PiecewiseDefined Function A function defined by more than one formula on its domain Examples: Step function.1 … r … 1) measures how well a line fits the data.0. (3.5x ƒ .5 1.1 ƒ = 5. 5]. Solve each equation or inequality. For each inequality.x 3x if .CHAPTER 2 Summary 157 CHECKING BASIC CONCEPTS FOR SECTION 2.4 … x 6 1 if 1 … x … 5 It follows that ƒ(2) = 6 because if 1 … x … 5 then ƒ(x) = 3x. 2. (a) Solve the equation ƒ 2x . (b) Use part (a) to solve the absolute value inequalities ƒ 2x .2x + 5. The correlation coefficient r (. Note that ƒ is continuous on its domain of [. Example: ƒ(x) = .1 (b) ƒ 3x .1 ƒ … 5 and ƒ 2x . Graph y = ƒ 3x . Rewrite 24x 2 by using an absolute value. (a) ƒ 2 .2 ƒ by hand.1 LINEAR FUNCTIONS AND MODELS Linear Function Linear Model If a quantity increases or decreases by a constant amount for each unit increase in x. write the solution set in interval notation. 4).2. and ƒ(x) = b 4 .5 ƒ … 4 (c) ƒ 1x . Example: If water is pumped from a full 100gallon tank at 7 gallons per minute. Solve ƒ x + 1 ƒ = ƒ 2x ƒ . absolute value function. 6) is given by y L 1. Linear Regression One way to determine a linear function or a line that models data is to use the method of least squares.4 = .
4y = 12 is . then y = m(x . then that person’s pay P is directly proportional to.1x + 4 are perpendicular. If data vary directly. where the constant of variation is k = 8.x1) + y1 Example: SlopeIntercept Form or y . The lines y1 = 3x . 3 Direct Variation A quantity y is directly proportional to a quantity x. SECTION 2.4(0) = 12 implies that x = 4. Determining Intercepts To find the xintercept(s).3 because 3(0) . The vertical line x = 4 passes through (4. Example: y = 3x .1 and y2 = . . let y = 0 in the equation and solve for x. and a vertical line passing through (a. y1). the ratios x are equal to the constant of variation k.3 LINEAR EQUATIONS Linear Equation Can be written as ax + b = 0 with a Z 0 and has one solution Example: The solution to 2x . Example: If a person works for $8 per hour.3 passes through (6. Examples: The lines y1 = 3x .158 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations CONCEPT EXPLANATION AND EXAMPLES SECTION 2. the number of hours H that the person works by the equation P = 8H. Examples: The horizontal line y = .x1). b) is given by x = a. 2). Examples: The xintercept on the graph of 3x . y where k Z 0. let x = 0 in the equation and solve for y. Horizontal and Vertical Lines A horizontal line passing through the point (a. if y = kx.y1 = m(x .1.3(x + 4) + 5 has slope . or y varies directly with x.4y = 12 implies that y = . y = . To find the yintercept(s).2 EQUATIONS OF LINES PointSlope Form If a line with slope m passes through (x1. The yintercept on the graph of 3x .1 and y2 = 3x + 4 are parallel. or varies directly with.4 = 0 is 2 because 2(2) .4y = 12 is 4 because 3x . then y = mx + b. provided neither line is vertical. Parallel and Perpendicular Lines Parallel lines have equal slopes satisfying m1 = m2. 3).3 and passes through ( 4.4 has slope 3 and yintercept 4. 4 4 If a line has slope m and yintercept b.3. 5). b) is given by y = b. and perpendicular lines have slopes satisfying m1m2 = .4 = 0.
2). Examples: 3(1 .4 = 3 2 1 x = 7 2 x = 14 Given equation Addition property. Example: The graphs of y1 = 2x and y2 = x + 1 intersect at (1. Solve the equation and determine the solution. Set y1 equal to the left side of the equation. The solutions are the xintercepts. provided c Z 0.2x) = 3 . Example: 1 x . Multiplication: a = b is equivalent to ac = bc.3 LINEAR EQUATIONS (CONTINUED) Properties of Equality Addition: a = b is equivalent to a + c = b + c. See the figure below on the left.(x + 1). add 4. an identity is true for all (meaningful) values of the variable. 2) y1 = 2x 1 2 2 1 y2 = x + 1 –2 –2 x x –2 –1 –1 –2 1 2 Point of Intersection (1. You may need to sketch a diagram and refer to known formulas.(x + 1) = 0.6x x + 5 = x x . Does it seem reasonable? . multiply by 2. Multiplication property. and Conditional Equation A contradiction has no solutions. Contradiction. Identity. Look back and check your solution. and a conditional equation is true for some. values of the variable.CHAPTER 2 Summary 159 CONCEPT EXPLANATION AND EXAMPLES SECTION 2. xintercept method: Move all terms to the left side of the equation. write other quantities in terms of this variable. so the solution to the linear equation 2x = x + 1 is 1. The only xintercept is 1. The xcoordinate of a point of intersection is a solution. y y y1 = 2x – (x + 1) 2 (1. Write an equation that relates the quantities described in the problem. 2) xintercept: 1 ProblemSolving Strategies STEP 1: STEP 2: STEP 3: STEP 4: Read the problem and make sure you understand it. but not all. Example: Write 2x = x + 1 as 2x . If necessary. Assign a variable to what you are being asked to find. Graph y1 = 2x . as shown in the figure on the right.1 = 4 Identity Contradiction Conditional equation IntersectionofGraphs and xIntercept Methods Intersectionofgraphs method: Set y1 equal to the left side of the equation and set y2 equal to the right side.
2 2 Absolute Value Inequalities Let the solutions to  ax + b  = k be s1 and s2. Examples: ƒ(9) =  9  = 9.1.3 or x 7 2. then the solution to the linear inequality ax + b 7 0 is either the interval (. Compound Inequality Example: x Ú . or ( . 2.3  = 4 is equivalent to 2x . 1. ….4.3 = 4 or The solutions are 7 and . . 2 … x … 4.q . This is called a threepart inequality. Reverse the inequality symbol. where 7 can be replaced by 6. or equivalently.3 6 0.  ax + b  6 k is equivalent to s1 6 x 6 s2. a 6 b is equivalent to ac 7 bc when c 6 0. q ).  ax + b  7 k is equivalent to x 6 s1 or x 7 s2.160 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations CONCEPT EXPLANATION AND EXAMPLES Can be written as ax + b 7 0 with a Z 0. The solution set is {x  x 6 1}. An equivalent formula is ƒ(x) = 2x 2.4 LINEAR INEQUALITIES Linear Inequality Properties of Inequality Addition: a 6 b is equivalent to a + c 6 b + c. divide by . Example: 3x . or Ú .1 6 2 is linear since it can be written as 3x . The solutions to  2x + 1  6 5 are given by 3 6 x 6 2. Example: The solutions to  2x + 1  = 5 are given by x = . 1). Multiplication: a 6 b is equivalent to ac 6 bc when c 7 0. Similar statements can be made for inequalities involving … or Ú . k) or the interval (k.5 ABSOLUTE VALUE EQUATIONS AND INEQUALITIES Absolute Value Function An absolute value function is defined by ƒ(x) =  x  .3 = . SECTION 2.3.3 and x = 2. where s1 6 s2 and k 7 0. Multiplication property.q .2 and x … 4.  ax + b  = k with k 7 0 is equivalent to ax + b = Example:  2x . 2x . If the solution to ax + b = 0 is k. Example: 3x .4 6 14 3x 6 18 x 7 6 Given equation Addition property. Absolute Value Equations 2(2x + 1)2 =  2x + 1  k. The solutions to  2x + 1  7 5 are given by x 6 . add 4. Its graph is Vshaped. SECTION 2.
Passing through the point ( 2.(1 + x) 2 33. 7) 16. x y .5 3 1. (b) Classify the equation as a contradiction.2(x . 3 2 Exercises 23–28: Solve the linear equation either symbolically or graphically. 5 . passing through (1. 0).1x . Write a formula for a linear function ƒ whose graph has slope 2 and passes through (2.1 26. 3. 3. perpendicular to the line y = 2(x + 5) .1) and (5. 1).(2x + 3) 1.7 20.3x .= 1 21. Parallel to the yaxis.0.7) + x = 2x .3 + x . 4) and (7. 5x .9) x Exercises 1 and 2: The graph of a linear function ƒ is shown. 8.7x) = 36x 4 4 4 . Horizontal with yintercept 8 Exercises 21 and 22: Determine the x. 1(4x . 2. passing through ( 3. Graph the equation.3x + 8 from 2 to 3. 23. x ƒ(x) 2. 3 43 x . (a) Identify the slope. Slope 7.3) + 2 = 3x . x 1 2 3 4 ƒ(x) 4.7) = 0 30. 5x .3x) + x = 4(x . .2x 3 7. passing through (1. 4(6 . Vertical with xintercept 2. y y 1.22 13.5x.3) 34. passing through (1. px + 1 = 6 x .2 .1(1 + x) = 0 Exercises 31–34: Complete the following. 2 3 Exercises 29 and 30: Use a table to solve each linear equation numerically to the nearest tenth. g(x) = 4 .4 1 . 15.CHAPTER 2 Review Exercises 161 2 Review Exercises Exercises 15–20: Find an equation of the specified line.1. (c) Find any zeros of ƒ.3x) = 2 3 2 –40 –20 –20 –40 Exercises 3 and 4: Find ƒ(x) = ax + b so that ƒ models the data exactly.2x) = 16 25. Parallel to the xaxis. (a) Solve the equation symbolically.5(2 . 9. Perpendicular to y = . an identity. 9) 10. and xintercept.7. passing through (6. 29.4y = 20 22. 5. or a conditional equation. 31. 3) 18.x) = . 6 4 2 –6 –4 –2 –2 –4 –6 2 40 y = f (x) 20 6 y = f (x) 20 40 x 19. 1). (b) Write a formula for ƒ. yintercept. 1. 3).2. 4) 17. Vertical.2x 6.2(3x .65 0 6 2. Passing through (2. Parallel to the line segment connecting (0.3 . Horizontal. passing through ( 3. Exercises 9–14: Find the slopeintercept form of the equation of a line satisfying the conditions. Find the average rate of change of ƒ(x) = . ƒ(x) = .3x + 1 12.5 15 5 24 0. 5x .75 Exercises 5 and 6: Graph the linear function. 3) 11.2x = x + 28.5. 5(4 .2(4 .2 0. passing through A6.1(4 . parallel to y = . 0B 7 7 27. 3.4x + 24 32. Passing through (1. 27 .and yintercepts for the graph of the equation.22 = 10 24. 7) 14.
1 6 3x .162 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations (b) Sketch a graph of ƒ.7x ƒ = 10 53. 3x . 1 … 1 + x … 2 47.750.5 ƒ . ƒ 1x ƒ . 2. Solve each equation or inequality. The graphs of two linear functions ƒ and g are shown in the figure. 55.1œ. y = h (x) y = g (x) y = f (x) x 49.x x + 1 if 3 … x … . Temperature Scales The table shows equivalent temperatures in degrees Celsius and degrees Fahrenheit. ƒ 3x + 1 ƒ 6 2 ƒ 3x . Exercises 51–54: Solve the equation.5 6 3 3 Exercises 55–58: Solve the equation.4 … 2 + x 40.) 48. 2x 7 x . where x is the year. Solve each equation or inequality. y (a) ƒ(x) = g(x) (b) ƒ(x) 6 g(x) (c) ƒ(x) 7 g(x) y = f (x) 2 1 –2 –1 –1 –2 2 3 Exercises 59–62: Solve the inequality. ƒ 3 .1 = 8 52. ƒ 6 . The graphs of three linear functions ƒ. Medicare Costs Estimates for Medicare costs in billions of dollars in year x can be modeled by the formula ƒ(x) = 18x . ƒ 9 + x ƒ = ƒ 3 .x) 7 3(x . g. ƒ 3x + 1 ƒ = 2.2x 6 7 44. 2 … 5 .x ƒ = 6. 57. (a) ƒ(x) = g(x) y (b) g(x) = h(x) (c) ƒ(x) 6 g(x) 6 h(x) (d) g(x) 7 h(x) 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 (a) Solve the equation ƒ(x) = 34. 39. Write the solution set in setbuilder or interval notation.1 46. (Source: Office of Management and Budget. ƒ 2x . x … . 50. (Source: Department of Commerce.000. Course Grades In order to receive a B grade in a college course.3 ƒ 7 3 61.2x ƒ Exercises 35–38: Express the inequality in interval notation. family income between 1980 and 2005 can be modeled by the formula ƒ(x) = 1450(x 1980) + 20.2. 45. 64.) 66.S. (b) Solve part (a) symbolically. x 7 . If ƒ(x) = Œ2x . ƒ x ƒ = 3. 51. 35. .4x ƒ = . evaluate ƒ( 3.5(1 .2 … x 6 3 4 38. 1. 8 + 2x ƒ(x) = c 5 . 2x + 6 … .2 or x > 3 Exercises 39–44: Solve the linear inequality. ƒ 1x 3 1 6 y = g (x) ƒ Ú 1 62. ƒ 3 . and h with domains D = {x ƒ 0 … x … 7} are shown in the figure. Median Income The median U. Use ƒ(x) to complete the following.5 5x + 1 6 2 5 42.1 if 1 6 x … 2 if 2 6 x … 5 (a) Evaluate ƒ at x = .2x ƒ 6 9 60. ƒ 4 . ƒ 2x . and 3.3) + 1x 2 43. . 59. it is necessary to have an overall average of 80% correct on two 1hour exams of 75 points each and one final exam of 150 points. what is the minimum score that the person can receive on the final exam and still earn a B? 65. where 1995 … x … 2007. Determine when Medicare costs were from $268 to $358 billion.3 … 5 2 x Applications 63. Use the solutions to help solve the related inequality.7 ƒ 7 10 ƒ4 . . 2x . Is ƒ continuous on its domain? (c) Determine the xvalue(s) where ƒ(x) = 3. If a person scores 55 and 72 on the 1hour exams.3x 41.1) and ƒ(2. x … 4 37.5).7 ƒ = 10.35. ƒxƒ 7 3 56.xƒ … 6 Exercises 45 and 46: Solve the inequality graphically. 58.2 54.3 36. ƒ 3x .500 graphically and interpret the solution.
How long did the runner jog at each speed? 74. What is an appropriate domain? (a) Plot the data with Fahrenheit temperature on the xaxis and Celsius temperature on the yaxis.4 1 4. State whether these calculations involve interpolation or extrapolation. What speeds did the car travel? y 70 60 (c) Identify the x. Interpret the graph.5 and 3. (c) If the temperature is 83°F. The table lists data that are exactly linear.1.2. What type of relation exists between the data? (b) Find a function C that receives the Fahrenheit temperature x as input and outputs the corresponding Celsius temperature. Antifreeze Initially. x y 3 6. .8 (a) Make a line graph of the data. (c) What is the domain of ƒ? 69.000 miles per year for selected years x. Working Together Suppose that one worker can shovel snow from a storefront sidewalk in 50 minutes and another worker can shovel it in 30 minutes. x 1960 $1394 1970 $1763 1980 $3176 1990 $5136 2000 $6880 Distance (miles) 50 40 30 20 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x y Time (hours) Source: Runzheimer International. negative.6 2 5.and yintercepts. Distance A driver of a car is initially 455 miles from home. (c) Predict x when y = 1.6 Year Score 1989 20.2 1 1.8 2 0. LeastSquares Fit The table lists the actual annual cost y to drive a midsize car 15. What is the correlation coefficient? (c) Estimate the cost of driving a midsize car in 1995. ACT Scores The table lists the average composite ACT scores for selected years. (d) Estimate the year when the cost could reach $8000. Interpret each.) (a) Predict whether the correlation coefficient is positive. How many gallons of an 80% antifreeze solution should be added to the tank in order to increase the concentration of the antifreeze in the tank to 50%? 20 gal 73.3. Find a formula for ƒ. (b) Let this line graph represent a piecewiselinear function ƒ.CHAPTER 2 Review Exercises °F °C 40 40 32 0 59 15 95 35 212 100 163 (a) Write a formula for a linear function ƒ that models the distance between the driver and home after x hours. and in 2008 it was 167. jogging at 7 miles per hour and then at 8 miles per hour.5.5 miles in 1 hour and 48 minutes.247. what is it in degrees Celsius? 67. 68.6 1991 20. 75. Estimate the population in 2006. a tank contains 20 gallons of a 30% antifreeze solution. 70. Distance from Home The graph depicts the distance y that a person driving a car on a straight road is from home after x hours. or zero. Interpret the slope.6 1993 20.6 1992 20. Note that in 2007 the average score was 21.6 1990 20. Population Estimates In 2004 the population of a city was 143. traveling toward home on a straight freeway at 70 miles per hour. 71. Running An athlete traveled 13. (a) Determine the slopeintercept form of the line that passes through these data points.7 1994 20. (b) Predict y when x = . (b) Graph ƒ. How long will it take if they work together? 72. (Source: The American College Testing Program. (b) Find a leastsquares regression line that models these data.933.
where C is the carpenter’s measurement and A is the actual length. Flow Rates A water tank has an inlet pipe with a flow rate of 5 gallons per minute and an outlet pipe with a flow rate of 3 gallons per minute.5 56. Find the width and length of this rectangle.4 53. 45) 40 30 20 10 0 4 (8. Although individual values may vary.) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 76. Since then.8 65. (a) Find the estimated height of a female with a 12inch humerus. All measurements are in inches.059. Meteorology. Archeology It is possible for archeologists to estimate the height of an adult based only on the length of the humerus. 13) x Time (minutes) 78.) Suppose the tank is modified so that it has a second inlet pipe.A ƒ A ƒ . moist air will cool at a rate of about 6°C per kilometer. Brown Trout Due to acid rain.0 13 65. Pollution then destroyed all the fish in a 40mile stretch near its mouth for a 45year period beginning in 1915. y 80 70 (a) Determine the percentage of lakes that lost brown trout by 1947 and by 1972. A pipe can be either closed or completely open. (c) Is ƒ a continuous function on its domain? ƒ(x) = c 11 20 (x 32 15 (x .1960) + 18 if 1960 … x … 1975 (16. 69) Volume (gallons) 60 EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISES 1.0 71. 81. 61) (24. the percentage of lakes in Scandinavia that lost their population of brown trout increased dramatically between 1940 and 1975. x y (females) y (males) x y (females) y (males) 8 50.12.) 80. a bone located between the elbow and the shoulder.6 59. tables like this are the result of measuring bones from many skeletons. The number of species present from 1967 to 1978 can be modeled by ƒ(x) = 6. Based on a sample of 2850 lakes. Air Temperature For altitudes up to 4 kilometers. (b) Sketch a graph of ƒ.0 11 59. Relative Error The actual length of a side of a building is 52. 69) (28.7 62. y 24 Water (gallons) 20 16 12 8 4 (5.0 12 62. Biology of Freshwater Pollution. (b) Plot the ordered pairs (x. (Source: C. (b) Estimate the years when the number of species was between 50 and 100. What type of relation exists between the data? . at what altitudes would the air temperature be from 5°C to 15°C? (Source: A Miller and R. Anthes. where x is the year. The graph shows the number of gallons of water in the tank after x minutes have elapsed. Use the concept of slope to interpret each piece of this graph.003 (0.9 68. which flows at a rate of 2 gallons per minute. Interpret the graph by determining when each inlet and outlet pipe is open or closed. Geometry A rectangle is twice as long as it is wide and has a perimeter of 78 inches. The approximate relationship between the height y of an individual and the length x of the humerus is shown in the table for both males and females. If the ground temperature is 25°C.0 14 69. 77. Mason. How accurately must an apprentice carpenter measure this side to have the relative error in the measurement be less than 0.1940) + 7 if 1940 … x 6 1960 . 19) (3. improvement of sewage treatment facilities and other ecological steps have resulted in a dramatic increase in the number of different fish present. y) for both sexes. Water Pollution At one time the Thames River in England supported an abundant community of fish.3 feet. Flow Rates (Refer to Exercise 77.0 10 56.) 82.164 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations (a) Estimate the year when the number of species first exceeded 70.3%)? (Hint: Use C . this percentage can be approximated by the following piecewiselinear function.0 50 (4. 15) (8. 33) 8 12 16 20 24 28 x Time (minutes) 79. 19) (10.15x . 77) (12.0 9 53.
Comparing Ages The age of Earth is approximately 4. x y 1 6 0 4 1 3 2 0 3 0 (a) Does S represent a function? (b) Determine the domain and range of S. Write 6. 3) and radius 7.1 inches long. Write 123. 5.3. The first person walks 4 miles per hour.000 years. how far did each person walk? 300. 3. 3. what are the corresponding increases in the heights of females and of males? (d) Determine linear functions ƒ and g that model these data for females and males. Use ƒ and g to approximate the range for the height of a female and a male. (b) Find regression lines that fit the data points for males and females. Evaluate ƒ(. If the age of Earth were condensed into one year. Continuing with Exercise 1.2 5 . Find the exact distance between ( 3. Limit Notation Let P and d be positive numbers.22 7. Consider the following: “If the distance between x and c is less than d. 2. Find the domain and range of the function shown in the graph.7 * 106 and 1.000 years ago 165 4. (c) Compare your results with the table in Exercise 1. The table represents a relation S.1 x –3 –1 –2 –3 2 3 x by hand.0051 in scientific notation. 1). The driver takes the first person to the city.000 and 0.45 * 104 in standard form. Find the midpoint of the line segment with endpoints (5. The earliest evidence of dinosaurs dates back 200 million years. 1–2 than then the distance between ƒ(x) and L is less than ” Rewrite this sentence by using two absolute value inequa 1.CHAPTERS 1–2 Cumulative Review Exercises (c) For each 1inch increase in the length of the humerus. Find the standard equation of a circle with center (.45 billion years. Round your answer to the nearest hundredth. 5) and (2. and let ƒ be a function. 6. and the other two people ride in a car that travels 28 miles per hour. . (e) Suppose a humerus from a person of unknown sex is estimated to be between 9. 200 million years ago 5. then the distance between ƒ(x) and L is less than P.” Rewrite this sentence by using two absolute value inequalities. 9. y y (a) (b) 3 2 1 –3 –2 –1 –3 2 3 3 2 .1). determine the approximate times when dinosaurs and Homo sapiens first appeared. Evaluate 52 . 8. and L be real numbers.2. let x. .7 and 10.2) and ( . Evaluate 4 + 22 4 .2 10 . After some time. 3). whereas the earliest evidence of Homo sapiens dates back 300. A Puzzle Three people leave for a city 15 miles away. respectively. If all three people arrive in the city at the same time. (a) Make a table of the results. 4. c. the second person gets out of the car and walks 4 miles per hour to the city while the driver goes back and picks up the first person. have members of the class measure their heights and the lengths of their humeri (plural of humerus) in inches. 2.
3 2 1 –3 –2 –1 –1 –3 30.3) = 0. 2(x . Passing through (3. Write a formula for a function ƒ that computes the cost of taking x credits if credits cost $80 each and fees are fixed at $89. x 6 5 36. + x 2x .3 (b) ƒ(x) = ƒ x + 1 ƒ (d) ƒ(x) = 2x + 2 Exercises 11 and 12: Complete the following. 5. 8. 11. 4x . Solve x + 1 = 2x . (c) Find any zeros of ƒ.4 33.2x (c) ƒ(x) = x 2 . y y = f (x) 1 3 2 1 y = f (x) x x –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 1 3 Exercises 39 and 40: Solve the inequality. 2) and perpendicular to the line y = 2x . 2x + 3y = 6 28.2x + 1 from x = 1 to x = 2. Exercises 17 and 18: The graph of a linear function ƒ is shown. (a) Evaluate ƒ(2) and ƒ(a . (a) ƒ(x) = 3 . (b) Write a formula for ƒ.5 = 1 .x.7 3 23. 1) 2 22.10t models the gallons of water in a tank after t minutes. Parallel to the yaxis and passing through ( 1. Explain your answer. Find the average rate of change of ƒ(x) = x 2 . 39. Graph the equation. Determine if the graph represents a function.1). 17.4x = 3 5 4 15 14.2). . 27. Passing through (1.6) and (3.(5 . .2 graphically and numerically.x) . and xintercept. Solve 2x . 3 3 20.3 y 18. 15. (b) Determine the domain of ƒ.6) 1 2 10. Passing through the point ( .2) .2B .3(1 . Write a formula for a linear function whose graph has slope 3 and passes through A2. yintercept.2 or x 7 2 38.4.3(1 .and yintercepts on the graph of the equation. ƒ(x) = 5x . Find the difference quotient for ƒ(x) = 2x 2 . 0. Graph ƒ by hand. 50) 25.3x 4 … 6 3 2 3 .4 3x = . y 3 1 –2 –1 –1 –3 x 26.166 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations 19. 5) and (3. 35.(x + 2) 40.2x) + x … 4 . Use slopeintercept form whenever possible. 3) 24. passing through (2002.1 2 7 32.2 … x … 5 37. Perpendicular to the yaxis and passing through the origin Exercises 27 and 28: Determine the x.1 13.4x + 5(x . If G(t) = 200 . Slope 30. Write the solution set in setbuilder or interval notation.2x 31.9.0. x = 2y . interpret the numbers 200 and 10 in the formula for G.3. (a) Identify the slope. 16.1(2x . x Ú . x 6 . 34. 5) and parallel to the line segment connecting (2. ƒ(x) = 22x . Exercises 21–26: Write an equation of a line satisfying the given conditions.3 12. 21.x) = 1 . 1 2 . Is this equa2 tion either an identity or a contradiction? Exercises 35–38: Express each inequality in interval notation. 29. .3 Exercises 29–32: Solve the equation.
to the nearest tenth of a mile.4 = 10 46.2 if 2 … x 6 2 if 2 … x … 4 Exercises 43–46: Solve the equation. ƒ 3 .5 ƒ … 5 48. Time (minutes) . (Source: Department of Agriculture. (a) Write a formula for a function D that models the distance between the driver and home after x hours. If an aluminum can has a volume of 24 cubic inches and a radius of 1. Is ƒ continuous on the interval [4. find its height to the nearest hundredth of an inch.2x ƒ = ƒ 3x + 1 ƒ Exercises 47 and 48: Solve the inequality. 52. Average Rate of Change On a warm summer day the Fahrenheit temperature x hours past noon is given by the formula T(x) = 70 + 3x 2. 43. 50. to 4:00 P. Volume of a Cylinder The volume V of a cylinder is given by V = pr 2h. 54. Distance from Home A driver is initially 270 miles from home. Cost A company’s cost C in dollars for making x computers is C(x) = 500x + 20. Interpret each. Interpreting Slope The figure shows the weight of a load of gravel in a dump truck. Distance At midnight car A is traveling north at 60 miles per hour and is located 40 miles south of car B. (a) Evaluate C(1500). ƒ 2t . How long will it take to mow the lawn if the two people work together? 56. 56 pounds of chicken annually. 2 (a) Find the average rate of change of T from 2:00 P. Solve each equation or inequality. ƒ 2t ƒ .x ƒ(x) = 1x + 5 L2 2x + 1 if 4 … x 6 . The graphs of two linear functions ƒ and g are shown.) x 42. Interpret the slope. where r is the radius of the cylinder and h is its height.5t ƒ 7 7 Applications 49.000. Approximate the distance between the cars at 1:15 A. (c) Identify the x. (b) What is an appropriate domain for D? Graph D. 47. 4]? 2 . running at 8 miles per hour and then 10 miles per hour. ƒ 5 . 55. Graph ƒ. Interpret the slope of each line segment.M. Car B is traveling west at 70 miles per hour.and yintercepts.x1) + y1 that models these data. traveling toward home on a straight interstate at 72 miles per hour. How long did the athlete run at each speed? 57. (b) Find the slope of the graph of C. Interpret the result.M. (b) Interpret this average rate of change. ƒ d + 1 ƒ = 5 44.5 inches. on average. Running An athlete traveled 15 miles in 1 hour and 45 minutes. (a) ƒ(x) = g(x) y (b) ƒ(x) 7 g(x) (c) ƒ(x) … g(x) y = f (x) y = g(x) 1 –1 –1 1 2 3 167 51.CHAPTERS 1–2 Cumulative Review Exercises 41. Let x be the year. Working Together Suppose one person can mow a large lawn in 5 hours with a riding mower and it takes another person 12 hours to mow the lawn with a push mower. x (b) Estimate the annual chicken consumption in 2007. 53. ƒ 11 . y 24 20 Gravel (tons) 16 12 8 4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 (a) Determine a formula ƒ(x) = m(x . This amount is expected to increase to 61 pounds in 2012.M.2x ƒ = 7 45. Chicken Consumption In 2001 Americans ate.
572 $29. Relative Error If the actual value of a quantity is A and its measured value is M. The table lists per capita income.168 CHAPTER 2 Linear Functions and Equations 60. (b) Use this line to estimate the minimum weight for someone 61 inches tall. (a) Find the leastsquares regression line for the data. Did this calculation involve interpolation or extrapolation? . then the relative error in measurement M is ƒ M A A ƒ . If A = 65. Are the results the same? Why? 58. Then use the midpoint formula to find this minimum weight. the recommended minimum weight for a person 58 inches tall is 91 pounds.183 1990 2000 $19. (b) Estimate the per capita income in 1995. determine the range of values for M to have a relative error that is less than or equal to 0. and for a person 64 inches tall it is 111 pounds. (a) Find an equation of the line that passes through the points (58.03 (3%). 111). Year Income 1970 $4095 1980 $10. Modeling Data According to government guidelines. 59.760 Source: Bureau of Economic Analysis. 91) and (64.
October 2000.” Discover. (See the Extended and Discovery Exercise at the end of this chapter to model the arc of a basketball. but mathematics tells us that steeper arcs are necessary for accurate foul shooting. (Photograph reprinted with permission. An underhand shot obtains a higher arc. there are good reasons for shooting underhand. According to Dr. every NBA player has used the overhand style of shooting foul shots—even though this style has often resulted in lower freethrow percentages. Since then.Quadratic Functions and Equations T 3 he last basketball player in the NBA to shoot foul shots underhand was Rick Barry.) Mathematics plays an important role in analyzing applied problems such as shooting foul shots. The optimal angle is greater than 45 degrees and depends on the height at which the ball is released. On average. If a basketball is tossed at an angle of 32 degrees or less. Whether NBA players choose to listen to Professor Brancazio is another question. it will likely hit the back of the rim and bounce out. who retired in 1980. and as the ball approaches the hoop. “The Physics of Foul Shots. Lower release points require steeper arcs and increase the chances of the ball passing through the hoop. Peter Brancazio. —Terry Tao. and the work of mathematicians from today will be part of the math of the future.) 169 . The work of mathematicians from even a millennium ago is still routinely used today. Fields Medal 2006 Rick Barry Source: Curtis Rist. he was able to make about 9 out of 10 shots. a physics professor emeritus from Brooklyn College and author of Sports Science. it has a better chance of going through the hoop than does a ball with a flatter arc.
b.1 Quadratic Functions and Models • Learn basic concepts about quadratic functions and their graphs • Complete the square and apply the vertex formula • Graph a quadratic function by hand • Solve applications and model data • Use quadratic regression to model data (optional) Introduction Sometimes when data lie on a line or nearly lie on a line.170 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations 3. which can be used to model the flight of a baseball.3 Basic Concepts The formula for a quadratic function is different from that of a linear function because it contains an x 2term.3 illustrate three sets of nonlinear data that can be modeled by a quadratic function. and h(x) = 1 2 2 x + x + 1. y 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 y 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 y x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Figure 3. the leading coefficients are a = 2 for ƒ(x) = 2x 2 . 3 3 . they can be modeled with a linear function (ƒ(x) = ax + b) and are called linear data. and c be constants with a Z 0.1.1. a = 1 for g(x) = 4 1x 2 . and a = 1 3 for h(x) = 1x 2 + 2x + 1. g(x) = 4 x 2. AIDS in America. and mathematicians can choose from a wide variety of nonlinear functions to create models. Figures 3. There are many types of nonlinear data. One of the simplest types of nonlinear functions is a quadratic function. The domain of a quadratic function includes all real numbers.1–3. Quadratic Function Let a. Examples of quadratic functions include ƒ(x) = 2x 2 . Data that are not linear are called nonlinear data and must be modeled with a nonlinear function. and h.1 Figure 3. A function represented by ƒ(x) = ax2 + bx + c is a quadratic function.4x . we often use only one side or a portion of the graph to model realworld data.4x . For the previous three functions ƒ. 3 3 The following box defines a general form for a quadratic function.2 Figure 3. or an athlete’s heart rate. g. The leading coefficient of a quadratic function is a. Although the complete graph of a quadratic function is either ´shaped or ¨shaped.
(See Section 1. A parabola opens upward if a is positive and opens downward if a is negative. Function f increases for x Ú 1 and decreases for x … 1.4 Figure 3.6. For example. g.) y 5 y Vertex 5 3 y (0.3x 2 (c) h(x) = 2 x + 1 . quadratic.3. The vertical line passing through the vertex is called the axis of symmetry. a 7 0 CLASS DISCUSSION Figure 3.8 y = ax2.x 2. a 6 0 What does the graph of a quadratic function resemble if its leading coefficient is nearly 0? EXAMPLE 1 Identifying quadratic functions Identify the function as linear.7 y = ax 2.8. 4) g(x) = 4 – x2 x 1 5 5 Vertex −1. Graphs of the three quadratic functions ƒ. Larger values of ƒ a ƒ result in a narrower parabola. The highest point on a parabola that opens downward or the lowest point on a parabola that opens upward is called the vertex.4–3. 3 (a) ƒ(x) = 3 . the graph of g opens downward. This concept is illustrated in Figures 3.6 The leading coefficient a of a quadratic function not only determines whether its graph opens upward or downward. but also controls the width of the parabola.7 and 3.22x (b) g(x) = 5 + x . since a = . If it is quadratic.1 Quadratic Functions and Models 171 The graph of a quadratic function is a parabola—a ´ shaped graph that opens either upward or downward. respectively. and h are shown in Figures 3. or neither.5 Figure 3. identify the leading coefficient and evaluate the function at x = 2. The vertex and axis of symmetry are shown in each figure. 2 3 h(x) = x 5 1 2 x 3 Axis of symmetry x –5 –1 –3 3 5 –5 –3 –5 Axis of symmetry f(x) = x=1 2x2 – 4x – 1 –5 Vertex –5 Axis of symmetry x = –1 + 2 3 x+1 x=0 Figure 3.1 for g(x) = 4 . Remember to move from left to right along the graph when determining where a function is increasing or decreasing.5. y y= 2x2 3 2 1 –2 –1 –1 1 2 y y= x2 y = 1 x2 2 –2 –2 –3 1 2 x – 1 x2 3 y= x y = –3x2 y = –x2 Figure 3. whereas function g increases for x … 0 and decreases for x Ú 0. and smaller values of ƒ a ƒ result in a wider parabola.
Thus f is increasing for x Ú 1 and decreasing for x … 1. and 5 neither a linear nor a quadratic function. then the vertex . 2). Completing the Square and the Vertex Formula When a quadratic function f is expressed as ƒ(x) = ax 2 + bx + c. so h is Now Try Exercises 1. 3. (a) Because ƒ(x) = 3 .10 SOLUTION (a) The graph of f in Figure 3. Function g is increasing for x … . g is a quadratic function with a = 3. The vertex is ( 2. the vertex. However.h)2 + k. The axis of symmetry is a vertical line passing through the vertex with equation x = 1. and the axis of symmetry is given by x = 2.3x2 can be written as g(x) = 3x 2 + x + 5. Give the intervals where the function is increasing and where it is decreasing. It does not have a variable raised to any other power or a variable in a denominator.22x can be written as ƒ(x) = . ƒ is linear.2. (b) Because g(x) = 5 + x .9 opens upward. so a is positive. b = 1. (b) The graph of g in Figure 3. (a) 4 2 1 –4 –3 –2 –2 –4 1 2 4 y (b) 5 4 3 y y = g(x) x –5 –2 –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 x y = f (x) Figure 3. The vertex is the lowest point on the graph and is (1.10 opens downward.2 Now Try Exercises 7 and 9 and decreasing for x Ú .172 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations SOLUTION Getting Started The formula for a quadratic function always has an x2term and may have an xterm and a constant. the coordinates of the vertex are not apparent. so a is negative. EXAMPLE 2 Analyzing graphs of quadratic functions Use the graph of each quadratic function to determine the sign of the leading coefficient a.3(2)2 = .4x + 3. 5). (c) h(x) = 3 x2 + 1 cannot be written as h(x) = ax + b or as h(x) = ax 2 + bx + c.5. and c = 5. if f is written as ƒ(x) = a(x . Function f increases to the right of the vertex and decreases to the left of the vertex. The leading coefficient is a = 3 and g(2) = 5 + 2 . and the equation of the axis of symmetry.9 Figure 3.
k) Figure 3.h)2 + k with a Z 0 has vertex (h. k) Figure 3. Vertex Form The parabolic graph of ƒ(x) = a(x . The formula ƒ(x) = a(x .1 Quadratic Functions and Models 173 is located at (h. If a 7 0 in the form ƒ(x) = a(x . A similar discussion can be used to justify that (h. as illustrated in Figure 3.h)2 + k with a 7 0 is (h. Because the vertex is apparent in this formula. k) is the vertex when a 6 0. The next example illustrates how to determine the vertex form given the graph of a parabola. k).4x + 6 Thus ƒ(x) = 2x 2 . 2) To justify that the vertex is indeed (h.4x + 6.11.2(x .3.4x + 2 + 4 = 2x . then the term a(x . To review squaring a binomial. Distributive property Add terms. EXAMPLE 3 Converting to ƒ(x) = ax2 + bx + c Write ƒ(x) = 2(x . see Chapter R (page R18). and because this graph is a parabola that opens upward. k).1)2 + 4 in the form ƒ(x) = ax 2 + bx + c.h)2 is never negative and the minimum value of ƒ(x) is k.h)2 + k. For example. the vertex must be (h. Algebra Review SOLUTION Begin by expanding the expression (x .12 the graph of ƒ(x) = . Now Try Exercise 15 = 2x . This value occurs when x = h because ƒ(h) = a(h . k). k). consider the following.h)2 + k = 0 + k = k.1)2 + 2 opens downward with vertex (1. Thus the lowest point on the graph of ƒ(x) = a(x . we will call it simply the vertex form.1)2. 2(x 1)2 + 4 = 2(x 2 2 2 2x 1) + 4 Square binomial. y y 3 f (x) = –2(x – 1)2 + 2 2 1 a>0 f (x) = a(x – h)2 + k x –3 –2 –1 1 3 x (h. k).11 A Parabola with Vertex (h. in Figure 3. Its graph opens upward when a 7 0 and opens downward when a 6 0. 2). .h)2 + k is sometimes called the standard form for a parabola with a vertical axis.12 A Parabola with Vertex (1.
the vertex is (2. . To review perfect square trinomials.3 (b) ƒ(x) = 1x 2 . SOLUTION Getting Started We must determine a. From Figure 3. 2 k 2 Let k = 6. 1) lies on the graph. (a) ƒ(x) = x 2 + 6x . Subtract 3 from each side. The point (0. The coordinates 3 4 x Figure 3.2)2 + 3. a variable can have different meanings in different situations. 1 = 4a + 3 2 = 4a a = Thus ƒ(x) = 1 2 (x 1 2 Divide by 4 and rewrite equation. see Chapter R (page R26).174 y CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations EXAMPLE 4 y = f (x) Writing the equation of a parabola 4 3 2 1 –1 –2 1 2 Find the vertex form for the graph shown in Figure 3.13.12 Subtract 12. add A2B = A6B = 9. h. In general.13. Solve for a. and k in ƒ(x) = a(x .2) + 3 2 Vertex form Let x = 0 and ƒ(0) = 1. If a quadratic expression can be written as k x 2 + kx + A2B . We can convert the general form ƒ(x) = ax 2 + bx + c to vertex form 2by completing the square. Simplify.2)2 + 3. so ƒ(0) = 1. 2 2 2 2 2 Note that the k used to complete the square is different from the k found in the vertex form. then it is a perfect square trinomial and can be factored as Completing the Square k k x + kx + a b = ax + b . 3). EXAMPLE 5 Converting to vertex form Write each formula in vertex form by completing the square. y + 3 + 9 = x + 6x + 9 y + 12 = (x + 3)2 y = (x + 3)2 . (Any point on the graph of f other than the vertex could be used. substitute the coordinates of a point on the graph in the equation and solve for a. 2 Factor perfect square trinomial. This technique of converting to vertex form by completing the square is illustrated in the next example.13 of the vertex correspond to the values of h and k. Now Try Exercise 25 .x + 2 3 SOLUTION (a) Start by letting y = ƒ(x).2)2 + 3 1 = a(0 .) ƒ(x) = a(x . To find a. The required form is ƒ(x) = (x + 3)2 . Thus h = 2 and k = 3 and ƒ(x) = a(x .12. Algebra Review y = x 2 + 6x .h)2 + k.3 y + 3 = x + 6x 2 2 Given formula Add 3 to each side.
This derivation of the vertex formula is now summarized.2a.2a . Multiply by a. . Isolate yterm on the left side.a h b Because the coordinates of the vertex are (h.+ 2 = x + x + a a 4a a 4a 2 y b 2 . 2 4 15 3 2 = ax .b + 3 2 4 2 The required form is ƒ(x) = 1 Ax . 3 2 4 Now Try Exercises 29 and 35 Derivation of the Vertex Formula The above procedure of completing the square can be done in general to derive a formula for determining the vertex of any parabola.x + 2 3 3y = x 2 .2a. add A2B = A .3. Note that it is not necessary to memorize the expression for k.6 = x . Write y = a(x . y = aax . because the ycoordinate can be found b by evaluating y = ƒ(x) for x = . k).1 Quadratic Functions and Models (b) Start by letting y = ƒ(x).3B + 5. r k f Vertex Formula b b The vertex of the graph of ƒ(x) = ax2 + bx + c with a Z 0 is the point A .4ac b 2 + = ax + b a 4a 2 2a y b 2 b 2 . Add 15 to each side.4ac = ax + b a 2a 4a 2 y = aax + b 2 b 2 .3B = 9. 4 1 Multiply each side by 3.= x2 + x a a a y c b2 b b2 2 . factor perfect square trinomial.b 4 2 3y = ax y = 3 2 15 b + 2 4 Factor perfect square trinomial.3x 2 175 Given formula Make leading coefficient 1.3x + 6 y = 3y . 2 Combine left terms. 1 3 2 5 ax .2aBB .6 + 3y  9 = x2 4 3x + 9 4 2 k 2 Let k = . y = ax 2 + bx + c b y c = x2 + x + a a a y c b . c Subtract a from each side.4ac b 2a 4a 2 b 4ac b2 bb + 2a 4a General equation for a parabola Divide each side by a to make leading coefficient 1. b2 Add Ab/aB 2 = 4a2. Subtract 6 from each side. 1 2 x .3. ƒ A . the xcoordinate is .h)2 + k. 3y .
2). The minimum yvalue of . Now Try Exercise 37 Since ƒ( 2) = 3( 2)2 + 12( 2) + 7 = 5.5.1. 3. b ( 6) = = 2.9 on page 172 are 1 and 3. SOLUTION Begin by finding the vertex.7.7.6x + 4 symbolically. the vertex is ( ƒ(x) can be written as ƒ(x) = 3(x + 2)2 . The vertex is the lowest point on the graph. 1] by [3. 5). For example. see Appendix A (page AP10). when x = 1 or x = 3. y = ƒ(2) = 1.6X + 4 . The graph of ƒ is ´ shaped.5 4 11. when x = 0 or x = 4.1.5.5 1. then the xcoordinate of the vertex is Let a = 1. Notice that if we move an equal distance left or right of the axis of symmetry.6(2) + 4 = 2. as shown in Figure 3.5x 2 x =  6x + 4. which is the xcoordinate of the vertex.5(2)2 .5x 2 .4. y1 = 4.5 4 –.15. y1 = 0. Thus the vertex is (2. the xintercepts in Figure 3.14 Figure 3. so it is increasing for x Ú 2 and decreasing for x … 2. For example. [ . Find the intervals where ƒ is increasing and where ƒ is decreasing. Their midpoint is .14. .1 2+ 3 = 1.5x2 – 6x + 4 To find a minimum point on a graph. Support your answer graphically and numerically. See Figure 3.176 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations NOTE If a parabola has two xintercepts.5X^2 .2 occurs when x = 2. Graphical This result can be supported by graphing Y1 = 1. x =  b 12 = = 2a 2(3) 2 2.5 –2 –. the yvalues are equal. then the xcoordinate of the vertex is equal to the midpoint of these two xintercepts.5 and b = −6.5X^2 6X 4 Axis of symmetry Figure 3. Minimum X 2 Y –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 Y1 X Y1 11. SOLUTION Symbolic If ƒ(x) = 1.14. Now Try Exercise 45 EXAMPLE 7 Converting to ƒ(x) = a(x . Because a = 3.h)2 + k Use the vertex formula to write ƒ(x) = 3x 2 + 12x + 7 in vertex form.5) The ycoordinate of the vertex can be found by evaluating ƒ(2).15 Numerical Numerical support is shown in Figure 3. 1] Calculator Help y1 = 1. Similarly. Let a = 3 and b = 12. 4. EXAMPLE 6 Using the vertex formula Find the vertex of the graph of ƒ(x) = 1. 2a 2(1.
it is important to determine the vertex.1)2 . y Table 3. These points and a smooth ´ shaped curve are plotted in Figure 3. Table 3. 3) and the axis of symmetry is x = 1. When x = 0. x = b 1 = = 2a 2 A .16. 5B .x + 2 2 Graph each quadratic function. Thus the 2 2 vertex is A 1.1 we list the vertex and a few other points located on either side of the vertex. the axis of symmetry is x = 1. and so the yintercept is . In Table 3. Note the symmetry of the yvalues on each side of the vertex.1.( 1) + 2 = 5.3.2 y x 4 3 2 Vertex y 2 1 2 h(x) = – 1 x2 – x + 2 2 3 1 –4 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 –4 1 2 3 4 x 2 5 2 Equal 1 0 1 2 2 1 2 Figure 3.1B 2 1 The ycoordinate of the vertex is h( 1) = .1 Quadratic Functions and Models 177 Graphing Quadratic Functions When sketching a parabola.17 Now Try Exercises 59 and 71 2 . (a) g(x) = 2(x .17.1. The parabola opens upward because a = 2 is positive. and whether the parabola opens upward or downward. In the next example we sketch the graphs of two quadratic functions by hand.1 is negative.3 SOLUTION (a) The vertex is (1. but we can find the vertex. When x = 0. y = . These points and a smooth ¨ shaped curve are plotted in Figure 3. y = 2.1 x 1 0 Vertex y 5 1 3 1 5 Equal –4 –2 –2 –4 4 1 2 3 x g(x) = 2(x – 1) 2 – 3 Figure 3. EXAMPLE 8 Graphing quadratic functions by hand 1 (b) h(x) = . the axis of symmetry.1( 1)2 . and so the yintercept is 2.x 2 . and the parabola opens downward 2 because a = . In Table 3.16 (b) The given formula is not in vertex form.2 we list the vertex and a few other points 2 located on either side of the vertex.
2W. Figure 3.2W .2(600) = 1200 feet. 2a 2(. Distributive property Thus the graph of A = . The dimensions that maximize area are 600 feet by 1200 feet. then v0 6 0. In this formula h0 represents the initial height of the object in feet and v0 represents its initial vertical velocity in feet per second.18 If the formula is quadratic with a 6 0 (parabola opening downward).19. Let W be the width and L be the length of the rectangle. This concept is applied in the next example. Area A of a rectangle equals length times width.19 A baseball is hit straight up with an initial velocity of v0 = 80 feet per second (or about 55 miles per hour) and leaves the bat with an initial height of h0 = 3 feet. If air resistance is ignored. Now Try Exercise 91 Another application of quadratic functions occurs in projectile motion. . first write a formula for the area. If the rancher has 2400 feet of fence. maximum area occurs when W = b 2400 = = 600 feet.2) The corresponding length is L = 2400 . EXAMPLE 9 Maximizing area River W L A rancher is fencing a rectangular area for cattle using the straight portion of a river as one side of the rectangle.2W + 2400W is a parabola opening downward. and by the vertex formula. s 3 ft EXAMPLE 10 Modeling the flight of a baseball Figure 3. If the initial velocity is upward. then the formula s(t) = . the vertex provides important information. it follows that W + L + W = 2400. as illustrated in Figure 3.2W = 2400 . so A = LW = (2400 . or L = 2400 . and if the initial velocity is downward. such as when a baseball is hit up in the air. 2 2 Area of rectangle Substitute for L. SOLUTION Getting Started Because the goal is to maximize the area. find the dimensions of the rectangle that give the maximum area for the cattle. The reason is that the ycoordinate of the vertex is the minimum value of ƒ(x) when its graph opens upward and is the maximum value of ƒ(x) when its graph opens downward. Because the 2400foot fence does not go along the river. then v0 7 0.2W )W = 2400W . as shown in Figure 3. then the maximum area will be the ycoordinate of the vertex.16t 2 + v0t + h0 calculates the height s of the object above the ground in feet after t seconds.18.178 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations Applications and Models Sometimes when a quadratic function ƒ is used in applications.
3 Athlete’s Heart Rate Calculator Help To find a maximum point on a graph.16. see Appendix A (page AP10). 103). 80) be the vertex and write ƒ(x) = a(x .16t 2 + v0t + h 0 = . Since the minimum heart rate of 80 beats per minute occurs when x = 8. Graphical support is shown in Figure 3.3.16(2)2 + 80(2) + 3 = 99. where Y1 = . or equivalently.20.16X^2 + 80X + 3 Now Try Exercise 87 and the vertex is located at (2. Upon stopping an activity.1 Quadratic Functions and Models (a) Write a formula s(t) that models the height of the baseball after t seconds. Support your result by graphing ƒ and the data together. One possibility is to have the graph of ƒ pass through the first data point (0. with a tcoordinate of [0. the graph of s is a parabola opening downward. Science and Sport. x Time (minutes) The data are not linear because for each 2minute interval the heart rate does not decrease by a fixed amount.5.8)2 + 80. Figure 3. Table 3. so the baseball is 99 feet high after 2 seconds. (b) s(2) = . let ƒ(0) = 200. . 1] by [. 20] t =  b 80 = = 2. Next we must determine a value for the leading coefficient a.21 the data are modeled with a nonlinear function. as shown in Table 3. In Figure 3. s(t) = . Thomas. The vertex is the highest point on the graph. y 200 175 Time (min) Heart rate (bpm) 0 200 2 150 4 110 6 90 8 80 Heart rate (bpm) 150 125 100 75 50 25 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Adapted from: V.21 EXAMPLE 11 Modeling an athlete’s heart rate Find a quadratic function ƒ expressed in vertex form that models the data in Table 3.20. 5.5 The corresponding ycoordinate of the vertex is s(2. 120.5 seconds.5. Note that the graph of this function resembles the left half of a parabola that opens upward. 200).20 Thus the vertex is (2. 103) and the maximum height of the baseball is 103 feet after 2. What is the domain of your function? SOLUTION To model the data we use the left half of a parabola.3. let (8.5) = .5. (b) How high is the baseball after 2 seconds? (c) Find the maximum height of the baseball.5) + 3 = 103 feet. 2a 2(. Y 103 Figure 3.16(2.16t 2 + 80t + 3. A wellconditioned athlete’s heart rate can reach 200 beats per minute (bpm) during strenuous physical activity.3. Support your answer graphically. (c) Because a = .5)2 + 80(2. SOLUTION 179 (a) Because v0 = 80 and the initial height is h0 = 3. a typical heart rate decreases rapidly at first and then gradually levels off.16) y1 = –16x2 + 80x + 3 Maximum X 2.
) The domain D of ƒ(x) = 1. it gives reasonable approximations.8)^2 + 80. (Note that formulas for ƒ(x) may vary.5 80 1. This method can also be applied to quadratic data. rather than the general form. 8.0. Although the table in Figure 3. 2] by [0. (Source: D. [ .8) + 80 can be used to model the athlete’s heart rate. You may wish to verify this result. 200).23 does not match Table 3. Table 3. k) correspond to either the highest data point or the lowest data point in the scatterplot.875(x . it is often easier to use the vertex form. Time (min) 0 2 4 6 8 Heart rate (bpm) 200 150 110 90 80 a(0 . see Appendix A (page AP10). Divide by (0 .h)2 + k.. which is similar to Figure 3. ƒ(x) = ax2 + bx + c. the process is illustrated in the next example.8) = 120 2 a = 120 64 a = 1.875 2 Adapted from: V. 200). Thomas.3 (repeated in the margin) exactly.8) + 80 = 200 2 Table 3. and Modeling When modeling quadratic data by hand.. 150) rather than (0. Figure 3. EXAMPLE 12 Finding a quadratic regression model In one study the efficiency of photosynthesis in an Antarctic species of grass was investigated.875(x – 8)2 + 80 Calculator Help To create a table similar to Figure 3. Quadratic Regression (Optional) In Chapter 2 we discussed how a regression line could be found by the method of least squares. Thus ƒ(x) = 1.5. 220. Vertex Form.5. Science and Sport. Then a value for a can be found by substituting a data point into the formula for ƒ(x).21.3 Athlete’s Heart Rate (repeated) Have the graph pass through (0.4 lists results for various temperatures.22.3. X 0 2 4 6 8 Y1 200 147. Subtract 80.22 Figure 3.8)2 = 64. Statistics and Computing. Now Try Exercise 101 Y1 Figure 3.) .8)2 + 80 needs to be restricted to 0 … x … 8 because this interval corresponds to the domain of the data in Table 3. The purpose of the research was to determine the temperature at which photosynthesis is most efficient. it may be appropriate to let (h.875(X 8)^2 .875(X .23. For example. k) corresponds to the vertex of a parabola. Let x = 0 in ƒ(x).94. Rothery. A graph of ƒ and the data are shown in Figure 3.875(x . Solve for a. Write as a decimal.23 MAKING CONNECTIONS General Form. Brown and P. Because (h. Models in Biology: Mathematics.5 110 87. if we had selected the point (2. The temperature x is in degrees Celsius and the efficiency y is given as a percent. In the next subsection leastsquares regression provides a quadratic modeling function in general form.180 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations ƒ(0) = 200 a(0 . 20] y1 = 1.23 shows a table of Y1 = 1. ƒ(x) = a(x . then a L 1.
5 33 0 46 2. 10] [ 5.5 55 5 80 7 87 10 93 12 95 15 91 17 89 20 77 22 72 25 54 27 46 30 34 (a) (b) (c) (d) Plot the data.249X^2 + 6.5.4%.37050717 R 2 . see Appendix A (page AP11).4).25 L1 L3 1 EDIT CALC TESTS 1:1–Var Stats 2:2–Var Stats 3:Med–Med 4:LinReg(ax b) 5:QuadReg 6:CubicReg 7↓ QuartReg Figure 3.0.24 Figure 3.. [ . 35. 5] by [20. 10]. (b) Enter the data into your calculator. The yvalues first increase and then decrease as the temperature x increases. 5] by [20. Discuss the fit. 110.249x2 + 6.28 Figure 3. In Figure 3.27 Calculator Help To find an equation of leastsquares fit. The function ƒ is attempting to model the general trend in the data and predict future results.28. located at approximately (13. Discuss reasons why a quadratic function might model the data.6.77X + 46.1 Quadratic Functions and Models Table 3.2487612655 b 6. Although there are percentages in the table higher than 92. This model predicts that the highest efficiency is about 92. 110. Although the model is not exact. 35. 10] y1 = –0.5 Figure 3.4%. 35. SOLUTION (a) A plot of the data is shown in Figure 3. 13. (c) The graph of Y1 = . See Figure 3.76706594 c 46.3.249x 2 + 6.37 with the data is shown in Figure 3. 110.37. Find a leastsquares function ƒ given by ƒ(x) = ax 2 + bx + c that models the data. and it occurs near 13. and then select quadratic regression from the menu.594374 Y 92.25 and Figure 3.956006327 Figure 3. Compare the results with the findings of the experiment.29 Now Try Exercise 109 .37 Maximum X 13.249. 110.6°C is a reasonable estimate for the optimum temperature. 10] L2 – 1.29. 5] by [20.26.386968 Figure 3. The data suggest a parabolic shape opening downward. Graph ƒ and the data in [5.6°C. as shown in Figure 3.24.27 the modeling function ƒ is given (approximately) by ƒ(x) = . 92.77x + 46.5 33 0 46 2. 35. 5] by [20. (d) The vertex is the highest point on the graph.0.77x + 46. the parabola describes the general trend in the data.5 55 5 80 7 87 10 93 12 95 L1(1) = –1.4 Efficiency of Photosynthesis 181 x (°C) y (%) 1. Determine the temperature at which ƒ predicts that photosynthesis is most efficient. [ 5.26 QuadReg y ax 2 bx c a – . The parabola opens downward because a = .
Parabola opens upward: a 7 0 Vertex: (3. 2a 2a If ƒ(x) = x2 .1)2 + 2 k = 2 Vertex formula The vertex for ƒ(x) = ax2 + bx + c is the point b b a . 2).1 Putting It All Together The following table summarizes some important topics from this section. ƒa .3 Minimum yvalue on graph: 5 a = 2 Vertex form (standard form for a parabola with vertical axis) The vertex form for a quadratic function is ƒ(x) = a(x .5) Axis of symmetry: x = ..182 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations 3.b b . with vertex (h.2x + 3.2B = 1. y = x2 . axis of symmetry: x = h Maximum (or minimum) yvalue: k Completing the square to find vertex form To complete the square for x2 + kx. k) x a<0 x=h Vertex: (h. b. then 2 x = = 1.2 = (x . .5. y Parabola (h. where a. 2(1) yvalue of vertex: ƒ(1) = 2 Vertex: (1. k).2x y . k 2 add A2B to make a perfect square trinomial.2x + 1 Add A . is a parabola. Concept Symbolic Representation Comments and Examples Quadratic function ƒ(x) = ax2 + bx + c.h)2 + k. It models data that are not linear. and c are constants with a Z 0 (general form) The graph of y = ax2 + bx + c. axis of symmetry: x = 1 Let ƒ(x) = 2(x + 3)2 .2x + 3 y .3 = x2 . a Z 0.3 + 1 = x . 2 2 2 y . . k).1)2 y = (x . Its graph is a parabola ( ´shaped) that opens either upward (a 7 0) or downward (a 6 0).
ƒ(x) = 5. ƒ(x) = (x 2 + 1)2 6. 14. ƒ(x) = 1 x . 7. y = f (x) 3 1 y x –4 –2 –2 –3 –4 1 2 x 2 1 –2 –1 –1 –2 2 4 x –3 –1 1 3 x y = f (x) y = f (x) –3 9. or neither.5 2 20. quadratic. ƒ(x) = 1(x + 3)2 .5x + 11 3.5(x . 11. If ƒ is quadratic.1 2 Vertex Formula Exercises 15–20: Identify the vertex and leading coefficient. y 22. y y 2 1 y = f (x) 1 –3 –1 –1 –3 1 3 18.1x 2 + 1 3 g(x) = 1x 2 + x 4 Basics of Quadratic Functions Exercises 1–6: Identify ƒ as being linear. 2 g(x) = . ƒ(x) = 1x 2 5 1 2  3 10 x Exercises 7–10: Use the graph to find the following.1)2 + 2 16. y = f (x) 2 1 y 10. ƒ(x) = . g(x) = 2x 2 12. 1. Compare the graphs of ƒ and g.3. y = f (x) 1 1 2 3 y x –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 x y = f (x) . g(x) = . 4 3 2 1 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 y 23. You may want to support your answers by graphing ƒ and g together.4)2 19. ƒ(x) = . ƒ(x) = x 2 + x.3(x . y = f (x) x 6 4 2 5 –6 –2 y 3 2 1 –1 –1 –2 –3 –4 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 –4 1 2 x 1 2 3 2 4 6 x 1 2 3 x y = f (x) –6 y = f (x) Exercises 11–14: The formulas for ƒ(x) and g(x) are identical except for their leading coefficients a. 3 1 –3 –1 –1 –2 –3 y 26.1 Exercises 13. ƒ(x) = 1x 2. ƒ(x) = 5 .4)2 Exercises 21–28: Use the graph of the quadratic function ƒ to write its formula as ƒ(x) = a(x .2x + 3x 2 2. identify the leading coefficient a and evaluate ƒ(2). Then write the expression as ƒ(x) = ax 2 + bx + c. (a) Sign of the leading coefficient (b) Vertex (c) Axis of symmetry (d) Intervals where ƒ is increasing and where ƒ is decreasing 8. 15.1 Quadratic Functions and Models 183 3. ƒ(x) = 1 .1x 2 2 25. 21.5 17. ƒ(x) = .2(x . y 24.h)2 + k. ƒ(x) = 2x 2 + 1. ƒ(x) = 3(x + 5)2 4 7 4 4. ƒ(x) = x 2. ƒ(x) = 5(x + 2)2 .
ƒ(x) = .2x + 1 43.9x . ƒ(x) = 4x 2 . 73.2 66. CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations y y = f (x) 28.1)2 + 1 y = f (x) x 6 4 2 –6 –4 –2 –2 –4 –6 63. ƒ(x) = . 41. y Exercises 41–52: Complete the following. ƒ(x) = x 2 54.4x 2 Exercises 77 and 78: Find the formula for a quadratic function that satisfies the given conditions. ƒ(x) = . ƒ(x) = 6 + 5x . 79. The cumulative number of reported AIDS cases in year x. y b.h)2 + k. ƒ(x) = 9 2 10 x .3x . Vertex (3.x 2 42.5x + 3 35.2x 2 + 4x .3x 2 + 1x .10x 2 Exercises 73 and 74: Average Rate of Change Find the average rate of change of ƒ from 1 to 3. ƒ(x) = 1x 2 + 10 2 44. ƒ(x) = 2x 2 .2 48.5 30. ƒ(x) = .2 x x x x c.1x + 1 4 2 5 5 51. ƒ(x) = .3x + 1 Exercises 75 and 76: Difference Quotient Find the difference quotient of ƒ. The temperature after x hours in a house where the furnace quits and a repairperson fixes it 82. ƒ(x) = x 2 + 10x + 7 31. ƒ(x) = .x 2 + 4x . ƒ(x) = x 2 . 29. passing through (2. ƒ(x) = 3x 2 . ƒ(x) = 1x 2 .1 39.6x + 1 70.1 68. 75.2)2 + 1 56. ƒ(x) = . where 1982 … x … 1994 a.x 2 Graphs and Models Exercises 79–82: Match the situation with the graph of the quadratic function (a–d) that models it best.7x + 5 34. ƒ(x) = .4x + 1 47.3x + 1 2 2 38.3 59. Axis of symmetry x = 3.5 . y d. ƒ(x) = 2x 2 .6x 45.1x 2 2 57. ƒ(x) = 2x 2 . ƒ(x) = 3x 2 + 6x + 2 36. 77.2x 2 55.184 27.3x 2 + x . (a) Use the vertex formula to find the vertex. ƒ(x) = x 2 . ƒ(x) = .3x 2 + 5x 74. 1) 32.2x + 2 2 Exercises 29–40: Write the given expression in the form ƒ(x) = a(x .4x 2 . ƒ(x) = .6x 2 52.12 49.3(x + 1)2 + 3 62. ƒ(x) = x 2 .1x 2 . ƒ(x) = . ƒ(x) = . ƒ(x) = x 2 . ƒ(x) = x 2 + 2 60.4x .4x 2 + 16x Graphing Quadratic Functions Exercises 53–72: Sketch a graph of ƒ. Identify the vertex. ƒ(x) = (x .3x 2 40.4x 65. ƒ(x) = 3x 2 + 6x 69.2x 2 + 4x + 5 46. ƒ(x) = x 2 + 4x .3 50. 4). The number of people attending a popular movie x weeks after its opening 81. ƒ(x) = . ƒ(x) = 2 . ƒ(x) = .3x 2 . 9) 78. ƒ(x) = x 2 . y . 3 2 1 y 61.2x . ƒ(x) = 2x 2 .2(x .1 71.2x 76. ƒ(x) = x 2 . 1) and (1. ƒ(x) = 2x 2 . passing through the points (3.1x 2 .x 2 58. ƒ(x) = . ƒ(x) = 1x 2 + x + 1 3 37.1x 2 + x + 1 2 72. (b) Find the intervals where ƒ is increasing and where ƒ is decreasing. ƒ(x) = . ƒ(x) = (x + 1)2 . 53. The height y of a stone thrown from ground level after x seconds 80.8x .3x 33. ƒ(x) = 4 . ƒ(x) = 1. ƒ(x) = 5 .x 2 + 2x + 1 1 2 3 2 4 6 x –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 67.2 64. ƒ(x) = . ƒ(x) = 6 .
1 (Moon) 95. g = 32 (Earth) 94. (a) Write a formula s(t) that models the height after t seconds. Hitting a Golf Ball A golf ball is hit so that its height h in feet after t seconds is h(t) = . (a) What is the initial height of the golf ball? (b) How high is the golf ball after 1.) A stone is thrown downward with a velocity of 66 feet per second (45 miles per hour) from a bridge that is 120 feet above a river. 92. two rooms cost $116 * 2 = $232. (a) For the given g.) A baseball is hit straight up with an initial velocity of v0 = 96 feet per second (about 65 miles per hour) and leaves the bat with an initial height of h0 = 2. as illustrated in the figure. Maximizing Area A homeowner has 80 feet of fence to enclose a rectangular garden. (a) How high is the baseball after 1 second? (b) Find the maximum height of the baseball. What dimensions for the rectangle result in the maximum area enclosed by the fence? 84.5 feet. Support your answer graphically. g = 13 (Mars) 96.3.16t 2 + 44t + 4. Hitting a Baseball A baseball is hit so that its height in feet after t seconds is s(t) = . (b) Does the stone hit the water within the first 2 seconds? Explain.1 Quadratic Functions and Models 185 Applications and Models 83. three rooms cost $114 * 3 = $342. (b) Solve part (a) symbolically. the height h of a projectile above the ground after x seconds is given by h(x) = . (a) Write a formula for a function R that gives the revenue for renting x rooms.1 gx2 + v0 x + h0. Maximizing Area A rancher plans to fence a rectangular area for cattle using the straight portion of a river as one side of the rectangle. and so on. g = 5. Maximizing Area (Refer to Example 9. What dimensions for the garden give the maximum area? 85. 89. Flight of a Baseball (Refer to Example 10. 91. What is a reasonable domain? (c) Determine the maximum revenue and the corresponding number of rooms rented. Support your answer graphically. graphically estimate both the maximum height and the time when it occurs. (b) Sketch a graph of R. Maximizing Area A farmer has 1000 feet of fence to enclose a rectangular area. If the farmer has P feet of fence.2x). 87.) A farmer wants to fence a rectangular area by using the wall of a barn as one side of the rectangle and then enclosing the other three sides with 160 feet of fence.16t 2 + 60t. Find the dimensions of the rectangle that give the maximum area inside. where g is 2 the acceleration due to gravity. Maximizing Revenue Suppose the revenue R in thousands of dollars that a company receives from producing x thousand compact disc players is given by the formula R(x) = x(40 . (b) How high is the baseball after 4 seconds? (c) Find the maximum height of the baseball. (b) How many CD players should the company produce to maximize its revenue? (c) What is the maximum revenue? 86. Exercises 93–96: Maximizing Altitude If air resistance is ignored. find the dimensions of the rectangle that give the maximum area for the cattle.5 seconds? (c) Find the maximum height of the golf ball. Throwing a Stone (Refer to Example 10. g = 88 (Jupiter) . 93. (a) Evaluate R(2) and interpret the result. 88. Suppose a ball is thrown straight up at 88 feet per second from a height of 25 feet. This formula is also valid for other celestial bodies. s 120 ft 90. one room costs $118. For example. (a) Write a formula s(t) that models the height of the stone after t seconds. Maximizing Revenue A large hotel is considering giving the following group discount on room rates: the regular price of $120 decreases by $2 for each room rented.
x y 1 5 2 2 0 1 1 4 1 3 0 2 2 1 1 3 5 2 4 14 99.S.h)2 + k. such as the Golden Gate Bridge. 103. x f(x) (a) Model the data with H(t) = a(t . a length of 200 feet. as shown in the figure. Heart Rate The heart rate of an athlete while weight training is recorded for 4 minutes.93 1960 2.6 1986 41. If the cable comes within 20 feet of the road at the center of the bridge. (b) Graph the data and ƒ together. Time (min) Heart rate (bpm) 0 84 1 111 2 3 4 85 24.97 1950 2. (b) Find a quadratic function ƒ that models the data. Year Household size Year Household size 1940 2. . x y 98. The table lists the heart rate after x minutes. and a cable that comes within 15 feet of the road at the center of the bridge. 97. 105. Estimate ƒ(3.h)2 + k so that ƒ models the data exactly.186 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations (a) Explain why the data are not linear. The tables list cumulative numbers for selected years.9 1990 197 1994 442 Exercises 97 and 98: Find ƒ(x) = a(x . 102.5 minutes. x f(x) 0 1 10 4. the numbers of both AIDS cases and AIDS deaths could be modeled with quadratic functions.8 1990 122 1994 298 Source: Department of Health and Human Services.31 1990 1.05 2006 1. (a) Find a quadratic function ƒ that models the data. Suspension Bridge The cables that support a suspension bridge.12 2000 1. (c) What is the domain of your function? Exercises 103 and 104: AIDS in America (1982–1994) In the early years of AIDS.2 2 16 20 4 57 30 6 124 40 Heart rate (bpm) 122 106.5) to the nearest hundredth. household. (c) Evaluate ƒ(1991) and interpret the result. 104. y Source: Department of Health and Human Services. Household Size The table lists the average number of people age 18 or older in a U. 101.6 1986 24. Suspension Bridge Repeat Exercise 99 for a suspension bridge that has 100foot towers.93 1970 2.3 84. find a function that models the height of the cable above the road a distance of x feet from the center of the bridge. 100. Cumulative AIDS cases in thousands Year Cases 1982 1.92 120 110 Source: Bureau of the Census. Time (min) 0 1 108 2 98 3 92 4 90 Quadratic Regression Exercises 105 and 106: Quadratic Models Use leastsquares regression to find a quadratic function ƒ that models the data given in the table. can be modeled by parabolas. Suppose that a 300footlong suspension bridge has at its ends towers that are 120 feet tall. What is the domain of H ? (b) Approximate the athlete’s heart rate for t = 1.1 184 107. Heart Rate The table shows the heart rate of an athlete upon stopping a moderate activity. Cumulative AIDS deaths in thousands 120 ft 20 ft x 300 ft Year Deaths 1982 0.53 1980 1.
01. quadratic. 6. x P 1840 17 1880 50 1920 106 1960 179 2000 281 Source: Bureau of the Census. Population The table lists the U. ƒ(x) = 3x 2 + x + 2 . in a table containing quadratic data.S.x 2 1 2 3 4 Writing about Mathematics 111. ƒ(x) = .2 187 this is not true of quadratic data.16 15 7 2 1 0 1 4 27 20 6 4 18 2 9 Source: Department of Health and Human Services. Compare your estimate to the actual value of 2. 3. and 14.4. Year Enrollment 1970 447 1980 376 1990 541 2006 909 m = 6 m = 10 m = 14 Use these concepts to determine if the data in the given table are linear. (c) Find the difference quotient for ƒ(x). the slopes (or rates of change) between consecutive data points are equal. x y 0 2 m = 2 2 6 T 4 18 T 6 38 T 8 66 T 5 42 25 5 6 43 4 23 6 ? 30 ? 8 ? 6 ? 5 Source: Bureau of the Census. The table lists Head Start participation in thousands.1 Quadratic Functions and Models (a) Find a quadratic function that models the data.h)2 + k? 112.2x 2 + 3x . x y 4. Explain why the vertex is important when you are trying to find either the maximum yvalue or the minimum yvalue on the graph of a quadratic function. Then the slopes (or average rates of change) between consecutive data points will not be equal. Then let h = 1 in the difference quotient. (b) Estimate the CPI in 1995 and compare your estimate to the actual value of 152. the quadratic data in the following table are determined by y = x 2 + 2. and k affect the graph of ƒ(x) = a(x . x y 3.4 1990 130.3 6. (a) Find a quadratic function that models the data. Head Start Enrollment Head Start provides a wide range of services to children of lowincome families. Year CPI 1950 24. population P in millions for select years x. indicating that the data are quadratic.8 1980 82. (d) Evaluate this difference quotient for x = 1. x y 2. EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISES Exercises 1–4: If data are exactly linear. 2. consecutive xvalues increase by the same amount. ƒ(x) = 2x . Compare these results to your results in part (b). Suppose that. Exercises 5–8: Difference Quotient Complete the following.6 1970 38. (b) Estimate the average number of people age 18 or older in a household during 1975. If the data are linear or quadratic.1 8. 108. find the next yvalue in the table. 109. However. U. h. they will increase or decrease by a constant amount. x ƒ(x) (b) Calculate the average rate of change of ƒ between consecutive data points in the table. (b) Estimate the population in 1980 and compare your estimate with the true value of 226 million. x y 1 6 5 9 2 15 4 9 2 9 10 8 0 7 2 7 3 . 110. 5. (a) Find a quadratic function that models the data.S. ƒ(x) = x 2 . For example. or neither. Consumer Price Index The table lists the consumer price index (CPI) for selected years. The slopes m (or average rates of change) between consecutive data points are 2.1 1960 29. Support your result graphically. 1. Support your result graphically. 10. Note that consecutive values for m in this list always increase by the same constant 4.7 2000 172. How do the values of a. (b) Estimate enrollment in 1985. and 4.3. 7. (a) Evaluate ƒ(x) for each xvalue in the table. (a) Find a quadratic function that models the data. rather.
8)2 + 80.875x 2 2 30x 200 = 110.4 = 0. and 3x + 1 = x 2. Examples of quadratic equations include 2x 2 . which states that if ab = 0. then a = 0 or b = 0 or both. It is based on the zeroproduct property. Quadratic equations can have no real solutions. and the quadratic formula to solve quadratic equations • Understand the discriminant • Solve problems involving quadratic equations Introduction In Example 11 of Section 3. b. then this equation does not imply that either a = 1 or b = 1. This vertex form can easily be changed to general form. completing the square. x 2 = 3.30x + 90 = 0. Applications of quadratic functions often require solving quadratic equations.) Quadratic equations can be solved symbolically by a variety of methods: factoring. and the quadratic formula. (See Example 8. It is important to remember that this property works only for 0.2 Quadratic Equations and Problem Solving • Understand basic concepts about quadratic equations • Use factoring. .8)2 + 80 = 1. we can solve the quadratic equation 1. Factoring Factoring is a common technique used to solve equations. a = 1 and b = 2 also satisfies 2 ab = 1 and neither a nor b is 1.875(x .875(x = 1.) A quadratic equation results when the formula for a quadratic function is set equal to a constant. 1. They can also be solved graphically and numerically. the square root property. (Complex solutions are discussed in the next section. Quadratic Equations A quadratic equation can be defined as follows. one real solution. where a.3x . however.1 we modeled an athlete’s heart rate x minutes after exercise stopped by using ƒ(x) = 1. Quadratic Equation A quadratic equation in one variable is an equation that can be written in the form ax2 + bx + c = 0. For example. the exact solution can always be obtained symbolically.875x 2 2 Vertex form Square the binomial. 5x 2 + x = 0. or two real solutions. and c are constants with a Z 0. if ab = 1. ƒ(x) = 1.188 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations 3. completing the square. For example. General form 16x 30x 64) + 80 200 To determine the length of time needed for the athlete’s heart rate to slow from 200 beats per minute to 110 beats per minute. the square root property. or Subtract 110 from each side.875x .875(x .
12t 2 = t + 1 12t .2) = 0 x + 3 = 0 x = 2( 3 3)2 + 2( or or 3) .1 = 0 t = or 4t + 1 = 0 Zeroproduct property 1 1 or t = Solve. because the xintercepts of the graph of y = ax 2 + bx + c correspond to the solutions to ax 2 + bx + c = 0. EXAMPLE 2 y Finding xintercepts Find the exact values for the xintercepts shown in Figure 3.11 x .3 = 0 x = 3 8 Zeroproduct property Solve. x + x .11 1 1 = 1 (b) Write the equation in the form at 2 + bt + c = 0.6 = 0 x Set expression equal to 0.3) = 0 3x + 2 = 0 x = 2 3 or or 8x . Factor.1)(4t + 1) = 0 3t . see Chapter R (page R23). (3t . Divide each side by 2 (optional step).11 = 1 (b) 12t 2 = t + 1 SOLUTION (a) Start by writing the equation in the form ax 2 + bx + c = 0.2 and 3. 3 8 . 3 4 To check these solutions.2 Quadratic Equations and Problem Solving EXAMPLE 1 189 Solving a quadratic equation with factoring Solve each quadratic equation. Factor.6 = 0 2 Algebra Review (x + 3)(x . However.2 = 0 x = 2 1 To review factoring trinomials.30 The xintercepts are . Check your results.t . Factor. they can be determined symbolically. SOLUTION From the graph it is difficult to determine the exact xintercepts. These solutions can be checked by substituting them in the given equation.30. Zeroproduct property Solve. Now Try Exercise 29 –8 y = 24x2 + 7x – 6 Figure 3. 2(2)2 + 2(2) . 2x 2 + 2x .11 = 1 2x + 2x . 8 4 –2 –1 1 2 24x 2 + 7x . 1 2 1 1 2 1 12 a b = + 1 12 a b = + 1 3 3 4 4 4 4 3 3 = = Now Try Exercises 1 and 7 3 3 4 4 We can also use factoring to find the xintercepts of the graph of a quadratic function. substitute them into the given equation.3. (a) 2x 2 + 2x . (3x + 2)(8x .12 = 0 2 Given equation Subtract 1 from each side.1 = 0 2 1 = 1 Given equation Subtract t and 1.
Distributive property Subtract 120 from each side. as shown in Figures 3.31. and numerically x x 7 Figure 3.120 = 0 2 (x + 15)(x . (Recall that the symbol represents plus or minus. and numerical solutions agree.34 Figure 3. Determine its dimensions symbolically. graphically.15 or or x . .34. see Chapter R (page R40). 10] X y2 = 120 y1 = x(x + 7) Intersection X –15 Y 120 Intersection X 8 Y Y1 60 78 98 120 144 170 198 Y2 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 y2 = 120 y1 = x(x + 7) 120 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 y1 = y2 X 8 Figure 3.15. The solutions are 15 and 8. See Extended and Discovery Exercise 7 for a justification of this property. x + 7x . The symbolic. we solve the following equation.8 = 0 x = 8 Zeroproduct property Solve. Numerical Solution Make a table for y1 and y2. where k is a nonnegative number. so the dimensions of the shed are 8 feet by 15 feet. 150. The length is 7 feet longer than the width. The solution of 8 is shown in Figure 3. x 2 = 16 has two solutions: 4.33. the solution that has meaning is x = 8. Buildings built within 100 feet of the shoreline are sometimes limited to a maximum area of 120 square feet. 120) and (8.15 or 8. see Appendix A (page AP8).32 Figure 3.20. it may be difficult or even Now Try Exercise 105 impossible to determine them with a table of values.8) = 0 x + 15 = 0 x = . See Figure 3. 150.190 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations EXAMPLE 3 Solving a quadratic equation symbolically. 5] by [. the Department of Natural Resources (DNR) restricts the size of buildings.) For example.20. SOLUTION Symbolic Solution Let x be the width of the shed.20. Then x + 7 represents the length. Suppose a rectangular shed is being built that has an area of 120 square feet and is 7 feet longer than it is wide. and the solution of 15 may be found by scrolling through the table. Since area equals width times length. Graphical Solution The intersectionofgraphs method can be used to solve this equation by graphing y1 = x(x + 7) and y2 = 120. Since dimensions cannot be negative. 20. 5] by [. [ . 10] [ .33 If the solutions are fractions or irrational numbers.20. We refer to this as the square root property. 120). and numerically. Their graphs intersect at (. Calculator Help To find a point of intersection. 20. The equation y1 = y2 is satisfied when x = .31 On the shoreline of some recreational lakes in Minnesota. graphically. NOTE The Square Root Property Algebra Review To review square roots. Some types of quadratic equations can be written as x 2 = k. The solutions to this equation are 1k. graphical. Factor. x(x + 7) = 120 x + 7x = 120 2 Area is equal to 120 square feet.32 and 3.
16t 2 = 0 100 = 16t 2 100 t2 = 16 t = Add 16t2 to each side.1)2 = 4 (b) 2y = 2 SOLUTION (a) Start by subtracting x 2 from each side of the equation. y = 1 + 24 . EXAMPLE 5 Determining if equations represent functions Solve each equation for y. Functions can be defined by formulas. tables. That is.3. In the next example we use the square root property to solve equations for y and then determine if y is a function of x.5.x 2 2 Subtract x 2 from each side.x 2 y .16t 2 = 0 is satisfied.x2 (upper half ) and y2 = 1 .x2 (lower half ). NOTE . 100 . 100 Square root property A 16 10 Simplify. 1) and radius 2. graphs. which indicates that y is not a function of x. Then the solutions to the equation x2 = k are given by x = 2k.x 2 24 . one xinput can produce two youtputs. and diagrams. seconds.2 Quadratic Equations and Problem Solving 191 Square Root Property Let k be a nonnegative number. Square root property Add 1 to each side. Divide each side by 16. Rewrite. x + y (a) x 2 + ( y .16t 2. A circle does not pass the vertical line test.24 .x2. EXAMPLE 4 Using the square root property If a metal ball is dropped 100 feet from a water tower. Determine how long it takes the ball to hit the ground.1)2 = 4 is in standard form for a circle that has center (0. where y = ƒ(x).1 = y = 1 24 . so the ball strikes the ground after 10 Now Try Exercise 101 4 . ( y . Functions can also be defined by equations. There are two formulas.x and y = 1 . so the equation does not represent a function. its height h in feet above the ground after t seconds is given by h(t) = 100 . t = 4 In this example only positive values for time are valid.1)2 = 4 .24 . SOLUTION The ball strikes the ground when the equation 100 . or 2. Use two functions to graph this circle by letting y1 = 1 + 24 . Determine if y is a function of x. The equation x 2 + ( y .
2 2 2 To review factoring perfect square trinomials. If the coefficient a of the x 2term is not 1. Factor the perfect square. so y is a function of x. defines a linear function.9 + 16 (x .8x = 7 Solve each equation (a) x 2 .8B = 16. where k and d are constants. we can divide each side of the equation by a so that it becomes 1. Now Try Exercises 67 and 69 Completing the Square Another technique that can be used to solve a quadratic equation is completing the square. see Chapter R (page R35). Simplify.4 = x = 4 27 27 Factor the perfect square. Square root property (x + 3)2 = 16 x + 3 = x = 1 NOTE 4 4 x = 7 x = 3 or Add 3 to each side. To clear fractions. so add A2B = A6B = 9 to each side.9 x 2 Given equation Subtract 9 from each side.8x + 9 = 0 x 2 . see Chapter R (page R26). Multiply each side by 2. x 2 + 6x = 7 x + 6x + 9 = 7 + 9 2 Given equation Add 9 to each side. . Subtract y from each side. 2 2 2 8x + 16 = . then the equation can be solved using k 2 k 2 x 2 + kx + a b = ax + b . Divide each side by 3.8x + 9 = 0 SOLUTION (a) Start by writing the equation in the form x 2 + kx = d. k = 6 in x2 + 6x = 7. k Add A2B = A .4)2 = 7 x . Completing the square is useful when solving quadratic equations that do not factor easily. x 2 . Square root property Add 4 to each side. See Example 6(b). EXAMPLE 6 Completing the square (b) 2x 2 . If a quadratic equation is written in the form x 2 + kx = d. 2 2 Algebra Review k For example.8x = .192 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations (b) Clear fractions by multiplying each side of 2y = 4y = x + y 3y = x x y = 3 The equation y = x 3 x + y 2 Algebra Review by 2.
Symbolic Solution x(x . the quadratic formula is used. numerically.2). Unlike graphical and numerical solutions.2) 8 3 0 1 0 3 8 –2 –1 –2 1 3 4 Graphical Solution y (–1. and Graphical Solutions Quadratic equations can be solved symbolically.2 = 7 2 7 2 + 15 2 4 Add A . the quadratic formula always finds the exact solutions to a quadratic equation. a common strategy is to first write the equation in the form ax2 + bx + c = 0 and to then try to factor the left side of the equation. y = x(x – 2) Let y = x(x . Now Try Exercises 49 and 51 x = 2 215 2 215 2 Symbolic.2) x 2 .3 (x + 1)(x . Quadratic Formula The solutions to the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0. The solutions are 1 and 3.4B = 4 to each side. 3) 4 (3. 3) y=3 x The solutions are and 3. . The Quadratic Formula The quadratic formula can be used to find the solutions to any quadratic equation.4x = 2 193 Given equation Divide by 2. Numerical.2x . The graph of y = x(x . 2a NOTE When solving quadratic equations. where a Z 0.8x = 7 x .2x x 2 . The following example illustrates each technique for the equation x(x .2) = 3. In the table y = 3 when x = 1 or x = 3. x 2 4x + 4 = (x . 2x 2 . 2 2 Factor the perfect square.2)2 = x . and graphically. Square root property Add 2 to each side. are given by x = b 2b2 . 3) and (3. 3).2 Quadratic Equations and Problem Solving (b) Divide each side by 2 to obtain a 1 for the leading coefficient.2) intersects the graph of y = 3 at ( 1.4ac . If the factors are not easily found.3) = = = = 3 3 0 0 1 Numerical Solution x 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 x(x .3.
4(1.875.1 212 B . and c = 90 Simplify. x = = = b 2b 2 . .30)2 .875. b.6 A1 + 1 212 B + 2. (This equation was discussed in the introduction to this section.875x 2 .4ac 2a 2( 6)2 .1 212 B + 2 6 6 2 EXAMPLE 8 Estimating an athlete’s heart rate Solve the quadratic equation 1. Graphical Solution To use the xintercept method to solve this quadratic equation. Quadratic formula Substitute for a. Simplify.) SOLUTION Symbolic Solution Let a = 1. (30) 30 2225 3. 3 A1 + 1 212 B .30. SOLUTION Let a = 3.6x + 2 = 0.4ac 2a 2(. and c = 2. NOTE Because 212 = 24 # 23 = 223.30x + 90 and locate the xintercepts.6 A1 .30.36. Divide: a b c x = b ( 6 6) Algebra Review 2b2 . b = 6.30x + 90 = 0 symbolically. b = . graph y1 = 1. Simplify. in agreement with the symbolic solution. and c. we can write 1 1 6 212 as 1 1 3 23. so the only valid solution is 4. The xintercepts are 4 and 12. and c = 90 in the quadratic formula.194 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations EXAMPLE 7 Using the quadratic formula Solve the equation 3x 2 . Now Try Exercise 21 CLASS DISCUSSION Use the results of Example 7 to evaluate each expression mentally.875) Quadratic formula a = 1.75 = 12 or 4 The xvalues are restricted to 0 … x … 8. as shown in Figures 3.875)(90) 2(1. graphically. see Chapter R (page R46). b = .4(3)(2) 2(3) To review simplifying square roots. x = x = x = 1 212 6 1 212 6 = a c b c. and numerically. 6 6 2 3 A1 . where 0 … x … 8.875x 2 . Thus the athlete’s heart rate reached 110 beats per minute 4 minutes after the athlete stopped exercising.35 and 3.
Each xintercept is a real solution to the quadratic equation ax 2 + bx + c = 0.5 – 30 – 22.37 Now Try Exercise 103 Figure 3. or xintercept.3.4ac 7 0.39 One Real Solution Figure 3. .5 0 – 22.875x 2 . can have any number of solutions.38 No Real Solutions Figure 3.4ac. respectively. 125.40 Two Real Solutions The quantity b 2 . there are two real solutions.6)2 .4ac = (.875x2 – 30x + 90 [0. The numerical solution agrees with the symbolic and graphical solutions because y1 = 0 when x = 4 or x = 12. Quadratic Equations and the Discriminant To determine the number of real solutions to ax2 + bx + c = 0 with a Z 0. If b2 . there are no real solutions. It provides information about the number of real solutions to a quadratic equation. in general. y y y No xintercepts x One xintercept x Two xintercepts x Figure 3.30x + 90. If b2 .4ac = 0. there is one real solution.875x2 – 30x + 90 To find a zero. there are two real solutions.4ac 6 0. one. the parabola y = ax 2 + bx + c can intersect the xaxis zero.40. X 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 Zero X 4 Y 0 Zero X 12 Y1 37. If b2 .4ac in the quadratic formula is called the discriminant.2 Quadratic Equations and Problem Solving 195 Numerical Solution Make a table of y1 = 1. as shown in Figure 3. or two times. 16.4(3)(2) = 12. 25] y1 = 1. Calculator Help [0. 4] by [125. 3. the solutions to a quadratic equation may be expressed as two complex numbers.4ac 6 0. 125.35 Figure 3.37. 16. 2. When b 2 .36 The Discriminant One important difference between linear equations and nonlinear equations is that nonlinear equations. If the quadratic equation ax 2 + bx + c = 0 is solved graphically. 1. Complex numbers are discussed in the next section. 25] y1 = 1. see Appendix A (page AP9). NOTE In Example 7 the discriminant is b2 . Because the discriminant is positive.38–3. evaluate the discriminant b2 . as illustrated in Figures 3.5 0 37. 4] by [125.5 y1 = 0 y1 = 0 Y 0 X 4 Figure 3.
then the trinomial ax 2 + bx + c can be factored using only integer coefficients.16t2 + v0t + h0 to model the data.6x + 4.4 Symbolic Solution Let a = 9. there is one solution. The graph suggests that there is one xintercept: 0. See Extended and Discovery Exercises 1–4 at the end of this section.5 shows the height of a projectile shot into the air.4(6)(2) = 49. This trinomial cannot be factored (by using traditional methods with integer coefficients) so either the quadratic formula or completing the square should be used to solve 3x 2 .7 The only solution is 0. For example.41.41 2b 2 . (b) After how many seconds did the projectile strike the ground? .2 0.196 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations EXAMPLE 9 Using the discriminant Use the discriminant to find the number of solutions to 9x 2 . Support your result graphically. b = b 2 . EXAMPLE 10 Modeling projectile motion Table 3. Figure 3.4ac = 13.12.6.6x + 4.41 .7.2 –0. and c = 4. h0 s Figure 3.6)2 .2 = 0.4ac is a per fect square. then b 2 . Table 3.41 is shown in Figure 3. However.4ac = 12 .1)(3x + 2) to solve 6x 2 + x . and c are integers and b2 .x .41. Simplify.42.0 1.2 as (2x .4ac 2a 10 Quadratic formula Substitute. then b 2 . if 3x 2 .6) 18 x = 0.(12.1 = 0. Then solve the equation by using the quadratic formula. Now Try Exercise 83 Factoring and the Discriminant If a.6 0. The discriminant is given by 12.42 An Application In Section 3.2 –0.41 = 0. which is not a perfect square. as illustrated in Figure 3.6 1.1 we learned that the height s of an object propelled into the air is modeled by s(t) = . Graphical Solution A graph of y = 9x 2 .12.16t 2 + v0t + h0. if 6x 2 + x .0 0. In the next example we model the position of a projectile.6x + 4. which is a perfect square (49 = 72).7. SOLUTION y 1. Thus we can factor 6x 2 + x .4ac = ( 12.2 = 0.1 = 0.4(9)(4. where v0 represents the object’s initial (vertical) velocity in feet per second and h0 represents the object’s initial height in feet.6 0.5 Height of a Projectile t seconds s(t) (feet) 0 96 2 400 4 576 6 624 8 544 (a) Use s(t) = . Since the discriminant is 0.x . b.41) = 0. x x = x = b y = 9x2 – 12.
(2t + 1)(t . t = or t = 12 2 Thus the projectile strikes the ground after 12 seconds. If the box is to have a volume of 224 cubic inches. 2 in. 2 in. 2 in. (b) The projectile strikes the ground when s(t) = 0. 16(2)2 + v0(2) + 96 = 400 2v0 = 368 v0 = 184 2 s(2) = 400 Subtract 32 from each side. Now Try Exercise 115 Problem Solving Many types of applications involve quadratic equations.43. 2 in. The rectangular piece of cardboard is 6 inches longer than it is wide.16t + 184t + 96 models the height of the projectile. The solution of . To solve these problems. In the next example the dimensions of a box are found by solving a quadratic equation. equation to be solved Divide each term by 8. We use s(2) = 400 to determine v0. Let x be its width and x + 6 be its length. 2 in.3 on page 122.3.43 SOLUTION Geometry Review STEP 1: To review formulas related to boxes. Substituting s(2) = 400 gives the following result. h0 = 96 and s(t) = .1 has no 2 meaning in this problem because it corresponds to a time before the projectile is shot into the air. x: Width of the cardboard in inches x + 6: Length of the cardboard in inches . 2 in.23t .2 Quadratic Equations and Problem Solving 197 v0 can be determined by using any other value in the table.12 = 0 Factor the trinomial. Divide each side by 2.12) = 0 1 Solve the equation. 2 in. we use the steps for “Solving Application Problems” from Section 2. find the dimensions of the piece of cardboard. SOLUTION Getting Started The value for h0 can be determined by noting that s(0) = 96. 2 in. The value for (a) Because s(0) = 96. 16t 2 2 184t 96 = 0 s(t) = 0. as illustrated in Figure 3.16t 2 + v0t + 96. EXAMPLE 11 Solving a construction problem A box is being constructed by cutting 2inch squares from the corners of a rectangular piece of cardboard that is 6 inches longer than it is wide. see Chapter R (page R3). 2t . Figure 3. Thus s(t) = .
because two square corners with sides of 2 inches have been removed. For example. the width of the cardboard is 12 inches and the length is 6 inches more.8 = 112 x . 150.70. the price for two DVDs is 2($4. then the cost of each DVD is 5 . If x DVDs are sold. x 2 .4)(x + 2) = 224.90.46. 100. and we must solve the equation x(5 . it follows that 2(x .05(x .05(X .05(x – 1)) Intersection X 25 Y 95 Figure 3. or (x . (Note that when x = 1 the price is 5 . the price for 3 DVDs is 3($4.4 inches. then the price in dollars of each DVD is 5 . Figure 3.0.2x . When DVDs are manufactured. or 18 inches.0.1) = $5.1)).12)(x + 10) = 0 x = 12 or x = . 50] y2 = 95 STEP 3: y1 = x(5 – 0.05(x .10 Zeroproduct property STEP 4: Since the dimensions cannot be negative. Because the height times the width times the length must equal the volume. Similarly. Let this number be x.05x 2 + 5.44 STEP 3: Write the quadratic equation in the form ax 2 + bx + c = 0 and factor.05x . (x . Now Try Exercise 113 . the dimensions of the bottom of the box are 12 . as shown in Figure 3.120 = 0 2 Equation to be solved Subtract 112. or 0.05(24) = $3. 95) and (76. Discounts affect the revenue that a company receives.4 = 8 inches by 18 .95) = $9.46 Although this equation could be solved symbolically.) The revenue R is given by R(x) = x(5 .1)) and Y2 = 95. EXAMPLE 12 Determining revenue A company charges $5 to burn one DVD. The volume of the box is Now Try Exercise 107 then 2 # 8 # 14 = 224 cubic inches. 10] by [0.80) = $95. or 224 cubic inches. 10] by [0. we solve it graphically by letting Y1 = X(5 .44.0. STEP 2: y1 = x(5 – 0.4)(x + 2) = 112. If the total price is $95. Factor.45 [0.05(x .198 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations STEP 2: x–4 x+2 x+6 x First make a drawing of the box with the appropriate labeling. We discuss this situation in the next example. 50] y2 = 95 STEP 1: We are asked to find the number of DVDs that results in an order costing $95. 95). 150.1)) = 95.0.45 and 3. After the 2inchsquare corners are cut out.05 per DVD for each additional DVD ordered.90) = $14.1). The discount only applies to orders up to 60 DVDs. the length of the bottom of the box is x + 2 inches. and so on. so the answer is 25 DVDs.0. their graphs intersect at (25.0. 100.80 and the total revenue is 25(3. which checks.4 = 14 inches.05(x – 1)) Intersection X 76 Y 95 STEP 4: Figure 3. how many DVDs were ordered? SOLUTION [0. The width of the bottom of the box is x .95 = 0. In Figures 3. the price for one DVD is $5.05(1 . up to a maximum of 60 DVDs. x: Number of DVDs ordered Revenue equals the number of DVDs sold times the price of each DVD. a discount is sometimes given to a customer who makes a large order. If 25 DVDs are ordered.2x . but it reduces this cost by $0.
3 x 2 To solve x2 + kx = d symbolically. The real solutions correspond to the xcoordinates of any points of intersection.1)(x .2 Quadratic Equations and Problem Solving 199 3.2. add k 2 A2B to each side to obtain a perfect square trinomial.69 or 1.3x = . x2 = . x2 = 11 is equivalent to x = 211. Explanation Examples Quadratic equation ax + bx + c = 0. The solutions to ax2 + bx + c = 0 are given by b 2b2 . let y1 equal the left side of the equation and graph y1. or two real solutions.4 = 0 x2 . based on the zeroproduct property: if ab = 0. Square root property Completing the square The solutions to x2 = k are x = where k Ú 0. 2a Always gives the exact solutions To use the xintercept method to solve ax2 + bx + c = 0.1.2) = 0 x .6x + 9 (x . b. b = . and c = .3x + 2 = 0 (x .2 x . then either a = 0 or b = 0. y Graphical solution 3 2 1 –3 –1 –1 –3 2 3 x y = x2 + x – 2 continued on next page .4ac x = .19 4 To solve x2 + x . one.x . x2 = 9 is equivalent to x = 3. 2k.3)2 x . x2 . where a. let a = 2. and c are constants with a Z 0 2 A quadratic equation can have zero. .4.2)2 = 0 Two real solutions x2 .5 No real solutions One real solution (x .2 = 0 x = 1 or x = 2 2 Factoring A symbolic technique for solving equations. Then apply the square root property.6x x .(1) 2( 1)2 . = = = = = 1 1 + 9 10 210 3 210 A 26B = 9 2 Quadratic formula To solve 2x2 .4 = 0.2 Putting It All Together Concept The following table summarizes important topics related to quadratic equations. The xintercepts are . The intersectionofgraphs method can also be used when one side of the equation is not equal to 0.3.1 = 0 or x . graph y = x2 + x . Let y1 equal the left side of the equation and y2 equal the right side of the equation.2 and 1.4(2)(4) x = 2(2) 1 133 = L 1.2 = 0. The real solutions correspond to the xintercepts.
2 Exercises Exercises 29–34: Find the exact values of any xintercepts. y = –4x2 + 12x – 9 x 2 1 3 –2 –1 –1 –2 y 13. 8 y 8 4 –3 –2 –1 –4 y = –3x2 + 11x – 6 1 2 y = –7x2 – 15x – 2 1 2 3 x 27. 2(x .11 = 0 2 x –4 –2 –4 2 4 x y= 6x2 + 13x – 5 y = 6x2 + 4x – 2 = 8x 31.3z 2 . 4z 2 = 7 . 2z 2 = 13z + 15 9.0. 3x 2 .3x + 2 1 2 18. 2 To solve 2x + x .1.02 26. 0.9x + 10 = . 3 2 4x = 0 + 1x 2 1 2 = 0 33.1.5x 2 22. 1.1x + 1 = 0. let y1 equal the left side of the equation and create a table for y1.200 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations continued from previous page Concept Explanation Examples Numerical solution To solve ax + bx + c = 0.5 1 X Y1 5 2 0 –1 –1 0 2 May not be a good method when solutions are fractions or irrational numbers y1 = 0 y1 = 0 Y1 2X^2 X 1 3. (t . x 2 + x . 5x = 9x 2 8. 3 2 1 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 y 32.7x = 0 7. 1x 2 .1 = 0. x 2 .1)(x + 2) = (x + 3)(x + 1) –3 –1 –4 –8 x .1x = . Check your answers for Exercises 1–12. 2 –2 –1. . 3(x + 5)2 . 4z 2 + z + 1 = 0 24. t . 0.5. x(5x + 19) = 4 12. (2x . The zeros of y1 are the real solutions.11 = 1 2.1)2 + 4 = 0 19. y y 29. (t + 3)2 = 5 15. 49k 2 + 4 = . 30. x(3x + 14) = 5 11. The solutions are . 2x(x + 2) = (x . 15 10 5 –3 –1 –5 –15 1 2 3 2 4 Quadratic Equations Exercises 1–28: Solve the quadratic equation.27z 10.28k y 34.0. .5 –1 –. 4x .7t = 0 2 5.13 = 0 2 y = 9x2 + 30x + 25 1 2 x 17.3x 2 + 0.1)(x + 2) 28. 25k 2 + 1 = 10k 25. t = 2t 2 4.6 = 0 20. 6x 2 + 5 2 6.5 0 . 21.2z + 4 = 0 23. make a table for Y1 = 2X^2 + X . 8x 2 + 63 = .46x 14.2)2 = 11 16.8 3. 9x .
Write your answer in setbuilder notation. x 2 + 6x . (b) Calculate the discriminant b2 . 4x(x .k2 = 0 for T 76. T 2 . 35.2 = 14 83.5z + 3 = 0 60. 3x 2 = 1 . ƒ(x) = x . 73.kT .y 3 68. x(x + 24) = 6912 The Discriminant Exercises 81–96: Complete the following. 1 2 3t + 1t = 2 2 58. 3y = 2x . 4x(x . 3x 2 = 12 82. x 2 + 4x . x A1x + 1B = . S = 4pr2 + x2 for r Exercises 43–46: Solve the quadratic equation graphically. Express graphical and numerical solutions to the nearest tenth when appropriate.13 2 2 95. (x + 2)2 + ( y + 1)2 = 1 72. 1t 2 .6 = 0 48. x 2 .) Solve the equation for y. .4 94. (a) State whether a 7 0 or a 6 0.4ac and determine the number of real solutions. 16x 2 + 9 = 24x 88.1 46. 2x 2 = 6 41.x2 63. s = . x 2 + ( y .3)2 = 9 71.6 = 0 39. x 2 .y x + 3y = 3 4 x –4 –2 y = f (x) 2 6 x y = f (x) –8 .2x = .x 84. g(t) = 5 . V = 1pr 2h for r 74. x 2 + 2x = 0 36. 98.5 = 0 52. 4x 2 + 3y = 66. 6x 2 = 4x 86.36 93.1) = 1 69. 81. Determine if y is a function of x. 2x 2 . 47. a2 + b2 = c2 for b 79.2x 91.1z 2 . 9x(x .2 Quadratic Equations and Problem Solving 201 Graphical and Numerical Solutions Exercises 35–42: Solve each quadratic equation (a) graphically.8x = 10 55.225 = 0 42. V = 1gt 2 + h for t 3 2 75. x(5x . x 2 . 3x 2 + 3 = 5x 92.2 2 64. 3z 2 .5x 2 = 4.5 7 . and (c) symbolically. (c) Solve the equation.25y 2 = 50 Exercises 73–80: Solve for the specified variable.1z + 1 = 0 2 4 50.3x + 1 = 0 54. 1 4x 61.4) = . (b) Solve the equation ax 2 + bx + c = 0. 2. K = 1mv2 for v 2 77. x 2 + 5x = 4 51. 4x = 6 + x 2 96. 43.4 = 0 37.1z + 2 = 0 5 2 + 3x = x .2x = 2 56.16t2 + 100t for t 80.t .595 45. 8x 2 . g(t) = t + 1 2t . 2z 2 + 3z + 1 = 0 59. x 2 . 2x 2 + 5x . (a) Write the equation as ax2 + bx + c = 0 with a 7 0. 4x = x 2 87.t t .21 2 Exercises 97–100: The graph of ƒ(x) = ax 2 + bx + c is shown in the figure.3 = 0 40. x 2 . 3x 2 + 4y 2 = 12 70.2. (b) numerically.10x = 1 49. 2x 2 + x = 2 90.3. 5 . 2x 2 + 4x = 1. 20x 2 + 11x = 3 44. y y 4 2 –8 –2 –4 4 4 2 Solving for a Variable Exercises 65–72: (Refer to Example 5. or zero? 97. W = I 2R for I 78.11t .1 85. = y . 2x 2 + 3x = 12 .3t = 1 2 2 57.9 38. 3x 2 . x 2 . (c) Is the discriminant positive. 1 2 4x Completing the Square Exercises 47–60: Solve the equation by completing the square.6x = 2 53.75x . .3z 2 .3) = .2 3 2 67. x 2 . y + 1 x2 + y 65. negative. x 2 + 1 = x 89.x .3) = 1 Finding Domains Exercises 61–64: Find the domain of the function. x . ƒ(x) = 2 62.
If the can is to have a volume of 28 cubic inches. as shown in the figure.16t 2. . 111. 107. Height of Baseball A baseball is dropped from a stadium seat that is 75 feet above the ground. If the box is to have a volume of 476 cubic inches. graphically. Evaluate D(60) and interpret the result.000 deaths. 2 in. See the figure. Introduction to Transportation Systems.S. 102. 104. If the box is to have a volume of 1058 cubic inches. Small values of k indicate a slippery road or worn tires. Construction A box is being constructed by cutting 2inch squares from the corners of a square sheet of metal. 2 in. Estimate to the nearest tenth of a second how long it takes for the baseball to strike the ground. Estimate the year when there were 90.S. Height of Baseball A baseball is thrown downward with an initial velocity of 30 feet per second from a stadium seat that is 80 feet above the ground. 108.5 square inches. Geometry A cylindrical aluminum can is being constructed to have a height h of 4 inches. AIDS Deaths From 1984 to 1994 the equation (a) Let k = 0.018x + 6400. 109. find the dimensions of the metal sheet. Its height s in feet after t seconds is given by s(t) = 75 . where x represents years after 1984. find the outside dimensions of the picture frame. (b) Find the dimensions that give maximum area. Maximizing Area A rectangular pen for a pet is under construction using 100 feet of fence.) y = f (x) –6 –2 –4 2 4 2 y = f (x) 2 4 6 8 x –2 –4 x Applications and Models 101. Do your answers agree? 106. (a) Find the dimensions that give an area of 576 square feet. If the total area of the window is 463 square inches. The picture inside the frame is 4 inches longer than it is wide.000 AIDS cases had been diagnosed. U. (b) If k = 0.) A box is being constructed by cutting 4inch squares from the corners of a rectangular sheet of metal that is 10 inches longer x x x x 112. 105. find the velocity x that corresponds to a braking distance of 300 feet. If the area of the screen is 93. find the dimensions of the metal sheet. 8 6 y than it is wide. determine its dimensions symbolically. (Source: L.25. Haefner. D(x) = 2375x 2 + 5134x + 5020 modeled the cumulative number of AIDS deaths x years after 1984. (Hint: V = pr 2h. Window Dimensions A window comprises a square with sides of length x and a semicircle with diameter x. Estimate the year when 200. If the area of the picture is 320 square inches. Construction (Refer to Example 11. approximate its radius r. The input x is the car’s velocity in miles per hour and the output D(x) is the braking distance in feet. The positive constant k is a measure of the traction of the tires. AIDS Cases From 1984 to 1994 the cumulative number of AIDS cases can be modeled by the equation C(x) = 3034x 2 + 14. Estimate to the nearest tenth of a second how long it takes for the baseball to strike the ground. Braking Distance Braking distance for cars on level x2 pavement can be approximated by D(x) = 30k.) 110. Screen Dimensions The width of a rectangular computer screen is 2. estimate the value of x to the nearest hundredth of an inch. and numerically. CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations y 8 100.202 99.5 inches more than its height. Picture Frame A frame for a picture is 2 inches wide. U. 103.3.
50].2 Quadratic Equations and Problem Solving 113.6 1940 12. velocity) and (time. (a) Use regression to find a quadratic function ƒ that models these data.8 1990 56. what happens to the minimum radius R of the curve? (b) The FAA used R(x) = ax 2 to compute the values in the table. Interpret your results. 1] by [10.2 (a) Use s(t) = . (d) Find the time when the distance is 200 feet. For each additional airline ticket sold to a group. . t (seconds) s (feet) 0 32 1 176 2 288 3 368 4 416 Source: D.6 1980 45. 2 tickets cost 2 # 248 = $496 and 3 tickets cost 3 # 246 = $738. (b) What is the cost of 5 tickets? (c) How many tickets were sold if the cost is $5200? (d) What number of tickets sold gives the greatest cost? x(mi/hr) R(ft) 10 50 20 200 30 450 40 800 50 1250 203 60 1800 Source: Federal Aviation Administration. For example. (b) After how long did the projectile strike the ground? 116. The table shows the number of worms y surviving after x days in one study. 450. Safe Runway Speed The road (or taxiway) used by aircraft to exit a runway should not have sharp curves. (b) Find a quadratic function ƒ that models these data. (b) Find a function v that models the velocity. (c) The distance is modeled by d(x) = ax 2. Brown and P. where the taxiing speed of the airplane is x miles per hour. Falling Object The table lists the velocity and distance traveled by a falling object for various elapsed times.3.16t 2 + v0t + h0 to model the data. (b) Graph ƒ and the data in the same window. The safe radius for any curve depends on the speed of the airplane. (c) Solve the quadratic equation ƒ(x) = 0 graphically.) A company charges $20 to make one monogrammed shirt. how many shirts were ordered? 114.2 1910 7.4 1970 31.68 15 1. 118. Ticket Prices One airline ticket costs $250. find x.5 1930 10. If the cost of an order is $989. WalMart Employees The table lists numbers of WalMart employees E in millions. (a) Evaluate E(15) and interpret the result.8 2000 65.8 (a) Make a scatterplot of the ordered pairs determined by (time. The table at the top of the next column lists the minimum radius R of the exit curves. (a) If the taxiing speed x of the plane doubles. Find the velocity at this time. x 5 E 0 0.4 2010 74. 119. (a) Write a quadratic function that gives the total cost of buying x tickets. but reduces this cost by $0.3 1960 23. (d) Use ƒ to estimate the year when the number of employees may reach 3 million.20 5 0. x (days) y (worms) 0 50 20 48 40 45 80 36 120 20 160 3 Modeling Quadratic Data 115. distance) in the same viewing rectangle [1. Rothery. Determine a. Year N Year N 1900 5. Source: Department of Labor. Cost (Refer to Example 12. Do both solutions have meaning? Explain. the price of every ticket is reduced by $2. (c) Graph the data and function ƒ in the same xyplane. Find a. 6.6 1950 18.38 10 0. Women in the Work Force The number N of women in millions who were gainfully employed in the work force in selected years is shown in the table. Time (sec) Velocity (ft/sec) Distance (ft) 0 0 0 1 32 16 2 64 64 3 96 144 4 128 256 160 400 Source: WalMart. 117.5 1920 8.4 20 2.10 per shirt for each additional shirt ordered up to 100 shirts. Biology Some types of worms have a remarkable capacity to live without moisture. x years after 1987. (c) If R = 500. 120. Projectile Motion The table shows the height of a projectile that is shot into the air. Models in Biology.
solve the equation by factoring. Use the discriminant to decide whether the equation can be solved by factoring. Square Root Property Use the fact that 2x 2 =  x  to show that the solutions to x 2 = k with k 7 0 are given by x = 2k. 5. (b) Predict the number of women in the labor force in 2020.4. Difference Quotient If the difference quotient for the function ƒ(x) = ax 2 . Quadratic Formula Prove the quadratic formula by completing the following.4 = 0 4. or zero? y y = f (x) 3 2 7.16t 2 + 96t + 2.3x . and xintercepts.2x .2 1. (c) Use the square root property and solve for x. (c) Solve ax + bx + c = 0. 6.4 = 0 Writing about Mathematics 121. use the quadratic formula. Support your result graphically.bx + 1 equals 2x + h .1)2 .1 AND 3. EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISES Exercises 1–4: Discriminant and Factoring (Refer to page 196. calculate the discriminant. What are the coordinates of the vertex? What is the minimum yvalue of the graph of ƒ? 6. Write ƒ(x) = x 2 + 4x .3 = 0 2. A graph of ƒ(x) = ax + bx + c is shown.17x .4. find values for a and b.3 (d) 2x 2 = 3x + 4 (b) Find the vertex and axis of symmetry.4ac 4a 2 . Find the vertex on the graph of y = 3x 2 . 8x 2 + 14x . Find its dimensions. 5x 2 . (a) 16x2 = 81 (b) 2x 2 + 3x = 2 (c) x 2 = x . 1.h)2 + k to model the data exactly. 2 (d) Is the discriminant positive. CHECKING BASIC CONCEPTS FOR SECTIONS 3. axis of symmetry. Make up a quadratic equation and use each method to find the solution set.204 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations (a) Use regression to find a quadratic function ƒ that models the data. 2. x –2 –1 –2 –3 1 2 4 8. negative. Identify the vertex. Solve the quadratic equations.h)2 + k. (d) How long is the baseball in the air? 3. (a) Is a positive. 15x 2 .2.9x . 122. Dimensions of a Rectangle A rectangle is 4 inches longer than it is wide and has an area of 165 square inches. or zero? 2 4. c (a) Write ax2 + bx + c = 0 as x2 + b x = .15 = 0 3. negative. 7. If it can. Explain how to solve a quadratic equation graphically.) For each equation. (b) After how long is the baseball 142 feet high? (c) Find the maximum height of the baseball. Height of a Baseball The height s of a baseball in feet after t seconds is given by s(t) = . Otherwise. a (b) Complete the square to obtain Ax + b 2 2a B = b 2 .3 as ƒ(x) = a(x . Discuss three symbolic methods for solving a quadratic equation.a. 5. Use ƒ(x) = a(x . Graph ƒ(x) = (x . 3x 2 . x f(x) 3 11 2 5 1 3 0 5 1 11 . (a) Find the height of the baseball after 1 second.
3 Complex Numbers 205 3. Table 3. Often these new numbers were met with resistance and were regarded as being imaginary or unreal. However. we get x 2 = . No doubt there were skeptics who wondered why a number was needed to represent nothing. or x = 2. Table 3. However. Since x 2 Ú 0 for any real number x. A complex number a + bi with a = 0 and b Z 0 is sometimes called a pure imaginary number. After all.6 lists several complex numbers with their real and imaginary parts.6 apples? The same was true for complex numbers. we can invent a solution. complex numbers can be defined.a = i 2a.1 We now define a new number called the imaginary unit.3 Complex Numbers • Perform arithmetic operations on complex numbers • Solve quadratic equations having complex solutions Introduction Throughout history. how could one possibly have . i2 = 1 Figure 3. A complex number can be written in standard form as a + bi.47. square roots of negative numbers can be written as complex numbers. Negative numbers also met strong resistance. Basic Concepts y 4 2 y = x2 + 1 The graph of y = x 2 + 1 has no xintercepts. Every real number a is also a complex number because it can be written as a + 0i.6 Real and Imaginary Parts a a b bi 3 + 2i 3 2 5 5 0 3i 0 3 1 + 7i 1 7 5 .i. Therefore the equation x 2 + 1 = 0 has no real solutions.1. The Expression 1 a If a 7 0. people have invented new numbers to solve equations and describe data.3. then 2. Using the real numbers and the imaginary unit i. If we try to solve x 2 + 1 = 0. The number 0 was not invented at the same time as the natural numbers. x 2 = . as shown in Figure 3. There was no Roman numeral for 0. there are no real number solutions.47 Defining the number i allows us to say that the solutions to the equation x 2 + 1 = 0 are i and i. denoted i. . The real part is a and the imaginary part is b. complex numbers are no more imaginary than any other number created by mathematicians.1.2i 5 2 4 + 6i 4 6 Using the imaginary unit i. x –4 –2 –2 2 4 Properties of the Imaginary Unit i i = 2 1. A complex number a + bi with b Z 0 is an imaginary number. where a and b are real numbers. Examples of pure imaginary numbers include 3i and .
3 . This technique is illustrated in the next example.3 (a) 13 NOTE # # 13 = i 13 # i13 = i 2(13)2 = 13 # 13 1(3) # (.(8 + 3i) = 5 . Now Try Exercises 1. 5. (b) 1 3 = i13.3i = . When simplifying products containing square roots of negative numbers. simply combine the real parts and the imaginary parts.24. ( 2 3i ) + (4 6i) = = 2 This same process works for subtraction. (c) First note that 1. where a 7 0.3 (c) 2 224 2 a Simplify each expression.7i . Thus 1 16 = i 116 = 4i.206 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations EXAMPLE 1 Simplifying the expression 1 (b) 2.6i).3) = 19 = 3 1(4) = . Addition and Subtraction To add the complex numbers (2 + 3i) and (4 . and 13 The property 1a # 1b = 1ab is true only when both a and b are positive.8 . 1 a = i 1a. a c b = a c b c = 1 Simplify fractions.7i) . 2 2 24 2 = 2 = 2 2 2i26 2 2i 26 2 i26 Simplify 1. EXAMPLE 2 Simplifying complex expressions Simplify each expression.4 Now Try Exercises 15 and 17 (b) 12 18 = i 12 # i18 = i 2 116 = Arithmetic Operations on Complex Numbers Arithmetic operations are also defined for complex numbers.10i 2 3i 4 + 3i 6i . (5 .2 SOLUTION # 18 1(3) = .24 = i 124 = i 14 # 16 = 2i 16. we usually do not write 13i because of the possibility of confusion about whether i is under the square root symbol. (a) 216 SOLUTION (a) When a 7 0. (a) 13 # 13 (b) 1. it is important to first apply the property 1 a = i 1a.
5i) 17 (c) (3 + 2i)2 (d) 4 + i .5 i An s Frac 1 /2 1 /2 i Figure 3.35 + 45i + 7i . EXAMPLE 3 Performing complex arithmetic Write each expression in standard form.48 and 3.i 1 + i 5 5 .3.i by the conjugate of the denominator. 1) Express your results in the standard form a + bi.3i 6 + 3i 2 + 7i 2 . first multiply both the numerator and the denominator .35 + 52i .1 is applied when appropriate.7i 1 .9i) + (i)(7) + (i)(.5i 6 .( 1) 13 + 13i 26 1 1 + i 2 2 = = Figure 3.i (5 . Table 3. Division The conjugate of a + bi is a . i2 = 1 Simplify. conjugate (–2 (5 3 i) 7 i) 6i) 2 3i ( 8 3 i) –3 10i (4 3(5) + (3)(i) + (2i)(5) + (2i)(i) (5)(5) + (5)(i) + (.9i) = .5 . (a) (3 + 4i) + (5 .49 (–5 i)(7 = a c + bi c The last step expresses the quotient as a complex number in standard form. The evaluation of the previous examples is shown in Figures 3. you may want to review multiplication of binomials in Chapter R (page R16). Evaluating Complex Arithmetic with Technology Some calculators do complex arithmetic.i) (b) (. The property i 2 = .i 2 15 + 13i + 2( 1) 25 . a + bi c conjugate . To simplify the quotient 35 + 2i.5 + i)(7 .(6 .5(7) + (5)( .7i) .i)(5 = i) i) Multiply by Expand. Simplify.9i 2 = . To find the conjugate.26 + 52i NOTE Before multiplying complex numbers. 3 + 2i (3 + 2i)(5 = 5 . Support your results using a calculator.5i . Table 3.9( = . change the sign of the imaginary part b.7 Complex Conjugates a a bi bi 2 + 5i 2 .9i) = .i)(5) + (i)(i) 15 + 3i + 10i + 2i 2 25 + 5i .48 = = 9 i) –26 52i (3 2 i)/( 5 i) .4i 4i Calculator Help To perform arithmetic on complex numbers. see Appendix A (page AP11).3 Complex Numbers 207 Algebra Review Multiplication Two complex numbers can be multiplied.7 lists examples of complex numbers and their conjugates.49. (.bi.
and then apply the quadratic formula. and 39 Figure 3. (d) = conjugate 4 + i 4 + i 4 .50 (–3 2 i) 2 i) 17/(4 5 12i 4 i (a) ( 3 + 4i) + (5 i) = 3 5 + 4i i = 2 + 3i (b) (7i) .51.2i (c) (3 + 2i)2 = (.3 + 2i) = 9 . Now Try Exercises 23.6 .” . 35. Quadratic Equations with Complex Solutions We can use the quadratic formula to solve the quadratic equation ax 2 + bx + c = 0.12i 17 17 # 4 .2x 2 = 3 2 SOLUTION Getting Started Write each equation as ax 2 + bx + c = 0. Complex Numbers a + bi Real Numbers b = 0 a + bi. This is illustrated in the next example. where a and b are real numbers. and imaginary numbers. See Figures 3. EXAMPLE 4 Solving quadratic equations with imaginary solutions Solve the quadratic equation.5i) = . Note that complex numbers comprise two disjoint sets of numbers: the real numbers and the imaginary numbers.6i + 4i 2 = 9 .i 2 68 . Imaginary Numbers a + bi. If the discriminant. b2 . real. Real. 25.12i + 4( 1) = 5 . b Z 0 NOTE Every real number is a complex number.7i + 5i = .17i = i2 = 1 17 = 4 . then there are no real solutions. However.i Standard forms can be found using a calculator.208 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations (–3 ( – 7 i) 4 i) (6 (5 5 i) –6 i) 2 SOLUTION 3i 2i Figure 3.6 .3 + 2i)(.17i = 16 .i 68 . Support your results graphically. there are solutions that can be expressed as imaginary numbers. (a) 1x 2 + 17 = 5x (b) x 2 + 3x + 5 = 0 (c) . and the graph of y = ax2 + bx + c does not intersect the xaxis. which always “works.51 MAKING CONNECTIONS Complex.50 and 3. and Imaginary Numbers The following diagram illustrates the relationship among complex.i conjugate Multiply by .(6 .4ac.6i . is negative.
x = = x 10 6 2 y = x2 + 3x + 5 –6 –2 –2 2 4 6 3 3 3 3 2 232 . which 2 indicates that the equation 1x 2 + 17 = 5x has no real solutions.54 In Figure 3. there are 2 two complex solutions that are imaginary.53 = y 2 1 –3 –2 1 y2 = 3 x 3 In Figure 3.5.3 Complex Numbers y y1 = 1 x2 + 17 2 75 50 25 –4 –25 4 8 209 (a) Rewrite the equation as 1x 2 .+ b + 5 2 2 2 2 . which indicates that the equation 2x 2 = 3 has no real solutions. b = .5)(17) 2(0.53 the graph of y1 = x 2 + 3x + 5 does not intersect the xaxis.3.5x + 17 = 0. we apply the square root property because the equation contains no xterm. and c = 5 and apply the quadratic formula. However.4(1)(5) 2(1) 2 2 11 = i 211 2 i 211 2 Figure 3. 2 2 x = = x 12 b 5 y2 = 5x 2b2 .4ac 2a 2(. (b) Let a = 1. and let a = 1. However. (c) Rather than use the quadratic formula for this equation.2x 2 and y2 = 3 do not intersect. and c = 17.52 the graphs of y1 = 1x 2 + 17 and y2 = 5x do not intersect. b = 3. there are two complex solutions that are imaginary. However. and 67 solutions that are imaginary.5)2 .5) 2 3i 9 = 5 = 5 Figure 3.2x2 = 3 3 x2 = 2 x = x = 3 A 2 3 i A2 Given equation Divide by 2 Square root property 1a = i 1a y1 = –2x2 –3 Figure 3. . 65.4(0.) a3 i 211 2 3 i 211 + b + 3a . which indicates that the equation x 2 + 3x + 5 = 0 has no real solutions. there are two complex Now Try Exercises 59.52 y In Figure 3. CLASS DISCUSSION What is the result if the expression is evaluated? (See Example 4(b).54 the graphs of y1 = .
6i 12i 7 2 + 3i (2 + 3i) + (3 (5 + i) .4i. subtracted.210 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations 3. 2 + i. Converting to standard form: 3 4i 3 = + 2 i or 2 2 Number 5 .i) + i . 5.3i = .(3 (1 + i)(5 3 1 .3 Putting It All Together Concept Some of the important topics in this section are summarized in the following table. Explanation Comments and Examples Imaginary unit The expression 1a with a 7 0 i = 21.2i 2 Standard form of a complex number Conjugates a + bi. Complex solutions to equations Complex numbers a + bi with b Z 0 can be solutions to equations that cannot be solved with only real numbers.i + 5i .10 Complex number a + bi. or divided. 2 4 = 2 i 2 5 = i 25 2 32 = i 232 = i 21622 = 4i 22 2 52 20 = i 25 i 220 = i 2 2100 = . there are no real solutions.i)(1 + i) = 1 + 2i Arithmetic operations on complex numbers Complex numbers may be added. x2 + 5 = 0 implies x2 = . Note that the graph of y = x2 + 5 has no xintercepts. i 2 = .bi. and 9i are examples of complex numbers. 5 . where a and b are real numbers The conjugate of a + bi is a . multiplied. where a and b are real numbers Every real number is a complex number. Conjugate 5 + 6i 12i 7 2 .i) .5. .i 3 .i 2 = 6 + 4i (3 + i)(1 + i) = (1 .1 + 2i = 2 + 2i = 5 . but x = i15 are two complex solutions.1 2a = i2a The imaginary unit i allows us to define the complex numbers. The quadratic formula can be used to find complex solutions.i) .
4. 2i(1 . x 2 + 5 = 0 58.2) 74.8 = x(x .8 + 23i)(1.5 66. x(x .7i)(5. 17 .1 63. 4x 2 + 3 = 0 59.A .5 + 5. 1100 5. 132 10.(8 + 5i) 30.4) = .x 2 = 5 67. 112 9. 149 6. 21.2i) 34.2i 44.3. (4 + 2i) + (7 + 35i) 26.1 + 25iB 4 8 53. x(x .x) . x(7 . 3x . 2x 2 + 3 = 1 .5i 3 45. 18 # 18. 1.2 73. ( 8.1 + 9i) 28. 123 7.5. 5x 2 + 1 = 3x 2 60.4) = .28 12.3 Complex Numbers 211 3.3 Exercises Exercises 49–54: Evaluate the expression with a calculator. 1. 111 8.4i 3 .3 70. A3 .2) = x . 1 + i 4 + i 41.i 2i 43.4 + 0.5 64. 1 + 2i 4 . (2 + i)(1 . ( 12.2i 46. 116 3. 16 # 115 # 18 15 15 Quadratic Equations with Complex Solutions Exercises 57–74: Solve.i)2 1 39. 3 11. 120 20. 56. x(3x + 1) = . 14. 14 2. (2 . (3 + 2i)(2 + i) 35. Write answers in standard form. Round values to the nearest thousandth.8 69. 13 # 15 12 16.2i)2 1 . 2x 2 + x + 1 = 0 65. 2i . i 2 + i 47. (23 .4 72.5. 18 + 142i 102 . 3x(3 .6i) .(8. i 3 48. x 2 + 2x + 4 = 0 68.3i) Complex Numbers Exercises 1–20: Simplify by using the imaginary unit i. 2 2 1 36 6 18 4 54.i)2 . 154 1 16 2 6 172 13. 57. 7i + 5i 23. 4 15.3i) 33. i(5 . 5 .09i) Exercises 55 and 56: Evaluate with a calculator. 49. 3x 2 + x = x(5 .9. (2)(2 + 4i) 31.7i) . 2 + 3i 10 42. (12 .1 .2x) = . (1 + i)2 24. 1 . (7.135i 141 + 52i 55. x 2 = 3x .7i) 1 4 52.37i) 51. (5)( 7 + 3i) 32.(4 .3i)(1 + 4i) 36.x 71. 10 .10iB .1 61. 3 . (2 .3i)2 38.6i) + ( 41.6 . 15 4.6 . (2 + 3i)2 37.1 . (2 . 118 19. 3x 2 .2i) 25.31i # # 17.5 + 93i) 50.(5 + 23i) 27.04 + 2.67i) + (3. 3i + 5i 22.(.i 40.05 . 4x 2 = x . (3 + i) + ( 5 .x) Exercises 21–48: Write the expression in standard form. 2x(x .4x = x 2 . (7 + i) . 3x = 5x 2 + 1 62.6i) 29.(3 . (1 + i)(2 . (17.x) .
(a) Use the graph to predict the number of real zeros and the number of imaginary zeros. For example.) This section discusses methods for solving quadratic inequalities. i 4.200 … 0. 2 1 y y = x2 + x + 2 1 –3 –1 –1 –2 1 2 y = –2x2 + 2x – 3 x –2 –3 3 x EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISE 1. (b) Summarize your findings by describing how to simplify i n for any natural number n. . i 5. 1 2 11 x + x . 3. ƒ(x) = 12x2 11x is sometimes used to model the stopping distance 5 for a car traveling at x miles per hour on dry.1) = . How do their graphs compare? Explain how to determine from a graph whether a quadratic function has real zeros.29 1 4 y = 2x2 – x – 3 1 –2 1 3 x –2 –1 –1 –3 x Writing about Mathematics 81.i. . 2 1 –3 –1 1 3 Zeros of Quadratic Functions Exercises 75–80: The graph of a function is given. 75.1.6x – 5. 4 y 78. 5 . 12 5 (See Example 3. –3 77. then safe driving speeds x satisfy the quadratic inequality 1 2 x 12 or equivalently. 2 1 y y = –x2 + 4.4 Quadratic Inequalities • Understand basic concepts about quadratic inequalities • Solve quadratic inequalities graphically • Solve quadratic inequalities symbolically Introduction Highway engineers often use quadratic functions to model safe stopping distances for 1 cars. (a) Begin simplifying the expressions i. i 2. i 3.212 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations 79. . Could a quadratic function have one real zero and one imaginary zero? Explain. 3 y 80. 11 x … 200. until a simple pattern is discovered. (b) Find these zeros using the quadratic formula. If a driver can see only 200 feet ahead on a highway with a sharp curve. . For example. 3 y x –3 –1 1 1 3 x y = –x2 – 2 –4 y= –3 x2 – x+1 y 76. level pavement. Powers of i The properties of the imaginary unit are i = 11 and i 2 = . i 3 = i # i 2 = i # (. 82. Give an example of a quadratic function that has only real zeros and an example of one that has only imaginary zeros.
the solutions to x 2 . or … . 6 . a Z 0 Because equality is (usually) the boundary between greater than and less than. 4x 2<1. Examples of quadratic inequalities include x 2 + 2x .55 y y y = ax2 + bx + c a<0 y>0 y<0 y>0 x y<0 y = ax2 + bx + c a>0 y>0 x y<0 Figure 3. Then the solution set to y 7 0 includes all xvalues where the graph of y is above the xaxis.4 Quadratic Inequalities 213 Basic Concepts A quadratic equation can be written as ax 2 + bx + c = 0 with a Z 0.x .57. the solution set to y 6 0 includes all xvalues where the graph of y is below the xaxis. If the equals sign is replaced by 7 . For example. These xvalues are the boundary numbers. which satisfy the equation x 2 .56 Figure 3. and Inequality The three concepts are closely related. MAKING CONNECTIONS Quadratic Function.3x. Similarly. Figure 3. MAKING CONNECTIONS Graphs and Inequalities Suppose that y = ax2 + bx + c. This is because the xaxis corresponds to y = 0. this parabola opens upward. Figure 3. a Z 0 2 2 Quadratic function Quadratic equation Quadratic inequality ax + bx + c 7 0.1 » 0. This solution set is {x  x 6 2 or x 7 3}. Equation.56 and 3. Since a = 1. ƒ(x) = ax2 + bx + c. so the solution set to the inequality x 2 .x .3. 3) in interval notation. q ) in interval notation.6 6 0 is {x  2 6 x 6 3}. 2) ´ (3. Similarly.55 shows the parabola y = x 2 .x . It has xintercepts 2 and 3. We begin by discussing graphical solutions to quadratic inequalities. This discussion is illustrated in Figures 3. y 6 Graphical and Numerical Solutions 3 2 6 –2 –6 2 x –6 y = x2 – x – 6 The graph of a quadratic function is a parabola that opens either upward or downward. a quadratic inequality results. a Z 0 ax + bx + c = 0. The parabola lies below the xaxis between the intercepts (or boundary numbers).x .57 . where the parabola is above the xaxis.6. a first step in solving a quadratic inequality is to determine the xvalues where equality occurs.q .6 = 0. and 2x 2 ◊ 1 . or ( 2.6 7 0 include xvalues either left of x = 2 or right of x = 3. or (. Ú .
3x . ax 2 bx c>0 The graph is never above the xaxis so the solution set is empty. 3. ii. and the yvalues are negative. (2x + 1)(x .3x . the graph is below the xaxis and the yvalues are negative. or {x  .2 = 0 (b) 2x2 . (c) i. The solution set is {x  x Z 3}. either left of x = .4 or x Ú 2}. ax 2 + bx + c … 0 (a) y 4 3 2 1 –4 –3 –2 –2 –3 –4 1 3 4 (b) y (d) y 4 6 2 –4 –2 4 6 2 –2 –4 4 3 1 x –6 2 –2 –2 –4 x –4 –2 x –1 –3 –4 1 3 x Figure 3.3x . Now Try Exercises 1.58–3. There is one xintercept at x = 3. (b) i. where y = 0. Between these xvalues. The solution set is {x  x 6 .1 … x … 2}.60 Figure 3.61 (a) i. The graph is below the xaxis. ax 2 bx c ◊ 0 The graph always lies below the xaxis so the yvalues are negative and always satisfy the given inequality.2 = 0 can be solved by factoring. The solution set is {x ƒ 4 6 x 6 2}. of 4 and 2. The solution set is {x  . Thus every real number except x = 3 is a solution.61 to solve the inequalities: i. ax2 + bx + c 7 0 (c) y Use the graphs of y = ax 2 + bx + c in Figures 3. and the yvalues are positive.2 7 0 Solve each equation or inequality.1 and 2. the graph is above the xaxis and the yvalues are positive.58 Figure 3. (a) 2x 2 . which help deter mine the solution sets to parts (b) and (c). and 5 EXAMPLE 2 Solving a quadratic inequality (c) 2x2 .3x . are 1 and 2. ax 2 bx c>0 Between x = . ax 2 bx c>0 The graph is above the xaxis. The solution set is {x  x = 3}. (d) i. (a) The equation 2x2 . ax 2 bx c ◊ 0 The parabola opens downward with xintercepts. ii. The solution set is all real numbers. either left of x = .q 6 x 6 q }.4 or right of x = 2. ax 2 bx c ◊ 0 The graph never dips below the xaxis so the yvalues are never negative. ax 2 bx c>0 The graph is always above the xaxis except at x = 3. 2 Factor trinomial.1 or x 7 2}. ii. ax 2 bx c ◊ 0 The xintercepts. or boundary numbers.2 6 0 SOLUTION Getting Started By solving part (a) we can find the boundary numbers.214 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations EXAMPLE 1 Solving quadratic inequalities graphically ii. or boundary numbers.2) = 0 1 x = or x = 2 2 The solutions are .1 or right of x = 2.4 and x = 2. Zeroproduct property . ii. The solution set is {x  x … .59 SOLUTION Figure 3.
1 6 x 6 2 F . or E x @ . y1 6 200. y1 7 0. solution set: {x  x Z 1} (c) a 6 0.64 supports these graphical results.65 Y2 = 200. Since we are interested in positive speeds.1 or x 7 2.3x .1 and 2. y1 6 0. or 2 2 The table of values in Figure 3.q . 100] was explained. Now Try Exercise 61 SOLUTION We can solve this inequality by graphing Y1 = X^2/12 + 11X/5 and . See Figure 3. What might be a safe speed limit for this curve? y2 = 200 y1 = 1 12 x2 + Intersection X 37. so the solution set is A . the graph of y = 2x 2 .62.62 Figure 3.5.1 or x 7 2 F .64 NOTE It is not necessary to graph the parabola.300. 100. Now Try Exercise 11 2 CLASS DISCUSSION Sketch a graph of y = ax2 + bx + c if the quadratic inequality ax2 + bx + c 6 0 satisfies the following conditions. we need to locate only the point of intersection where x is positive. and for x 6 . 2 3 2 1 y<0 –3 –2 –1 –2 –3 1 3 3 2 y>0 x –3 –2 –1 1 1 y>0 3 x –2 y = 2x2 – 3x – 2 –3 y = 2x2 – 3x – 2 –1 – . Its xintercepts are .536969 Y 200 11 5 x Figure 3.1 or greater than 2. Instead you can simply visualize the parabola opening upward with xintercepts .2 is above the xaxis ( y 7 0) for xvalues less than .1 and x = 2. 300. q B . Thus safe speeds are less than 37. as shown in Figure 3.1B ´ A2.1 2 and 2. (a) a 7 0. This is where x L 37.100.63 Figure 3.4 Quadratic Inequalities 215 (b) The graph of y = 2x 2 .5.2 or x 7 2} EXAMPLE 3 Determining safe speeds 1 2 11 x + x … 200 12 5 In the introduction to this section the quadratic inequality [. 2 2 2 (c) In Figure 3. Solve this inequality to determine safe speeds on a curve where a driver can see the road ahead for at most 200 feet.1. 2B . 2 2 2 y y E x @ x 6 .2 is a parabola opening upward.3.5 miles per hour. A reasonable speed limit might be 35 miles per hour. solution set: {x  1 6 x 6 3} (b) a 6 0. For .63. solution set: {x  x 6 .65. so the solution set is A .1 and 2.3x .1 6 x 6 2. Note that y1 = 0 for x = . .5 0 1 2 3 4 Y1 X Y1 3 0 –2 –3 0 7 18 y1 = 0 y1 = 0 2X2 3X 2 Figure 3. 50] by [. This parabola is below the xaxis ( y 6 0) for xvalues between . For positive xvalues to the left of x L 37.
is often used to solve more complicated inequalities. we can use the test values shown in Table 3. .216 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations Symbolic Solutions Although it is usually easier to solve a quadratic inequality graphically by visualizing a parabola and its xintercepts. choose a convenient test value (an xvalue) from each disjoint interval in Step 3.3 and 4 separate the number line into three disjoint intervals: 2 A . then y 7 0 over that interval. to solve 2x2 . we can also solve a quadratic inequality symbolically without the aid of a graph.67. replace 6 with = and solve the equation by factoring. For example.12 evaluated at x = . .q .12 6 0.3B . Note that on each open interval.5x . . q ).5x .3B 2 3 A . For example. The solutions are called boundary numbers. see Chapter R (page R24). and (4. write the inequality as ax2 + bx + c 6 0. This interval has + signs on 2 the number line in Figure 3.12 = 0 (2x + 3)(x .66 –3 2 4 ++++++ –––––– +++ –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 as illustrated in Figure 3. STEP 4: Algebra Review NOTE Do not pick a boundary number for a test value. y = ax2 + bx + c is either always positive or always negative.3. where 6 may be replaced by 7.5x . or Ú. Solve the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0.12 is always positive for A .12 is either always positive or always negative on a particular interval.5x . The symbolic method. To determine where 2x2 . . To review factoring. Zeroproduct property Solve.) Solving Quadratic Inequalities STEP 1: STEP 2: STEP 3: If necessary. Evaluate y = ax2 + bx + c at each test point.2. Use the boundary numbers to separate the number line into disjoint open intervals.4) = 0 2x + 3 = 0 x = 3 2 or or x . … .2 equals 6.4 = 0 x = 4 Quadratic equation Factor.3B . –3 2 4 The boundary numbers . Table 3. A . which involves a table or line graph. 4B .12 6 0 symbolically.66.5x . If the result is positive. then y 6 0 over that interval.7.3B and 2 2x 2 .8 Figure 3.q . it follows that the expression 2x 2 . (See Section 4. If the result is negative.8.q . 2 2 6 –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 Figure 3. which is greater than 0. 4B (4. 2x 2 .67 Interval Test Value x 2 0 6 2x2 5x 6 12 30 12 Positive or Negative? Positive Negative Positive A . You may want to use either a number line or a table of values to organize your work. To solve the inequality. since the test value 2 lies in the interval A . The expression 2x 2 .5x .q . q) . because the result will be y = 0.
1) = 0 x = 2 or x = 1 Factor.12 is negative when x = 0.9 ++++ –4 –3 –––– –1 0 +++++ 2 3 4 STEP 4: Figure 3. Table 3.4 Putting It All Together Concept he following table summarizes concepts related to solving quadratic inequalities.2 is positive when x 6 . Thus the solution set is (. SOLUTION STEP 1: STEP 2: Rewrite the inequality as x 2 + x .12 6 0 is A . Negative signs are 2 shown on the real number line in Figure 3. where 6 may be replaced by 7 . ( 2.5x . 3. Example: x2 + x 6 .5x . 4B .68. 2). You do not need to use both a table and a number line. so it is always negative between the boundary numbers of . 2 2 and one test value greater than 4.q . (x + 2)(x . which is greater than 0. and x = 2.x symbolically. Zeroproduct property q ). … . 2) ( 2. Therefore the solution set for 2x2 . Note 2 that it is important to choose one test value less than . continued on next page .5x . it can be written as x2 + x + 2 6 0.8 we can see that the expression 2x 2 .2 Ú 0.3.9 or Figure 3.2 or x 7 1. one test value between . EXAMPLE 4 Solving a quadratic inequality Solve x 2 Ú 2 . 2] ´ [1. q) Test Value x 3 0 2 x2 x 4 2 4 2 Positive or Negative? Positive Negative Positive Therefore the expression x 2 + x . We choose the test values x = .2 is a quadratic inequality. when x = 6.3. Solve the quadratic equation x 2 + x .3. and + signs are placed along the xaxis in Figure 3.67 in the interval A . 1). 2 and 1. From Table 3. 4B . are included because the Now Try Exercise 55 inequality involves Ú rather than 7. x = 0.68 Interval (. and (1.q .3. q ).4 Quadratic Inequalities 217 From Table 3. The boundary numbers. the expression x 2 + x .3 and 4. STEP 3: –2 1 These two boundary numbers separate the number line into three disjoint intervals: (. T Description Quadratic inequality Can be written as ax2 + bx + c 6 0. 1) (1.12 = 30.3 and 4.2 = 0.2 is positive when x = . or Ú.3.3 and x = 2. 2 2x 2 . Finally.67 when x 7 4.q . Write the solution set in interval notation.
To determine where y = ax2 + bx + c is positive or negative. where 6 may be 7 . Solving x2 + x + 2 = 0 results in x = . 1.q . 1) ´ (2. 1) (1. and use the xintercepts. …. to determine xvalues where the graph is below (above) the xaxis. Solve each inequality. or Ú. 2 y y = –x2 + x + 2 3 y<0 –1 –2 –3 1 x y<0 Symbolic solution Write the inequality as ax2 + bx + c 6 0. q ). Graph y = ax2 + bx + c.218 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations continued from previous page Concept Description Graphical solution Write the inequality as ax + bx + c 6 0. or Ú.4 Exercises 3. q) Test Value x 2 0 3 x2 x 4 2 4 2 Positive or Negative? Negative Positive Negative 3. In the figure.1 or x 7 2}. Solve the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0. where 6 may be 7 . (a) ƒ(x) … 0 (b) ƒ(x) 7 0 y 4 2 3 1 –1 –1 1 3 3 2 Quadratic Inequalities 4. 2) (2. (a) ƒ(x) 7 0 (b) ƒ(x) Ú 0 y (b) ƒ(x) 6 0 y y = f (x) –3 –1 –2 1 2 y = f (x) x –3 –1 –2 1 3 x x –2 –1 –3 1 3 x y = f (x) y = f (x) . Example: Solve x2 + x + 2 6 0. (a) ƒ(x) Ú 0 (b) ƒ(x) … 0 y 4 2 Exercises 1–6: The graph of ƒ(x) = ax 2 + bx + c is shown in the figure. use a table of test values or a number line. or ( .1 or x = 2.q . From the table the solution set is {x  x 6 . the inequality x2 + x + 2 6 0 is satisfied when either x 6 1 or x 7 2. or boundary numbers. Interval (. … . (a) ƒ (x) 6 0 2.
x . (a) 4x 2 + 12x . y 3 6 4 2 –3 –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 x 5 2 –6 –4 2 4 6 x 20. x f (x) 25.3 = 0 (b) x 2 + 4x .17 … 0 (c) n 2 .4x … 0 (c) 7x 2 . Use setbuilder or interval notation to write solution sets to the inequalities. x 2 1 0 1 2 f (x) 24.23z + 10 = 0 (b) 12z 2 .12 7 0 13. (a) ƒ(x) 7 0 (b) ƒ(x) 6 0 y 2 219 6.1 7 0 2 –3 –2 –2 –4 –6 –3 1 2 3 x –3 –2 1 2 3 x 22.5 Ú 0 (b) x2 . (a) ƒ(x) 7 0 (b) ƒ(x) … 0 23.4x Ú 0 y = f (x) 2 4 17. (a) ƒ(x) = 0 (b) ƒ(x) 6 0 (c) ƒ(x) 7 0 7. 11. Solve each inequality. (a) x 2 + 2x . x f (x) 3 0 1 1 20 2 0 0 5 0 0 3 8 36 2 14. (a) x 2 + 4x . y 8.8x + 12 = 0 (b) x2 .1 6 0 (c) x 2 + 2x .9 7 0 18.17 = 0 (b) n 2 . (a) x 2 .x .3. (a) 7x 2 . 3 y y = –3x2 + 5 x + 3 2 (b) x 2 + 2x .4x = 0 (b) 7x 2 .20 = 0 (b) 18z 2 + 9z .1 = 0 y= 2x2 + 6x + –6 y = 3x2 + 4x – 4 9. (a) k 2 .8x + 12 7 0 Exercises 23–26: The table contains test values for a quadratic function ƒ(x) = ax2 + bx + c. (a) 12z 2 .9 = 0 x –2 –2 –4 x –3 1 1 –2 –3 3 (b) 4x 2 + 12x . (a) x 2 .5 … 0 (c) k 2 .3 6 0 (c) x 2 + 4x .12 = 0 12. (a) ƒ(x) Ú 0 (b) ƒ(x) 6 0 y 3 15.20 … 0 (c) 18z 2 + 9z .9 6 0 (c) 4x 2 + 12x . (a) n 2 . (a) 18z 2 + 9z .23z + 10 Ú 0 y = f (x) Exercises 7–10: Use the graph of y = ƒ(x) to solve each equation or inequality.8x + 12 6 0 (c) x2 . (a) 3x 2 + 8x = 0 (b) 3x 2 + 8x … 0 (c) 3x 2 + 8x Ú 0 16.5 = 0 (b) k 2 .20 Ú 0 21.4 Quadratic Inequalities 5.23z + 10 … 0 (c) 12z 2 . (a) x 2 + 2x + 1 = 0 (b) x 2 + 2x + 1 6 0 (c) x 2 + 2x + 1 7 0 19.3 7 0 Exercises 11–22: Solve each equation and inequality.12 6 0 (c) x2 .17 Ú 0 6 4 22 0 6 4 0 4 12 32 . y y = –5x2 + 2x + 7 10.x . Use setbuilder or interval notation to write solution sets to the inequalities.
The output is in beats per 5 minute. x 2 … 4 33.22.) Estimate the CO concentration x necessary for a person to reach the 5% COHb level in 4–5 hours. x minutes after vigorous exercise has stopped. 65.1x . .12x2 32.9 6 0 67. Interpret the result. x2 + 10x + 21 7 0 55. 27. Geometry A rectangle is 4 feet longer than it is wide. find the possible values for the width x.1. Thompson. (x .4 6 0 30. inclusive.) (b) Determine the altitudes where the density is greater than 1 kilogram per cubic meter. If the height of a cylindrical can is 6 inches and the volume must be between 24p and 54p cubic inches.3x .) Applications 61. find the possible values for the radius of the can. 0. Air Density As the altitude increases.10)2 + 80. 10 6 3x .4 35. 2x 2 … 1 . Round speeds to the nearest mile per hour. x 2 Ú 3x + 10 57. x(x .14 * 104 )x + 1.2x + 8 7 0 38.10) … 0 41. (Smokers routinely have a 5% concentration. (Source: Indoor Air Quality Environmental Information Handbook. x 2 . x2 Ú x 47. where 0 … x … 10. 2x2 + x + 4 6 0 44.4x 56. Determine the driving speeds that 9 correspond to stopping distances between 300 and 500 feet.3. 1x 2 + x + 2 Ú 0 8 59. x 2 . x2 6 3x + 4 58. . The domain of d is 0 … x … 10. x(x . Stopping Distance The stopping distance D in feet for a car traveling at x miles per hour on wet level pavement can be estimated by D(x) = 1x 2 + 11x.3 48.3.(1. inclusive. 7x2 + 515.) Exercises 27–52: Solve the inequality. where x is the concentration of CO in the air in parts per million (ppm) and 50 … x … 100.5 6 0 2 28.5x2 . The formula given by T(x) = 0. Miller and J.10 6 0 36. 3x Ú 9 . can be modeled by ƒ(x) = 4(x .53x + 76 approximates the number of hours T that it takes for a person’s bloodstream to reach the 5% COHb level. An approximation of the density of air at an altitude of x meters above sea level is given by d(x) = (3.000. If a driver can see 9 3 only 300 feet ahead on a curve.1)(x + 2. or less dense.3x . 66.1) Ú 6 49.9x + 14 … 0 54. 64. x f (x) CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations 4 16 2 0 0 8 2 8 4 0 63. x2 + x 7 6 31.4x 60.000. 62. Safe Driving Speeds The stopping distance d in feet for a car traveling at x miles per hour is given by 1 d(x) = 12x 2 + 11x. x2 . inclusive. 2x2 + 4x + 3 6 0 43. 9x2 + 4 7 12x 45. AIDS Deaths Let ƒ(x) = 2375x2 + 5134x + 5020 estimate the number of U. where r is the radius and h is the height.8x 52. (b) Estimate the times when the person’s heart rate was between 100 and 120 beats per minute.x 6 1 39.305 m. x2 .x 2 + x + 6 … 0 37. Estimate when the number of AIDS deaths was from 90. x2 Ú . (a) Evaluate ƒ(0) and ƒ(2). 2x2 7 16 34.000 to 200. x2 . 53.S. where the domain of ƒ is 0 … x … 10.220 26. Compare the density of air at sea level and in Denver. (a) Denver is sometimes referred to as the milehigh city. 6x2 . 2x 2 + 5x + 2 … 0 29. AIDS deaths x years after 1984. Carbon Monoxide Exposure When a person breathes carbon monoxide (CO). The output is the density of air in kilograms per cubic meter.5 … 0 50.32 * 109 )x2 . x2 + 2x Ú 35 46.) Use a table to solve. Heart Rate Suppose that a person’s heart rate. If the area of the rectangle must be less than or equal to 672 square feet. which reduces the transport of oxygen to tissues. (Hint: 1 ft L 0.0079x 2 .x2 Exercises 53–60: (Refer to Example 4.0. Geometry The volume of a cylinder is given by V = pr 2h. it enters the bloodstream to form carboxyhemoglobin (COHb).2x 7 .2 Ú 179.4) Ú . x2 7 3 . x2 . 68.9 51. find a safe speed limit. 5x2 … 10 . x2 . Elements of Meteorology. (Source: A. (x + 4)(x . air becomes thinner.5x 40.7) 7 0 42.
4 1.7i) + (1 + i) (c) i(1 . provided that the boundary numbers are listed in the table. (d) Solve part (b) using ƒ(x). Time (sec) Height (cm) Time (sec) Height (cm) 0 16 90 5.h)2 + k models the data.8 105 4.3. Write your answer in setbuilder or interval notation. the height of the water inside the container was recorded. Graph ƒ and the data in the same viewing rectangle. Write each expression in standard form. Solve each inequality.98 14 4.6 120 3. h. 72. Writing about Mathematics 71. Use the graph of y = ƒ(x) to solve ƒ(x) … 0 and ƒ(x) 7 0.4 Quadratic Inequalities 69.1 45 9. 30 11.1) … 2 6. where a 7 0. (a) 125 (b) 13 # 118 (c) 7 2 .3 AND 3. Determine 9 3 the driving speeds that correspond to stopping distances between 80 and 180 feet. CHECKING BASIC CONCEPTS FOR SECTIONS 3. inclusive. (c) Estimate the times when the heart rate was from 115 to 125 beats per minute. (a) 3i .3 15 13. How would the solution set change if a 6 0? (a) Explain why the data cannot be modeled by a linear function. (b) Use the table to estimate when the height of the water was from 5 to 10 centimeters. Use setbuilder or interval notation. 2.4 6 0 (c) 2x 2 + 7x . Solve each equation and inequality.(5 . 16 cm Time (min) Heart rate (bpm) 0 154 2 106 4 90 (a) Find values for the constants a.4 7 0 5.1 221 70.4 = 0 (b) 2x 2 + 7x . Safe Driving Speeds The stopping distance d in feet for a car traveling x miles per hour on wet level pavement can be estimated by d(x) = 1x 2 + 11x.1 180 0.5 Ú 0 (b) 4x 2 + 9 7 9x (c) 2x(x . Modeling Water Flow A cylindrical container measuring 16 centimeters high with a hole at the bottom was filled with water. where x represents time and 0 … x … 4. where x represents the time. Simplify by using the imaginary unit i. (a) x 2 . (c) The height of the water can be modeled by ƒ(x) = 0. Explain how to determine the solution set for the inequality ax 2 + bx + c 6 0.1517x + 15. y y (a) (b) 4 3 2 1 –4 –1 1 2 4 2 x –4 –4 2 4 x y = f (x) y = f (x) . As water leaked out.5 (b) Evaluate ƒ(1) and interpret the result.i)(1 + i) (d) 1 + 2i 4 .94. The results appear in the table.i 3.0. Heart Rate The table shows a person’s heart rate after exercise has stopped.00036706x 2 .2i) (b) (6 . and k so that the formula ƒ(x) = a(x . Explain how a table of values can be used to help solve a quadratic inequality.4 60 8. (a) 2x 2 + 7x .8 150 1. Write the solution set for each inequality in setbuilder or interval notation.
or translations. the original graphs are shifted upward 2 units.5 Transformations of Graphs • Graph functions using vertical and horizontal shifts • Graph functions using stretching and shrinking • Graph functions using reflections • Combine transformations • Model data with transformations (optional) Introduction Graphs are often used to model different types of phenomena. Notice that the yvalues in both the graphical and numerical representations increase by 2 units. x y 2 1 4 1 0 0 y 1 1 2 4 x y y 0 0 1 1 4 2 y = x2 3 3 1 –3 –1 1 3 y = √x x x –1 1 3 5 Figure 3.) Vertical and Horizontal Shifts Graphs of ƒ(x) = x 2 and g(x) = 1x will be used to demonstrate shifts.72. Before we can portray a cold front on a weather map. we could model the movement of the front on a television weather map by translating the circular arc.71 Upward 2 Units Figure 3. The graphs of y = x 2 + 2 and y = 1x + 2 are shown in Figures 3. Points listed in the table are plotted on the graph. For example. A table of points is included. when a cold front moves across the United States. 3D Computer Graphics. Watt. (See Exercise 7 in the Extended and Discovery Exercises on page 247.69 and 3. we need to discuss how to transform graphs of functions.70.70 Vertical Shifts If 2 is added to the formula for each function. and graphical representations of ƒ and g are shown in Figures 3.) If the front does not change its shape significantly. (Sources: S. A. together with the graph of the original function. we might use a circular arc on a weather map to describe its shape. Mathematics for Computer Graphics.72 Upward 2 Units .222 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations 3.69 Figure 3. in the xyplane. x y 2 1 6 3 y y = x2 + 2 5 5 0 2 1 3 2 6 x y 0 2 y 1 3 4 4 y = √x + 2 y = x2 –3 –1 1 3 1 y = √x 1 3 5 x –1 x Figure 3. numerical. Hoggar. Symbolic.71 and 3. respectively.
2 and y = 1x .74 show the graphs and tables of y = (x .75 and 3. The original and shifted graphs are congruent. They do not alter the shape of the graph. x y 5 4 4 1 3 0 y 2 1 1 4 x y 3 0 y 6 4 2 1 1 2 y = (x + 3)2 3 y= 1 x2 x y = √x + 3 y = √x 1 3 5 2 –1 –2 x –5 –1 Figure 3. Verify this by graphing y = x 2 . only its position. the original graphs are translated to the left 3 units. The graphs of y = (x + 3)2 and y = 1(x + 3) and their tables are shown in Figures 3. or vertical translations.2). Notice that a table for a graph shifted right 2 units can be obtained from the original table (such as the one on the preceding page) by adding 2 to each xvalue. If the variable x is replaced by (x + 3) in each equation. The table for a graph shifted left 3 units is obtained from the original table by subtracting 3 from each xvalue.2) in the formulas for ƒ and g.73 Right 2 Units Figure 3.3.2)2 and y = 1(x .73 and 3. x y 0 1 4 1 y 2 3 4 0 1 4 x y y 2 0 3 1 6 2 y = x2 3 5 3 y = (x – 2)2 1 –3 –1 1 3 y = √x y = √x – 2 1 x –1 x Figure 3.75 Left 3 Units Figure 3.76. the graphs are shifted downward 2 units.74 Right 2 Units Each new graph shows a shift of the original graph to the right by 2 units. a different type of shift results. Figures 3. or horizontal translation.2. Horizontal Shifts If the variable x is replaced by (x .5 Transformations of Graphs 223 If 2 is subtracted from each of the original formulas. together with the graphs of the original functions. Translations of this type are called vertical shifts. This type of translation is a horizontal shift.76 Left 3 Units .
79. add 4 to the formula.4.2 ƒ . the vertex of y2 is 8 units to the left and 4 units upward. SOLUTION To shift the graph of ƒ to the left 8 units. to shift the graph of y = ƒ(x) to the right 2 units and downward 4 units. 6. y = ƒxƒ y 6 y =  x 4 2 –6 –4 –2 –2 –4 –6 2 4 6 Shift to the right 2 units y = ƒx . Do not simplify. Now Try Exercise 11 . replace x with (x [. y = ƒ(x 8) + 4 = 1 (x 2 8)2 . we graph y = ƒ(x . Compared to the vertex of y1. For example.4 y y = x  y = x – 2  4 6 6 4 6 4 x y = x – 2  –6 –4 –2 –2 –4 –6 2 4 6 x –6 –4 –2 –4 x y = x – 2  – 4 (2.4x + 6 to the left 8 units and 2 upward 4 units.2) .4(x 8) + (6 + 4) y2 4 8 Figure 3.c y = ƒ(x . Support your result by graphing. 2] y1 8) in the formula for ƒ(x).2ƒ y y = x  Shift down 4 units y = ƒx . 2] by [6.224 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations These ideas are summarized in the following box. To Graph y = ƒ(x) + c y = ƒ(x) . 9.9.4 = ƒ x .80 The graphs of Y1 = X^2/2 .79 EXAMPLE 1 Combining vertical and horizontal shifts Find an equation that shifts the graph of ƒ(x) = 1 x2 .2) . If y = ƒ x ƒ . then y = ƒ(x .c) y = ƒ(x + c) Shift the Graph of y upward downward right left ƒ(x) by c Units Shifts can be combined to translate a graph of y = ƒ(x).4(X + 8) + 10 are shown in Figure 3. −4) –6 Figure 3.77–3. as shown in Figures 3.78 Figure 3. To shift the graph upward 4 units.4.2ƒ .4X + 6 and Y2 = (X + 8)^2/2 .77 Figure 3. Vertical and Horizontal Shifts Let ƒ be a function. and let c be a positive number.80. be sure to place parentheses around x + 8.
2) is on the graph of y = ƒ(x). we can apply the standard equation.c). EXAMPLE 3 Translating a circle The equation of a circle having radius 3 and center (0. y) lies on the graph of y = ƒ(x). 0 + 2). k) and radius r is y 2 2 6 (x – 4) + (y – 2) = 9 4 (4. 2). The standard equation for a circle with center (4.k)2 = r 2. replace x with (x . the graph of y = cƒ(x) is a vertical stretching of the graph of y = ƒ(x). The graph 2 . then the center of the new circle is (0 + 4.2)2 = 9. Now Try Exercise 23 (0. If we determine the new center and radius. For example. and to translate a circle vertically c units. then the point (x. the radius remains the same.81 illustrates this translation.1980) . SOLUTION Replace x with (x 1980) in the formula for ƒ(x) and then add 50. 1980) + 1 + 50 Now Try Exercise 19 g(x) = ƒ(x = 4(x 1980) + 50 1980)2 .) SOLUTION Getting Started The standard equation for a circle with center (h.3.4)2 + ( y . 2) and radius 3 is (x . 1) is on the graph of y = 1ƒ(x). What are the center and radius of this circle? (Note that a circle is not a function. 0) and radius 3 is translated to the right 4 units and upward 2 units. Do not simplify the formula. replace y with ( y .81 Translating a Circle Example 3 illustrates that to translate a circle horizontally c units. cy) lies on the graph of y = cƒ(x). Write an equation that shifts this circle to the right 4 units and upward 2 units. the graph of y = cƒ(x) is a vertical shrinking of the graph of y = ƒ(x). 0) –6 –4 2 4 6 x x2 + y2 = 9 –4 –6 Figure 3. 0) is x 2 + y 2 = 9. Figure 3. 4) is on the graph of y = 2ƒ(x) and the point (4. Stretching and Shrinking Vertical Stretching and Shrinking The graph of a function can be transformed by vertical stretching or shrinking as described next. whereas if 0 6 c 6 1. or (4. Vertical Stretching and Shrinking If the point (x.1980) + 51 In the next example we translate a circle that is centered at the origin.h)2 + ( y . 2) (x .c). if the point (4. then the point (4.5 Transformations of Graphs EXAMPLE 2 225 Writing formulas Write a formula for a function g whose graph is similar to that of ƒ(x) = 4x 2 .2(x .2x + 1 but is shifted right 1980 units and upward 50 units. If c 7 1. If a circle with center (0.2(x 2 = 4(x .
the yvalues in the tables for y = 2ƒ(x) and y = 1ƒ(x) have been multiplied by 2 and 1. represents a vertical stretching of the graph of y = 1x.84 Vertical Shrinking Horizontal Stretching and Shrinking The line graph in Figure 3. or y = 1 1x. the xvalues in the table for y = ƒ A 1xB have been multiplied by 2 and the xvalues 2 in the table for y = ƒ(2x) have been multiplied by 1.83.87 represents a horizontal shrinking of the graph of y = ƒ(x). . then the graph of y = ƒ A 1xB in Figure 3. Note that horizontal stretching or shrinking does not change the height (maximum or minimum yvalues) of the graph.82 can be stretched or shrunk vertically. In Figure 3.85 can be stretched or shrunk horizontally. 0 0 1 1 4 2 x 2ƒ(x) y 0 0 1 2 4 4 1 2 y x ƒ(x) 0 0 1 1 2 4 1 5 4 3 2 1 –1 –1 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 5 y = 2√x stretch x 4 3 2 1 1 y = √x x 3 2 1 –1 –1 1 2 3 4 5 y = 2 √x 1 2 3 4 shrink 5 –1 –1 x Figure 3. On the other hand.86 Horizontal Stretching Figure 3. The 2 2 xvalues have not changed. the graph of y = ƒ(2x) in Figure 3. the graph of y = 2ƒ(x). 2 x ƒ(x) 2 1 3 3 y 4 2 1 –4 –3 –2 1 2 3 4 1 3 2 3 x ƒ A 1xB 2 4 2 3 3 y 2 3 4 3 x f (2x) 1 . In both cases the xintercepts do not change. represents a vertical shrinking of the 2 2 graph of y = 1x. if the line graph represents the graph of a function ƒ. or y = 21x. and a horizontal shrinking would happen if the wire were compressed.86 is a horizontal stretching of the 2 graph of y = ƒ(x). Compared to the xvalues in the table for y = f (x).85 Given Function Figure 3. respectively.1 2 3 3 y 1 2 1 3 3 y = f (x) stretch y = f 2 1 (1 x) 2 4 shrink 2 1 y = f (2x) x x –4 –2 –1 –2 –3 –4 1 2 x –4 –2 2 4 –4 –4 Figure 3. Vertical shrinking “pushes” the graph towards the xaxis.226 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations of ƒ(x) = 1x in Figure 3. Horizontal stretching and shrinking can be generalized for any function ƒ. Then a horizontal stretching would happen if the wire were pulled on each end. x ƒ(x) y MAKING CONNECTIONS Vertical Stretching and Shrinking Vertical stretching “pulls” the graph away from the xaxis. Compared to the yvalues in the table for y = 1x. the graph of y = 1ƒ(x). nor does it change the yintercept.84.83 Vertical Stretching Figure 3.82 Given Function Figure 3.87 Horizontal Shrinking Imagine the graph of y = ƒ(x) as a flexible wire. In Figure 3. The yvalues have not changed. On one hand.
a reflection of the graph of ƒ(x) = x 2 . is a horizontal stretching of the graph 2 of y = f (x).91. or equivalently. y) y = f (x) (b) The graph of y = ƒ A 1xB . and can be obtained by multiplying each ycoordinate on the graph of y = ƒ(x) by 3. shown in Figure 3. . then the point (x. (a) y = 3ƒ(x) (b) y = ƒ A 1 xB 2 SOLUTION (a) The graph of y = 3ƒ(x). If c 7 1.89. whereas if 0 6 c 6 1. y = .ƒ(x) = . 3) is on the graph of y = ƒ A 1xB . For example.4. 2 EXAMPLE 4 Stretching and shrinking of a graph Use the graph and table of y = ƒ(x) in Figure 3. In both cases the yintercepts do not change. The reflection of the blue graph of y = ƒ(x) across the xaxis is shown in Figure 3.88 to sketch a graph of each equation.89 Vertical Stretching (xintercepts unchanged) Figure 3. −y) Figure 3.x + 2).91 as a red curve.88 Figure 3. as shown in Figure 3. is a vertical stretching of the graph of y = ƒ(x). y) lies on the graph c of y = ƒ(cx). Thus a reflection of y = ƒ(x) is given by the equation y = ƒ(x). −6) (2.2. 3) is on the graph of y = ƒ(x).5 Transformations of Graphs MAKING CONNECTIONS Horizontal Stretching and Shrinking Horizontal stretching “pulls” the graph away from the yaxis. If (x. y) is a point on the graph of f. shown in Figure 3.88.88.ƒ(x). For example.91 Another type of translation is called a reflection. the graph of y = ƒ(cx) is a horizontal stretching of the graph of y = ƒ(x). −3) (−2. −2) –5 Figure 3. shown in Figure 3. 3) y = f (x) (0. y) lies on the graph of its reflection across the xaxis. if the point (. y) lies on the graph of y = ƒ(x). then (x. Horizontal shrinking “pushes” the graph towards the yaxis. x ƒ(x) 1 2 y 0 1 2 1 x 1 0 3 2 3 x ƒ A 1xB 2 2 2 y 3 0 1 4 1 3ƒ(x) 6 y 3 3 (0. 2 Now Try Exercises 33(a) and (b) Reflection of Graphs x y = –f (x) (x. 1) –3 –2 –1 y = 3f(x) x 2 3 x –3 (0. which is equivalent to multiplying each xcoordinate by 2. 227 Horizontal Stretching and Shrinking If the point (x.90. −1) –3 3 (2.90 Horizontal Stretching ( yintercept unchanged) y (x. shown in Figure 3.3. the graph of y = ƒ(cx) is a horizontal shrinking of the graph of y = ƒ(x). and can be obtained by dividing each xcoordinate on the graph of y = f (x) by 1. 1) y=f 2 (1 x) 2 x (4. −2) (−1. −1) (−1.x + 2 is obtained by graphing y = . then the point (1. 3) is on the graph of y = ƒ(2x) and the point (.(x 2 .
entering equations for reflections of a function ƒ is easy.94. The graph of y2 is the reflection of f across the xaxis. y) lies on the graph of its reflection across the yaxis.4)^2 . 10.93 as a red curve.X).10.and yAxes 1.10. See Figures 3. the xvalues in a table of values for y = ƒ(x) are negated. The reflection is given by the formula ƒ( x) = ( x . the xvalues do not change.92 Figure 3. 2.3 (b) The graph of ƒ is a line graph determined by Table 3.Y1. y) y = f (–x) (x.95.94 [.4)2. y y = f(–x) (−x.ƒ(x) are negated. Figure 3. Y2 = . and y3 is the reflection of y1 across the yaxis.ƒ(x) is a reflection of the graph of y = ƒ(x) across the xaxis. The graph of y = . it is not necessary to have this feature to graph reflections. Thus a reflection of y = ƒ(x) across the yaxis is given by y = ƒ( x).94 and 3. the yvalues in a table of values for y = . Y 1 (X 4)^2 Y2 –Y1 Y 3 Y 1 ( – X) Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Figure 3. (a) ƒ(x) = x 2 + 2x . and Y3 = Y1(. Plot1 Plot2 Plot3 Reflections of Graphs Across the x. NOTE Compared to the yvalues in a table of values for y = ƒ(x).92. However. For example. The graph of y = ƒ( x) is a reflection of the graph of y = ƒ(x) across the yaxis. if ƒ(x) = (x . the yvalues do not change. y) y = f (x) x y y = f(x) x Calculator Help To access the variable Y1 as shown in Figure 3. 1] y3 y1 On a graphing calculator capable of using function notation. let Y1 = (X .95 EXAMPLE 5 Reflecting graphs of functions For each representation of ƒ.93 These results are summarized in the following box. y2 Figure 3.2)2. 1] by [10. For example. graph the reflection across the xaxis and across the yaxis.10 x ƒ(x) 2 1 1 3 0 1 3 2 .228 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations If a point (x. a reflection of the graph of ƒ(x) = (x . 10. Compared to the xvalues in a table of values for y = ƒ(x). see Appendix A (page AP12). then the point (x. as shown in Figure 3. Table 3.2)2 across the yaxis is shown in Figure 3. y) lies on the graph of a function f.
101 y = ƒ(.3.ƒ(x) Figure 3.2(x . start by making a table of values for y = . the graph of y = . let y = ƒ(. To obtain its reflection across the xaxis. or y = .97 y = . Now Try Exercises 69 and 73 CLASS DISCUSSION Given a table of values for y = ƒ(x). 4). as shown in Figure 3.99 y = ƒ(x) Figure 3.ƒ(x) Figure 3.ƒ(x)? Combining Transformations Transformation of graphs can be combined to create new graphs.1)2 + 3 can be obtained by performing four transformations on the graph of y = x 2. Then plot these points and make a line graph.98 y = ƒ( . the xintercepts have not changed.x) To graph the reflection of ƒ across the yaxis.x) (b) The graph of y = ƒ(x) is a line graph. The vertex is now (1.ƒ(x). how would you make a table of values for y = . To graph the reflection of ƒ across the xaxis. as shown in Figure 3.100 y = .98. For example.x) by negating each xvalue in the table for ƒ(x).3. . graph y = .99. Then plot these points and make a line graph. and graph.3). 4).1 3 2 1 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 3 2 1 x –3 –1 –1 –2 –3 2 3 x –3 –2 –2 –3 1 2 3 x Figure 3.101.(x 2 + 2x . To obtain the reflection of ƒ across the yaxis. as in Figure 3. as shown in Figure 3. y 4 2 –4 –1 –2 2 3 4 3 2 1 y y = –x2 – 2x + 3 4 3 2 1 –4 –3 –2 y x –4 –1 –2 2 3 4 x 1 2 4 x y = x2 + 2x – 3 –4 –3 –4 y = x2 – 2x – 3 Figure 3.3 is a parabola with vertex (1.97.100. 4) and xintercepts 3 and 1. start by making a table of values for y = ƒ(.5 Transformations of Graphs SOLUTION 229 (a) The graph of ƒ(x) = x 2 + 2x .96.x). or y = (x)2 + 2( x) . as in Figure 3.96 y = ƒ(x) Figure 3. x ƒ(x) 2 1 y 3 1 0 3 2 x 2 1 3 y 0 1 3 2 ƒ( x x) 2 1 y 1 0 3 2 3 1 ƒ(x) 1 3 .ƒ(x) by negating each yvalue in the table for ƒ(x). shown in Figure 3. The vertex is now (1. and the xintercepts have changed to 1 and 3.
Shift upward 3 units.1 2 .1)2.1)2 upward 3 units: y = .1)2 across the xaxis: y = . For example. we obtain y = 1(x . Then graph the equation. Shift the graph of y = . y = 2x + 3 2.105 Shift Upward NOTE The order in which transformations are made can be important. The final equations are different and so are their graphs.102 Shift Right Figure 3.2.1)2.1)2 + 3 4.1)2 + 3.1)2 + 3: 1. Stretch vertically by a factor of 2.2(x . or y = 2  x  + 6 2. Reflect the graph of y = 2(x . Shift to the right 1 unit.) EXAMPLE 6 Combining transformations of graphs Describe how the graph of each equation can be obtained by transforming the graph of y = 1x. (a) y = . 1. On the other hand.2 and then reflect it across the yaxis. Shift the graph of y = x 2 to the right 1 unit: y = (x . Vertically stretch the graph of y = (x . if we shift the graph of y = 1x right 2 units to obtain y = 1x .105. 3.x .1 1x (b) y = 1 (x + 2) . Also be careful when performing reflections and shifts. The resulting sequence of graphs is shown in Figures 3. Shift 3 units upward. Shift 3 units upward.230 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations Transforming the graph of y = x 2 to the graph of y = . y = 2(  x  + 3). 2.2(x . Reflect across the xaxis.1)2 by a factor of 2: y = 2(x .103 Vertical Stretch Figure 3. y = 3.2(x .2). we obtain y = 1. 1. These steps are summarized as follows: 2. Stretch by a factor of 2.1)2. 1. On one hand. (Try sketching each graph. if we reflect the graph of y = 1x across the yaxis to obtain y = 1x and then shift it right 2 units.2(x . 4. 2(x .104 Reflect Across xaxis Figure 3. y y = 2(x – 1)2 2 1 –3 –1 –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 1 y y y y = (x – 1) 2 x 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 y = –2(x – 2 3 1)2 x y = –2(x – 1) 2 + 3 1 –3 –1 1 3 –3 –1 –1 –2 –3 x –3 –1 –1 x Figure 3.102–3. Stretch by a factor of 2. changing the order of a stretch and shift can result in a different equation and graph.
it follows that a 7 0 and the vertex is the lowest point on the parabola. (a) Make a scatterplot of the data. k) is (1987.1. The graphs of y = 1x and y = . This plot suggests that the data could be modeled by the right half of a parabola that opens upward.2 Table 3.20 million in 1987. Translate the graph of y = x 2 right 1987 units and upward 0. stretching. and shrinking this graph. (b) Because the parabola opens upward. The minimum number of employees is 0. Reflect the graph of y = 1x across the yaxis: y = 1.001 and 0.5 Transformations of Graphs SOLUTION 231 (a) Vertically shrink the graph of y = 1x by a factor of 1 and then reflect it across the 2 xaxis.20 0.4 2.107.11 lists numbers of WalMart employees in millions for selected years.01.20). 2 (b) The following transformations can be used to obtain the graph of the equation y = 1(x + 2) . Figure 3. EXAMPLE 7 Modeling data with a quadratic function Table 3. 0. . we can transform it into a portion of a parabola that has the desired shape and location.106.20 unit.68 1.h)2 + k so that ƒ(x) models the data. Shift the graph of y = 1(x + 2) down 1 unit: y = 1. Employees 0.01. To determine a. By shifting.005 can be found.1987)2 + 0. In the next example we demonstrate this technique by modeling numbers of WalMart employees.37 0.1 from y = 1x: 1. Thus ƒ(x) = a(x . graph the data and y = ƒ(x) for different values of a. Graph y = ƒ(x) together with the data.x left 2 units: y = 1.(x + 2) .20.1 1x are shown in Figure 3.001 and a = 0.(x + 2).108 on the next page. (c) Use ƒ(x) to estimate the number of WalMart employees in 2010. y y = √x y = √–(x + 2) – 1 2 3 y y = √x 2 1 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 2 1 x –4 –1 –2 2 4 x y = – 1 √x 2 Figure 3.107 Now Try Exercises 41 and 55 Modeling with Transformations (Optional) Transformations of the graph of y = x2 can be used to model some types of nonlinear data.11 WalMart Employees (in millions) Year 1987 1992 1997 2002 2007 Source: WalMart.x.106 Figure 3. From these graphs it can be seen that the desired value of a is between 0. 3.109 on the next page shows y = ƒ(x) with values of a = 0. (b) Use transformations of graphs to determine ƒ(x) = a(x . With a little experimentation.3. Shift the graph of y = 1. One possibility for the vertex (h. 2. SOLUTION (a) A scatterplot of the data is shown in Figure 3. a reasonable value for a near 0. The graph of y = 1x and the resulting graph are shown in Figure 3.
the image of the mountain could be translated horizontally to the left. 5] by [0.112.005(2010 . Now Try Exercise 91 (The calculation involves extrapolation. 5] by [0. (Source: C. 5] by [0. Plot a point (a scatterplot with one point) to mark the position of the airplane.4x 2 + 4 and the position of the airplane at (1. Gerald.0. SOLUTION (a) The graph of y = ƒ(x) = .232 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations A scatterplot of the data and graph of ƒ(x) = 0.8 million WalMart employees in 2010.1987)2 + 0.108 Figure 3. . 2010. (b) Assume that the airplane is moving horizontally to the right at 0.4x 2 + 4 and that the airplane is located at the point (1. 2010. 5) are shown in Figure 3. (a) Graph ƒ in [4. 0.2 = 2. Computer Graphics. 3. To give a video player the illusion that the airplane is moving.005(x .111 Figure 3.111 can be described by the quadratic function represented by ƒ(x) = . Pokorny and C. In older video games.5] [1985.) Translations of graphs and figures play an important role in computer graphics.2 are shown in Figure 3. (Answers may vary. A simple scene of a mountain and an airplane is shown in Figure 3.5] [1985.005 a = 0.4 kilometer per second. To make it appear to the player as though the airplane were flying to the right. 6. evaluate ƒ(2010).110.109 Figure 3. 5).111.) [1985. 0.113. as shown in Figure 3. 2010. 4. the background often is translated to give the illusion that the player in the game is moving. 1] by [0.001 Figure 3.110 (c) To estimate the number of employees in 2010. 3.) Figure 3. 0.5] a = 0.1987)2 + 0. ƒ(2010) = 0. 3. The “mountain” has been shaded to emphasize its position.845 This model provides an estimate of about 2.0.01 a = 0. where the units are in kilometers.112 EXAMPLE 8 Using translations to model movement Suppose that the mountain in Figure 3. 1]. graph the image of the mountain and the position of the airplane after 5 seconds and then after 10 seconds.
4) = 2 kilometers right. it appears to have flown to the right. 5) has not changed. Figure 3. In 10 seconds it has moved 10(0. 1] To shade below a parabola. 6. Calculator Help [ . Examples: y y y = f (x) x y = f (x + 1) –2 y = f(x) 2 2 x y = f (x) – 1 –2 continued on next page .113 Figure 3. 1] [4. 1] by [0. see Appendix A (page AP12). translate the graph of the mountain 2 and 4 kilometers (units) to the left. To graph these new positions. 6. Replace x with (x + 2) and graph y = ƒ(x + 2) = . The position of the airplane at (1.4) = 4 kilometers right. However.115.5 Putting It All Together Equation In this section we discussed several transformations of graphs. Graph is shifted to the right c units.4.0. Next graph y = ƒ(x + 4) = .114 and 3.114 Figure 3. 1] by [0. 5). 3.c) Graph is shifted upward c units.4.115 Now Try Exercise 99 CLASS DISCUSSION Discuss how one might create the illusion of the airplane moving to the left and gaining altitude as it passes over the mountain. The results are shown in Figures 3. Effect on Graph of y = ƒ(x) Let c 7 0. y = ƒ(x) + c y = ƒ(x) .4(x + 4)2 + 4. 6. Graph is shifted downward c units. The following table summarizes how these transformations affect the graph of y = ƒ(x). 4.c y = ƒ(x + c) y = ƒ(x .5 Transformations of Graphs 233 (b) Five seconds later. 1] by [0. 4.4(x + 2)2 + 4 together with the point (1. the airplane has moved 5(0. 1] [.3. 4.0. Graph is shifted to the left c units.
234 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations continued from previous page Equation Effect on Graph of y = ƒ(x) Let c 7 0. y = cƒ(x) If (x. y) lies on the graph of y = ƒ(x). Examples: y y y=f y = f (x) y = f (2x) x y = f (x) (1 x) 2 x y = . y) lies on the graph of y = ƒ(x).ƒ(x) y = ƒ(x) Graph is reflected across the xaxis. Graph is reflected across the yaxis. Examples: y y y = 2f (x) y = f (x) x y = 1 f (x) 2 y = f (x) x Let c 7 0. then A x. The graph is vertically stretched if c 7 1 and vertically shrunk if 0 6 c 6 1. y B lies on the graph of y = ƒ(cx). The graph c is horizontally shrunk if c 7 1 and horizontally stretched if 0 6 c 6 1. then (x. y = ƒ(cx) If (x. cy) lies on the graph of y = cƒ(x). Examples: y y y = f (x) x y = –f (x) y = f (–x) y = f (x) x .
right 5 units. upward 1 unit 11. shifted right 3 units .2. Do not simplify. Graph ƒ and the shifted graph in the same xyplane. 2 1 y 1 2 x –1 –2 –3 2 3 x (b) Shifted left 5 units and upward 2 units 21. left 3 units. ƒ(x) = x 2 . 14.x .1x 2. 3 2 1 –3 –1 y 8. 5 4 3 2 1 –2 –1 y –5 –3 –1 –2 –3 1 x 1 2 3 4 x 19.3 (a) Shifted right 4 units and downward 3 units 7.4. ƒ(x) = x 2 . (Note: The given graph is a translation of the graph of one of the following equations: y = x 2. y = 1x. ƒ(x) =  x  . reflected about the yaxis –3 Exercises 9–14: Find an equation that shifts the graph of ƒ by the desired amounts. Do not simplify the formula. reflected about the xaxis (b) Shifted left 2 units. ƒ(x) = 3x . downward 3 units 22. ƒ(x) = 5 . 15.3x + 2 (a) Shifted right 2000 units and upward 70 units (b) Shifted left 300 units and downward 30 units 20. upward 3 units 13. ƒ(x) = 2x 2 .5 Transformations of Graphs 235 3.3x + 2 (a) Shifted right 8 units (b) Shifted upward 2 units 17. left 3 units. ƒ(x) = 2x 2 .5 Exercises 10. right 2 units. right 2 units.3 (a) Shifted left 10 units and downward 6 units (b) Shifted right 1 unit and upward 10 units x –3 –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 x 5.1.5 (a) Shifted left 3 units (b) Shifted downward 4 units 16. ƒ(x) = 1x 2 + 2x . shifted left 2 units (b) Reflected about the yaxis.4x + 1 (a) Shifted right 2 units and upward 4 units (b) Shifted left 8 units and downward 5 units 18. 3 2 1 1 2 3 y Exercises 15–22: (Refer to Example 2. ƒ(x) = x2. downward 2 units 2 1 1 1 2 3 Vertical and Horizontal Translations Exercises 1–8: Write the equation of the graph. ƒ(x) = 1x (a) Shifted right 4 units. ƒ(x) = 3x 2 + 2x . upward 4 units 12. 2.) Write a formula for a function g whose graph is similar to ƒ(x) but satisfies the given conditions. 9.) y y 1.3x . ƒ(x) = 5x 2 .3. 3 2 y 6. downward 8 units 2 1 2 3 4 5 –3 –1 –2 –3 x –1 –2 –3 x 3.4x + 1. ƒ(x) = 3x 2 . or y = ƒ x ƒ . left 6 units. ƒ(x) = 1x (a) Reflected about the xaxis. 3 2 1 –3 –1 –2 –3 y 4.
ƒ(x) = . −2) 29.ƒ(x) (c) y = 2ƒ(x) y –3 –2 –1 3 2 1 y = f (x) 3 y = f (x) 1 2 3 x –3 –2 –2 –3 2 3 x –2 (−2. 35.1x 48. (a) y = ƒ(x + 1) 27.1x . (a) y = ƒ(2x) (b) y = ƒ A1 xB .x  y = f (x) (0.4 55. ƒ(x) = (x . ƒ(x) = . ƒ(x) =  2x  . downward 4 units 24. 2) (−2.2 (b) y = ƒ(x) (c) y = 1 2 ƒ(x) y 4 30.1 (c) y = 1 ƒ(2x) 2 32.3 42.3 + 2 57.1) .ƒ(x) + 1 (c) y = ƒ A 1 xB 2 y 3 2 y = f (x) x 43.x 38.1x + 5 41. ƒ(x) = . ƒ(x) =  4 . 23.3)2 + 1 36. ƒ(x) = 1x 54.1 (c) y = .4)2 40. (a) y = ƒ(x) . ƒ(x) = (x .2) . 0) (0. 0) x (−1. upward 3 units 26. or y =  x  . ƒ(x) = 3. 2) (−2.x) . You do not need to graph y = ƒ(x). 2) 1 –2 (2. x 2 + y 2 = 4.(x + 1)  1 –2 –1 –2 1 y = f (x) 3 x –3 –2 –1 –2 –3 2 3 Exercises 45–68: Use transformations to sketch a graph of ƒ.2 (b) y = .3 46. −2) (−2. ƒ(x) =  x  . (a) y = ƒ(x + 1) + 1 (b) y = .ƒ(x) y (b) y = . (a) y = ƒ(x + 3) . left 5 units. ƒ(x) = (x + 4)2 50. 45. 2) y = f (x) (3.3 58. ƒ(x) = . 2) x (2. right 2 units. (a) y = ƒ(2x) + 1 (b) y = 2ƒ A1 xB + 1 2 (c) y = 1 ƒ(2 .x 2 47. ƒ(x) =  x + 2  .1)2 + 1 52. ƒ(x) = . 28. (a) y = ƒ(x) + 2 (b) y = ƒ(x . State the center and radius of the translated circle. ƒ(x) = (x + 2)2 .x 2 + 4 53.1x 2 44. 0) y = f (x) (0.x) 2 y 34. downward 6 units 2 2 (−1. y = 1x.3 37. 0) y = f (x) x –3 2 Graphing Transformations of Functions Exercises 35–44.2 (b) y = ƒ(x . 0) (2. x + y = 9. ƒ(x) = 1x . ƒ(x) = 1(x + 1)2 4 39.ƒ(x) . downward 7 units (1. (a) y = ƒ(x . 1) x 25. Use transformations to explain how the graph of ƒ can be found by using the graph of y = x 2. ƒ(x) = 2(x .1 2 (c) y = 2ƒ(1 . x 2 + y 2 = 5.1) + 2 (c) y = 2ƒ(x) 51. right 3 units. ƒ(x) = x 2 . ƒ(x) = 1x + 1 56. x 2 + y 2 = 7.1 y Transforming Graphical Representations Exercises 27–34: Use the accompanying graph of y = ƒ(x) to sketch a graph of each equation. −1) 33. left 3 units.236 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations y y Exercises 23–26: Translating Circles Write an equation that shifts the given circle in the specified manner.5)2 + 3 49. ƒ(x) = 2(x . ƒ(x) = 21. ƒ(x) = 1 2x 31. ƒ(x) =  .
ƒ(x) = 2 + 1.1 72. g(x) = ƒ(x) + 2 84. ƒ(x) = 4 . Line graph determined by the table x f(x) 3 2 1 3 1 1 2 2 Exercises 83–90: The points (12.10 x f(x) 0 5 5 11 10 21 15 32 20 47 Applications Exercises 91–94: (Refer to Example 7. 8). ƒ(x) = 1 .(x . 75. ƒ(x) = 21(x . g(x) = ƒ(x) + 7 x f(x) 1 5 2 1 3 6 4 2 5 7 6 9 76. 69. Use the numerical representation of ƒ to make a numerical representation of g. g(x) = ƒ(x) . ƒ(x) = 1 2x 82.3 70. ƒ(x) = x 2 . (Answers may vary.1)3 67. (0.1ƒ(x) 2 88.3 1999 4. are related by the given equation.260 120 150 79.) 91.) For the given representation of a function ƒ. g(x) = ƒ( x) + 1 x f(x) 2 11 1 8 0 5 1 2 2 1 Exercises 69–74: (Refer to Example 5. ƒ(x) = (x)3 + 1 80. graph the reflection across the xaxis and graph the reflection across the yaxis. 6).1xB 2 74.2x) 90.2) x f(x) 4 5 2 2 50 80 0 3 2 5 4 9 Source: Physician Insurers Association of America. ƒ(x) = 1x . ƒ(x) = .3.2ƒ(x) 89.) Use transformations of graphs to model the table of data with the formula ƒ(x) = a(x . .9 77.3) + 5 x 3 f (x) 3 0 8 3 15 6 27 9 31 237 81. g(x) = ƒ(x . g(x) = ƒ(x + 1) . g(x) = ƒ(x . g(x) = ƒ(x) . g(x) = ƒ(.1x 61.ƒ(x + 2) x 4 f(x) 5 2 8 0 10 2 8 4 5 .5 Transformations of Graphs 59.7x . g(x) = . 4) lie on the graph of y = ƒ(x).9 2000 5.2 x f(x) 1 2 2 4 3 3 Source: DVD Release Report.x 3 60.2) . ƒ(x) = .2) + 1 86. Line graph determined by the table x f(x) 4 1 2 4 0 2 1 2 Transforming Numerical Representations Exercises 75–82: Two functions. g(x) = ƒ A .h)2 + k. Percentage of malpractice awards above $1 million Year Percent 1997 1998 3.11 . and (8.1 62.2 + 2 73. g(x) = ƒ(x + 50) x 100 f(x) 25 0 50 100 100 92. Number of titles released for DVD rentals Year Titles 4 7 5 8 6 10 1998 2049 1999 4787 2000 8723 2001 14. ƒ and g.2x 2 71. ƒ(x) = (x . g(x) = ƒ(x + 1) . g(x) = ƒ(x .1 64.1 87.x 63. 78. 83.3 85. ƒ(x) = (x + 2)3 68.3) 66.9 2001 7. ƒ(x) = 1(x + 1) 65.321 2002 21. g(x) = . ƒ(x) =  x + 1  . g(x) = . Determine three points that lie on the graph of y = g(x).2x .8 4.
95. For example. 5). U. x = 2 represents February 21 and x = . (c) Sketch the left side of the graph for 6 … x … 0. P(0) = 44. where x = 0 corresponds to December 21. Computer Graphics (Refer to Example 8. OH 80s Daylight (hours) 16 12 –5 80s 70s 8 4 90s Jun Aug Oct Dec Feb Apr Jun –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 Cold front S x Month . has moved 250 miles south and 210 miles east of Des Moines.2 kilometer per second to the left. when x = . graph the image of the mountain and the position of the airplane after 20 seconds.17x + 44.S. Using Transformations to Model Motion 2002 4081 2004 5132 2006 5836 99. where x is the actual year. AIDS Deaths The function D defined by D(x) = 2375x 2 + 5134x + 5020 models AIDS deaths x years after 1984. Computer Graphics (Refer to Example 8. Columbus. rather than to the right. 93.) (a) Estimate daylight hours on February 21. See the figure. Modeling a Weather Front Suppose a cold front is passing through the United States at noon. Home Ownership The general trend in the percentage P of homes lived in by owners rather than renters between 1990 and 2006 is modeled by P(x) = 0. so g (1990) = 44. The Weather Almanac. 0). N 94.238 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations 98.3 represents September 21. x = 1 to 1991. If the position of the airplane is fixed at ( 1. where x is the actual year. is located approximately 550 miles east and 80 miles south of Des Moines. Plot the locations of Des Moines and Columbus together with the new position of the cold front. the day with the least amount of daylight. (b) Make a conjecture about the number of daylight hours on October 21. (Source: J. Williams. 96. Write a formula g(x) that computes AIDS deaths during year x.) Suppose that the airplane in Figure 3. Ohio. and so on. 100. 5).05 kilometer per second. (a) If the cold front moves south at 40 miles per hour and retains its present shape.) Suppose that the airplane in Figure 3.1 kilometer per second and gaining altitude at 0.00075x 2 + 0. 101. graph its location at 4 P.S. The variable x is measured in months. Des Moines.111 is flying at 0. Average sales price of a home in thousands of dollars Year Price 1970 30 1980 80 1990 150 2000 210 2005 300 Source: Bureau of the Census. which is in the Southern Hemisphere rather than in the Northern Hemisphere. Determine whether the cold front has reached Columbus by midnight. Each unit represents 100 miles. For example. Daylight Hours The figure shows a partial graph of the number of daylight hours at latitude 60°N. Daylight Hours (Continuation of Exercise 97) Sketch a graph that shows the daylight hours at a latitude of 60°S.M. which is maintaining the same shape. IA 50s 60s –10 90s –5 5 E 10 Columbus. and the positive yaxis points north.1.2. where x = 0 corresponds to 1990.111 is traveling to the right at 0. (b) Suppose that by midnight the vertex of the front. is located at (0. with a shape 1 described by the function y = 20x 2. Determine a function g that computes P. Iowa. 97. If the airplane’s position is fixed at (. Average public college tuition and fees in dollars Year Price 1998 3247 2000 3487 Source: The College Board. 60s L H 5 40s L 60s y 20 W 70s 40s Des Moines. U. The domain of this function is 6 … x … 6. graph the image of the mountain and the position of the airplane after 15 seconds.
Use the table for ƒ(x) to make tables for g(x) and h(x). (a) Right 3 units. If the graph of y = ƒ(x) undergoes a horizontal stretch or shrink to become the graph of y = g (x). The semicircle at the top of the silo in the first figure is described by ƒ(x) = 29 . the background must be translated horizontally to the left. Shift upward 2 units. 12.5 Transformations of Graphs 102. Give examples. reflected about the yaxis (d) Reflected about the yaxis.5)2 + 3 2. Explain how to graph the reflection of y = ƒ(x) across the xaxis. 1]. reflect across the yaxis.2.2ƒ(x + 1) –1 –1 1 (a) y = . do these two graphs have the same xintercepts? yintercepts? Explain your answers.3 (c) y = (x . In order to make it appear that the person is walking to the right. downward. do these two graphs have the same xintercepts? yintercepts? Explain your answers. (a) g(x) = ƒ(x . (a) y = (x + 4)2 (b) y = x 2 . 239 105. Predict how the graph of each equation will appear compared to the graph of ƒ(x) = x 2. stretch in the vertical direction. 3. (a) Graph f in the window [12.x2 + 12. Reflect across the xaxis. Use the graph shown to sketch a graph of each equation. 104. 106. Shift left 3 units. Do not simplify. graph the top of the silo after 1 second and after 4 seconds. 5.2ƒ(x) (c) y = ƒ(x . Reflect across the yaxis. left. Reflect across the xaxis. y y = f (x) x 3. shift upward 1 unit.1xB 2 x f(x) 4 1 2 3 0 6 2 8 4 9 . shifted left 6 units 4. Stretch in the vertical direction. shift left 3 units.2) + 3 (b) h(x) = . To answer this question.3. Writing about Mathematics 103. In this exercise we will model only the semicircle that outlines the top of the silo.1) + 1 (b) y = ƒ A . or right c units. Modeling Motion The first figure below is a picture composed of lines and curves. shift downward 2 units. (b) To give the illusion that the person is walking to the right at 2 units per second. EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISES Exercises 1–4: Commutative Property In the following exercises you will determine if transformations of a graph are commutative. Shift downward 2 units. reflect across the xaxis. Explain how to shift the graph of y = ƒ(x) upward. 1. 1] by [0. If the graph of y = ƒ(x) undergoes a vertical stretch or shrink to become the graph of y = g(x). shift upward 2 units. reflect across the xaxis. Use transformations to sketch a graph of the equation y = 2x + 1 . CHECKING BASIC CONCEPTS FOR SECTION 3. start by determining if the two sequences of transformations are equivalent for all possible graphs.4x + 1 in the desired ways. as shown in the second figure. 16. Give an example. 4. Write an equation that transforms the graph of ƒ(x) = x 2 . downward 4 units (b) Reflected about the xaxis (c) Shifted left 6 units. Let c be a positive number. 2. Shift upward 1 unit.5 1.
Example: y = x 2 .1 + 4 = x .2) .3x 2 + x + 5 Parabola The graph of a quadratic function is a parabola.1 = x 2 . x 2 + 2x + 1 = 0. k). k) Completing the Square to Find the Vertex The vertex of a parabola can be found by completing the square.4 x = 4 = .240 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations 3 CONCEPT Summary EXPLANATION AND EXAMPLES General form: ƒ(x) = ax2 + bx + c.4x + 4 2 Subtract 1.1. Vertex Formula xcoordinate: x = Example: b . Add 2 A 24 B = 4.1) = 20 . k) a > 0: opens upward Increases: x ≥ h Decreases: x ≤ h (h. 6) SECTION 3. a Z 0 A quadratic equation can have zero. Examples: x 2 + 1 = 0. The vertex is (2.3 2 Perfect square trinomial Subtract 3. or two real solutions. one.1)2 + 4( 1) . y + 3 = (x . Vertex form: ƒ(x) = a(x .4x y .h)2 + k (standard form for a parabola with a vertical axis) Leading coefficient: a. and x (x . a Z 0 SECTION 3.4x + 1 y . axis of symmetry: x = h Example: y y a < 0: opens downward Increases: x ≤ h Decreases: x ≥ h x x (h.3). .2)2 y = (x .1 QUADRATIC FUNCTIONS AND MODELS Quadratic Function Examples: ƒ(x) = x 2 and ƒ(x) = .1.2 QUADRATIC EQUATIONS AND PROBLEM SOLVING Quadratic Equation Can be written as ax2 + bx + c = 0. 2(2) y = 2(.6 Vertex: (. 2a ycoordinate: y = ƒa b b 2a ƒ(x) = 2x 2 + 4x .4 = . vertex: (h.
2)2 = 6 x . If b 2 . 1.2 x 2 . 4.4x = 2 x .4x + 4 = 2 + 4 (x . there is one real solution. If b 2 .4ac. 2.3 COMPLEX NUMBERS Imaginary Unit i = 21.4(2)(. Quadratic Formula Example: x = b 2b2 .(5) 2( 5)2 . there are no real solutions (two complex solutions). there are two real solutions.CHAPTER 3 Summary 241 CONCEPT EXPLANATION AND EXAMPLES Write an equation in the form ab = 0 and apply the zeroproduct property.9 .7 = i 27 23 # 2 27 = i 23 # i227 = i 2 281 = . 2 Perfect square trinomial Square root property Add 2.4ac 2a Always works 2x 2 . If b 2 . 2.5x .4ac 6 0.2) = 0 x = 1 or 1k. Examples: i2 = 1 24 = 2i.3) 5 7 1 = = 3.1)(x . x = 2 SECTION 3.3x + 2 = 0 (x .3 = 0 x = . Example: x 2 . then add A2B to each side.4ac = 0. Example: 2 x 2 . SECTION 3. 2(2) 4 2 Discriminant The number of real solutions to ax2 + bx + c = 0 with a Z 0 can be found by evaluating the discriminant. b 2 . 3. then x = Example: x 2 = 16 implies x = 2 Completing the Square k If x 2 + kx = d.4ac 7 0.2 = x = 2 26 26 k = 4 Add A 24 B = 4.2 QUADRATIC EQUATIONS AND PROBLEM SOLVING (CONTINUED) Factoring Square Root Property If x 2 = k and k Ú 0.3x = .
4(1)(2) 1 = 2(1) 2 i 27 .2 + 2i (3 .4 QUADRATIC INEQUALITIES Quadratic Inequality ax2 + bx + c 6 0 with a Z 0. 1).1)i = .242 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations CONCEPT EXPLANATION AND EXAMPLES The conjugate of a + bi is a . Examples: Number Conjugate 5 . or ( 2.3 COMPLEX NUMBERS (CONTINUED) Complex Conjugate Complex Number a + bi.(2 + i) = . 7 .3 + 5)i = 3 + 2i 3i .i(1) . multiply.2 + (3 .3i) + (1 + 5i) = (2 + 1) + (. We can add. Example: Graphical Solution 3x 2 . or Ú . where 6 may be replaced by …. 2 SECTION 3.i) (2 . then determine xvalues where the inequality is satisfied.i) 1 . Example: The solutions to x 2 .3i 1 3 = = = .i (1 . and divide complex numbers. y y = –x2 – x + 2 The xintercepts are 2 and 1. where a and b are real numbers (standard form) Complex numbers include all real numbers.bi. Examples: (2 .i) 5 5 5 (Add) (Subtract) (Multiply) (Divide) Complex Solutions The quadratic formula can be used to solve quadratic equations with complex solutions.1 + 4i 1 . 1 x –1 –2 1 2 Solution set is {x ƒ 2 6 x 6 1}. sutract.2i 5 + 2i 5i 5i 7 7 .i 2 + i (2 + i) (2 .x + 1 … 0 Graph y = ax 2 + bx + c and find the xintercepts.4i SECTION 3.i)(1 + 2i) = 3(1) + 3(2i) . .x + 2 = 0 are x = 1 2( 1)2 .x + 2 7 0. Example: Solve x2 .i(2i) = 5 + 5i 1 .
q .2 or x Ú 2}.c shifts the graph of y = ƒ(x) downward c units. y = ƒ(x) .c) shifts the graph of y = ƒ(x) to the right c units. or (. SECTION 3. q) Test Value x 3 0 3 x2 . Interval (. 2] ´ [2.4 = 0 implies x = 2. y = ƒ(x + c) shifts the graph of y = ƒ(x) to the left c units. x2 .q . Example: Solve x2 . y = ƒ(x) is a reflection of y = ƒ(x) across the yaxis. 2) ( 2. y = ƒ(cx) horizontally shrinks the graph of y = ƒ(x) when c 7 1 and stretches the graph when 0 6 c 6 1.4 Ú 0.4 QUADRATIC INEQUALITIES (CONTINUED) Symbolic Solution Solution set is {x ƒ x … .5 TRANSFORMATIONS OF GRAPHS Vertical Shifts with c>0 Horizontal Shifts with c>0 Vertical Stretching and Shrinking Horizontal Stretching and Shrinking Reflections y = ƒ(x) + c shifts the graph of y = ƒ(x) upward c units.ƒ(x) is a reflection of y = ƒ(x) across the xaxis.CHAPTER 3 Summary 243 CONCEPT EXPLANATION AND EXAMPLES Solve ax 2 + bx + c = 0 and use a table of values or number line to determine the xintervals where the inequality is satisfied. q ). y = .4 5 4 5 Positive or Negative? Positive Negative Positive y = cƒ(x) vertically stretches the graph of y = ƒ(x) when c 7 1 and shrinks the graph when 0 6 c 6 1. 2) (2. SECTION 3. y = ƒ(x . .
6x 2 + 7x + 5 from 2 to 4. 9.4 10.3x = 3 37.2x + 1 16. 4z2 . 2z 2 .16 32. 0. ƒ(x) = .3x = 0 26. 1 2 2t y = f (x) x –3 x y = f (x) Exercises 3 and 4: Write ƒ(x) in the form ƒ(x) = ax 2 + bx + c. and identify the vertex. h(t) = t 2 . 2. x 2 = 4x 25. 35. 21. y y 4 3 2 1 –1 1 2 3 4 3 2 1 –1 –2 1 2 19. 3z 2 .6z .5 Exercises 11–18: Sketch a graph of the function. x 2 + 2x = 5 36.4x + 1 = 0 2 38. 2 1 –1 –2 1 3 1 x –4 –2 x x –1 –2 1 x y = f (x) Exercises 7 and 8: Write ƒ(x) in the form ƒ(x) = a(x .1 8.5)2 + 1 4. ƒ(x) = ƒ x .4t .3y2 = 6 for y.1)2 = 9 4 + 3t + 4 1 4 = 0 30. (a) State whether a 7 0 or a 6 0.h)2 + k.2t 2 . g(t) = 3t . Average Rate of Change Find the average rate of change of ƒ(x) = . Is y a function of x? .ƒ x + 3 ƒ 17.1)2 .3x = 1 31. (k + 2)2 = 7 y = f (x) 2 3 y = f (x) 2 4 Exercises 33 and 34: The graph of ƒ(x) = ax 2 + bx + c is given.2 3 Exercises 5 and 6: Use the graph of the quadratic function ƒ to write it as ƒ(x) = a(x .2x. (b) Estimate the real solutions to ax 2 + bx + c = 0. 11.2 y = f (x) Exercises 35–40: Solve by completing the square.3x 2 + 2x . x(6 . 20. ƒ(x) = .1 x + 1 = 0 4 2 41. Difference Quotient Find the difference quotient for ƒ(x) = x 2 .3x2 + 3 12.x . 6. ƒ(x) = x 2 + 8x . and identify the leading coefficient.1 = 0 39.0.2z + 2 = 0 40.244 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations 3 Review Exercises 15. ƒ(x) = 2x 2 + 4x .2(x . Solve the equation 2x2 . negative.t 2 18. 1x 2 . 3x 2 + 4x = . 3 1 –3 –1 –2 –3 –4 1 4 27. ƒ(x) = x 2 + 6x .1 x 2 . 5x 2 . y y 5. . 3.3 13. Exercises 21–32: Solve the quadratic equation. 25z 2 = 9 28. .x) = . ƒ(x) = .1 23. ƒ(x) = .1 ƒ . x 2 .1x 2 . 7. g(x) = 2(x . (c) Is the discriminant positive. ƒ(x) = 22 .20 = 0 22.h)2 + k.x Exercises 1 and 2: Use the graph to find the following.5 Exercises 9 and 10: Use the vertex formula to determine the vertex on the graph of ƒ. x 2 .7 = 0 24. or zero? y y 33. ƒ(x) = . (a) Sign of the leading coefficient (b) Vertex (c) Axis of symmetry (d) Intervals where ƒ is increasing and where ƒ is decreasing 1.1 14. ƒ(x) = 1(x + 1)2 . 34.3t + 14 = 0 29. (k .
Use the graph of y = ƒ(x) to solve the inequality. .4 graphically. ƒ(x) = 2x + 2 67. . ƒ(x) = .1gt 2 + 100 for t. Use setbuilder or interval notation to write a solution set to the inequality.(3 . Find a formula for the function. 63. ƒ(x) = . Use the given graph of y = ƒ(x) to sketch a graph of y each expression.2)2 + 3 68. Write each expression in standard form.2(x . 2x 2 + 3 = 2x 51. 5 3 y 48. n 2 + 4 … 6n Exercises 45–48: Use the graph and the given f(x) to complete the following.3x … 0. 4x 2 + 9 = 0 50.2 (b) y = .2 ƒ + 1 Exercises 49 and 50: Find all complex solutions. (a) (2 .42x 69. 45. x 2 . 1) x (0.3x + 1. (a) ƒ(x) 7 0 (b) ƒ(x) … 0 y 65.3x + 2 … 0 56. If ƒ(x) = 2x 2 . Exercises 55–60: Solve the inequality.2) Ú 15 58. Solve 2x 2 + 1. 2 y x 2 1 –1 –1 1 2 3 x 3x + 9 4 61. x 2 . The table contains test values for a quadratic function.3i) + (3 + 3i) (b) (5 + 3i) .ƒ(x) and y = ƒ(x). (a) 216 (b) 248 (c) 25 # 215 44. −1) f (x) = x2 – 47. ƒ(x) = . (b) Find the complex zeros of ƒ.1). y f (x) = –2x2 – 4x + 5 2 1 –4 –1 –2 –3 –4 1 2 3 4 46. if g(x) = .2x Ú 0 57. (a) Find any xintercepts.3x + 2 = 0 (b) x 2 . 2x 2 + 3x + 1 6 0 59.3 ƒ 66.ƒ x . Solve the equation or inequality. 1) (2. use transformations to graph y = . 9x 2 . 49.3x + 2 6 0 (c) x 2 . 55. Solve h = .3ƒ(x + 1) + 2.CHAPTER 3 Review Exercises 42.4 7 0 60. (a) x 2 .i) (d) 3 + 2i 2 . ƒ(x) = x 2 .5i) (c) (3 + 2i)(4 . Use the table for ƒ(x) to write a table for g(x). Solve each inequality.4 64. x ƒ(x) 6 9 5 0 0 15 3 0 4 9 (a) ƒ(x) 6 0 (b) ƒ(x) Ú 0 53. Use the imaginary unit i to simplify each expression.i 245 52. n(n .2ƒ(x) y = f (x) (−2. Sketch a graph of a quadratic function ƒ that has axis of symmetry x = 2 and passes through the points (2. (a) y = ƒ(x + 1) . y 2 2 1 f (x) = –1 + 2x – 2x –3 –2 –1 2 3 (c) y = ƒ(2x) x –3 –2 f (x) = x2 + x + 2 1 x –1 1 2 3 Exercises 63–68: Use transformations to sketch a graph of ƒ. 2 43. 3) and (4. 62. ƒ(x) = 3 ƒ x .3x + 2 7 0 54. y = f (x) 4 2 1 –2 –1 –2 x ƒ(x) 1 3 2 3 3 4 4 7 1 3 x 70.
Plot the point (0. Irrigation and Yield The table shows how irrigation of rice crops affects yield.6 20 1. (a) Evaluate R(20) and interpret the result.0 80 4.813x + 1720. (a) Use leastsquares regression to find a quadratic function that models the data.246 CHAPTER 3 Quadratic Functions and Equations 77. This arc depends on both the angle and velocity with which the basketball is released. Solve the equation ƒ(x) = 212. Grigg. Shooting a Foul Shot (Refer to the introduction to this chapter.) x y 0 1. then the path can sometimes be modeled by the parabola y = 16x2 + 1.7. Does your graph pass through both points? (c) What is the maximum height of the basketball? . Construction A box is being constructed by cutting 3inch squares from the corners of a rectangular sheet of metal that is 4 inches longer than it is wide. 1 room costs $100. 2 rooms cost 2 * $97 = $194.) When a basketball player shoots a foul shot. but for each additional room rented by a group. Interpret the results. (b) Solve the equation ƒ(x) = 3. Interpret the results. (1 hectare L 2. the ball follows a parabolic arc. (c) When might world population reach 7 billion? 75.1 Applications 71. What dimensions will maximize area? 72. Projectile A slingshot is used to propel a stone upward so that its height h in feet after t seconds is given by h(t) = . EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISES 1. Maximizing Revenue The revenue R in dollars received from selling x radios is R(x) = x(90 . the price is reduced by $3 for each room. what initial velocity v should the basketball have? (b) Check your answer from part (a) graphically. (b) Estimate world population during the year 2000. and so on. (a) Does a linear function model the data? (b) Find a quadratic function ƒ that models these data. One side of the garden needs no fencing because it is along the wall of the house. (b) What number of radios sold will maximize revenue? (c) What is the maximum revenue? (d) What number of radios should be sold for revenue to be $2000 or more? 73. Year Debt 1980 82 1984 108 1988 172 1992 254 1996 444 Source: Bankcard Holders of America. If a person shoots the basketball overhand from a position 8 feet above the floor.47 acres.15x + 8. (a) Evaluate ƒ(1985) and interpret the result.000478x2 . Rist. (a) Write a quadratic function C that gives the total cost of renting x rooms. (a) Evaluate h(0) and interpret the result. 10) where the basketball hoop is. (b) How high was the stone after 2 seconds? (c) Find the maximum height of the stone. World Population The function given by the formula ƒ(x) = 0.8 40 2. (b) What is the total cost of renting 6 rooms? (c) How many rooms are rented if the cost is $730? (d) What number of rooms rented gives the greatest cost? Source: D.2 60 3. 0.434v2 where v is the velocity of the ball in feet per second.1 models world population in billions from 1950 to 2000 during year x. as illustrated in the figure. Maximizing Area A homeowner has 44 feet of fence to enclose a rectangular garden. find the dimensions of the metal sheet.5 100 6. 78. Room Prices Room prices are regularly $100. Credit Card Debt The table lists outstanding balances on Visa and MasterCard credit cards in billions of dollars. For example. “The Physics of Foul Shots. 76. 8) where the ball is released and the point (15. (d) At what time(s) was the stone 117 feet high? 74.1. If the box is to have a volume of 135 cubic inches.x).”) (a) If the basketball hoop is 10 feet high and located 15 feet away. The World Food Problem. (Source: C. where x represents the percent of total area that is irrigated and y is the rice yield in tons per hectare.16t 2 + 88t + 5.
(c) Use graphing to determine visually if the cold front reached both cities. where 0 … x … 750. South Dakota.16x 2 + 2. [1. If Pierre has the coordinates (0. 1996.4. 1] by [3. (b) Generalize how the graph of y = ƒ(2k . 100]. (Source: AccuWeather. 0) and the positive yaxis points north. ƒ(x) = x4 . ƒ(x) = 2x. 4. (b). k = 2. Mathematics for Computer Graphics. 570).) (a) St. Complete parts (a). [12. graph x = k. 1] 50° 10 ft 15 ft 2. it often has a steeper arc than if it is released overhand and the path sometimes may be modeled by y = . Inc. k = . ƒ(x) = x 2. 1] by [. the center of the front moved approximately 110 miles south and 160 miles east. Modeling a Cold Front A weather map of the United States on April 22.x). with a radius of about 750 miles. 3. Did the cold front reach these cities? (b) During the next 12 hours.75x + 3. is shown in the figure. 70s 80s 70° 10 ft Warm front 15 ft Exercises 3–6: Reflecting Functions Computer graphics frequently use reflections. Louis is located at (535.27502 . (Source: S. and (c) from Exercise 1.15. 8. constant k. 6. Then compare the paths for an overhand shot and an underhand shot. (a) For the given ƒ(x).x 3.3.CHAPTER 3 Review Exercises 247 5.x 2. where units are in miles. Reflections can speed up the generation of a picture or create a figure that appears perfectly symmetrical. k = 5. 1] by [8. and y = ƒ(2k . The center of the arc was located near Pierre.6. 0.117v 2 7. Louis 60s 90s Dallas 80s 90s Showers Cold front Tstorms Flurries L Nashville 70s See the figure below.2x2 + 1. 1200. 1] by [6. Plot these points and graph ƒ in the window [0.x) compares to the graph of y = ƒ(x).800. 1] 4. Hoggar. 3. 8. then the equation of the front can be modeled by ƒ(x) = . y = ƒ(x). 6. [. 0. 9. ƒ(x) = 4x . There was a cold front roughly in the shape of a circular arc. Assuming the cold front did not change shape. Shooting a Foul Shot (Continuation of Exercise 1) If a person releases a basketball underhand from a position 3 feet above the floor. passing north of Dallas and west of Detroit. 100] by [. 18. [6. 400) and Nashville is at (730. use transformations of graphs to determine an equation that models its new location. and viewing rectangle.) 60s L Detroit 40s 60s Pierre 40s H 50s St. 1] . 1] 6. k = .
To ignore either the abstract beauty or the profound applicability of mathematics is like seeing a rose but never smelling one. produced by enthusiastic effort and infinite labor in every country. and airplanes. abstract mathematics transcends time. However. Abstract mathematics is focused on axioms. ships. today complex numbers are used in the design of electrical circuits. This was 85 years before the invention of the first digital computer. There is a common misconception that theoretical mathematics is unimportant. Theorems that were proved centuries ago are still valid today. Much like Boolean algebra. In this chapter we discuss some important topics in algebra that have had an impact on society. Basic quantum physics and certain features of the theory of relativity would not have been developed without complex numbers. Boolean algebra became the basis on which modern computer hardware operates. and proofs. It can be derived independently of empirical evidence. theorems. in 1854 George Boole published Laws of Thought. —Albert Einstein 248 . the topic of complex numbers was at first theoretical. In this sense. However. For example.4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations athematics can be both abstract and applied. M The wonderful things you learn in schools are the work of many generations. We are privileged to read in a few hours what took people centuries to discover. which outlined the basis for Boolean algebra. yet many of the ideas that eventually had great practical importance were first born in the abstract. even though mathematics can be developed in an abstract setting—separate from science and all measured data—it also has countless applications. Yet.
3 New Nonlinear Model Polynomial Functions The domain of a polynomial function is all real numbers.1 + Á + a2x 2 + a1x + a0.1 Monthly Average High Temperatures at Daytona Beach Month Temperature (°F) 1 69 2 70 3 75 4 80 5 85 6 88 7 90 8 89 9 87 10 81 11 76 12 70 Source: J. y 100 100 y 100 y y = f (x) Temperature (°F ) Temperature (°F ) Temperature (°F ) 90 80 70 60 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 90 80 70 60 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 90 80 70 60 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 x x x Month Month Month Figure 4. an Z 0.2.6.426x 3 + 3.53x 2 . .1 More Nonlinear Functions and Their Graphs 249 4. and its graph is continuous and smooth without breaks or sharp edges.1 Temperature Data Figure 4. One possibility is to model the data with a quadratic function.1 shows a scatterplot of the data. where x = 1 corresponds to January. The USA Weather Almanac. A linear function would not model these data because these data do not lie on a line.1x n . and n is a nonnegative integer. However. Williams. where each coefficient ak is a real number. and so on.3 and is given by ƒ(x) = 0.1.) Function ƒ is a polynomial function with degree 4. Figure 4. a better fit can be obtained with the nonlinear function ƒ whose graph is shown in Figure 4. as shown in Figure 4.4. Polynomial Function A polynomial function ƒ of degree n in the variable x can be represented by ƒ(x) = an x n + an . The leading coefficient is an and the degree is n. Table 4. x = 2 to February.1 More Nonlinear Functions and Their Graphs • Learn terminology about polynomial functions • Find extrema of a function • Identify symmetry in a graph of a function • Determine if a function is odd. even.23x + 72.0145x 4 . or neither Introduction Monthly average high temperatures at Daytona Beach are shown in Table 4. (Leastsquares regression was used to determine ƒ(x).2 Quadratic Model Figure 4.0.
NOTE Quadratic functions. Identifying Extrema In Figure 4.1) Figure 4.7 h(x) = 1 .4 from left to right. see Chapter R (page R20).250 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations Examples of polynomial functions include the following. consider the two polynomial functions ƒ and g given by ƒ(x) = 1 2 x . 6) is reached. the yvalue of 2. g(x) = x . polynomial functions are used to model both linear and nonlinear data.3 (page 249) the minimum monthly average temperature of 69°F occurs in January (x = 1) and the maximum monthly average temperature of 90°F occurs in July (x = 7). As a result. ratios. It is called the absolute minimum of ƒ. –6) –2 –1 –4 –8 1 3 5 x (1. 12. which were discussed in Chapter 3. are examples of nonlinear functions.1.5 If one traces along the graph in Figure 4.25).) y (−2. We say that g . 2.x 6 + 4x 4 + x 2 Degree 0 1 2 6 Leading Coefficient a0 = 10 a1 = 2 a2 = 3 a6 = 1 2 To review polynomials. 4 3 2 Their graphs are shown in Figures 4. Therefore the absolute maximum of g is 12. Functions ƒ and g are linear. –3.2x . For example.2. the yvalues decrease until the vertex (2. There is a smaller peak located at the point (3.4 2 and 1 2 5 g(x) = . Function ƒ has no absolute maximum.” For example.7.25) –4 (2.4x + 3x 2 1 k(x) = . or absolute values of variables are not polynomi1 als. The minimum yvalue on the graph of ƒ is 6. Functions that contain radicals.5.4 and 4. ƒ(x) = 22x. (Some values have been rounded.25 is locally the largest.4 Figure 4.5 the peak of the highest “hill” on the graph of g is ( .1. This chapter introduces more nonlinear functions.3.7) 12 8 2 6 y 6 2 –6 –2 –4 y = f (x) x y = g(x) (3. the yvalues increase. Algebra Review Formula ƒ(x) = 10 g(x) = 2x . there is no largest yvalue on a parabola opening upward. Minimum and maximum yvalues on the graph of a function often represent important data. In Figure 4. Graphs of polynomial functions often have “hills” or “valleys. 2.7).6x.x4 + x3 + x2 . In a small open interval near x = 3. 12. whereas functions h and k are nonlinear. To the right of the vertex. and h(x) = ƒ 2x + 5 ƒ are not polynomials. A polynomial function of degree 2 or higher is a nonlinear function.
7 Volume of Air in a Person’s Lungs y (a) The absolute maximum is 4 liters and occurs at C.1 is a local minimum. ƒ(c) is an absolute (global) maximum if ƒ(c) Ú ƒ(x) for all x in the domain of ƒ. Note that 11 is also a local maximum.” Thus there are local minima of 8 and 19. y 5 EXAMPLE 1 Identifying and interpreting extrema Volume (liters) 4 3 2 1 C A B D x E Figure 4.7 shows the graph of a function ƒ that models the volume of air in a person’s lungs.1 More Nonlinear Functions and Their Graphs y 16 251 (−2. A function may have several local extrema. Sometimes an absolute maximum (minimum) is called a global maximum (minimum). Thomas. Therefore it is not an absolute minimum. ƒ(c) is a local (relative) minimum if ƒ(c) … ƒ(x) when x is near c. but at most one absolute maximum and one absolute minimum. Maximum and minimum values that are either absolute or local are called extrema (plural of extremum). NOTE The expression “near c” means that there is an open interval in the domain of ƒ containing c where ƒ(c) satisfies the inequality. Science and Sport. The value 3. ƒ(c) is a local (relative) maximum if ƒ(c) Ú ƒ(x) when x is near c. 8) and (1. 11) (2. Now Try Exercise 91 15 y = f (x) EXAMPLE 2 x Identifying extrema Use the graph of ƒ in Figure 4. It occurs at A and E and represents the amount of air in a person’s lungs after inhaling normally.1). . 11) –12 –4 4 12 x Figure 4. Interpret the results. Interpret the results.2. Similarly. (b) Identify two local maxima (plural of maximum) and two local minima (plural of minimum) of ƒ.25. after x seconds.) (a) Find the absolute maximum and the absolute minimum of ƒ. because near x = . .3. F SOLUTION 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Time (seconds) Figure 4. However.6 the absolute maximum is 11. After C. . a “valley” occurs on the graph of g. it is possible for a function to assume an absolute extremum at two values of x.6 has a local maximum of 2. 1 liter is a local minimum and also the absolute minimum.” Thus there is a local maximum of 13. measured in liters. Similarly.19) on the graph of ƒ correspond to the lowest point in a “valley. Another local maximum is 4 liters.2 and x = 2 it is the largest yvalue. the person exhales until the lungs contain only 1 liter of air at D. It occurs at B and F and represents the amount of air after exhaling normally. Rather. ƒ(c) is an absolute (global) minimum if ƒ(c) … ƒ(x) for all x in the domain of ƒ. Absolute and Local Extrema Let c be in the domain of ƒ.8 to estimate any local and absolute extrema. Similarly. SOLUTION –2 –1 –5 1 2 –10 –15 Figure 4. The absolute minimum is 1 liter and occurs at D. One local minimum is 2 liters. The point (1. In Figure 4. 13) corresponds to the highest point on a “hill.4.1 is not the smallest yvalue on the entire graph of g. 3. (Source: V. It occurs at x = 2.8 Local Extrema The points (. (b) One local maximum is 3 liters. At C a deep breath has been taken and the lungs are more inflated. where the lowest point is (1. which is also the absolute maximum. sometimes a local maximum (minimum) is called a relative maximum (minimum).
and computer graphics.5°F. Extrema are yvalues on the graph of a function. (Source: J.01. 1] by [50.13 If each graph were folded along the yaxis. not xvalues.252 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations Absolute Extrema Because the arrows point upward. Graphs of functions may also exhibit this type of symmetry. 10]. 12.17. 10] y1 The monthly average ocean temperature in degrees Fahrenheit at Bermuda can be modeled by ƒ(x) = 0.9 [1. 1] by [50.4. Thus there is no absolute maximum. Many objects are symmetric along a vertical line so that the left and right sides are mirror images. 61.005128 Figure 4. where x = 1 corresponds to January and x = 12 to December. animals and people usually have an approximate leftright symmetry. Interpret the results.11 Figure 4. SOLUTION Minimum X 2.0). 12. the left and right halves would match. A function whose graph satisfies this characteristic is called an even function.648X^3 + 6. 1] by [50. y y y x x x Figure 4.1X + 76. The Weather Almanac. 90.10. see Appendix A (page AP10). the left side is typically a mirror image of the right side. If an automobile is viewed from the front. This means that the monthly average ocean temperature is coldest during the month of February (x L 2) when it reaches a minimum of about 61. we might say that the warmest average temperature occurs during August (x L 8) when it reaches a maximum of 82°F. science.11–4.17. there is no maximum yvalue on the graph. Similarly. An absolute minimum of about 61.0128359 Y 61.03x2 . (b) Estimate the absolute extrema.9 and 4.61. 10] y1 Maximum X 7.5 corresponds to the point (2.479564 Figure 4.5). (b) Many graphing calculators have the capability to find maximum and minimum yvalues.648x3 + 6. An absolute maximum of approximately 82 corresponds to (7. as shown in Figures 4.) Now Try Exercise 93 Symmetry Even Functions Symmetry is used frequently in art. 90. These graphs are symmetric with respect to the yaxis.0.12 Figure 4. mathematics. (Or we might say that this maximum occurs in late July.1x + 76.0215X^4 . The domain of ƒ is D = {x  1 … x … 12}. the minimum yvalue on the graph of ƒ occurs at the point (1.61. Now Try Exercise 15 NOTE Calculator Help To find a minimum or maximum point on a graph.9. However. since x L 7. 82.13.4 is shown in Figure 4. Williams.0215x4 . The points associated with absolute extrema are shown in Figures 4. EXAMPLE 3 Modeling ocean temperatures [1..10 (a) The graph of Y1 = .608694 Y 82. Rounding. 19). 12.03X^2 . The absolute minimum is 19. . 90.) (a) Graph ƒ in [1.
4( x)4 . This can be shown symbolically.4x .x . Since this is true for every input.4x 5 = . if ƒ(x) contains terms that have only even powers of x (and possibly a constant term). Figure 4. .2( x)2 + 5 = x .4x 4 .x) = ( x)6 .x) = ( x) + 4( x) 5 3 ƒ is an even function. y) lies on the graph of an odd function ƒ. Figure 4. y) both lie on the graph of ƒ.17.4. Since this is true for every input. ƒ(x) = x 6 . y) and ( x.27. then g(2) = g(2) = 4.ƒ(x) for any odd function ƒ. its new location is (x. Since the graph is symmetric with respect to the yaxis. = ƒ(x) g(. For example.x) for an even function.2x 2 + 5 is an even function. then ƒ is an odd function. If 0 is in the domain of an odd function ƒ.y). Thus ƒ(x) = y and ƒ(x) = y. It follows that ƒ(. If ƒ(x) contains terms that have only odd powers of x. –y) y = f (x) In Figure 4.1 More Nonlinear Functions and Their Graphs y 253 (–x. y) x (–x. Simplify.x) = y = . the output does not change.18 An Odd Function Identifying Odd and Even Functions The terms odd and even have special meaning when they are applied to a polynomial function ƒ. Thus ƒ(x) = y and ƒ(. CLASS DISCUSSION ƒ(. y) x y = f (x) Figure 4. Similarly. Simplify. Substitute x for x. the original graph would reappear after half a turn.16 Figure 4. Changing the sign of the input changes only the sign of the output. then ƒ is an even function. then g(3) = 27 and g(3) = .g(x) g is an odd function. If this point spins half a turn. g is an odd function. the points (x. These graphs are symmetric with respect to the origin and represent odd functions.14 An Even Function Odd Functions A second type of symmetry is shown in Figures 4.x) = y.17 (x. around the origin.15–4. y) (x. . The graph of an even function is symmetric with respect to the yaxis. If we could spin or rotate the graph about the origin. Even Function A function ƒ is an even function if ƒ(x) = ƒ(x) for every x in its domain.ƒ(x) for every x in its domain. For example. This means that if we change the sign of the input. what point must lie on its graph? Explain your reasoning. if g(x) = x 2.14 shows a graph of an even function ƒ. Odd Function A function ƒ is an odd function if ƒ(x) = . For example. or 180°. whereas g(x) = x 5 + 4x 3 is an odd function. g is an even function.15 y Figure 4. y y y x x x Figure 4. and so ƒ(x) = ƒ(.2x + 5 6 4 2 Substitute x for x. 3 = .18 the point (x. The graph of an odd function is symmetric with respect to the origin. if g(x) = x 3.
Otherwise. . then ƒ is even.5 y 2 . 2 . Thus ƒ is an even function. (c) Since ƒ is a polynomial containing only odd powers of x.5 = ƒ(1).5x) 3 = . 2.2x. as shown in Figure 4. it is an odd function. identify whether ƒ is odd. so ƒ is not an even function. which indicates 3 3 3 3 that ƒ(x) = . 0. 3 2 1 –3 –2 –1 –2 –3 1 2 f (x) = √x 3 3 = . EXAMPLE 4 Identifying odd and even functions For each representation of a function ƒ. . SOLUTION Getting Started If either ƒ(x) = ƒ(x) or its graph is symmetric with respect to the Algebra Review To review cube roots. 1. see Chapter R (page R40). 63. If either ƒ( x) = . Simplify.ƒ(x). The function ƒ satisfies the statement ƒ(.ƒ(x) Figure 4.5 (c) ƒ(x) = x 3 .2. x yaxis. and ƒ(.1) = . and 71 CLASS DISCUSSION Discuss the possibility of the graph of a function being symmetric with respect to the xaxis. ƒ(. Thus ƒ is an odd function. even. .19. then ƒ is odd. 59.5 = ƒ(3). where ƒ(x) = 2x.5( x) Substitute x for x. 3}. This also can be shown symbolically as follows.0. ƒ is neither even nor odd. Distributive property ƒ is an odd function. In general. 3 Now Try Exercises 47. y (a) The function defined by the table has domain D = {3.19 (d) Note that 2 8 = .(x .5 2 . (a) x 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 ƒ(x) (b) y = f (x) 10.ƒ(x) or its graph is symmetric with respect to the origin.5x (d) ƒ is the cube root function.254 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations NOTE It is important to remember that the graphs of many functions exhibit no symmetry with respect to either the yaxis or the origin.x) = ( x)3 .x) = ƒ(x) for every x in D. Similarly.0.x = . These functions are neither odd nor even.2 and that 28 = 2. ƒ( 2) = 2 = ƒ(2). This fact can also 3 be seen by graphing ƒ(x) = 2x. The function ƒ is neither odd nor even.5 2 10. ƒ is not an odd function since spinning its graph half a turn about the origin does not result in the same graph. Notice that ƒ(3) = 10. or neither.x + 5x 3 x = . (b) If we fold the graph on the yaxis.0.1. the two halves do not match. Spinning the graph of 3 ƒ(x) = 2x a half a turn about the origin results in the same graph.
T Explanation Graphical Example y absolute maximum x absolute minimum The maximum (minimum) yvalue on the graph of y = ƒ(x) A graph of a function may or may not have an absolute maximum (minimum). y local maximum x local minimum Even function ƒ(x) = ƒ(x) The graph is symmetric with respect to the yaxis. the graph reappears after half a turn. y x y = f (x) Odd function ƒ(x) = .1 More Nonlinear Functions and Their Graphs 255 4. or relative. or global. Note that it is possible for a yvalue on the graph of f to be both an absolute maximum (minimum) and a local maximum (minimum). maximum (minimum) A maximum (minimum) yvalue on the graph of y = ƒ(x) in an open interval of the domain of ƒ A graph of a function may or may not have a local maximum (minimum). maximum (minimum) he following table summarizes some important concepts related to the graphs of nonlinear functions. Changing the sign of the input changes only the sign of the output.1 Putting It All Together Concept Absolute. y y = f (x) x .4. If the graph is folded on the yaxis. Changing the sign of the input does not change the output. If the graph is rotated about the origin.ƒ(x) The graph is symmetric with respect to the origin. Local. the left and right halves match.
Your answers may vary slightly.t 10. ƒ(x) = 2x 3 . 2 y 20. g(t) = 22 7. g(t) = ƒ 2t ƒ 8. 40 20 y 14.x 4 + 1 3. 6 19.5x 1 t 2 + 3t . y 16. ƒ(x) = 5 . g(t) = 17. 6 y y 12. state its degree and leading coefficient a. 1000 500 –8 y 18.1 9. g(t) = 4 –2 –3 –1 –2 –3 1 3 x 4. particularly when you are reading a graph. 3 2 1 –3 –2 1 3 3 2 1 1 1 3 x –2 –1 –2 1 2 x x –20 –3 –1 1 2 3 x –3 . 6 2 y 1 x –6 2 6 –6 –6 6 12 x x –2 –6 –6 –2 2 6 x –2 –12 –6 13. 1. ƒ(x) = 1 . 22. ƒ(x) = 2x 3 . 3 2 y Polynomials –2 –1 1 2 3 x –2 Exercises 1–10: Determine if the function is a polynomial function.x + 5 2. 11.2x 3 6.) y y 21. y (Hint: Exercises 21–26: Local extrema cannot occur at endpoints because they only occur on open intervals. ƒ(x) = 2x 5. 3 2 Note: Many of the answers in this section involve estimations.1 Exercises 15.4x 1 1 .4x .256 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations 4. If it is. ƒ(x) = . 4 2 8 y x –4 –2 –4 4 x Finding Extrema of Polynomials Exercises 11–26: Use the graph of f to estimate the (a) local extrema and (b) absolute extrema.
56 . ƒ(x) = x + 1 Exercises 39–46: Determine graphically any (a) local extrema and (b) absolute extrema. g(x) = 2x 34.2 x 2 58.1)2 . g(x) = 1 x 4 29.x 5 62.4x 2 43. y y 47. ƒ(x) = . 48.) 27.5x 2 + 4. g(x) = 2 x2 . ƒ(x) = x3 . ƒ(x) = .x2 –2 y = f (x) Exercises 51–70: Determine if ƒ is odd.01x 5 + 0.3x 53. 3 2 y –3 –2 –2 –2 4 6 x –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 x 49. g(x) = .0. odd. g(x) = 1(x . ƒ(x) = 2x 66. ƒ(x) = 2 x . ƒ(x) =  x + 2  54.x 3 63. ƒ(x) = 0. 1 39. or neither. ƒ(x) = .1 More Nonlinear Functions and Their Graphs 23.x3 40.1 56. g(x) = . x ƒ(x) 100 56 10 23 1 5 0 0 1 5 10 23 100 . g(x) = ƒ x + 3 ƒ 3 37.5x 4 . 3 2 1 y Symmetry Exercises 47–50: Use the graph to determine if f is odd. even.36x 2 + 1.35x 3 . g(x) = 1 . g(x) = 3x . ƒ(x) = 8 .1 64. 2 1 –2 y 50. ƒ(x) = x 2 . (Hint: Consider the graph y = g(x).ƒ x ƒ + 2 38. g(x) = .2 3 33. ƒ(x) = x 2 .10 57. 1 2 3 x –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 x 2 2 y = f (x) –2 1 –1 –2 2 y = f (x) 1 1 x –2 –1 –2 x 25. g(x) = . g(x) = 1 + ƒxƒ 41.x 6 + 5x 2 60. ƒ(x) = x + 3 55. ƒ(x) = 1 + x2 69.3x 4 + 8x 3 + 6x 2 .24x 42. or neither. even. or neither. 51. ƒ(x) = x 1 70. ƒ(x) = 2 x + 2x + 2 71.3x + 1 35.3x 28. g(x) = 1 . ƒ(x) = 1 + x2 6 46. ƒ(x) = .0.4. ƒ(x) = x 4 .2(x + 3)2 + 4 32. ƒ(x) = 5x 52.x 4 + 4x 3 . Decide if ƒ is even.02 x 4 .5 44. ƒ(x) = 2x 2 1 68.x 2 1 67.3x2 + 4x . The table is a complete representation of ƒ. g(x) = x2 + 1 31.6x 2 + 2 59.2x 61.1 36. 6 4 y 26.8x 8 45.x3 30. y = f (x) 2 1 2 y x –2 –1 –1 –2 2 x Exercises 27–38: Determine any (a) local extrema and (b) absolute extrema. 2 1 –2 –1 –2 1 2 257 y 24. ƒ(x) = . ƒ(x) = 21 . ƒ(x) = 3x 3 . ƒ(x) = 0. ƒ(x) = 2x 2 3 65.
odd.ƒ(x . x ƒ(x) 5 4 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 Translations of Graphs Exercises 85–88: Use the graph of ƒ(x) = 4x . y = ƒ(x) . . Interpret each. b + 1) lies on the graph of an even function ƒ.1 at x = 2. y = ƒ(x + 1) 87. (b) Identify any local maxima and minima. q ). 80. q ). 83. Sketch a graph of a continuous function with a local maximum of 2 at x = . then where is the graph of y = ƒ(x + 1) . Complete the table if ƒ is an even function.a. Temperature in the Sun The graph shows the temperature readings of a thermometer in the sun (on a partly cloudy day) x hours past noon.3.1 and a local maximum of 2 at x = 1.) The graph at the top of the next page shows the monthly average high temperatures at Daytona Beach. x ƒ(x) 3 21 2 1 25 0 1 2 12 3 –4 –2 2 4 x 74.1) equal? 89. then what can be said about the graph of y = ƒ( x) + 1? the graph of y = .1x3 and 3 translations of graphs to sketch the graph of the equation. 5)? Explain.q . Sketch a graph of a continuous function that is increasing on ( . 78. Applications 91. 4].ƒ(x) . Sketch a graph of an even linear function. Sketch a graph of a continuous function with no absolute extrema but with a local minimum of 2 at x = . If the graph of f is decreasing on [0. then what do ƒ(5) and ƒ(3) equal? 76. 2] and decreasing on [2. Sketch a graph of a continuous function with an absolute minimum of 3 at x = . Could this function be quadratic? 84. (Do not consider the endpoints. 79. If the points ( 5. y f (x) = 4x – 1 x3 3 4 2 73. y = 2ƒ(x) 86.2 increasing? Where is the graph of y = . 81. 6) and (3. If the point (1 . Complete the table if ƒ is an odd function. The table is a complete representation of ƒ. Sketch a graph of an odd linear function.2) decreasing? 90. x ƒ(x) 5 13 3 2 5 0 2 3 1 5 85. 82. y Temperature (˚F) 90 80 70 60 50 x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Time (hours past noon) (a) Identify the absolute maximum and minimum.) (c) For what xvalues was the temperature increasing? 92.2 88. Does there exist a continuous odd function that is always increasing and whose graph passes through the points (. Decide if ƒ is even.2 and a local minimum of . y = ƒ A 1 x B 2 75.1? Concepts 77.1 and a local maximum of 0 at x = 1. Is there an even function whose domain is all real numbers and that is always decreasing? Explain. 4) and (2. then what does ƒ(a . If the graph of y = ƒ(x) is increasing on [1.258 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations 72. Daytona Beach (Refer to the introduction to this section. 4) lie on the graph of an odd function ƒ. or neither.
) (a) Evaluate ƒ(10) and interpret the result. 95.0000285x 3 + 0. 10].0. consumption of natural gas from 1965 to 1980 can be modeled by x Temperature (˚F) 90 80 70 60 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 Month ƒ(x) = 0. Texas.S. 5] by [0. According to the graph.1 and August to x = 1. In this graph x represents the month. Interpret each.1]. Average Temperature The graph approximates the monthly average temperatures in degrees Fahrenheit in Austin. 97. the birth rate (births per 1000 people) x years after 1900 can be approximated by ƒ(x) = .) 70 60 50 –8 –4 0 4 8 x Mar Jul Nov (a) Is this a graph of an odd or even function? (b) June corresponds to x = .4 and November to x = 4. how do their average temperatures compare? (d) Interpret what this type of symmetry implies about average temperatures in Austin. 150.0408x 2 .) (a) Evaluate ƒ(65) and interpret your result. 5] by [6. Heating Costs In colder climates the cost for natural gas to heat homes can vary from one month to the next.4. (c) Determine the local extrema and interpret the results. . (b) Graph ƒ in [6. where x = 1 corresponds to January and x = 12 to December. U. Describe the energy usage during this time period.68x + 97.0. The polynomial function given by ƒ(x) = . (b) Identify a local maximum. (b) Graph ƒ in [0. (Source: Minnegasco.00113x 3 + 0. Describe the energy usage during this time period.0. 30.0001234x4 . 0.1213x 4 + 3. Energy The U. Natural Gas The U. 16. Birth Rate From 1900 to 2005.48x + 34.) (a) Where might the absolute extrema occur for 1 … x … 12? (b) Graph ƒ in [1. What is the average temperature in August? (c) March corresponds to x = . 94.4.0432 x + 7.0. (Source: National Center for Health Statistics. 1] by [0.5145x + 1. 0. Find the absolute extrema and interpret the results.0. (Source: Department of Energy.462 x 3 .0.29.0057x 2 . Consumption is measured in quadrillion Btu. where x = 6 corresponds to 1966 and x = 20 to 1980.1 More Nonlinear Functions and Their Graphs y 259 (a) Evaluate ƒ(5) and interpret the result.08792 x2 . (c) For what xvalues was the temperature increasing? 93. °F 90 (a) Identify the absolute maximum and minimum.005689x3 + 0.8.4. (Source: Department of Energy. where x = 0 corresponds to 1950 and x = 30 to 1980.69 models the monthly cost in dollars of heating a typical home. 1]. 96.S. 20. (c) Approximate the local maximum and interpret it.S. identify the absolute extrema. where x = 0 corresponds to July. Consumption is measured in trillion cubic feet.514.0. consumption of energy from 1950 to 1980 can be modeled by ƒ(x) = .66. 12.22 x 2 + 64. The input x represents the month. (b) If the domain of ƒ is 1900 … x … 2005. The average temperature in June is 83°F.
y 4 (a) How long will it take to reach the cabin if the person rows straight toward shore at point A and then jogs to the cabin? (b) How long will it take to reach the cabin if the person rows straight to the cabin and does no jogging? (c) Find the minimum time to reach the cabin. Describe ways to determine if a polynomial function is odd. x 98.2. 8 mi Writing about Mathematics 99. (b) Evaluate h(5) and h(5). 102. (b) Find the length of wire (to the nearest tenth of an inch) that should be used for the square if the combined area of the two shapes is to be minimized? 3. its height h above the ground at any time x may be modeled by h(x) = . The person would like to reach a cabin that is 8 miles down the shoreline. One piece is bent into a square and the other is bent into an equilateral triangle.16x 2 + h max . The person can row at 4 miles per hour and jog at 7 miles per hour. then what else can be said about ƒ? Explain. If air resistance is ignored. Height of a Projectile When a projectile is shot into the air. Height is measured in feet and time in seconds. then what else can be said about ƒ? Explain. Explain the difference between a local and an absolute maximum. Interpret these results. even. A 3 mi EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISES 1. Minimizing Time A person is in a rowboat 3 miles from the closest point on a straight shoreline. 101. as illustrated in the figure. Give examples. If an even function ƒ has an absolute minimum of 6 at x = . Suppose that x = 0 corresponds to the time when the projectile’s height is maximum. 1 x –3 –1 –1 1 3 . If an odd function ƒ has one local maximum of 5 at x = 3. or neither. Minimizing Area A piece of wire 20 inches long is cut into two pieces. Let h max = 400 feet. Is h even or odd? (d) How do h(x) and h(x) compare when 5 … x … 5? What does this result indicate? x x y y x y (a) Write a formula that gives the area A of the two shapes in terms of x. Are extrema xvalues or yvalues? 100. Interpret these results. Find the dimensions of the rectangle of maximum area that can be inscribed in a semicircle with radius 3. where hmax is the projectile’s maximum height above the ground. it attains a maximum height and then falls back to the ground. as illustrated. Assume that the rectangle is positioned as shown in the accompanying figure. (c) Graph h for 5 … x … 5.260 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations 2. (a) Evaluate h(2) and h(2).
21. 8). decreased. and n is a nonnegative integer. given by ƒ(x) = x 3 .21 A Modeling Function Graphs of Polynomial Functions In Section 4.20. For example.2 Polynomial Functions and Models • Understand the graphs of polynomial functions • Evaluate and graph piecewisedefined functions • Use polynomial regression to model data (optional) Introduction The consumption of natural gas by the United States has varied over past decades.8 1980 20. 8) 2 –2 2 x (2.2 Polynomial Functions and Models 261 4. (−2.5. Turning points are associated with “hills” or “valleys” on a graph. the function ƒ.3x 2 + x .4 1970 21. The expression an x n + Á + a2x 2 + a1x + a0 is a polynomial of degree n and the equation an x n + Á + a2x 2 + a1x + a0 = 0 is a polynomial equation of degree n. Their graphs are continuous and smooth.22 .4 1990 19. A scatterplot of the data is shown in Figure 4. What degree of polynomial might we use to model these data? This question is answered in Example 4. A turning point occurs whenever the graph of a polynomial function changes from increasing to decreasing or from decreasing to increasing. A polynomial function ƒ of degree n can be expressed as y ƒ(x) = an x n + Á + a2x 2 + a1x + a0.20 A Scatterplot Figure 4. –8) Figure 4.2 Natural Gas Consumption Year Consumption 1960 12. where n is the largest exponent of x. and then increased again.4. is a polynomial function.3 2000 24. y 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 0 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 y Gas consumption (quadrillion BTU) Gas consumption (quadrillion BTU) y = f (x) x 0 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 x Year Year Figure 4. 8) and (2. A local maximum is 8 and a local minimum is .3x 2 + x . The leading coefficient is an. As shown in Table 4. and x 3 . The yvalue at a turning point is either a local maximum or a local minimum of the function.0 Source: Department of Energy.3x 2 + x . We discuss the graphs of polynomial functions. Notice that ƒ is neither linear nor quadratic.5 is a polynomial.2. The domain of a polynomial function is all real numbers.5 = 0 is a polynomial equation.22 the graph has two turning points. where each coefficient ak is a real number. they have no breaks or sharp edges. Thus ƒ is a polynomial function.8. In Figure 4.1 polynomial functions were defined. ƒ(x) is a polynomial. starting with degree 0 and continuing to degree 5. energy consumption (in quadrillion Btu) increased. (2. and ƒ(x) = 0 is a polynomial equation. Look for patterns in the graphs of these polynomial functions. and one possibility for a polynomial modeling function ƒ is shown in Figure 4. an Z 0. Table 4. x 3 .
the graph of a polynomial has infinite length and does not have an end. (If a = 0. a 6 0 . then ƒ is both a quadratic function and a polynomial function of degree 2. a 6 0 y 8 6 4 y y = g(x) y = f (x) x 4 y = h(x) x –6 –2 –2 2 6 –6 –2 –2 2 6 x –6 –2 2 6 –6 –6 Figure 4.29. a 7 0 x y = f (x) Figure 4. g(x) = x2 + 4x + 4.27–4. The graph of ƒ(x) = ax + b with a 7 0 is a line sloping upward from left to right.ˆ as x : ˆ . Graphs of ƒ(x) = 4 and g(x) = .28 Quadratic.5x2 + 2.) More formally. y 8 6 4 Figure 4. and h(x) = .26 Linear. A graph of a polynomial function of degree 0 has no xintercepts or turning points.1.) Its graph is a horizontal line that does not coincide with the xaxis. Its graph is a parabola that opens either upward (a 7 0) or downward (a 6 0). (Strictly speaking. then ƒ is both a linear function and a polynomial function of degree 1.6x + 5 are shown in Figures 4.q on the left and q on the right. y 5 y y = f (x) 3 1 4 2 x y 4 2 –4 –2 –2 –3 2 4 –5 –3 –1 –3 –4 –5 1 3 5 –4 –2 –2 2 4 x y = g(x) Figure 4. Its graph is a line that is neither horizontal nor vertical. Quadratic functions can have zero. a 7 0 Figure 4.23 Constant.262 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations Constant Polynomial Functions If ƒ(x) = a and a Z 0. Quadratic Polynomial Functions If ƒ(x) = ax2 + bx + c and a Z 0.29 Quadratic. which is also the vertex. or two xintercepts.3 and g(x) = .q on the right.23 and 4. If a 6 0. The graphs of ƒ(x) = 2x .25 Linear.ˆ as x : . the yvalues become larger without a maximum. The graphs of ƒ(x) = 0. then the end behavior is switched.24 Constant.ˆ and ƒ(x) : . A parabola has exactly one turning point.24.x2 + 3x + 4 are shown in Figures 4.25 and 4.3 are shown in Figures 4. A polynomial function of degree 1 has one xintercept and no turning points. The end behavior tends to q on the left and . We say that the end behavior of the graph tends to . a 7 0 y 4 2 –8 –2 y = g(x) x 2 8 –8 Linear Polynomial Functions If ƒ(x) = ax + b and a Z 0. we say that ƒ(x) : .ˆ and ƒ(x) : ˆ as x : ˆ . a 7 0 Figure 4. a 6 0 Figure 4. The line slopes downward from left to right. respectively.26. The yvalues on the left side of the graph become large positive values without a maximum and the yvalues on the right side become negative without a minimum. or ƒ(x) : ˆ as x : .27 Quadratic. then ƒ has an undefined degree. then ƒ is both a constant function and a polynomial function of degree 0. As one traces from left to right. one.
q on both sides. The graph of ƒ(x) = . then the end behavior is switched and tends to .x . as in Figure 4. a 6 0 . The end behavior tends to q on both sides. a 7 0 Figure 4. a 6 0 Figure 4.31 has 4 no turning points.35.35 Quartic. The graph of a cubic function can have zero or two turning points.30 has two turning points. –5 –3 –1 –4 y = h(x) y = g(x) y = f (x) Figure 4. the graph of ƒ(x) = 1 x4 + 7 x3 + 7x2 + 4x in Figure 4. The graph of a quartic function can have up to four xintercepts and three turning points.27. as in Figures 4. as in Figure 4. The end behaviors of quartic and quadratic functions are similar. as in Figure 4. If a 6 0. whereas the graph of g(x) = 1x3 in Figure 4.x4 + x3 + 3x2 . Therefore its graph must cross the xaxis at least once.33 is an example. or ƒ(x) : ˆ as x : ˆ . y y y = g(x) 2 y y = f (x) 3 1 3 1 x –3 –1 –3 1 3 –3 –1 –3 1 3 x –2 –1 –2 1 2 x y = h(x) Figure 4.ˆ as x : ˆ .4. Quartic Polynomial Functions If ƒ(x) = ax4 + bx3 + cx2 + dx + e and a Z 0.32 has two xintercepts.2 Polynomial Functions and Models 263 If a 7 0. a 7 0 Figure 4. y 2 1 2 y 3 2 1 y 6 x x –2 –1 –2 –3 1 2 x –3 –2 3 –2 –3 –4 CLASS DISCUSSION Can a quartic function have both an absolute maximum and an absolute minimum? Explain. If a 7 0. as in Figure 4.x2 . or ƒ(x) : . The graph in Figure 4. then both ends of its graph go down. then ƒ is both a quartic function and a polynomial function of degree 4.q on the other.33 Quartic. The graph of h(x) = x3 . The end behavior of a cubic function is similar to that of a linear function.34 and 4.30 Cubic.35 of h(x) = . its graph rises to the left and falls to the right.34 of 2 2 g(x) = . a 6 0 Figure 4. If a 6 0.x4 + 2x3 has one turning point and two xintercepts. then ƒ is both a cubic function and a polynomial function of degree 3.x + 1 in Figure 4. Cubic Polynomial Functions If ƒ(x) = ax3 + bx2 + cx + d and a Z 0.33.31. If a 6 0. a 7 0 If a 7 0. then both sides of the graph go up. the graph of a cubic function falls to the left and rises to the right.2 has three turning points and three xintercepts. and the graph in Figure 4.29.31 Cubic.34 Quartic. then both ends of the graph of a quartic function go up. A cubic function can have up to three xintercepts.x3 + 4x + 1 in Figure 4.32 Cubic. as in Figure 4. tending to q on one side and .30.
Degree.4x + 2. Can you sketch the graph of a quadratic function with no turning points.x 5 . The maximum numbers of xintercepts and turning points on the graph of a polynomial function of degree n can be summarized as follows. y y = f (x) 4 2 8 6 4 2 y y y = g(x) x 6 2 y = h(x) x x –4 –3 –2 –4 3 –6 –4 –2–2 4 6 –2 –4 1 3 Figure 4. n Ú 1 is odd. with n Ú 1. 1.q as x : .1 turning points. 2. a 6 0 The end behavior of polynomial functions is summarized in the following.37 Quintic. has at most n xintercepts and at most n .37 and 4. ƒ(x) : q as x : . ƒ(x) : . a 7 0 Figure 4. a cubic function with one turning point. Notice that the end behavior of a quintic function is similar to that of linear and cubic functions.q and ƒ(x) : q as x : q . a 7 0 implies that the graph of ƒ rises both to the left and to the right. 2 2 2 2 Quintic Polynomial Functions If ƒ(x) = ax 5 + bx 4 + cx 3 + dx 2 + ex + k and The function g has one xintercept and no turning points. a 6 0 implies that the graph of ƒ rises to the left and falls to the right. given by ƒ(x) = x 5 . then ƒ is both a quintic function and a polynomial function of degree 5.36. That is. or a quartic function with two turning points? Explain. ƒ(x) : .q as x : q . That is. Other quintic functions are shown in Figures 4.x 4 + x 3 + x 2 . That is. n Ú 2 is even.3 5 and 1 1 5 1 h(x) = . a 7 0 implies that the graph of ƒ falls to the left and rises to the right.q and ƒ(x) : .264 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations a Z 0.5x 3 + 4x. xintercepts. The graph of h appears to have two xintercepts and two turning points. and Turning Points The graph of a polynomial function of degree n.36 Quintic. a 7 0 Figure 4. . An example is shown in Figure 4. ƒ(x) : q as x : q . CLASS DISCUSSION End Behavior of Polynomial Functions Let ƒ be a polynomial function with leading coefficient a and degree n. The graph of a quintic function may have up to five xintercepts and four turning points.q as x : q . They are defined by g(x) = 1 5 x . That is. a 6 0 implies that the graph of ƒ falls both to the left and to the right.38.38 Quintic.
10. 10. NOTE More examples of graphs of polynomials are found in the “Putting It All Together” for this section. and then complete the following. 10.39 shows the graph of a polynomial function ƒ.2x 2 . From Figures 4. 0). Therefore the xintercepts are . 10.1196339 Y – 4. 1. 10. SOLUTION (a) A graph of ƒ.1 Now Try Exercise 7 turning points.40 Figure 4. 0).10. and 3. (c) The graph has four turning points.21 and a local minimum of about 4. 1] To find a minimum or a maximum point on a graph.79. 8. (a) How many turning points and xintercepts are there? (b) Is the leading coefficient a positive or negative? Is the degree odd or even? (c) Determine the minimum possible degree of ƒ. 1] by [. y y = f (x) x Figure 4. and (3.2 Polynomial Functions and Models EXAMPLE 1 265 Analyzing the graph of a polynomial function Figure 4.21) and (2.42 Now Try Exercise 25 . Therefore a 6 0 and the polynomial function has odd degree.06).2.39 SOLUTION (a) There are four turning points corresponding to the two “hills” and two “valleys. A polynomial of degree n can have at most n .4. 1] [ 10. see Appendix A (page AP10). 10. (c) There is a local maximum of about 8.0. (a) Identify the xintercepts. 1] by [10. (b) Approximate the coordinates of any turning points to the nearest hundredth. appears to intersect the xaxis at the points ( 2. 10.41 and 4. Calculator Help [ . (c) Use the turning points to approximate any local extrema. (b) The left side of the graph rises and the right side falls.060673 Figure 4.12.” There appear to be four xintercepts.06. (b) There are two turning points.40.10. Therefore ƒ must be at least degree 5. 1] [ . (1.5x + 6.42 their coordinates are approximately ( . 0). 1] by [10.7862976 Y 8. 4.41 Figure 4. EXAMPLE 2 Analyzing the graph of a polynomial function Graph ƒ(x) = x 3 .2088207 Minimum X 2. y = x3 – 2x2 – 5x + 6 Maximum X – . shown in Figure 4.
More formally. A parabola that opens upward is said to be concave upward everywhere on its domain. Now Try Exercise 33 Figure 4. so a linear function is not appropriate. decrease.43.46. (b). and then increases.) . (See Extended and Discovery Exercises 2–7 for this section. decreases.q as x : q. which shows natural gas consumption from 1960 to 2000. and the leading coefficient is negative. Therefore the graph of ƒ rises to the left and falls to the right. A line exhibits no. increased. y SOLUTION 3 2 y = f (x) x –3 –1 –2 –3 2 3 (a) Rewriting gives ƒ(x) = 2x 3 . Concavity is usually defined for open intervals. (a) Could a linear or quadratic function model the data? (b) What minimum degree polynomial might be appropriate to model the data? (c) Should the leading coefficient a be positive or negative? SOLUTION x Year (a) The data clearly do not lie on a line. a negative leading coefficient would be appropriate.3x 2 . (b) The degree of ƒ(x) is odd. and (c) Concavity (Optional) Graphs of polynomial functions with degree 2 or greater are curves. q ). polynomial is a possibility for a modeling function. A cubic. where the graph of ƒ(x) = 4x .q . a quadratic function would not be a good choice either.20.3x 2 + 3x + 2.) Now Try Exercises 39(a).q and ƒ(x) : . shown in red. we analyze the data presented in the introduction to this section. ƒ(x) : q as x : . or zero. Concavity is a mathematical description of how a curve bends. A parabola that opens downward is said to be concave downward everywhere on its domain. EXAMPLE 4 y 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 0 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 Modeling natural gas consumption Gas consumption (quadrillion BTU) Figure 4. a polynomial with at least two turning points would be appropriate.266 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations EXAMPLE 3 Analyzing the end behavior of a graph Let ƒ(x) = 2 + 3x . and concave downward on (0. or degree 3. shown in blue. and then decreased. The term with highest degree is 2x 3. (a) Give the degree and leading coefficient. A graph of a higher degree polynomial can be concave upward on one interval of its domain and concave downward on a different interval of its domain. Determining the exact xvalue where a graph switches from concave upward to downward or vice versa can be difficult to do visually and often requires techniques learned in calculus. 0). This conclusion is supported by Figure 4. Because natural gas consumption increases.2x 3.44. (b) Because the data increase. is repeated in the margin. The data are not hshaped or tshaped. (If the data decreased.43 Cubic with a 6 0 An Application In the next example. See Figure 4. and then increase. See Figure 4. See Figure 4. (b) State the end behavior of the graph of ƒ. concavity because it is straight. (c) The leading coefficient a should be positive because the data fall to the left and rise to the right. so the degree is 3 and the leading coefficient is 2.x3 is concave upward on the interval ( .45.
then the function is a piecewisedefined polynomial function or piecewisepolynomial function. 2.3) = ( 3)2 . because 3 is in the ƒ(. An example is given by ƒ(x).4x if .47 and 4.1 for x Ú 1. and 2.47 Figure 4.2.5 … x 6 .x ƒ(x) = c x 3 4 .2 Polynomial Functions and Models y y y 267 Concave downward 3 3 Concave downward x 3 2 1 –3 –1 1 3 –3 –1 1 3 x –3 –1 –2 –3 2 3 x –2 –3 Concave upward –3 Concave upward Figure 4.3. x<1 –3 y= x2 – 1.49 EXAMPLE 5 Evaluating a piecewisedefined polynomial function x2 .2 if 2 … x 6 2 if 2 … x … 5 Evaluate ƒ(x) at x = . ƒ(x) = b x3 x2 .x. If each piece is a polynomial.1. interval 5 … x 6 .48. SOLUTION To evaluate ƒ( 3) we use the formula ƒ(x) = x 2 . Then the graph of f is found by using the portion of y = x 3 for x 6 1 and the portion of y = x 2 .1 if x 6 1 if x Ú 1 One way to graph ƒ is to first graph y = x 3 and y = x 2 .49.( 3) = 12 . where the graph of f is discontinuous. as illustrated in Figure 4. as shown in Figures 4.1 piecewisedefined functions were discussed.46 PiecewiseDefined Polynomial Functions In Section 2. y y y 3 1 –3 3 3 3 1 x –3 3 x –3 3 x y= –3 x3. x ≥ 1 –3 y = f (x) Figure 4. At x = 1 there is a break in the graph. 1.48 Figure 4.4.45 Figure 4.44 Figure 4.
2) 2 –4 2 4 x if 4 … x … 0 if 0 6 x 6 2 if 2 … x … 4 (0. For the second piece. we can use leastsquares regression.2 (repeated in the margin) list natural gas consumption.2 = 1. A cubic polynomial ƒ(x) is a possible choice. 2). graph the line determined by y = 2x .(8) = 8 Similarly. so it has odd degree and the leading coefficient is positive.2. 2 The solutions are . b. See Figure 4. (c) The horizontal line y = 1 intersects the graph of y = ƒ(x) at two points. Note that the left endpoint of the third piece coincides with the open circle on the right for the middle piece.1 and ƒ(2) = 4 . Instead.50 y 6 y = f (x) 4 2 –4 2 4 x Figure 4. Place open circles at (0.1 and 3. as shown in Figure 4. The xcoordinates of these two points of intersection can be found by solving the equations 1 2 x . The next example illustrates cubic regression.4(2) = .268 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations To evaluate ƒ(2) we use ƒ(x) = . and d.45 and 3.1. (b) The domain of ƒ is . (c) Solve the equation ƒ(x) = 1. Place dots at the endpoints.13 = . for linear and quadratic functions. which was also discussed in Sections 2.51 (a) For the first piece.51.2 = 1 and 2x . ƒ(2) = . graph the parabola determined by y = 1 x 2 .4 … x … 4. 6) and (0. EXAMPLE 6 y (–4. Because there are no breaks in the graph of ƒ on its domain.2 on the inter2 val 4 … x … 0. x 0 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 Year Using trial and error would be a difficult way to find values for a.2 2 1 2 2x (2.26 L . 2) (4. the graph of ƒ is continuous. 6) 6 Now Try Exercise 73 Graphing a piecewisedefined function y = f (x) 4 Complete the following.2) and (2. (a) Sketch a graph of ƒ. Finally. 2 Now Try Exercise 79 SOLUTION Polynomial Regression (Optional) y 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 Gas consumption (quadrillion BTU) We now have the mathematical understanding to model the data presented in the introduction to this section. 2). (b) Determine if ƒ is continuous on its domain. 2). . 2) to (4. –2) Figure 4. it must be at least degree 3.21 and repeated in the margin) falls to the left and rises to the right. because 2 is in the interval . Note that the left endpoint of the middle piece coincides with the right endpoint of the first piece.2.x 3.50. .4. ƒ(1) = . c. EXAMPLE 7 Determining a cubic modeling function The data in Table 4.2 ƒ(x) = c 2x . The polynomial modeling function ƒ (shown in Figure 4. graph the horizontal line y = 2 from the points (2. .2 … x 6 2. where y = f (x) ƒ(x) = ax 3 + bx 2 + cx + d. which are (4. Since the graph of ƒ has two turning points.( 2)3 = .
2 and 23. 20.4 19. A piecewisedefined function occurs when a function is defined by using two or more formulas for different intervals of the domain.4). (c) ƒ(1974) L 21.4). The following summary shows important concepts regarding polynomial functions. 24.4 21. it has no breaks or sharp edges. (a) Enter the five data points (1960.q . If each formula is a polynomial.0) into your calculator.2235 c 16295. Then select cubic regression. (1990.52. (1970. End behavior describes what happens to the yvalues as ƒ x ƒ becomes large.) Calculator Help EDIT CALC TESTS 1 : 1–Var Stats 2 : 2–Var Stats 3 : Med–Med 4 : LinReg(ax b) 5 : QuadReg 6 : CubicReg 7 ↓ QuartReg Figure 4.52 CubicReg y ax 3 bx 2 cx d a .2 Putting It All Together Higher degree polynomials generally have more complicated graphs. Characteristics Example Graphs y a>0 x y a<0 x Function Type Constant (degree 0) No xintercepts and no turning points ƒ(x) = a. whereas the 2007 estimate is not close to 23. and (2000. as shown in Figure 4. see Appendix A (page AP13.54 y = f (x) Now Try Exercise 89 4. (b) A graph of ƒ and a scatterplot of the data are shown in Figure 4. see Appendix A (page AP11). extrapolationbased estimates are usually inaccurate.4. 21.9 and ƒ(2007) L 36. Its domain includes all real numbers.3. the 1974 estimate is reasonably close to 21.0 quadrillion Btu.2. The equation for ƒ(x) is shown in Figure 4.8).54. The graph of a polynomial function is continuous and smooth.9941642351 Figure 4.2 Polynomial Functions and Models Year 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 Consumption 12. Because the end behavior of a higher degree polynomial rapidly tends to either q or .0013833333 b – 8.0. (d) Did your estimates in part (c) involve interpolation or extrapolation? Is there a problem with using higher degree polynomials (n Ú 3) for extrapolation? Explain. [1955. a Z 0 continued on next page .53 Figure 4. the function is called a piecewisepolynomial function. Compare these estimates to the actual values of 21. 12. (b) Graph ƒ and the data together. and the 2007 estimate uses extrapolation. To copy a regression equation into Y1. 5] To find an equation of leastsquares fit. (c) Estimate natural gas consumption in 1974 and in 2007.q .92 R 2 .3). The end behavior of a polynomial always tends to either q or .8 20. 5] by [10. 25.53.3 24. 19. respectively. (d) The 1974 estimate uses interpolation.0 SOLUTION 269 (a) Find a polynomial function of degree 3 that models the data. Each additional degree allows the graph to have possibly one more turning point and one more xintercept. 2005.13667 d – 10762915. (1980.
particularly when you are reading a graph. a Z 0 y y a<0 x a>0 x 4. a Z 0 y y a<0 x a>0 x Quintic (degree 5) At most five xintercepts and up to four turning points ƒ(x) = ax 5 + bx 4 + cx 3 + dx 2 + ex + k. Note: Many of the answers in this section involve estimations. A runner is working out on a straight track.270 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations continued from previous page Function Type Characteristics Example Graphs y y a<0 x a>0 x Linear (degree 1) One xintercept and no turning points ƒ(x) = ax + b.2 Exercises (a) Estimate the turning points. a Z 0 y y a<0 x a>0 x Cubic (degree 3) At most three xintercepts and up to two turning points ƒ(x) = ax 3 + bx 2 + cx + d. Start y . Graphs of Polynomial Functions 1. Your answers may vary slightly. The graph at the top of the next page shows the runner’s distance y in hundreds of feet from the starting line after t minutes. a Z 0 Quadratic (degree 2) At most two xintercepts and exactly one turning point ƒ(x) = ax 2 + bx + c. a Z 0 y y a<0 x a>0 x Quartic (degree 4) At most four xintercepts and up to three turning points ƒ(x) = ax 4 + bx 3 + cx 2 + dx + e. (b) Interpret each turning point.
y x –4 –2 2 4 –2 x Exercises 13–18: Complete the following without a calculator. (c) Estimate the xintercepts. Use the graph to complete the following. ƒ(x) = 3x . 3 1 –2 –1 –3 y 8.0 y 10. y 2.4.2 Polynomial Functions and Models y 4.2x + x 2 14.0 4. y 70 60 2 1 1 3 x –3 –1 –3 1 4 x 9.0 2. 3 2 1 –3 –2 –2 –3 y 12.x 3 . (b) Interpret this point. 6 y 6. (a) Estimate the turning point. (a) Match the equation with its graph (a–ƒ). A stone is thrown into the air. Its height y in feet after t seconds is shown in the graph. (c) Determine the minimum degree of ƒ.5 1. (d) Estimate any local extrema. 3 2 y Height (feet) 50 40 30 20 10 –3 1 2 3 –1 –2 –3 3 x t –2 –1 –1 x Time (seconds) Exercises 3–12: Use the graph of the polynomial function ƒ to complete the following. 3 1 1 3 y x –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 2 3 x y 4. ( b) Identify the turning points. 13.5 2. (a) Determine the number of turning points and estimate any xintercepts.0 0.0 1. ƒ(x) = 1 . 2 1 –2 –1 –1 1 2 4 11. 3. (e) Estimate any absolute extrema. (b) State whether a 7 0 or a 6 0. Let a be the leading coefficient of the polynomial ƒ(x).0 3.0 3.0 2. 3 y Distance (feet × 100) x –3 –1 1 3 x –3 t Time (minutes) 7.5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 –4 –2 –2 –6 2 4 1 271 5.5 3. 5 4 2 1 0 1.
x ƒ(x) 42.2x 2 .1x 3 3 . ƒ(x) = x + 5 5 4 2x .9x 16.0. 3 2 1 –3 –2 –3 y f. or quartic function ƒ with leading coefficient a.2x 3 2 26.4 34. (c) Estimate any local extrema.1 x 2 . ƒ(x) = 3x 3 .025x 4 .1x 3 3 –2 –1 1 2 x –4 –3 x 33.3 21. (a) State the degree and leading coefficient of ƒ. ƒ(x) = 0. (c) Is a 7 0 or is a 6 0? (d) Find a formula for ƒ(x). ƒ(x) = .3 –3 Modeling Data with Polynomials y e. 16 12 8 y y Exercises 27–38: Complete the following. ƒ(x) = 5 . ƒ(x) = 1x 4 + 2x 3 .x 4 18. All zeros of ƒ are real numbers located in the interval [3. ƒ(x) = 8x 2 .x 3 . cubic. ƒ(x) = 4x . ƒ(x) = x 2 . (b) State the end behavior of the graph of ƒ. x ƒ(x) 40. x ƒ(x) 3 3 3 11 3 14 3 13 2 8 2 9 2 7 2 6 1 7 1 7 1 2 1 1 0 0 0 5 0 1 0 2 1 7 1 3 1 2 1 3 2 8 2 1 2 1 2 2 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 1 Exercises 19–26: Complete the following. ƒ(x) = 1x3 + 1x2 . ƒ(x) = 4 + 2x .3x 9 20. ƒ(x) = 1 .x 4 37.2x + 3 28. 4 –2 –1 1 2 3 1 2 x x –16 –20 Exercises 39–44: The data are modeled exactly by a linear. ƒ(x) = .3x + 3 8 3 4 23. 27. ƒ(x) = x 4 .1x 4 + 1x 3 + 5x 2 . 19.1x 5 .2x + 3x 2 24.8x 2 17. ƒ(x) = . ƒ(x) = x 3 + 3x 2 .1x 2 2 32. (a) Graph y = ƒ(x) in the standard viewing rectangle.272 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations 25.0. ƒ(x) = 2x . ƒ(x) = x 2 . x ƒ(x) 41.45x 2 .5 22. ƒ(x) = x 2 + 4x 31. ƒ(x) = .2 3 29.3 35.2x 3 1 2 25 20 15 30. ƒ(x) = 0. 3 2 1 –3 y d.2x 5 + 4x 2 .2 .4x 3 + 3x 2 . 39. ƒ(x) = 1x 3 . 3]. quadratic. 4 y 1 3 x 1 –2 –1 –1 –2 1 2 3 4 x 38. (b) Approximate the coordinates of each turning point. 2 a.1x 2 2 –5 c.2x + 1 4 3 2 5 3 3x 15. (b) State the minimum degree of ƒ. (a) Make a line graph of the data.5x b. ƒ(x) = 4x . ƒ(x) = x 4 .3x + 4 36.4x .
0. 2) and A1. g(x) = 1x 3 . 57. 10. and h(x) = x 3.01] (c) [1.2x 3 67. 100.x 3 .5x 2 + 1. 4.2x 2 + x . Let a be the leading coefficient. 69. x ƒ(x) 1 3 273 Average Rates of Change 59. and 2 y 72. 1] by [100. x = . Degree 4 and an even function with four turning points 50. Linear with a 6 0 48.9.100. g(x) = 2x 4 . 1) 55.x . ƒ(x) = 4x . 1 2 3 2 for for Sketching Graphs of Polynomials Exercises 45–56: If possible. Compare the average rates of change from 1 to ƒ(x) = x. 4. Degree 6 and an odd function with five turning points 53. Compare the average rates of change from 0 to ƒ(x) = x.2. g(x) = . Exercises 61–64: Calculate the average rate of change of ƒ on each interval.x 3 68. ƒ(x) = 1x 4 . and h in the same viewing rectangle.1x 4 2 Exercises 65–68: Find the difference quotient of g. g(x) = 3x 3 66. and 2 y 3 2 1 –3 –2 1 y = f (x) x 3 2 1 2 3 –3 –1 2 3 x y = f (x) –3 . What happens to this average rate of change as the interval decreases in length? (a) [1. 0). g. 1] (b) [ 10. 65.2 and 1 70. and (1. 10.99. 10] (c) [. g(x) = x 2. x ƒ(x) 3 55 3 15 2 5 2 0 1 1 1 3 0 1 0 0 1 1 2 5 2 0 3 . ƒ(x) = 4x 2 . 1.2 (a) [ 4. 45. 106.999.2x 2 PiecewiseDefined Functions Exercises 69–76: Evaluate ƒ(x) at the given values of x. x = . g(x) = x 2.1. ƒ(x) = 2x 4. Degree 3 with three real zeros and a 7 0 46. 2.1x 3 3 64. Cubic with one real zero and a 7 0 49. 100. (0. Degree 3 with turning points (1. 1] by [4. Degree 5 and symmetric with respect to the yaxis 51.1x 3 4 3 62. 10] by [. x = . and h(x) = . 2). 100. 105] 58.2 Polynomial Functions and Models 43.1). 10] by [106. 4) and (1. 0.1. Degree 4 with turning points (1. . 4. ƒ(x) = . g(x) = . 4. Degree 2 with turning point (1.001] 61.1] ( b) [1.1 –3 –1 –2 x –4 –2 –2 2 3 4 x 71. 2.x 3.x 3 + x 2 + 2. ƒ(x) = x 3 63. 1] by [ 4. and h(x) = 2x 4 + 3x 2 . 4) 56.4. 1] (b) [10. 2B 3 54. 100. passing through ( 3.105.55 3 15 (a) [. g(x) = 1 + x . 60. 105.4. 1] by [ 100. 104] 44. 10] (c) [100. and 3 y 10 6 y 6 4 y = f (x) 2 y = f (x) 2 1 3 Dominant Term of a Polynomial Exercises 57 and 58: Graph the functions ƒ. x = . 2. Degree 5 and an odd function with five xintercepts and a negative leading coefficient. What happens to their graphs as the size of the viewing rectangle increases? Explain why the term of highest degree in a polynomial is sometimes called the dominant term. Degree 4 with four real zeros and a 6 0 47. and h(x) = x 3. sketch a graph of a polynomial that satisfies the conditions. Degree 3 and an odd function with no xintercepts 52.
x2 2x 82. is defined by H(t) = e 0 1 if t 6 0 if t Ú 0. (b) Determine if ƒ is continuous on its domain. 74. (a) Solve the equation ƒ(x) = 20 graphically.2 in the introduction to this section.x 77. 1. and 1998 0. 1980. used in the study of electrical circuits.1 if 1 … x 6 0 if 0 … x … 2 if 4 … x … . 4 (b) Is f a function? Explain. 86. if x … 4 if 4 6 x … 2 if x 7 2 (b) Graph y = H(t). x3 + 3 81. 4 . A Strange Graph The following definition is discussed in advanced mathematics courses.4. Elements of Meteorology. (c) Discuss the difficulty with graphing y = ƒ(x). Interpret the solution set.22).1990) + 100 if 1990 … x … 2000 3 Exercises 77–82: Complete the following.1980)2 if 1980 … x 6 1990 2(x .2 0. H(0). 0. 87.4x 2 ƒ(x) = c 3x 2 x 3 . 84. Thompson. ƒ(x) = c 2 x2 .(x .1 if 1 … x … 2 if 2 6 x … 3 . ƒ(x) = c x + 3 4 + x .3. and 2 x 2 + 2x + 6 ƒ(x) = c x + 6 x3 + 1 if 5 … x 6 0 if 0 … x 6 2 if 2 … x … 5 (a) Evaluate ƒ A . Natural Gas Consumption Refer to Figure 4. Electronics The Heaviside function H. where x = 1 corresponds to January and x = 12 to December. ƒ(x) = c x2 + 1 1 3 2x + 1 if 3 … x 6 . Interpret the result. ƒ(x) = b x + 1 Feb Apr Jun Aug Oct Dec 2 4 6 8 10 12 2x 79. (b) Interpret each turning point.3B .x2 if x … 3 if 3 6 x 6 4 if x Ú 4 Applications 83. 85. and 4 x 3 . x = . and 4 (a) Evaluate H(2). ƒ(x) = c x x2 . x = .5x 2 80. (a) Sketch a graph of ƒ.54 4x ƒ(x) = c x 3 + 2 4 . and H(3. Miller and J.) y 80 76.21 and Table 4.4 x Month (a) Estimate the turning points. x = 1975.2 if 2 6 x 6 2 if 2 … x … 4 if 2 … x … 0 if 0 6 x 6 1 if 1 … x … 3 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 x2 78. Endangered Species The total number y of endangered and threatened species is given in the table at the top of the next column for various years x. ƒ(x) = e 0 1 if x is a rational number if x is an irrational number 75. ƒ(x) = b 2 x .274 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations 73.2(x . and ƒ(p).5). x = .4 2 Temperature (°F) if 3 … x … 0 if 0 6 x … 3 if 2 … x 6 0 if 0 … x … 2 if 5 … x 6 .2.1970) + 60 if 1970 … x 6 1980 ƒ(x) = c 190 . Modeling Temperature In the figure the monthly average temperature in degrees Fahrenheit from January to December in Minneapolis is modeled by a polynomial function ƒ. (Source: A. 1. (c) Solve ƒ(x) = 0. (b) Calculate the average rate of change in natural gas consumption from 1970 to 1980. ƒ(.
(c) Estimate N in 1994 and in 2010.2 Polynomial Functions and Models x y 1980 786 1985 941 1990 1181 1995 1599 2000 1741 2005 1827 x (sec) h (ft) 0 0 1 36 2 72 3 108 4 144 5 128 6 80 275 7 0 Source: Fish and Wildlife Services.4.0 0. Modeling Water Flow A cylindrical container has a height of 16 centimeters. When could it be modeled by a nonlinear function? (c) Determine values for the constants m. Modeling An object is lifted rapidly into the air at a constant speed and then dropped. (b) Graph f and the data. respectively. (d) Estimate the time when water was flowing out of the tank and the water level was 5 centimeters. Time (min) Height (cm) 0 0 3.5 4 3. a. (a) Use regression to find a polynomial function f that models the data. (b) Use ƒ to estimate the number of endangered and threatened species in 1998. x (yr) y (%) 0 27 3 37 5 33 10 25 15 14 20 21 (a) Make a line graph of the data. x N 1960 3 1970 5 1980 15 1990 37 2000 75 Time (min) Height (cm) 16 cm (a) Use regression to find a polynomial of degree 3 that models the data.0 3. (a) Use leastsquares regression to find a polynomial function ƒ that models the data.0 8 4.0 16 5. Compare these answers to the actual values of 50 thousand and 129 thousand.2 minutes. (a) Plot the data.5 11. Did your answer involve interpolation or extrapolation? (c) Estimate the year when this number reached 1600. Aging in America The table lists the number N (in thousands) of Americans over 100 years old for selected years x.1 1.3 1.5 5. Water entered the container at a constant rate until it was completely filled. 91. Its height h in feet after x seconds is listed in the table.4)2 + b if 0 … x … 4 if 4 6 x … 7 (d) Solve ƒ(x) = 100 and interpret your answer. Marijuana Use The table lists the percentage y of high school seniors who had used marijuana within the previous month in the United States for various years x. ƒ(x) = b mx a(x .6 Source: Health and Human Services Department. The height of the water in the container was recorded every half minute over a 5minute period. (b) Find a piecewisedefined function that models the data.25 minutes and after 3. Then water was allowed to leak out through a small hole in the bottom. At what time does it appear that the object was dropped? (b) Identify the time interval when the height could be modeled by a linear function.0 8. In this table x = 0 corresponds to 1975 and x = 20 to 1995. (c) Did your estimate in part (b) involve interpolation or extrapolation? 89. Compare your answer to the actual value of 23%.) (c) Approximate the water level after 1. (Hint: Use regression.4 2.1 0. (b) Use ƒ to estimate marijuana use in 1997.5 1. 88. (d) Did your estimates in part (c) involve interpolation or extrapolation? 90.5 12 4.5 2. and b so that ƒ models the data. .
56t + 196 if 0 … t … 4 if 4 6 t … 7 x –1 –2 –3 2 3 x Solve the equation ƒ(t) = 12 and interpret the results. The table shows the number of gallons y in the tank after t minutes. 12 8 4 –2 –1 –8 –12 (c) Identify any absolute extrema. y x –4 –2 2 –2 4 x –4 CHECKING BASIC CONCEPTS FOR SECTIONS 4. and solutions to ƒ(x) = 0 related? . How are the xintercepts. 3 2 1 –3 –2 –2 –3 2 3 3 92. t (min) y (gal) 0 0 1 9 2 18 3 27 4 36 5 16 6 4 7 0 The following function ƒ models the data in the table. Then solve ƒ(x) = 0. (c) What are the degree and leading coefficient of A(t)? (d) Has half the water drained from the tank after 5 minutes? Does this agree with your intuition? Explain. A plug is pulled from the bottom of the tank. 3 2 1 3 y x –3 –1 2 x EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISES 1. 10 (a) What is a reasonable domain for A? (b) Evaluate A(1) and interpret the result. 3 2 1 –3 –2 –3 y 5.1 AND 4. zeros. ƒ(t) = b 9t 4t2 .2 1. Torricelli’s Law A cylindrical tank contains 500 gallons of water. 3. ƒ(x) = ax 2 + bx + c 95. and it takes 10 minutes to drain the tank. (b) Identify any local extrema. y y 2. Use the graph of ƒ to complete the following. ƒ(x) = ax + b 94.276 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations Exercises 2–7: Concavity Estimate the intervals where the graph of ƒ is concave up and where the graph is concave downward. y = f (x) 1 2 x (d) Approximate the xintercepts and zeros of ƒ. 6. Writing about Mathematics Exercises 93–96: Discuss possible local or absolute extrema on the graph of ƒ. ƒ(x) = a ƒ x ƒ 4. y (a) Determine where ƒ is increasing or decreasing. 93. Assume that a 7 0. Use interval notation. 4 6 2 –4 –3 3 4 4 y 7. Modeling A water tank is filled with a hose and then drained. The amount A of water in gallons remaining in the tank after t minutes is approximated by t 2 A(t) = 500a 1 b . ƒ(x) = ax 3 + bx 2 + cx + d 96.
(b) What type of symmetry does the graph of ƒ exhibit? (c) Is ƒ an odd function or an even function? Why? (d) Find the domain and range of ƒ. W x + 3 In this case. if the area is 48 square feet and the width is 6 feet. If we are given the area and the width of a rectangle. ƒ(0). (c) Should the leading coefficient of ƒ be positive or negative? Explain. 3. or neither? Explain.3 Division of Polynomials 2. then the length of the rectangle equals L = 48 = 8 feet.55.) This section discusses basic concepts related to division of polynomials. x x y 3. Now consider the more general 6 situation shown in Figure 4. (b) Should function ƒ be odd. Plot the data in the table. For example. Use the graph to complete the following.2 11 2 15 0 . we can find the length L by solving A = LW A for L to obtain L = W.2 11 (a) Evaluate ƒ( 4). y 277 (a) Zero xintercepts (c) Two xintercepts (b) One xintercept (d) Four xintercepts y = f (x) 3 2 1 –3 –2 –1 –2 –3 –4 1 2 3 4.3 Division of Polynomials • Divide polynomials by monomials • Divide polynomials by polynomials • Apply the division algorithm • Learn synthetic division • Understand the remainder theorem Introduction The area A of a rectangle with length L and width W is calculated by A = LW. Use leastsquares regression to find a polynomial that models the data in Exercise 4. . even. 4. 5. If possible.10 2 15 3.55 The area A is x 2 + 8x + 15 and the width W is x + 3. sketch a graph of a cubic polynomial with a negative leading coefficient that satisfies each of the following conditions. the calculation of L involves division of polynomials. and ƒ(4). x+3 A = x2 + 8x + 15 L Figure 4. so we can find an expression for L in the same way by calculating L = A x 2 + 8x + 15 = . (See Example 5.4. (a) What is the minimum degree of the polynomial function ƒ that would be needed to model these data? Explain.
3x 4 + 5x 3 3x 4 5x 3 3 = + 3 3 3 = x + 1 5x 5x 5x 5 This process is used in the next example. the denominator of 17 is divided into each term in the numerator. Note that when we reverse the process. Since 3 does not divide into 175 3 evenly. That is. 6x 3 .) By reversing the process. Check the result. we can sometimes simplify expressions. quotient : 58 divisor : 3 175 . . 17 + 17 = 3 17 7.278 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations Division by Monomials Adding (or subtracting) fractions having like denominators is straightforward. When the remainder is 0.3x 2 . 5 5x 4 EXAMPLE 1 Dividing by a monomial Divide 6x 3 . EXAMPLE 2 Dividing polynomials Divide 2x 3 . see Chapter R (page R30).3x 2 + 2 by 2x 2.11x + 7 by x .3x2 + 2 . Then 2x2 divide 2x 2 into every term in the numerator. we review division of natural numbers. dividend 15 25 24 1 . Write the problem as 6x 3 Algebra Review .3x 2 + 2. SOLUTION Getting Started Remember to divide 2x 2 into every term of 6x 3 .3x 2 + 2 6x 3 3x 2 2 = + 2 2 2x 2x 2x 2 2x 2 = 3x 3 1 + 2 2 x Now Try Exercise 3 Division by Polynomials Before dividing a polynomial by a binomial. Division of polynomials is similar to division of natural numbers. The quotient and remainder can also be expressed as 581. the divisor is a factor of the dividend. For exam3 7 + + 3 7 ple. remainder This result is checked as follows: 3 # 58 + 1 = 175. (Terms are separated by addition or subtraction signs. Subtract exponents: 3x3 = 3x. To review simplification of rational expressions. and so 3 17 7 = 17 + 17. 3 is not a factor of 175.3. (Divisor) (Quotient) + (Remainder) = (Dividend).
divide x into 3x 2.11x 3x 2 . We can use the results from Example 2 to write 3 3 3 2x3 . .3)(2x 2 + 3x .3 Division of Polynomials SOLUTION Begin by dividing x into 2x 3. 3x2 x = 3x 3x(x . 279 2x2 x .2x .2 x .2 + .3 2x3 .3x2 .3 x . (x .2x. because 175 divided by 3 equals 58 remainder 1.3x 2 .11x + 7 2x 3 . we can use this equation to justify writing 175 = 58 + 1. we obtain the equation (Dividend) (Remainder) = (Quotient) + (Divisor) (Divisor) For example.2) + 1 = x(2x 2 + 3x .11x + 7 2x3 . If we divide 3 (Divisor) each term in the equation (Dividend) = (Divisor) (Quotient) + (Remainder) by (Divisor).2) . Remainder is 1.3 This process is applied in the next example. such as 175.3(2x 2 + 3x .6x 2 3x 2 .3 2x 3 .2x x = 2 2(x .9x + 6 + 1 = 2x3 .9x 2x + 7 2x + 6 1 2x3 x = 2x2 2x2(x . is typically given in the form (Dividend).2 and the remainder is 1. see Chapter R (page R16).11x + 7 2x 3 .3) = 2x3 .9x Subtract.4. Bring down 11x.3x2 .11x In the next step.3x2 . 2x 2 + 3x . .3) = 3x2 . Polynomial division is also checked by multiplying the divisor and quotient and then adding the remainder. x .6x2 Subtract. 2x 2 + 3x x .2x + 6 Subtract.11x 3x 2 .11x + 7 Now Try Exercise 9 Algebra Review To review multiplication of polynomials. or 581.2) + 1 = 2x3 + 3x2 .6x2 3x2 .6x 2 3x 2 .3 2x 3 . The quotient is 2x 2 + 3x . Bring down 7.3x 2 .6x2 .3) = . A division problem.11x + 7 1 = 2x2 + 3x .9x 2x + 7 Now divide x into .
4x 2 5x 3 + 0x 2 4x 2 . (x 2 + 1) 2x + 3 SOLUTION (a) Begin by dividing 2x into 6x 2.4 + 2 The quotient is 5x . Check your answer.10 4x . divide 2x into . This result can be checked as follows.( 6) = . 5x .4x2 + 7x .4 + 2x + 2 = 5x3 . x2 + 1 .2 + (Quotient) + (Remainder) (Divisor) To check this result use the equation (Divisor)(Quotient) + (Remainder) = (Dividend). .10 (b) Begin by writing x 2 + 1 as x 2 + 0x + 1.6 Subtract: 10 . 3x . 6x 2 + 5x .9x = .2) + (. (2x + 3)(3x .280 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations EXAMPLE 3 Dividing polynomials Divide each expression.10 In the next step.4x.4) = 6x 2 + 5x .2) . + + + + 7x 5x 2x 0x 2x .2 with remainder .2 .4x 2x = 2 2(2x + 3) = .10 6x 2 + 9x 4x .4x 2 2 The result checks.2 The result checks. The quotient is 3x .6 .10 (a) (b) (5x 3 .2 . Now Try Exercises 21 and 25 2x + 2 . Bring down the 10. 3x .4.4x 2 + 7x . This result can also be written as follows.4 = 6x2 + 5x .4.4x2 + 5x . (x2 + 1)(5x .6 4 4 2x + 3 6x2 2x = 3x 3x(2x + 3) = 6x2 + 9x Subtract: 5x .4) + 2x + 2 = 5x3 . This result can also be written as 5x .4x .4x. 3x 2x + 3 6x 2 + 5x .2 2x + 3 6x 2 + 5x .4 with remainder of 2x + 2.4 x + 0x + 1 5x 3 .4 + This result can be checked as follows.10 6x 2 + 9x 4x .
If the remainder is 0. and 8 and are found in the third row.4x + 5 . 3x 3 . For example.6x 3 1x 3 + 0x 2 1x 3 + 2x 2 2x 2 2x 2 8 . (Dividend) = (Divisor) # (Quotient) + (Remainder) ƒ(x) = d(x) where either r(x) = 0 or the degree of r(x) is less than the degree of d(x). is one less than the degree of ƒ(x). the leading coefficient is 3 and k = 2. 281 Division Algorithm for Polynomials Let ƒ(x) and d(x) be two polynomials.4x + 4x 8x + 5 . If any power of x does not appear in ƒ(x). 6 is placed below 7.8. Add the numbers in the second column and place the result in the third row. The steps to divide a polynomial ƒ(x) by x . Write the result below the next coefficient of ƒ(x) in the second row. . Since 3 # 2 = 6.k is a factor of ƒ(x). In this example.8x + 16 11 Notice how the red and blue numbers in the expression for long division correspond to the third row in synthetic division.7x 3 .3 Division of Polynomials This process is summarized by the following division algorithm for polynomials. Copy the leading coefficient of ƒ(x) into the third row and multiply it by k.x 2 . 1. The degree of the quotient. which is the last number in the third row. with terms written in descending powers. The equivalent steps involving long division are shown to the right. EXAMPLE 4 Performing synthetic division Use synthetic division to divide 2x3 + 4x2 .2x .11.k using synthetic division can be summarized as follows. . 2. to divide x . include a 0 for that term. we perform the following steps. Synthetic Division A shortcut called synthetic division can be used to divide x .1. then the binomial x . Write k to the left and the coefficients of ƒ(x) to the right in the top row. The quotient’s coefficients are 3. Then there exist unique polynomials q(x) and r(x) such that # q(x) + r(x).4x + 5. 3.2 into 3x 4 . with the degree of d(x) greater than zero and less than the degree of ƒ(x).x + 5 by x + 2. In this example.4.2 3x 4 . an x 2term did not appear.1. 2.7x 3 + 0x 2 3x 4 .k into a polynomial.2x x . Repeat the process. The remainder is .x 2 . Multiply 1 by 2 and repeat. so a 0 is included in the first row. The last number in the third row is the remainder. 2 3 3 7 6 1 0 2 2 4 4 8 5 16 11 3x 3 . The polynomial r(x) is called the remainder. Then add to obtain 7 + 6 = . The other numbers in the third row are the coefficients of the quotient.
x + 2 The remainder is 7 and the quotient is 2 x2 + 0 x . we use division to solve the problem presented in the introduction to this section.282 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations SOLUTION Getting Started To find the value of k. 3 1 1 8 3 5 15 15 0 Now Try Exercise 51 The remainder is 0. x + 2 x + 2 Now Try Exercise 41 An Application from Geometry In the final example. where r is a constant. so x + 3 divides evenly into x 2 + 8x + 15.x + 5 .1.1 + .2 and perform synthetic division on the problem 2x 2 2 2 4 4 0 1 0 1 5 2 7 3 + 4x2 .2. . In Example 4. the remainder is ƒ(k). EXAMPLE 5 Finding the length of a rectangle If the area of a rectangle is x 2 + 8x + 15 and its width is x + 3. Let k = . Remainder Theorem If a polynomial ƒ(x) is divided by x .( 2).k.x + 5 7 = 2x 2 . the value of k is . If we let x = k in this equation. Thus ƒ(k) is equal to the remainder obtained in synthetic division. It follows that ƒ(2) = 2(2)3 + 4( 2)2 . SOLUTION We use synthetic division to divide x 2 + 8x + 15 by x + 3. Because x + 2 equals x .( 2) + 5 = 7. Remainder Theorem If the divisor d(x) is x . the remainder is 7. long division could be used.k. write the divisor as x . This result is expressed by the equation 2x 3 + 4x 2 .k.x + 5 is divided by x + 2. use division to find its length. then the division algorithm for polynomials simplifies to ƒ(x) = (x . when ƒ(x) = 2x 3 + 4x 2 . then ƒ(k) = (k . This result is summarized by the remainder theorem.k)q(k) + r = r. However.k)q(x) + r.1 = 2 x2 . and the length is x + 5.
x + 1 + x + 1 x + 1 Dividend: x 3 . Remainder theorem If a polynomial ƒ(x) is divided by x .4 4x 3 5x(3x 2 .8x + 4 2 .8x + 4 is divided by 2x . 1 2 2 2 Synthetic division An efficient method for dividing x .5x 2)(x + 1) + x 2 2x Division by Monomials Exercises 1–8: Divide the expression.2x 2 . = 3x 2 + 4x . 3x 4 .x + 1 Remainder: 2 Divide 2x 3 .k into a polynomial 3 2 5 1 5 6 2 6 4 The quotient is 2x . 2. Explanation Example Division by a monomial Division by a polynomial Be sure to divide the denominator into every term in the numerator. 1.3x 2 + x + 2 by x + 1.4x (1 .2(2) + 6 = 14. 3. If ƒ(x) = 3x 2 . the remainder is ƒ(k).3x 2 + 4x .10x 2 + 5x 15x 2 2 x 4 .2 2 5a 5a 2 3 When 6x 3 + 5x 2 .5x + 6.1 2 = x2 .4. .1. the quotient is 3x 2 + 4x .7 .10a 5a 2 3 2 = 5a 10a 2 = a .3 Putting It All Together Concept The following table lists some important concepts related to a polynomial ƒ(x).4.1 Divisor: x + 1 Quotient: x 2 . 7.1 Division algorithm (Dividend) = (Divisor)(Quotient) + (Remainder) This equation can be written as (Dividend) (Remainder) = (Quotient) + . the remainder is ƒ(2) = 3(2)2 .1 3x 3 4.1 2x . and the remainder is .5x 5x 5x 3 .2.15 10x Exercises 5.2 with remainder 2 and can be written as 6x 3 + 5x 2 .2 + 2x .6x + 1) 3x 2 6.2x + 6 is divided by x .3 Division of Polynomials 283 4. 5a .3 5x 4 . (Divisor) (Divisor) x3 .k. x 2 . 8. See Examples 2 and 3. Division by a polynomial can be done in a manner similar to long division of natural numbers. x3 . 4.
x 3 . 39. 20.3x 3 .7 x + 4 30.6x + 3) = 32.x 2 + 4x .3x 3 .1 47. x 4 . (x .5 29.10 x + 5 40.5x + 6 x . 2x 4 .2x 2 . x .x2 + x + 1 x2 + 1 36.3 x2 + x .17x .7 18.16x 2 + 1 x + 2 x + 1 x .x + 2 33. x 3 . x 3 + 2x 2 . ƒ(x) = 5x 2 .5x 2 . 38.2x 2 + 4x . 3x 3 .2x 2x + 1 x3 . x .3x 3 . x 4 . Exercises 15–22: Divide.7x 3 .7 3x .5x 2 + 2x . 37.3 3x 4 . 5x .4x 2 + 6x . 5x .2x + 6 x2 + 2 4 2 x + 4 x .5 28.7x + 10 14. 4x 3 .7x 3 + 6x . 34. x 4 + 3x 3 . Check your answer.x + 4x + 8x + 7 2x 2 + 3x + 2 4 3 2 Remainder Theorem Exercises 47–50: Use the remainder theorem to find the remainder when ƒ(x) is divided by the given x .4x + 1 13.x 3 + 4x + 3 46.1 x + 4 Division Algorithm Exercises 31 and 32: Use the equation (Dividend) = (Divisor)(Quotient) + (Remainder) to complete the following. x 4 .16 3x . x 4 .11x 2 .1 25.284 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations Division by Polynomials Exercises 9–14: Divide the first polynomial by the second.6x + 3 implies x . x 4 .k.12x . 1 . x 3 . 23.x 2 . 9.2 Exercises 33–38: Use division to express the (Dividend) as (Divisor)(Quotient) + (Remainder). 2x .5x + 6 x .6 31.x + 4 x2 + x 19.x2 + x3 x .1 .2x + 1 41.20x + 3 42.x 2 + 2x .8 + x + 2 x + 2 implies x 4 .5x + 2 2 9 2 5 4 Exercises 23–30: Divide the expression. x2 + 3 27. ƒ(x) = . x . 3x 4 + 2x 3 . 22.4x 2 + 12x 44.1x 2 + 3x 4 4 45.3 x . State the quotient and remainder.x . 3x 3 .2x 2 + 15x . Synthetic Division Exercises 39–46: Use synthetic division to divide the first polynomial by the second. 3x 3 .2 x .19x + 17 12.1 x3 + 1 x + 1 6x 3 + 5x 2 .27x + 10 11.1 2x 3 + x 2 . 16.x + 3 15.3x + 1 2x 2 .3 x + 1 17.5 x . x 2 .15 2x 2 .2 ? .15 = (x + 2) * ? + ? .3x + 1 48. x 4 . = x 2 .1x 3 + 3x 2 . 20x 4 + 6x 3 .15 1 = x 3 . 21.2 24.2 x + x + x 1 4 1 2 1 2 x 3 . 8x 3 + 10x 2 .3 26.8x + 4 2x .2x 2 .16 43.2x 2 .2 x + 4 35.8x 2 + 15x .4x + 1 x + 2 x 5 + 3x 4 .x + 3 x 3 .2)(x2 . 2x 5 .10x 2 . x 4 . 3x 2 .3 10.1 3x 4 .14x 2 + 7x .x 3 .x 3 .x 4 . 2x 3 + x 2 .3 x + 3 12x 3 . x 5 + 1x 4 .
Give examples. and so on.x + 3 x + 2 x .56 models a population of birds in a small country. Descartes’ rule of signs. June 20 (x = 20).000 Bird population 8000 6000 4000 2000 0 10 20 30 40 y = f (x) x Days (1 ↔ June 1) Figure 4.) The graph of ƒ(x) = x 3 . bird populations can fluctuate greatly during the summer months. L 4.3 285 52. where x = 1 corresponds to June 1. When can you use synthetic division to divide two polynomials? Give one example where synthetic division can be used and one example where it cannot be used. W A = 3x3 – 5x2 + 3x – 5 x2 + 1 Writing about Mathematics 3x + 1 A= 12x2 + 13x + 3 53. Determine L when x = 10 feet. y 10. 54. and the intermediate value property (optional) Introduction Some species of birds.4 Real Zeros of Polynomial Functions • Understand the factor theorem • Factor higher degree polynomials • Analyze polynomials having multiple zeros • Solve higher degree polynomial equations • Understand the rational zeros test. ƒ(x) = . x = 3 to June 3. Determine W when x = 5 inches. Bird Life. and July 10 (x = 40). x = 2 to June 2.x 4 + 4x 3 .779 = 0. .61x 2 + 839x + 4221 shown in Figure 4. have two nesting periods each summer.4.61x 2 + 839x + 4221 = 5000.61x 2 + 839x . Applications 51. or x 3 . Area of a Rectangle Use the figure to find the length L of the rectangle from its width and area A. ƒ(x) = 4x 3 . such as robins. (Source: S. Compare division of integers to division of polynomials. Kress. In Example 5 we find an exact symbolic solution. Area of a Rectangle Use the figure to find the width W of the rectangle from its length and area A.4 Real Zeros of Polynomial Functions 49. Because the survival rate for young birds is low. we can solve x 3 .x 2 + 4x + 2 50. From the graph of f it appears that there were 5000 birds around June 1 (x = 1).56 A Summer Bird Population If we want to determine the dates when the population was 5000.
The complete factored form of a polynomial is unique. the zero 2 is called a zero of multiplicity 2.58 ƒ(x) = (x + 2)2.k). Similarly.1)(x . Note that ƒ(1) = 0 and (x .k if and only if ƒ(k) = 0. Zeros with Multiplicity The polynomial ƒ(x) = x 2 + 4x + 4 can be written as Complete Factored Form The concepts discussed above.1). is a factor. respectively. together with the factor theorem.57 y 12 8 4 –4 –3 –2 –1 –4 –8 –12 1 3 4 Figure 4. By the remainder theorem we know that ƒ(x) = (x . (x . 1. ƒ(2) = 0 and (x .3) is a factor. Zeros. A factor of ƒ(x) is (x . For g(x). then (x . 2.k) q(x) and (x . then ƒ(x) = (x . SOLUTION 1 2 MAKING CONNECTIONS xIntercepts.58. or (x + 2).k) is a factor of ƒ(x). Counting multiplicities. ƒ(x) = (x .(2)). the sum of the multiplicities is 3 + 1 = 4. The following statements are equivalent. . The polynomial g(x) = (x + 1)3(x . That is.1) is a factor.2) has zeros 1 and 2 with multiplicities 3 and 1. Since the factor (x + 2) occurs twice in ƒ(x). which equals its degree. y = g (x) x Figure 4. if (x .286 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations Factoring Polynomials The polynomial ƒ(x) = x 2 .k) q(x) Factor Theorem A polynomial ƒ(x) has a factor x . where the xintercepts coincide with the zeros of g.3). can be used to find the complete factored form of a polynomial. 3.k) q(x) + r.2). a polynomial of degree n has at most n real zeros. Thus the Now Try Exercise 1 factors of ƒ(x) are (x + 2). This discussion justifies the factor theorem. If r = 0. Since ƒ(2) = 0. If ƒ(2) = 0. and 3. and Factors Let ƒ(x) be a polynomial with degree 1 or more. ƒ(k) = 0. That is.k) q(k) = 0 # q(k) = 0. then r = 0. A graph of g is shown in Figure 4. The graph of y = ƒ(x) has xintercept k.57 and the factor theorem to list the factors of ƒ(x). 1. This discussion can be generalized.k) is a factor of ƒ(x). Similarly. the factor theorem states that (x + 2) is a factor of ƒ(x). NOTE EXAMPLE 1 Applying the factor theorem Use the graph in Figure 4.57 shows that the zeros (or xintercepts) of f are 2. and ƒ(k) = (k . ƒ(1) = 0 implies that (x . y 15 10 5 –3 –1 –5 –10 –15 y = f (x) x Figure 4. and (x .2) is a factor. where r is the remainder.1) is a factor of ƒ(x).3x + 2 can be factored as ƒ(x) = (x . A real zero of ƒ(x) is k. Similarly. and ƒ(3) = 0 implies that (x .
2). c2. .10x + 12. 1.2) are factors. Then ƒ(x) can be written in complete factored form as ƒ(x) = an(x . Now Try Exercises 5 and 7 MAKING CONNECTIONS Types of Factored Forms If the leading coefficient of a polynomial ƒ(x) is 6 and the only zeros are 1 and 1. EXAMPLE 3 y Factoring a polynomial graphically Use the graph of ƒ in Figure 4. .7x + 21. where a distinct zero is listed as many times as its multiplicity.4. By the factor theorem.3B 2 2 and (x . 1. . EXAMPLE 2 Finding a complete factorization Write the complete factorization for each polynomial with the given zeros. The complete factorization is ƒ(x) = 2(x + 2)(x . (a) ƒ(x) = 13x 2 .59 to factor ƒ(x) = 2x 3 .21x 2 . 2 (b) The leading coefficient is 7 and the zeros are 1.3.1)(2x .4x 2 .cn). zeros: 3 and 2 2 2 (b) ƒ(x) = 7x 3 .1). it is sometimes helpful to use the techniques of division discussed in Section 4. and the zeros are 2. and 3. 1. c3.1 B and 3 2 3 2 it is unique.1 B A x . The complete factorization is ƒ(x) = 13ax 3 b(x . then the complete factored form is ƒ(x) = 6 A x .59 When factoring polynomials by hand. and 3 (a) The leading coefficient is 13 and the zeros are 3 and 2.1)(x .91x + 39. The zeros coincide with the xintercepts of the graph of ƒ. The complete factorization is ƒ(x) = 7(x + 1)(x .c1)(x .c3) Á (x . Sometimes we factor 6 as 3 # 2 and distribute the 3 over the first factor and the 2 over the second factor to obtain the slightly different factored form ƒ(x) = (3x . SOLUTION Getting Started To factor ƒ(x) we need to determine the leading coefficient and the zeros 5 –4 –10 4 x of ƒ. Ax . .3). SOLUTION zeros: 1. The leading coefficient is 2. .c2)(x . cn.3). and 3.1)(x . Now Try Exercise 13 f (x) = 2x3 – 4x2 – 10x + 12 Figure 4.4 Real Zeros of Polynomial Functions 287 Complete Factored Form Suppose a polynomial ƒ(x) = an x n + Á + a2x 2 + a1x + a0 has n real zeros c1.
34x .30 has a zero of 1.30 = (x + 1)(2x 2 .4x . (x .60x + 779). Days (1 ↔ June 1) By the division algorithm. Now Try Exercise 31 To review factoring trinomials.2x . If we substitute x = 1 in this polynomial. x = = = b 2b 2 . An Application In the next example. Bird population 8000 g(1) = 13 .2x 2 . see Chapter R (page R23). we factor g(x) = x 3 .30 can be factored further.61x 2 + 839x .4x .30 by using synthetic division. Express ƒ(x) in complete factored form. SOLUTION If 1 is a zero. We can use synthetic division to divide x 3 .61x 2 + 839x .15) = 2(x + 3)(x .288 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations EXAMPLE 4 Factoring a polynomial symbolically The polynomial ƒ(x) = 2x 3 . so x + 1 divides evenly into the dividend. The quotient 2x 2 . it appears that the bird population was 5000 when x = 1.4ac 2a 2( .000 SOLUTION From Figure 4. 2x 3 .779.5) The complete factored form is ƒ(x) = 2(x + 1)(x + 3)(x .30 = 2(x 2 .60) 60 2 22 = 41 or 19 . 1 x 1 1 61 1 60 839 .5).779 = 0 y = f (x) 6000 4000 2000 0 10 20 30 40 By the factor theorem. Use the zeros of g(x) to determine when the bird population was 5000.4x . EXAMPLE 5 Factoring a polynomial Factor g(x) = x 3 .61x 2 + 839x .34x .61x 2 + 839x .4(1)(779) 2(1) (.60)2 .2x 2 .34x .56. 1 2 2 2 2 4 . y 10. By the division algorithm.779. 2x 2 .1.61(1)2 + 839(1) .779 = (x . divide x + 1 into 2x 3 . we can use the quadratic formula to find its zeros.60x + 779.1)(x 2 . x 3 .30). To factor ƒ(x).2x 2 . and then use the complete factorization to determine the days when the bird population was 5000.34 4 . repeated in the margin. which was presented earlier.779 by x .60 779 779 779 0 The remainder is 0. the result is 0. then by the factor theorem (x + 1) is a factor.1) is a factor of g(x). Since it is not obvious how to factor x 2 .30 30 30 0 Algebra Review The remainder is 0.
0)(x .4)3. and 4. Thus 0 has even multiplicity. At the zero of even multiplicity the graph does not cross the xaxis.4.62 Finding multiplicities graphically Figure 4. then the sum of the multiplicities is given by 1 + 2 + 3 = 6. The graph of ƒ levels off more at x = 4 than at x = . and its leading coefficient is 1. so the complete factorization of ƒ(x) is ƒ(x) = 1(x + 2)(x .4 Real Zeros of Polynomial Functions 289 The zeros of g(x) = x 3 . respectively.5.2.3)2 has zeros 3 and 3 with multiplicities 3 and 2.1)(x .0)(x . The leading coefficient is 1. and 41.4)(x . 0. If 2 has multiplicity 1. or ƒ(x) = x 2(x + 2)(x . The higher the multiplicity of a zero.61 x The graph of g(x) = 0. the more the graph of a polynomial levels off near the zero. and 4. The bird population equals 5000 on June 1 (x = 1). and 4 has multiplicity 3. whereas the graph does cross the xaxis at the zero of odd multiplicity. 4.02(x + 3)3(x . respectively. Write ƒ(x) in complete factored form.61. June 19 (x = 19). and July 11 (x = 41). Notice that the zero 2 has a higher multiplicity and the graph levels off more near x = 2 than it does near x = .60 y 200 y = f (x) 150 100 50 –5 –3 –1 1 2 4 5 Figure 4.4). EXAMPLE 6 Figure 4. so 4 has a higher multiplicity than 2. See Figure 4. List the zeros as 2. SOLUTION The xintercepts or zeros of ƒ are 2. The zeros of g are 5 and 2 with multiplicities of 1 and 3. 19.41). y 6 8 6 4 2 y y = f (x) x y = g (x) x –6 –2 –2 –4 –6 2 4 6 –8 –6 –2 2 4 6 8 –8 Figure 4. these zeros have odd multiplicity. The next example shows how a multiple zero represents the boundary between an object’s floating and sinking. 0 has multiplicity 2. 0.19)(x .4)(x . which equals the degree of ƒ(x).61x 2 + 839x .2)3 is shown in Figure 4. 0. Now Try Exercise 113 Graphs and Multiple Zeros The polynomial ƒ(x) = 0.03(x + 5)(x .779 are 1.62 shows the graph of a sixthdegree polynomial ƒ(x) with leading coefficient 1. The complete factorization is g(x) = (x . .60. the graph crosses the xaxis at 5 and 2. 4. Since both zeros have odd multiplicity. All zeros are integers. Now Try Exercise 47 An Application: “Will It Float?” Multiple zeros sometimes have physical significance. At x = 0 the graph of ƒ does not cross the xaxis. Since the graph crosses the xaxis at 2 and 4.
300. [ .5px 2 + 500pd can be used to find the depth that a ball. The aluminum sphere is more dense than water and sinks. sinks in water.290 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations EXAMPLE 7 Interpreting a multiple zero The polynomial ƒ(x) = px 3 . With the water balloon there is one positive zero with multiplicity 2 that represents a transition between floating and sinking. The smallest positive zero of ƒ(x) equals the depth that the sphere sinks. ƒ(x) has no positive zeros. y y y y x x x x Multiplicity 1 (odd) Multiplicity 2 (even) Multiplicity 3 (odd) Multiplicity 4 (even) .8 and graph Y1 = (p>3)X^3 .64 there is no positive zero. This means that the 10centimeter wood ball sinks about 7. (a) Let d = 0. then its graph crosses the xaxis at the zero. 5] by [500. The higher the multiplicity of a zero.5pX^2 + 500p>3. if it sinks.65 y3 has one positive zero of 10 with multiplicity 2. In Figure 4. (c) Let d = 1 and graph Y3 = (p>3)X^3 .5. 5] by [.8)>3. (b) Let d = 2.64 Figure 4. If the ball floats.7 [. Test your conjecture graphically. 100] d=1 y3 y2 Zero X 7. The value of d = 1 represents the boundary between sinking and floating. the xaxis at the zero.7 (c) A water balloon with d = 1 SOLUTION CLASS DISCUSSION Make a conjecture about the depth that a ball with a 10centimeter diameter will sink in water if d = 0. the more the graph levels off at the zero.5pX^2 + 500p(2.13. If a zero has even multiplicity.63 Figure 4.20. 100] d = 0.8 y1 [ 20.20. In Figure 4. where the density of water is 1.7 and graph Y2 = (p>3)X^3 . 500.7)>3. 600.65 Now Try Exercise 111 MAKING CONNECTIONS Zeros and Multiplicity If a zero of a polynomial ƒ(x) has odd multiplicity. 500] d = 2. The constant d is the density of the ball. 20. 20.13 centimeters into the water. (a) A wood ball with d = 0. 20. 5] by [300. 3 3 10 centimeters in diameter.63 the smallest positive zero is near 7.1285927 Y 0 Figure 4. but does not cross. then its graph intersects. Approximate this depth for each material and interpret the results.8 (b) A solid aluminum sphere with d = 2. In Figure 4.5pX^2 + 500p(0. The water balloon has the same density as water and “floats” even with the surface. 2000. ƒ(x) has two positive zeros. These concepts are illustrated in the following figures.
If q is a rational number written in lowest terms p and if q is a zero of ƒ. then p is a factor of the constant term 4 and q is a factor of the leading coefficient 6. 6 must occur in the list 4 .5x 2 . 3 1 . p q 4 3. 2 3 Now Try Exercise 57 which can also be written as ƒ(x) = (x + 1)(2x . any rational zero of ƒ(x) in the form 1 . 2. 3 2 . 1 As a result. 1.3. represent a polynomial p function ƒ with integer coefficients. the complete factored form of ƒ(x) is ƒ(x) = 6(x + 1)ax 1 4 b a x . EXAMPLE 8 Finding rational zeros of a polynomial p Find all rational zeros of ƒ(x) = 6x 3 . SOLUTION p: q: 1. NOTE Although ƒ(x) in Example 8 had only rational zeros. If q is a rational zero in lowest terms. 6 1 . . 2. Since a thirddegree polynomial 2 3 has at most three zeros.1)(3x . 3 1 . Rational Zero Test Let ƒ(x) = an x n + Á + a2x 2 + a1x + a0.4 Real Zeros of Polynomial Functions 291 Rational Zeros (Optional) If a polynomial has a rational zero.b. 1 Evaluate ƒ(x) at each value in the list.4). Irrational zeros cannot be found using the rational zero test. 2 2 . it is important to realize that many polynomials have irrational zeros. See Table 4. Table 4. The following example illustrates how to find rational zeros by using this test. The possible values for p and q are as follows.7x + 4 and factor ƒ(x). 1 or 4 . where an Z 0.88 9 x 2 2 4 4 ƒ(x) 18 50 280 432 5 4 3 50 9 From Table 4.3 x 1 6 1 6 1 3 1 3 ƒ(x) 49 18 x 1 2 1 2 2 3 2 3 ƒ(x) 0 11 2 10 9 14 3 x 1 1 4 3 4 3 ƒ(x) 2 0 0 . 1.4.3 there are three rational zeros: 1. and 4. then p is a factor of the constant term a0 and q is a factor of the leading coefficient an. it can be found by using the rational zero test.
+x 4 . Missing terms (those with 0 coefficients) can be ignored.2.2 x . Support your answer graphically and numerically.4x = 0 symbolically. Now Try Exercise 65 Polynomial Equations In Section 3.2 = 1 positive real zeros.6( x)3 + 8( x)2 + 2( x) . Descartes’ Rule of Signs Let P(x) define a polynomial function with real coefficients and a nonzero constant term.1 = x 4 + 6x 3 + 8x 2 .292 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations Descartes’ Rule of Signs (Optional) Descartes’ rule of signs helps to determine the numbers of positive and negative real zeros of a polynomial function.6x 3 + 8x 2 + 2x . P(x) has only one negative real zero. EXAMPLE 10 Solving a cubic equation Solve x 3 + 3x 2 . (a) The number of positive real zeros either equals the number of variations in sign occurring in the coefficients of P(x) or is less than the number of variations by a positive even integer. with terms in descending powers of x. factoring was used to solve quadratic equations.1 1 Since there is only one variation in sign. A variation in sign is a change from positive to negative or negative to positive in successive terms of the polynomial when written in descending powers of the variable.6x 3 + 8x 2 + 2x . consider the variations in sign for P(. . P( x) = ( x)4 . Factoring also can be used to solve polynomial equations with degree greater than 2. SOLUTION We first consider the possible number of positive zeros by observing that P(x) has three variations in sign.1. (b) The number of negative real zeros either equals the number of variations in sign occurring in the coefficients of P( x) or is less than the number of variations by a positive even integer. P(x) has either 3 or 3 .x).1 1 2 3 Thus by Descartes’ rule of signs. For negative zeros. EXAMPLE 9 Applying Descartes’ rule of signs Determine the possible numbers of positive real zeros and negative real zeros of P(x) = x 4 .
Algebra Review 2x3 + 12 = 3x2 + 8x 2x . which correspond to the solutions.1) = 0 x = 0.4X as in Figure 4.9 = 0 2 or x + 1 = 0 or or 3 or 2 x = 1 2 Zeroproduct property Add 9 or subtract 1. The xintercepts are 4.66.8x + 12 = 0 3 2 Given equation Rewrite the equation. 2 .1 x2 = . x(x + 3x .3 = 0 2 or x = 3 2 x = The solutions are 2.15. Then use grouping to factor the polynomial.3) = 0 2 x .3x .4X as in Figure 4.5x 2 . Zeroproduct property Solve. see Chapter R (page R21). 5. x + 4 = 0.4 . or x .1 The equation x 2 = . Now Try Exercises 79 and 89 To review factoring by grouping.3) . 0.1 = 0 x = 0. and 2.4 Real Zeros of Polynomial Functions [. Square root property 4x = 9 2 x2 = x = 9 4 x2 = . The solutions are . and 1. 15.67.5x 2 . 3.3x ) + (8x + 12) = 0 3 2 x (2x . 0.9 = 0 (4x .9 can be factored in a manner similar to the way quadratic expressions are factored.1 has no real solutions.4) = 0 2 x(x + 4)(x .4(2x .9 = 0 (b) 2x 3 + 12 = 3x 2 + 8x SOLUTION (a) The expression 4x 4 . Divide by 4.5x2 . Factor out 2x . 4x4 .4 = 0 2 or 2x . or 1 Figure 4.4. and 1.5.4x = 0 y = x3 + 3x2 – 4x Given equation Factor out x. (2x . 2 2 (b) First transpose each term on the right side of the equation to the left side of the equation. 1] by [. Now Try Exercise 71 EXAMPLE 11 Y 1 X^3+3X^2 Figure 4. The zeros of Y1 occur at x = . (a) 4x 4 .3.3 and 3. Factor the quadratic expression. 2 4x .3) = 0 2 (x . Associative property Factor. 5] 293 SOLUTION Symbolic Solution x 3 + 3x 2 .66 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 X Y1 0 12 12 6 0 0 12 Graphical Solution Graph Y1 = X^3 + 3X^2 . Numerical Solution Table Y1 = X^3 + 3X^2 . Zeroproduct property Solve each equation.67 4X Solving a polynomial equation Find all real solutions to each equation symbolically.4)(2x .9)(x + 1) = 0 2 2 Given equation Factor. 4.
y2). 6. the car must have assumed all speeds between 20 and 40 miles per hour at least once. Loosely speaking. By the intermediate value property.4 = 0 to be 2.4 is shown in Figure 4. EXAMPLE 12 Finding a solution graphically Solve the equation 1 x3 . Physical motion is usually considered to be continuous. ƒ(x) = 0 for at least one xvalue.2x .2x . by the intermediate value property. The next example illustrates how we can obtain an approximate solution graphically.5. then by the intermediate value property we may conclude that the airliner assumed all altitudes between ground level and 30. Similarly. How do we 2 know for sure that there is indeed such a solution? The intermediate value property helps answer this question. In fact. 4) and (3.65. but this would create a discontinuous graph.4 and 3. we approximated a solution to 1 x3 . Round to the nearest hundredth. the 2 points (0.68. Since there is only one xintercept. the intermediate value property says that if y1 6 0 and y2 7 0. From Example 12.4. Because ƒ(0) = .65. Applications There are many examples of the intermediate value property.2X . [ 9. the equation has one real solution: x L 2. y1) and (x2. Intermediate Value Property Let (x1. if a jet airliner takes off and flies at an altitude of 30. Zero X 2. . with y1 Z y2 and x1 6 x2.68 Now Try Exercise 97 Intermediate Value Property (Optional) In Example 12. 2 SOLUTION A graph of Y1 = .5X^3 .6494359 Y 0 Figure 4.4 and ƒ(3) = 3.5.5) lie on the graph of f in Figure 4.2x . 3. It is logical to assume that the car traveled 30 miles per hour at least once between these times. be two points on the graph of a continuous function ƒ. The only way not to cross the xaxis would be to pick up the pencil. 9. 1] Calculator Help y = 1 x3 – 2x – 4 2 To find a zero of a function. because 0 is between . Then. we know that a real zero of ƒ does exist. Although we have not found the exact xvalue.4 = 0 graphically.294 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations Some types of polynomial equations cannot be solved easily by factoring. on the interval x1 … x … x2. ƒ assumes every value between y1 and y2 at least once. let ƒ(x) = 1 x3 . Suppose at one time a car is traveling at 20 miles per hour and at another time it is traveling at 40 miles per hour.000 feet at least once. then we cannot draw a continuous graph of ƒ without crossing the xaxis.000 feet. see Appendix A (page AP9).68. 1] by [6.
3. c3 = . The following are equivalent: 1. 3.4.cn). zeros. y 2 1 2 Real zero with odd multiplicity Real zero with even multiplicity Factoring a polynomial graphically (only real zeros) x y = f (x) –4 continued on next page . 2 xintercepts.3.3 ƒ(x) = (x + 1)3(x . where the ck are zeros of ƒ.c3).c1)(x .1 and 3.3) y 4 –1 –4 12 –4 3 4 x f (x) = x2 – 2x – 3 Complete factored form ƒ(x) = an(x . then ƒ(x) = a(x . c2 = . have even multiplicity.5)(x + 3)(x + 3) = 3(x . The graph of y = ƒ(x) intersects but does not cross the xaxis at a real zero of even multiplicity. See the graph below. and 1 and leading coefficient 2.3)4 Both zeros.1) = 0 and ƒ(3) = 0 3. ƒ(. A factor of ƒ is (x . Graph y = ƒ(x) and locate all the zeros or xintercepts. Thus ƒ(x) = 2(x + 2)(x + 1)(x . ƒ(x) = (x .2 x . The graph of ƒ has xintercepts .2. ƒ(k) = 0. ƒ(x) = 2x3 + 4x2 . If the leading coefficient is a and the zeros are c1. and factors Let ƒ(x) = x 2 . 1.k) is a factor of ƒ(x) if and only if ƒ(k) = 0. c1 = 5. 1.4 Real Zeros of Polynomial Functions 295 4. ƒ(x) = x + 3x .1)(x + 4). c2. The graph of ƒ has xintercept k.4 and ƒ(1) = 0 implies that (x . 1 and 3.k). This form is unique.3) Both zeros.5)(x + 3)2 an = 3.1 and 3. have odd multiplicity. A real zero of ƒ is k.1) is a factor of ƒ(x). 2. T Explanation Examples Factor theorem (x . ƒ(x) = 3(x . and c3. ƒ(x) = (x + 1)2(x .1). That is. 2. That is.2x .c2)(x .4 Putting It All Together Concept he following table summarizes important topics about real zeros of polynomial functions. with a distinct zero listed as many times as its multiplicity. . ƒ(x) = (x + 1)(x . The graph of y = ƒ(x) crosses the xaxis at a real zero of odd multiplicity.c1) Á (x .4 has zeros .
and numerically. y 1. 5. ƒ(x) = 1x 4 . Let g(x) be a cubic polynomial with leading coefficient . or 1 See also Examples 10 and 11. Factoring is a useful symbolic technique.5x + 6. 12. Exercises 13 and 14: Use the graph to factor ƒ(x).6 8 y = f (x) –4 –4 2 x .5) = 0 x(x .5x = 0. ƒ(x) = 3x4 . . zeros: 5.5)(x + 1) = 0 x = 0. x(x 2 . Write the complete factored form of ƒ(x).2) = 0.296 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations continued from previous page Concept Explanation Examples Solving polynomial equations Polynomial equations can be solved symbolically.90. and 5 3 11. Let ƒ(x) be a quadratic polynomial with leading coefficient 7. 4. ƒ(x) = x 3 + 6x 2 + 11x + 6.4x 2 . 2 y y = f (x) 3 4. y 2 1 y = f (x) 2 –3 x –2 –4 2 x –2 –2 x –4 Exercises 5–12: Use the given zeros to write the complete factored form of ƒ(x).4. 2. Suppose that ƒ(. and g(4) = 0. graphically. Suppose that g(. and 6 2 14. 1.25x + 77. and 3 8.2x 3 + 2x y y = f (x) 4 Factoring Polynomials Exercises 1–4: Use the graph and the factor theorem to list the factors of f(x).3) = 0 and ƒ(2) = 0. 5.8x3 .67x2 + 112x + 240. zeros: 3. g(1) = 0.2. ƒ(x) = x3 . 1. Solve x 3 . ƒ(x) = . zeros: 4. y 3 1 –3 2 3 3 x –3 3 x y = f (x) –3 y = f (x) –3 3. ƒ(x) = . 13.4x .4 Exercises 10. ƒ(x) = 2x 2 .30. Write the complete factored form of g(x).3x 3 + 3x 2 + 4 2 4 y 13 2x . .2x3 + 3x2 + 59x . and 1 9.2x2 .4. zeros: 6 and 5 2 7. ƒ(x) = 6x 2 + 21x . zeros: 2. zeros: 11 and 7 2 6. 3.
6x 36. 3 2 y 22. 2.3x 3 . ƒ(x) = x 4 + 5x 3 .4 2 2 2 4 17.3 27. 20. y = f (x) x –25 –75 75 50 y –4 –300 2 6 x y = f (x) 29.36 34. and 2. ƒ(x) = 2x4 . ƒ(x) = 10x 4 + 7x 3 . k = 1 31. ƒ(x) = 3x3 .11x . Let g(x) be a quartic polynomial with zeros . ƒ(x) = 1x 3 + 5x 2 + x . y y 15.6x 2 + 11x . 21. 1. ƒ(x) = .10x 40.35x + 75 35. write the complete factored form of ƒ(x).9x2 + 23x .9x 2 2 30. ƒ(x) = .3x 2 . ƒ(x) = x4 .4 Real Zeros of Polynomial Functions Exercises 15–18: The graph of a polynomial ƒ(x) with leading coefficient 1 and integer zeros is shown in the figure. Exercises 21–24: The graph of a polynomial ƒ(x) with integer zeros is shown in the figure.24 39. ƒ(x) = x3 + x2 . Write its complete factored form. 3).3x 2 + 18x 28. 6 y y = f (x) x 4 2 y = f (x) x –2 20 y = f (x) –3 3 –6 6 x y = f (x) 1 –10 –20 4 x –12 Exercises 25–30: Use graphing to factor ƒ(x). ƒ(x) = 35x4 + 48x3 .x3 . ƒ(x) = x3 .2.27x 2 + 2x + 8 Exercises 31–36: (Refer to Example 4. given that k is a zero.13x2 . ƒ(x) = 10x 2 + 17x .k is a factor of ƒ(x) for the given k.10 33.11x3 + 9x2 + 14x k = 3 k = 3 k = 1 2 y = f (x) . ƒ(x) = 2x4 . Let ƒ(x) be a cubic polynomial with zeros 1. 37. Note that the leading coefficient of ƒ(x) is not 1.6 26.13x2 .14x . 25. and 3. 16. 12 8 4 y 24. write the complete factored form of g(x). 8). 100 50 –6 –50 –100 4 6 297 23.4.x2 + 51x .11x2 .2x3 .41x2 + 6x k = 2 k = 4 k = 5 k = 2 k = 3 7 19. 300 y 18. 1. ƒ(x) = 2x3 + x2 . Write its complete factored form. 3 y Factor Theorem y = f (x) x –3 –2 –1 –2 –3 3 x –2 –1 –2 –3 2 3 Exercises 37–40: Use the factor theorem to decide if x . If the graph of ƒ passes through the point (0.) Write the complete factored form of the polynomial ƒ(x).4x3 . ƒ(x) = x 3 . ƒ(x) = 2x 3 + 7x 2 + 2x .6 k = 2 38. If the graph of g passes through the point (0.15 32.
Degree 4.5x 2 .4 62. ƒ(x) = x 2(x + 2)(x .9x + 9 y = f (x) x 75 25 –4 2 y = f (x) 8 x 61.3x . 8 4 y y = f (x) 1 2 3 x –2 –8 x y = f (x) 5 y = f (x) x x y = f (x) –6 –2 –5 –15 2 4 –4 Exercises 53–56: Complete the following. and 6 with multiplicity 1 46. use a graph to determine the actual numbers of positive and negative real zeros.1)(x .2) 56. ƒ(x) = 3x 3 . Then.x 2 .16x 2 + 17x . ƒ(x) = 2x 4 + x 3 .6 63. Degree 5.298 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations 51. (c) Sketch a graph of y = ƒ(x) by hand.19x 2 . 75 25 –4 –25 y 50. or quintic polynomial ƒ(x) with integer zeros is shown.) y y 47. 4 2 –4 –1 1 3 y 52. (b) Determine the multiplicity of each zero of ƒ. and 4 with multiplicity 3 Exercises 47–52: The graph of either a cubic. y y 41. ƒ(x) = 2(x + 2)(x + 1)2 54. Let the leading coefficient be 1. ƒ(x) = . zeros: 2 with multiplicity 3. Write the complete factored form of ƒ(x). 43. 2 1 –2 1 2 Graphs and Multiple Zeros Exercises 41 and 42: The graph of a polynomial ƒ(x) is shown in the figure. ƒ(x) = x 3 + 2x 2 . (b) Write the complete factored form of ƒ(x). quartic. 53. both with multiplicity 2 45. 65.2) 55. (Hint: In Exercises 51 and 52 the leading coefficient is not 1. ƒ(x) = x 3 . zeros: 5 and 7. 30 10 –4 –20 –75 1 3 Rational Zeros Exercises 57–64: (Refer to Example 8. ƒ(x) = .8x + 3 58. 48. Estimate the zeros and state whether their multiplicities are odd or even. and 6 with multiplicity 1 44.7x + 7 49. zeros: 2 with multiplicity 2. 150 y 64.(x + 1)(x .x + 6 60.4x + 10 y = f (x) x Descartes’ Rule of Signs Exercises 65–70: Use Descartes’ rule of signs to determine the possible number of positive and negative real zeros for each function.1)3 2 Exercises 43–46: Write a polynomial ƒ(x) in complete factored form that satisfies the conditions. 42. Degree 3.8x 2 .and yintercepts. (a) Find the x. ƒ(x) = 2x 3 + 3x 2 . ƒ(x) = x 3 . ƒ(x) = 2x 3 . zeros: 1 with multiplicity 2.) (a) Use the rational zero test to find any rational zeros of the polynomial ƒ(x). P(x) = 2x 3 . Degree 4.4x 2 + 2x + 7 y = f (x) 1 4 50 x –3 –1 1 3 –150 .7x + 6 59.1(x + 2)2(x . State the minimum degree of ƒ(x). 57. ƒ(x) = 2x 4 + x 3 .
25x = 0 78.18x + 13 = 0 99.2. 2x 2 . 3x 3 + 3x = 10x 2 88.2x 2 = 0 Exercises 77–96: Solve the equation.5 = 0 100. x 3 + x 2 .1. Round your answers to the nearest hundredth.1 69. Find the depth that this size ball sinks when d = 0.4x . x 4 .6 = 0 91.3x 2 . 3x 3 . 89. 4x + 7x . What must be true about the graph of ƒ? Polynomial Equations Exercises 71–76: Solve the equation (a) symbolically. 9x 3 + 27x 2 . 2 … x … 3 (Hint: Evaluate ƒ(2) and ƒ(3) and then apply the intermediate value property.) If a ball has a 20centimeter diameter.9 68. x 4 .46x 2 + 180x . P(x) = x 3 + 2x 2 + x .2x .2) but never assumes a value of 0.55. 8x 4 = 30x 2 . 77. 1 … x … 2 105.7 = 0 98.1. x 4 .x 2 + x + 5 101. 2x 3 = 4x 2 . 12x 3 = 17x 2 + 5x 87.27 95. 4x 3 + 4x 2 . then ƒ(x) = p 3 4000pd x . Evaluate ƒ(1) and ƒ(2).3 = 0 90.) Determine the depth that a pine ball with a 10centimeter diameter sinks in water. x 3 .x 2 + 4.2x 85. Is there a real number k such that ƒ(k) = 20? Explain your answer. and (c) numerically.10px 2 + 3 3 Exercises 97–102: (Refer to Example 12.5x 3 + 13 = 24x 2 + 10x 102.8x 2 . Geometry A rectangular box has sides with lengths x.3x .6x 2 = 0 79.1. ƒ(x) = 4x 2 .19x 3 = 216 92.5. 2x 3 + 4 = x(x + 8) 93.10 67. Let ƒ(x) = x 5 . x 4 + 5 = 6x 2 82.5x 2 + 4 = 0 76. and x + 2.2x 2 + 4x + 2. 71.6.) 104.1 = 0 75.x .x 2 = 2x 2 + 4 81. . . 1 … x … 0 107. Determine when the temperature was 0°F.1x 2 . x + 1. .x 4 + 2x 3 + 20x 2 = 22x + 41 299 Intermediate Value Property Exercises 103–106: Use the intermediate value property to show that ƒ(x) = 0 for some x on the given interval. P(x) = 3x 4 + 2x 3 . Floating Ball (Refer to Example 7. ƒ(x) = x 2 . x 4 . 6 . If the volume of the box is 504 cubic inches.8x + 6 = 0 74. (b) graphically. 110. x 6 = 7x 3 + 8 x x+1 x+2 111. ƒ(x) = x 3 . 108.5.10x . if d = 0.4.x 4 + x 3 .21x 2 + 20 = 0 96. where 0 … x … 4. 3) and (1. Floating Ball (Refer to Example 7. 103. Winter Temperature The temperature T in degrees Fahrenheit on a cold night x hours past midnight can be approximated by T (x) = x 3 . x 3 . 97. x 4 . 4x 4 . 0.9x + 0. x 3 . 3x 3 + 18 = x(2x + 27) 94. P(x) = 2x 5 .6x 2 + 8x.x 2 = 0 84.99 = 0 determines the depth that it sinks in water.x 3 + 4x = 0 72.1. P(x) = 5x 4 + 3x 2 + 2x .x 3 + 2x + 3 70.7x 3 .4 Real Zeros of Polynomial Functions 66.18x = 0 83. . x 3 + x 2 .2 = 0 4 2 Applications 109. x 3 = x 86.x 3 . P(x) = x 5 + 3x 4 .6x = 0 73. find the dimensions of the box. 0 … x … 1 106. x 6 .) Solve the equation graphically.x . 2x 4 . ƒ(x) = 2x 3 . 9x + 4 = 13x 4 2 80.1. Sketch a graph of a function ƒ that passes through the points (. 112.
) A bird population can be modeled by ƒ(x) = x 3 .0151x 4 . 6.0.9. and so on. Source: R. A more accurate approximation is given by the graph of ƒ.5. 100. Given a dog’s age x. Interpret the graph. Average High Temperatures The monthly average high temperatures in degrees Fahrenheit at Daytona Beach can be modeled by ƒ(x) = 0. 14. (c) Graph C and the data. (a) Approximate the complete factored form of ƒ(x) = . where x = 1 corresponds to January and x = 12 represents December. where 0 … x … 6. Canada.5. 12. This Is the Bichon Frise. Determine the dates when the insect population equaled 30 thousand per acre. (c) Use regression and the points you estimated to find a quartic polynomial function ƒ that models the data points. The concentration C is measured in micrograms of copper per gram of mussel x kilometers downstream. (b) Graph ƒ in [0.300 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations x C 5 20 21 13 37 9 53 6 59 5 113. Copper in high doses can be lethal to aquatic life. in degrees Fahrenheit. x = 2 to June 2.184x 3 + 1. Find the days when ƒ estimates that there were 3500 birds. (b) The cubic polynomial ƒ(x) models monthly average temperature at Trout Lake. middle age for people begins at age 45. Bird Populations (Refer to Example 5.6.66x 2 + 1052x + 1652. 118. Assuming you have access to technology. freshwater mussels were used to monitor copper discharge into a river from an electroplating works. 116. Modeling Temperature Complete the following. 114.7x . . Polynomial Regression 117.5. where x = 1 corresponds to January and x = 12 represents December. 10].) y 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 Equivalent age (years) y = f (x) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 x Dog's age (years) (a) Use the graph of ƒ to estimate the equivalent age for dogs. Brearley and A. Nicholas.45x 2 + 10. According to the Bureau of the Census. where x = 1 corresponds to June 1. Locate this region in the river.0.49x + 72. Interpret the zeros of ƒ. Insect Population An insect population P in thousands per acre x days past May 31 is approximated by P(x) = 2x 3 . (c) Estimate graphically and numerically when the average high temperature is 80°F. (d) Use ƒ(x) to solve part (a) either graphically or numerically. and 18. where x Ú 1. Water Pollution In one study. (d) Concentrations above 10 are lethal to mussels.18x 2 + 46x.27. (b) Use regression to find a cubic polynomial function ƒ(x) that models the data. (Source: J. Suppose that ƒ(x) is a quintic polynomial with distinct real zeros. “Use of mussels to monitor point source industrial discharges. ƒ(x) models the equivalent age in human years. (a) Find the average high temperature during March and July.438x 3 + 3. 115. The table lists copper concentrations in mussels after 45 days at various distances downstream from the plant. 1] by [60. (b) Estimate ƒ(x) at x = 2. Writing about Mathematics 119.” (a) Describe the relationship between x and C. Foster and J. Bates.60x 2 . 10. Dog Years There is a saying that every year of a dog’s life is equal to 7 years for a human.
4 Real Zeros of Polynomial Functions explain how to factor ƒ(x) approximately.2x 2 + 5x + 5.4 1. Have you used the factor theorem? Explain.2x 2 + 4x .x 2 + 3. no real zero less than 2 4.3x 2 + 4x + 4 2x + 1 x 4 .x 3 + 3x 2 .2x 2 .1.4x 2 + x .x 3 . Boundedness Theorem Let P(x) define a polynomial function of degree n Ú 1 with real coefficients and with a positive leading coefficient. then P(x) has no zero less than c. P(x) = 3x 4 + 2x 3 .3 AND 4. 3.3x 3 + 6x 2 . no real zero greater than 1 3.4.4. no real zero less than 1 5.18x 2 + 16x + 32. If P(x) is divided synthetically by x . P(x) = 2x 5 . (b) if c 6 0 and the numbers in the bottom row of the synthetic division alternate in sign (with 0 considered positive or negative.x 2 + 4x . 301 Use the boundedness theorem to show that the real zeros of each polynomial function satisfy the given conditions.x 4 + 2x 3 .1 (b) 2x 3 . x 3 . no real zero greater than 2 2. Sketch examples. 1. 5. P(x) = x 4 . Assume that all zeros are integers and that the leading coefficient is not 1.4x 2 + x . . no real zero less than 2 EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISES Exercises 1–6: Boundedness Theorem The boundedness theorem shows how the bottom row of a synthetic division is used to place upper and lower bounds on possible real zeros of a polynomial function. P(x) = x 5 + 2x 3 . P(x) = x 4 + x 3 . Divide the expression.13x + 9 x2 + 4 5x4 . P(x) = 3x 4 + 2x 3 . Write ƒ(x) in complete factored form.c and (a) if c 7 0 and all numbers in the bottom row of the synthetic division are nonnegative. 5x2 3 1 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 2 3 y y = f (x) x (c) 4.10x3 + 5x2 . Explain how to determine graphically whether a zero of a polynomial is a multiple zero. Simplify the expression 2. then P(x) has no zero greater than c.4 (a) x . as needed). 120.15x = 0. Use the graph of the cubic polynomial ƒ(x) in the next column to determine its complete factored form. Determine graphically the zeros of ƒ(x) = x 4 . State the multiplicity of each zero.1. Solve x 3 . CHECKING BASIC CONCEPTS FOR SECTIONS 4.8x + 8. no real zero greater than 1 6.
q1(x) can be written as q1(x) = (x . If b = 0. Eves. Although his theorem and proof were completed in 1797. then by the fundamental theorem of algebra there exists a zero c2 of q1(x).c1)(x .) If ƒ(x) is a polynomial of degree 1 or higher. Number of Zeros Theorem A polynomial of degree n has at most n distinct zeros. in general the ck may not be distinct since multiple zeros are possible.2 the quadratic formula was used to solve ax 2 + bx + c = 0.) Fundamental Theorem of Algebra One of the most brilliant mathematicians of all time. Between 1750 and 1780 both Euler and Lagrange failed at finding symbolic solutions to the quintic equation ax 5 + bx 4 + cx 3 + dx 2 + ex + k = 0. then by the fundamental theorem of algebra there is a zero c1 such that ƒ(c1) = 0.c2)q2(x). has at least one complex zero.c1)q1(x) = (x . del Ferro. if we are allowed to use complex numbers. An Introduction to the History of Mathematics. Fior.c2) q2(x). then ƒ(x) has n zeros. (x .c1) is a factor of ƒ(x) and ƒ(x) = (x .5 The Fundamental Theorem of Algebra • Apply the fundamental theorem of algebra • Factor polynomials having complex zeros • Solve polynomial equations having complex solutions Introduction In Section 3. Then ƒ(x) = (x . These formulas are quite complicated and typically used only in computer software. The fundamental theorem of algebra guarantees that every polynomial has a complete factorization. Fundamental Theorem of Algebra A polynomial ƒ(x) of degree n. with n Ú 1. Are there similar formulas for higher degree polynomial equations? One of the most spectacular mathematical achievements during the sixteenth century was the discovery of formulas for solving cubic and quartic equations. If ƒ(x) has degree n. Another spectacular result came from Carl Friedrich Gauss in 1797.cn). However. where an is the leading coefficient and the ck are complex zeros of ƒ(x). then the complex number a + bi is also a real number.c1) q1(x) for some polynomial q1(x). .c1)(x . Later.302 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations 4. His results make it necessary for us to rely on numerical and graphical methods. He proved that all polynomials can be completely factored by using complex numbers. This was accomplished by the Italian mathematicians Tartaglia. This result is called the fundamental theorem of algebra. By the factor theorem. Cardano. Carl Friedrich Gauss proved the fundamental theorem of algebra as part of his doctoral thesis at age 20. If each ck is distinct. (Source: H. this process can be continued until ƒ(x) is written in the complete factored form ƒ(x) = an(x . and Ferrari between 1515 and 1545.c2) Á (x . in about 1805. By the factor theorem. they are still valid today. (A complex number can be written as a + bi. If q1(x) has positive degree. the Italian physician Ruffini proved that finding formulas for quintic or higher degree equations was impossible.
Use Figures 4.28x 2 . Now Try Exercise 13 . SOLUTION (a) Let an = 2. i. (a) ƒ(x) = 3x 3 .3.28x 2 . Now Try Exercises 1. c3 = i.71 to determine graphically the number of real zeros and the number of imaginary zeros. and c4 = .5x 2 + x . c2 = 5.69 Figure 4.71 SOLUTION Getting Started Each (distinct) real zero corresponds to an xintercept.5) = 2(x 4 . and 5 EXAMPLE 2 Constructing a polynomial with prescribed zeros Represent a polynomial ƒ(x) of degree 4 with leading coefficient 2 and zeros . (b) The graph of g(x) in Figure 4. (c) The graph of h(x) is shown in Figure 4.71.3x . but their number can be determined after the number of real zeros is known.30 Thus ƒ(x) = 2x 4 .x + 4x + 4 y 12 3 8 y y h(x) = –x4 + 4x2 + 4 g (x) = 2x2 + x + 1 x f(x) = 3x3 – 3x2 – 3x – 5 x –3 –2 –1 1 3 2 x –3 –1 –4 –8 1 2 3 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 Figure 4.30. there are two imaginary zeros.14x 2 .4x .5 The Fundamental Theorem of Algebra EXAMPLE 1 303 Classifying zeros All zeros for the given polynomials are distinct. Since ƒ is degree 3 and all zeros are distinct.70 Figure 4.5 (b) g(x) = 2x 2 + x + 1 4 2 (c) h(x) = .4x 3 .3.4x . perform the following steps. (a) The graph of ƒ(x) in Figure 4. Then ƒ(x) = 2(x + 3)(x .i in (a) complete factored form and (b) expanded form.5)(x .5)(x .i)(x + i) = 2(x + 3)(x . 3.5)(x 2 + 1) = 2(x + 3)(x 3 . Since g is degree 2.3x 2 . and .2x 3 .i)(x + i).4.69 crosses the xaxis once so there is one real zero.15) = 2x 4 . c1 = . Imaginary zeros do not correspond to xintercepts.70 never crosses the xaxis. 5.69–4. (b) To expand this expression for ƒ(x).4x 3 . Since h is degree 4.i. 2(x + 3)(x . there are no real zeros and two imaginary zeros.2x . there are two real zeros and the remaining two zeros are imaginary.
Because (x . it must also have a third zero of 5i. 2 x2 + 4 = 0 x2 = 4 x = x = 2. c2 = 5i.bi is also a zero of ƒ(x). the conjugate of 5i.5i. (b) To expand ƒ(x). Therefore (x .2i were zeros of ƒ(x).4 2i The zeros of ƒ(x) are 2. then the conjugate a .i)(x + i) = x 2 + 1.3)(x2 + 25) = 2(x3 . .3x2 + 25x .3)(x . To factor x + 4. and . first find its zeros. c3 = .3)(x .304 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations EXAMPLE 3 Factoring a cubic polynomial with imaginary zeros Determine the complete factored form for ƒ(x) = x 3 + 2x 2 + 4x + 8. The complete factored form is ƒ(x) = 2(x .2i)(x + 2i). 2(x .75) = 2x3 . This result can be generalized. Algebra Review = (x + 4)(x + 2) 2 To review factoring by grouping.i.5i)(x + 5i). SOLUTION (a) Since ƒ(x) has real coefficients.150 Now Try Exercise 15 EXAMPLE 5 Finding imaginary zeros of a polynomial Find the zeros of ƒ(x) = x 4 + x 3 + 2x 2 + x + 1. see Chapter R (page R21). Let c1 = 3.5i)(x + 5i) = 2(x . Now Try Exercise 29 Conjugate Zeros Notice that in Example 3 both 2i and . SOLUTION By the conjugate zeros theorem. x 3 + 2x 2 + 4x + 8 = (x 3 + 2x 2) + (4x + 8) = x (x + 2) + 4(x + 2) 2 Associative property Distributive property Factor out x + 2. EXAMPLE 4 Constructing a polynomial with prescribed zeros Find a cubic polynomial ƒ(x) with real coefficients. it follows that i must also be a zero of ƒ(x). given that one zero is . leading coefficient 2.2i. perform the following steps. and zeros 3 and 5i.i) and (x + i) are factors of ƒ(x).6x2 + 50x . 2i. Its complete factored form is ƒ(x) = (x + 2)(x . Conjugate Zeros Theorem If a polynomial ƒ(x) has only real coefficients and if a + bi is a zero of ƒ(x). SOLUTION We can use factoring by grouping to determine the complete factored form. and an = 2. Express ƒ in (a) complete factored form and (b) expanded form. The numbers 2i and 2i are conjugates. we can use long division to find another quadratic factor of ƒ(x).
1] by [ . x . EXAMPLE 6 Solving a polynomial equation Solve x 3 = 3x 2 . [ 5.21 21 0 Zero X 3 Y 0 Figure 4.4(1)(1) 2(1) i 23 2 Now Try Exercise 21 = The four zeros of ƒ(x) are i and . By the division algorithm. 30. Although we could use factoring by grouping.21.1 2 i 23. Using synthetic division. where ƒ(x) = x 3 .c1) (x .3 into ƒ(x). cn of ƒ(x). c2.4ac 2a 212 .72 . . Figure 4.c2) Á (x .cn). 10] y = x3 – 3x2 + 7x – 21 SOLUTION Write the equation as ƒ(x) = 0. Solving cubic and quartic polynomial equations with this technique is illustrated in the next two examples. .3 is a factor of ƒ(x). we use graphing instead to find one real zero of ƒ(x). x = = b 1 1 2 2b 2 . 5. as is done in Example 3.3x 2 + 7x .30. 2 Polynomial Equations with Complex Solutions Every polynomial equation of degree n can be written in the form an x n + Á + a2x 2 + a1x + a0 = 0.5 The Fundamental Theorem of Algebra x2 + x + x + 0x + 1 x4 + x3 x4 + 0x3 x3 x3 2 305 1 + + + + 2x2 x2 x2 0x2 x2 x2 + x + 1 + + + + x x 0x + 1 0x + 1 0 The quotient is x 2 + x + 1 with remainder 0. If we let ƒ(x) = an xn + Á + a2 x2 + a1x + a0 and write ƒ(x) in complete factored form as ƒ(x) = an(x . x 4 + x 3 + 2x 2 + x + 1 = (x 2 + 1)(x 2 + x + 1). .4. 3 1 1 3 3 0 7 0 7 . we divide x . We can use the quadratic formula to find the zeros of x 2 + x + 1.72 shows that 3 is a zero of ƒ(x). By the factor theorem. . then the solutions to the polynomial equation are the zeros c1.7x + 21.
x 3 + x 2. 2. 2 2 The graphs of Y1 = X^4 + X^2 and Y2 = X^3 are shown in Figure 4. has at most 3 distinct zeros. This indicates that the only real solution is 0. Notice that they appear to intersect only at the origin.bi is also a zero. it follows 2 2 that 1 .3)(x 2 + 7). and we can solve as follows. Since 1 + 1i is a zero of 2x2 . The solutions are 0 and 1 i 23. where ƒ(x) = x 4 . Conjugate zeros theorem If a polynomial has real coefficients and a + bi is a zero. Zeroproduct property Solve. Explanation Comments and Examples Number of zeros theorem A polynomial of degree n has at most n distinct zeros. A polynomial of degree n.3)(x + 7) = 0 2 ƒ(x) = 0 Factor.cn). x3 . [.1i is also a zero.3x2 + 7x .3 = 0 x = 3 x = 3 The solutions are 3 and EXAMPLE 7 or or or x + 7 = 0 2 x = 7 2 x = i 27 i 27. 3. then a .3.x + 1 = 0. where the ck are complex numbers. use the quadratic formula.21 = (x . Zeroproduct property y = x4 + x2 x2 = 0 2 or x2 . SOLUTION Write the equation as ƒ(x) = 0. has at least one complex zero. 2 2 .2x + 1.2. 1] by [. Solving a polynomial equation Solve x 4 + x 2 = x 3. To solve x .73. Fundamental theorem of algebra This theorem guarantees that we can always factor a polynomial ƒ(x) into complete factored form: ƒ(x) = an(x . 1] x4 . with n Ú 1. Now Try Exercise 37 Figure 4.73 4.c1) Á (x .5 Putting It All Together Concept Some of the important topics in this section are summarized in the following table.3x 2 + 7x .x3 + x2 = 0 x (x . as y = x3 in Example 5.21 = 0 (x .x + 1) = 0 2 2 ƒ(x) = 0 Factor out x2. ax 3 + bx 2 + cx + d. These zeros can be real or imaginary numbers.x + 1 = 0 2 The only solution to x = 0 is 0. The cubic polynomial.306 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations Thus x 3 . Property of i Now Try Exercise 33 x .
an = . Degree 4 y 6. and 2i zeros 2. an = .12 Exercises 31–42: Solve the polynomial equation. ƒ(x) = 2x 4 . and . Degree 3. ƒ(x) = 3x 3 . (a) Find all zeros of ƒ(x).4. Degree 4. x –3 –2 x –1 –2 –3 –3 –2 –1 13. (a) Find the complete factored form of a polynomial with real coefficients ƒ(x) that satisfies the conditions. x 3 + x = 0 32.) Find the zeros of ƒ(x). ƒ(x) = 2x 3 + 10x 28.x + 1 = 0 33. Degree 2 y 3 2 zeros 6i and 6i zeros 2. 31. Degree 4.i and 3 zeros 2i and 3i y 3 2 1 y = f (x) 1 2 3 12. (b) Express ƒ(x) in expanded form. Degree 4. ƒ(x) = 7x 3 + 5x 2 + 12x . k = 5 19.9x + 9 22.7x + 14 34. and i zeros . 14.5x 2 + 75x . Degree 5 y 8. 1. i. Degree 4.4 20 10 –4 –1 –20 2 15 x –3 5 –1 –5 –10 1 3 x y = f (x) y = f (x) Exercises 23–30: Complete the following.2. 23. 2x 3 .x 3 + 19x 2 .i zeros . Degree 2 2. ƒ(x) = x 4 + 5x 2 + 4 100 29. Degree 2. 4.i and 2i zeros 3i and 2 5 zeros 1 . an = 1. an = 3. Degree 3.5 Exercises Exercises 9–18: Let an be the leading coefficient.5. an = 10.3i k = 2 7 5. Degree 2. and i zeros 1. 15. ƒ(x) = x 4 + 4x 2 7. an = 7. given that one zero is k. 10 –6 –2 –10 2 6 y = f (x) x –6 –2 –5 –10 2 6 18. Degree 3. 1. y = f (x) 1 2 3 Zeros of Polynomials Exercises 1–8: The graph and degree of a polynomial with real coefficients ƒ(x) are given.3.3i zeros 1 + i and 1 . an = 5. Degree 3 y 4. 2i. i. x y = f (x) Exercises 19–22: (Refer to Example 5.1. 2 3. 11. 10. ƒ(x) = x 4 + 2x 3 + 8x 2 + 8x + 16 k = 2i k = . 3i. an = 1. x 3 = 2x 2 . Degree 4 y 21. an = . Degree 3 y 16. ƒ(x) = x 4 + 2x 3 + x 2 + 8x . (b) Write the complete factored form of ƒ(x). an = . x 2 + x + 2 = x 3 . Degree 5 y 200 y = f (x) 100 27. Determine the number of real zeros and the number of imaginary zeros. ƒ(x) = x 2 + 25 25. Assume that all zeros of ƒ(x) are distinct. ƒ(x) = 3x 3 + 3x 24.1. ƒ(x) = x 2 + 11 26. 4 17. ƒ(x) = x 3 + 2x 2 + 16x + 32 x y = f (x) –6 –2 2 6 x –200 –400 1 2 30. 9.125 3 20. Degree 3.5 The Fundamental Theorem of Algebra 307 4.
determine stopping distances on hills. V = 50 + 98i I = 8 + 5i 44.6 Rational Functions and Models • Identify a rational function and state its domain • Identify asymptotes • Interpret asymptotes • Graph a rational function by using transformations • Graph a rational function by hand (optional) Introduction Rational functions are nonlinear functions that frequently occur in applications. Explain how to determine graphically if a function has only imaginary zeros. I = 1 + 2i 46. The domain of a rational function includes all real numbers except the zeros of the denominator q(x).2x 3 + x 2 . The graph of a rational function is continuous except at xvalues where q(x) = 0. Impedance Z (or the opposition to the flow of electricity). Could a cubic function with real coefficients have only imaginary zeros? Explain.2x = 0 38. Z = 10 + 5i Writing about Mathematics 42. 4. x 4 = x 3 . rational functions are used to design curves for railroad tracks.8x . For example. x 4 . Give an example of a polynomial function that has only imaginary zeros and a polynomial function that has only real zeros.9i V = 27 + 17i V = 10 + 8i + 1i 4 39. 50. x 5 + 9x 3 = x 4 + 9x 2 45. x 4 + 2x 2 = x 3 41. is a rational function.4x 2 Z = 3 . Z = 22 . V = 30 + 60i I = 8 + 6i 49. I = 1 2 35.5i 48. I 43. 2x 3 + 5x 2 + x + 12 = 0 Applications Exercises 43–48: Electricity Complex numbers are used in the study of electrical circuits. A rational function is defined similarly by using the concept of a polynomial.308 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations 36.4i Z = 8 . be represented by complex numbers. where p(x) and q(x) are polynomials and Algebra Review To review rational expressions. see Chapter R (page R30). They are related by the equation Z = V. . p(x) q(x) .6x 2 40. Rational Functions A rational number can be expressed as a ratio q. x 4 + x 3 = 16 . voltage V and current I can all . x 4 + 5x 2 = 0 37. Find the value of the missing variable. 3x 3 + 4x 2 + 6 = x 47. where p and q are integers with q Z 0. and calculate the average number of people waiting in a line. p Rational Function A function ƒ represented by ƒ(x) = q(x) Z 0.
5.2x.9 (a) N(0. and the denominator. Vertical asymptotes can have meaning in many types of applications. (Source: 4 F. there is little waiting in line. The traffic intensity x is the ratio of the average traffic rate to the average working rate of the attendant.5) and N(0.9). if the average traffic rate is three cars per minute and the parking attendant can serve four cars per minute. the average line has more than four cars.3x + 2 = (x .5) = 0. where 0 … x 6 1.2 0.2x 2 + 1 (a) ƒ(x) = 2 (b) g(x) = (c) h(x) = 2 x + 1 x .5) = 2 0.4 0.9. Now Try Exercises 1. Because x 2 . 2 2 . x 2 + 1.9) = 2 . the yvalues on the graph of ƒ become very large (unbounded) in absolute value. 2x .6 Rational Functions and Models EXAMPLE 1 309 Identifying rational functions Determine if the function is rational and state its domain. (a) Evaluate N(0.6 0. This means that if the traffic intensity is 0. are polynomials.8 1. so h is a rational function. then at times a line may form if cars arrive in a random manner. Interpret the results. then the average number of cars waiting in line to exit a parkx2 ing garage can be estimated by N(x) = 2 .9) = 4. then the average length of the line depends on two factors: the average traffic rate at which cars are exiting the ramp and the average rate at which the parking attendant can wait on cars. so g is not a rational function.74 to explain what happens to the length of the line as the traffic intensity x increases to 1 from the left (denoted x : 1. In this example. 2x . The domain of ƒ includes all real numbers because x 2 + 1 Z 0 for any real number x. the domain of h is {x  x Z 1.1 1 x 3 .2(0. so ƒ is a rational function.4. 7. then a vertical asymptote of the graph of ƒ may occur at x = k.2) = 0 when x = 1 or x = 2.5 2(0. x = 3. As the traffic intensity increases to 0. and 9 CLASS DISCUSSION Is an integer a rational number? Is a polynomial function a rational function? Vertical Asymptotes A rational function given by ƒ(x) = q(x) is undefined whenever q(x) = 0.) y Average line length (cars) 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 EXAMPLE 2 N(x) = x2 2 – 2x Estimating the length of parking garage lines If the traffic intensity is x. If q(k) = 0 for some k. (b) Use the graph of y = N(x) in Figure 4.0 1. p(x) An Application If cars leave a parking garage randomly and stop to pay the parking attendant on the way out.74 Parking Garage Lines 0.) x 0 0. Kilareski. The domain is {x  x 7 0}.2 SOLUTION Traffic intensity Figure 4. Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Control.05. Near a vertical asymptote. Mannering and W. (c) Both the numerator and the denominator are polynomials. For instance. x Z 2}.3x + 2 1x SOLUTION (a) Both the numerator. (b) 1x is not a polynomial.1)(x .25 and N(0.1.
Table 4. At x = 1 the denominator. the graph of ƒ increases rapidly without bound. q or ƒ(x) : . y = 25 Horizontal Asymptotes If the absolute value of x becomes large in the formula ƒ(x) for a rational function. The red dashed line x = 2 is a vertical asymptote of the graph of ƒ. Thus y = 25 is a . then k is not in the domain of ƒ.0 1.94 7. This horizontal line is called a horizontal asymptote. it is an aid that is used to sketch and to better understand the graph of a rational function.8 1.310 y Average line length (cars) 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations (b) As the traffic intensity x approaches 1 from the left in Figure 4. Vertical Asymptote The line x = k is a vertical asymptote of the graph of ƒ if ƒ(x) : as x approaches k from either the left or the right. the ƒ(x)values increase without bound as x approaches 2 from the right. the red dashed vertical line x = 1 is a vertical asymptote of the graph of N. x 0 4 8 12 16 20 Time (weeks) Figure 4.2x.68 0. After several weeks the length of the fish begins to level off near 25 millimeters.75.4 0.2 0.01 0. then the graph of ƒ may level off and begin to approximate a horizontal line.03 0. This is expressed as ƒ(x) : ˆ as x : 2 . equals 0 and N(x) is undefined.6 0.97 15.96 11. the attendant has difficulty keeping up.76 Size of a Small Fish An Application The graph of ƒ in Figure 4. Horizontal asymptotes can have meaning in many types of applications. It models the length in millimeters of a small fish after x weeks. This is denoted ƒ(x) : .74 (repeated in the margin). If cars occasionally arrive in groups.01 1 — 2 .76 is an example of a von Bertalanffy growth curve.4. Furthermore.2 0.75 NOTE A vertical asymptote is not part of the graph of a rational function.98 24.q y Length of fish (millimeters) 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 If x = k is a vertical asymptote of the graph of ƒ. A graph of a different rational function ƒ is shown in Figure 4. Numerical support is given in Table 4. rather.95 9. The ƒ(x)values decrease without bound as x approaches 2 from the left. 2 . With a traffic intensity slightly less than 1. y 5 3 1 x –5 –3 –3 –5 3 5 y = f (x) Figure 4.4 Traffic Intensity Approaching 1 N(x) = x2 2 – 2x x x 0 0.ˆ as x : 2 .74 (repeated in the margin).2x x2 Traffic intensity Now Try Exercise 93 Formal Definition In Figure 4. long lines will form. Similarly.99 49. the graph of a rational function ƒ does not cross a vertical asymptote.52 0.36 0.
However. EXAMPLE 3 Determining horizontal and vertical asymptotes visually Use the graph of each rational function to determine any vertical or horizontal asymptotes. This is denoted by ƒ(x) : 25 as x : D. However. Brown and P.77 Identifying Asymptotes Asymptotes can be found visually from a graph and symbolically from a formula. Models in Biology. x x2 x2 + 1 –2 –1 –1 –2 1 2 y= x2 x2 + 1 Horizontal Asymptote The line y = b is a horizontal asymptote of the graph of ƒ if ƒ(x) : b as x approaches either q or . rather. Now Try Exercises 13.78. Rothery.5 is a vertical asymptote and y = 5 is a horizontal asymptote. In Figure 4. and 17 The following technique can be used for rational functions to find vertical and horizontal asymptotes symbolically.4. The xaxis ( y = 0) is a horizontal asymptote. x = 1 are vertical asymptotes and y = 1 is a horizontal asymptote.79.99.80. x = . there are no vertical asymptotes. the asymptote y = 25 does tend to model the length of the fish as it becomes older.ˆ . time does not actually approach infinity. ƒ(10) L 0. For example. a horizontal asymptote is not part of the graph of a rational function. The red dashed horizontal line is a horizontal asymptote of the graph of f and indicates that ƒ(x) : 1 as x : ˆ or x : .9999. In Figure 4.q .80 SOLUTION In Figure 4. The next two examples discuss these techniques. . a fish does not live forever.6 Rational Functions and Models horizontal asymptote of the graph of ƒ. For example.77. unlike in the case of vertical asymptotes.79 Figure 4. 311 (Source: In reallife applications.) ˆ. y Formal Definition The graph of ƒ(x) = y=1 2 is shown in Figure 4. 15. y 20 10 4 3 2 y y 3 1 x –20 –10 10 20 –4 –3 –2 2 3 4 x –3 –2 x –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 Figure 4.999999. NOTE Like a vertical asymptote. it is an aid that is used to sketch and to better understand the graph of a rational function.78 Figure 4. See Examples 4(c) and 10. Figure 4. it is possible for the graph of a rational function to cross a horizontal asymptote. and ƒ(1000) L 0. ƒ(100) L 0.
and x .312 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations Finding Vertical and Horizontal Asymptotes Let ƒ be a rational function given by ƒ(x) = q(x) written in lowest terms. determine any horizontal or vertical asymptotes.0476 2.82. the graph of ƒ has a horizontal asymptote of y = 2. then y = a is b a horizontal asymptote. see Chapter R (page R30). (b) If the degree of the numerator equals the degree of the denominator.1 is a vertical asymptote.84.9907 1. Note that the graph crosses the horizontal asymptote y = 0. set the denominator. A graph of ƒ is shown in Figure 4. equals 0 and the numerator. is a horizontal asymptote.0157 2. If k is a zero of q(x).3333 2.k is a common factor. equal to 0 and solve. then there are no horizontal asymptotes. y 8 y1 approaches 2 as x decreases. the denominator. then x = k is a vertical asymptote.83. Figure 4. 3x + 3. so the xaxis. where a is the leading coefficient of the numerator and b is the leading coefficient of the denominator. This 3 is supported numerically in Figures 4. p(x) EXAMPLE 4 Finding asymptotes For each rational function.9884 1. Thus x = 2 are vertical asymptotes. does not equal 0. Caution: If k is a zero of both q(x) and p(x).81 1)/ (3X 3) X 0 – 50 – 100 – 150 – 200 – 250 – 300 Y1 – .ˆ . 6x . Note that it is not necessary to graph the function to determine the asymptotes. where the yvalues approach 2 as the xvalues increase or decrease. When x = 2. x + 1.3333 1.9769 1. 6x . equals 0 and the numerator. (c) If the degree of the numerator is greater than the degree of the denominator. Thus x = .0236 2.9845 1. Vertical Asymptote To find a vertical asymptote.9922 y1 approaches 2 as x increases.1. then ƒ(x) is not written in lowest terms.1.81 and 4.0094 2.82 1)/ (3X 3) –8 –4 4 4 –4 –8 8 x –4 Algebra Review –1 –2 –4 3 4 x g(x) = x + 1 x2 – 4 To review simplifying rational expressions.0078 (a) The degrees of the numerator and the denominator are both 1. Y1 ( 6 X Figure 4.0117 2. Horizontal Asymptote (a) If the degree of the numerator is less than the degree of the denominator.4 x2 .83 Figure 4. See Figure 4. (b) The degree of the numerator is one less than the degree of the denominator.4. does not equal 0. then y = 0 (the xaxis) is a horizontal asymptote. x2 .1 (c) h(x) = x + 1 SOLUTION X 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Y1 – . (That is.1 x + 1 (a) ƒ(x) = (b) g(x) = 2 3x + 3 x . y f (x) = 6x – 1 3x + 3 4 2 Y1 ( 6 X Figure 4. the denominator.84 .) When x = .9542 1. Since the ratio of the leading coefficients is 6 = 2. y : 2 as x : ˆ and y : 2 as x : . or y = 0. q(x).
1 approaches 0 and the graph of ƒ approaches y = x + 1. x h(x) = x2 . . There are no verNow Try Exercises 21. so the expression is not in lowest terms. the ratio x .4.1 with the point (. 1 x EXAMPLE 5 Analyzing the graph of y = 1 x 1 x Sketch a graph of y = and identify any asymptotes. Table 4. both numerator and denominator equal 0.1. Figure 4. and 31 tical asymptotes. or oblique asymptote.11 = 2 + x . A graph of ƒ with vertical asymptote x = 1 and slant asymptote y = x + 1 is shown in Figure 4.85. which is neither vertical nor horizontal. the degree of the numerator is less than the degree of the denominator. of the graph of ƒ.86 MAKING CONNECTIONS Division Algorithm and Asymptotes Suppose that the division algorithm is used to write a rational function ƒ in the form (Remainder) ƒ(x) = (Quotient) + . Asymptotes A third type of asymptote. We can simplify h(x) as follows. Also. For large values of  x  .1.5 on the next page lists points that lie on the graph of y = 1. occurs when the numerator of a rational function has degree one more than 2 + 2 the degree of the denominator. If the quotient equals ax + b with a Z 0 (linear). 2 + 2 3 Example: ƒ(x) = x .86. When x = . x 2. The line y = x + 1 is called a slant asymptote. the quotient is x + 1 with remainder 3.1 = x + 1 + x .1 . so y = x + 1 is a slant asymptote.6 Rational Functions and Models y 4 2 –4 –2 2 4 313 (c) The degree of the numerator is greater than the degree of the denominator.87 on the next page. 2) missing. We begin by graphing y = and then use transformations to graph other rational functions.1. 23. the denominator is 0 but the numerator is not. SOLUTION Note that when x = 0. Thus 3 ƒ(x) = x + 1 + x .1. If x . x + 1 x + 1 x Z 1 –4 2 h(x) = x – 1 x+1 The graph of h(x) is the line y = x . If the quotient equals a constant k. x y 8 6 4 2 –8 –6 –4 –4 –6 –8 y=x+1 2 4 6 8 x=1 Figure 4.85 Slant. then y = k is a horizontal asymptote. (Divisor) 1. See Figure 4. or Oblique.1 (x + 1)(x . These points and the graph are shown x in Figure 4. so there are no horizontal asymptotes.1. Thus x = 0 (the yaxis) is a vertical asymptote.1 is divided into x 2 + 2. so y = 0 (the xaxis) is a horizontal asymptote. x Graphs and Transformations of Rational Functions Graphs of rational functions can vary greatly in complexity.1) = = x . let ƒ(x) = xx . 1 Example: ƒ(x) = 2x .1 3 is an equivalent representation of ƒ. then y = ax + b is a slant asymptote. so y = 2 is a horizontal asymptote. For example.
89 has vertical asymptote x = 0 and x = –2 1 3 2 1 x –3 –2 –2 –3 1 2 3 –5 –4 y=0 1 x y = 12 x y=– 1 (x + 2) 2 –2 –3 Figure 4. then we can use the division x algorithm to divide x . If we are given function g in the form g(x) = 2x .90 Now Try Exercise 51 . Include all asymptotes 1 horizontal asymptote y = 0.88 Thus g(x) = 2 + EXAMPLE 6 1 x  2 2x x = 2 x .ƒ(x + 2).1 2x . Because the graph of ƒ in Figure 4.1 2(x .314 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations Table 4.1 into 2x .87 has vertical asymptote x = 0 and horizontal asymptote y = 0.2 Subtract: 1 .2 2x . g(x) can be written in terms of ƒ(x) by using the formula g(x) = ƒ(x .1) + 2.87 Now Try Exercise 41 y=2 x 4 Transformations Transformations of graphs can be used to graph some types of 1 rational functions by hand. We can write g(x) in terms of ƒ(x) as g(x) = . Write g(x) in terms of ƒ(x). That is.1) = 2x .(x + 2)2 is a translation of the graph of 1 ƒ(x) = x2 left 2 units and then a reflection across the xaxis. The vertical asymptote for y = g(x) is x = .90.2 and the horizontal asymptote is y = 0. as shown in Figure 4.88 has vertical asymptote x = 1 and horizontal asymptote y = 2. we can graph g(x) = x .88.1 + 2 by translating the 1 graph of ƒ(x) = x right 1 unit and upward 2 units.( 2) = 1 1 1 . the graph of g in Figure 4. y y 1 SOLUTION The graph of y = x 2 shown in Figure 4. For example.5 x 2 1 1 2 0 1 2 y = 1 2 1 2 — 2 1 1 2 1 x y 3 2 1 y=1 x x 1 2 3 1 2 y 4 2 –4 –2 2 Figure 4. NOTE g(x) = 1 +2 x–1 x=1 Figure 4.89 Figure 4.(x in your graph. and we can graph g as in Figure 4.1 and obtain quotient 2 with remainder 1. The graph of g(x) = . Using transformations to graph a rational function 1 . + 2)2 Use the graph of ƒ(x) = x12 to sketch a graph of g(x) = .11.
it may have a “hole” at x = k. the denominator.4. A horizontal asymptote of the graph of ƒ is y = 2.3x + 2 Graph ƒ(x) = by hand.1)(x .) If connected mode is used to graph a rational function.1 2x2 . (See Example 7. Therefore x = 2 are vertical asymptotes.92 p(x) Now Try Exercise 57 If ƒ(x) = q(x). (b) When x = 2. x2 . 6. and the ratio of the leading coefficients is 2 1 = 2. (c) A second graph of ƒ and its asymptotes is shown in Figure 4. The degree of the numerator equals the degree of the denominator. (2x . does not equal 0. 6.4 = 0. for some number k. (c) Sketch a graph of ƒ that includes the asymptotes. EXAMPLE 7 Analyzing a rational function with technology Let ƒ(x) = (a) Use a calculator to graph ƒ.5x + 2 x 2 . 1] 2x 2 + 1 .5x + 2 = = . then it is possible that. The domain of function ƒ is given by D = {x  x Z 2. x 2 . SOLUTION [6.4. in most instances the calculator is connecting points inappropriately. 1] by [6. x Z .2) 2x . 2x 2 + 1. equals 0 and the numerator.91. the graph of ƒ may not have a vertical asymptote at x = k.6 Rational Functions and Models 315 Graphing with Technology Although many graphing calculators have difficulty accurately showing some features of the graph of a rational function. 2 x . See the next example and Figure 4. SOLUTION First factor the numerator and the denominator.4 y= 2x2 + 1 x2 – 4 (a) A calculator graph of ƒ using dot mode is shown in Figure 4.1)(x . see Appendix A (page AP13). both p(k) = 0 and q(k) = 0. y 6 4 Figure 4. However.91 Dot Mode –6 –4 –4 –6 4 6 x 2 y = 2x + 1 2–4 x Figure 4. In this case.2}. they can be helpful when they are used in conjunction with symbolic techniques. it may appear as though the calculator is graphing vertical asymptotes automatically.92. NOTE Calculators often graph in connected or dot mode. rather.85. Graphs with “Holes” EXAMPLE 8 Graphing a rational function having a “hole” 2x 2 . Sometimes rational functions can be graphed in connected mode using a decimal or friendly viewing rectangle. or when x = 2.3x + 2 (x . Find the domain of ƒ. The function is undefined when x 2 .1 x Z 2 .2) x . (b) Identify any vertical or horizontal asymptotes. see Appendix A (page AP8). To set a decimal window. Calculator Help To set dot mode.
2x . by solving ƒ(x) = 0. b provided b and d are nonzero. To sketch its graph.3 Graph ƒ(x) = SOLUTION Getting Started As you go through Steps 1 through 7.1 5 = 3x + 2 4 4(2x . Divide by 7. Plot selected points as necessary. From our previous work.11 is x 1 equivalent to ƒ(x) = 2 + x .1) = 5(3x + 2) 8x . 3) y=2 –4 –2 2 4 x After factoring. Complete the sketch. if possible. . See Figure 4. Choose an xvalue in each interval of the domain determined by the vertical asymptotes and xintercepts. The answer checks. x . Graphing a Rational Function Let ƒ(x) = q(x) define a rational function in lowest terms. or by solving ƒ(x) = mx + b.93 The following guidelines can be used to graph a rational function by hand.) Determine whether the graph will intersect its nonvertical asymptote y = b by solving ƒ(x) = b. Now Try Exercise 69 y= 1 +2 (x – 1) x≠2 x=1 Graphing Rational Functions by Hand (Optional) To graph a rational function by hand. Figure 4. Consider the following example. Therefore we simplify the rational expression to lowest terms and restrict the domain to x Z 2. be sure to sketch all asymptotes first and then plot some key points. where y = mx + b is the equation of the oblique asymptote. Subtract 15x. (These will be the zeros of the numerator p(x). Find the yintercept. Simplify. long division can be used to show that ƒ(x) = 2x .88 except that the point (2. by evaluating ƒ(0). if any. Finally. where b is the yvalue of the horizontal asymptote. it is apparent that both the numerator and the denominator equal 0 when x = 2. Find the xintercepts.1. 3) is missing and an open circle appears in its place. Find all horizontal or oblique asymptotes.4 = 15x + 10 7x = 14 x = 2 Given equation Cross multiply.93. follow these steps: STEP 1: STEP 2: STEP 3: STEP 4: STEP 5: p(x) Find all vertical asymptotes. sketch the entire graph. we sometimes need to solve a rational equation of c the form a = d. add 4.316 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations y 4 (2. Thus the graph of ƒ is similar to Figure 4. One way to solve this equation is to cross multiply and obtain ad = bc. STEP 6: STEP 7: EXAMPLE 9 Graphing a rational function by hand 2x + 1 .
1) 4 y=2 –8 –4 –4 –8 4 (6.6 .6 = 0 x2 + 8x + 16 3x2 . so the yintercept is . x 2 + 8x + 16 = 0 (x + 4)2 = 0 x = 4 Since the numerator is not 0 when x = . Now Try Exercise 87 EXAMPLE 10 Graphing a function that intersects its horizontal asymptote 3x 2 . Because the horizontal asymptote is y = 3. STEP 2: Because the degrees of the numerator and denominator both equal 2. 1). the ratio of the leading coefficients can be used to find the horizontal asymptote. 2 The graph does not intersect its horizontal asymptote.) The points (. 2x + 1 = 0 x .3x . The yintercept is ƒ(0) = . if any.3 2x + 1 = 0 x = 1 2 If a fraction equals 0. (x .4.1. Factor. Leading coefficient of denominator STEP 3: STEP 4: or y = 3. solve x 2 + 8x + 16 = 0. 8 To find the xintercept(s). and A 6.4.x . 3x2 . set ƒ(x) = 3 and solve to locate the point where the graph intersects the horizontal asymptote. its numerator must be 0. x 2 + 8x + 16 Graph ƒ(x) = SOLUTION STEP 1: To find the vertical asymptote(s).2)(x + 1) = 0 STEP 5: x = 2 or x = .6 Rational Functions and Models STEP 1: STEP 2: STEP 3: STEP 4: 2x + 1 x–3 317 The vertical asymptote has equation x = 3.1.4. .3. . The horizontal asymptote has equation y = 2. ƒ(0) = .3x . A 1. shown in Figure 4.94 The xintercept is . 1 .3 B . 13) 3 x 8 (1. Leading coefficient of numerator . 3 3 Solve ƒ(x) = 0 to find any xintercepts. ) –3 2 x=3 STEP 5: STEPS 6 AND 7: Figure 4.94.4. (Verify this. y f (x) = 8 (–4. y = 3 .1. Divide by 3.6 = 0 x .3x . 13 B are on the graph and can be used to 2 3 complete the sketch. solve ƒ(x) = 0.1 Zeroproduct property The xintercepts are 1 and 2. since ƒ(x) = 2 has no solution.2 = 0 2 Set the numerator equal to 0. the only vertical asymptote has equation x = .
except at xvalues where the denominator equals zero. Some other points that lie on the graph are (10. 3) 15 2 f (x) = 3x – 3x – 6 x2 + 8x + 16 3x 2 .21 has vertical asympx totes at x = 2 because 2 is a zero of x . A horizontal asymptote occurs when the degree of the numerator is less than or equal to the degree of the denominator.2.4x2 3x2 .6 = 3x 2 + 24x + 48 3x . 1 Subtract 3x2. 9) (–2. add 6.95 The graph intersects its horizontal asymptote at ( 2. shown in Figure 4. To determine vertical and horizontal asymptotes see the box on page 312. These 8 3 can be used to complete the graph.95.6 Putting It All Together Concept he following table summarizes some concepts about rational functions and equations.3x .3x . cross multiply. 9). (5. 3).1 x + 2x + 1 1 1 x + 1 g(x) = 1 + aNote: 1 + = . It has vertical asymptotes of x = 2 and a horizontal asymptote of y = 3. p(x) x . and A 5. but not of the numerator.4 3 x g (x) = 2 4x + 2x Horizontal asymptote: y = 0 + The graph of ƒ(x) = 3x . Subtract 24x. 2 Graph of a rational function The graph of a rational function is continuous.318 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations y x = –4 (–8. 13 1 ) 8 (–10. where p(x) and q(x) are polynomials with q(x) Z 0. 2 ) 3 2 5 y=3 –10 –5 10 Figure 4. y 6 4 2 –6 –4 y=3 x 4 6 y = f (x) x = –2 x=2 . + The graph of ƒ(x) = 2x .6 = 24x + 48 27x = 54 x = 2 x STEPS 6 AND 7: Let 3 = 3. Now Try Exercise 91 4.41 is discontinuous x2 at x = 2. A 8. Divide by 27. Horizontal asymptote ƒ(x) = 1 . 2 B .b x x x ƒ(x) = 2 Vertical asymptote If k is a zero of the denominator. T Explanation Examples Rational function ƒ(x) = q(x). then x = k is a vertical asymptote.x Horizontal asymptote: y = . but not a zero of 2x + 1. 131 B .6 = 3 x 2 + 8x + 16 3x 2 .
3 2 1 1 y x –3 2 3 x 11. Check your answer.1) 12 = 16x 3 x = 4 4. State the domain of ƒ. ƒ(x) = 10.9653 2.9726 4.4. 2x . Y1 is a rational function.8922 4. 14.9978 X 50 x X – 10 –10 –6 –2 –4 –8 –10 4 6 8 10 x –10 –6 –6 –8 6 8 10 Exercises 21–32: Find any horizontal or vertical asymptotes.2 5.9969 4. y 8 x –8 –4 –2 –6 4 8 –12 –8 –4 –8 4 8 12 x 17. 19.9539 2.9878 4.9931 4. a b Examples Basic rational equation To solve the rational equation 4 = 8.5x + 1 6 1. x 3 . ƒ(x) = 4  12.9768 2. 3 2 1 –1 –3 y 18. Give a possible equation for a horizontal asymptote.2x . y Rational Functions Exercises 1–12: Determine whether ƒ is a rational function and state its domain. 1 4 = 8(2x .6 5 .1 x + 1 3x x2 + 1 3 . 20.5 16.2x x2 + x 3 x + 1 4. ƒ(x) = 5x 3 . X Y1 X Y1 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 2. ƒ(x) = x 2 .9314 2. ƒ(x) = 7. ƒ(x) = 2x .x . provided b and d are nonzero. ƒ(x) =  x .1 write 8 as 8 and cross multiply. ƒ(x) = 2 4x . y 13. ƒ(x) = 6.9956 4.9801 – 10 – 20 – 30 – 40 – 50 – 60 – 70 4. ƒ(x) = x2 + 1 1x .5 x 3.9722 2.3x + 1 x2 .4x Asymptotes and Graphs Exercises 13–18: Identify any horizontal or vertical asymptotes in the graph. 4x + 1 x + 6 21.6 Rational Functions and Models 319 Concept Explanation c = d is equivalent to ad = bc.6 Exercises 15. ƒ(x) = 2.8654 2.8 4 + 1 x x + 1 x + 1 x 3 . y 10 6 10 6 Exercises 19 and 20: In the table. ƒ(x) = 8. ƒ(x) = 22. ƒ(x) = 9.
(c) Find any horizontal or vertical asymptotes. ƒ(x) = 59.1 2x + 1 .1 Exercises 33–36: Let a be a positive constant.2 1 . horizontal: y = 5 Graphing Rational Functions Exercises 41–44: Graph ƒ and identify any asymptotes. (b) Graph ƒ in an appropriate viewing rectangle. ƒ(x) = 56.2 58. Match ƒ(x) with its graph (a–d) without using a calculator. ƒ(x) = 64.3. ƒ(x) = x .3x . Vertical: x = 4. ƒ(x) = 1 2x 44.5 4x 3 . ƒ(x) = 31. (d) Sketch a graph of ƒ that includes any asymptotes. ƒ(x) = 24. 2x + a x .2x 55. ƒ(x) = 2x2 . g(x) = 53. 4 2 –4 –2 y d. You may want to use division. ƒ(x) = 3 (x + 2)(x .2 and x = 4. g(x) = x . ƒ(x) = b. ƒ(x) = 36. ƒ(x) = 2 x2 x4 + 1 25.a x + 2 y 34. g(x) = 46. (a) Find the domain of ƒ.1 x2 1 (x .5 2 23.9 x2 1 + 0.1) x . g(x) = 1 + 2 x 1 .2x x . Write g(x) in terms of either ƒ(x) or h(x). Show all asymptotes and “holes.0.3x + 1 2x . ƒ(x) = 2 x + 3x .4 4 1 .2x + 1 4x2 + 4x + 1 63.25x 2 4(x . ƒ(x) = –5 –3 –1 1 3 5 4x + 1 x2 . ƒ(x) = 6x 2 . ƒ(x) = 0. x + 3 6 . ƒ(x) = x x 43. ƒ(x) = 62.x x2 . g(x) = 1  c.a 2 1 + 1 x .2 2x 2 + x .x . horizontal: y = 1 38.2)2 y 51.2 (x + 1)2 54. ƒ(x) = Exercises 63–72: Graph y = ƒ(x). 5 4 3 2 y Exercises 55–62: Complete the following. factoring. g(x) = 1 50. ” 2 x . 5 4 3 2 –4 –2 –2 –4 2 4 Exercises 45–54: Transformations Use transformations of the graph of either ƒ(x) = 1 or h(x) = x12 to sketch a graph of x y = g(x) by hand. 1 1 41.25x 2 x2 . or transformations as an aid. ƒ(x) = a.3 x + 2 47. g(x) = 2 x a x .6 Exercises 37–40: Write a formula ƒ(x) for a rational function so that its graph has the specified asymptotes.1) x2 . ƒ(x) = 29. ƒ(x) = x .10 27.1 x . 37. g(x) = x –4 –2 –4 2 4 x 1 .1)2 48.9 x + 3 32. g(x) = 52. ƒ(x) = 35. g(x) = 49. horizontal: y = 0 61.4 x .2 26.2 x + 3 x x 57.6 x 3x(x + 2) 30.3 39.320 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations 3 x . ƒ(x) = 2 42. horizontal: y = . ƒ(x) = x + 2 28. Show all asymptotes. ƒ(x) = x2 + 2x + 1 2x2 .2 x + 1 2 (x .1 .5x 2 + 1 x2 .x . Vertical: x = 3.9 2 40. Vertical: x = . 33. Vertical: x = . 1 1 45. ƒ(x) = 3x 2 x . ƒ(x) = 60.
x .x . Include any vertical asymptotes. 2x = 4 x . (b) What happens to the wait as vehicles arrive at an average rate that approaches 8 cars per minute? 94.1 2 Wait (minutes) Slant Asymptotes y=– 1 x–8 x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Traffic rate (cars/min) (a) Evaluate T(4) and T(7.6 2x 2 + 11x . ƒ(x) = 79. ƒ(x) = 92. 2x . x2 + 1 2x 2 . y 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2x 2 + 9x + 9 69. = 4 82. Time Spent in Line (Refer to Exercise 93.2x .4 x + 3 87. (c) Find any vertical asymptotes of the graph of N. ƒ(x) = 74.12 Applications 93.2 x2 .14 x 2 .2x .2 4x . Use the steps for graphing a rational function described in this section. ƒ(x) = 88.) Suppose that a parking attendant can wait on 40 cars per hour and that cars arrive randomly at a rate of x cars per hour.40x 78. Show all asymptotes. 86. ƒ(x) = x2 . ƒ(x) = 2 x + 6x + 8 (a) Evaluate N(20) and N(39).4 x 2 . ƒ(x) = x + 2 x + 1 2x 2 . ƒ(x) = 72.) If the parking attendants can wait on 5 vehicles per minute. the average time T in minutes spent waiting in line and paying 1 the attendant becomes T(x) = .4x + 4 66.5 76. x + 1 = 2 x 1 .2 75.8. (b) Explain what happens to the length of the line as x approaches 40. Length of Lines (Refer to Example 2.5x 2 .1 4x 2 + x . Graphing Rational Functions by Hand Exercises 87–92: (Refer to Examples 9 and 10. (b) Graph y = ƒ(x).x . (a) What is a reasonable domain for T ? (b) Graph y = T(x).4. 4 3 81. Time Spent in Line If two parking attendants can wait on 8 vehicles per minute and vehicles are leaving the parking garage randomly at an average rate of x vehicles per minute.4 70. ƒ(x) = 2x + 3 x + 1 x2 . (a) Find any slant or vertical asymptotes.8 Exercises 73–80: Complete the following.6 Rational Functions and Models 65. ƒ(x) = 2x 2 + 7x + 6 71.) Graph ƒ.2 2 4x 2 2x . ƒ(x) = 68.2 73. ƒ(x) = 80. Interpret the results.3x .3 x + 2x + 1 x . . = 1 x + 2 2x + 1 83.x .x . 95. ƒ(x) = 77.2x 89.1 5 84.3 x 2 + 2x + 1 x2 .x .3 3 . ƒ(x) = 2x + 3x + 1 x . where 0 … x 6 8. ƒ(x) = 2 x + 6x + 9 2x + 1 90. A graph of T is shown in the figure.5.5). Then the average number of cars waiting in line can be estimated by N(x) = x2 . ƒ(x) = 3x 2 + 3x . 1600 .1 2x . then the average time T in minutes spent waiting in line and paying the attendant is given by the 1 formula T(x) = .3 Basic Rational Equations Exercises 81–86: Solve the equation.2x + 2 0.5x 2 . ƒ(x) = x .2 x 2 .3x .x 3 = 3x .6 321 91.14 x 2 . (c) Explain what happens to T(x) as x : 5.5x . ƒ(x) = 67.6 x 2 . ƒ(x) = x + 2 x . ƒ(x) = 0.5x + 6 2x 2 .2x = 12 x + 2 85. ƒ(x) = x + 1 x . ƒ(x) = 2 x .
(c) What happens to the population over time? (d) Interpret the horizontal asymptote.5x+ + 1. Construction Zone Suppose that a construction zone can allow 50 cars per hour to pass through and that cars arrive randomly at a rate of x cars per hour. y Start 104. Probability A container holds x balls numbered 1 through x. 101. 100] by [0. sometimes the outer rail is elevated or banked. Find the equation of the horizontal asymptote. of not drawing the winning ball.50x (a) Evaluate N(20). Train Curves When curves are designed for trains. Interpreting an Asymptote Suppose that an insect population in millions is modeled by ƒ(x) = 10x ++ 11. How long should the patient wait before taking a second dose? 96. 1] by [0. Interpreting an Asymptote Suppose that the population of a species of fish (in thousands) is modeled by x 10 ƒ(x) = 0. where x is the coef30x ficient of friction between the tires and the road and 0 6 x … 1. 2 (a) Graph ƒ in [0. What is the horizontal asymptote? (b) Determine the initial population. + t Ú 0. (b) Estimate the coefficient of friction associated with a braking distance of 340 feet. (b) The patient should not take a second dose until the concentration is below 1. 12. 102. then its braking distance depends on the road conditions. 14. 1]. (d) Find the radius if the elevation is 12. Then the average number of cars waiting in line to get through the construction zone can be estimated by x2 N(x) = . 14. (c) Find any vertical asymptotes of the graph of N. and the output is in milligrams per liter. or likelihood.) Writing about Mathematics 103. Only one ball has the winning number. 600. 2500 . (a) Does the concentration of the drug increase or decrease? Explain. Haefner. (b) Explain what happens to the length of the line as x approaches 50. where y = ƒ(x). (a) Identify and interpret the vertical asymptote. This distance in feet can be computed by D(x) = 2500.7 inches. (c) What happens to the population of this fish? (d) Interpret the horizontal asymptote. Introduction to Transportation Systems. (b) Graph ƒ in [0. 97. where x Ú 0 is in years. Suppose a circular curve is designed for 60 miles per hour. Discuss how to find the domain of a rational function symbolically and graphically. 1] by [0. where the input t is in hours. Let ƒ(x) be the formula for a rational function. How does the elevation change as the radius increases? (c) Interpret the horizontal asymptote. (a) Graph ƒ in [0. x where x Ú 0 is in months. 98. (a) Explain how to find any vertical or horizontal asymptotes of the graph of ƒ. so that a locomotive can safely negotiate the curve at a higher speed. See the figure. Slippery Roads If a car is moving at 50 miles per hour on a level highway. (b) Determine the initial insect population. 1].5 milligrams per liter.322 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations (a) Evaluate ƒ(400) and interpret the result. (b) What is the domain of ƒ? (c) What happens to the probability of not drawing the winning ball as the number of balls increases? (d) Interpret the horizontal asymptote of the graph of ƒ. 5]. 99. . Concentration of a Drug The concentration of a drug in a medical patient’s bloodstream is given by the formula ƒ(t) = t 2 5 1. 12. (b) Discuss what a horizontal asymptote represents. 100. N(40). 50. The formula ƒ(x) = 2540 x computes the elevation y in inches of the outer track for a curve having a radius of x feet. (a) Find a function ƒ that computes the probability. (Source: L. A smaller value of x indicates that the road is more slippery. and N(49).
then we can use ƒ(x) to estimate customer arrival rates x that one attendant can accommodate by solving the rational inequality x2 … 8.30x where 0 … x 6 30. at 28 per hour. Write x 3 .5 AND 4.4 in complete factored form.4 (d) ƒ(x) = x2 + 1 x2 .4. 3. Hoel. on average. Find a quadratic polynomial ƒ(x) with zeros 4i and leading coefficient 3. 4. if an attendant at a ticket booth can wait on 30 customers per hour and if customers arrive at an average rate of x per hour. Find any vertical or horizontal asymptotes for the graph 2 of ƒ(x) = x2 4x 4. Let ƒ(x) = x .7 More Equations and Inequalities 323 EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISES Exercises 1–4: Rate of Change/Difference Quotient Find the average rate of change of ƒ from x1 = 1 to x2 = 3.1 1 (a) ƒ(x) = (b) ƒ(x) = 2x . Thus ƒ(28) L 13 indicates that if customers arrive. State the domain of ƒ. (a) 2x 3 + 45 = 5x 2 . Write ƒ(x) in complete factored form and expanded form.7 More Equations and Inequalities • Solve rational equations • Solve variation problems • Solve polynomial inequalities • Solve rational inequalities Introduction Waiting in line has become part of almost everyone’s life. ƒ(x) = 2. 1 1 1. rational functions can be used to estimate the average number of people standing in line. 3x . Traffic and Highway Engineering. (b) Identify any vertical or horizontal asymptotes. (a) Find the domain of ƒ. Then find the difference quotient of ƒ.1 + 2.18x (b) x 4 + 5x 2 = 36 1 5. 2. For example. Include all asymptotes and any “holes” in your graph. (Source: N. and two imaginary zeros. Sketch a graph of a quartic function (degree 4) with a negative leading coefficient. then the average number of people in line is 13. 7. If a line length of 8 customers or fewer is acceptable. 6.x 2 + 4x . Garber and L. When people arrive randomly at a line. (c) Sketch a graph of ƒ that includes all asymptotes.x CHECKING BASIC CONCEPTS FOR SECTIONS 4. two real zeros. ƒ(x) = 1 5 .6 1.) . then the average number of customers waiting in line is computed by ƒ(x) = x2 .1 4.30x (See Example 8.) Rational inequalities are discussed in this section along with other types of inequalities and equations. 900 . 900 . ƒ(x) = 3 2x 4. Sketch a graph of each rational function ƒ. Solve each equation.2 (x + 1)2 (c) ƒ(x) = x + 2 x2 . ƒ(x) = 2 x x 3.
9. x3 + x 2 and 2 1 + = .8 Y2 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 X 3 Figure 4. so the solution is 3. (Check this answer. x + x + 3 2 3x 3 = .4.4. .) c d Symbolic Solution implies ad = bc.1 x 2500 30(0.1 4x = 6(x . 6). This technique. which clears fractions from an equation. SOLUTION a c Getting Started The equation b = d with b Z 0 and d Z 0 is equivalent to ad = bc.1 = 6 symbolically.3333 5 4. EXAMPLE 1 Solving a rational equation Solve 4x x . [ 9. graphically. where x is the grade. This technique is sometimes called cross 1 multiplying. y1 = y2 when x = 3. See Figure 4. 4x = 6 x .4. of the hill with x 6 0.4. Their graphs intersect at (3. see Chapter R (page R35). 1] y2 = 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 X y1 = Intersection X 3 Y 6 4x x–1 Y1 0 ERR: 8 6 5.6 x = 3 Given equation Cross multiply: a = b Subtract 6x. graphically.1) and Y2 = 6. x . Divide by 2.) Rational equations can be solved symbolically. Examples of rational equations include x2 .1 = 0.324 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations Rational Equations If ƒ(x) represents a rational function.3 + x) = 220 gives the slope of a hill when the stopping distance equals 220 feet. and numerically.97 Now Try Exercise 1 Figure 4. (See Exercise 83.3 + x) An Application The rational expression given by D(x) = calculates the stopping distance for a car traveling downhill at 50 miles per hour.1) 4x = 6x .97. Algebra Review To review clearing fractions. In this example. 9. 2500 or slope. is used in Examples 2 and 3. and numerically.2. 1] by [9. then an equation that can be written in the form ƒ(x) = k for some constant k is a rational equation.96 Numerical Solution In Figure 4.6 2x = . A common approach to solving rational equations symbolically is to multiply each side of the equation by a common denominator. Distributive property Graphical Solution Graph Y1 = 4X>(X . The solution to the rational equation 30(0.96. you can think of 6 as the ratio 6.
5x = x 2 0 = x + 5x . EXAMPLE 4 Designing a box A box with rectangular sides and a top is being designed to hold 324 cubic inches and to have a surface area of 342 square inches. (The value 3 is called an extraneous solution because it does not satisfy the given equation.9 Given equation Multiply by (x + 3)(x . Factor. Add 5x and subtract 6.3) 6(x + 3)(x .5 # x2 = 1 # x2 x 6 . # x2 . .= 1 x2 x 6 x2 Given equation Multiply each term by x2.6 2 0 = (x + 6)(x . 1 1 6 + = 2 x + 3 x .7 More Equations and Inequalities EXAMPLE 2 6 Solve x2 5 x 325 Solving a rational equation = 1 symbolically. two expressions in the given equation are undefined.) Now Try Exercise 21 An Application Rational equations are used in realworld applications such as the construction problem in the next example. EXAMPLE 3 Solving a rational equation 1 x .3 x . Divide by 2. (x + 3)(x .9 symbolically. The next example illustrates the importance of checking possible solutions.1) x + 6 = 0 x = 6 or or x .3 x2 . If the length of the box is four times the height. Combine terms. Simplify.4. Steps for solving application problems (see page 122) have been used to structure the solution. Simplify. SOLUTION Algebra Review 6 5 . see Chapter R (page R32).3). There are no solutions. Zeroproduct property Solve.3) (x + 3)(x .3). SOLUTION The least common denominator is (x + 3)(x .9 (x . find possible dimensions of the box. Check the result.3) + (x + 3) = 6 2x = 6 x = 3 When 3 is substituted for x.9. Multiply each side of the equation by x . Now Try Exercise 17 To review finding a least common denominator. or x 2 .1 = 0 x = 1 Check to verify that each answer is correct.3) + = x + 3 x .3 Solve x 1 + 3 + = 6 x2 . 2 The least common denominator for x 2 and x is x 2.
5.98 Geometry Review To review formulas related to box shapes.5 y2 = 342 Y 342 Figure 4. 2 If the height is x = 3 inches.326 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations SOLUTION STEP 1: We are asked to find the dimensions of a box. 6. V 324 81 = = 2.100 This equation can be written as 8x3 . then the length is 4 # 3 = 12 inches and the width is y = 81 = 9 inches. 4x 2 4x 2 x in the formula for A eliminates the y variable. 400. (Note that y = 81. [0. If x is the height of the box and y is the width. 1] by [300. 400. see Chapter R (page R3). see Appendix A (page AP8).99 NOTE Figure 4. 6. we obtain y = Substituting y = 81 x2 x Figure 4. There are two positive solutions: x = 3 and x = 4. 3 and 9. the height x can be determined by solving the rational equation 8x 2 + STEP 3: 810 = 342. then the length of the box is 4x. x2 Since the surface area is A = 342 square inches. A = 2(4x # x) + 2(x # y) + 2(4x # y) = 8x 2 + 10xy If we solve V = 4x 2y for y and let V = 324. V = xy(4x) = 4x2y The surface area A of this box is determined by finding the area of the 6 rectangular sides: left and right sides. The volume V of the box is height times width times length.98. sketch a box as illustrated in Figure 4. 1] by [300. front and back. x Figures 4.) If the height is 4.99 and 4. 81 .342x + 810 = 0. and top and bottom. then 32 x2 .100 show the graphs of Y1 = 8X^2 + 810/X and Y2 = 342.5 inches. 20] 810 y1 = 8x2 + x Calculator Help 810 y1 = 8x2 + x To find a point of intersection. Intersection X 3 y2 = 342 Y 342 Intersection X 4. x: Height of the box y: Width of the box 4x: Length of the box STEP 2: 4x y To relate these variables to an equation. or four times the height. 20] [0. and the rational zeros test or factoring could be used to find the solutions. A = 8x2 + 10xy = 8x 2 + 10x = 8x 2 + 810 x Area formula # 81 2 x Let y = Simplify.
the constant of variation is p. If the dimensions are 4. In the formula A = pr 2. Direct Variation as the nth Power Let x and y denote two quantities and n be a positive number. A 2foot pendulum has a 1. Thus k = T 2 = 1. it takes 4 hours to travel 100 miles at 25 miles per hour and 2 hours to travel 100 miles at 50 miles per hour. then V = 4. tripling the speed reduces the time by onethird. It follows that T = 25/0. Now Try Exercise 107 Figure 4. .57.4. if there exists a nonzero number k such that y = kxn. In both cases our results check. then 5 = 0. we can write L = kT 2. SOLUTION L (b) If L = 5. EXAMPLE 5 Modeling a pendulum The time T required for a pendulum to swing back and forth once is called its period. A = pr 2. That is.81 L 2. For example. If L = 2. then S = 2(3 # 9) + 2(3 # 12) + 2(9 # 12) = 342.101. or y varies directly as the nth power of x. See Figure 4.572 L 0.2 direct variation was discussed.5 # 18) + 2(4 # 18) = 342. or t = 100.52 = 4 inches.101 Inverse Variation as the nth Power When two quantities vary inversely.5 * 4 * 18. (b) Predict T for a pendulum having a length of 5 feet. the area A of a circle varies directly as the second power of the radius r. Then y is directly proportional to the nth power of x. (a) Find the constant of proportionality k. If the dimensions are 3 * 9 * 12. Doubling the speed cuts the s time in half.5 = 18 inches and the width is y = 4. (a) Because L is directly proportional to the square of T.5 # 4 # 18 = 324 and V = 3 # 9 # 12 = 324 and S = 2(4. STEP 4: We can check our results directly. The number k is called the constant of variation or the constant of proportionality. an increase in one quantity results in a decrease in the second quantity. The constant of variation is 100.57second period.48 seconds.81T 2.7 More Equations and Inequalities 327 81 the length is 4 # 4.5 * 4 * 18. Now Try Exercise 79 Variation Direct Variation as the nth Power In Section 2. The length L of a pendulum is directly proportional to the square of T. L 2 then T = 1. For example.5 # 4) + 2(4. Sometimes a quantity y varies directly as a power of a variable. The quantities t and s are said to vary inversely. Thus the dimensions of the box in inches can be either 3 * 9 * 12 or 4. then s # t = 100.81T 2.81 and L = 0. If s represents the average speed of a car and t is the time to travel 100 miles. Greater speed results in less travel time.
. and 2 and are shown in the graph and on the number line above it. This strategy involves first finding boundary numbers (xvalues) where equality holds. k .2.88 in the equation I = 0. d2 Solve for k. SOLUTION (a) Substitute d = 3 and I = 0.98 watts Now Try Exercise 111 Polynomial Inequalities Graphical Solutions In Section 3. a 100watt bulb produces an intensity of 0. then y is inversely proportional to x or y varies inversely as x. 32 7.1.2. Then I = d2 per square meter. If we increase our distance from a lightbulb. if there exists a nonzero number k such that k .98. 1. xn If y = k. Elementary Classical Physics. The solution set to the inequality p(x) 7 0 can be written in interval notation as (.104 and on the number line above it. Weidner and R. For example. the solution set to the inequality p(x) 6 0 is ( . (b) Determine the intensity at a distance of 2 meters. Then y is inversely proportional to the nth power of x. a graph or a table of test values can be used to determine the intervals where inequality holds. .4 a strategy for solving quadratic inequalities was presented. consider the inequality p(x) 7 0. Volume 2.88 watt per square meter. 2) are shaded green on the xaxis in Figure 4. The boundary numbers are 2. where p(x) = .x 4 + 5x 2 . or k = 7. the intensity of the light decreases. The graph of p is shown in Figure 4. x y = NOTE To review steps for solving variation problems see the box on page 105. 2) h (.) (a) Find the constant of proportionality k. The intensity at 2 meters is 1. (Source: R.92 = 1. This strategy can be applied to other types of inequalities. 2) and corresponds to where the graph is above the xaxis. Similarly.4. .1. q ) and corresponds to where the graph of y = p(x) is below the xaxis. Algebra Review To review interval notation. 1) h (2.5.88 = (b) Let I = 7. Intensity I is inversely proportional to the second power of the distance d. see Section 1. The equation I = dk2 models this phenomenon.1) and (1. Sells. These intervals are shaded red on the xaxis in Figure 4.92 22 k .) The intervals (. 1) h (1.102. Once the boundary numbers are known. d EXAMPLE 6 Modeling the intensity of light At a distance of 3 meters.q . (The symbol h means union and indicates that x can be in either interval. Inverse variation occurs in measuring the intensity of light. or y varies inversely as the nth power of x.92 and d = 2.328 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations Inverse Variation as the nth Power Let x and y denote two quantities and n be a positive number.103 and on the number line above it.
2. 2). 1).102 Figure 4. 2) (–∞. The polynomial p(x) = . 2 (–2. –1) ∪ (1. x 4 + 5x 2 . Since x = . . and 2 separate the number line into five intervals: –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 (.105. ( 2. 2). which was created by a graphing calculator. Figure 4.5) = .1.(1.4 = 0 x .5)4 + 5( 1.4. (1. 1.6 on the next page we see that the test value x = . We need to make only a rough sketch and then determine where the graph of p is above the xaxis and where it is below the xaxis. For example.2) to visualize the Mshaped graph of p shown in Figure 4. and (2. Symbolic Solutions Polynomial inequalities can also be solved symbolically.103 Figure 4.1) h (1.106 on the next page.4 7 0.2.4 = 2. From Table 4.4 is either always positive or always negative on each of these intervals. .105 as illustrated in Figure 4.103. The sign of p(x) on the other intervals is determined similarly.7 More Equations and Inequalities 329 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 y y y p(x) = 0 3 2 1 p(x) > 0 3 2 1 p(x) < 0 3 2 1 –3 3 x –3 3 x –3 3 x x = −2. –2) ∪ (–1.5 results in p(. ∞) Figure 4. 1). we can choose one test value (xvalue) from each interval and substitute this test value in p(x). .1) = 0 2 2 x . we can use our knowledge about graphs of quartic polynomials (see Section 4. to solve the inequality . −1.x 4 + 5x 2 .1.1).4 7 0 is ( 2. 1) ∪ (2. Thus the solution set to p(x) = . begin by finding the boundary numbers.x4 + 5x2 . ( 1. Figure 4. Factor.1 = 0 2 x = x = 1 Square root property The boundary numbers .4 = 0 2 –2 –1 1 2 or 2 or x .5x + 4 = 0 4 2 Replace 7 with =.102. ˆ ). 1.4)(x .5)2 . Zeroproduct property (x . Once the xintercepts have been determined.104 MAKING CONNECTIONS Visualization and Inequalities A precise graph of p is not necessary to solve the polynomial inequality p(x) 7 0 or p(x) 6 0. 2). is similar to Table 4.1. To determine which is the case.6.1875 7 0. .5 is in the interval (.1. it follows that p(x) is positive on this interval.x 4 + 5x 2 . Multiply by 1.ˆ . which is consistent with the graphical solution in Figure 4.
2) (2.3) = 0 2 –1 0 3 Replace Ú with = .1 or x = 3 Figure 4. SOLUTION Algebra Review Symbolic Solution STEP 1: STEP 2: To review factoring. 0. 0] ´ [3. Factor out x. 1). Replace the Ú symbol with an equals sign and solve the resulting equation. either make a table of test values for p(x) or use a graph of y = p(x). (.108 a graphing calculator has been used to evaluate the same test values.2x 2 .2x2 .3x Ú 0. write the inequality as p(x) 6 0.2x 2 .2x . or Ú .ˆ .1875 – 40 4 Table 4. 0).6 –3 – 1.5 3 Interval (. In Table 4. the solution set for p(x) 6 0 corresponds to intervals where test values result in negative outputs or to intervals where the graph of y = p(x) is below the xaxis. q) Test Value x 3 1. In Figure 4.1. The solutions are called boundary numbers.5 0 1. The solution set is [1. Solve p(x) = 0. q ).5 0 1. On each interval.3x = 0 x(x . For example. (0. Factor the trinomial. Use the boundary numbers to separate the number line into disjoint intervals.3x is evaluated at a test value from each interval.1.4 40 2.1875 –4 2.1875 4 2.) .330 X CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations Y1 – 40 2. 1) (1.107. ˆ ). x 3 .7 the expression x3 . p(x) is either always positive or always negative. STEP 4: as illustrated in Figure 4. To solve the inequality. 3). … . 2) (2. 1) (1.5 3 x4 + 5x2 . The boundary numbers separate the number line into four disjoint intervals: (. and 3. (Note: The boundary numbers are included in the solution set because the inequality involves Ú rather than 7 . Solving Polynomial Inequalities STEP 1: STEP 2: STEP 3: STEP 4: If necessary. where p(x) is a polynomial and the inequality symbol 6 may be replaced by 7. –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 x(x + 1)(x .q . see Chapter R. (page R20). and (3.1875 40 Positive or Negative? Negative Positive Negative Positive Negative Y 1 – X^4+5X 2 Figure 4. Begin by writing the inequality as x 3 .106 These symbolic and graphical procedures can be summarized verbally as follows.3) = 0 x = 0 or x = . EXAMPLE 7 Solving a polynomial inequality Solve x3 Ú 2x2 + 3x symbolically and graphically.107 Zeroproduct property STEP 3: The boundary numbers are .
5.0. 30.7 More Equations and Inequalities X Y1 – 10 . this result Now Try Exercise 43 agrees with the symbolic solution. 7.30x … 8 to determine the rates x at which customers can arrive before a second attendant is needed. In the next example.q . The zeros or xintercepts are located at 1.2X^2 .5 1 4 x3 . . These concepts also apply to higher degree polynomials and to rational expressions. Note that the xvalues are limited to 0 … x 6 30.2x2 .4.969385 Y 8 Figure 4.109 MAKING CONNECTIONS Functions. To keep the time waiting in line reasonable.109. Equations. We conclude that if the arrival rate is about 27 customers per hour or less.7. 3) (3.3x . as shown in Figure 4. If the arrival rate is more than 27 customers per hour.875 –4 20 Table 4. If we include the boundary numbers. 1] y = x3 – 2x2 – 3x Graphical Solution Graph Y1 = X^3 . Rational Inequalities An Application In the introduction we looked at how a rational inequality can be used to estimate the number of people standing in line at a ticket booth. [0.5 1 4 Interval (. Solve the inequality x2 900 .10 0.875 4 20 Positive or Negative? Negative Positive Negative Positive Y 1 X^3 2X^2 3X Figure 4. we can use the same basic techniques that we used to solve polynomial inequalities.110 Graphical and Symbolic Solutions To solve rational inequalities. a second ticket booth attendant is needed. 0) (0. 5] by [0. Now Try Exercise 85 Intersection X 26. 1] by [. 1) ( 1. 10. The following steps can be used to solve a rational inequality.7 331 –2 – . then the line length does not exceed 8 customers on average. 8). The only point of intersection on this interval is near (26.97. The graph of y1 is positive (or above the xaxis) for 1 6 x 6 0 or 3 6 x 6 q . ƒ(x) = ax 3 + bx 2 + cx + d ax + bx + cx + d = 0 3 3 2 2 Cubic function Cubic equation Cubic inequality ax + bx + cx + d 6 0 where a Z 0. as shown in y1 = Figure 4.110. The graph of y1 is below the graph of y2 for xvalues to the left of this point. q) Test Value x 2 . with one important modification: boundary numbers also occur at xvalues where the denominator of any rational expression in the inequality equals 0. and 3. EXAMPLE 8 Modeling customers in a line A ticket booth attendant can wait on 30 customers per hour. For example. Figure 4. this inequality is solved graphically. and Inequalities The three concepts are related.108 [ 5. 0. the line length should not exceed 8 customers on average.3X. 2] y2 = 8 x2 900 – 30x SOLUTION Graph Y1 = X^2/(900 .30X) and Y2 = 8 for 0 … x … 30.
x + 1 Subtract . Solve p(x) = 0 and q(x) = 0.0. 1] by [3.q .1.1. p(x) STEP 2: STEP 3: STEP 4: EXAMPLE 9 Solve 2 2x x Solving a rational inequality 7 0 symbolically.5 0. This agrees with our symbolic solution. 2 . SOLUTION Symbolic Solution The inequality is written in the form q(x) 7 0.8 [. Use a table of test values or a graph to solve the inequality in Step 1. so Step 1 is unnecessary. SOLUTION STEP 1: Begin by writing the inequality in the form 1 2 … 0 x x + 1 p(x) q(x) … 0.4.5 .X)/(2X). (2. Note that 7 may be replaced by 6 . where p(x) and q(x) are polynomials. 4. 2) q) Test Value x 1 1 4 (2 .111 Graphical Solution Graph Y1 = (2 .25 Positive or Negative? Negative Positive Negative X 2 Y 0 Figure 4. 1] y1 = 2 – x 2x p(x) STEP 3: STEP 4: Interval (. as shown in Figure 4. 2). Table 4.q . 0). Table 4. Between these boundary numbers the graph of y1 is positive (or above the xaxis). Numerator Denominator 2 .111. which separate the number line into three disjoint intervals: (. q(x) is either always positive or always negative. p(x) On each interval. Now Try Exercise 59 EXAMPLE 10 Solving a rational inequality symbolically Solve 1 … x 2 x + 1. The graph has a vertical asymptote at x = 0 and an xintercept at x = 2. STEP 2: Set the numerator and the denominator equal to 0 and solve. Use the boundary numbers to separate the number line into disjoint intervals. 2).332 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations Solving Rational Inequalities STEP 1: If necessary. In interval notation the solution set is (0. The solutions are boundary numbers.7. 3. q ). write the inequality in the form q(x) 7 0. Support your answer graphically.x = 0 2x = 0 x = 2 x = 0 The boundary numbers are 0 and 2. (0.x)/(2x) 1. 0) (0. and (2. … . or Ú .8 shows that the expression is positive between the two boundary numbers or when 0 6 x 6 2. The solution set is (0.7. 2).
whereas if x 7 0. Because we have no way of knowing ahead of time which is the case.) Table 4. 0).4. Find the zeros of the numerator and the denominator. it is essential not to multiply or divide each side of the inequality by the LCD (least common denominator) if the LCD contains a variable. 1) (1.7 More Equations and Inequalities 333 Algebra Review To review subtraction of rational expressions.x)/(x(x + 1)) 1. this solution set is clearly incomplete because x = . If x 6 0.q . 1 x # (x + 1) (x + 1)  2 x + 1 #x x … 0 Common denominator is x(x + 1). q) Test Value x 2 0.5 0.q .1 is also a solution to the given inequality. if each side of the rational inequality 1 6 2 x is multiplied by x to clear fractions. which separate the number line into four disjoint intervals: ( .x … 0.5 2 (1 .16 Positive or Negative? Positive Negative Positive Negative Now Try Exercise 75 Multiplying an Inequality by a Variable When solving a rational inequality. 0) (0. In general. The solution set is + 1) (1. .1 and 0 are not included in the solution set because the given inequality is undefined when x = . Subtract numerators: x + 1 2x … 0 x(x + 1) x(x + 1) 1 . 1 Table 4. see Chapter R (page R34). Multiply.x … 0 x(x + 1) STEP 2: x + 1 . 1). 0. ( 1.9 STEP 3: STEP 4: Interval (. (0.2x = 1 . 0) h [1.1 The boundary numbers are 1. 1). (Note: The boundary numbers .x = 0 x(x + 1) = 0 x = 1 x = 0 or x = .5 6 0. the inequality becomes 1 6 2x or x 7 1 . 2 However. This technique often leads to an incorrect solution set. the variable x can be either negative or positive. and (1. and 1. q ).x. the inequality symbol should be reversed.1 or x = 0. q ). For example. this technique of multiplying by a variable should be avoided.9 can be used to solve the inequality x(x . 1) ( 1.6 0. the inequality symbol should not be reversed. Numerator Denominator 1 .
or Ú Examples: x 3 . …. Can be written as p(x) 6 0.2x2 . 1. where p(x) is a polynomial and 6 may be replaced by 7. Either graphical or symbolic methods can be used.334 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations 4. 2x 4 . x(x + 2) x(x + 2) x(x + 2) + = x x + 2 x(x + 2) (x + 2) + x = 1 x = 1 2 It checks.2. then y = 5x 3. then y = x2. If the constant of variation is 5.2x 2 . The boundary numbers are 2. If the constant of 3 variation is 3. Check your answers. The solution set to x3 . To solve a rational equation. x + Multiply each side of the equation by the LCD: x(x + 2). Description Rational equation Can be written as ƒ(x) = k. Example: Let y vary directly as the cube (third power) of x.3x 2 Ú 5x + 1 Follow the steps for solving a polynomial inequality presented on page 330.5x + 6 is shown. q ). Variation y varies directly as the nth power of x: y = kxn. y Polynomial inequality Solving a polynomial inequality 4 –4 –3 –4 2 4 x y = x3 – 2x2 – 5x + 6 . k y varies inversely as the nth power of x: y = n . Example: A graph of y = x 3 . 1 Example: Solve 1 + x + 2 = x(x 1 2).7 Putting It All Together Concept The following table outlines basic concepts for this section. x Example: Let y vary inversely as the square (second power) of x. where ƒ is a rational function. 1) h (3. and 3.x … 0.5x + 6 7 0 is (. first clear fractions by multiplying each side by the LCD.
Either graphical or symbolic methods can be used. 6. y p(x) Solving a rational inequality x –2 –1 1 2 y= x–1 2x + 1 4. 1 B .7 More Equations and Inequalities 335 Concept Description Rational inequality Can be written as q(x) 6 0.2 = 5 x x x 3 .2 x 2 Rational Equations Exercises 1–6: Solve the rational equation (a) symbolically. The solution set to 2 x . 14.7 Exercises Exercises 7–28: Find all real solutions. (b) graphically. 15. . … .2 .4.2 = 0 = 1 7. x . and (c) numerically.1 1 1 = x . 5 2 + 2 = 0 x x 4.1 13.5 x + 3 9. 2 5.2 7 5 x + 2 x . 2.11 is shown. 8.3 Examples: Ú 0. 1 1 + = 2 x2 x 11. x Example: A graph of y = 2x . or Ú 2 x . 2x .1. where p(x) and q(x) Z 0 are polynomials and 6 may be replaced by 7. Check your results.2 x . x + 2 2x .1 x .1 Follow the steps for solving a rational inequality presented on page 332. Boundary numbers occur where either + the numerator or denominator equals zero: x = 1 or x = .5 1 1 + = 1 x + 2 x 1 2 .4x = 0 x2 + 1 10. 6(1 . 12.1 x .2x) = 4 x . x + 1 x .1 4 3 = x .1 3. 1 1 1 + = 2 x + 1 x . 2 + 3 = 1 5(2x + 5) 2x 2 = 5 + x . 2x 3x = 6 = 3 1.1 1 2x + 1 6 0 is A .
336 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations 1 2 1 + = 2 x + 2 x + 3 x + 5x + 6 35 36 18. 26. 30. x –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 28. y y = f (x) 38. 35. x .1 4x .x 7 0 42.1 x + 1 x . 2 = + 15 x x 19. (a) Identify where ƒ(x) is undefined or ƒ(x) = 0.1 x .4 = x + 2 x . y = f (x) y = f (x) 2 1 y 35 4 17.x2 24. 41. 6 + 2 = 0 x x 20.3 x . y = f (x) y = f (x) 25.1 x + 3 = x + 1 x .2 x . 4 3 2 1 –4 –3 –2 –1 –2 y y = f (x) Polynomial Inequalities Exercises 41–46: Solve the polynomial inequality (a) symbolically and (b) graphically. (c) Solve ƒ(x) 6 0.9 22. y y = f (x) x y = f (x) x –3 –1 –2 –3 1 3 –3 3 2 2 –2 –8 4 x –1 –2 –3 3 x –1 2 y = f (x) y = f (x) 31. x 1 1 2 27.1 1 1 2 + = 2 2x + 1 2x . 1 1 + 2 = 2 x x + x 1 6 + 1 = 2 x . 1 2 1 = 2 x .1 x + 1 x .1 x + 2 4 . 8 4 3 –3 –2 3 2 x –1 –2 –3 2 3 –4 –3 –2 –4 –6 1 2 x y 40. 8x3 6 27 43. (b) Solve ƒ(x) 7 0. Exercises 35–40: Complete the following. x 3 + x 2 Ú 2x 44. 34. 1 1 2 + = 2 x . y y 2 1 23.1 37. 6 4 2 y y = f (x) 32. x3 . y 16. (a) ƒ(x) = 0 (b) ƒ(x) 7 0 (c) ƒ(x) 6 0 29. 2x 3 … 3x 2 + 5x x –3 –1 –6 1 x 2 .10 1 x x –2 1 2 –1 –2 –3 –4 1 –2 –1 –1 –2 21.5x + 6 1 3 4 + = 2 x .1 1 4 = . y y 39.4 33.1 2 4 + 1 = 2 x .3 x . x + 5 x . 36. 6 4 y y = f (x) Graphical Solutions to Inequalities Exercises 29–34: Solve the equation and inequalities.
3x4 .3) Ú 0 x + 2 5 .7 More Equations and Inequalities 45.2 2 (a) Find a formula for the volume V in terms of r and h. 4x 4 . 6 0 x + 1 62. 3x4 . a surface area of 280 square inches. (x . x 3 . Length of Lines (Refer to Example 2 in Section 4. Minimizing Surface Area An aluminum can is being designed to hold a volume of 100π cubic centimeters.4x2 6 7 49.13x2 + 36 6 0 46. Let x be the length of a side of its base in inches.2x2 + 8x 7 0 56. 2x 4 + 2x 3 … 12x 2 52.2x 68. 72. Evaluate S(2) and interpret the result.x 2 + x 1 1 3 + 7 x . 1 2 … x x + 2 76.3 5 2 + 2 Ú 0 x x x + 1 66. … 0 64. (a) Write a formula A(x) that calculates the outside surface area in square feet of the box. 1 1 57.2)(x + 2) Ú 0 50. where x 7 10.2 (x .9 Ú 0 337 Applications 77. see Chapter R (page R4). 70. (x + 1)2 2x 63. x(x .5x 3 … 5x 2 + 45x + 36 Rational Inequalities Exercises 57–62: Solve the rational inequality (a) symbolically and (b) graphically.10 per square foot. Ú 1 4 . 80. 2 7 0 x x 4 59.x . how many attendants are needed to keep the average wait to 15 seconds or less? 78.3 x . write a formula C(x) that gives the cost in dollars of the cardboard in the box. 69.x 6 0 x . 5 6 0 x .) (a) Estimate the admittance rate x that results in an average wait of 15 seconds. (Source: F.1 60.2) Ú 0 51. 71.2)2 3 . 53. 7 0 x .10x.1 x + 1 4 1 1 6 + 1 x + 1 x 73. Geometry Review To review r formulas for cylinders.2x 65.4 2 x .7x3 . while the average number of vehicles being admitted through the gate per minute is equal to x. 79. . 6 0 58.3x 6 2 55. (c) Find the dimensions that result in the least amount of aluminum being used in its construction.5 Ú 0 x2 . x3 + 6x2 + 9x 7 0 Exercises 53–56: Solve the polynomial inequality graphically. 7x4 7 14x2 48. Time Spent in Line Suppose the average number of vehicles arriving at the main gate of an amusement park is equal to 10 per minute.5 ƒ(x) = x 2x . (x + 1)(x . Minimizing Cost A cardboard box with no top and a square base is being constructed and must have a volume of 108 cubic inches.6.1)(x . Ú 0 x + 3 61. 6 0 1 + x 67. Mannering. 75.1 1 5 … x . x4 .2) 6 0 (x + 3) 2x . (c) Find the dimensions of the box that would minimize the cost of the cardboard. (b) Write a formula for a function S that calculates the outside surface area of the can in terms of only r. 3 x 7 2 .7x 2 + 14x … 8 54.5x 2 . (x + 1)2(x . (b) If cardboard costs $0.1 2 Exercises 63–76: Solve the rational inequality. 2x3 + 3x2 . and a length that is twice the width.4. (b) If one attendant can serve 5 vehicles per minute. 81. x Ú 0 x . 2  74. 47. x 4 . Then the average waiting time in minutes for each vehicle at the gate can be computed by . h Exercises 47–52: Solve the polynomial inequality.) Determine the traffic intensity x when the average number of vehicles in line equals 3. Construction Find possible dimensions for a box with a volume of 196 cubic inches.
A smaller value of x indicates that the road is more slippery. Slippery Roads The coefficient of friction x measures the friction between the tires of a car and the road. 10 ft 100 ft (a) Evaluate D(0. where x = 1 corresponds to January. See the figure. 100.0145x4 . x = 2 to February. (Source: L. or 10%. Give the physical significance of this asymptote. The braking distance D for a car traveling at 50 miles per hour on a wet uphill grade is given by the formula 2500 D(x) = 30(0. Does this agree with your driving experience? (c) Estimate the grade associated with a braking distance of 220 feet. and so on.22x + 72.0.1) and interpret the result.53x2 .3 + x). 1 (a) Solve the threepart inequality 5 … 3 .) A parking garage attendant can wait on 40 cars per hour. (b) Interpret your result from part (a).3 + x) 87.8 cubic inches and 213.6.338 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations (c) The graph of D has a vertical asymptote at x = . If cars arrive randomly at a rate of x cars per hour. determine the cost for the city. then the braking distance D in feet is given by the formula D(x) = 120. where 0 6 x … 1. Braking Distance (Refer to Exercise 83. Estimate the percentage of participation that can be expected. (b) What happens to the braking distance as the downhill grade becomes steeper? Does this agree with your driving experience? .x. (a) Graph C in [0. (b) If 75% participation is expected. Time Spent in Line If a parking garage attendant can wait on 3 vehicles per minute and vehicles are leaving the ramp at x vehicles per minute. Grades are typically kept quite small—usually less than 10%. For example. (b) Describe what happens to the braking distance as the hill becomes steeper. 10. by how much can the length x of a side of the cube vary? where x 6 0 for a downhill grade.3. (d) Estimate the grade associated with a braking distance of 350 feet. 10] by [0. 83.2 cubic inches inclusive. CostBenefit A costbenefit function C computes the cost in millions of dollars of implementing a city recycling project when x percent of the citizens participate.) If a car is traveling 50 miles per hour downhill. Estimate graphically when the monthly average high temperature is 75°F or more. 1. If a car is traveling at 60 miles per hour. then the average wait in minutes for a car trying to exit is given by the formula 1 ƒ(x) = 3 .40x 82. 89. 84. Haefner. Geometry A cubical box is being manufactured to hold 213 cubic inches. if a road rises 10 feet for every 100 feet of horizontal distance. Waiting in Line (Refer to Example 8. 1600 . 86. Florida. Interpret the graph as x approaches 100. 1]. Braking Distance The grade x of a hill is a measure of its steepness. Average Temperature The monthly average high temperature in degrees Fahrenheit at Daytona Beach. (a) Evaluate D(0. can be approximated by ƒ(x) = 0.426x3 + 3. x (a) What happens to the braking distance as the coefficient of friction becomes smaller? (b) Find values for the coefficient of friction x that correspond to a braking distance of 400 feet or more.05) and interpret the result. (b) Interpret your answer from part (a). (c) The city plans to spend $5 million on this recycling project.) where the xvalues are limited to 0 … x 6 40. 88. 30(0. (a) Solve the inequality ƒ(x) … 8.x … 10.2x where C(x) = 100 . then the average line length is given by ƒ(x) = x2 .0.x. then it has an 10 uphill grade of x = 100. If this measurement can vary between 212. 85. then the car’s braking distance on a wet pavement is given by D(x) = 2500 .
Let y be inversely proportional to x. z = 0.) 110. 105. The radius of Earth is approximately 4000 miles. Let y be inversely proportional to x. what happens to y? 100.25 6 1 8 0. Exercises 99–102: Assume that the constant of proportionality is positive. find the resistance of a wire having the same length and a diameter of 3 millimeters. where n is a positive integer. If a person weighs 160 pounds on Earth’s surface. T = 20. Brown. 103. If a beam with a depth of 3. 1. If x is halved. how much weight can the same type of beam hold if its depth is 12 inches? 32. x 2 3 4 5 y 104. If a 25foot wire with a diameter of 2 millimeters has a resistance of 0. Estimate the weight of a fiddler crab with claws weighing 0. When x = 3. When 2 x = 4. Construction A cylindrical aluminum can is being manufactured so that its height h is 8 centimeters more than its radius r. Determine k and n.8 107. and y = 64 when x = 2 3 94. Gravity The weight of an object varies inversely as the second power of the distance from the center of Earth.8.7 More Equations and Inequalities 90.1 grams. of starlight varies inversely as the square of its distance from Earth. Hubble Telescope The brightness. Electrical Resistance The electrical resistance R of a wire varies inversely as the square of its diameter d.5.6 12. and y = 2 when x = 3 x 92. x 2 3 4 5 y 106. y = kx . Suppose y varies directly as the third power of x. 99. Suppose y varies directly as the second power of x. Suppose T varies directly as the 3 power of x.5 ohm. y = k. (Source: D.) 108. what is the volume of a cylinder with the same height and a radius of 5 inches? 111. The Hubble Telescope can see stars whose 1 intensities are 50 that of the faintest star now seen by groundbased telescopes. Determine how much farther the Hubble Telescope can see into space than groundbased telescopes. Determine k and n.4. Allometric Growth The weight y of a fiddler crab is directly proportional to the 1. 339 Exercises 105 and 106: The data in the table satisfy the equation y = xkn.5625 and y = 1 4 when x = 8 93.5 1 0. Estimate values for the radius (to the nearest hundredth) that result in the can having a volume between 1000 and 1500 cubic centimeters inclusive.5 5 8 7 411.25 power of the weight x of its claws. If x doubles. what happens to y? Exercises 103 and 104: The data satisfy the equation y = kxn. y = k . When x = 6. A crab with a body weight of 1. Let y vary inversely as the second power of x. x2 x y 2 9 4 2. 95. y = 5. When t = 5. what happens to y? 102.9 grams has claws weighing 1.5 9 874. what would this individual weigh 8000 miles above the surface of Earth? 109. Strength of a Beam The strength of a rectangular wood beam varies directly as the square of the depth of its cross section. 96. 112. (Source: National Aeronautics and Space Administration.5 inches can support 1000 pounds. or intensity. Find z when t = 2. Volume The volume V of a cylinder with a fixed height is directly proportional to the square of its radius r.75 gram. Let z be inversely proportional to the third power of t. 91. y = kx3>2. what happens to y? 101.6 Variation Exercises 91–94: Find the constant of proportionality k. If x triples. Suppose y is directly proportional to the second power of x.4 150 . If x doubles. Find y when x = 15. where n is a positive integer.75 0. 97. and y = 96 when x = 16 Exercises 95–98: Solve the variation problem. Find y when x = 1. Find T when x = 16. If a cylinder with a radius of 10 inches has a volume of 200 cubic inches. y = 10. 98.08. x y 2 3 4.
113 shows that ƒ(x) = x increases too slowly and g(x) = x 2 increases too fast.20 11. Ronan. we might try a polynomial.10 lists the average distance x from the sun and the time y in years for several planets to orbit the sun. To model these data.54 29.387 0. Table 4.114.241 Venus 0. The distance x has been normalized so that Earth is one unit away from the sun. See Figure 4.8 Radical Equations and Power Functions • Learn properties of rational exponents • Learn radical notation • Solve equations involving radical expressions • Understand properties and graphs of power functions • Use power functions to model data • Solve equations involving rational exponents • Use power regression to model data (optional) Introduction Johannes Kepler (1571–1630) was the first to recognize that the orbits of planets are elliptical. Describe the steps to symbolically solve a rational inequality in the form ƒ(x) 7 0. whereas power functions allow b to be any real number.340 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations 113. Table 4. Exercises 113 and 114: Violin String The frequency F of a vibrating string is directly proportional to the square root of the tension T on the string and inversely proportional to the length L of the string. Figure 4.00 1.615 Earth 1.52 1. For example.5 Source: C. The Natural History of the Universe. where 1 6 b 6 2. Writing about Mathematics 115. 116. b = ? f (x) = x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x Distance (Earth = 1) Distance (Earth = 1) Distance (Earth = 1) Figure 4. we need a function in the form h(x) = x b. To model these data.112 Orbital Data Figure 4.10 is shown in Figure 4.114 Power Model .00 Mars 1.113 Polynomial Model Figure 4.9 years to orbit the sun. what happens to F? 114. Polynomials allow the exponent b to be only a nonnegative integer. y 32 28 24 20 16 12 8 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 32 28 24 20 16 12 8 4 y 32 28 24 20 16 12 8 4 y Period (years) Period (years) Period (years) g (x) = x2 h(x) = x b. a new type of function is required.2 times farther from the sun than Earth and requires 11. such as ƒ(x) = x or g(x) = x 2. If both the tension and the length are doubled. That is. Give two ways to double the frequency F. Jupiter is 5.723 0.10 Planet x (distance) y (period) Mercury 0. A scatterplot of the data in Table 4. He also found that a power function models the relationship between a planet’s distance from the sun and its period of revolution. Describe the steps to graphically solve a polynomial inequality in the form p(x) 7 0.112. rather than circular.88 Jupiter 5.9 Saturn 9. 4.
Because power functions often use rational numbers as exponents. (br ) p = brp 1 4.(5>6) = 41>2 = = 4 2 24 bm>n = 2bm = (2b )m br p b n n = brp (c) 272>3 # 271>3 = 27(2>3) + (1>3) = 271>3 = 1 227 3 = 1 3 b rb p = b r + p (b r )p = b rp br = 1 r b (d) (53>4)2>3 = 5(3>4)(2>3) = 51>2 or 25 1 1 1 (e) (125)4>3 = 4 = 4 = ( 2 125) (.4. Algebra Review To review integer exponents. we begin by reviewing properties of exponents and radical notation.125)4>3 Simplify each expression by hand. b r = r b r p 5. see Chapter R (page R7). 41>3 (a) 163>4 (b) 5>6 (c) 272>3 # 271>3 4 SOLUTION 4 (a) 163>4 = ( 216)3 = (2)3 = 8 1>3 4 1 1 (b) 5>6 = 4(1>3) .8 Radical Equations and Power Functions 341 In this section we consider power functions.5) 625 3 Now Try Exercises 1. Rational Exponents and Radical Notation The following properties can be used to simplify expressions with rational exponents. and in Example 8 we use a power function to model Kepler’s data. b = (b ) = (b ) n n m>n 2. b = 2b m = ( 2b )m 3. 11. see Chapter R (page R41).(3>4) = 51>2 53>4 3 1>2 EXAMPLE 1 Applying properties of exponents (d) (53>4)2>3 (e) (. (a) 2x # 2y 4 . and 13 EXAMPLE 2 Writing radicals with rational exponents (b) 2x 2 3 (c) (2z)5 4 (d) 32y 3 Use positive rational exponents to write each expression. Assume that b is a nonzero real number and that each expression is a real number. Property 1.p b m>n m 1>n 1>n m 3>2 Example 4 = (4 ) = (41>2)3 = 23 = 8 82>3 = 282 = ( 28)2 = 22 = 4 3 3 3>2 4 6 (2 ) = 2 = 64 1 1 41>2 = 1>2 = 4 2 5>2 # 3>2 (5>2) + (3>2) 3 3 = 3 = 34 = 81 5>4 5 = 5(5>4) . Properties of Rational Exponents Let m and n be positive integers with m in lowest terms and n Ú 2. Let r and p be n rational numbers. To review radical notation and rational exponents. 7. b b = b r + p br 6. p = b r . 9.
23. Now Try Exercise 37 The value 5 in Example 3 is called an extraneous solution because it does not satisfy the given equation. This result is supported graphically in Figure 4. 22x + 5 = 3 3 ( 22x + 5) = 3 3 3 3 Add 2 to each side. Cube each side. Notice that no point of intersection occurs when x = . 1] by [.9.15 = 0 2 (x + 5)(x . That is.2X). x = 15 . 3 = 215 . and 27 3 Equations Involving Radicals In solving equations that contain square roots.342 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations SOLUTION (a) 2x = x 1>2 (b) 2 x2 = (x 2)1>3 = x 2>3 1 4 (c) (2z)5 = (z 1>4)5 = z 5>4 = 5>4 z (d) 32y # 2y = A y 1>3 # y 1>4B 1>2 = A y (1>3) + (1>4)B 1>2 = A y 7>12B 1>2 = y 7>24 3 4 Now Try Exercises 19. Check: Now substitute these values in the given equation x = 215 .2 = 1. 3 SOLUTION Start by adding 2 to each side. Simplify.115. where Y1 = X and Y2 = 2(15 . 2x + 5 = 27 . the solutions to the equation a = b are among the solutions to a n = b n. SOLUTION Begin by squaring each side of the equation. Check your answers.2x.2x [. then any solutions to the given equation are among the solutions to the new equation. x = 215 . 6.5.6. This is done in the next example.2(3) Figure 4.3) = 0 y2 = √15 – 2x x = 5 y1 = x Y 3 or x = 3 Solve. we cube each side of an equation that contains a cube root. In the next example.115 Thus 3 is the only solution.2x ) 2 2 2 Given equation Square each side. we must check our answers. Then cube each side.5) = 5.2x. Add 2x and subtract 15. Simplify. EXAMPLE 3 Solving an equation containing a square root Solve x = 215 . For this reason. 1] x + 2x .2(. 21. EXAMPLE 4 Solving an equation containing a cube root Solve 22x + 5 . NOTE If each side of an equation is raised to the same positive integer power. 9. Intersection X 3 5 Z 215 . it is common to square each side of an equation and then check the results. Factor. It is important to check results whenever squaring has been used to solve an equation.2x x = ( 215 .
The answer checks. ƒ2(x) = x 3>4. Power Function A function ƒ given by ƒ(x) = x b.4. (See Example 7. Power Functions and Models Functions with rational exponents are often used to model physical characteristics of living organisms. we frequently need to square twice. 22x + 3 . 343 Now Try Exercise 45 Squaring Twice In the next example.3)(x + 1) = 0 x . Factor. For example.3 = 0 or x + 1 = 0 x = 3 or x = 1 Checking reveals that both 1 and 3 are solutions to the given equation. EXAMPLE 5 Squaring twice Solve 22x + 3 .) This area of study in biology. Start by isolating the more complicated radical and then square each side.3 = 0 (x .2x + 1 = 1. then ƒ is a root function given by ƒ(x) = x 1>n. Simplify. where b is a constant. n ƒ(x) = 2x. 3 . and a special type of power function is a root function. is called allometry. 2 A 22 x + 3 B = A1 + 2x + 1 B 2 Square each side. is a power function. Distributive property Subtract 4x + 4. and ƒ4(x) = 2x 2.2x + 1 = 1 22 x + 3 = 1 + 2x + 1 Given equation Isolate 22x + 3. SOLUTION Getting Started When an equation contains two square root expressions. Power functions often have rational exponents. Zeroproduct property Solve each equation. Examples of power functions include ƒ1(x) = x 2. in which the relative sizes of different characteristics of an organism are modeled. Square each side again. larger birds tend to have bigger wings. Divide by 2.4. Simplify.8 Radical Equations and Power Functions 2x = 22 x = 11 The only solution is 11. Subtract 5 from each side. These functions are defined as follows. Now Try Exercise 43 2 x + 3 = 1 + 22x + 1 + x + 1 x + 1 = 22x + 1 (x + 1) = A22x + 1 B 2 2 x + 2x + 1 = 4(x + 1) 2 2 2 x + 2x + 1 = 4x + 4 x . or equivalently. There is a relationship between a bird’s weight and its wing size. we need to square twice to solve a radical equation. If b = 1 n for some integer n Ú 2. ƒ3(x) = x 0.2x . Isolate the remaining radical.
Discuss the effect that b has on the graph of ƒ for x Ú 1. 6 SOLUTION The graphs of y = x 0.25 square meter? SOLUTION (a) S(0.2 0. EXAMPLE 7 Modeling wing size of a bird Heavier birds have larger wings with more surface area than do lighter birds. the domain of ƒ(x) = x 1>3 (ƒ(x) = 2x) is all real numbers.7 are shown in Figure 4. Newton Rules Biology.2w 2>3 = 0. for x Ú 0. (If b is a positive irrational number.116–4. y = x 1.126 square meter. and 1.2w 2>3. where b = 0. (Source: C.118 Cube Root Square Graphing power functions Graph ƒ(x) = x b. we use power functions to determine weights of birds based on wing size and to describe planetary motion.5) and interpret the result. The wings of a bird that weighs 0.25 3 b 0.344 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations is written in lowest terms.25 w 2>3 = 0. Pennycuick.25.5) = 0. y 3 Domains of Power Functions Suppose a positive rational number p q y y 3 2 1 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 y = √x x –3 –2 –1 2 1 1 y = √x 2 3 3 3 2/3 2 y=x 1 x –2 –3 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 x Figure 4. larger values of b cause the graph of ƒ to increase faster.119. Graphs of three common power functions are shown in Figures 4. (w2>3)3 = a .3 4 5 x Figure 4.25 0.2(0.7 b=1 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 x Ú 1.117 Cube Root Figure 4.3. 0.5)2>3 L 0. and y = x 1. with 0. where w is the weight of the bird in kilograms. Cube each side. 1.2. (b) To answer this question we must solve the equation 0.118.2 Divide by 0.1 … w … 5. x Ú 0 Modeling In the next two examples. this relationship can be modeled by S(w) = 0. Why? Now Try Exercises 53 and 54 NOTE Graphs of power functions with negative exponents are investigated in the Extended and Discovery Exercises for this section. (b) What weight corresponds to a surface area of 0.5 kilogram have a surface area of about 0.3.) (a) Approximate S (0. the domain of ƒ(x) = x b is all nonnegative real numbers. b = 1.116 Square Root EXAMPLE 6 y 6 Figure 4. For some species of birds. Note that each graph passes through the point (1.126.) For example. and S is the surface area of the wings in square meters. 1).119 ƒ(x) = xb. For b = 0. whereas the domain of g(x) = x 1>2 3 (g(x) = 2x) is all nonnegative numbers. Then the domain of ƒ(x) = x p>q is all real numbers whenever q is odd and all nonnegative real numbers whenever q is even.2w 2>3 = 0.7.
120–4.122 (b) Let ƒ(x) = x 1.5.5.2 30.2. Calculator Help [0.4kilogram bird have a surface area of about 0. 30. From the graphs of y = x 1.6 in Figures 4.121 Figure 4. 30.4 [0.5. (b) Numerically check the accuracy of ƒ.6 To make a scatterplot.25 X Figure 4.25 square meter.5 [0.14 248. SOLUTION (a) Graph the data and y = x b for different values of b.124 (c) To approximate the number of years required for Uranus.122.0. The values shown in Figure 4. 1] by [0.874 11. 1] by [0.2 a 1.25 3 b 0.1 39. X . and 248.5 and table Y1 = X^1.123.2.8.52 5. 10. (a) Make a scatterplot of the data. Now Try Exercise 85 EXAMPLE 8 Modeling the period of planetary orbits Use the data in Table 4. 30. Equations Involving Rational Exponents Equations sometimes have rational exponents. 1] by [0.1. 30. Figure 4. respectively. 10. Now Try Exercise 89 These values are close to the actual values. . To make a table like Figure 4. Graphically estimate a value for b so that ƒ(x) = x b models the data. 10] y = x1. and Pluto (no longer a planet) from the sun are 19. Since w must be positive.1. see Appendix A (page AP3).5 years. as shown in Figure 4. evaluate ƒ(x) = x 1. Square root property Approximate. The next example demonstrates a basic technique that can be used to solve some of these types of equations.466 X 19. it can be seen that b L 1. the wings of a 1.25 3 b B 0.858 29.387 .4.723 1 1. (c) The average distances of Uranus.123 model the data in Table 4.124.13 165. 30.120 Figure 4.2 9. 10] y = x1.61476 1 1.10 on page 340 to complete the following. 164.5 Y1 84.24075 . 10. see Appendix A (page AP10). Neptune. and 39.4 345 w2 = a w = w L Simplify.2 0. y = x 1.5.4. Neptune. and Pluto to orbit the sun. Compare these estimates to the actual values of 84.8 Radical Equations and Power Functions 0.5 at x = 19. Use ƒ to estimate their periods of revolution.54 Y1 . and y = x 1. and 39.5.10 remarkably well. 10] y = x1.123 X Figure 4.
Divide by 2. Distributive property Properties of exponents 15n 2n 2 .19n 1 + 6) = n (0) 2 Multiply each side by n2.19n 1 + 6 = 0 n (15n 2 2 Given equation 2 . 5. 40.9541769 Y 23 y1 = 2x5/2 – 7 x = 225 x L 2.5. SOLUTION Two methods for solving this equation are presented.19n . Calculator Help SOLUTION When entering X^(5>2). Factor. Square each side.95.2)(5u . Approximate. Thus n = n u Method 2: fractions. Method 1: Use the substitution u = n 1 = 15n .19n 1 + 6 = 0.1 + 6 = 0 15u .95 Figure 4.19u + 6 = 0 2 1 n and u 2 = n 2 = Given equation 1 .2 . 2x5>2 = 30 x 5>2 Add 7 to each side. See Example 9. 3 Another way to solve this equation is to multiply each side by n 2 to clear 15n 2 .125. EXAMPLE 10 Solving an equation having negative exponents Solve 15n 2 . or x = k 1>n. Zeroproduct property 3 2 (3u . be sure to put parentheses around the fraction 5> 2. 10] y2 = 23 Symbolic Solution Start by adding 7 to each side. Now Try Exercise 69 MAKING CONNECTIONS Solutions to x n = k (k a constant and n » 2 an integer) n odd: n even: The real solution to x n = k is x = 2k.19n 2n 1 + 6n 2 = 0 15 . Round to the nearest hundredth and give graphical support. 1>5 = 15 2 (x ) = 15 5>2 2 5 x = 225 Intersection X 2. See Example 7. Properties of exponents Take the fifth root. n2 Let u = n1 and u2 = n2.19n + 6n = 0 . for all k.125 Graphical Solution Graphical support is shown in Figure 4.3) = 0 u = 2 3 or u = 3 5 Because u = 1. [.7 = 23. 2k.7 and Y2 = 23 intersect near (2. or x = n n k 1>n. it follows that n = 1. The real solutions to x n = k are x = for k Ú 0. 1] by [40. Equations that have rational exponents are sometimes reducible to quadratic form. 23). where the graphs of Y1 = 2X^(5>2) .346 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations EXAMPLE 9 Solving an equation with rational exponents Solve 2x5>2 . or n = 5.
(b) If a bird weighs 3.40 (a) Use power regression to model the data with L = aW b. EXAMPLE 12 Modeling the length of a bird’s wing Table 4.5 1. we solve an equation with fractional exponents that can be written in quadratic form by using substitution. use the substitution u = x 1>3. Leastsquares regression was introduced in Section 2.9674W 0.3)(3n . Let y = 0.1. (b) Approximate the wingspan for a bird weighing 3.8 Radical Equations and Power Functions 6n 2 .77 1. Graph the data and the equation.129 on the next page.3 = 0 2u + 5u .19n + 15 = 0 (2n .126–4.11 Weights and Wingspans Table 4. Factor.5 0.128.3326 or L = 0.5) = 0 n = 3 2 or n = 5 3 Rewrite the equation.0 1. The data and equation are graphed in Figure 4. this model predicts the wingspan to be L = 0.0 1. Pennycuick. and then select power regression (PwrReg).129.5 1. 0.3 = 0. as was done in Example 8. The results are shown in Figure 4.2 kilograms. 2 8 Now Try Exercise 77 Power Regression (Optional) Rather than visually fit a curve to data.3 = 0 (2u . Enter the data.22 2. Zeroproduct property ) + 5(x 2 1>3 ) . . SOLUTION To solve this equation.3326.9674x 0. Zeroproduct property 347 Now Try Exercise 73 In the next example.3326 L 1. Factor.2 kilograms. 2x2>3 + 5x1>3 .31 3. See Figures 4. W (kilograms) L (meters) Source: C.3 = 0 2(x 1>3 2 Given equation Properties of exponents Let u = x1>3.2)0.27.11 lists the weight W and the wingspan L for birds of a particular species. Thus x = A 1 B 3 = 1 or x = ( 3)3 = .10 2.1)(u + 3) = 0 u = 1 2 or u = 3 Because u = x 1>3.9674(3. In the next example. we apply this technique to data from biology.126 and 4. as shown in Figures 4.42 meters. SOLUTION (a) Let x be the weight W and y be the length L. it follows that x = u 3.4. EXAMPLE 11 Solving an equation having fractions for exponents Solve 2x2>3 + 5x1>3 . we can use leastsquares regression to fit the data.127.
1] by [0. where n Ú 2 is an integer Root function .2x . x = . ƒ(x) = x 5>4 g(x) = x 3.9 9 9 8 4 4 5 3 7 3 Figure 4. 1. 2x + 3 = x2 Square each side.1 or x = 3 Checking reveals that 3 is the only solution.5 3 Calculator Help L2 .4 L3 1 To find an equation of leastsquares fit.14 ƒ(x) = x 1>2 or g(x) = x 1>5 or ƒ(x) = 2x g(x) = 2x 5 Power function ƒ(x) = x b.128 y = 0. x . 4.126 EDIT CALC TESTS 7 ↑ QuartReg 8 : LinReg(a bx) 9 : LnReg 0 : ExpReg A: PwrReg B : Logistic C : SinReg Figure 4.127 [0.5. Explanation Examples Rational exponents x m>n = (x m)1>n = (x 1>n)m x1>2 = 2x x1>3 = 2x 3 n m m>n x = 2x n = ( 2x)m The solutions to a = b are among the solutions to a n = b n when n is a positive integer.9674x0. 93>2 = (93)1>2 = (729)1>2 = 27 93>2 = (91>2)3 = (3)3 = 27 251>2 271>3 82>3 43>2 = = = = 225 = 5 227 = 3 3 282 = 264 = 4 3 3 243 = ( 24)3 = (2)3 = 8 Radical notation Solving radical equations Solve 22x + 3 = x.348 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations L1 . 0.3326 Figure 4.3 = 0 Factor and solve.5] PwrReg y a x^b a . see Appendix A (page AP11).31 1.9 6 7 4 0 3 6 3 4 8 b .5 Figure 4.5 1.77 1. 2 Rewrite equation.129 Now Try Exercise 95 4.1 1. Check your results.3 3 2 5 9 1 1 2 3 2 r 2 .5.22 1.8 Putting It All Together Concept The following table outlines important concepts in this section. L1(1) . where b is a constant ƒ(x) = x 1>n.5 2 2.9 9 9 6 8 9 0 9 8 7 r .
1 h(x) = . Type of Function Examples Graphs y y y h x g x x Linear function ƒ(x) = ax + b ƒ(x) = 0.1 g(x) = . Unless specified otherwise.5x .2 y y y f x g x h x Rational function p(x) ƒ(x) = q(x).1 g(x) = x + 2 1 h(x) = 2 x . where b is a constant ƒ(x) = x 2>3 g(x) = x 1.1 ƒ(x) = ƒ(x) = x 1>2 = 2x g(x) = x 1>3 = 2x 3 h(x) = x1>4 = 2x 4 y y y f x 4 2 g x h x Root function ƒ(x) = x 1>n. where p(x) and q(x) are polynomials with q(x) Z 0 1 x 2x .x 4 + 4x 2 . where n Ú 2 is an integer y f x y g x y h x Power function ƒ(x) = x b.41 h(x) = x 3 y f x y y h x x g . which may be used as a reference for future work.8 Radical Equations and Power Functions 349 Several types of functions are listed in the following summary. each tick mark represents 1 unit.3x + 2 h(x) = 2 f Polynomial function ƒ(x) = a n x n + Á + a2x 2 + a1x + a0 ƒ(x) = x 2 .4x .1 g(x) = x 3 .4.
810. (32)3>5 16. x 2>5 = 4 67. Assume that a and b are constants with 0 6 a 6 1 6 b.5 7. 53. 21 . (93>4)2 9. 22x . 2(x 1>5 .4 34. 1 61.2x + 1 = 1 44. (41>2)4 10. 2x + 1 + 3 = 23x + 4 42. 82>3 2. ƒ(x) = 2x . 2x + 1 = 22x . (81>3 + 271>3)2 Exercises 19–28: Use positive exponents to rewrite. ƒ(x) = 2x .27)5>3 15. 2y # # 24.6 = x 39.x 3>4. 2z 3 5 22.x 1>2. 321>5 8. (. A2B 3 2 2 2 12. x 1>3 = 1 5 66. Check your answers. 2n 2 .1 58. 22x + 1 = 13 35. Approximate each result to the nearest hundredth. 2x 3 2x 2x 3 1y x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x Exercises 29–32: Use radical notation to rewrite. 22x 20. x 4 = 81 63.1 3 57. 22x + 3 = 2x + 1 4 Power Functions Exercises 51 and 52: Evaluate ƒ(x) at the given x. 41>2 43>2 47. ƒ(x) = x a 54.1 48. 85>6 81>2 4.x 3 3 3 3 49.5 = 25x . x 1>4 = 3 65.3x = x + 8 Equations Involving Rational Exponents Exercises 61–82: Solve the equation. (2y 2)5 3 26.5 = 1 72. 4x 3>2 + 5 = 21 71. 2z + 5 = 4 3 Properties of Exponents Exercises 1–18: Evaluate the expression by hand. 51. ƒ(x) = 2x + 1 56. x 1>2 + x 1>2 = 8 70. 2x1>3 .2) = 0 69. ƒ(x) = (x . y b. 24 . 163>2 3.1 59. x = 7 Exercises 53 and 54: Match ƒ(x) with its graph. a 3>4b 1>2 30. 33. 2x + 2 = x . a 2>3b 3>5 31.3 3 46.350 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations 4. x 3 = 8 62. 55. 253>2 6. . 2z + 1 = . n 2 + 3n 1 + 2 = 0 64. A2 B 2 3>2 18.5 + 1 . 2x .8 Exercises 43. 23x + 7 = 3x + 5 37. ƒ(x) = 2x + 2 .x = x + 5 38. ƒ(x) = x 2>3 . 22x . Check your answers. 162>3 # 161>6 14. 1.4 + 2 = 23x + 4 45. ƒ(x) = x b a. (0.1)2>3 + b 1>2 1>2 ) 32. 2x 27.1 60.5 ) 17.1 40. 275>6 # 271>6 13.2 + 4 = 20 4 50. 22x2 + 1 = 21 . x = 50 52. 29. 2x + 1 21. x 2>3 = 16 68.n 1 = 3 41. (a 1>2 Exercises 55–60: Use translations to graph ƒ. 163>4 5. ƒ(x) = x 3>2 . 19. y 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 11. 25x . (2z)3 5 28. (2y)3 4 25. (a 3>4 . 2x = 2x . 2x + 5 + 1 = x 36. x .b 3>2 1>3 ) Equations Involving Radicals Exercises 33–50: Solve the equation. 2x 5 2 23. ƒ(x) = x 5>4 .
3326.2x1>3 . Moons of Jupiter Metis Almathea Thebe Europa Ganymede Callisto Use the data in the table to Distance (103 km) 128 181 222 671 1070 1883 Period (days) 0. The average survival times x in minutes for trout in various concentrations of zinc ions y in milligrams per liter (mg/L) are listed in the table.5 = 0 Exercises 83 and 84: Average Rate of Change Let the distance from home in miles of a person after t hours on a straight path be given by s(t). Earth 1 x Planet (c) The moon Io is 422 thousand kilometers from Jupiter. 3n 2 .67 3. what would be its average distance x from the sun compared to that of Earth? (a) These data can be modeled by ƒ(x) = ax b. Trout and Pollution Rainbow trout are sensitive to zinc ions in the water. High concentrations are lethal.x 1>3 . x2>3 .43W 0.5 4500 1 1960 2 850 3 525 . Did your estimate involve interpolation or extrapolation? . Lunar Orbits for Jupiter complete the following. 87.19n 1 + 20 = 0 76. x 3>4 351 74.5 calculates the number of years it takes for a planet to orbit the sun if its average distance from the sun is x times that of Earth. Estimate the wingspan of a bird that weighs 5.3 = 0 82.77 days. Modeling Wingspan The wingspan L in feet of a bird weighing W pounds is given by L = 2. Mason. (Hint: Let ƒ(1) = 1960.16 16. x 2>3 .6 = 0 77. (b) Numerically check the accuracy of ƒ.4. how many years would it take for the planet to orbit the sun? 88. s(t) = 3t 3>4 Source: C.x 1>4 + 1 = 0 80. Estimate a value for b so that ƒ(x) = 0.0002xb models the data. Modeling Planetary Orbits The formula ƒ(x) = x 1. 86.69 (a) Make a scatterplot of the data. 10x 2>3 + 29x 1>3 + 10 = 0 79. If there were a planet located 15 times as far from the sun as Earth.x 1>2 . Estimate the weight of a bird with wings having a surface area of 3 square feet.27w 2>3. x 2>3 + 9x 1>3 + 14 = 0 89. 6x 2>3 .11x 1>3 + 4 = 0 78.8 Radical Equations and Power Functions 73.29 0.) If there were a planet that took 200 years to orbit the sun. x (min) y (mg/L) 0. Applications and Models 85. Modeling Planetary Orbits (Refer to Exercise 87.50 0. 83. where a and b are constants. where w is the weight of the bird in pounds.2 pounds.4x 1>4 + 8 = 0 81. 90. Estimate its period and compare the estimate to the actual value of 1. Determine an appropriate value for a. s(t) = 296t 84. 6x 2>3 . (c) Evaluate ƒ(4) and interpret the result. Biology of Freshwater Pollution.13x 1>3 .) (b) Estimate b. Approximate the average rate of change of s from t1 = 1 to t2 = 9 to the nearest tenth and interpret 2 2 the result. Modeling Wing Size Suppose that the surface area S of a bird’s wings in square feet can be modeled by S(w) = 1. 5n 2 + 13n 1 = 28 75.55 7. x 3>4 .2x 1>2 . with 1 … w … 10.
Statistics and Computing. 92. (a) If the average weight of a 68inchtall man is 152 pounds.5gram claws. x ƒ(x) 94.9 Source: DVD Release Report. Use regression (or some other method) to find values for a and b so that ƒ(x) = ax b models these data.5 9 99.68 22 1. where x is a person’s height in inches and a is a constant determined by the sex of the individual. approximate a. (b) Approximate graphically the weight of a crab that has 0. Graph ƒ and the data. The average weight in pounds for men and women can sometimes be estimated by ƒ(x) = ax 1. WalMart Employees The table lists numbers N of WalMart employees (in millions) x years after 1980. approximate a. Huxley. Source: WalMart. DVD Rentals The table lists numbers of titles T released for DVD rentals x years after 1995.37 17 0.2 6 4.260 91. Weight and Height Allometry can be applied to heightweight relationships for humans. Pulse Rate and Weight According to one model.75 gram.321 7 21.7. Pennycuick. D. Problems of Relative Growth. Writing about Mathematics 99.8 6 58. One study showed that for a male fiddler crab weighing over 0. Explain the basic steps needed to solve equations that contain square roots of variables. the rate at which an animal’s heart beats varies with its weight.2 12 144 Source: C. and the output ƒ(x) is the weight of the claws in grams.000? 97. Use ƒ to estimate the average weight of a 66inchtall man.2 98. (b) If the average weight of a 68inchtall woman is 137 pounds. (a) Find a power function ƒ that models the data in the table. (Sources: J. Weight (lb) Pulse (bpm) 40 140 150 72 400 44 1000 28 2000 20 x ƒ(x) 3 23.4 27 2. (b) Use ƒ to estimate the number of titles released in 2006. Smaller animals tend to have faster pulses. Models in Biology: Mathematics. 95. 100. Did your answer involve interpolation or extrapolation? (c) When did the number of releases first surpass 45.352 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations (a) Find a power function ƒ that models the data in the table. The table lists average pulse rates in beats per minute (bpm) for animals with various weights in pounds (lb). whereas larger animals tend to have slower pulses. Can a function be both a polynomial function and a power function? Explain. Exercises 93 and 94: Power Regression The table contains data that can be modeled by a function of the form ƒ(x) = ax b . Brown and P. 93.20 12 0. Did your answer involve interpolation or extrapolation? (c) When did the number of employees first reach 1 million? 96. Rothery.6 8 4. Use regression to find the constants a and b to the nearest hundredth. where a and b are constants.) (a) Predict the weight of the claws of a 2gram crab. Fiddler Crab Size Allometric relations often can be modeled by ƒ(x) = ax b. . Use ƒ to estimate the average weight of a 70inchtall woman. x T 3 2049 4 4787 5 8723 6 14. Pulse Rate and Weight (Continuation of Exercise 97) Use the results in the previous exercise to calculate the pulse rates for a 60pound dog and a 2ton whale. the weight of its claws can be estimated by ƒ(x) = 0. (b) Use ƒ to predict the number of employees in the year 2012. The input x is the weight of the crab in grams.445x1.25. x N 7 0. (c) Solve part (b) symbolically. 2 3.7 4 4.
x 2>3 9. Even Root Functions Graph y = 2x for n = 2.8 3x . (a) n 2 + 6n 1 = 16 (b) 2x 2>3 + 5x 1>3 . (a) 43>2 (b) (82)1>3 (c) 2272 3 . and 5. where b is a negative even integer. 4.1x(x 2 + 1)1>2(2x) 2 x2 + 1 CHECKING BASIC CONCEPTS FOR SECTIONS 4. 2. and 6. ƒ(x) = 1 x n n Exercises 7–10: Negative Rational Exponents Write the expression as one ratio without any negative exponents. x 2 (x + 1)x 1>3 .6x 6 0.2 (a) 2. and 6. (x 2 + 1)1>2 . Exercises 5 and 6: Difference Quotient Find the difference quotient of ƒ. Solve each equation. Power Functions Graph y = x b for b = . and 7. Power Functions Graph y = x b for b = . 7. then 5 y = 150. . State some generalizations about a graph of an odd root function. where b is a negative odd integer. Odd Root Functions Graph y = 2x for n = 3.x x x 1 1 1 (c) = 2 x . If x = 1. 8. 3.8 Radical Equations and Power Functions 353 EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISES 1. 4. Find y if x = 1. ƒ(x) = 2x 6.2.1.1 8 35 (b) 3 + = 2 = 1 1 . State some generalizations about a graph of a power function.83 3 3.3 = 29.12 = 0 9. x 2>3 + x 1>3 7.1 + 2 Ú 0.1 3(x + 2) x + x . 2 5. 5. Solve 2x3 + x2 .2.4. Find a and b so that ƒ(x) = ax b models the data. 3.7 AND 4. x 1>4 x . Solve x x 2 6. Solve the equation 4x 3>2 .x 3>4 8.4. 4.4 = x . State some generalizations about a graph of a power function. State some generalizations about a graph of an even root function. 5.3. x ƒ(x) 1 2 2 2. . Let y vary inversely as the cube of x. 3 (x + 1)2 10. Simplify each expression without a calculator.46 4 4 . Solve the equation 25x .
For a discussion of the end behavior for graphs of polynomial functions. Example: ƒ(x) = . the graph is symmetric with respect to the yaxis. The graph of a polynomial function of degree n Ú 1 has at most n xintercepts and at most n . −14.3 y = 1 – 2x ƒ is discontinuous at x = 0.1 turning points.8) Symmetry Even function: ƒ(x) = ƒ(x).2 on pages 269–270.3) –12 (3.14.2x 2 y if x 6 0 if x Ú 0 y = x2 – 2 1 –2 –1 1 2 ƒ(2) = (2) .x 3 y 2 1 2 1 x –2 –1 1 2 –2 –1 –1 –2 1 2 x Even Function Odd Function SECTION 4. PiecewisePolynomial Functions Example: x2 .1 + Á + a2x 2 + a1x + a0 The leading coefficient is an Z 0 and the degree is n.4.2 ƒ(x) = b 1 .2 = 2 ƒ(0) = 1 . Odd function: ƒ(x) = . Absolute maximum: none Absolute minimum: 14. −4.1 MORE NONLINEAR FUNCTIONS AND THEIR GRAPHS Polynomial Function Absolute and Local Extrema The accompanying graph has the following extrema. see page 264. Examples: See “Putting It All Together” for Section 4. . Examples: ƒ(x) = x 4 .2x2 + 6x + 1. the graph is symmetric with respect to the origin. an = .354 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations 4 CONCEPT Summary EXPLANATION AND EXAMPLES Can be represented by ƒ(x) = an x n + an . n = 3 2 y 12 8 4 –4 SECTION 4.8 (0.3x 2 y ƒ(x) = x .2(0) = 1 x ƒ(2) = 1 . 1) x 2 3 (−2. and their domains include all real numbers.2(2) = .3.1x n .4x3 .8 Local maximum: 1 Local minima: 4.2 POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS AND MODELS Graphs of Polynomial Functions Their graphs are continuous with no breaks. .ƒ(x).
x .cn).c1)(x . Example: ƒ(x) = .4x + 5 2 = x . Even multiplicity: Graph touches but does not cross the xaxis. That is.1 x 2 .2.3) + 2. where an is the leading coefficient of the polynomial ƒ(x) and the ck are its zeros. the remainder is ƒ(1) = 12 .3 DIVISION OF POLYNOMIALS Division Algorithm Let ƒ(x) and d(x) be two polynomials with the degree of d(x) greater than zero and less than the degree of ƒ(x).1)(x . Then there exist unique polynomials q(x) and r(x) such that ƒ(x) = d(x) # q(x) + r(x).k if and only if ƒ(k) = 0. Example: If x 2 . Example: Let ƒ(x) = .3x + 2. y Even: does not cross the xaxis x –4 2 4 300 Odd: crosses the xaxis .CHAPTER 4 Summary 355 CONCEPT EXPLANATION AND EXAMPLES SECTION 4.3x + 2.2(x + 1)3(x . Example: ƒ(x) = x 2 .4(1) + 5 = 2.4)2.0)(x . ƒ(x) = .4 REAL ZEROS OF POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS Factor Theorem A polynomial ƒ(x) has a factor x . SECTION 4. ƒ(1) = 0 implies that (x .c2) Á (x .1) is a factor of x 2 . ƒ(x) has a zero of 1 with odd multiplicity 3 and a zero of 4 with even multiplicity 2.2x3 + 8x has zeros of .4x + 5 = (x . and 2. x 2 .2(x + 2)(x . Remainder Theorem If a polynomial ƒ(x) is divided by x . That is. the remainder is ƒ(k).2) Multiple Real Zeros Odd multiplicity: Graph crosses the xaxis. Complete Factored Form ƒ(x) = an(x .1 x . This form is unique.4x + 5 is divided by x .1.3 + . (Dividend) Example: (Remainder). (Divisor) # (Quotient) where either r(x) = 0 or the degree of r(x) is less than the degree of d(x).k. 0.
1 Horizontal asymptote: y = 2 Vertical asymptote: x = 1 Example: To find vertical and horizontal asymptotes. or x2 = .3 x . Explanation: With complex numbers.2) Number of Zeros Theorem A polynomial of degree n has at most n distinct zeros.2 –3 –3 1 3 x The xintercepts are 2.3x .i) 3x 2 . graphically. –4 .1 x = 1.6 = 3(x + 1)(x . To graph rational functions by hand. Example: Polynomial Equations with Complex Solutions A cubic polynomial has at most 3 distinct zeros.2)(x + 2) = 0 x = 0. Examples: x2 + 1 = (x + i)(x .1)(x2 + 1) = 0 (x .356 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations CONCEPT EXPLANATION AND EXAMPLES SECTION 4. Polynomial equations can have both real and imaginary solutions.4) = 0 2 x(x .4x = 0 symbolically and graphically. see page 316. A common symbolic technique is factoring. Graphical Solution y y= x3 – 4x 3 Symbolic Solution x(x . x = 2.6 RATIONAL FUNCTIONS AND MODELS Rational Functions ƒ(x) = p(x) . SECTION 4. and 2. any polynomial can be written in complete factored form. (x2 . and numerically.4 REAL ZEROS OF POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS (CONTINUED) Polynomial Equations Polynomial equations can be solved symbolically. where p(x) and q(x) Z 0 are polynomials q(x) ƒ(x) = 4 3 1 y x=1 y=2 x –4 –2 –2 2 4 2x . SECTION 4.1)(x + 1)(x2 + 1) = 0 x = 1. Imaginary solutions cannot be found from a graph. see page 312.5 THE FUNDAMENTAL THEOREM OF ALGEBRA Fundamental Theorem of Algebra A polynomial ƒ(x) of degree n Ú 1 has at least one complex zero.1. Example: Solve x 4 . or x = . x = . 0. Example: Solve x 3 . i y 2 –1 –2 1 1 2 x –2 y = x4 – 1 The xintercepts are 1 and 1.1 = 0.
4x + 12 = 0 = 0 = x = . The constant of variation is 4p.3. Example: 24 .3) Ú 0 x Boundary numbers: 2. 0.CHAPTER 4 Summary 357 CONCEPT EXPLANATION AND EXAMPLES SECTION 4. q ) –4 –2 –4 y= 2 (x + 2)(x – 3) x 4 x . Let x and y denote two quantities and n be a positive number. Multiply.3 or Direct Variation x2 x2 (x x + + = 9 4x + 3 3)(x + 1) 1 Multiply by x .4 = x + 3 x . where 7 may be replaced by Ú . Then y is directly proportional to the nth power of x. 0) h [3. or y varies directly as the nth power of x. or …. Combine terms. Then y is inversely proportional to the nth power of x. Example: Because I = dk2. Example: 4x .4(x . Example: Because V = 4pr 3.q . The solutions are called boundary numbers. the intensity of a light source varies inversely as the square of the distance from the light source. 2) 3 2 1 –3 –1 y y = 4x – x3 1 3 x Rational Inequality As with polynomial inequalities.2. 6. if there exists a k nonzero number k such that y = xn. 3 Inverse Variation Let x and y denote two quantities and n be a positive number. and solve this equation.3) 24 . Factor. or y varies inversely as the nth power of x. Check your results. 3 Solution set: [. if there exists a nonzero number k such that y = kx n. the volume of a sphere varies directly as the third power 3 of the radius. y Example: (x + 2)(x . 2) h (0.7 MORE EQUATIONS AND INEQUALITIES Solving Rational Equations Multiply each side by the LCD.3 24 .3) = (x + 3)(x . Then use a graph or table to find the solution set to the given inequality. Both solutions check. 0. Replace the inequality sign with an equals sign. 2 Solution set: (.x3 7 0. including xvalues where any expressions are undefined. find the boundary numbers. Boundary numbers: 2. Polynomial Inequality Write the inequality as p(x) 7 0.
g(x) = x1. Exercises 2 and 3: Use the graph of ƒ to estimate any (a) local extrema and (b) absolute extrema.x2 8. 7.3 1 4 Review Exercises (a) Approximate any local extrema. ƒ(x) = 7x5 + 3x3 .3 = 1 23x . and xintercepts. but 4 is not.0.0.0.2x2 . Estimate any turning points. Combine terms. Graph ƒ(x) = x4 + 2x3 . (c) Determine where ƒ is increasing or decreasing. y –4 –1 x –4 –1 2 4 x ƒ(x) = 0. Factor. 4 3 2 9.3 = (1 .3 = 1 .5x4 . Be sure to check your results. ƒ(x) = 2x6 .2x + x 2 = x 2 . Square each side. 2. (b) Approximate any absolute extrema.50.21x3 + 0. Check: 1 is a solution. 6. Count the local maxima.5x + 4 = (x .x 3x .358 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations CONCEPT EXPLANATION AND EXAMPLES x m>n = 2x m = (2x)m Example: 253>2 = 2253 = ( 225)3 = 53 = 125 n n SECTION 4. Square binomial.6 Exercises 7–10: Determine if ƒ is even. isolate the square root and then square each side.72 4 + 23(4) . ƒ(x) = .9x2 . Example: x + 23x . ƒ(x) = 1 1 + x2 .5x .5x3 . 1 + 23(1) .4) or x = 4 Given equation Subtract x.1)(x .18 –4 –4 4. y 4 3.x 10. where b is a constant Example: ƒ(x) = x4>3.03x5 . 1 1 1 4 1.3 = 1 Power Function ƒ(x) = x b.3 0 0 x = 1 = 1 . odd. 5. local minima.57x2 .21x4 + 0.20x .25x + 0.x)2 3x .48x .7x3.2x + 20. Graph ƒ. Graph ƒ(x) = .0. State the degree and leading coefficient of the polynomial ƒ(x) = 4 + x .67x + 9. Solve.8 RADICAL EQUATIONS AND POWER FUNCTIONS Rational Exponents Solving Radical Equations When an equation contains a square root. or neither.
(a) Determine the number of turning points and estimate any xintercepts. Find the complete factored form of the polynomial ƒ(x) = x4 + 2x3 . Is ƒ continuous on its domain? . 30. 359 22. Use the graph of y = ƒ(x) to write its complete factored form. 5 6 Exercises 23–26: Divide the expression.4x + 1 23.13x + 6 34. Decide if ƒ is even. What is the maximum number of times that a horizontal line can intersect the graph of each type of polynomial? (a) linear (degree 1) (b) quadratic (c) cubic Exercises 33 and 34: Use the rational zero test to determine any rational zeros of ƒ(x).x2 if 0 … x 6 2 if 2 … x … 4. Write a complete factored form of a quintic (degree 5) polynomial ƒ(x) that has zeros . 11. y y 15.2x . Let ƒ(x) be given by ƒ(x) = b 2x 8 . three turning points. 28.) y = f (x) 1 x –3 –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 x y y = f (x) 3 –3 Exercises 17 and 18: State the end behavior of ƒ. ƒ(x) = x3 + x 2 . 14x3 .4x3 exhibits. Write its complete factored form. 31. ƒ(x) = . or neither. 24. 1 –4 –3 –1 –2 2 4 x y = f (x) –4 32. 3 2 1 –3 –1 2 3 3 27.14x + 24 given that 1 and 3 are zeros. and 3. and a positive leading coefficient 14. ƒ(x) = 2 x3 + x2 . 13. 16. The polynomial given by ƒ(x) = 1x3 . Determine the type of symmetry that the graph of g(x) = x5 . 17.3 2 2 has zeros 1. 2. odd. Degree 4 with a positive leading coefficient.1. x ƒ(x) 12.x2 . and one xintercept Exercises 15 and 16: Use the graph of the polynomial function ƒ to complete the following.x4 19. 3x3 . Cubic polynomial.2 and 2 with multiplicities 2 and 3.CHAPTER 4 Review Exercises Exercises 11 and 12: The table is a complete representation of ƒ. 4x3 .18 x2 + 4 x ƒ(x) 1 7 3 2 Exercises 13 and 14: Sketch a graph of a polynomial function that satisfies the given conditions. Find the complete factored form of the polynomial ƒ(x) = 2x3 + 3x2 .3x2 + 11x .7x 2x3 . (c) Solve the equation ƒ(x) = 2.21x2 . 29.5x2 + 13x .11 (a) Sketch a graph of ƒ.18x + 8 graphically. Find the average rate of change of ƒ(x) = x3 + 1 from x = . Find the difference quotient for g(x) = 4x3. respectively.7x + 4 2x + 3 26. two xintercepts. ƒ(x) = 1 . 21.13x2 . 7x x + 2 25. 33.2x3 + 4x . (c) Determine the minimum degree of ƒ.2 to x = .11x . 4 2 13 5 6 7 3 2 0 0 1 7 2 7 4 13 (b) Evaluate ƒ(1) and ƒ(3). (Do not assume that the leading coefficient is 1.2 18. (b) State whether a 7 0 or a 6 0. 20.
9x = 3x3 36.2 x + 1 2 1 –2 –2 2 x y = 2x4 – x2 – 1 Exercises 67 and 68: Use the graph of ƒ to solve each inequality. 68. 41.9. 1 1 4 + = 2 x + 2 x .4 1 = 4 x 66.2 + 2 = 0 61. 3x2 + 8x .2. (b) Identify any horizontal or vertical asymptotes. y 59. If a zero of ƒ is i. and zeros 1.360 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations 54. g(x) = x2 . (3 + 2i)2 44. 69.5 = 5 3x + 1 64. Solve the equation x and numerically.(3 .3x + 2 = 0 4 2 (a) Find the domain of ƒ. x4 + 4 6 5x2 .1 = x .3x2 + 3x . x3 + x2 . Identify any horizon5x + 4 tal or vertical asymptotes in the graph of ƒ. State the domain of ƒ(x) = 3x . 60. 39.3x + 1 = 0 40. Exercises 61–66: Solve the equation. Check your results. (5 + 4i) .4 Exercises 35–38: Solve the equation.6x 7 0 70. g(x) = 2x . 3 + i 1 + i Exercises 45 and 46: Find all real and imaginary solutions. Determine graphically the number of real zeros and the number of imaginary zeros of the polynomial function ƒ(x) = x3 .3 2x + x . x3 . 5x + 1 1 1 = 3 .2 and horizontal asymptote y = 2. g(x) = 56.15 .6 2 38. leading coefficient 4.x2 . x + 5 x . 48. Find any horizontal or vertical asymptotes in the graph of ƒ(x) = 2x2 + x . 3i.4i) 43. (a) ƒ(x) 7 0 (b) ƒ(x) 6 0 y y 67.1 57.2 55.2 x .6x = 0 37. find the complete factored form of ƒ(x) = x4 + x3 + 2x2 + x + 1. 62. 35. 50. 2x + x = 6x + 3 3 2 Exercises 39 and 40: Solve the equation graphically. x 65. (c) Graph ƒ with a graphing calculator.2 = 2 symbolically.1 to predict the number of real zeros and the number of imaginary zeros of ƒ. 49.1 x 2 + 2x + 1 58. x . (2 . x3 . (d) Sketch a graph of ƒ that includes all asymptotes. Round your answers to the nearest hundredth. x2 . Find these zeros symbolically. 2x . 4 3 1 51.x2 . Write a polynomial ƒ(x) in complete factored form that has degree 3. x3 + x = 0 46. 45. Exercises 55–58: Graph y = g(x) by hand. g(x) = x + 1 x .2x = 2 Exercises 41–44: Write the expression in standard form. Let ƒ(x) = 2x 2 . 52.3 y = f (x) 4 3 2 y = f (x) x –1 –2 –3 –4 1 2 4 –4 –3 –1 –2 –3 –4 3 4 x Exercises 69–72: Solve the inequality. Sketch a graph of a function ƒ with vertical asymptote x = . graphically. and .2i) + (3 + 2i) 42. x + 3 x x 63. x4 + 3x2 + 2 = 0 47.3i. x4 . Then write ƒ(x) in expanded form. x 1 . 53. Use the graph of ƒ(x) = 2x4 . Find the complete factorization of ƒ(x) = 2x 2 + 4. 3x .
(b) Estimate the stepping frequency for an elephant with a 3meter shoulder height. with m = 1 corresponding to January.2 = x . Then the average time T in minutes spent waiting in line and paying the attendant is given by T(x) = 1 .5 = 0 95. (Source: H.2 = 5 .2x + 3 86.5foot person.5 2.x Exercises 73–76: Evaluate the radical expression by hand. Quantitative Methods in Biology and Medical Sciences.8 1.9m + 61 approximates the ocean temperature in degrees Fahrenheit at Naples.6 1. 2 3y # 2y 80.56m 2 + 2. 77. m3 + 2m2 + m1 = 0 94. Time Spent in Line Suppose a parking garage attendant can wait on 4 vehicles per minute and vehicles are leaving the ramp randomly at an average rate of x vehicles Source: C. Falling Object If an object is dropped from a height h. He found that the pulse rate of an animal could be approximated by ƒ(x) = 1607x0. 99.5 1. Pennycuick. Newton Rules Biology. Hoel. x1>3 + 3x1>3 = .2 92. 2x + 1 + 1 = 22x 96. (93>2)2 75. The relationship between the shoulder height h in meters of an animal and an animal’s stepping frequency F in steps per second. 100.) (a) Evaluate T(2) and interpret the result. x3>2 = 27 88.4k 1>3 . 2x . (c) What happens to the waiting time as x increases from 0 to (nearly) 4? (d) Find x if the waiting time is 5 minutes. 83. Lancaster. 2x # 22 3x # 23 4x Exercises 81 and 82: Give the domain of the power function. 2x . steps per second than shorter animals. The input x is the length of the animal in inches. Modeling Ocean Temperatures The formula Exercises 77–80: Write the radical expression using positive exponents. (23>2 # 21>2)3 4 76. k 2>3 . (Source: N. If it requires 1 second for an object to fall 16 feet. 72. per minute. is shown in the table. 2n2 .5 2. (b) Graph T for 0 … x 6 4. then the time t required for the object to strike the ground is directly proportional to the square root of h. 2x1>4 + 3 = 6 89. 73.75. Garber and L. 81. Allometry One of the earliest studies in allometry was performed by Bryan Robinson during the eighteenth century.0 1. (b) What length corresponds to a pulse rate of 400 beats per minute? 98.3 + 1 = 4 3 91.5 1.) (a) Use ƒ to estimate the pulse rates of a 2foot dog and a 5. but fewer.16x1>4 = 0 T(m) = .0 1.3 2. Florida. In this formula m is the month. 2 4 78. (a) What is the average ocean temperature in May? (b) Estimate the absolute maximum of T on the closed interval [1. .2 Applications 97. 2x .0. ƒ(x) = x5>2 82. x5 = 1024 84.CHAPTER 4 Review Exercises 2x .2 = 14 . 12] and interpret the result. Animals and Trotting Speeds Taller animals tend to take longer. and the output ƒ(x) is the approximate number of heartbeats per minute. 4 . x3>4 . how long does it take for an object to fall 256 feet? 102. h F 0. 101. while trotting. A 2z B 1>2 3x 4 79. ƒ(x) = x2>3 Exercises 83–96: Solve the equation. x1>3 = 4 85.x 90. (a) Find values for constants a and b so that the formula ƒ(x) = ax b models the data. Check your results. (363>4)2 74.1 7 0 x + 2 1 1 4 + … x x + 2 3 361 71.064m 3 + 0. 22x .5n1 = 3 93. a b 9 3>2 where 0 … x 6 4. Minimizing Surface Area Find possible dimensions that minimize the surface area of a box with no top that has a volume of 96 cubic inches and a length that is three times the width.4 87. Approximate ƒ(3) to the nearest hundredth. Traffic and Highway Engineering.
Try to discover what this relationship is by completing the following. [ 10. then the instantaneous velocity becomes 2a + 0 = 2a at time t1 = a.4x . ƒ(t) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) = t2 t2 t2 t2 1t.2.5 9. 1.) EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISES Exercises 1 and 2: Velocity Suppose that a person is riding a bicycle on a straight road and that ƒ(t) computes the total distance in feet that the rider has traveled after t seconds.1.x 2 .3x2 .ƒ(a) . if ƒ(t) = t 2. ƒ(t) = 1t (Hint: To simplify the ratio.5x .5 ƒ2(x) = .4 5. h (b) Let h approach 0 and determine a formula for the instantaneous velocity at time t1 = a. Quadratic Functions ƒ1(x) = 2x 2 . ƒ(t) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) = t2 t2 t2 t2 t 2. we say that we are calculating the instantaneous velocity. t1 = 4 = 5 = 4.1.2 ƒ3(x) = 0. see Chapter R (page R50).0.1 = 4. Exercises 8–11: Average Rates of Change These exercises investigate the relationship between polynomial functions and their average rates of change.2x2 . 10. Cubic Functions ƒ1(x) = 0.t1 h For example. To calculate the person’s average velocity between time t1 and time t2.1x . 8.ƒ(t1) . (b) Make a conjecture about the velocity of the bike rider precisely at time t1. 1] Plot1 Plot2 Plot3 Y1 X ^ 2 Y2 ( Y 1 ( X . Test your generalization. multiply the numerator and denominator by 1a + h + 1a.a = h h = 2a + h. then v = 2(10) = 20 feet per second.001. 3.ƒ(a) = .2 ƒ2(x) = . 10. ƒ(t) = t 2 + 2t 2 2 (a) Graph each function and its average rate of change from x to x + 0.001 2. t2 . (b) Compare the graphs.0.5x 2 . If we calculate the average velocity as the time interval approaches 0. 1] by [ 10. calculate the difference quotient ƒ(a + h) . How are turning points on the graph of a function related to its average rate of change? (c) Generalize your results. Be sure to simplify completely.2. ƒ(t) = 200 t 6. The difference quotient becomes ƒ(t2) . 10. 0 0 1 ) X) Y3 Y4 Y5 Exercises 3–7: Instantaneous Velocity In Exercises 1 and 2 the average velocity of a bike rider was calculated over smaller and smaller time intervals. and 15.1x3 + 1. For example.5x 2 + 2x + 2 ƒ4(x) = .5 ƒ3(x) = 2x 3 .x 3 + 3x .2x 3 . the average rate of change of ƒ(x) = x2 from x to x + 0.2x + 1 ƒ2(x) = .2. Make a table to organize your work.0. t1 = 10 = 11 = 10.2x + 6 ƒ4(x) = .1 = 10. This procedure is called rationalizing the numerator.x 3 + x 2 + 3x .2.05x4 + 0. ƒ(t) = 5t 4.1x4 + 0.5x 3 .01 = 4.5x 2 + x .001 Algebra Review To review rationalizing the denominator. If we let h approach 0 (h : 0). The graph of ƒ is a parabola.4x3 .x 2 .ƒ(t1) ƒ(a + h) .4x . t2 . we can calculate the average velocity between times t1 = a and t2 = a + h.4x + 6 10.3x + 1 ƒ3(x) = x 2 + x .0. For example.1x4 + 0. if a = 10.001 for any x can be calculated and graphed as shown in the figures. ƒ(t) = t 3 .4x ƒ2(x) = .362 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations 7. Quartic Functions ƒ1(x) = 0.3 ƒ4(x) = . (c) Calculate the instantaneous velocity at times a = 5. To find the instantaneous velocity. then ƒ(a + h) .4 11. and the graph of its average rate of change is a line. calculate the average velocity of the bike rider. Linear Functions ƒ1(x) = 3x + 1 ƒ3(x) = 1. Does this result agree with Exercise 1? (a) For the given ƒ(t).t1 (a) For the given ƒ(t) and the indicated values of t1 and t2.01 = 10. 0 0 1 ) Y1 ( X ) ) / ( ( X . we can evaluate the difference quotient ƒ(t2) .ƒ(a) (a + h) .
2. Write 0. 4). Find the exact distance between (1. Find the difference quotient for ƒ(x) = x2 + 6x.3x (c) g(x) = 1(x .9). ( 1. y 3 2 y = f (x) 1 2 3 –3 –2 –1 –2 –3 x (a) Identify the slope. 5)}. 4) and (3.1. (c) Evaluate ƒ(3) symbolically and graphically. The monthly cost of driving a car is $200 for maintenance plus $0.(3 .2. Round your answer to the nearest tenth. x . 15. Write a formula for a function C that calculates the monthly cost of driving a car x miles. Graph the equation. (a) Find the domain and range of S.4x) 5 . . 2). Determine the x. Then evaluate ƒ(0).x 14. .25 a mile. yintercept. Write an equation of a line that is parallel to the xaxis and passes through (4. (d) Find any zeros of ƒ. 2 3x + 11x . y = f (x) 2 1 –3 –2 –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 x 11. 17. 12.1) = 1 20. 3. ƒ(x) = 2x2 . (a) g(x) = 2 .88 * 105 in standard notation. interpret the numbers 15 and 2000 in the formula for C(x).3x = 6 2 Exercises 7 and 8: Complete the following. If C(x) = 15x + 2000 calculates the cost in dollars of producing x radios. Solve 2. Use the graph to express the domain and range of ƒ. Write the slopeintercept form for a line that passes through (.3x) .065 in scientific notation and 7.4y = 10. (b) Evaluate ƒ(2).4 8.and yintercepts on the graph of 5x . and xintercept.4 9.1 = 23x + 1. Let S = {( 3. Write the slopeintercept form for a line that passes through (. (1. 5). Evaluate C(2000) and interpret the result. 18.3 to x = . 2).4 (b) g(x) =  2x .3 7.4).2.4x . Graph y = g(x) by hand.1 3 (f ) g(x) = 1x (h) g(x) = x 2 . . Exercises 19–30: Solve the equation. 19. . Find the average rate of change of ƒ(x) = x3 . Find the percent change if a quantity Q changes from 45 to 54. 16.2. 6. 4).7 both graphically and numerically. (0.4y = 12. (b) Is S a function? 4.2)2 + 2 2 (e) g(x) = 1x (g) g(x) = 1 + 2 x . y 1.(x .3(2 . 5) and (3. 13. 2x . 4) and is perpendicular to the line 3x . (1.x from x = .CHAPTERS 1–4 Cumulative Review Exercises 363 14 Cumulative Review Exercises 10. The graph of a linear function ƒ is shown. (b) Write a formula for ƒ(x). 5. (a) Determine the domain of ƒ.1  (d) g(x) = x3 .
2x 3 + 4x2 = 6x (a) y = ƒ(x + 2) .2x 30. 7x 2 + 9x = 10 25.  3x . Are ƒ(x) = x4 . three xintercepts.7 and g(x) = 29 .x2 if 3 … x … .364 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations 22. Is ƒ continuous on its domain? Evaluate ƒ(1).4x + 1 (a) (b) 4a2 x . x .4 . x4 + 9 = 10x 2 3 2 21. odd.1 (c) x4 + 2x 3 .1 ƒ(x) = c x + 1 1 . 43. Find the vertex on the graph of ƒ(x) = .4  + 1 = 5 23.x) + 1 = 3x .2 x2 + 2 y = f (x) 40. or neither? 47. (a) ƒ(x) = 0 (b) ƒ(x) 7 0 (c) ƒ(x) … 0 y 3 2 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 1 3 x y = f (x) 3 2 –2 –1 –2 –3 3 x 46. 2 42.3x = 1 by completing the square. Use transformations of graphs to sketch a graph of y = 22x + 1. 41.6 6 3 3 35.h)2 + k.3 7 0 38.1 = 3 3x –3 –2 y = f (x) 2 3 x 31.5x3 . x3 + 5 = 5x2 + x 24. Use the given graph of y = ƒ(x) at the top of the next column to sketch a graph of each equation.(4 . Sketch a graph of a quartic (degree 4) function with a negative leading coefficient. State the end behavior of ƒ(x) = 4 + 3x .1 if 1 6 x 6 1 if 1 … x … 3 –2 –3 44.1 (c) y = ƒ( x) + 1 y (b) y = . Solve 1x . 45. = 5 . 5x2 + 13x . 48. Divide each expression. ƒ 5x .8a2 + 12 2x 3 . Is this equation 2 2 either an identity or a contradiction? 32. . (a) Where ƒ is increasing or decreasing 5 2 Exercises 33–38: Solve the inequality. 3x 2>3 + 5x1>3 .2ƒ(x) (d) y = ƒ A 1x B 2 27.6 6 0 4x .1x2 + 3x .2.7 ƒ Ú 3 37. 2 . Graph ƒ. Solve each equation or inequality.2 = 0 28. Solve x2 .3 4x . x + 2 39.x 2 + 5x . .x3.1x .3 29.5.(1 + x) 7 2x 34.9x … 0 3 (b) The zeros of ƒ (c) The coordinates of any turning points (d) Any local extrema y 36.x 1 .4 … 4x . Write the quadratic polynomial ƒ(x) = 2x2 . 33. Use the graph of ƒ to estimate each of the following.4x + 1 in the form ƒ(x) = a(x . x2 . 4a3 . The graph of a nonlinear function ƒ is shown. . and three turning points. 25 + 2x + 4 = x + 5 2x .x2 even. 2x2 + x + 2 = 0 26. 49.
How many liters of a 12% sulfuric acid solution should be mixed with the 2liter solution? y = f (x) 1 –4 –3 –1 –2 –3 –4 2 3 4 x 55. Evaluate the expression for x = 8. (b) Estimate the year when the population of the United States reached 300 million. Maximizing Revenue The revenue R in dollars from selling x thousand toy figures is given by the formula R(x) = x(800 . and in 2000 it was about 280 million. Write 3 + 4i in standard form.5 . Group Rates Roundtrip airline tickets to Hawaii are regularly $800. Find the average rate of change of D from 0 to 2 and 2 to 4. real or imaginary. 1 ticket costs $800. 54. Mixing Acid Two liters of a 35% sulfuric acid solution need to be diluted to a 20% solution. Average Rate of Change The total distance D in feet traveled by a car after t seconds is given by D(t) = 4t2 for 0 … t … 7. . 2x . How many toy figures should be sold to maximize revenue? 66. y 4 365 60. Find the slope of each line segment and interpret each slope. Write the complete factored form of the polynomial given by ƒ(x) = 2x3 . 0. 53. who is heading west at 7 miles per hour. 51. 52. If the box is to have a volume of 270 cubic inches. How long will it take to paint the room if they work together? 63. Population In 1990 the population of the United States was about 250 million. If the leading coefficient is 4. Assume that t must be an integer. Interpret these average rates of change.3x . For example.i 56. U. A quintic (degree 5) function ƒ with real coefficients has leading coefficient 1 and zeros 2. A cubic function ƒ has zeros 1. one runner is heading south at 8 miles per hour and is located 2 miles north of a second runner. Find all solutions. 4 64. Construction A box is being constructed by cutting 2inch squares from the corners of a rectangular sheet of metal that is 6 inches longer than it is wide.) (a) Find a linear function P that models the data during year t. 62. and 3. and 4 with multiplicities 1.2i. Write the complete factored form. Use the graph to write the complete factored form of the cubic polynomial ƒ(x). to x . Write 2 5 using rational exponents. 1. 2.6x + 3.x2 .CHAPTERS 1–4 Cumulative Review Exercises 50.M. i. . and . (b) Solve C(t) = 17. but for each additional ticket purchased the price is reduced by $5. 1 . 2 tickets cost 2(795) = $1590. y 60 Water (gallons × 1000) 50 40 30 20 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 x Time (hours) (c) Find the absolute maximum for C and interpret your result. Water in a Pool The graph shows the amount of water in a swimming pool x hours past noon. 57. (a) Write a quadratic function C that gives the total cost of purchasing t tickets. Approximate the distance between the runners to the nearest tenth of a mile at 12:30 P. respectively. 65. Applications 59. 67. (Source: Bureau of the Census.4 Find any verti 3x 58.S.000 and interpret the result. write the complete factored form of ƒ(x).x). Working Together Suppose one person can paint a room in 10 hours and another person can paint the same room in 8 hours. A degree 6 function ƒ has zeros 3. Write 2 ƒ(x) in complete factored form and expanded form. find the dimensions of the metal sheet.25 = 0. Distance At noon. and 2 and leading coefficient 5. and 3 tickets cost 3(790) = $2370. 61. State the domain of ƒ(x) = x2 cal or horizontal asymptotes.
Americans and Weight The percentage of Americans who are 30 or more pounds above a healthy weight has increased during the past 40 years. Source: Mercer U. Year Percentage 1961 1978 1991 2000 13 15 23 31 68.366 CHAPTER 4 More Nonlinear Functions and Equations 70. Graph y = ƒ(x) and the data if a graphing calculator is available.3 8. Year Increase (%) 1998 1999 2000 6.) (b) Estimate the annual percent change in 2004. (Answers may vary.1 2001 11. 71.S. Compare your prediction with the experts’ prediction of 2009. Health Care Cost Average health care cost per employee has risen dramatically since 1998. Minimizing Surface Area A cylindrical can is being constructed to have a volume of 10p cubic inches.) (b) Estimate the year when this percentage may reach 40%. 2002.2 2002 14. (Answers may vary. Modeling Data Find a quadratic function in the form ƒ(x) = a(x . The table lists the annual percent change from 1998 to 2002. (a) Find a polynomial function that models these data. The table lists this percentage for various years. x y 4 6 6 15 8 37 10 80 69. .1 7.h)2 + k that models the data in the table.7 Source: National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey. Find the dimensions of the can that result in the least amount of aluminum being used in its construction. (a) Find a polynomial function that models these data. Health Care Survey.
6 billion. innovation. —Albert Einstein 367 .7 billion. Since then. When quantities such as population and pollution increase rapidly. the decline of the bluefin tuna. air pollution. In this chapter. With this increase in population. and mathematics. His classic calculation. salinity of the ocean. Kraljic. predicted that a doubling of the carbon dioxide concentration in the atmosphere would raise the average global temperature by 7°F to 11°F. Examples include acid rain. The important thing is not to stop questioning. nonlinear functions and equations are used to model their growth. This chapter presents some of the mathematical tools necessary for modeling these trends.Exponential and Logarithmic Functions I 5 n 1900 the population of the world was approximately 1. and increases in skin cancer due to a decrease in the ozone layer. there has been a corresponding increase in emissions of greenhouse gases. demand for organ transplants. At that time the Swedish scientist Svante Arrhenius first predicted a greenhouse effect resulting from emissions of carbon dioxide by the industrialized countries. the relationship between caloric intake and land ownership in developing countries. diversity of bird species. the world population has increased dramatically to approximately 6. there is more discussion today than ever about the impact and causes of global warming. earthquakes. As a result. global warming. They occur in a wide variety of applications. The Greenhouse Effect. hurricanes. exponential and logarithmic functions are introduced. Understanding these issues and discovering solutions will require creativity. which made use of logarithms. Source: M.
and division can be performed on numbers and variables. Evaluate s (60). The first quantity is the reaction distance.5 seconds or less. 3 The braking distance in feet for a car traveling on wet level pavement at x miles per hour can be approximated by b(x) = x 2>9.1 s(x) = r(x) + b(x) b(x) The concept of finding the sum of two functions can be represented symbolically. Arithmetic Operations on Functions Highway engineers frequently assume that drivers have a reaction time of 2. EXAMPLE 1 Representing stopping distance A driver with a reaction time of 2.1 Combining Functions • Perform arithmetic operations on functions • Review function notation • Perform composition of functions Introduction Addition. and numerically. If a car is traveling at x miles per hour. During this time.1 = 537. The estimated stopping distance s at 55 miles per hour is the sum of these distances: 201. we compute two quantities. multiplication. a driver traveling at 55 miles per hour might have a reaction distance of r(55) = A 11 B (55) L 201. For example. Haefner. which is the distance that a car travels after the brakes have been applied. a car traveling at 55 miles per hour would need b(55) = 552>9 L 336. a car continues to travel at a constant speed.5 seconds. Introduction to Transportation Systems. as illustrated in the next example. graphically. For example.7 feet . One way to determine stopping distance is to find one function that models the reaction distance and a second function that calculates the braking distance. Stopping distance is equal to the sum of the reaction distance and the braking distance. subtraction. then r(x) = A 11 B x computes the distance in feet that the car travels in 3 2.1. The stopping distance is then found by adding the two functions. These arithmetic operations can also be used to combine functions. (Source: L.8 feet.1 feet to stop after the brakes have been applied. to model the stopping distance of a car. For instance. (a) Write a symbolic representation for a function s using r and b that computes the stopping distance for a car traveling at x miles per hour. .) r(x) s(x) Figure 5. The second quantity is braking distance.7 + 336. See Figure 5.368 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 5.5 seconds traveling at 60 miles per hour attempts to stop on wet level pavement in order to avoid an accident. which is the distance that a car travels between the time when a driver first recognizes a hazard and the time when the brakes are applied. until the driver is able to move his or her foot from the accelerator to the brake pedal.
Table 5.2 x r(x) b(x) s(x) 0 0 0 0 12 44 16 60 24 88 64 152 36 132 144 276 48 176 256 432 d Speed 220 d Reaction distance 400 d Braking distance 620 d Stopping distance: s(x) = r (x) + b(x) 60 Now Try Exercise 99 We now formally define arithmetic operations on functions. and s.1 Combining Functions (b) Graph r. It follows that s(60) = 220 + 400 = 620. g g(x) Operations on Functions and Domains The domains of the sum. the sum of y1 and y2 equals y3. difference. The domain of the quotient ƒ>g includes all xvalues in both the domain of ƒ and the domain of g. r (60) = 220 and b(60) = 400. For example.2. For any xvalue in the graph. and ƒ ƒ(x) a b(x) = . . and s(x) = r(x) + b(x). when x = 60. and y3 = 11 x + 1 x 2 on the 3 9 3 9 same axes. Operations on Functions If ƒ(x) and g(x) both exist. and quotient of two functions ƒ and g are defined by ( ƒ + g)(x) = ƒ(x) + g(x). Notice that values for s(x) can be found by adding r(x) and b(x). SOLUTION 369 (a) Symbolic Representation Let s(x) be the sum of the two formulas for r and b. 3 9 Distance (feet) 620 y2 = b(x) 400 220 y1 = r(x) (b) Graphical Representation Graph y1 = 11 x. b. (c) Illustrate the relationship among r. product. where g (x) Z 0.2 illustrates that s(60) = r (60) + b(60) = 220 + 400 = 620. b(x). ( ƒ .5. y2 = 1 x 2. 1 11 x + x2 3 9 s(x) = r (x) + b(x) = The stopping distance for a car traveling at 60 miles per hour is y y3 = s(x) s(60) = 11 1 (60) + (60)2 = 620 feet.g(x).g)(x) = ƒ(x) . and s numerically. (c) Numerical Representation Table 5. Interpret the graph. as shown in Figure 5. difference. the sum. where g (x) Z 0. and product of ƒ and g include xvalues that are in both the domain of ƒ and the domain of g. b. ( ƒg)(x) = ƒ(x) # g(x).1 shows numerical representations of r (x). Figure 5.1 x 0 60 Speed (mph) Figure 5.
1) + (52 . Therefore the domain of ƒ is {x  x Ú 1}.) (b) The expressions can be evaluated as follows. and ƒg include all xvalues in both the domain of ƒ and the domain of g. ( ƒ>g)(3) equals ƒ(3) 2 + 23 .1) . ƒ .1) + (x2 .4) = 2 . ( ƒ . (ƒg)(x).x2 + 6 Now Try Exercises 9 and 15 Graphical. use each representation of ƒ and g to evaluate ( ƒ + g)(4).1 + x2 . x Z 2}.g(x) = (2 + 2x . To determine the domain of ƒ>g. ( ƒ + g)(x) = ƒ(x) + g(x) = (2 + 2x .1 and g(x) = x 2 .(12 .4) = 2x . and ( ƒ>g)(x). EXAMPLE 3 ( ƒ . SOLUTION (a) Whenever x Ú 1.g)( 2). g(3) 32 . and ( ƒ>g)(3). since 0 is not in the domain of ƒ(x). ( ƒ .g)(1). g(x) = 2x . difference.4) ƒ ƒ(x) 2 + 2x . we eval Evaluating combinations of functions If possible. ( ƒg)(1).4 5 (c) The sum. ( ƒg)(x).2 ( ƒg)(x) = ƒ(x) # g(x) = (2 + 2x .g.g(1) = (2 + 21 . we must also exclude xvalues for which g(x) = x 2 . Numerical.1 is defined. y (a) (b) x 2 0 1 4 9 y = f (x) ƒ(x) x 3 2 — 1 0 0 3 1 1 9 4 2 5 y = g(x) 1 –4 –2 –3 1 2 4 g(x) x (c) ƒ(x) = 2x + 1.1 2 + 22 = = . Then find the domains of ( ƒ + g)(x).g)(1) = ƒ(1) . product. Thus their domains are {x  x Ú 1}.1 a b(x) = = g g(x) x2 .4 is all real numbers.1 . (ƒg)(0).(x2 . (Note that x Z . evaluate ( ƒ + g)(5). and Symbolic Evaluation In the next example.4) = 4 + 21 = 25 ( ƒ . (c) Write expressions for ( ƒ + g)(x). ( ƒ .g)(x). The domain of g(x) = x 2 .4) = 2x . ( ƒ .g)(x) = ƒ(x) .2 is satisfied if x Ú 1. ƒ(x) = 2 + 2x . (a) Find the domains of ƒ(x) and g(x).1)(x 2 .4 = 0. This occurs when x = 2.(3) = 5 (ƒg)(0) is undefined. and ( ƒ>g)(x). ( ƒ + g)(5) = ƒ(5) + g(5) = (2 + 25 .1) . and ( ƒ>g)(0). and quotient of ƒ and g are calculated as follows.4 uate operations on functions in three ways. (b) If possible. Thus the domain of ƒ>g is {x  x Ú 1.370 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions EXAMPLE 2 Performing arithmetic operations on functions symbolically Let ƒ(x) = 2 + 2x .4. The domains of ƒ + g.g)(x).
and it follows that ( ƒg)(1) = ƒ(1)g(1) = 3(1) = 3. so g(0) = 0. (b) Numerical Evaluation From the tables.) (a) Assuming no other expenses. 31.5. Find a function R that computes the revenue from selling x DVDs. A typical cost for producing the master disc is $2000. . The cost of manufacturing the master disc and 1500 additional DVDs is C(1500) = 2(1500) + 2000 = $5000. As in part (a). ƒ(4) = 9 and g(4) = 2. Thus ( ƒ + g)(4) = ƒ(4) + g(4) = 9 + 2 = 11. so ( ƒ . The calculations of (ƒg)(1) and ( ƒ>g)(0) are done in a similar manner. Thus ( ƒ . (c) Assuming that the master disc is not sold. After this disc has been made. and 35 ( ƒ . g(2) is undefined because 2 is not in the domain of g. additional discs can be produced inexpensively. find a function C that outputs the cost of producing the master disc plus x additional DVDs.g( 2) = (2 # (. (Source: Windcrest Productions. The domains of ƒ and g include 1.2) is undefined. The revenue from selling 1500 DVDs is R(1500) = 12(1500) = $18. Find the revenue from selling 1500 DVDs.g)( 2) is undefined. ( ƒ + g)(4) = ƒ(4) + g(4) = (2 # 4 + 1) + 24 = 9 + 2 = 11 ( ƒg)(1) = ƒ(1)g(1) = (2 # 1 + 1) 21 = 3(1) = 3 ƒ ƒ(0) a b(0) = is undefined. The graph of g intersects the origin.3. g g(0) Now Try Exercises 7.2) = . (b) Suppose that each DVD is sold for $12. since g(0) = 0.g)( 2) = ƒ(. the cost of producing the master disc can be significant. Thus ( ƒ>g)(0) = ƒ(0) g(0) is undefined. Although ƒ(. (b) The revenue from x discs at $12 each is computed by R(x) = 12x. determine a function P that outputs the profit from selling x DVDs. How much profit is there from selling 1500 DVDs? SOLUTION (a) The cost of producing the master disc for $2000 plus x additional discs at $2 each is given by C(x) = 2x + 2000. Find the cost of making the master disc and 1500 additional DVDs. while additional discs cost approximately $2 each.2) + 1) .000.g)( 2) is also undefined. An Application The next example is an application from business involving the difference between two functions.1 Combining Functions SOLUTION 371 (a) Graphical Evaluation From the graph. ( ƒ + g)(4) = ƒ(4) + g(4) = 9 + 2 = 11.2 2 is undefined. (c) Symbolic Evaluation Use the formulas ƒ(x) = 2x + 1 and g(x) = 2x. ƒ(4) = 9 and g(4) = 2. The $2000 cost is sometimes called a fixed cost.2) . EXAMPLE 4 Finding the difference of two functions Once the sound track for a DVD has been recorded. A dash in the table indicates that g(.
2000 If x = 1500.2000 = $13. Evaluate each expression. ƒ(x) = 5280x Simplify.800 inches. For example.2000 = 10x . g(2) = 3(2)2 .6x + 2.3 illustrates how to convert 5 miles to inches. The composition of g and ƒ shown in Figure 5. The number of inches in 26. Miles Feet Inches Figure 5.6x 2 + 2 g(x + 2) = 3(x + 2)2 . 316.3 A distance of 5 miles is equivalent to 316. (a) g(2) (b) g(k) (c) g(x 2) (d) g(x + 2) SOLUTION Algebra Review (a) (b) (c) (d) To review squaring a binomial. we review how to evaluate function notation before we discuss composition of functions. To convert x miles to inches. .6x .400. The symbol is used to denote composition of two functions. drive to the movie theater. to go to a movie we might get into a car.6(x + 2) + 2 = 3x 2 + 12x + 12 .3 can be expressed symbolically. Then g(x) = 12x changes feet to inches. P(1500) = 10(1500) .800 f 5 26.6k + 2 g(x 2) = 3(x 2)2 . ƒ(x) = 5280x converts x miles to an equivalent number of feet.400) = 316. This can be written using function notation.6(x + 2) + 2 = 3(x 2 + 4x + 4) . to convert miles to inches we might first convert miles to feet and then convert feet to inches.400) = 12(26. The concept of composition of two functions is now defined formally. Then the output of 26. g(x) = 12x Simplify.400 g (g ƒ )(5) = g( ƒ(5)) = g(5280 # 5) = g(26.400 feet is g(26.800.400) = 12(26.2x .400 feet from ƒ is used as input for g.6(2) + 2 = 12 . see Chapter R (page R18). Figure 5. Now Try Exercise 95 Algebra Review To review arithmetic operations on polynomials. see Chapter R (page R13).000 .6(x 2) + 2 = 3x 4 . we combine the functions ƒ and g in sequence. and get out of the car.12 + 2 = 3x 2 + 6x + 2 Now Try Exercise 45 Composition of Functions Many tasks in life are performed in sequence. First.12 + 2 = 2 g(k) = 3k 2 . Since there are 5280 feet in a mile. EXAMPLE 5 Evaluating function notation Let g(x) = 3x 2 . A similar situation occurs with functions. P(x) = R(x) .C(x) = 12x .800 First compute ƒ(5). This computation is called the composition of g and ƒ. Review of Function Notation In the next example.(2x + 2000) = 12x .400) = 316. ƒ(5) = 5280(5) = 26. For example.372 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions (c) Profit P is equal to revenue minus cost.
then the composite function g ƒ is defined by (g We read g( ƒ(x)) as “g of ƒ of x. These concepts are illustrated in Figure 5. or composition of g and The domain of g ƒ is all x in the domain of ƒ such that ƒ(x) is in the domain of g. the output g(x) provides the input for ƒ. However.” ƒ )(x) = g( ƒ(x)). MULTIPLICATION: ( ƒg)(5) INPUT 5 COMPOSITION: ( ƒ ° g)(5) INPUT 5 ƒ (x) g (x) g (x) OUTPUT ƒ (5) OUTPUT g (5) OUTPUT g(5) (g (5) becomes the input for ƒ ) (ƒ ° g)(x) ƒ(g(x)) (ƒg)(x) ƒ(x) • g (x) OUTPUT ƒ (5) • g(5) OUTPUT ƒ (g(5)) Figure 5. See Example 10. with the composition ( ƒ g)(x) = ƒ( g(x)).360x converts x miles to inches. EXAMPLE 6 Finding a symbolic representation of a composite function ƒ that converts x miles into inches. Then their outputs are multiplied.4 Comparison of Multiplication and Composition . With the product ( ƒg)(x) = ƒ(x) # g(x). Another application involves examining how a decrease in the ozone layer causes an increase in ultraviolet sunlight. (g ƒ )(x) = g( ƒ(x)) = g(5280x) = 12(5280x) = 63. Simplify.1 Combining Functions 373 Composition of Functions If ƒ and g are functions. Now Try Exercise 97 Thus (g ƒ )(x) = 63. Find a formula for the composite function g SOLUTION Let ƒ(x) = 5280x and g(x) = 12x. MAKING CONNECTIONS Product and Composition of Two Functions Computing a product of two functions is fundamentally different from computing a composition of two functions. Symbolic Evaluation of Composite Functions The next three examples discuss how to evaluate composite functions and find their domains symbolically. ƒ.4.5. g multiplies the input by 12.360x Definition of composition ƒ(x) = 5280x is the input for g. which in turn causes increases in the number of skin cancer cases. NOTE Converting units is only one application of composition of functions. both ƒ and g receive the same input x.
374 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions EXAMPLE 7 Evaluating a composite function symbolically Let ƒ(x) = x 2 + 3x + 2 and g(x) = 1.2x 2 .2}. 1 1 2 1 1 3 (b) ( ƒ g)(x) = ƒ( g(x)) = ƒa b = a b + 3a b + 2 = 2 + + 2 x x x x x 1 ( g ƒ )(x) = g( ƒ(x)) = g(x 2 + 3x + 2) = 2 x + 3x + 2 The expressions for ( ƒ g)(x) and (g ƒ )(x) are not equivalent.2. Now Try Exercises 53 and 57 2 MAKING CONNECTIONS Composition and Domains To find the domain of a composition of two functions.1 B 2.3. SOLUTION (a) ( ƒ g)(2) = ƒ(g(2)) = ƒ A1B = A1B + 3 A1B + 2 = 15 = 3. SOLUTION Getting Started When simplifying a composition of functions.1.1 1 g(x) = x + 1 g(x) = x 2 + 5 Find ( ƒ g)(x) and ( g (a) ƒ(x) = x + 2. EXAMPLE 8 Finding symbolic representations for composite functions ƒ )(x). For example. x Ú 1. we can see that the domain (input) of ƒ be restricted to x Ú 1 for the output to be a real number.0833 The results are not equal.1 or x = . (c) ƒ(x) = 2x . it is sometimes helpful not to immediately simplify the resulting expression. x The domain of ( g ƒ )(x) = g( ƒ(x)) consists of all x in the domain of ƒ such that ƒ(x) is in the domain of g. the first step is often to write ( ƒ g)(x) = ƒ( g(x)) or ( g ƒ )(x) = g( ƒ(x)). if ƒ(x) = x 2 and g(x) = 2x . (b) ƒ(x) = 22x.1. the 1 domain of ( g ƒ )(x) = x 2 + 3x + 2 is {x  x Z . The domain of ( ƒ g)(x) = ƒ( g(x)) consists of all x in the domain of g such that g(x) is in the domain of ƒ. then (ƒ g)(x) = A 2x . x (a) Evaluate ( ƒ g)(2) and (g ƒ )(2). and the domain of g is {x  x Z 0}. (c) The domain of ƒ is all real numbers.75 2 2 2 4 1 (g ƒ)(2) = g(ƒ(2)) = g(22 + 3 # 2 + 2) = g(12) = 12 L 0. (ƒ g)(x) = x . Thus the domain of ( ƒ g)(x) = x12 + 3 + 2 is {x  x Z 0}. As a result. g must From this unsimplified expression. Since x 2 + 3x + 2 = 0 when x = .1. Are they equivalent expressions? (c) Find the domains of ( ƒ g)(x) and (g ƒ )(x). . g(x) = x 3 . x Z . How do they compare? (b) Find the composite functions defined by ( ƒ g)(x) and (g ƒ )(x).
2x 2 .2(input)2 .2(x + 2)2 . 63. ƒ(input) = (input) + 2 because ƒ(x) = x + 2. Function g does the following to its input: g(input) = (input)3 . EXAMPLE 9 y y = f (x) 3 1 –3 –1 –2 1 2 Evaluating a composite function graphically Use the graphs of ƒ and g shown in Figure 5. so (g ƒ )(. From Figure 5.3 = 2x 2 + 7 ƒ )(x) = g( ƒ(x)) = g(2x . (a) ( ƒ g)(2) (b) ( g ƒ )(.1.3) = .1 Combining Functions 375 (a) Begin by writing ( ƒ g)(x) = ƒ( g(x)) = ƒ(x 3 .2x 2 + 1.5 to evaluate each expression.2 x 2 . use Figure 5.9. g(. ( ƒ ƒ )( 3) = ƒ( ƒ(. (b) ( ƒ (g (c) ( ƒ (g 1 1 2 = b = 2# Ax + 1 x + 1 A x + 1 1 ƒ )(x) = g( ƒ(x)) = g(22x) = 12x + 1 g)(x) = ƒ( g(x)) = ƒ(x 2 + 5) = 2(x 2 + 5) . Thus ƒ(x 3 .7 ƒ(1) = 3 Figure 5.3)) = g(1).3)) = ƒ( 1) = 1.1) = . and 65 Graphical Evaluation of Composite Functions The next example shows how to evaluate a composition of functions graphically.2 Now Try Exercise 75 .1) = (x 3 .1.6 g(2) = 1 Figure 5.5 y y f (1) = 3 y y = f (x) 3 1 1 2 3 3 y y = f (x) 3 1 –3 –1 1 2 3 g (2) = 1 3 1 y = g(x) 3 y = g (x) x –1 2 –2 3 x –3 x –3 –1 x –1 y = f (x) –2 y = g(x) y = f (x) –2 y = g (x) f (–3) = –1 g(–1) = –2 Figure 5.5.3) = (2x .2.1) + 2 = x 3 .3) (c) ( ƒ ƒ )( 3) SOLUTION (a) Because ( ƒ y = g (x) 3 g)(2) = ƒ(g(2)). Figure 5. Thus ( ƒ g)(2) = 3. x To complete the evaluation of ( ƒ g)(2). (b) Because ( g ƒ)( 3) = g( ƒ(. That is.2 x 2 .3) = g( ƒ(. g(2) = 1 and (ƒ g)(2) = ƒ(g(2)) = ƒ(1). From Figure 5.3)2 + 5 = 4x 2 .1) = . Function ƒ adds 2 to the input.8 shows that ƒ( 3) = .8 ƒ(3) = .7 to determine that ƒ(1) = 3.1 Figure 5. begin by writing ( g ƒ )(x) = g( ƒ(x)) = g(x + 2).3)). first evaluate the expression ƒ(3). Figure 5. To find ( g ƒ )(x). Thus ( g ƒ )(. Thus g(x + 2) = (x + 2)3 .9 g(.2. first evaluate g(2). (c) Similarly.1).12x + 14 g)(x) = ƒ( g(x)) = ƒa Now Try Exercises 59.1.6.
0 10. ( g general.5 2 3.3 and then ƒ )(x) Z ( ƒ g)(x) in NOTE Composition of functions is not commutative. That is. In Table 5.5 computes the expected percent increase in cases of skin cancer resulting from an x percent increase in UV radiation.0 3 4. An increase in UV radiation is associated with skin cancer.0 21. which could cause a 10.0 7.4 the function ƒ computes the approximate percent increase in UV radiation resulting from an x percent decrease in the thickness of the ozone layer. ( g ƒ )(3) Z ( ƒ g)(3).5 26.0 b Percent decrease in the ozone layer Percent increase in a UV radiation Table 5. Table 5. An Application The next example illustrates how composition of functions occurs in the analysis of the ozone layer. g.3 g)(3) = ƒ( g(3)) = ƒ(2) = 3 by using Table 5. from above. and cases of skin cancer.75 6. Describe what ( g ƒ )(x) computes.2. Pearce. This means that a 2% decrease in the thickness of the ozone layer results in a 3% increase in UV radiation.25 9. EXAMPLE 10 Evaluating a composite function numerically Depletion of the ozone layer has caused an increase in the amount of UV radiation reaching the surface of the earth. The function g shown in Table 5.3 x ƒ(x) 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 1 ƒ and ƒ x g(x) 1 4 2 3 3 2 4 1 ƒ )(3) can be eval We can use these tables to evaluate g uated as follows. we can find that ( ƒ Table 5. Bateman.2 Table 5.25 3. SOLUTION (a) ( g ƒ )(2) = g( ƒ(2)) = g(3. Environmental Economics.) Table 5.2 and 5.5 4 6. ultraviolet (UV) radiation. .5.376 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions Numerical Evaluation of Composite Functions Tables 5.5 4. ( g ƒ )(3) = g( ƒ(3)) Definition of composition ƒ(3) = 4 in Table 5. (Source: R.5 15. For example.5 Percent increase in UV radiation a Percent increase in cases of skin cancer (a) Find ( g ƒ )(2) and interpret this calculation. (g = g(4) = 1 Also.5 5. Turner.0 5 7. For example. and I. (b) Create a table for g ƒ.5 Percent Increase in Skin Cancer x g(x) 0 0 1.3 are numerical representations of functions ƒ and g.5% increase in skin cancer.5 6 9.4 Percent Increase in UV Radiation x ƒ(x) 0 0 1 1.2 g(4) = 1 in Table 5.0 b 31.0) = 10. D.
7 (a) Let ƒ(x) = x + 3 and g(x) = x 2. and it is fundamentally different from arithmetic operations on functions. 3 3 and the squaring function.1 Putting It All Together ddition. x (g ƒ )(x) 0 0 1 5. it is sometimes helpful to recognize a function as the composition of two simpler functions. The following table summarizes some concepts involved with combining functions. 85. See Table 5. Note that answers may vary.7 and g(x) = 2x. For example. continued on next page A . Now Try Exercise 101 Writing Compositions When you are solving problems.1 Combining Functions (b) The values for ( g Table 5.0 5 26.7) = 22x . EXAMPLE 11 Writing a function as a composition of two functions ƒ )(x). ƒ )(x) = g( ƒ(x)) = g(2x .7. multiplication. and 91 5. ƒ(x) = x 2. and division can be used to combine functions.6 377 ƒ )(x) can be found in a similar manner. This 3 concept is demonstrated in the next example. (b) Let ƒ(x) = 2x .5 b Percent decrease in the ozone layer Percent increase in acases of skin cancer The composition (g ƒ)(x) computes the percent increase in cases of skin cancer resulting from an x percent decrease in the ozone layer. Then x (g ƒ )(x) = g( ƒ(x)) = g(x 2 + 2x) = 1 . Then (g (c) Let ƒ(x) = x 2 + 2x and g(x) = 1. Then h can be written as h(x) = g( ƒ(x)) = 2x2.5 3 15.25 2 10.5. Then (g ƒ )(x) = g( ƒ(x)) = g(x + 3) = (x + 3)2. In the composition (g ƒ )(x). subtraction. the output ƒ(x) is used as input for g. Composition of functions is another way to combine functions.25 6 31. x + 2x 2 Now Try Exercises 81.6. (c) h(x) = 1 x + 2x 2 Find functions ƒ and g so that h(x) = (g (a) h(x) = (x + 3)2 SOLUTION (b) h(x) = 22x . h(x) = 2x 2 can be thought of as the composition of the cube root function. g(x) = 2x.75 4 21.
g)(1) = ƒ(1) . If ƒ(x) = x 2 and g(x) = 4x. g(x) = x 2 . what does ( g ƒ ) calculate? 1. g(x) = 1 . If ƒ(x) = x 2 and g(x) = 4x.1 Concepts Exercises . Time Conversion If ƒ(x) calculates the number of days in x hours and g(x) calculates the number of years in x days. .g)(x) = ƒ(x) .3 = 0 ( ƒ .1 a b(x) = = . ( g ƒ )(3) = 3. g(x) Z 0 a b(x) = g g(x) Composition of two functions (g ƒ )(x) = g( ƒ(x)) ƒ(x) = x 3.(2x + 1) = x .3x 4 ƒ(x) = x 2 . ( ƒ g)(x) = Arithmetic Operations on Functions Exercises 7–10: Use ƒ(x) and g(x) to evaluate each expression symbolically. ( ƒg)(x) = 4.16 + 1 = 49 ( g ƒ )(x) = g( ƒ(x)) = g(x 3) = (x 3)2 .56 ( ƒg)(x) = ƒ(x) # g(x) = x 3(1 .g)(x) = ƒ(x) . 7.g(x) = 3x . what does ( g ƒ ) calculate? .3x ( ƒg)( 2) = ƒ(2) # g(.g(1) = 3 .2x + 1 ( g ƒ )(2) = g( ƒ(2)) = g(8) = 64 . .2) = ( 8)(7) = .g(x) Product of two functions ( ƒg)(x) = ƒ(x) # g(x) ƒ(x) = 3x. 6. Cost of Carpet If ƒ(x) calculates the number of square feet in x square yards and g(x) calculates the cost in dollars of x square feet of carpet.2x 3 + 1 5. g(x) = x + 2 ƒ(2) 3 ƒ = a b(2) = g g(2) 4 ƒ ƒ(x) x2 .3. g(x) = 2x + 1 ( ƒ . If ƒ(3) = 2 and g(3) = 5. If ƒ(3) = 2 and g(2) = 5. x Z 2 g g(x) x + 2 Quotient of two functions ƒ ƒ(x) .2(x 3) + 1 = x 6 .x 2 (a) ( ƒ + g)(3) (b) ( ƒ . ( ƒ + g)(3) = 2.1 ƒ(x) = x 3. g(x) = 1 . ƒ(x) = 2x .3x) = x 3 . g(x) = 2x + 1 ( ƒ + g)(3) = ƒ(3) + g(3) = 9 + 7 = 16 ( ƒ + g)(x) = ƒ(x) + g(x) = x 2 + 2x + 1 2 Difference of two functions ( ƒ . .378 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions continued from previous page Concept Notation Examples Sum of two functions ( ƒ + g)(x) = ƒ(x) + g(x) ƒ(x) = x .g)( 1) (c) ( ƒg)(0) (d) ( ƒ>g)(2) 5.1.
30.x 3.1 ƒ . x + 1 (a) ( ƒ + g)( 1) y = f (x) x (b) ( ƒ . x + 1 g(x) = x 2 g(x) = 3x + 1 g(x) = x 2 + 1 g(x) = 4x 2 g(x) = x + 2x .g)( 2) (c) ( ƒg)(0) (d) ( ƒ>g)(2) –3 –1 –2 1 2 y = g(x) . x + 2 2 .4 22. ƒ(x) = x 1>2.g) A1B 2 (d) ( ƒ>g)(0) g(x) = x 2 + x . x + 2 g(x) = g(x) = 2x . ƒ(x) = 2x . 12. 16.8x 2. ƒ(x) = x 5>2 . ƒ(x) = 2x.2 g(x) = x 1>2 g(x) = x 1>3 . ƒ(x) = 21 .3 ƒ 3 (a) ( ƒ + g)( . 10. 2x .22x + 9 g(x) = 2x + 1 g(x) = x 3 g(x) = 3 x + 1 33. ƒ(x) = 4x . y = g(x) –3 –2 (b) ( ƒ . 13.1. ƒ(x) = 27. ƒ(x) = .1 3x + 6 x + 1 x 2 .1 g(x) = 3 . ƒ(x) = 4x 3 . ƒ(x) = 2x + 1. ƒ(x) = x . (a) ( ƒ + g)(x) (b) ( ƒ .1 1 . ƒ(x) = 28. 15. y 31. ƒ(x) = x 2 .1) (c) ( ƒg)(1) (d) ( ƒ>g)(2) 1 1 2 3 y 4 3 2 23. 3 1 –3 –1 –3 1 Exercises 11–30: Use ƒ(x) and g(x) to find a formula for each expression. ƒ(x) = x 2 .g)(0) x (c) ( ƒg)( 1) (d) ( ƒ>g)(1) y = f (x) y 4 3 (a) ( ƒ + g)(0) y = f (x) x 20.2x . g(x) = x + 3 (a) ( g + g)( .2 34. ƒ(x) = 4x . ƒ(x) = x 2 . 19. ƒ(x) = 3 + 22x + 9.2 . x2 . ƒ(x) = ƒ 2x .1 x . ƒ(x) = 1 .1. 25.g)( . g(x) = ƒ x . x g(x) = 3 x g(x) = 2x . ƒ(x) = 2x 2. 17.8) (b) ( ƒ . ƒ(x) = 1 .5. y = f (x) x (a) ( ƒ + g)(2) (b) ( ƒ . Identify its domain.1.g)(0) (c) ( gƒ )(1) 9. ƒ(x) = 1 .g)(1) (c) ( ƒg)(0) y = g (x) (d) ( ƒ>g)(1) y 3 1 –3 (a) ( ƒ + g)(1) y = g(x) 1 3 (b) ( ƒ . 32. 24.4x.2x + 1 379 (b) ( ƒ .g)( 1) (c) ( ƒg)(0) (d) ( ƒ>g)(27) Exercises 31–34: Use the graph to evaluate each expression.1 Combining Functions 8. 18.2) (b) ( ƒ . g(x) = (a) ( ƒ + g)(2) (c) ( ƒg)(4) 1 x (d) ( g>ƒ )(3) 26.1 29.g)(x) (c) (ƒg)(x) (d) ( ƒ>g)(x) 11. 14.1. 1 21.x 3>2.3x + 2 .2x 1>3 + 1. ƒ(x) = x 2>3 .x.4 g(x) = x 3 g(x) = ƒ x + 1 ƒ g(x) = ƒ 2x + 1 ƒ g(x) = x2 .
59. 58. g(x) = 2x + 1 43. Identify its domain. g(x) = ƒ 3x .x ƒ . ƒ(x) = x . ƒ(x) = x 3.5x 2 g(x) = 3x g(x) = 2x + 3 . 62. x ƒ(x) g(x) 38. (a) g(3) ( b) g(b) (c) g(x 3) (d) g(2x .4 (a) ( ƒ g)(3) (b) ( g ƒ)(5) Exercises 37 and 38: Use the table to evaluate each expression. (a) ( ƒ g)(x) (b) (g ƒ )(x) (c) ( ƒ ƒ )(x) 57.x. g(x) = 5 .ƒ )(0) (c) ( gƒ )(2) (d) ( ƒ>g)(2) 35. 63. g(x) = 5 x .x . 68.1x 2 44. ƒ(x) = 64. g(x) = x + 3 2 Exercises 35 and 36: Use the tables to evaluate each expression.380 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 47. x ( ƒ + g)(x) ( ƒ . if possible. 53. 3x g(x) = x 2 + 3x . ƒ(x) = 5x . g(x) = 2x2 + x + 1 (a) ( ƒ g)(1) (b) ( g ƒ )(. ƒ(x) = 2x + 5.1 Review of Function Notation Exercises 41–52: For the given g(x). ƒ(x) = x + 2.g)(4) (c) ( ƒg)( 2) (d) ( ƒ>g)(0) 37. Use the table in Exercise 38 to complete the table in Exercise 39.x 2 g(x) = 5x g(x) = 2 x . g(x) = 2x + 4 49. evaluate each of the following. g(x) = 2(x + 3)2 . ƒ(x) = 1 . x ƒ(x) g(x) 2 0 6 2 4 2 0 5 0 0 8 1 2 7 2 2 5 4 4 10 5 4 0 0 ƒ )(8) Exercises 57–72: Use the given ƒ(x) and g(x) to find each of the following.1)2 46. 60. x ƒ(x) 36.x 50. g(x) = ƒ x ƒ (a) ( ƒ g)( 4) (b) (g 56. ƒ(x) = x + 4. ƒ(x) = ƒ x2 . ƒ(x) = 2x .9 65.3x . g(x) = .(x . 2 g(x) = 24 . 61. 2 0 2 4 g(x) = x 4 + x 2 . g(x) = 0 3 0 0 2 0 2 1 4x x + 3 48. ƒ(x) = 2x + 1. 66.3) 55. if possible.7 52. x ƒ(x) 1 3 1 4 0 5 0 1 2 1 2 3 x g(x) x g(x) 1 2 1 2 Composition of Functions Exercises 53–56: Use the given ƒ(x) and g(x) to evaluate each expression. g(x) = 2 ƒ 1 .1 2 42. (a) ( ƒ + g)(2) ( b) ( ƒ .1) 54.1 g(x) = 1 x2 39.2.4 ƒ .3) 41. Use the table in Exercise 37 to complete the following table.3x.3 .4 45.1. ƒ(x) = x 2.x g(x) = x 3 g(x) = 1 . (a) ( ƒ + g)( 1) (b) ( g .4 g(x) = 21 . ƒ(x) = 1 . 67. g(x) = 22 . x + 1 1 . ƒ(x) = 2x. g(x) = x2 (a) ( ƒ g)(2) (b) ( g ƒ )(. g(x) = 2x 2 . ƒ(x) = 2 . g(x) = 1 x 2 + 3x .1 ƒ + 4 51.g)(x) ( ƒg)(x) ( ƒ>g)(x) 40.x 2 g(x) = 4x 3 . ƒ(x) = 2 .
4 3 86. k 7 0.x 1>4 94.4 ƒ x + 2 ƒ . h(x) = 2x . y = g (x) . Find the profit from selling 3000 DVDs. 3 2 y Exercises 81–94: (Refer to Example 11. 3 1 71. h(x) = 52x .1 Combining Functions 69. g 3 ? f ? (b) ( g (c) ( ƒ –3 y = f (x) ƒ )(2) 80.1)2 92. x ƒ(x) 78. ƒ(x) = . h(x) = x 3>4 . h(x) = . a 7 0. h(x) = y = f (x) x (a) ( ƒ (b) ( g (c) ( ƒ g)( 2) ƒ )(1) ƒ )(0) 1 (x . h(x) = 4(2x + 1)3 87.) Determine a profit function P that results if the DVDs are sold for $15 each.5x 1>3 + 4 Applications 95. kx 72. h(x) = 2x 2 + 1 88.3 90.1 76. h(x) = 4(x . Profit (Refer to Example 4.5)2 –3 (b) ( g (c) ( g –1 –2 –3 85.k 7 0 kx g(x) = 2ax.x + 1 93. h(x) = (x + 2)4 (a) ( ƒ x y = g (x) 2 3 g)(1) ƒ )( 2) g)( 2) 83. Evaluate the expression. ƒ(x) = ax 2. 74. 70. h(x) = (x 3 . y 73. ƒ(x) = 2x . y = g (x) 3 1 –3 –1 1 3 (a) ( ƒ x g)(4) ƒ )(3) 79. h(x) = 5(x + 2)2 . 81. if possible.1. 4 3 1 –2 –1 –2 1 2 4 y 91. Use the tables for ƒ(x) and g(x) in Exercise 77 to complete the composition shown in the diagram.) Find functions ƒ and g so that h(x) = (g ƒ )(x). h(x) = 2 x2 . h(x) = x 2>3 . h(x) = 1 x + 2 84.x 5 381 g(x) = x 3 + 1 1 g(x) = .5. (a) ( g ƒ )(1) (b) ( ƒ g)(4) (c) ( ƒ ƒ )(3) 77. x ƒ(x) 1 4 1 2 2 3 3 6 3 1 4 5 4 2 6 7 x g(x) x g(x) 1 2 2 4 2 3 3 2 3 4 5 6 4 5 7 0 Exercises 73–76: Use the graph to evaluate each expression. 4 y y = g(x) 3 x (a) ( ƒ 2 4 g)(2) g)(0) ƒ )(4) 6 f ? g ? –4 (b) ( g (c) ( g y = f (x) –4 75. Answers may vary.1)2 y = f (x) 89. Use the tables for ƒ(x) and g(x) in Exercise 78 to complete the composition shown in the diagram.5x. g(x) = 1 . a 7 0 Exercises 77 and 78: Numerical representations for the functions ƒ and g are given.2 82. ƒ(x) = 1 .
Skin Cancer In Example 10. Then use these tables to construct a table for s(x). b. Cost. (d) Express a function F that converts x gallons to tablespoons as a composition of three functions. 22. (c) Evaluate s(60) and interpret the result. In the first figure at the top of the next page. Skin Cancer (Refer to Example 10 and Tables 5. Cotton and R. (d) Write a formula for F. As a result. (a) Write a function I that converts x yards to inches. 99. find a function R that outputs the revenue received from selling x music videos. Human Impacts on Weather and Climate.4 and 5. Revenue.) A car is traveling at 60 miles per hour. 98. which heat up in the daytime from sunlight but do not cool off completely at night. (a) Determine a function r that computes the reaction distance for this driver. Pielke. (b) Write a function C that converts x inches to centimeters. Stopping Distance (Refer to Example 1. ƒ )(3. What is the profit from selling 40. find a function P that outputs the profit from selling x music videos. (a) Write a function Q that converts x gallons to quarts. and 55. 33. 100. 44. 101. Converting Units There are 36 inches in a yard and 2. urban areas tend to be warmer than the surrounding rural areas. how many videos must be sold for the revenue to equal the cost? 97.50 to produce each copy. Explain how the graph of s can be found using the graphs of r and b. (a) (g ƒ )(1) (b) ( ƒ g)(21) 102. Evaluate s(55).) If a driver with a reaction time of 1. g computes the percent increase in electrical demand for an average nighttime temperature increase of x degrees Celsius. and s on the same axes. In the second figure at the top of the next page. In this graph 1948 is the base year with a zero temperature increase. This effect is called the urban heat island.000 to produce a master disc for a music video and $1.382 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions (b) Find a formula s(x) that computes the stopping distance for this driver traveling at x miles per hour.25 seconds. (b) If the music videos are sold for $6.5. and 16 tablespoons in 1 cup. the reaction distance is r(x) = 11 x and the braking 5 1 distance is b(x) = 11 x2.5) and interpret the result. The driver has a reaction time of 1. ƒ and g are both linear.50 each. ƒ computes the average increase in nighttime summer temperatures in degrees Celsius at Sky Harbor Airport in Phoenix from 1948 to 1990. Stopping Distance (Refer to Example 1.000 videos? (d) How many videos must be sold to break even? That is. (a) Write a formula for a function s in terms of r(x) and b(x) that gives the stopping distance when driving at x miles per hour.54 centimeters in an inch. calculate the composition and interpret the result. (c) Express a function F that converts x yards to centimeters as a composition of two functions. Converting Units There are 4 quarts in 1 gallon. (e) Write a formula for F.) If possible. 4 cups in 1 quart. (c) Write a function T that converts x cups to tablespoons.) . (a) Write a cost function C that outputs the cost of producing the master disc and x copies. The rise in urban temperature increased peak demand for electricity. (b) Graph r. (a) Find symbolic representations for ƒ and g. 96. Urban Heat Island Cities are made up of large amounts of concrete and asphalt.5 seconds attempts to stop while traveling at x miles per hour on dry level pavement. What is the revenue from selling 8000 videos? (c) Assuming that the master disc is not sold. where both distances are in feet. (b) Write a function C that converts x quarts to cups. (c) Make tables for r(x) and b(x) at x = 11. and Profit Suppose that it costs $150. (b) Determine (g (c) Evaluate (g ƒ )(x). 103. (Source: W.
) The functions ƒ and g are given by ƒ(x) = 0.1948) and g(x) = 1.11(x . Urban Heat Island (Refer to Exercise 103. Circular Wave A marble is dropped into a lake.000 20. (b) Interpret (g ƒ )(x). ƒ? 40 35 x Time (hours) y Temperature (°C) 30 25 20 15 10 5 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 y = g (x) (c) What type of functions are ƒ. (a) Evaluate ( g ƒ )(1960). Water (cubic feet) 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 1 2 y = f (x) 3 4 5 x 108. y 84 Temperature (°F) 0 1 2 3 4 5 x 80 76 72 68 64 0 1.5. Time (days) . and g 106. and g converts cubic feet to gallons. (b) Find ( g ƒ )(x). (a) (g ƒ )(1980) (b) ( ƒ g)(3) 105. calculate the composition and interpret the result.5x. Swimming Pools In the figures.0 3.000 0 2000 4000 y = f (x) 2 1 0 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 y = g(x) x x Water (cubic feet) Year y 6 (a) Find the gallons of water in the pool after 2 days.) If possible. and g converts Fahrenheit temperature to Celsius temperature.0 y = f (x) Rise in temperature (°C) (a) Evaluate (g (b) Interpret (g ƒ )(1975) graphically. resulting in a circular wave whose radius increases at a rate of 6 inches per second. ƒ )(x). g. ƒ )(x). Temperature The function ƒ computes the temperature on a summer day after x hours. See the figures.0 2. ƒ computes the cubic feet of water in a pool after x days. Urban Heat Island (Refer to Exercise 103.000 383 y Water (gallons) 30. Write a formula for C that gives the circumference of the circular wave in inches after t seconds. 104. Increase in demand (%) 5 4 3 2 1 y = g (x) 107. y 6000 x Temperature (°F) (a) Evaluate ( g (b) Interpret ( g ƒ )(2).000 10.1 Combining Functions y Rise in temperature (°C) 5 4 3 40.0 4.
114. (b) Evaluate your expression in part (a) when r = 3 and h = 0. (b) Find A(s + 2) and interpret the result. Acid Rain (Refer to Exercise 113.) Write a function A that gives the area contained inside the circular wave in square inches after t seconds.6 2000 55. y Methane emissions (million tons) 50 40 y = f (x) 30 20 10 0 1990 2010 y = g(x) 2030 x Year .384 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions and emissions of SO2 from burning oil are computed by O(x).4 0. 116.4 17. 4 (a) Find A(4s) and interpret the result.) The figure shows graphs of the functions ƒ and g that model methane emissions. In the table. Equilateral Triangle The area of an equilateral triangle with sides of length s is given by A(s) = 23 2 s . where h is a small positive number. Suppose that the radius of the balloon increases from r to r + h. Greenhouse Earth. where r is its radius and h is its height.3 1970 32.0 23. 112.2 1940 24. Round values for h(x) to the nearest hundredth.1. (a) Make a table for a function h that models the total predicted methane emissions for developed and developing countries. Geometry The surface area of a cone (excluding the bottom) is given by S = pr2r 2 + h 2. Methane Emissions Methane is a greenhouse gas that lets sunlight into the atmosphere but blocks heat from escaping the earth’s atmosphere.1. (a) Evaluate (C + O)(1970). Amounts are in millions of tons. write a formula for S in terms of r. If the height is twice the radius.6 0. Interpret your answer.5 2030 31 15 h r 111.) Make a table for a function h defined by h(x) = (C/O)(x).0 109. Nilsson. emissions of SO2 from burning coal during year x are computed by C(x). and h(x). ƒ models the predicted methane emissions in millions of tons produced by developed countries. The function g models the same emissions for developing countries. Freedman. x C(x) O(x) 1860 2. x ƒ(x) g(x) 1990 27 5 2000 28 7.A(r). does the surface area always increase by a fixed amount or does the amount depend on the value of r? 113. Surface Area of a Balloon The surface area A of a balloon with radius r is given by A(r) = 4pr 2. as shown in the figure. Acid Rain An air pollutant responsible for acid rain is sulfur dioxide (SO2). Source: A. What information does h give regarding the use of coal and oil? 115.5 2010 29 10 2020 30 12. Use these graphs to sketch a graph of the function h. (b) Write an equation that relates ƒ(x). 110. (c) If the radius of the balloon increases by 0. Methane Emissions (Refer to Exercise 115.0 1900 12. Then evaluate it for r = 6 and h = 0.1. (b) Interpret (C + O)(x). g(x).2 2. (c) Make a table for (C + O)(x). (a) Find A(r + h) . In the table. Circular Wave (Refer to Exercise 108. r Source: B.
Explosions and weather are two examples. Interpret the graph.5.172 and g(x) = 0. (a) Show that P(h0) = K(vƒ). the cumulative number of AIDS cases is modeled by ƒ(x) = 3200(x .1]. AIDS in the U. But not all actions are reversible.1982)2 + 619. 1. Find a symbolic representation for h. if we begin with 10 and add 5. 0. and b are constants. One hundred dollars can be withdrawn from and deposited into a savings account. Describe differences between (ƒg)(x) and ( ƒ Give examples. Find the slope of the graph of (g ƒ)(x). Show that if ƒ(x) = ax + b and g(x) = cx + d. and starts the engine. (Source: Department of Health and Human Services. To undo this operation. If we multiply a number by 2 and then divide by 2. g)(x) and (g g)(x). 5. Notice that we must reverse the order as well as applying the inverse operation at each step. the original number is obtained. (a) Find ( ƒ g)(x). (Hint: vƒ = 22gh0.) (b) Interpret your result from part (a). A closed door can be opened—an open door can be closed. What type of function is ƒ g? (b) Find (g ƒ )(x). Let ƒ(x) = k and g(x) = ax + b. 1994. Show that V = 4p A4pB .) Formulas for ƒ and g are ƒ(x) = 0.492. ƒ )(x). Actions and their inverses occur in everyday life. Describe differences between ( ƒ Give examples.25x . What type of function is g ƒ? 124. The kinetic energy of the ball is K(v) = 1mv 2. 120. For example. In mathematics the concept of reversing a calculation and arriving at the original value is associated with an inverse. What are the inverse actions? They are to turn off the engine. where h is its height and g is a constant. subtract 5 from 15 to obtain 10.1x . a. The same is true for multiplication and division. and the surface area S is given by 3 S 3>2 S = 4pr 2. where k.S. Suppose a person opens a car door. where x is the year. Inverse Operations and Inverse Functions Inverse Operations In mathematics there are basic operations that can be considered inverse operations. 126. . where 1982 … x … 1994. Show that if ƒ and g are odd functions. and close the car door. These actions undo or cancel each other. Sphere The volume V of a sphere with radius r is given by V = 4pr 3. then the composition g ƒ is also an odd function. Addition and subtraction are inverse operations. Methane Emissions (Refer to Exercises 115 and 116. 123. and the potential 2 energy of the ball is P(h) = mgh.) 119. Division and multiplication are inverse operations. Graph h(x) = ƒ(x) in [1982. 2] by [0. (1982–1994) During year x. 118. the result is 15. get out.2 Inverse Functions and Their Representations 117. 122. 3 385 Applying Concepts 121. then ( g ƒ )(x) also represents a linear function. where v is its velocity. gets in.1982)2 + 1586 and the cumulative number of AIDS deaths is modeled g(x) by g(x) = 1900(x . Energy of a Falling Object A ball with mass m is dropped from an initial height of h0 and lands with a final velocity of vƒ.2 Inverse Functions and Their Representations • Calculate inverse operations • Identify onetoone functions • Find inverse functions symbolically • Use other representations to find inverse functions Introduction Many actions are reversible.5. Show that the sum of two linear functions is a linear function. Writing about Mathematics 125.
In general.5. We say that ƒ and g are inverse functions and write this as g(x) = ƒ 1(x). See Table 5. and the inverse operations could be written as 2x + 7.10.386 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions EXAMPLE 1 Finding inverse actions and operations For each of the following.10 Subtract 5 x f a f –1 f (a) = b f –1(b) = a b 0 5 5 10 10 15 15 20 1 x ƒ (x) 5 0 10 5 15 10 20 15 ƒ(x) Figure 5.7 Gallons to Pints Table 5. However.9 and 5.7. a different x function g is required. reverse the order and apply the inverse action at each step. input y produces output x with function ƒ 1.5 = x 1 Definition of composition ƒ(x) = x + 5 ƒ 1 subtracts 5 from its input.9 and 5. Inputs and outputs (domains and ranges) are interchanged for inverse functions. then the inverse function of ƒ is given by ƒ 1(x) = x . ƒ(5) = 10. ( ƒ 1 ƒ )(x) = ƒ 1( ƒ(x)) = ƒ (x + 5) = (x + 5) . For example. then ƒ 1(b) = a. If input x produces output y with function ƒ.5 are applied in sequence. This statement is illustrated in Figure 5. refer to Table 5.8 Pints to Gallons x ƒ(x) 1 8 2 16 3 24 4 32 1 x ƒ (x) 8 1 16 2 24 3 32 4 Multiplication and division are inverse operations. Simplify. If ƒ(x) = x + 5. This conversion is calculated by g(x) = 8. Table 5. It is apparent that there are 8 pints in a gallon. (b) Subtract 7 from x and divide the result by 2. When ƒ(x) = x + 5 and ƒ 1(x) = x . if ƒ outputs b with input a. if ƒ(a) = b. Addition and subtraction are also inverse operations. SOLUTION (a) To find the inverse actions.” Table 5. the output of ƒ is used as input for ƒ 1. (a) Put on a coat and go outside. which can be used to convert gallons to pints. then ƒ 1 must output a with input b. The original operations could be expressed as x . That is. The inverse actions would be to come inside and take off the coat. (b) We must reverse the order and apply the inverse operation at each step. 2 Now Try Exercises 3 and 7 Inverse Functions For an introduction to the basic concept of an inverse function. where x is the number of pints. and ƒ 1(10) = 5.8.10 Inverse Functions From Tables 5. We read ƒ 1 as “ƒ inverse. Function g performs the inverse operation of ƒ. .10.7. and ƒ(x) = 8x converts x gallons to an equivalent number of pints. This can be seen numerically in Tables 5.10. The inverse operations would be to multiply x by 2 and add 7. note that ƒ(0) = 5 and ƒ 1(5) = 0. This is composition of functions. if we want to reverse the computation and convert pints to gallons. state the inverse actions or operations.9 Add 5 Table 5.
g(x) = 5x is onetoone because different inputs x always result in different outputs. note that 1 ƒ 1(x) ƒ(x). For example. Georgia.11 Cloudy Skies in Augusta x (month) C(x) (%) 1 43 2 40 3 39 4 29 5 28 6 26 7 27 8 25 9 30 10 26 11 31 12 39 Source: J. the inverse must receive 39 as input and produce exactly one output. if ƒ(x) = 5x. For example.5 ƒ adds 5 to its input.5) = (x . for elements c and d in the domain of ƒ. The Weather Almanac. . ƒ is a onetoone function. it is impossible for an inverse function to output both 3 and 12. For example. The same action occurs when computing the composition ƒ ƒ 1. OnetoOne Function A function ƒ is a onetoone function if.5) + 5 = x Definition of composition ƒ 1(x) = x . 387 The composition ƒ 1 ƒ with input x produces output x. Given an input of 39. Instead. x 1 then ƒ 1(x) = 5 Z 5x. Simplify. If C has an inverse function. Table 5. then a 1 = 1. That is. Every onetoone function has an inverse function. where x corresponds to the standard numbers for the months. different inputs always result in different outputs. if ƒ represents a function. Determine if C has an inverse function. ƒ(x) = x 2 is not onetoone because ƒ(2) = 4 and ƒ(2) = 4. Another pair of inverse functions is given by ƒ(x) = x 3 and ƒ 1(x) = 2x. Therefore g has an inverse function: g 1(x) = 5. Both March and December have cloudy skies 39% of the time. ƒ 1(x) represents the inverse function of ƒ.5. OnetoOne Functions Does every function have an inverse function? The next example answers this question. then an inverse function of ƒ does not exist.2 Inverse Functions and Their Representations MAKING CONNECTIONS The Notation ƒ1 and Negative Exponents If a represents a real number. 41 = 1.11 represents a function C that computes the percentage of the time that the sky is cloudy in Augusta. For instance. a 4 On the other hand. c Z d implies ƒ(c) Z ƒ(d ). Therefore ƒ(x) = x 2 does not have an inverse function because an inverse function cannot receive input 4 and produce both 2 and 2 as outputs. Now Try Exercise 19 If different inputs of a function ƒ produce the same output. (ƒ ƒ 1)(x) = ƒ( ƒ 1(x)) = ƒ(x . Williams. SOLUTION For each input. However. However. C computes exactly one output. we must discuss onetoone functions. EXAMPLE 2 Determining if a function has an inverse function Table 5. Before a 3 formal definition of inverse functions is given. if different inputs always produce different outputs. C(3) = 39 means that during March the sky is cloudy 39% of the time. Therefore C does not have an inverse function.
(2. Three distinct inputs. and (3. Similarly. . then every horizontal line will intersect the graph of ƒ at most once. In Figure 5. This statement can be written as ƒ(c) = ƒ(d ) implies c = d.12 The technique of visualizing horizontal lines to determine if a graph represents a onetoone function is called the horizontal line test. then g is a onetoone function. then ƒ is a onetoone function. Figure 5. it is not necessary to find the actual points of intersection—we have to show only that a horizontal line can intersect the graph of ƒ more than once. 3) 1 –5 –3 –1 –3 –5 1 3 5 (a) To decide if the graph represents a onetoone function. Decreasing. if a continuous function g is only decreasing on its domain. Symbolic Representations of Inverse Functions If a function ƒ is onetoone.1. 2) x –5 –5 –3 –1 –3 –5 1 3 5 SOLUTION Figure 5. the line y = 3 intersects the graph of ƒ at one point.11 y 5 (2. (a) y = f (x) y 5 3 (b) 5 3 1 y y = f (x) x x –5 –3 –1 –3 1 3 5 –5 –3 –1 –3 –5 1 3 5 (−1. 2) (1.388 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions NOTE A function ƒ is onetoone if equal outputs always have the same input. EXAMPLE 3 Determining if a function is onetoone graphically y 5 Use each graph to determine if ƒ is onetoone and if ƒ has an inverse function. Use the horizontal line test to explain why a nonconstant linear function has an inverse function. See Figure 5. This is true in general. This means that ƒ(1) = ƒ(1) = ƒ(3) = 2. determine if different inputs (xvalues) always correspond to different outputs (yvalues). and 3. CLASS DISCUSSION Horizontal Line Test If every horizontal line intersects the graph of a function ƒ at most once. 1. the function ƒ shown in Example 3(b) is always increasing on its domain and so it is onetoone. ƒ is a onetoone function. Therefore ƒ is onetoone and has an inverse function. 2. For example. Increasing. 2) 3 (3. 3). By the horizontal line test. whereas a quadratic function does not. For example. produce the same output. (b) Any horizontal line will intersect the graph of ƒ at most once. and OnetoOne Functions If a continuous function ƒ is increasing on its domain. then an inverse function ƒ 1 exists.12. Therefore ƒ is not onetoone and does not have an inverse function. That is. ( ƒ 1 ƒ )(a) = ƒ 1( ƒ(a)) = ƒ 1(b) = a. which is an equivalent definition. Therefore ƒ(a) = b implies ƒ 1(b) = a for every a in the domain of ƒ.11 the horizontal line y = 2 intersects the graph of ƒ at (. 2). 2). 2). x Now Try Exercises 13 and 15 NOTE To show that ƒ is not onetoone. Only input 2 results in output 3. (1. 1.
EXAMPLE 4 Finding and verifying an inverse function Let ƒ be the onetoone function given by ƒ(x) = x 3 . Combine terms.2. The graph of ƒ 1(x) = 2x + 2 is the graph of the cube root function shifted left 2 units. Algebra Review To review rational exponents and radical notation. (a) Find a formula for ƒ 1(x). function ƒ cubes the input x and then subtracts 2. 389 These two properties can be used to define an inverse function.2 ƒ 1(x) = 2x + 2 3 Combine terms. we must show that ƒ 1( ƒ(x)) = x and that ƒ( ƒ 1(x)) = x. y = x3 .2 y + 2 = x 2y + 2 = x 3 3 y = ƒ(x). the inverse function must add 2 to the input x and then take the cube root. . 3 (c) To verify that ƒ 1(x) = 2x + 2 is indeed the inverse of ƒ(x) = x 3 . That is. An important symbolic technique for finding f 1(x) is to 3 solve the equation y = ƒ(x) for x. ƒ 1( ƒ(x)) = ƒ 1(x 3 . Inverse Function Let ƒ be a onetoone function. see Chapter R (page R41). Take the cube root. In the next two examples. Now Try Exercise 73 The symbolic technique used in Example 4(a) is now summarized verbally. we find an inverse function and verify that it is correct. ƒ 1(x) = 2x + 2 3 ƒ(x) = x3 . Then ƒ 1 is the inverse function of ƒ if ( ƒ 1 (ƒ ƒ )(x) = ƒ 1( ƒ(x)) = x for every x in the domain of ƒ and ƒ 1)(x) = ƒ( ƒ 1(x)) = x for every x in the domain of ƒ 1. 3 (b) Both the domain and the range of the cube root function include all real numbers.2) + 2 3 = 2x 3 3 = x ƒ( ƒ (x)) = ƒ(2x + 2) 3 = ( 2x + 2)3 .2 3 = (x + 2) .2 Cube the expression. This gives us the formula for ƒ 1(x). (b) Identify the domain and range of ƒ 1.5.2. ƒ 1(b) = a implies ƒ(a) = b for every b in the domain of ƒ 1 and so (ƒ ƒ 1)(b) = ƒ( ƒ 1(b)) = ƒ(a) = b. Add 2.2 = x These calculations verify that our result is correct. Simplify.2. SOLUTION (a) Since ƒ(x) = x 3 . Interchange x and y to obtain y = 2x + 2.2) = 2(x 3 . 3 Therefore the domain and range of ƒ 1 also include all real numbers. 1 ƒ(x) = x3 . To reverse this calculation. (c) Verify that your result from part (a) is correct.2 Inverse Functions and Their Representations Similarly. ƒ 1(x) = 2x + 2. now solve for x.
2 = 18 x + 2 25 18 x 25 y = ƒ(x) Subtract 2. obtaining the equation x = ƒ 1( y). . STEP 1: STEP 2: STEP 3: Verify that ƒ is a onetoone function.2). its graph is a line with a nonzero slope of 18. (c) Verify that this is the inverse function of ƒ. ƒ )(x) = x and ( ƒ ƒ 1)(x) = x. ƒ is onetoone. The formula for the inverse is. EXAMPLE 5 Finding and verifying an inverse function x f (x) Suppose that a person x inches tall sprains an ankle. (a) Since ƒ is a linear function.2) = x 18 Now interchange x and y to obtain y = therefore. 25 (a) Explain why ƒ is a onetoone function. 25 18 (x = x It checks. Solve the equation y = ƒ(x) for x. solve the equation y = ƒ(x) for x. (b) To find ƒ 1(x). show that ( ƒ 1 NOTE One reason for interchanging the variables in Step 3 is to make it easier to graph y = ƒ 1(x) in the xyplane. 18 ƒ 1)(x) = x. 18 SOLUTION 25 ( y . 18 Multiply by 25. To verify ƒ 1(x). Definition of composition ƒ(x) = 18 25 x ƒ )(x) = x and ( ƒ 18 x + 2b 25 ƒ )(x) = ƒ 1( ƒ(x)) = ƒ 1 a = = + 2 . Every hori25 zontal line intersects it at most once.390 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions Finding a Symbolic Representation for ƒ1 To find a formula for ƒ 1. An approximation for the length of the crutch (in inches) that this person might need is calculated by ƒ(x) = 18 x + 2. ƒ 1(x) = (c) We must show that ( ƒ 1 ( ƒ 1 25 18 (x . (d) Interpret the meaning of ƒ 1(56). the reciprocal of 25.1(x). 25 (x .2) 25 18 a a x + 2b .2b 18 25 25 18 a xb 18 25 ƒ 1(x) = Simplify. Interchange x and y to obtain y = ƒ 1(x).2). perform the following steps. y = y . (b) Find a formula for ƒ . By the horizontal line test.
the graph of y = (x .1)2.1)2. Therefore ƒ is not onetoone and does not have an inverse function. It checks. Now Try Exercise 123 EXAMPLE 6 Restricting the domain of a function Let ƒ(x) = (x . (a) Does ƒ have an inverse function? Explain.15 Restricting the Domain (b) If we restrict the domain of ƒ to D = {x  x Ú 1}.2 Inverse Functions and Their Representations Similarly. This graph passes the horizontal line test and ƒ 1 exists on the restricted domain.1)2 1y = x . y = ƒ(x) Take the positive square root. To illustrate this. See Figure 5. and ƒ 1(x) computes the height of a person requiring a crutch x inches long. y = (x . (b) Restrict the domain of ƒ so that ƒ 1 exists.2)b + 2 25 18 18 25 x + 2 = (x .2) + 2 = x Simplify.2) y = f (x) y = 56 f –1(56) = 75 x = 18 25 a (x .1 1y + 1 = x Thus ƒ 1(x) = 1x + 1.1 Ú 0. x ≥ 1 3 2 1 –3 –2 –1 –2 –3 1 2 y = (x – 1)2 x 3 –3 –2 1 x –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 Figure 5.15. shown in Figure 5.5.2)b 18 Definition of composition ƒ 1(x) = ƒ(x) = 25 18 (x .13 (d) The expression ƒ(x) calculates the proper crutch length for a person x inches tall.13.14. (ƒ y Crutch length (inches) 62 58 54 50 46 60 64 68 72 76 80 391 ƒ 1)(x) = ƒ( ƒ 1(x)) = ƒa 25 (x . Add 1.1)2 for x Ú 1 is shown in Figure 5.14 Not OnetoOne Figure 5. Height (inches) Figure 5. Now Try Exercise 63 . does not pass the horizontal line test. Therefore ƒ 1(56) = 25 (56 .2) = 75 means that a 56inch crutch would be appropriate for a 18 person 75 inches tall. Note: x Ú 1 implies that x . (c) Find ƒ 1(x) for the restricted domain. y y y = (x – 1) 2. then ƒ becomes a onetoone function. (c) Assume that x Ú 1 and solve the equation y = ƒ(x) for x. SOLUTION (a) The graph of ƒ(x) = (x .
2000}.19 shows a function ƒ that is not onetoone. This reversal causes the domains and ranges to be interchanged.S. Therefore ƒ 1 exists.17 and 5.16. 2000} 1940 5 1970 11 2000 27 and it computes the percentage of the U. It is important to realize that many functions have inverses that are either difficult or impossible to find symbolically. it would be difficult to obtain a formula for ƒ because we would need to solve y = x 5 + 3x 3 .12. In Figure 5. However. .18 demonstrate this property. The domain of ƒ 1 is {5. 1 and 2. NOTE Other Representations of Inverse Functions Given a symbolic representation of a onetoone function ƒ. 27} and the range of ƒ 1 is {1940. Similarly. To obtain ƒ 1 from ƒ. f 1940 1970 2000 5 11 27 1940 1970 2000 f –1 5 11 27 x ƒ(x) Table 5. 11. 1970. ƒ .13 shows a numerical representation of ƒ 1. However. Function ƒ is onetoone because different inputs always produce different outputs. Table 5.3 for x.12 Numerical Representations In Table 5. ƒ has domain D = {1940. 1970. this relation does not represent the inverse function because input 4 produces two outputs.20 Not a Function The relationship between domains and ranges is summarized in the following box. 11.x 2 + 5x . it follows that ƒ .17 Figure 5. The functions ƒ and ƒ 1 interchange domains and ranges.18 Figure 5.13 x ƒ (x) 1 5 1940 11 1970 27 2000 Domain Range Range Domain Figure 5. Figure 5.1(27) = 2000.392 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions y 5 4 3 2 1 –3 –2 –1 –2 –3 –4 1 y = f (x) 2 3 x The graph of ƒ(x) = x 5 + 3x 3 .x 2 + 5x . The diagrams in Figures 5. we simply reverse the arrows for ƒ.19 Function Figure 5. we can often find its inverse ƒ 1 by using the techniques discussed in the previous subsection. The domain of ƒ is {1940. Since ƒ(1940) = 5. f 1 2 3 5 4 1 2 3 5 4 Domain Range Range Domain Figure 5.20 the arrows defining ƒ have been reversed.16 Table 5. population with 4 or more years of college in year x. 27}. ƒ is onetoone and ƒ 1 exists. This result is true in general for inverse functions.1(11) = 1970 and ƒ . Numerical and graphical representations of a onetoone function can also be used to find its inverse. This is a relation.1(5) = 1940.3 is shown in Figure 5. By the horizontal line test. 1970. 2000} and the range of ƒ is {5.
1) y=x (5. If the point (2. 1) (1.22 Figure 5. Then sketch a graph of ƒ .1.1 is a reflection of the graph of ƒ across the line y = x. a).1 passing through these points. 5) (1. then ƒ(2) = 5 and ƒ . In general. 1.25 Now Try Exercise 113 . The graph of ƒ .21 Figure 5. To sketch a graph of ƒ . ƒ across the line y = x. the line y = x is a perpendicular bisector of this line segment.1.5. Figure 5. b) and (b. Therefore the point (5. 0) 2 3 0 1 x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x Figure 5. y = x3 + 2 –2 –2 1 x y = f –1(x) Figure 5.1.23 Graphs of Functions and Their Inverses The graph of ƒ . Figure 5.1 is a reflection of the graph of ƒ across the line y = x. a) x a b 2 1 (3. 2) (0.1(5) = 2. If a line segment is drawn between the points (a.1 appears as though it were the “reflection” of the graph of ƒ in a mirror located along y = x. y 6 5 Graphical Representations y (2.1. a) lies on the graph of ƒ . 5. 5) lies on the graph of ƒ.22 shows pairs of points in the form (a. 2) must lie on the graph of ƒ . b) b y=x 4 3 a (b. if the point (a. b) lies on the graph of ƒ. y y = f (x) [ 5.25) (1.23 shows continuous graphs of ƒ and ƒ . 3.1.25.5) (2. 5.24 Figure 5.1. The graph of ƒ . then the point (b.24 shows a graph of ƒ.21. 1] SOLUTION Figure 5. Graph ƒ. 1] by [5. EXAMPLE 7 Representing an inverse function graphically Let ƒ(x) = x 3 + 2.25.2 Inverse Functions and Their Representations 393 Domains and Ranges of Inverse Functions The domain of ƒ equals the range of ƒ . a). See Figure 5. b) and (b.5. 2) 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 5 6 y y = f (x) y=x y = f –1(x) (a. The range of ƒ equals the domain of ƒ . Refer to Figure 5. see Appendix A (page AP13). reflect the graph of Calculator Help y=x 1 To graph an inverse function.
ƒ(x) = x .4x is not onetoone because ƒ(0) = 0 and ƒ(4) = 0. and then move downward to the xaxis to obtain ƒ . and then move across to the yaxis to obtain ƒ(2) = 3.1(. To evaluate ƒ .29 that ƒ 1(. (a) To evaluate ƒ(2). Notice that ƒ(2) = 3 from part (a) and ƒ 1(3) = 2 here.26 to the graph of ƒ and determine the corresponding yvalue. (c) Find 3 on the yaxis.27.1 Now Try Exercise 101 5.27 ƒ(2) = 3 Figure 5.1(3) = 2. With this function.1. Move left or right to the graph of ƒ and determine the corresponding xvalue. and then move upward to the xaxis. find 2 on the xaxis.3) = . different inputs can result in the same output. (b) Start by finding 3 on the yaxis.2 Putting It All Together Concept he following table summarizes some important concepts about inverse functions. find b on the yaxis. move left to the graph of ƒ. What difficulties would you encounter if you tried to evaluate ƒ .26 to evaluate each expression. Move upward or downward y y 3 1 3 CLASS DISCUSSION –3 –1 x –3 –1 –1 1 2 3 x –1 –3 1 2 3 x Does an inverse function for ƒ(x) = ƒ 2x . We can see from Figure 5.28.1 graphically 3 1 –3 –1 –1 –3 1 3 y = f (x) Use the graph of ƒ in Figure 5. That is. find a on the xaxis.1(3) (c) ƒ . 2 .3) = . a Z b implies ƒ(a) Z ƒ(b). T Comments Examples Onetoone function ƒ is onetoone if different inputs always result in different outputs. move right to the graph of ƒ. as shown in Figure 5. as shown in Figure 5.29 ƒ 1(. (a) ƒ(2) (b) ƒ .1(3) graphically? y = f (x) y = f (x) y = f (x) –3 Figure 5.394 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions y EXAMPLE 8 Evaluating ƒ and ƒ .1 ƒ exist? Explain.3) x Figure 5. y 3 1 1 –1 2 3 SOLUTION Getting Started To evaluate ƒ(a) graphically. move upward to the graph of ƒ.28 ƒ 1(3) = 2 Figure 5.1(b) graphically.
1(x) = Numerical representations x ƒ(x) 1 0 2 5 3 7 1 x ƒ (x) 0 1 continued on next page . y = 3x .1.1) = (3x . Let ƒ(x) = (x + 2)2 with restricted domain x Ú .1) + 1 3 = x Similarly. Concept Examples Verbal representations Given a verbal representation of ƒ.1(3x . solve the equation y = ƒ(x) for x.2 and range y Ú 0. let ƒ(x) = 3x . Both functions and their inverses have verbal. Example: The function ƒ multiplies 2 times x and then adds 25. 3 5 2 7 3 (Interchange inputs and outputs.1 that satisfies both (ƒ 1 and (ƒ ƒ .5. it has an inverse function ƒ . numerical. The following table summarizes these representations.1(x)) = x.1(x) = x + 1.2 with domain x Ú 0 and range y Ú . and graphical representations.) y + 5 = x.1 is onetoone and has inverse function ƒ . 3 Symbolic representations Interchange x and y to obtain ƒ . then ƒ is onetoone.1 subtracts 25 from x and divides the result by 2. If possible.1)(x) = ƒ( ƒ . Domains and ranges of inverse functions The domain of ƒ equals the range of ƒ . ƒ( ƒ . The function ƒ .1(x)) = x.5. y = f (x) x Not onetoone Inverse function If a function ƒ is onetoone.2 Inverse Functions and Their Representations 395 Concept Comments Examples y Horizontal line test If every horizontal line intersects the graph of ƒ at most once. apply the inverse operations in reverse order to find ƒ 1.1. ƒ )(x) = ƒ . 3 ƒ . For example. It follows that ƒ 1(x) = 2x . symbolic.2.5 is equivalent to x + 5 . The range of ƒ equals the domain of ƒ .1( ƒ(x)) = x ƒ(x) = 3x .1( ƒ(x)) = ƒ .
Then express both the given statement and its inverse symbolically. Take the cube root of x and add 1. Opening a window 2. 12. Climbing up a ladder 3. Divide x by 20 and then add 10. Multiply x by 5. Walking into a classroom. y y = f (x) 3 16. 6. 10. 11. 7. 9. y 14. 5. 13. 3 y y = f (x) y = f (x) 1 1 3 –3 –2 x –1 –3 –3 –2 –1 –2 –3 1 3 x 15.396 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions continued from previous page Concept Examples Graphical representations The graph of ƒ 1 can be obtained by reflecting the graph of ƒ across the line y = x. 3 y y = f (x) 1 1 –3 –1 –1 –2 1 3 x –3 –1 –2 –3 2 3 x . Multiply x by 2 and add 3. and opening a book 4. Take the reciprocal of a nonzero number x. Subtract 2 from x and multiply the result by 3. sitting down. 8. 3 1 Inverse Operations Exercises 1–4: State the inverse action or actions. Opening the door and turning on the lights Exercises 5–12: Describe verbally the inverse of the statement. 1. Add 2 to x. y y y = f (x) y = f (x) x y=x y = f –1(x) x 5. Take the square root of a positive number x.2 Exercises OnetoOne Functions Exercises 13–18: Use the graph of y = ƒ(x) to determine if ƒ is onetoone.
4) 4 56. ƒ(x) = . ƒ(x) = 2 2x 6 1 1 1 8 3 2 4 53. x Ú .x3 Exercises 23–36: Determine if ƒ is onetoone. ƒ(x) = (x + 2)2. x ƒ(x) 4 2 4 0 1 2 4 3 0 2 2 0 1 1 3 2 0 4 4 0 0 5 4 2 45.4x Exercises 37–40: Modeling Decide if the situation could be modeled by a onetoone function. ƒ(x) = 61. ƒ(x) = 59.2x 2 + x 27. ƒ(x) = 2(x + 3)2 65.1 68. ƒ(x) = x 2 . ƒ(x) = x 3 + 2 46. ƒ(x) = 2x 43.1 1 . x ƒ(x) 22.3 x 1 x3 .7 24. ƒ(x) = 225 . ƒ(x) = 58. y = f (x) 2 1 y 39.3 (2 x . ƒ(x) = 1 2x 52. ƒ(x) = 3x .1 1 .5x) + 1 2 55. 71.1 ƒ 31. ƒ(x) = 2x 3 . x ƒ(x) 21.1 2 Exercises 19–22: The table is a complete representation of ƒ.1.5. ƒ(x) = (x . ƒ(x) = x 4 29. ƒ(x) = x 3 . 23.2x 2 66. ƒ(x) = 3x . ƒ(x) = x 3 32.3 x 4 28. ƒ(x) = x 2>3 + 1 69. Identify the domain and range oƒ ƒ 1.1x 3 2 50. Answers may vary. ƒ(x) = ƒ x .x 3x + 1 1 + 2 x + 5 2 2 .x 2 33.x 2 64.2x + 10 44.5 ƒ 30. The cumulative numbers of AIDS cases from 1980 to present Exercises 71–84: Find a formula for ƒ 1(x). ƒ(x) = 62. 19. ƒ(x) = 1 .3 . ƒ(x) = x . ƒ(x) = 1(4 . ƒ(x) = 2x 42. ƒ(x) = 29 . ƒ(x) = x 1>2 34.2)2 + 4 67. ƒ(x) = 4 .1 54. ƒ(x) = 1 x Exercises 63–70: Restrict the domain of ƒ(x) so that ƒ is onetoone. ƒ(x) = 57. The distance between the ground and a person who is riding a Ferris wheel after x seconds 38.1 25. ƒ(x) = 2x . You may want to graph y = ƒ(x) and apply the horizontal line test. x … . ƒ(x) = 3x x . ƒ(x) = 1 1 + x2 26. 37. x 1 2 3 4 ƒ(x) 20.2 51. ƒ(x) = x x + 2 2x + 1 x . ƒ(x) = x 2>3 36. ƒ(x) = 5x . ƒ(x) = 4 . ƒ(x) = 60.1(x).2 Inverse Functions and Their Representations 17. ƒ(x) = x 4 . ƒ(x) = x2 . ƒ(x) = (x + 3)2.1 47. ƒ(x) = ƒ 2x . Then find ƒ . The population of the United States from 1980 to 2000 y = f (x) x 1 40. The height y of a stone thrown upward after x seconds x –3 –3 3 –2 Symbolic Representations of Inverse Functions Exercises 41–62: Find a symbolic representation for ƒ 1(x). Use the table to determine if ƒ is onetoone and has an inverse. ƒ(x) = 6 .5 49. Verify that ƒ and ƒ 1 are inverses. x Ú 0 48. ƒ(x) = . 63. ƒ(x) = 2(x + 3)2>3 70. 3 1 397 y 18.x 3 35.15 72. 3 41.
g 1(4) 1 Temperature (°C) 0 2 4 6 100 90 80 70 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 8 1 8 27 x Time (minutes) 0 1 1 0 1 3 1 2 2 5 2 1 3 4 3 4 4 2 4 5 Exercises 101–104: Use the graph to evaluate the expression. ƒ(x) = 1 x + 3 3 Graphs and Inverse Functions 99. (a) ƒ(1) (b) ƒ . g 1(0) (c) ƒ . x 1 2 3 x 1 10 100 ƒ(x) 87.1(x) computes. ( ƒ 97.1(0) (d) ( ƒ . Estimate each expression.5 3 x .1(110) (c) ƒ . x ƒ(x) x g(x) 91. ƒ (5) 94.1) y = f (x) 1 3 (b) ƒ .1. x Ú 5 78. ƒ(x) = 21 . (a) ƒ(4) (b) ƒ 1(90) (c) ƒ 1(80) y 110 Exercises 89 and 90: Use ƒ(x) to complete the table.2x. ƒ(x) = x 3 x ƒ 1(x) Exercises 91–98: Use the tables to evaluate the following.398 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 74.1 g 1)(2) g)(4) 73. ( ƒ . ƒ(x) = 2 x . Interpreting an Inverse The graph of ƒ computes the Celsius temperature of a pan of water after x minutes.4x 83.1(. ƒ(x) = x 2.7x x + 2 76. ƒ(x) = 2x . Identify the domains and ranges of ƒ and ƒ . ƒ(x) x ƒ(x) 0 0 1 1 1 2 2 2 4 y = f (x) 3 4 5 6 x Years 100. ƒ(x) = 2x . 3 1 –3 1 –1 –1 –3 (a) ƒ(. x Ú 0 84.5. Interpreting an Inverse The graph of ƒ computes the balance in a savings account after x years. ƒ(x) = 1 .5 75.1(160) y 3 180 170 160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 0 1 2 5 2 80. y 101. ƒ(x) = 25 . x ƒ(x) 5 0 0 7 2 4 9 4 16 88. Interpret what the expression ƒ 1(x) computes. 86. (g g 1)(1) ƒ . Interpret what ƒ . ƒ(x) = 6 .1 81. ƒ(x) = 4x x ƒ 1(x) 90. 85. ƒ(x) = 4 77.x 3 Balance (dollars) Numerical Representations of Inverse Functions Exercises 85–88: Use the table for ƒ(x) to find a table for ƒ 1(x).2) x 92. x … 79. 89.1 ƒ )(3) . Estimate each expression. ƒ(x) = 9 95. ƒ(x) = 2x 82.1)(5) 96. (g 1 98. ƒ (3) 93.
x Ú .1)(4) 104. 4 3 y = f (x) 2 1 –3 –1 –2 1 3 399 y 109. (c) What Celsius temperature is equivalent to 68°F? . 4. 1) –1 –3 1 3 (−2. 3 y y = f (x) (1. 4) x (−4.x 117.1 116. 122. ƒ(x) = 1 x 3 . −4) –6 (b) Normally we interchange x and y to find the inverse function.1(6) 115. ƒ(x) = 3x . Volume The volume V of a sphere with radius r is given by V = 4 pr 3.7. (d) Normally we interchange x and y to find the inverse function.1(1) x 2 3 (c) ƒ (3) (d) ( ƒ ƒ )(1) 1 1 Calculator Help Applications To learn about a square viewing rectangle. 6 y y = f (x) (−2. 105. 8 6 4 2 y (a) ƒ(4) y = f (x) Exercises 111–116: Graphy y = ƒ(x) and y = x. –3 –1 –3 1 3 x 5 (−2. ƒ(x) = 2x . 9 7 y (3.1)(2.1(x).1 3 114. ƒ(x) = x 3 . Temperature The formula F = 9C + 32 converts a 5 Celsius temperature to Fahrenheit temperature. Does it makes sense to interchange F and C in part (a) of this exercise? Explain.3.1(1) x –3 y 3 y = f (x) 2 –1 –1 –2 –3 1 2 3 110. ƒ(x) = 2x + 1 Exercises 117–120: Graph y = ƒ(x). 1] by [. 4) 108. (a) ƒ(1) (b) ƒ .5) 1 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 1 3 x 103.1 112. 2) (0. Does it make sense to interchange V and r in part (c) of this exercise? Explain. −4) (1. (a) Find a formula for the inverse.1 3 2 4 6 8 x (d) ( ƒ ƒ . ƒ(x) = . 0) –2 2 2 6 –3 x y = f (x) (−6.1 x + 1 2 113.2 Inverse Functions and Their Representations 102.1. see Appendix A (page AP6). 3. 3 (a) Does V represent a onetoone function? (b) What does the inverse of V compute? (c) Find a formula for the inverse.1(0) (c) ƒ . 3 . 4) 3 1 0 1 121. ƒ(x) = 2x . ) 1 4 (1. ƒ(x) = 2 119.1 (b) ƒ .1 3 120. y 3 y = f (x) 2 x (c) ƒ (4) (d) ( ƒ ƒ . 3 2 1 –1 –1 y (a) ƒ(1) y = f (x) (b) ƒ . Then graph y = ƒ 1(x).5. ƒ(x) = (x + 1)2. Exercises 105–110: Use the graph of y = ƒ(x) to sketch a graph of y = ƒ . 2) 1 106. 3 y (2. and y = x in a square viewing rectangle such as [.1 118. 1) 3 5 7 9 x 107. 111. y = ƒ 1(x).1. 9) y = f (x) (2.4. 1]. ƒ(x) = 2x .7.
Y(x). Converting Units The tables represent a function C that converts tablespoons to cups and a function Q that converts cups to quarts.400 1 1760 2 3520 3 5280 4 7040 5 8800 (a) Evaluate the expressions ƒ(1930) and ƒ(1980). Pielke. The formula ƒ(x) = 0.1930) + 62.800 7 7 approximates the recommended minimum weight for a person h inches tall.5) 128. Nilsson. and (Q C)(x).560 15. Greenhouse Earth. (b) Find a formula for (C 1 function compute? Q 1)(x). Height and Weight The formula W = 25h . What does this 129.) t (yr) R(t) (cm) 1990 0 2000 1 2030 18 2070 44 2100 66 Y )(2) F 1)(21.) (a) Find formulas for F(x).5 64 4 4 1 96 6 6 1. Evaluate each expression and interpret the results. Evaluate each expression and interpret the results. Experts believe that air pollutants may cause an increase in cloud cover. Air Pollution Tiny particles suspended in the air are necessary for clouds to form. Cotton and R. From 1930 to 1980 the percentage of cloud cover over the world’s oceans was monitored. Converting Units The tables represent a function F that converts yards to feet and a function Y that converts miles to yards. (a) Find the inverse of T.06(x .) 5280 10. x (yd) F(x) (ft) x (mi) Y(x) (yd) (a) ( F (c) (Y 1 1760 3520 5280 7040 8800 (b) Q 1(2) (c) (C 1 Q 1)(1. (a) What is the recommended minimum weight for someone 70 inches tall? (b) Does W represent a onetoone function? (c) Find a formula for the inverse. (d) Find ƒ 1(x). (d) Evaluate the inverse for 150 pounds and interpret the result.) (a) Find formulas for C(x). where 62 … h … 76.120) (b) F 1(26. Converting Units (Refer to Exercise 127. (This model assumes no changes in current trends. Human Impacts on Weather and Climate. Q(x).5 128 8 8 2 Source: A.120 26.5 for 1930 … x … 1980. (b) What does the inverse of T calculate? 125. Planetary Orbits The formula T(x) = x 3>2 calculates the time in years that it takes a planet to orbit the sun if the planet is x times farther from the sun than Earth is. (e) What does the inverse compute? 124. How did the amount of cloud cover over the oceans change during this 50year period? (b) What does ƒ 1(x) compute? (c) Use part (a) to evaluate ƒ 1(62. Rise in Sea Level Because of the greenhouse effect. approximates this percentage. (Source: W. and (F Y )(x). . 130.5). What does this 127. the global sea level could rise due to partial melting of the polar ice caps.400 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions (a) (Q C )(96) 123. (b) Find a formula for (Y 1 function compute? F 1)(x).840 21.400) 126. The table represents a function R that models this expected rise in sea level in centimeters for the year t. Converting Units (Refer to Exercise 125.5) and ƒ 1(65. x (tbsp) C(x) (c) x (c) Q(x) (qt) 32 2 2 0.
find it.1(x).2 and g(x) = 3x . Explain how to find verbal. EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISES 1. 3 2 6. (a) Explain what ƒ 1(x) computes.5. 133. 5. Interpret R 1. Writing about Mathematics 131.1 AND 5. and symbolic representations of an inverse function.2) (b) ( ƒ . in which quadrant(s) does the graph of ƒ 1 lie? (a) Is R a onetoone function? Explain. find it. what can be said about this point? Explain.1 g)(1) 8. Use the graph to evaluate each expression. b).2x. Find each expression. numerical. graphical. If ƒ(x) = ax 2 + bx + c with a Z 0. If the graph of ƒ lies entirely in quadrants I and II. Use the table to evaluate each expression.1(2) (b) ( ƒ . (a) Is ƒ onetoone? Does ƒ 1 exist? If so. 134. 2.ƒ )(0) (d) (g>ƒ )(.1(. (a) ƒ . CHECKING BASIC CONCEPTS FOR SECTIONS 5. Use the graph in Exercise 2 to answer the following.g)( 1) (d) ( ƒ>g)(2) (f) (g y 3. Then graph y = ƒ . (a) ( ƒ + g)(x) (b) ( ƒ>g)(x) (c) ( ƒ g)(x) 4. Graph ƒ(x) = 2x and y = x.1 g)(0) y = g (x) y = f (x) –3 .1(x). If ƒ(x) = 5 . 3 x –3 –2 –1 –2 1 3 7.2 1. (b) Use R(t) to find a table for R 1(t). (c) Explain how to solve the equation in part (b) using ƒ 1(x). if possible. Use the graph in Exercise 2 to evaluate the following.1) (f) (g ƒ )(1) (a) ( ƒ + g)(1) (c) ( ƒg)(0) (e) ( ƒ g)(2) (b) ( ƒ . (b) Interpret the solution to the equation ƒ(x) = 5000. if possible. Can a onetoone function have more than one xintercept or more than one yintercept? Explain. Interpreting an Inverse Let ƒ(x) compute the height in feet of a rocket after x seconds of upward flight.) (a) ƒ .1. x ƒ(x) g(x) 2 0 1 1 1 2 0 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 0 (a) ( ƒ + g)(1) (c) ( ƒg)(2) (e) ( ƒ g)(2) (b) (g .2 Inverse Functions and Their Representations 401 132. does ƒ 1(x) exist? Explain. If the graphs of y = ƒ(x) and y = ƒ 1(x) intersect at a point (a. (b) Is g onetoone? Does g 1 exist? If so. Give examples. (Assume that ƒ 1 exists. find ƒ . ƒ )(2) 2. Let ƒ(x) = x 2 + 3x . Use the table in Exercise 1 to evaluate the following.
exponential functions are used not only to calculate interest.14 shows a numerical representation of a linear function g. We can write a formula g(x) = 2x + 3 because the rate of change is 2 and g(0) = 3. and education. but also to model a wide variety of phenomena in business. Today. biology.15 An Exponential Function x y = ƒ(x) 0 3 1 6 2 12 3 24 4 48 5 96 Compare the following patterns for calculating g(x) and ƒ(x). For example. medicine.402 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 5. Linear Growth g(0) = 3 g(1) = " 2 = 3 + 2 # 1 = 5 3 g(0) g(2) = (')'* 2 = 3 + 2 # 2 = 7 3 + 2 g(1) g(3) = 3 + 2 + 2 2 = 3 + 2 # 3 = 9 ('')''* g(2) g(4) = ('''')''''* 2 = 3 + 2 # 4 = 11 3 + 2 + 2 + 2 g(3) g(5) = (''''')'''''* 2 = 3 + 2 # 5 = 13 3 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 g(4) Exponential Growth ƒ(0) = 3 ƒ(1) = " # 2 = 3 # 21 = 6 3 ƒ(0) ƒ(2) =(')'*# 2 = 3 # 22 = 12 3#2 ƒ(1) ƒ(3) = 3 # 2 # 2 # 2 = 3 # 23 = 24 (')'* ƒ(2) # 2 # 2 # 2 # 2 = 3 # 24 = 48 ƒ(4) = 3 ('')''* ƒ(3) # 2 # 2 # 2 # 2 # 2 = 3 # 25 = 96 ƒ(5) = 3 (''')'''* ƒ(4) .14 A Linear Function x y g (x) 0 3 1 5 2 7 3 9 4 11 5 13 An exponential function is fundamentally different from a linear function. Note that in Table 5. Rather than adding a fixed amount to the previous yvalue for each unit increase in x. Table 5. (Source: Historical Topics for the Mathematics Classroom. g(x) increases by 2 units. NCTM. Table 5. Thirtyfirst Yearbook. Table 5. an exponential function multiplies the previous yvalue by a fixed amount for each unit increase in x.) Linear and Exponential Growth A linear function g can be written as g(x) = mx + b.3 Exponential Functions and Models • Distinguish between linear and exponential growth • Recognize exponential growth and decay • Calculate compound interest • Use the natural exponential function in applications • Model data with exponential functions Introduction Though modern exponential notation was not developed until 1637 by the great French mathematician René Descartes.C.15 consecutive yvalues are found by multiplying the previous yvalue by 2.15 shows an exponential function ƒ. where m represents the rate of change in g(x) for each unit increase in x. some of the earliest applications involving exponential functions occurred in the calculation of interest. in ancient Babylon. Table 5. This section discusses exponential functions and their representations. where interest rates ran as high as 33%. Each time x increases by 1 unit. The custom of charging interest dates back to at least 2000 B. engineering.
and 1. NOTE For large values of x. 1 x and h(x) = 4a b .5.30 Exponential Function Figure 5. respectively. is an exponential function with base a and coefficient C.7)0 = 5.7. g(x) = 5(1. Exponential Function A function ƒ represented by ƒ(x) = Ca x. This discussion gives motivation for the following definition. then C often equals the initial value of the quantity being modeled by ƒ.7)x. a Z 1. If x represents time. Figures 5. and C 7 0. re2 member that any nonzero number raised to the 0 power equals 1. Thus ƒ(0) = 30 = 1. In this case. When evaluating exponential functions. an exponential function is defined as ƒ(x) = a x. then ƒ(0) = Ca 0 = C(1) = C. we can write formulas for g(x) and ƒ(x) as follows. x 2x 1 1 2 0 1 y 1 2 2 4 3 8 4 16 x 2x 1 2 0 0 y 1 2 2 4 3 6 4 8 15 10 5 –4 –3 –2 –1 –5 –10 –15 f (x) = 2x 15 10 5 g(x) = 2x x 1 2 3 4 x –4 –3 –2 –5 –10 –15 1 2 3 4 Figure 5.3 Exponential Functions and Models Notice that if x is a positive integer then g(x) = 3 + (2 + 2 + Á + 2) and ('''')''''* x terms g(x) = 3 + 2 x and 403 ƒ(x) = 3 # (2 # 2 # Á # 2). That is. (''')'''* x factors ƒ(x) = 3 # 2 x Using these patterns.31 show graphs of ƒ(x) = 2x and g(x) = 2x. a 7 0. and h(0) = 4 A1B = 4. an exponential function with a 7 1 grows faster than any linear function. C equals the value of the function at x = 0. 0 g(0) = 5(1.30 and 5. NOTE Some definitions for an exponential function require that C = 1. 2 Their bases are 3. 1. Notice that the graph of the exponential function ƒ increases more rapidly than the graph of the linear function g for large values of x. Examples of exponential functions include ƒ(x) = 3x. 2 If ƒ(x) = Ca x. The points shown in the corresponding tables have also been plotted. respectively.31 Linear Function .
calculate ratios of consecutive yvalues.5. To determine if the data are exponential. Because ƒ(2) = 1 and ƒ(2) = C A 1 B 2 = 1 C. then the growth factor is 4. as illustrated in Figure 5. so C = 4. the yvalues are multiplied by 1.75 For each unit increase in x. 3 8 8 2 2 We can determine C as follows.5 and ƒ(x) = 4(1. find either a linear or an exponential function that models the data. let C = 3.5 0 2 6.5. or C = 4. We say that the growth factor is a. a > 1 x Now Try Exercises 29 and 31 Exponential Growth and Decay Figure 5. then ƒ(x) experiences exponential growth.3. 2 ƒ(2) x (b) Note that ƒ( . Because y = 3 when x = 0. This technique is demonstrated in the next example.5 6. so ƒ(x) = .5)x. the next yvalue is found by adding . If a 7 1. Thus ƒ(x) = C A 1 B .125 = 1. (b) For each unit increase in x.5. (a) x (b) x 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 4 y (c) x y 3 0 3 1. EXAMPLE 2 Finding exponential functions Find values for C and a so that ƒ(x) = Ca x satisfies the conditions. In a similar way.5. (d) For each unit increase in x. Thus ƒ(x) = 3(1. Thus ƒ(x) = 4 A 1 B .4x + 16.5)x. so the data are linear. it follows that the data can be modeled by ƒ(x) = 1. 4. If 0 6 a 6 1. Since y = 3 when x = 0.404 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions EXAMPLE 1 Recognizing linear and exponential data For each table. and so a 3 = 1. the output is multiplied by 1. Because ƒ(0) = 6 = 1. the next yvalue in the table can be found by multiplying the previous yvalue by 1. then the yvalues decrease by a .32.125 (d) y x y 16 0 16 4 1 12 1 2 8 1 4 1 16 3 4 4 0 SOLUTION (a) For each unit increase in x. This is an exponential 4 x function given by ƒ(x) = Cax with C = ƒ(0) = 16 and a = 1. (a) ƒ(0) = 4 and ƒ(1) = 6 (b) ƒ(1) = 8 and ƒ(2) = 1 SOLUTION y (a) ƒ(0) = 4. For example.5 1 4. then the yvalues increase by a factor of a for each unit increase in x. Thus a = 1.1) = Ca1 = a 3.4 to the previous Now Try Exercises 15 and 17 yvalue. so ƒ(x) = 16 A1B . it follows 2 4 that 1C = 1.75 1.5.5 3 10. 4 2 x ƒ(1) Ca C y = Ca x. the data are not linear.32 Exponential Growth If an exponential function is written as ƒ(x) = Ca x with a 7 1.5. Determining an Exponential Function Two points can be used to determine a line. or a = 21 = 1 . = 1. so let a = 1. two points can be used to determine C and a in the formula ƒ(x) = Ca x. if ƒ(x) = 5(4)x.75 10.5. = 1.5 3 4. 4 4 (c) Since the data do not change by a fixed amount for each unit increase in x.5x .5 6. it follows that for each unit increase in 4 x. the yvalues increase by 1.
See Figure 5. q ).) Figure 5. See Figure 5. 1) –1 0 1 y = 1.5x.3x y = 1x x y= y = 1x 0. the graphs of the equations y = 0. On the other hand. q ) and the range of ƒ is (0. ƒ is increasing on its domain.7x. 2 MAKING CONNECTIONS Exponential Functions and Polynomial Functions An exponential function has a variable for an exponent. Exponential decay was modeled in Example 1(b). 4.15x decrease faster as a decreases. we can let C = 1 in ƒ(x) = Ca x and graph y = 1x.4. has the following properties. by properties of exponents. If a 7 1.7x. always passes through the point (0. The graph of y = a x is increasing when a>1 and decreasing when 0<a<1.q . 1. the graph of y = a x increases at a faster rate. (Note that ƒ(x) = 1x does not represent an exponential function.34. y = 0. and y = 0. In this case.15x y = 2 –x 6 y y = 2x Algebra Review To review properties of exponents. y y= 2. ƒ is decreasing on its domain. There are no xintercepts and the yintercept is C. Note that the graph of y = a x. 1).7x y = 0.34 Figure 5. 0 < a < 1 x C Properties of Exponential Functions An exponential function ƒ. defined by ƒ(x) = Ca x with a 7 0.35.35 Figure 5. y = 1. and C 7 0. the graphs of y = 2x and y = 2 . y = 1. a Z 1. For example. The graph of ƒ is continuous with no breaks. ƒ(x) = 3x represents an exponential function.3x. 2x = A 1 B .36 In Section 3. ƒ(x) = Ca x experiences exponential decay with decay factor a. However. whereas a polynomial function has constants for exponents. For example. (0.5x 4 3 y y= 0.36. a 7 0.) As a increases. x See Figure 5. 2.33 Exponential Decay Graphs of Exponential Functions To investigate further the effect that a has on the graph of an exponential function.5x y = 1. The xaxis is a horizontal asymptote.5 we saw that the graph of y = ƒ(. as shown in Figure 5.5x. The domain of ƒ is ( . and g(x) = x 3 represents a polynomial function. 4 y = Ca x. if 0 6 a 6 1. where the decay factor was a = 1.33.x) is a reflection of the graph of y = ƒ(x) across the yaxis. Note that. the graph of y = a x is a reflection of y = a x across the yaxis. As a result.x are reflections across the yaxis.7x –1 3 (0. the graph of y = 1x represents the boundary between exponential growth and decay. 3.3 Exponential Functions and Models y 405 factor of a for each unit increase in x. ƒ is onetoone and therefore has an inverse. . (See Section 5. see Chapter R (page R7) and Section 4. 1) 0 1 2 x –3 –1 0 1 3 x Figure 5. and y = 2.5.8.
37 Figure 5. The values for y1 increase faster than the values for y2. exponential functions with a 7 1 eventually become greater than any polynomial function. P = $1000 Simplify. the account will contain $1000 plus 10% of $1000. A1 = P(1 + 0. SOLUTION Graphical Comparison The graphs Y1 = 3^X and Y2 = X^3 are shown in Figure 5.38 The results of Example 3 are true in general.38. or initial amount deposited. 12.10) = 1100 Principal plus interest Factor.10) = 1000(1.37. A2 = A1 + (0. A1 = P + (0. 10000.10) = 1000(1.10)A1 = A1(1 + 0.10) = 1210 After 2 years. or $100.10)P = P(1 + 0. the account earns interest on $1100.10) = P(1 + 0. Numerical Comparison Tables for y1 and y2 are shown in Figure 5. Then the amount A1 in the account after 1 year can be computed as follows. for large enough inputs. The sum of the principal and interest is $1100. [0. Let P represent the principal. .10) Simplify. 2 2 Factor. 1] by [0. The amount A2 after the second year will be equal to A1 plus 10% of A1.10) = P(1 + 0.10)(1 + 0. there will be $1210. in interest. At the end of 1 year. During the second year. P = $1000 Simplify. 1000] X y1 = 3x 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 y2 = x3 Y1 1 9 81 729 6561 59049 531441 Y2 0 8 64 216 512 1000 1728 Now Try Exercise 23 X 0 Figure 5. Compound Interest Suppose $1000 is deposited in an account paying 10% annual interest. For x Ú 6.406 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions EXAMPLE 3 Comparing exponential and polynomial functions Compare ƒ(x) = 3x and g(x) = x 3 graphically and numerically for x Ú 0. the graph of the exponential function y1 increases significantly faster than the graph of the polynomial function y2. that is.
10) (1 + 0.5%.025)2 L $1050. If the interest rate is r. compute A3 and observe a pattern. A2 = P(1 + 0. the account contains $2720. or 2. and the number of years is t = 4. in general after t years. A3 = A2 + (0. Now Try Exercise 63 In most savings accounts.025)3 L $1076.81 is due to compounding quarterly. where A = Pa1 + r nt b . the balance would be $1000(1 + 0.63 after 6 months. then A = P(1 + r)t.10) = 1331 3 The amount is $1331. then after t years the account will contain A dollars.08. This type of interest is said to be compounded annually. Compound Interest If a principal of P dollars is deposited in an account paying an annual rate of interest r (expressed in decimal form) compounded (paid) n times per year.10) = P(1 + 0. We can see that.5. because it is paid once a year. Although this amount is small after 1 year. A = P(1 + 0.98.10) 2 Factor. of $1000.10)2 Simplify. In a manner similar to that used for annual compounding. the interest would amount to onefourth of 10%. n .10)3 = 1000(1. After the next 3month period. For example. With annual compounding the amount is $1100. compounding more frequently can have a dramatic effect over a long time.10)t. EXAMPLE 4 Calculating an account balance If the principal is $2000 and the interest rate is 8% compounded annually. The difference of $3. In this case a smaller amount of interest is paid more frequently. the interest rate is r = 0.89 after 9 months. A = P(1 + r)t = 2000(1 + 0. calculate the account balance after 4 years.98 After 4 years.025)4 L $1103. expressed in decimal form. P = $1000 Simplify. To do this. interest would be paid on the $1025. $1000(1 + 0. suppose $1000 is deposited in an account paying 10% annual interest. After 3 months.3 Exponential Functions and Models 407 We would like to determine a general formula for A. and $1000(1 + 0.025) = $1025.08)4 L 2720. SOLUTION The principal is P = 2000. the amount in the account after t years. compounded quarterly. interest is paid more often than once a year.10)A2 = A2(1 + 0. Notice that in the expression P(1 + r)t the variable t occurs as an exponent. = P(1 + 0.81 after a year. The account balance would be 1000(1 + 0.
It is an irrational number. Its decimal expansion never terminates or repeats in a pattern.16. Notice that A levels off near $2.718282 1 0 4 8 12 16 4 3 y = e ≈ 2. since n P = t = r = 1. the formula A = P A 1 + n B simplifies to A = A 1 + 1 B . Describe the effect on the balance after 45 years at age 65 if interest were compounded quarterly rather than annually. sometimes called Euler’s number. e. 0. The first column represents the time interval between compound interest n r nt payments.60 n A = Pa1 + CLASS DISCUSSION Compounded Quarterly Let P = 1000. SOLUTION Compounded Annually Let P = 1000.39 y = A 1 + : e Compounding that is done more frequently.12. r = 0. and t = 65 . The number e has many of the same characteristics as p.503. compounding n times during the year. by letting n become large without bound. The graph y = A 1 + 1 B is shown in x Figure 5.987.718281828 as n : q .76! The Natural Exponential Function In Example 5. The graph approaches the horizontal asymptote y = e. n = 4.613035 2.000 A 2. This value is so important in mathematics that it has been given its own symbol.12. compounding interest quarterly rather than annually made a significant difference in the balance after 45 years. .000000 2. suppose $1 was deposited in an account at the very high interest rate of 100%.714567 2.12 4(45) b = 1000(1 + 0. and t = 45.72.36 4 Now Try Exercise 71 Make a conjecture about the effect on the IRA balance after 45 years if the interest rate in Example 5 were 6% instead of 12%. Table 5.12)45 L $163.515.20 = 45.718127 2.03)180 L $204. In Table 5.536. A = 1000 a1 + Quarterly compounding results in an increase of $40.7183.408 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions EXAMPLE 5 Comparing compound interest Suppose $1000 is deposited by a 20yearold worker in an Individual Retirement Account (IRA) that pays an annual interest rate of 12%.718279 2.600 31. The exponential expression A 1 + 1 B reaches a limit n of approximately 2.39. This means that the yvalues never exceed the value of e L 2.7183 y= 1+ 1 x ( ) x x 1 x xB Figure 5. Test your conjecture.16 shows the amount of money after 1 year. What would happen if interest were compounded daily or even hourly? Would there be a limit to the amount of interest that could be earned? To answer these questions. n = 1. r nt b = 1000(1 + 0.16 y x Time Year Month Day Hour Minute Second n 1 12 365 8760 525. n is called continuous compounding. Table 5. r = 0.
e^ (1) 2.56) = e 2.5. Continuous compounding can be applied to population growth. compounding quarterly would mean that births and deaths occurred at the end of March. (a) How much money will there be after 45 years? (b) Determine graphically and numerically the 10year period when the account balance increases the most. births and deaths occur continuously throughout the year. 0773047404 Figure 5. compounded continuously. and December. September.3 Exponential Functions and Models 409 Value of e To eleven decimal places. e L 2. then after t years the account will contain A dollars. is the natural exponential function.5. 648721271 e^ ( – 2. Compounding annually would mean that all births and deaths occurred on December 31. In large populations.0773.5) = e0. Compounding continuously is a natural way to model large populations. Similarly. and ƒ(2. rather than using an approximation for e.72. such as 2. Continuously Compounded Interest If a principal of P dollars is deposited in an account paying an annual rate of interest r (expressed in decimal form). compounded continuously. EXAMPLE 7 Calculating continuously compounded interest The principal in an IRA is $1000 and the interest rate is 12%. June. SOLUTION In Figure 5. 56) . EXAMPLE 6 Evaluating the natural exponential function Approximate to four decimal places ƒ(x) = e x when x = 1.5 L 1.6487. 718281828 e^ (. The Natural Exponential Function The function ƒ.40 Now Try Exercise 41 When interest is compounded continuously. represented by ƒ(x) = e x. . ƒ(0. 0. be sure to use the builtin key for e x. 5) 1. Calculator Help When evaluating e x.7183.71828182846. and 2.40 these values are approximated as follows: ƒ(1) = e1 L 2.56. where A = Pe rt.56 L 0. the following formula can be used to compute the amount of money in an account.
see Appendix A (page AP10).42. Make a conjecture about how the graph of y = e x will appear.406. 45. a larger value of k causes the rate of change in A to be greater in absolute value.41.42. using the viewing rectangle [3. 250000. and t = 45. 4. In the next example. If A0 is the initial amount of a quantity A at time t = 0 and if k is a positive constant.43 illustrates this type of growth graphically.42 CLASS DISCUSSION Natural Exponential Growth and Decay The natural exponential function is often used to model growth of a quantity.12) 45 L $221. EXAMPLE 8 Modeling the growth of E.44 illustrates this type of decay graphically. then exponential growth of A can be modeled by A(t) = A0e kt. coli bacteria E.12X).1 6049.41 Figure 5. y A0 A(t) = A0e–kt. Figure 5. A(t) = A0e kt Growth (k 7 0) Decay (k 7 0) Graph y = 2x and y = 3x on the same coordinate axes. . That is. 1]. This is more than the $204. as shown in Figure 5. These bacteria are capable of rapid growth and can be dangerous to humans—especially children.36 that resulted from compounding quarterly in Example 5.6 20086 66686 221406 1000e^(. k > 0 A0 t t y Figure 5. Then A = 1000e (0.410 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions SOLUTION (a) Let P = 1000. Figure 5.12X) Now Try Exercise 75 Y1 Figure 5.44 Exponential Decay Sometimes variables such as N or Q are used instead of the variable A in these two formulas. 1] by [0. 5] by [0. (b) Graph Y1 = 1000e^(. A larger value of k causes the graph of A to increase or decrease more rapidly. r = 0.12x X 5 15 25 35 45 Y1 1822. coli (Escherichia coli) is a type of bacteria that inhabits the intestines of animals. y1 = 1000e0. Calculator Help [0.12. k > 0 A(t) = A0e kt. we model the number of bacteria N in a sample that undergoes exponential growth. 3. 100000] To make a table like Figure 5. can be used to model exponential decay provided k 7 0. From the graph we can see that the account balance increases the most during the last 10 years. Similarly.42. Test your conjecture. Numerical support for this conclusion is shown in Figure 5.503.43 Exponential Growth Figure 5.
100] by [0. [0.) (a) Make a conjecture about the number of bacteria per milliliter after 99 minutes.5. Molecular Biology of Bacterial Viruses. Thus in a 1milliliter sample.000 per milliliter after 49.43021 Y 25000000 SOLUTION (a) Since the bacteria double every 49.6. Now Try Exercise 83 Figure 5. E. 400. Verify your conjecture. or 4 hours and 39 minutes.3 Exponential Functions and Models 411 In one study. Suppose that N0 = 500. Then substitute a data point into this formula and find a.5 minutes. S. . EXAMPLE 9 Modeling atmospheric CO2 concentrations Predicted concentrations of atmospheric carbon dioxide (CO2) in parts per million (ppm) are shown in Table 5.4. (Source: G. See Exercise 75 in that section. (b) Estimate CO2 concentrations for the year 2025.000. SOLUTION (a) Getting Started When modeling data by hand with ƒ(x) = Ca x.000). Stent. coli bacteria could increase to 25 million in approximately 279 minutes.014t.5 minutes.014X) and Y2 = 25000000. there would be 1.5 minutes and 2. Find values for C and a so that ƒ(x) = Ca x models these data. Turner. Carbon dioxide is a greenhouse gas.000 by graphing Y1 = 500000e^(0.45. This is verified by evaluating N(99) = 500. as shown in Figure 5.17 Concentrations of Atmospheric CO2 Year CO2 (ppm) 2000 364 2050 467 2100 600 2150 769 2200 987 Source: R. one strategy is to let C equal ƒ(0). Table 5. (These concentrations assume that current trends continue. Environmental Economics. (b) Determine graphically the elapsed time when there were 25 million bacteria per milliliter. (b) Graphical Solution Solve N(t) = 25.) The CO2 levels in the year 2000 were greater than they had been at any time in the previous 160.17.000. 25.000 after 99 minutes. half a million E. The next example analyzes the increase in atmospheric carbon dioxide (CO2). 1 * 107] y2 y1 Intersection X 279. coli bacteria were found to be capable of doubling in number about every 49.000. Their graphs intersect near (279.014(99) L 2. Exponential Models Exponential functions have many applications.000.000.000 is the initial number of bacteria per milliliter. Their number N after t minutes could be modeled by N(t) = N0e 0. 3 * 107.000e 0. (a) Let x = 0 correspond to 2000 and x = 200 to 2200.000 years.000.45 NOTE You will learn how to solve this equation symbolically in Section 5.
364a200 = 987 a200 = 987 364 987 1>200 b 364 987 1>200 b 364 ƒ(200) = 987 Divide by 364. a L 1. (b) Graph ƒ for 0 … x … 60. ƒ(25) = 364(1.2.46 (a) ƒ(2) = 1 . (b) Graph Y1 = 1 . It is almost certain that at least one car will enter the intersection during a 60minute period. so ƒ(5700) = 1 C implies that 2 2 Ca 5700 = 1 C. After 5700 years. The time it takes for half of the atoms to decay into a different element is called the halflife. What is the likelihood that at least one car will enter the intersection during a 60minute period? SOLUTION Figure 5.e 1 L 0.2] W. 1 Take the 200th power. If the initial amount of carbon14 equals C grams.e 0.0.e 0. where a needs to be determined for carbon14. 60. that at least one car will enter the intersection within a period of x minutes with ƒ(x) = 1 .63.) y = 1 – e–0. 10] by [0. atoms change from one element to another.005)x. the probability increases and begins to approach 1.5X).5x (a) Evaluate ƒ(2) and interpret the answer. then ƒ(x) = Ca x models the amount of carbon14 present after x years. and this time varies for different elements. As time progresses. which is found in all living things. When an element such as uranium undergoes radioactive decay. (Source: F. One possibility for determining a is to use the last data point and require that the graph of ƒ pass through the point (200. Highway engineers estimate the likelihood. or probability. evaluate ƒ(25). Mannering and [0. There is a 63% chance that at least one car will enter the intersection during a 2minute period.005)25 L 412 Concentration of CO2 could reach 412 ppm by 2025. It then follows that ƒ(200) = 987.5(2) = 1 .) Now Try Exercise 87 Radioactive Decay Radioactivity is an application of exponential decay. as shown in Figure 5.005 Thus ƒ(x) = 364(1. so C = 364. Radioactive carbon14.412 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions The concentration is 364 when x = 0. (a200)1>200 = a a = a Properties of exponents Approximate. 987).46. This gives ƒ(x) = 364a x. 2 . 1. Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis. Answers for ƒ(x) may vary slightly. has a halflife of about 5700 years and can be used to date fossils. Kilareski. (Note that a horizontal asymptote is y = 1. 0. (b) Since 2025 corresponds to x = 25. Now Try Exercise 85 EXAMPLE 10 Modeling traffic flow Cars arrive randomly at an intersection with an average rate of 30 cars per hour.5x. there will be 1 C grams.e^( .
2 The halflife of radium226 is about 1600 years.05). a 5700 = 1 2 Divide each side by C.47 y1 = 0. solve x 5% Age 1 x>5700 0.03125 gram.5^(X>5700).5.48 Now Try Exercise 89 . The situation is illustrated in Figure 5.05 Figure 5. 0. C = 1. Modeling Radioactive Decay If a radioactive sample containing C units has a halflife of k years. 2 To determine the age of the fossil. as shown in Figure 5. and k = 5700 in A(x) = C A1B . 2 2 This discussion is summarized in the following box.48.47. so the fossil is about 24. 0. a 2gram sample decays to 1 9600>1600 A(9600) = 2a b = 0. y=C (1 ) 2 x/5700 SOLUTION The initial amount of carbon14 is 100% (or 1). 2 EXAMPLE 11 y Carbon14 (percent) 100% Finding the age of a fossil A fossil contains 5% of the amount of carbon14 that the organism contained when it was alive. Graph Y1 = 0.99 Y .01] y2 = 0.05). we write ƒ(x) = Ca x as 1 1>5700 x 1 x>5700 ƒ(x) = C aa b b = Ca b . 413 1 1>5700 (a 5700)1>5700 = a b 2 1 1>5700 a = a b 2 Properties of exponents Using properties of exponents. 0.05 Intersection X 24634. [0.635 years old. begin by dividing each side by C. the final amount is 5% (or x>k 0.05 and Y2 = 0. Graphically estimate its age. Their graphs intersect near (24635.05 = 1a b 2 for x.5x/5700 Years Figure 5. so A = 0. 10000] by [0.3 Exponential Functions and Models To solve this equation for a.05. then the amount A remaining after x years is given by 1 x>k A(x) = C a b . and the halflife is 5700 years. 1 Raise to the 5700th power. 50000.1. After 9600 years.
414 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 5.12. x y 0 2 :3 1 6 :3 2 18 :3 3 54 Interest compounded n times per year A = Pa1 + The number e r nt b n P is the principal.3 Putting It All Together Concept The following table summarizes some important concepts about exponential functions and types of growth and decay. they can be modeled by a linear function. they can be modeled by an exponential function. n is the number of times interest is paid each year. The following data can be modeled by ƒ(x) = 2(3)x because the data increase by a factor of 3 for each unit increase in x and because y = 2 when x = 0. and A is the amount after t years.718282 0. t is the number of years. a Z 1. ƒ(x) = 5(0. $500 at 8%. much like p. x where a 7 0.08 12(3) b L $635. r is the interest rate (expressed in decimal form). 12 . for 3 years yields 500 a1 + e L 2. and exponential decay occurs when 0 6 a 6 1. compounded monthly. and C 7 0 Exponential growth occurs when a 7 1. The number e is an irrational number important in mathematics. Comments Examples Exponential function ƒ(x) = Ca . C often represents the initial amount present because ƒ(0) = C.8)x g(x) = 3 x Decay Growth y Decay: 0 < a < 1 Growth: a > 1 x Linear growth y = mx + b If data increase by a fixed amount m for each unit increase in x. x y 0 2 3 1 5 3 2 8 3 3 11 Exponential growth y = Ca x If data increase by a constant factor a for each unit increase in x. The following data can be modeled by ƒ(x) = 3x + 2 because the data increase 3 units for each unit increase in x and because y = 2 when x = 0.
Job Offer A new employee is offered $35.08(3) L $635. (3)2 3. 1. x y 0 2 0 2 1 0. If a radioactive sample has a halflife of k years and contains C units.4 2 32 3 1.) Find either a linear or an exponential function that models the data in the table. x y 3 64 2 3 4 0.0.5 2 20 15 28 1 4 2 13 4 80 25 30 Exercises 1–14: Simplify the expression without a calculator. 5 A4B ) 3 0 14. 30 13. Job Offer A company offers a college graduate $40. (8 ) 27 1>27 Linear and Exponential Growth Exercises 15–20: (Refer to Example 1. 15.3125 15 22 2 32 1 5. A 5gram sample of radioactive material with a halflife of 300 years is modeled by 1 x>300 A(x) = 5 a b .000 per year with a guaranteed 8% raise each year.8 1 8 2 .5. 95>6 1>3 9 3x 1 + x 2>3 7. 22. x y 20. 4(8) 8.000 per year with a guaranteed $5000 raise each year.5 2 1. x y 19. e e 12. P is the principal.3 Exponential Functions and Models 415 Concept Comments Examples Natural exponential function Interest compounded continuously A = Pe rt Radioactive decay This function is an exponential function with base e and C = 1. 3(4)1>2 5.62.3 Exponents Exercises 17.25 5 24 1 16 0 8 0 5 5 26 0 8 1 10. 5. and A is the amount after t years. 2 . 41>641>3 9. (5 101 1>101 x x 10.6 3 128 4 2. 2(27) 2>3 4. 5 A1B 3 2 6. Is this an example of linear or exponential growth? Find a function ƒ that computes the salary during the nth year. then the amount A remaining after x years is given by 1 A(x) = Ca b 2 x>k ƒ(x) = e x $500 at 8% compounded continuously for 3 years yields 500e 0. .8 4 512 21. e e 11. 23 2. x y 18. r is the interest rate (expressed in decimal form). Is this an example of linear or exponential growth? Find a function ƒ that computes the salary during the nth year. x y 16. t is the number of years.
7¢ for the fourth week. 5¢ for the third week. ƒ(1) = 3 and for each unit increase in x. ƒ(x) = . would you accept the offer? Would you accept an offer that pays 1¢ for the first week of work.9 x = .1e 0. ƒ(x) = 3(2x ) 50. 2 x = 1. and this sample doubles in size every hour.6 23.6x ).7 x = 1. and so on for a year.0.3x .e 0. Comparing Growth Which function becomes larger for 0 … x … 10: ƒ(x) = 2x + 1 or g(x) = 2x? 26. ƒ(x) = 3x 49. ƒ(x) = A1B 2 x x 48.2. Exponential Functions Exercises 27–34: Find C and a so that ƒ(x) = Ca x satisfies the given conditions. Fifteen hundred dollars is deposited in an account that triples in value every decade.000. x 1 –3 –1 1 3 x . Graphs of Exponential Functions Exercises 45–52: Sketch a graph of y = ƒ(x). (Answers may vary. 2¢ for the second week. 8¢ for the fourth week. y and ƒ(1) = 4 and ƒ(2) = 1 18 54.e x ). 36. 38. What is the tire’s pressure after 9. ƒ(x) = 4x 47. 45.6% each year.9)x after x minutes. x = . 4¢ for the third week. 27. Salaries If you were offered 1¢ for the first week of work. 4 29.4 41.71x. y 3 5 3 and ƒ(2) = 12 x –3 –1 –1 –2 1 3 Exercises 35–38: Find C and a so that ƒ(x) = Ca models the situation described. the output is multiplied by 1. ƒ(0) = 10 and ƒ(1) = 20 30. 39. Comparing Growth Which function becomes larger for 0 … x … 10: ƒ(x) = 4 + 3x or g(x) = 4(3)x? 25. ƒ(x) = 2 A1B 3 51. State what the variable x represents in your formula. the output is multiplied by 3. ƒ(0) = 5 and for each unit increase in x.416 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 37. ƒ(2) = 34.) 35. ƒ(1) = 33. Estimate the population of California in 2012.2. 43. Comparing Growth Which function becomes larger for 0 … x … 10: ƒ(x) = 2x or g(x) = x2? 24. ƒ(1) = 9 and ƒ(2) = 27 32. ƒ(2) = 1 4 9 2 3 4 44. Tire Pressure The pressure in a tire with a leak is 30 pounds per square inch initially and can be modeled by ƒ(x) = 30(0. In 2000 a house was worth $200. 3¢ for the second week. and so on for a year? Explain your answers. A fish population is initially 6000 and decreases by half each year. ƒ(x) = 4(e 0.2x. Population The population of California was about 38 million in 2007 and increasing by 1.5 minutes? 40. ƒ(x) = 4e 1. 42. ƒ(x) = A1B 4 x Exercises 53–56: Use the graph of y = Ca x to determine values for C and a. There are initially 5000 bacteria. ƒ(0) = 7 and ƒ(1) = 1 31. 53. ƒ(x) = 2x 46.5. ƒ(x) = 1 x (e . Exercises 41–44: Approximate ƒ(x) to four decimal places. ƒ(x) = 2(3x ) 52. and its value decreases by 5% each year thereafter. 28.
y x –2 –1 x 57. Let ƒ(x) = 7 A1B . 63.3 y 3 2 f (x) = e– 0. 8 (a) What are the domain and range of ƒ? (b) Is ƒ either increasing or decreasing on its domain? (c) Find any asymptotes on the graph of ƒ. $2300 at 11% compounded semiannually for 10 years 65. ƒ(x) = e 0.5.2x 62.2) (d) y = e 0. Do not use a graphing calculator.5x (b) y = e 0. 1 2 y b. ƒ(x) = 2x (a) y = 2x .99x b.e 0. y d. $950 at 3% compounded daily for 20 years . Do not use a calculator. Sketch a graph of each equation using translations of graphs and reflections. y 61. $600 at 7% compounded annually for 5 years 64. 4 2 y y Exercises 61 and 62: The graph of y = ƒ(x) is shown in the figure. (d) Find any x.3 Exponential Functions and Models 55. Match the symbolic representation of ƒ with its graphical representation (a–d). Modeling Phenomena Match the situation with the graph (a–d) at the top of the next column that models it best. 8 6 4 2 –2 –1 1 2 3 1 417 y 56.or yintercepts on the graph of ƒ.5x (a) y = . 59. (i) ƒ(x) = e x (ii) ƒ(x) = 3x (iii) ƒ(x) = 1. Repeat Exercise 57 with ƒ(x) = e x.5x x 60.5(x . y (iii) Air pressure in a car tire with a large hole in it after x minutes (iv) Air pressure in a car tire with a pinhole in it after x minutes a. 4 2 y d. (i) Balance in an account after x years earning 10% interest compounded continuously (ii) Balance in an account after x years earning 5% interest compounded annually Compound Interest Exercises 63–70: Use the compound interest formula to determine the final value of each amount.2 (b) y = 2x . (e) Is ƒ a onetoone function? Does ƒ have an inverse? 58. 4 y 1 –3 –1 1 3 x –3 –1 1 3 x (c) y = e 0. 4 2 –3 1 3 x x x c.5x a.1 (c) y = 2x –3 3 2 –1 –1 –3 f (x) = 2x 1 3 x x –1 –3 –1 1 3 x (d) y = .5x . y x x (iv) ƒ(x) = 0.5x –3 –1 –1 –3 1 3 c.
Greenhouse Gases (Refer to Example 9. 30year treasury bonds were paying 4. Suppose the American taxpayer loaned $340 billion to the federal government at 4.) Suppose a retirement account pays 10% annual interest. 76. At the same time. The Applications 75. (r>26) 66. Saving for Retirement Suppose $1500 is deposited into an IRA with an interest rate of 6%. the amount of medication A in the bloodstream can be modeled by A = A0e rt. (b) Determine graphically or numerically when this population might reach 2 million. Continuous Compounding Over 5 years. $3300 at 8% compounded quarterly for 2 years 67. Coli Growth (Refer to Example 8. estimate the population of Phoenix in 2010. how much would this be? (Source: Department of the Treasury. Doubling Time How long does it take for an investment to double its value if the interest is 12% compounded annually? 6% compounded annually? If $50 is deposited every 2 weeks into an account paying 8% interest. How much would the federal government owe after 30 years? Is the national debt sensitive to interest rates? 79. (b) Estimate graphically the elapsed time when there are 10 million bacteria per milliliter. Determine how much a 20yearold worker should deposit in this account every 2 weeks in order to have $1 million at age 65. coli after 3 hours. where A0 is the initial concentration in milligrams per liter. Federal Debt In fiscal year 2008 the federal budget deficit was about $340 billion. compounded continuously.) Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) are gases created by people that increase the greenhouse effect and damage the ozone layer.000 lake lot after 5 years. (a) Find the drug concentration after 3. then the amount A in the account after t years can be approximated by the formula A = xa (1 + r>26)26t .54% compounded annually. Federal Debt Suppose that interest rates in Exercise 77 were 2% higher. inflating at 6% per year. (a) Assuming this trend continues. $2000 at 8. College Tuition If college tuition is currently $8000 per year. (b) When did the drug concentration reach 1.5 years 70. (a) How much money will there be after 30 years? (b) Determine graphically or numerically the 10year period when the account balance increases the most. Determine the value of a $90.54% interest.4% compounded monthly for 2. Drug Concentrations Sometimes after a patient takes a drug. Investments Compare investing $2000 at 10% compounded monthly for 20 years with investing $2000 at 13% compounded monthly for 20 years. and t is the elapsed time in hours. Suppose that a drug’s concentration is initially 2 milligrams per liter and that r = 0. Continuous Compounding A sum of money P in an account receives continuous interest and triples in 15 years. E. Arizona.3 million in 2000 and growing continuously at a 3% rate.5 hours. $1600 at 10. $100 at 19% compounded continuously for 50 years 69. approximate the amount after 10 years.) (a) Approximate the number of E. $2000 at 10% compounded continuously for 8 years 68. 73. 81. expressed in decimal form. Lake Property In some states. including the interest.7% compounded annually for 5 years 71.) . 84.5 milligrams per liter? 85. lake shore property is increasing in value by 15% per year. If the federal government waited 30 years to pay the entire amount back. 82. 83.2. 72. Annuity (Refer to Exercise 79. what will be the cost of tuition in 10 years? 74. Population Growth The population of Phoenix. was 1. Find a formula A(x) that calculates the amount of money in the account after x years.1 b. 80.418 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 78. Find a formula A(x) that calculates the amount of money in the account after x years. Annuity If x dollars is deposited every 2 weeks (26 times per year) into an account paying an annual interest rate r. r is the hourly percentage decrease (in decimal form) of the drug in the bloodstream. 77. the total value of a mutual fund account decreases continuously by 15%.
) A fossil contains 10% of the carbon14 that the organism contained when it was alive.72 2005 0. 91. what percentage of a sample of radioactive strontium would remain? 93.5 parts per million.31 2020 1. what percentage P of a sample of radium remains? 92. Radioactive Carbon14 (Refer to Example 11. After 3000 years. (b) Estimate the CFC12 concentration in 2013.e 0. Environmental Economics.5 and 2.3 Exponential Functions and Models following table lists future concentrations of CFC12 in parts per billion (ppb) if current trends continue. Does the graph have a horizontal asymptote? (c) Solve P(x) = 0. Radioactive Radium226 The halflife of radium226 is about 1600 years. (b) Graphically determine the value of x that gives a 50–50 chance of at least one car entering the intersection during an interval of x minutes. See the figure. (a) Find values for C and a so that ƒ(x) = Ca x models these data. (a) Find the likelihood that at least one car enters the intersection during a 3minute period. (Source: E. Graphically estimate its age.5 3 6. Swimming Pool Operators Handbook. Assume that the initial amount is 2. 86. The likelihood. (Source: D. be an increasing function.1144x. 88. 90. The chlorine concentration should remain between 1.5.) Source: R. and interpret the results. On warm sunny days with many swimmers agitating the water. For example.e 5x>6. Radioactive Carbon14 A fossil contains 20% of the carbon14 that the organism contained when it was alive. Stent. Molecular Biology of Bacterial Viruses. After 50 years.88 2010 1. Radioactive Strontium90 Radioactive strontium90 has a halflife of about 28 years and sometimes contaminates the soil. Year CFC12 (ppb) 2000 0. x . there is a 55% chance that at least one tree will be located within 7 feet. (b) What is the chlorine concentration after 2 days if no chlorine is added? (c) Estimate graphically or numerically the number of days before chlorine should be added. 30% of the chlorine can dissipate into the air or combine with other chemicals. coli bacteria B (in billions per liter) after x hours. Pielou. Bacteria Growth The table lists the concentration in a sample of E. where x is years after 2000.3 8 414 Source: G. Modeling Traffic Flow Cars arrive randomly at an intersection with an average rate of 50 cars per hour. or likelihood.5 and interpret the result. or probability. 89. Populations and Community Ecology. Estimate its age. Thomas. Tree Density Ecologists studied the spacing between individual trees in a forest in British Columbia.) (a) Find C and a so that ƒ(x) = Ca x models the amount of chlorine in the pool after x days. that there is at least one tree located in a circle with a radius of x feet can be estimated by P(x) = 1 .2 5 33. S.2 hours. The probability. P(7) L 0. (b) Graph P Explain verbally why it is logical for P to . Swimming Pool Maintenance Chlorine is frequently used to disinfect swimming pools.60 419 (a) Evaluate P(2) and P(20). x B 0 0. Turner. 87. (a) Find values for C and a so that ƒ(x) = Ca x models these data.55 means that if a person picks a point at random in the forest. (b) Estimate the bacteria concentration after 6. that at least one car will enter the intersection within a period of x minutes can be estimated by P(x) = 1 .5 parts per million.07 2015 1.
(b) Use ƒ(x) to estimate the percentage of impurities passing through 2.) 94. 95. if the account pays 7. In one study.02295x. Introduction to Transportation Systems. Is ƒ onetoone? Explain. Thickness of Runways Heavier aircraft require runways with thicker pavement for landings and takeoffs. Suppose you want to have $15. (c) Some types of locomotives are rated for 1350 horsepower. Interpret the graph.) (a) Find values for C and a. 15. The input x is in miles per hour and the output H(x) is the horsepower required per ton of cargo. For example. 97. A pavement 6 inches thick can accommodate an aircraft weighing 80. 10]. if the account pays 5% compounded monthly? 4. Biology of Freshwater Pollution. (b) How heavy an airplane can a 9inchthick runway accommodate? (c) What is the minimum thickness for a 242. (b) Graph S in [0.) (a) How much remains after 50 years? Is the halflife of cesium more or less than 50 years? (b) Estimate graphically the halflife of cesium137. (Source: D.000pound plane? 96. P = A(1 + r>n)nt. Radioactive Cesium137 Radioactive cesium137 was emitted in large amounts in the Chernobyl nuclear power station accident in Russia. Does the graph have a horizontal asymptote? Writing about Mathematics 99. the percentage that survive into the next year decreases. then P would represent the amount needed in an account today to reach your goal in t years at an interest rate of r.5% interest compounded quarterly? 3. The formula H(x) = 0.000 in future expenses. 100.3 inches of the filter. The other 90% is trapped in the filter. EXTENDED AND DISCOVERY EXERCISES Exercises 1–4: Present Value In the compound interest formula A = P(1 + r>n)nt. (b) Determine the horsepower needed to move a 5000ton train 30 miles per hour. Haefner. (a) Find the average rate of change of ƒ(x) = e x from x to x + 0. The relation between pavement thickness t in inches and gross weight W in thousands of pounds can be modeled by W = Ca t. whereas a 12inchthick pavement is necessary for a 350. How many locomotives of this type would be needed in part (b)? . the more horsepower is needed. (b) Approximate ƒ(x) = e x for the given x.157(1. If we solve the equation for P it results in .420 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 98.000 of college expenses in 12. 110.999993)t . Mason. we can think of P as the present value of an investment and A as the future value of an investment after t years. 1.001 for the given x. 2. Brown. Trains The faster a locomotive travels. Filters Impurities in water are frequently removed using filters.000 pounds. if you were saving for college and needed a future value of A dollars. The amount of a 100milligram sample of cesium remaining after x years can be described by A(x) = 100e 0. (Source: L. (c) Compare your answers in parts (a) and (b). compounded n times per year. A parent expects college costs to reach $40. Discuss the domain and range of an exponential function ƒ. Round your answers to two decimal places. Give examples. What should the present value of a savings account be to cover $30. (Source: FAA. (a) Evaluate H(30) and interpret the result. Explain how linear and exponential functions differ. What should the present value of a savings account be to reach this goal. the survival rate of a sample of reindeer was 5 modeled by S(t) = 100(0.000pound plane. Interpret the results. Verify that the two formulas are equivalent by transforming the first equation into the second. The function S outputs the percentage of reindeer that survive t years.033)x calculates this horsepower for a level track.) (a) Evaluate S(4) and S(15). how much should the parent deposit in an account that pays 6% interest compounded continuously? Exercises 5–8: Average Rate of Change of e x Complete the following. Suppose that a 1inch filter allows 10% of the impurities to pass through it. Survival of Reindeer For all types of animals.000 to buy a car in 3 years. (a) Find a formula in the form ƒ(x) = 100a x that calculates the percentage of impurities passing through x inches of this type of filter. 5] by [0. To cover the $40.5 years.000 in 6 years. (Source: C.
B(k) = 10 k implies that B 1(10 k ) = k. we can solve the equation 10 x = 500. x = 1. 10a = b implies log b = a. x = .) The inverse of y = 10 x is defined to be the common (base10) logarithm. what is a good approximation for the average rate of change of ƒ(x) = e x on a small interval near x = k? Explain how your answer relates to the graph of ƒ(x) = e x. unlike B. x = . B 1 increases very slowly for large values of x.0 2.50 B 1(500) L 2.5 1.49 is increasing and onetoone. For example. x = 0 7.0 1. where x represents time in elapsed days.0 0 1 1 10 2 100 Bacteria concentration (1000/mL) 3 1000 y 1000 800 600 400 200 0 0.49 Figure 5. The symbolic representation is B(x) = 10 x. Table 5.0 B(x) = 10x B(x) = 10x y = 500 x x Time (days) Time (days) Figure 5.0 2. Table 5. Average Rate of Change (Refer to Exercises 5–8. k is between 2 and 3 because 100 … 500 … 1000. Thus 102 = 100 implies log 100 = 2. 10.5 3. denoted log x or log10 x.5 2.5. Average Rate of Change What is the pattern in the results from Exercises 5–8? You may want to test your conjecture by trying different values of x.19 x B (x) 1 1 0 10 1 100 2 1000 3 . B(2) = 100 implies that B 1(100) = 2. From Table 5.4 Logarithmic Functions and Models 5.7 The Common Logarithmic Function Notice that B(x) = 10 x in Figure 5. and in general. To solve this equation.5 3.19. Similarly.4 Logarithmic Functions and Models • Evaluate the common logarithmic function • Evaluate logarithms with other bases • Solve basic exponential and logarithmic equations • Solve general exponential and logarithmic equations • Convert between exponential and logarithmic forms Introduction Bacteria growth is often exponential.18 x B(x) y Bacteria concentration (1000/mL) 1000 800 600 400 200 0 0.7. 10 3 = 1000 implies log 1000 = 3. 5.50. Table 5. Its graph passes the horizontal line test. (This fact is also apparent from Figure 5. we must find an exponent k such that 10k = 500.49 show the concentration B (in thousands per milliliter) in a bacteria sample.18 and Figure 5.19 lists values for B 1(x). this is equivalent to evaluating B 1(500).0. Notice that. and in general.5 2.0 1. it follows that B 1(10) = 1. Therefore B has an inverse function.2 8. but finding this value symbolically requires logarithms. Because B 1(10 k ) = k.5 421 9.) For any real number k. The solution to 10x = 500 represents the number of days needed for the bacteria concentration to reach 500 thousand per milliliter.50 is about 2.5 1. The graphical solution in Figure 5. To determine how long it takes for the concentration to reach 500 thousand per millimeter. Because B(1) = 10. Thus B 1(500) = log 500. Table 5.5 6.
represented in Tables 5.20 and 5.5 101 1 102 2 10P P If a positive number x can be written as 10k.5. q ) and its domain is (0. are inverse functions. denoted log x. 0).422 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions The common exponential function and the common logarithmic function. and (101. The yaxis is a vertical asymptote. negative.5 1 10 1 2 10 2 p 10p Table 5. 0. They are plotted in Figure 5.21. The function given by ƒ(x) = log x is called the common logarithmic function.) Table 5. In this case log x = log 10k = k. 1). and symbolic representations of the common logarithmic function. B 1(x) = log x. A formal definition of the common logarithm is now given. q ). (In our example.51 The Common Logarithmic Function Common Logarithm The common logarithm of a positive number x. Any positive real number x can be expressed as x = 10k for some real number k. then log x = k. This concept can be illustrated visually. (100.5). where k is a real number.5 0. EXAMPLE 1 Evaluating common logarithms (d) log ( 2) Simplify each logarithm by hand. is defined by log x = k if and only if x = 10k. We have shown verbal. Thus its range is (. The common logarithmic function is onetoone and always increasing. Its domain is all positive real numbers.21 Common Logarithmic Function x log x 104 4 103 3 102 2 101 1 100 0 100. graphical. 1) are located on the graph of y = log x. and its range is all real numbers. Figure 5.20 Common Exponential Function x 10 x 4 10 4 3 10 3 2 10 2 1 10 1 0 10 0 0. y = log x 6 8 10 12 x (100.5 10 0. or zero. which may be positive. numerical. NOTE The common logarithmic function outputs an exponent k.q . The graph of y = log x is continuous. A logarithm is an exponent k.51. Input x = 10k ¡ log 10k ¡ Output k Common Logarithm y 3 2 1 0 –1 –2 –3 2 4 The Graph of the Common Logarithmic Function The points (101. as shown in Figure 5. However.51. 1 (a) log 1 (b) log (c) log 210 1000 . a valid input must be positive.
MAKING CONNECTIONS Logarithms and Exponents A logarithm is an exponent. log 100 = 2 can be found mentally since 100 = 102. log 1000 represents the exponent k such that 10k = 1000.7 .3) are undefined expressions.079181246 L 12. 12 1. 7) 10^ l o g (0. (If you have a calculator available. so log (. See Figure 5. Similarly.0 7 91 8 1 2 4 6 12 Square Roots and Logarithms Figure 5. 5)) – 2.53. Now Try Exercise 3 lo g (1 2 ) 1 .54 and 5. ƒ 1( ƒ(x)) = x and ƒ( ƒ 1(x)) = x. 6) 5 10^ l o g (2) 10^ l o g (3.079181246.3 1000 1 (c) log 210 = log (101/2) = 2 (d) The domain of ƒ(x) = log x is (0. as shown in Figure 5. y y = 10x y=x 1 –1 –1 1 Graphs and Inverse Properties Because ƒ(x) = 10x and ƒ 1(x) = log x represent inverse functions. Thus log 1000 = 3 because 103 = 1000. Another similarity between the square root function and the common logarithmic function is that their domains do not include negative numbers. (a) Since 1 = 100. but for 22 we usually rely on a calculator. For inverse functions. 12) Figure 5.07 9 1 8 1 2 4 6 1 0 ^1 .55. To check that log 12 L 1.53 10log x = x for any positive number x A graphing calculator has been used to illustrate these properties in Figures 5.5. evaluate 101.52. see Section 4. 5 Figure 5.54 . x y = log x Inverse Properties of the Common Logarithm The following inverse properties hold for the common logarithm. 24 = 2 and 2100 = 10 can be calculated mentally. If outputs are restricted to real numbers. For example. so the following inverse properties hold for all valid inputs x. 1 (b) log = log 103 = . both 2 3 and log ( .8 and Chapter R (page R7). try some other examples.) l o g (10^ 5) l o g (10^ 1.6 l o g (10^ ( – 2.4 Logarithmic Functions and Models 423 Algebra Review SOLUTION To review properties of exponents. q ). whereas log 12 can be approximated using a calculator.2) is undefined because the input is negative.52 Much like the square root function. For example. log 10x = x for any real number x and Figure 5. the common logarithmic function does not have an easytoevaluate formula.55 2 3. log 1 = log 100 = 0. it follows that their graphs are reflections across the line y = x.
Á . Evaluate the logarithm.0. Add exponents when multiplying like bases. D(104) = 10 log (1016 # 104) = 10 log (1012) = 10(12) = 120 Substitute x = 104. denoted ƒ(x) = log 2 x.5 22 2 23. a tenfold increase in x results in an increase of 10 decibels.24.23 Base2 Logarithm Figure 5. a numerical representation for the basee logarithm is presented in Table 5. science. it can detect pressures on the eardrum that range from 1016 w>cm2 (watts per square centimeter) to 104 w>cm2.57. by what factor does the intensity increase? The human eardrum begins to hurt at 120 decibels. and technology. For example.56.424 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions An Application The human ear is extremely sensitive. in computer science base2 logarithms are frequently used. 10 4.56 x log2 x 23.) (a) At what decibel level does the threshold for pain occur? (b) Make a table of D for the intensities x = 10 13. The basee logarithm is referred to as the natural logarithm and denoted either log e x or ln x.1 In a similar manner.5 0. Weidner and R. A numerical representation of the base2 logarithmic function. Natural logarithms are used in mathematics. Because of this wide range of intensities. is shown in Table 5. 10 12.5 . where x is the intensity of the sound in watts per square centimeter. scientists use logarithms to measure sound in decibels. Sound with an intensity of 104 w>cm2 is painful to the human eardrum. Table 5.22 are computed in a similar manner.1 22 2 20. then log 2 x = k.22 x (w>cm2) D(x) (db) 1013 30 1012 40 1011 50 1010 60 109 70 108 80 107 90 106 100 105 110 104 120 (c) From Table 5. Now Try Exercise 117 y 4 3 2 1 –1 –2 –3 Logarithms with Other Bases y = log2 x 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x It is possible to develop basea logarithms with any positive base a Z 1. what is the corresponding increase in decibels? SOLUTION CLASS DISCUSSION (a) The threshold for pain occurs when x = 104. (Source: R.22.5 20 0 20.23. A graph of y = ln x is shown in Figure 5. Elementary Classical Physics. EXAMPLE 2 Applying common logarithms to sound Sound levels in decibels (db) can be computed by D(x) = 10 log (1016x). Sells. (b) Other values for x in Table 5. If the sound level increases by 60 db. A graph of y = log 2 x is shown in Figure 5.1 .3. economics. Thus log 2 x is an exponent. (c) If x increases by a factor of 10. Table 5.1 3. 10 11. If x can be expressed in the form x = 2k for some k. Multiply. .
(a) log 6 61. The expression log a x is the exponent k such that a k = x. where the red graph of y = 10 x is above the xaxis for all values of x. Logarithm The logarithm with base a of a positive number x.3.) Thus D = ( . Now Try Exercises 21. Logarithms with base a also satisfy inverse properties.4 7 0. denoted by log a x. or all Now Try Exercises 13 and 17 real numbers. The function. or equivalently. (a) The input for a logarithmic function must be positive. Note that the base of a logarithmic function can be 2 a positive fraction less than 1.24 Natural Logarithm x y = ln x 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 3. 23. a Z 1.4) SOLUTION CLASS DISCUSSION Make a numerical representation for a base4 logarithm.3 = . (See Figure 5. and k is a real number. ln x x A basea logarithm is now defined.1 q ).8.53. (b) a loga x = x. and its range is ( .5 q) e2 2 e 3. and 25 . q ). Thus D = (4.1 e 2 2 e 0. given by ƒ(x) = log a x.5 e0 0 e 0.5.5 0. so log1>2 A1B = 45. Remember that a logarithm is an exponent. so 5log5 (x + 8) = x + 8.1 3.1.4 Logarithmic Functions and Models y 4 3 2 1 –1 –2 –3 425 Table 5. Its domain is (0. (a) ƒ(x) = log 2 (x . loga ax = x a loga x for any real number x and = x for any positive number x EXAMPLE 4 Applying inverse properties (b) 5log5 (x + 8) (c) log1>2 A1B 45 2 Use inverse properties to evaluate each expression. 45 (c) log a a x = x. Any element of the domain of ƒ must satisfy x . EXAMPLE 3 Figure 5.1 3.57 Finding the domain of a logarithmic function (b) ƒ(x) = ln (10 x ) State the domain of ƒ. Inverse Properties The following inverse properties hold for logarithms with base a. provided x 7 . (b) The expression 10 x is positive for all real numbers x.3 SOLUTION (a) log a a x = x. is called the logarithmic function with base a. is defined by log a x = k if and only if x = a k. q ).q . where a 7 0.q . Evaluate log 4 16.5 0. so log 6 61. x 7 4.
1 1 (b) log 5 = log 5 2 = log 5 52 = . 39. we divide each side by 10 because multiplication and division are inverse operations. Notice that when 0 6 x 6 1. Since the range of ƒ is all positive numbers. On the other hand. 1) –4 –1 –2 –4 y=x x (1.58 y 4 Therefore the graph of y = log a x is a reflection of the graph of y = a x across the line y = x.59 Basic Equations Base10 Exponential Equations To solve the equation 10 + x = 100. ƒ 1(x) outputs positive numbers.7 y 4 Graphs and Inverse Functions The inverse function of ƒ(x) = a x is ƒ 1(x) = log a x. and when x 7 1. Figure 5. 1) –4 –1 –2 (1. the graph of g increases faster than the graph of ƒ(x) = 2x. and 49 (d) ln e 7 = log e e . For example. The rapid growth in ƒ is called exponential growth. The graphs of g(x) = e x and g 1(x) = ln x are shown in Figure 5. = ln x Figure 5. Since 8 = 23. the graph of ƒ 1 begins to level off.59. g(x) = e x (0. 1 then g 1(x) = e x. ƒ 1(x) = log 2 x outputs negative numbers. we subtract 10 from each side because addition and subtraction are inverse operations. Because e L 2.426 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions EXAMPLE 5 Evaluating logarithms (b) log 5 1 25 (c) log 7 49 (d) ln e 7 Evaluate each logarithm. y=x f (x) = 2x (0. (a) log 2 8 SOLUTION (a) To determine log 2 8. This slower rate of growth is called logarithmic growth. and h (x) = log 2 x. 37. log 2 8 = log 2 23 = 3.7183 7 2. 10 + x 10 = 100 x = 90 To solve the equation 10x = 100. express 8 as 2k for some k. The graph of ƒ 1 is a reflection of ƒ in the line y = x. 0) 4 x f –1(x) = log2 x –4 Figure 5.58 shows graphs of ƒ(x) = 2 x and ƒ 1(x) = log 2 x. and the graph of g 1 levels off faster than the graph of ƒ 1(x) = log 2 x. and the inverse of a logarithmic function is an exponential function. 10 .7 = . 10x 100 = 10 10 x = 10 Now suppose that we want to solve the exponential equation 10 x = 100. the domain of ƒ 1 is all positive numbers.2 25 5 (c) log 7 49 = log 7 72 = 2 Now Try Exercises 33. 0) g–1(x) 4 if ƒ(x) = 10 x if g(x) = ln x if h(x) = 2 x then then ƒ 1(x) = log x. MAKING CONNECTIONS Exponential and Logarithmic Functions The inverse of an exponential function is a logarithmic function.
we take the base10 logarithm of each side. Then log 10 x = log 0.60 shows that the graphs of y1 = 10 x and y2 = . (b) In a similar manner. because 1 is not in the range of 10 x. Figure 5. y y1 = 10x 2 1 –2 –1 –2 1 2 x y2 = –1 Figure 5. EXAMPLE 6 Solving equations of the form 10x = k (c) 10 x = . or equivalently. if possible. x = 2.1 has no real solutions. or x = log 103 = .001. The inverse operation of 10 x is log x. Doing so results in log 10 x = log 100. Rather than subtracting 10 from each side or dividing each side by 10. 4(103x ) = 244 10 log 10 3x 3x Given equation Divide by 4. Approximate. 10x = 55 is equivalent to x = log 55 L 1. Take the common logarithm.1 do not intersect.001. the equation becomes x = log 100.4 Logarithmic Functions and Models 427 What is new about this type of equation is that the variable x is an exponent. Now Try Exercise 65 = 61 = log 61 log 61 3 3x = log 61 x = x L 0. (a) 10 x = 0.5.7404. SOLUTION Begin by dividing each side by 4.60 Now Try Exercise 53 EXAMPLE 7 Solving a base10 exponential equation Solve 4(103x ) = 244. Note that if m = n (m and n positive). Inverse property: log 10k = k Divide by 3. (c) The equation 10x = .595 . These concepts are applied in the next example. Because log 10 x = x for all real numbers x.1 Solve each equation.001 (b) 10 x = 55 SOLUTION (a) Take the common logarithm of each side of the equation 10 x = 0. Note that log ( 1) is undefined. then log m = log n.3.
= 10 2. In Example 7.7 Solve each equation. log x = 2. base 10.01. a larger area of land tends to have a wider variety of . then 10m = 10n. base 10.5 2. the common logarithm is taken of each side of the equation. Approximate. Inverse property: 10log k = k Divide each side by 2.428 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions Converting 103x = 61 to the equivalent equation 3x = log 61 is sometimes referred to as changing exponential form to logarithmic form. Exponentiate each side. 5 log 2x = 16 log 2x = 3.45 Modeling with Logarithms Some types of data grow slowly and can be modeled by ƒ(x) = a + b log x.5 x = 10 x L 316. We usually include this step to emphasize the fact that inverse properties are being used to solve these equations. SOLUTION Begin by dividing each side by 5. base 10.7 is equivalent to x = 102.2 is equivalent to x = 102 = 0. Now Try Exercise 87 = 10 3. Now Try Exercise 77 x = 10 x = 1000 (b) Similarly. (c) log x = 2. To solve logarithmic equations we exponentiate each side of the equation and then apply the inverse property 10log x = x.19. Common Logarithmic Equations A logarithmic equation contains logarithms. EXAMPLE 9 Solving a common logarithmic equation Solve 5 log 2x = 16. (a) log x = 3 (b) log x = .2 2 x L 792.5 10 log x Given logarithmic equation Exponentiate each side.2 SOLUTION (a) log x = 3 10 log x Given equation 3 3 = 10 Exponentiate each side.2 3.7 L 501. log x = . Inverse property: 10log k = k Simplify. EXAMPLE 8 Solving equations of the form log x = k (c) log x = 2.2 10 log 2x Given equation Divide each side by 5.23 Converting the equation log x = k to the equivalent equation x = 10k is called changing logarithmic form to exponential form. Note that if m = n. For example. Inverse property: 10log k = k Approximate.2 2x = 10 x = 103.
Table 5. This result agrees with our symbolic solution. (a) Find values for a and b so that ƒ(x) = a + b log x models the data. Exponentiate each side. 15. 70.) Then substitute a data point into this formula and find b. (Note that log 1 = 0. the land area has to more than double before the number of species doubles. SOLUTION (a) Getting Started When modeling data by hand with ƒ(x) = a + b log x. Now Try Exercise 119 Figure 5. we let x = 10. 10] log x = 10log x = 1011>13 y2 = 50 y1 = 39 + 13 log x Intersection X 7. Graphical Solution The graphs of Y1 = 39 + 13 log (X) and Y2 = 50 in Figure 5. Divide by 13. one strategy is to let a equal ƒ(1). Begin by substituting x = 1 into the formula to determine a. a result verified in Figure 5. (b) Symbolic Solution We must solve the equation ƒ(x) = 50.1 1 10 100 1000 Y1 26 39 52 65 78 Thus ƒ(x) = 39 + b log x. if the land area doubles.61.5.25 Area (mi2) Species of birds 0.62 . log 10 = 1 Y1 39 13log(X) Figure 5. Freedman.4 Logarithmic Functions and Models 429 birds.0170383 Y 50 x = 10 x L 7 To have 50 species of birds. [0. an island should be about 7 square miles.02.1 26 1 39 10 52 100 65 1000 78 Source: B.61 The data are modeled by ƒ(x) = 39 + 13 log x. (b) Determine symbolically and graphically the size of an island that might have 50 different species of birds. 50). a + b log 1 = 39 a + b(0) = 39 a = 39 ƒ (1) = 39 log 1 = log 100 = 0 Simplify.25 to find b.25 lists the number of species of tropical birds on islands of different sizes near New Guinea. Inverse property: 10log k = k Approximate. Environmental Ecology. 39 + b log 10 = 52 b log 10 = 13 b = 13 ƒ (10) = 52 Subtract 39. EXAMPLE 10 Modeling data with logarithms Table 5. the number of species of birds does not double.62 intersect near the point (7. X . Although we can use any data point in Table 5. This technique is illustrated below. base 10. 39 + 13 log x = 50 13 log x = 11 11 13 11>13 ƒ (x) = 50 Subtract 39. However. 5] by [0.
63.7 = 20 3(2 ) = 27 x Given equation Add 7 to each side. This is illustrated in the next example.63 ln e x = ln 5 is equivalent to x = ln 5 L 1. Take the base2 logarithm of each side. 10] y2 = 20 y1 = 3(2x) – 7 Introduction to the Change of Base Formula Figure 5. Properties of exponents Inverse property: loga ak = k log 3 3 = log 3 3 x 3 x = 3 (b) Take the natural logarithm of each side.64 gives a graphical solution of about 3.64 log x log a or log a x = ln x . 5. Note that if m = n (m and n positive). EXAMPLE 11 Basea Exponential Equations The exponential function ƒ(x) = a x is onetoone Solving exponential equations (c) 3(2x ) . it follows that to solve an exponential equation we can take the basea logarithm of each side. Basea Logarithmic Equations To solve the equation log a x = k. That is.5. 1 (a) 3x = (b) e x = 5 27 SOLUTION l n (5 ) 1 . then a m = a n. (Its derivation is given in Section 5. Then Figure 5.5. which agrees with the graphical solution. The exact solution of log 2 9 can be approximated by using the following change of base formula. then log a m = log a n. we use the inverse property: a loga x = x for all positive x. or equivalently log a a x = x. 30.) log a x = log b x log b a Intersection X 3.17 for Example 11(c).6 0 9 4 3 7 91 2 ) 4 . Because ƒ 1( ƒ(x)) = x for all real numbers x.17.169925 Y 20 Because calculators typically have only log x and ln x keys.7 = 20 Solve each equation. Note that if m = n. Notice that e 1.609.9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 8 1 (a) log3 3x = log3 27 Take the base3 logarithm of each side. this formula is often written as log a x = For example. we exponentiate each side of the equation by using base a. Inverse property: loga ak = k Now Try Exercises 55 and 67 2 = 9 x x log 2 2 = log 2 9 x = log 2 9 [. (c) 3(2x ) .609437912 L 5.6 0 9 4 3 7 9 1 2 e^(1 . The evaluation of ln 5 is shown in Figure 5. Many calculators are able to compute natural logarithms. . 1] by [10. log 2 9 = log 9 log 2 Figure 5. ln a L 3.430 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions General Equations and therefore has an inverse function ƒ 1(x) = log a x. Divide each side by 3.
(a) Change 53x = 8 to logarithmic form. and a Z 1: loga x = k is equivalent to x EXAMPLE 13 ak. SOLUTION (a) 53x = 8 is equivalent to 3x = log 5 8. 1 25 . many people skip the second step by applying the definition of a logarithm for a 7 0. Inverse property: alog a k = k Simplify.3 (d) 3 log 2 5x = 9 Solve each equation. Converting 3x = 7 to x = log 3 7 is called changing exponential form to logarithmic form. Now Try Exercises 79 and 83 = 2 3 5x = 8 x = 8 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Forms We can solve 3x = 7 by taking the base3 logarithm of each side. 3x = 7 log 3 3 = log 3 7 x Given equation Take the base3 logarithm of each side. (d) 3 log 2 5x = 9 Given equation log 2 5x = 3 2 log2 5x Divide each side by 3.x) = 3 to exponential form. In a similar manner. base3. log 3 x = 7 3 log3 x Given equation Exponentiate each side. Now Try Exercises 113 and 115 . log5 x = . x 7 0.3 L 73. (a) log 2 x = 5 (b) log 5 x = .2 is equivalent to x = 5 .2 = (c) ln x = 4. Inverse property: alog a k = k Divide each side by 5. we can solve log 3 x = 7 by exponentiating each side base3. base 2. Exponentiate each side. Inverse property: loga ak = k x = log 3 7 As they become more proficient. base 2.x) = 3 is equivalent to 4 .5. (b) log 4 (4 . Again.7. as they become more proficient.3 is equivalent to x = e 4. Converting exponential and logarithmic forms Complete each of the following.x = 43.4 Logarithmic Functions and Models EXAMPLE 12 431 Solving logarithmic equations (c) ln x = 4. Inverse property: alog a k = k = 3 7 7 x = 3 Converting log 3 x = 7 to x = 37 is called changing logarithmic form to exponential form. = 2 5 5 x = 2 x = 32 (b) Similarly.2 SOLUTION (a) log 2 x = 5 2 log2 x Given equation Exponentiate each side. many people skip the second step. (b) Change log 4 (4 .
so f(x) = log a x is onetoone and has an inverse given by f 1(x) = a x. The yaxis is a vertical asymptote.432 CHAPTER 5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 5. take the basea logarithm of each side. x 7 0 e ln 5 = 5 ƒ(x) = 10x g(x) = e x h(x) = log 2 x Inverse functions The inverse function of ƒ(x) = a x is ƒ 1(x) = log a x. T Explanation Examples Basea logarithm a 7 0. Common and natural logarithms satisfy the same properties. a > 1 x (1.4 Putting It All Together Concept he following table summarizes some important concepts about basea logarithms. The graph passes the horizontal line test. Graph of y = log a x The graph of the basea logarithmic function always passes through the point (1. 4 ƒ 1(x) = log x 4 g1(x) = ln x 4 h 1(x) = 2x e x = 20 ln e x = ln 20 x = ln 20 ln x = 5 e ln x = e 5 x = e5 Exponential equations To solve a x = k. 43 = 64 is equivalent to log 4 64 = 3. That is. 10x = 15 log 10x = log 15 x = log 15 log x = 3 10log x = 103 x = 1000 Logarithmic equations Exponential and logarithmic forms log a x = k is equivalent to x = a k. a Z 1 The basea logarithm of a positive number x is log a x = k if and only if x = a. k log 100 = log 102 = 2 log 2 8 = log 2 23 = 3 log 3 23 = log 3 31>3 = 1 3 3 ln 5 L 1. log 5 25 = 2 is equivalent to 25 = 52. y = loga x. exponentiate each side. 0) Inverse properties a x and log a x represent inverse operations.3 log 4 46 = 6 10log x = x. log a a x = x and a log a x = x for x 7 0. log 103 = . a logarithm is an exponent k. . 0) because log a 1 = log a a 0 = 0. x 7 0 4log 4 2x = 2x. use base a.609 (using a calculator) y That is. To solve log a x = k.
23 23. log 6 69 32. Check your result with a calculator.000 (d) log 0. ln 2e 3 1 42.000 (d) log 10 + log 0.26 Domains of Logarithmic Functions Exercises 13–20: Find the domain of ƒ and write it in setbuilder or interval notation. 1. ƒ(x) = ln (2x .4 28. (a) 2 log 0.log 1000 8. 13. 11. 7log7 2x 25. ln e 4 29. (a) log 2100.4 Exercises 12. log 5 50 1 49. (a) log 21000 (b) log 210 3 (c) log 20.1) 33. x log x 102 100 104 4 10p 105 5 107. log 2 64 35. (a) log 10.4 Logarithmic Functions and Models 433 5. log 8 8k Exercises 11 and 12: Find the exact value of each expression.x 2) 18. log 8 64 41.5. ƒ(x) = log (x + 3) 14. (a) log 63 (c) log 9 (d) log 0.x) General Logarithms Exercises 21–50: Simplify the expression.04 44.x .1 . 21. 8log8 (p + 1) 34.000.1 4. ƒ(x) = log 4 (4 . log 2 16 . ln 2e 50.1) 17. ƒ(x) = log 5 (5x .89 108 101. log 1>6 36 45. 9. log 3 9 38. 1 3. log a (a 2 # a 3) 48.1) 20. log 2 1 4 36.001 5.1 + 4 (c) 3 log 100 . (a) log 100 (c) 5 log 0. log a 1 a 24. log0.1 (b) log 2100 3 (d) 10 log 210 3 Common Logarithms Exercises 1 and 2: Complete the table.7 22.22 . log 1>3 A27B Exercises 9 and 10: Determine mentally an integer n so that the logarithm is between n and n + 1. log 8 85. log 1>2 A1B 4 43. log 4 2 37. ƒ(x) = ln ( 23 .25) Exercises 3–8: Evaluate each expression by hand. ƒ(x) = log 3 (4x ) 16. x log x 2.000 (c) 2 log 20.1 5 (d) log 20. ln e 40. if possible. 2log2 k A 2 B 3 5 30.000 (c) log 20.5 (b) log 5000 (d) log 0. (a) log ( 4) (c) log 0 (d) log 50 (b) log ( p) (d) log 80 (b) log 10. ƒ(x) = log 2 (x 2 . ƒ(x) = log (4 . ln e 3 39. (a) log 79 (b) log 500 (c) log 5 10. log 5 5p 31.4) 15. 6log6 (x + 1) A 1 B 64 3 26. log 4 41.01 7.1 6. (a) log 10 (c) 20 log 0.01 47.001 (b) log 1. log 1>4 64 46. log1>3 27.log 1000 (b) log 101>2 (d) log ( 10) (b) log 1 (d) 6 log 100 19. 3log3 (x . (a) log ( 3) (b) log 100 (c) log 20.
5 ln x . 2 1 y Solving Logarithmic Equations Exercises 77–98: Solve each equation. 6 .5 72. ƒ(x) = a + b log x 100.4 86. 77.2e 3x = . 5 ln (2x) + 6 = 12 97. –1 –2 –3 y f (x) = log2 x x 104. 2(3)2x + 5 = 167 103. 9 .5 = 95 63. 5(104x) = 65 67. 3(10x . 3 # 5 = 125 x f (x) = log4 x 2 3 4 f (x) = ex 1 3 –3 –1 –2 x –2 x 73. e x = Exercises 99 and 100: Find values for a and b so that ƒ(x) models the data exactly.7 84.1 (c) log x = 0. ƒ(x) = a + b log 2 x x y 1 5 10 7 100 9 x y 1 3.9 62.1 = 6 93.1 2 6 4 8. 4(3x ) . (a) 2x = 28 59. (a) log 2 x = 6 80.2 83.3 (c) log x = 1.10 76. log 4 x = 3. 2 log x = 6 87. 99. y y 101. ƒ(x) = 2 log 3 (2x) x ƒ(x) 6 7 21 x ƒ(x) 1 18 3 2 82. (a) log x = 1 79.3 = 13 69. (a) 9x = 1 58.4 (b) log 3 x = .4 ln 3x = 2 98. 10 3x (b) 10 x = 210 (b) 7x = 1 60. log 4x = 2 88. (a) log 4 x = 2 (b) log x = .2) = 72 68. log 2 x = 1.40 74.2 9 2 Exercises 51 and 52: Complete the table by hand.3(2)0. 4 # 10 2x Graphs of Logarithmic Functions Exercises 101–104: Use the graph of ƒ to sketch a graph of ƒ 1. Approximate answers to four decimal places when appropriate. ƒ(x) = 2 log 2 (x .01 (b) 10 x = 7 (c) 10 x = . 6 .log x = 3 90. 2 log 4 x = 3.3 (c) ln x = 2 (c) ln x